1%SJH:

'^^^fe^.

M-^

? '^^

^^

^ n

*-.^

^^.. ■

^•t

1^. fr

-^ -^^ '•>■-•

'Xi&^

'^^^itf^

LI \

"^

>'■

.>

f

'^*

i/-

A.

■J-i

' y

4:

WHITNEY LIBRARY,
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

\-m

j^-f

w

<i>-^

V

THE GIFT OF

J. D. WHITNEY,

Sturyis Hooper Professor

IK THE

MUSEUM or COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY

V

^

fi

^

^

y//

THE

CANADIAN NATURALIST

AND GEOLOGIST:

^ §i-llmtfl3lg %mxml al iatral Science,

CONDUCTED BY A COMMITTEE OF THE NATURAL
HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL.

NEW SERIES.-Vol. 1.

(WITH TWO MAPS.)

EDITING COMMITTEE.
General Editor: David A. P. Watt.

J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S.,

Principal of Mc&ill College.
T. Sterky Hunt, A.M., F.R.S.,

Geological Survey of Canada.

Charles Smallwood, M.D., LL.D., D.C.L.

E. Billings, F.G.S.,

Geological Survey of Canada.
Prof. S. P. Robbins.
Rev. Alexander F. Kemp.

MONTREAL :
DAWSON BROTHERS, GREAT ST. JAMES STREET.

'^'1864.

Entered, according to Act of the Provincial Parliament, in the year
one thousand eight hundred and sixty-four, by Dawson Brothers,
in the Office of the Registrar of the Province of Canada.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Botanical Science — Record of Progress; By George Lawson, Ph. D.,

LL.D 1

Cave in Limestone near Montreal ; By Mr. H. G. Vennor 14

Contributions to Lithology ; By Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, F.R.S 16

On Ocean Drifts and Currents, and their effects on Islands far

removed from Continents ; By J. Matthew Joxes, F.L.S 37

Notes on the Silicification of Fossils ; By Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, F.R.S. 46

Notes on the Geology and Botany of New Brunswick ; By Professor

L. W. Bailey 81

On Pisciculture 124

Contributions to Lithology; By Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, F.R.S 161

On the Chemistry of Manures 97, 189

Elementary Views of the Classification of Animals ; By J. W. Daw-
son, LL.D., F.R.S 241

On the Occurrence of Pier is Rupee in Canada; By G. J Bowles.. . 258

Synopsis of Canadian Ferns and Filicoid Plants ; By George Law-
son, Ph. D., LL.D 262

Observations on supposed Glacial Drift in the Labrador Peninsula ;

By Henry Youlb Hind, M.A., F.R.G.S 300

Description of two American Sponges ; By Dr. J. S. Bowerbank,

F.R.S 304

Michaux and his Journey in Canada ; By the Abb^ Ovide Brunbt.. . 325

Reminiscences of Amherst College ; By Edward Hitchcock, D.D.,

LL.D. (Reviewed) 337

Notes on the Habitats and Varieties of some Canadian Ferns ; By

David R. McCord, B.A 354

On the Geology of Eastern New York ; By Professor James Hall

and Sir William E. Logan 368

On the Fossils of the Genus Rusophycus ; By J. W. Dawson, LL.D.,

F.R.S 363,458

Observations on Canadian Geographical Botany ; By A. T. Drum-

MOND, B.A., LL.B 405

On the Geology of the Ottawa Valley ; By J. A. Grant, M.D., F.G.S. 419

On Peat and its Uses ; By Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, F.R.S 426

IV CONTENTS.

PAGE

Natural History Society.

Annual Conversazione 50

The Maple-Leaf Cutter 64

Anunal Meeting 218

Monthly Meetings . 234, 370, 272, 441

Annual Meeting, continued 308

Entomological Society.

Proceedings of. 374

Couper on Attacus polyphemus 376

" on a gall from Triticum repens 444

British Association.

Profs. Balfour and Rolleston's Addresses 75

Jones and Parker on Foraminifera 79

Geography and Ethnology (President's Address) 153

Lecture by Dr. Livingstone 379

Extracts from the Address of Sir Charles Lyell, D.C.L 389

Observations on the Salmonidae ; by Dr. J. Davy 446

Transport of Salmon Ova to Australia ; by T. Johnson 452

New Method of Extracting Gold from Ores; by F. C. Calvert. 456

Reviews and Book-Notices.

Geological Survey of Canada ; Report of Progress 65

Review of a Criticism of Renan on Languages 146

Geological Magazine 378

Verrill on the Polyps of the United States 4 70

Miscellaneous.

On Organic Remains in the Laurentian Rocks 152

The Earthquake of April 1864 158

On Bivalved Entomostraca 236

Hail-Storm in Pontiac 307

Calluna Vulgaris 378, 459

Illustration to Dr. Dawson's article on the Genus Rusophycus. 458

The gold of Nova Scotia of Pre-Carboniferous Age 459

Obituary.

Principal Leitch of Queen's College, Kingston 237

Professor Silliman of New Haven 461

Meteorological Tables.

January and February 239

March to August. . . o 321

September 404

October to December • . 472

THE

CANADIAN NATURALIST.

SECOND SERIES.

►♦-♦-♦^

BOTANICAL SCIENCE— RECORD OF PROGRESS:.

By George Lawson, LL.D., Professor of Chemistry, Dalhoiisie College^

Halifax, Nova Scotia.

1. Flora of Canada. — Canadian botanists will be pleased to-
learn that the series of " Colonial Flora-^," now being published
under authority of the Home Government, is rapidly proo-ressino- -
and that Sir William Hooker is now desirous of receivins; con.
tributions to the projected Flora of Canada and other British
American Provinces, of which Dr. Joseph Hooker is to be the
author. As to the nature of materials desired, it may be stated
generally that information respecting the occurrence in Canada
of plants not hitherto recorded as Canadian, when accompanied
by authenticated specimens, will be most useful. In a letter from'
Sir William, he observes : " Our own materials [at Kew] are very
ample for the object in question; nevertheless I am far from dis-
couraging any from sending to us well-prepared specimens, among
which it is probable we should find some new things, and more
still which would be useful as showing the geographical distribution,
of species. Most of all we desire, as far as Canada is concerned,
that specimens be collected largely in the most southern districts^
as there would probably be found United States species not yet
recorded as Canadian. The oaks, the pines, and in general the
forest-trees and shrubs, particularly of the South, require a careful
study. You define clearly the plants we most desire to have, viz.,

Vol. I. A No. 1.

2 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

such as are not already published as Canadian, or as are of critical
inter est y

2. Canadian Ginseng. — My friend and former pupil, Dr.
John C. Scbiiltz, the active Sec^retaiy of the Soientific Institute
of Rupert's Land, called attention some time ago to the trade
which was then being carried on in exporting ginseng Aralla
quinquefoUa from Minnesota to China. In western Minnesota the
root is collected by Indians, and sold to traders in St. Paul's for
a dollar a pound, to be carried to New York for export. Dr.
Schliltz, seeing several barrels of it at St. Paul's, wisely suggested
to Canadians the propriety of taking up this lucrative branch of
industry. In a letter which I have received from Sir William
Hooker, that veteran botanist observes : " I am glad to see the
subject of the American ginseng alluded to. Is it the fact that it
is still largely exported to China ? and what are the statistics ?
Now would appear to be the time to send it. I can assure you,
that, old botanist as I am, and with correspondents all over the
world, with two collectors I have had in Manchuria, intimate
with all the Russian botanists, I have never been able to procure
even a dried specimen of the Chinese ginseng. With great
difficulty Dr. Bunge obtained for me a single dried root, for
which three guineas was paid in the country. I have no doubt your
ginseng is every bit as good as that of Manchuria, and certainly
the Chinese once thought so."

3. Canadian Nuts and Gooseberries. — I find that the
common hazel-nut of central Canada is Corylas rostrata ; that of the
Northern States and of the plains west from Canada, C. Ameri-
cana, which in Canada is local, occurring abundantly in some
places however, as at Belleville, where it was pointed out to me
by Mr. J. McCoun. The common smooth gooseberry of Upper
Canada is Bibes rotundifolium. The more prevalent one in the
New England States is, according to Prof. Gray, R. hirtellum.

4. Canadian Habitats of Diplostachyum apodum. — Mr. Jo-
siah Jones Bell, of Carleton Place, one of my former pupils, has given
me specimens of this very interesting lycopod, collected by him at
Dickson's Point, Mississippi Lake, C. W., August, 1863. The
only Canadian localities previously known were Detroit River,
C. W., where it was found by Dr. P. W. Maclagan ; and Belle-
ville, C. W., where Mr. McCoun pointed it out to me last sum-
mer. I have since found it in a fertile state in the grass by the

1864.] laavson's botanical notes. 3

margin of Mill-Creek, a few Imndred yards below the village of
Odessa, which is some thirteen or fourteen miles from Kingston,
O. W. This is the Lycopodlum apoduin, Linn., Pursh, etc.,
SslaglneUa apus, Gri*ay, Eaton, etc. I have it from Schooley's
Mountain, (Mr. A. 0. Brodie,) but it is rare in the United States.
Being a minute moss-like species, it may be sometimes over-
looked. It is admirably adapted for cultivation in a Ward's
case, as it covers the soil with a very dense carpet of a most
beautiful light green hue.

5. Gulf-Weed at Cape Sable. — The Nova Scotia news-
papers contain accounts of great quantities of the gulf-weed
(Sargassum hacclferum) having been thrown upon the shore
at Cape Sable, by the gales of December, 1863 ; the Gulf-stream,
it is alleged, being much nearer the land than usual.

6. PoA LAXA, Haenke. — This rave alpine grass was found
on the White Mountains by Principal Dawson, to whom lam in-
debted for specimens.

Y. Flora of Anticosti and the Mingan Islands. — Mr. A.

E. Verrill has published in the Boston Natural History Society's

Proceedings a list of the plants collected at Anticosti and the

Mingan Islands, by himself, Mr. A. Hyatt, and Mr. N. S. Shaler,

who formed a party from the Museum of Comparative Zoology

for the investigation of the geology, etc., of Anticosti, in 1861.

The list contains 209 named species of flowering plants. I

note some of the more interesting: Anemone /)ar?;(/?ora, S. W.

Point ; Thalictrum aljyinum, Ranunculus Cymhalaria ; Dryas

integrlfolia, Yahl., Mingan, and Anticosti, abundant; (i). Brum-

mondii, attributed to Anticosti by Pursh was not met with ;) Ruhus

ChamcemoruSj abundant; R, arcticus ; Saxifraga Grcenlandica,

L., very abundant at Mingan Islands. A very large number of

specimens of this species collected at Mingan, proves, according to

Prof. Gray, that S. Groenlandica, S. ccespitosa, L., and S. exarata,

Vill., are only forms of one species; S. aizoides, ]'cirge variety,

abundant at Anticosti, about limestone cliffs ; S. aizoon, Niapisca

Island ; Ligusticum Scolicum ; Erigeron acre, {^E. alpinum,

Hook.,) narrow-leaved form, abundant on grassy banks near the

mouth of Jupiter River ; Rhodora Canadensis, L. ; Loiseleuria

procumbenSj Prmvila farinosa, and P. Mislassinica ; Mertensia

maritima, a fern with glabrous leaves, was occasionally met

with; Taxus Canadensis ; Calypso borealis ; Hierochloa borealis,

4 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.,

(fee. Nineteen Orchids are enumerated, yet only two Carices, two-
grasses, and no Cryptogamia, so that there is still room for useful
work at Anticosti and Mingan. The Kalmia latifolia of Mr.-
Billings's Anticosti list is no doubt K. Angusti/oUa, as Mr. Yerrill
suggests.

8. WOODSIA ALPINA (W. HYPERBOREA), A CANADIAN PlANT.

— I am happy to be able to state definitely that this very rare
fern is a native of Canada. Last winter several specimens oC
Woodsia were brought to me by my former pupil, Mr. Robt. Bell,,
B. A., who had gathered them in Gaspe in the previous year.
One of these could not be satisfactorily identified; and through Prof..
Torrey, I forwarded it to Mr. Daniel C. Eaton, who has made the
American ferns a special study. He kindly took the trouble to com-
pare it with authentic specimens in his rich herbarium of ferns,.
and with published figures and descriptions that were inaccessible
at Kingrston. He writes to me that he has now no doubt of the iden-
tity of the Gaspe fern with Woodsia hyperhorea {W. alpina, S. Fo
Gr.). He adds : "itis the first American specimen I have seen." Thus
Pursh's record of the fern as occurring "in clefts of rocks, Canada,"
is confirmed. Mr. Eaton further points out that Major Raines's
Oregon specimens referred to W. hyperhorea by Sir William
Hooker, in his recent work on British ferns, do not really belong
to that species; "they have not jointed stripes, nor a cilliate-cleft
involucre, and belong to the Physematimn section. I may state that"
my own specimens of W. alpina, from Norway, (Thos. Ander-
son, M.D.,) and Ben Lawers, Perthshire, (J. T. Syme, F.L.S.,) are
very small fertile fronds, remarkably different in aspect from the
comparatively large lax fronds from Gasp^ (measuring nine inches
in length). I therefore propose that the Gaspe plant should be
distinguished as var. Belli^ as I had described it in the " Synopsis
of Canadian Ferns and Filicoid Plants" ; but it must now be re-
ferred to W. alpina, not to W. glabella, as formerly. Although
the latter species ( W. glabella') is admitted by all authors as a
Canadian fern, I know of no strictly Canadian habitat for it.
Mr. Charles H. H chcock tells me that he collected W. glabella
sometime ago at Willoughby Mountain, Vermont, where it has
become extremely scarce.

9. The Compass Plant or Polar Plant. — It is a misfor-
tune of botany that more time is required to clear up doubts
and point out errors than for the pleasanter task of making^.

1864.] lawson's botanical notes. 5

new discoveries. Yet it is work that must be done, and it is
usually in fact by this very process that discoveiies are elimi-
nated. Lately some attention has been given by a phenomenon
■said to be exhibited by Silphium laciniatum on the prairies, and
the most contradictory observations have been recorded. In 1862
Mr. W. Gorrie called the attention of the Botanical Society of
■Edinburgh to various notices of this plant, such for example as
the foUowinof : —

"But we had a guide to our direction unerring as the magnetic
needle. We were traversing the region of the Polar Plant,
'the planes of whose leaves, at almost every step, pointed out our
meridian. It grew upon our track, and was crushed under the
•hoof of our horses, as we rode onwards." — The Scalp Hunters,
by Capt, Mayne Reid, p. 206.

" Whilst in the damper ground appeared the Polar Plant ; that
prairie compass, the plane of whose leaf ever turns towards the
magnetic meridian." — The City of the Saints, hy R. F. Burton,
p. 60.

" Fortunately none go to the prairie for the first time without
being shown, in case of such mishaps, the groups of compass-weed
"which abound all over the plains, the broad fliit leaves of which
point due north and south with an accuracy as unvarying as that
of the magnetic needle itself." — The Prince of Wales in Canadai
■&C., by the Times'' s Special Correspondent, p. 300.

"On the uplands the grass is luxuriant, and occasionally is
found the wild tea (^Aniorpha canescens) and the Pilot Weed, Sil-
j}hium laciniatum.'^ — Emory'' s Notes with the Advance Guard,
p. 11.

" It is said that the planes of the leaves of this plant are coin-
cident with the plane of the meridian ; but those I have noticed
must have been influenced by some local attraction that deranged
their polarity." — Lieut. Albert's Notes in the same work.

*' Patience," the Priest would say ; " have faith, and thy prayer will be

answered.
Look at this delicate plant that lifts its head from the meadow ;
See how its leaves all poiat to the north, as true as the magnet.
It is the compass-flower, that the finger of God has suspended
.Here on its fragile stock, to direct the traveller's journey
Over the sea-like, pathless, limitless waste of desert.''

Longfellow's Evangeline.
What every body says must be true. The combined testimony

6 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb,

ofMayne Reid, Burton, the Times's Special, and Longfellow,
added to the common belief of prairie men, cannot be gainsay ed.
Yet a cautious botanist will suspect that after all, the concurrent
testimony may resolve itself into a snow-ball fancy, that has gath-
ered as it rolled from book to book, and that the popular authors
quoted did not trouble themselves much about the accuracy of the
fact. Prof. Asa Gray, our chief American botanist, does not con-
firm the exhibition of polarity by his observation of the plant in
the Cambridge garden. In the same way, I could not make it
out by observation of the plant for two years, although certainly
in the single plant to which my observations ^were limited the
stem-leaves did show a tendency towards a north and south direc-
tion. However in an " extra" from the American Journal of Sci-
ence, given to me when on a recent visit to Prof. Gray at Cam-
bridge, I find a communication from Mr. T. Hill, with observations
made on the wild plants near Chicago, — Aug. 8, 1863. Only one
plant, bearing four old leaves, gave an average angle with the
meridian of more than 34° ; their mean was 18° west. Of twenty-
nine plants, bearing ninety-one leaves, the angles with the meridian
were as follows : seven made angles greater than 35° ; fifteen, an-
gles between 35° and 20° ; sixteen, angles between 20° and 8° ;
twenty-eight, angles between 8° and 1°; and twenty-five, angles less
than 1°. Of the sixty-nine angles less than 20°, the mean is N. 0° 33^
E., i. e. about half a degree east of the meridian. The error of ob-
servation may have been as much as three times this quantity.
One half of the leaves bear within about half a point of north^
two-thirds within a point. In the Kingston specimen the first
flower looked to the north, the others chiefly south.

10. BuxBAUMiA APHYLLA IN NovA ScoTiA. — This rare and
most remarkable of all the mosses grows on the hills three miles
in the rear of the city of Halifax, Nova Scotia. It was found
with perfectly formed but green capsules on December 26, 1863,

11. Parochetus communis. — A herbaceous leguminous plant,
new to gardens, and bearing the above name, was exhibited at
the November (1863) meeting of the Edinburgh Botanical Socie-
ty. It resembles the common white clover, but has blue flowers,
and is said to be very prefy. This plant was introduced to Ca-
nada last year, a fine crop having been raised from seeds received^,
from Dr. Thomas Anderson, who obtained them at a high eleva^
tion on the Himalayas.

1864.] lawson's botanical notes. 7

12. Acer Negundo, foliis variegatis. — Tn the Verzeichniss
of our friend Mr. J. N. Haage, of Erfurt in Prussia, we observe a
drawing and description of a beautiful variegated or silver- leaved
variety of the Acer Negundo, — or as it ought rather to be called,
Negundo ace7vides. This elegant variety will form a welcome
addition to the list of American ornamental trees. ^ It is for sale
in the European nurseries.

13. Canadian species of Equisetum. — The following are
described in Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed. : E. sylvatimm ; E. umhrosum ;
E. arvense; E. arvense, var. granlaturn ; (a new and remarkable
form from the Trent, near Trenton) ; E. Telmateja ; E. limosum ;
E. hyemale ; E. variegatum ; E. schyoides ; and E. sc'rpoides,
var. minor^ the last from Gaspe (Mr. Robt. Bell). E. palustre
is understood to grow in the northern parts of Canada.

14. Sequoia Lawsoniana. — Messrs P. Lawson & Son of
Edinburirh have raised a new Conifer from California seeds
which has been named Sequoia Lawsoniana.

15. Yucca filamentosa. — This fine southern plant is quite
hardy in Canada. Its specific name refers to the numerous threads-
or filaments which hang from the margins of the leaves.

10. Clerodendron Thomsons, Balfour, (Mrs. Thompson's
Clerodendron). This handsome plant was transmitted by the
Rev. AV. C. Thompson from Old Calabar, on the west coast of
Africa, and flowered at the Botanic Garden of Edinburgh, in
December, 1861. It is a shrubby twining plant, producing
showy flowers, and will soon be seen in all our hot-houses.
Prof. Balfour gave a fall description of it some time ago,
accompanied by a beautiful drawing from the pencil of Dr.
Greville. (Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., vol. vii, p. 2.) It had not
then shown fruit, which however has been subsequently produced,
and is now described, with elegant drawings. Prof. Balfour states
that the fruit consists of four achens, which when ripe assume a
shining black color externally. Between the achens, and attached
to their surface, but not appearing on the peripheral side, there
is a bright red cellular coat, which enlarges as the fruit ripens,
separating the achens, which ultimately appear as four distinct
seed-vessels, covered on their upper surface (commissure), with a
succulent rugose mass of cells of a bright scarlet color. The
surface oil-oflobule-bearino: cells are described as of a glandular
nature. We have here apparently a beautiful example of glan-

S THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

dular structure, presentiag- iu an exogenous plant a perfect ho-
mology with the glandular structures of the fruits of monocotyle-
dons, so well described by Brongniart, and serving to illustrate the
theory (see Trans. Bot. Sou. Ed., v, p. 213), that all vegetable
rglands are epidermal structures. In several points of view then
•-'this is an interesting plant, and Dr. Balfour has done it ample jus-
tice in his admirable description.

17. Physostigma venenosum, Balfour. — The Poison Bean
-or Ordeal Bean of Calabar, Physostigma venenosum, Balfour,

which is used in Africa as a state poison, a supposed means
-of discovering crime, and a certain method of punishing it, is
likely to yield, in the hands of medical men, some return for
^all the evil it has done in the hands of the ignorant and super-
stitious Africans. Dr. Thomas R. Fraser finds that the bean acts
as follows :

L The kernel acts on the spinal cord by destroying its power
of conducting impressions. 2. This destruction may result in two
well-marked and distinct effects, either in muscular paralysis, ex-
tending gradually to the respiratory apparatus, and producing
•death by asphyxia ; or in rapid paralysis of the heart, probably
•due to an extension of this action to the sympathetic system, thus
•causing death by syncope. 3. A difference in dose accompanies
the difference in effect. 4. The functions of the brain may be
affected secondarily. 5. It proJuces paralysis of muscular fibre,
striped and non-striped, fi. It excites secretions, and especially
the action of the alimentary mucous membrane. 7. Topical
-effects follow the local application of the watery emulsion and
alcoholic extract; these are destruction of the contractibility of
•muscular fibre, and contraction of the pupil when applied to the
^ye-ball or eye-lids.

18. New Irish Lichens and IIepatic.e. — Dr. Benjamin
Oarrington, F.L.S., has described (Trans. B. Soc, vii, p. 3) the
following new lichens : Epliehc 3Iooru, Carrington, a delicate little
.species found at Glen a, Killarney, growing in shallow depressed
patches, an inch or more in extent, on Fridlaiiia tamarisci,
var. microphylla ; Lecidea scapanaria^ Carrington, Killarney^
parasitic on the stem and leaves of Scapania undulata, var.
major, and S. cequUoha. The same indefatigable botanist has
given an elaboration of the Killarney Hepaticse well worthy of
.study. Cryptogamic botany used to be a pleasant pastime ; but

1864.] lawson's botanical notes. 9

it now requires an exercise of the observing powers that none but
genuine botanists can endure.

19. The Toot Poison of New Zealand. — Dr. W. Lauder
Lindsay, F.R.S.E., has published a paper (read to the British
Association) on the Toot Poison of New Zealand, a poison
which has of late years committed great ravages among the
flocks and herds of the settlers. It belongs to the class of

-narcotico-irritants. The poisonous parts of the plant to man
are usually the seed contained in a beautiful dark purple lus-
-cious berry, resembling the blackberry, which clusters closely in
rich pendant racemes, and is most tempting to children. The
young shoots, which are tender and succulent, resembling aspara-
gus in appearance and taste, are eaten by cattle and sheep. Robust
cattle habituated to its use do not seem to be affected ; but animals
-suddenly making a large meal of it after long fasting, or after long
feeding on drier or less palatable materials, or after exhaustion by
hard labour, hot dry weather, or a fatiguing sea-voyage, are sure
to suffer from its use. It causes vertigo, stupor, delirium, and con-
vulsions, curious staggerings and gyrations, frantic kicking and
racing or coursing, and tremors. In man the symptoms are coma?
with or without delirium, sometimes great muscular excitement or
-convulsions. During convalescence there is loss of memory, with
or without vertigo. Dr. Lindsay states that in many cases of
loss of cattle by individual settlers, the amount of loss from
toot-poisoning alone had been from twenty-five to seventy-five per
cent.

The destructive plant in question is named Coriaria Tutu,
Lindsay. It is C. ruscifolia of Linngeus, C. sarmentosa, Forst.,
etc., names to which the author objects as inapplicable. The
whole genus needs revision ; most of the species are more or less
.poisonous. The New Zealand settlers owe a debt of gratitude to
Dr. Lindsay for the trouble he has taken to investigate the Toot
poison.

20. The Chinese Green Dye. — From a report of the Agri-
Horticultural Society of the Punjab, just received from L. A.
Stapley, Esq., it appears that that institution is in a thriving
and active condition. At the Societv's meetino- on 22nd July,
1863, plants oi Rhamnm utilis, which yields the celebrated Chinese

.green dye, were shown. It was resolved, with reference to the
-facility with which this plant appears to be propagated in the

10 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

Punjab, and to the great advisability of obtaining Fatisfactory
information as to the second species of Rliamnus^ necessary
to the complete adaptation of the former plant to the purposes of
dyeing as practised in China, that an application be made
through the Punjab government, to obtain from the British Con-
sular authorities in China, further and authentic particulars (also
seeds) of the several species o^ Wiammis, without which the dye
cannot be prepared, as shown in the papers translated for the
Agri-Horticultural Society of India, by Mr. Cope, and published
in their journal. It is remarked with satisfaction that the seed-
lings before the meeting are the produce of seeds from plants
grown in the Society's Badamee Garden.

21. Lakh Dye. — In the same report, D. F. McLecd, Esq.,
calls attention to the valuable insect producing tho lakh and lakh
dye of commerce. He states that it is indigenous to various
parts of the Punjab, especially to the N. W. extremity of theBaree
Doab, zillah Goordaspoor, and the S. W. parts of the Kangra
zillah. There is some reason to believe that, at one time, the insect
covered a larger space than it now occupies. There is a popular
rumor that the Sikh frovernment derived a revenue of one lakh
of rupees from the farm of the exclusive privilege to gather the lakh ;
but this is probably an exaggeration. The subject is however one
full of interest, and should draw the special attention of the Society.
In the central provinces, where the insect exists in great abundance,
it is propagated b}^ artificial means, and grafted as it were on the
tre?. It feeds chiefly, down there, on theDhak (^Butea f rondo so) ;
but in the Punjab it is exclusively found on the Ber [Rhamnus
jujuha). Two years ago Mr. McLeod had observed the insect to
be spreading on Ber trees and bushes in his neighborhood. This
year (1863) the insect has shown itself in large quantities, con-
siderable enough to make it worth the notice of parties to pur-
chase the rifjht to cut the branches on which the insects are found.
Reference to the exports of Bengal show that thousands of maunds
are sent to Europe, either as lakh or dye, and its preparation is car-
ried on in large establishments. The lower province insect feeds
chiefly on the Dhak. Why should experiments not be made for
grafting it on this tree, of which whole forests exist ? His High-
ness the Rajah of Kupoorthulla has devoted some attention to the
subject, and introduced the insect from Oiidh into his Dhak for-
est lands near Phugwara. Experiments are likewise in progres?.

1864.] lawson's botanical notes. II

in the Punjab in raising silk and hops. Wild mushrooms are
abundant in the rains atShahpoor; of which, according to Dr. G.
Henderson, there are two edible sorts, — one globular, and the
other exactly like an English mushroom.

22. Improvement of Cotton in India. — Dr. Henderson
reports that his experiments with the finer kinds of cotton, of
which seeds have been imported, have been very successful. His
remarks throw a welcome light upon the present aspect of cotton
culture in India. He says that the cotton seed sent to him was
sown in April, and succeeded wonderfully: many of the plants are
over three feet high, and six feet in circumference round the bush..
Some sea-island cotton sown a few days before has been giving
an early crop for some time. The New Orleans seemed to thrive
best : it has been in flower for a few days. The reason of the sea-
island giving an early crop is believed to be that after fre-
quent and regular watering, it was passed over once or twice,
and the check thus caused during the hot winds made it flower.
An early crop might in this way be got from all second year's
plants before the rains come on, if it would not weaken th&
plants too much. Dr. H. visited some wells where Egyptian seed
had been distributed, and found that very little had germinated,
and also that the plants were mixed with native cotton. The
Zeminders say what is very true, that they cannot aff'ord to try
experiments : they know exactly the value of country cotton,,
but had no experience of the American sorts. It seems that
the best mode of securing a fair trial of American cotton by the
Zeminders would be for government or local committees to
adopt the same method as Mr. Wightman does, — to supply seed
known to be good, to stipulate for its being sown in a particular
way, and to guarantee a certain amount per beegah, so that if the
crop failed, the Zeminder would not lose by it. If in each district
eight or ten beegalis were thus grown, the natives would be able
to judge for themselves as to the advantage of growing foreign
cotton. Dr. H. sowed some New Orleans seed near a road
leading to the Cutchery, and, as expected, the Zeminders often
came to look at the plants, and asked questions about the new
cotton.

23. Indian Bamboos. — Eftorts are being made to extend
the growth of the bamboo as widely as possible throughout the
Punjab. The kinds of which seeds are being collected for dis-
tribution are these :

12 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

1. The hollow bamboo of the plains.

2. Solid bamboo of the lower hills, of which spear handles and
(Clubs are usually made.

3. The Nirgali, or small bamboo of the hills, growing at ele-
vations from 5,000 to 8,000 feet.

4. The Garroo, or still smaller hill bamboo, growing at higher
-elevations, probably up to 12,000 feet.

Enquiries have been set on foot to ascertain, if possible, from
ihe people, the intervals which elapse between the seasons of flower-
ing of the several varieties, a point on which the more observant
ought to be able readily to furnish information ; as after flowering
and yielding seed, the entire tract of bamboo which has seeded
simidtaneously dries up and perishes, fresh plantations springing
up from the seeds which have been scattered by the old stock.

24. Box WOOD AND Olive wood for the Engraver. — The
following remarks by Dr. Cleghorn, the cbief botanist in India,
accompanied samples of wood-engraving received from Dr.
Hunter of the Madras School of Arts : —

" Some months ao'o I sent small losfs of box and olive from
Kooloo, and, as you perceive, both of these woods answer well for
engraving. They show that the wood cuts smoothly, and has
working qualities adapted for the graver to print from.

" The enclosed twig of box (Biixus sempervirens) is taken from
a tree in Mr. McLeod's arhoreium at Dharmsalla, a spot well wor-
thy of a visit, containing many introduced Himalayan trees of
.^reat interest, as well as many European fruit-trees adapted to
this hill station. It is perhaps the only collection of indigenous
Alpine trees in the Punjab ; the nearest approach to it being that
of Mr. Berkeley at Kotghur. I hope the day is not far distant
when the Punjab Agri-Horticultural Society may have a Hill
garden affiliated with it, at one of the Sanitaria of the province*

" The Himalayan box appears to be identical with the tree com-
mon all over southern Europe, from Gibraltar to Constantinople,
:and extending into Persia. It is found chiefly in valleys at an eleva-
tion of from 3,000 to 6,000 feet. I have met with it from Mount
Tira near Jhelum, to Wangtu Bridge on the Sutlej. It is variable
in size, being generally seven to eight feet high, and the stem only
.a few inches thick, but attaining sometimes a height of fifteen to
seventeen feet, as at Mannikarn in Kullu, and a girth of twenty-two
inches as a maximum. The wood of the smaller trees is often the

1864.] lawson's botanical notes. 13

best for the turner and the wood-engraver. It is made by the vil-
lagers into little boxes for holding ghee, honey, snuff, and tinder.
At the medical stores in Sealkote it is turned into pill-boxes ; and
it appears to be adapted for plugs, trenails, and wedges. The
wood is very heavy, and does not float; it is liable to split in the
hot weather, and should be seasoned, and then stored under cover.

" The Olive Zaitoon, which has also been tested for wood-
engraving at the Madras School of Arts, is another plant of the
Mediterranean Flora which range from the coast of the Levant to
the Himalaya. It varies a good deal in the shape of its leaves and
in the amount of ferruginescence ; hence the synonyms cuspidata
^nd ferruginea : but it does not appear to differ specifically from
the Olea Europea of the Mount of Olives, — the emblem of peace-
and plent3^ The finest specimens I have seen are in theKaghan
and Peshawur valleys, where the fruit resembles that of rocky
sites in Palestine or Gibraltar. The wood is much used for combs
and beads, and is found to answer for the teeth of wheels at the
Madhopore workshops."

25. Nettle Fibre. — It is perhaps not generally known in
Canada that the exquisitely beautiful fibre known as China grass-
cloth, and so much in favor for the best kinds of ladies' hand-
kerchiefs, is obtained from an Indian nettle. No doubt the Amer-
ican Urtica gracilis, which grows abundantly about the Falls of
Niagara and elsewhere in Canada, might be turned to good
account, were our Agricultural Associations to direct atten-
tion that way. Dr. Cleghorn tells us that the Urtica hetero-
pliylla (the species cultivated by Mr. Mclver at Ootakamund) is^
plentiful in Simla, having followed man to the summit of Jako,
attracted by moisture to an elevation unusual for any member of
the family. It is found within the stations of Dalhousie and
Dharmsalla, and at many intermediate points. The quantity is-
surprising, wherever the soil has become enriched by the
encamping of cattle. The growth at this season also is luxuriant
in shady ravines near houses, where there is abundance of black
mould ; but the sting being virnlent, the plants are habitually cut
down as a nuisance, both by private persons and municipal com-
mittees.

There are other plants of the nettle tribe, particularly ^o/imenoi
salici/olia, " siharu," used for making ropes (to which attentioD
has been directed by Dr. Jameson). This plant does not sting, and
is abundant at low elevations.

14 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

Large prizes were to be given for quantities of the nettle fibres
to be delivered at Lahore in October 1863. The fibre brinsfs
from £16 to £18 sterling per ton in London.

26. Diatoms of the South Pacific. — Dr. Greville has de-
scribed, with exquisite figures, (Trans. Bot. Soc. Ed.,) numerous
new species of diatoms obtained from dredgings in the South
Pacific. There are two new genera, viz. : Stictodesmis, Grev., and
OmphaIoj>sis, Grev., and thirty-one new species.

Halifax, N. S. Jan. 7, 1864.

( To be Cordinued.)

CAVE IN LIMESTONE NEAR MONTREAL.

By H. G. Vennor.

Under a similar heading to the above, this cave is noticed in the
Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Vol. Ill, page 192. To that
article we would refer those interested, for the exact position of
this cave. The party or parties, who then visited this curiosity —
if I may so call it — found it filled with several feet of water, and
were unable to give it any satisfactory examination. On the 11th
of November last I visited the cave, and had no difficulty
whatever in finding it. Of late years, the entrance has been
considerably enlarged. Formerly, the opening was situated be-
tween the roots of a tree, which is yet standing in the vicinity ; but
some time since, the earth was slightly cut away, exposing the
surface of the rock, and greatly enlarging the means of access to this
cavern. From the outside, the limestone has a very rusty and
weather-worn appearance, and is of a shaly texture. The whole
surface is filled with the fossil shells and corals peculiar to the
Trenton limestone. The mouth of the caves is about four feet high,
by six feet in width. On entering, I was agreeably surprised to find
that the water had entirely subsided into a narrow well, or fissure
in the floor, some twenty feet distant from the mouth of the cave.
Standing by this well, the room was about thirteen feet high by
eight feet in width. The walls jutted out irregularly on either
side, but gave the average width of eight feet. The ceiling was
also of limestone rock, and coated over with stalactitic car-
bonate of lime, from which hung a few small stalactites. In the

1864.] CAVE NEAR MONTREAL. 15

sides of the cliamber were numerous deep fissures, hardly laro-e
■enough to admit an arm, and lined with the same mineral.

In these fissures could be seen very perfectly the formation of
satalactites and stalagmites, — the former meeting the latter half
way. Some of the stalactites were of a beautiful needle-like
shape, and about four or five inches long. These we could not
procure, as they were beyond our reach ; but they may be plainly
seen by holding a candle in the crevice. Before passing farther
into the cave, let us for a moment examine the well. It is affirm-
ed by the people in the neighborhood that no bottom has yet
been found to it. But on questioning them, we found that their
bottomless measure was two pairs of reins tied together. It is
however a difficult depth to measure, as it runs down very irregu-
larly, and at angles. The water is clear, and very cold, and has a
strange greasy touch. It is surprising to see its transparency,
when it has this thick and oily touch ; it yet remains to deter-
mine whether this well is fed by springs, or by the drippings from
the roof of the cavern. Leaving the well, we push on, and after
ascending a few feet, come to two passages, one leading to the
Tight, the other to the left. The entrance to the one on the
right is about two feet square, and leads into a small room or
passage running into the rock. This passage is about thirty feet
long, and two or three broad, ending in a narrow fissure which
seems to run deep into the limestone. Tiiis fissure is too small for
one to enter with any comfort, though I believe it widens some
few feet farther in. Turning with difficulty, we retraced our
steps, and came before the passage running to the left.

This at the entrance was two feet high and six feet wide ; but
on entering, we found ourselves in a small room, about eight feet
high, and six wide. At its extremity another fissure ran down
into the rock, which looked as if it had at one time been a pretty
large passage. Indeed, so shaly and loose are these rocks, that
by the action of water and the frosts, this cave may be, ere long-
entirely blocked up. The hahitans state that it was at one time
much larger than it is now. In the first, or entrance-chamber, were
found sticking to the roof, and sparkling with moisture, six
beautiful species of moths : two of these, are now in the Society's
collection. These moths were snugly ensconced in the cracks
of the rock, sleeping quietly, until the genial breath of spring
and the songs of returning birds should rouse them again to

16 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

their out-door employments. Besides moths, bats also had takea
up their quarters in this cave, and flew around, sadly disconcerted
by our intrusion. In the paper alluded to in the beginning of this
article, it was stated that if the water could be pumped out of
this cave, bones might be found at the bottom. I may just men-
tion, before concluding this brief description, that the cave is now
entirely free from water, and that no bones have been found as vet r
but a search into and amongst the loose soil at the bottom, may
be, and I think would be, well worth attempting.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO LITHOLOGY.^

By T. Sterry Hunt, M.A. F.R.S. ; of the Geological Survey of Canada.

• Introduction.

In a recent paper on The Chemical and Mineralogical Relations
of Metamorphic Rocks (Silliraan's Journal [2], xxxvi, 214),f an
attempt was made to define the principles which have presided
over the formation of sedimentary rocks, and to explain the nature
and conditions of their alteration or raetamorphism. That paper
may be considered as to a certain extent introductory to the
present one, which will contain, in the first part, some theore-
tical considerations which it is conceived sho:;ild serve as a basis to
lithological studies. In the second part will be given a few
definitions which may serve to render more intelligible the clas-
sification and nomenclature of crystalline rocks ; while a third
part will contain the results of the chemical and mineralogical
examination of some of the eruptive rocks of Canada; and a
fourth, some examples of local metamorphism. The most of the
results appear in the recent published Geoloixy of Canada.

I. Theoretical Notions.

I have already, in other places, expressed the opinion that the
various eruptive rocks have had no other origin than the softening
and displacement of sedimentary deposits; and have thus their
source within the lower pDrtionsof the earth's stratified covering,
and not beneath it. The theory which conceives them to have been
derived from a portion of the interior of the earth still retaining
its supposed primitive condition of igneous fluidity, is in my

* From Silliman's Journal Vol. xxxvii, page 248.
t Canadian Naturalist, Vol. viii, page 195.

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 17

opinion untenable. It is not here the place to discuss the more
or less ingenious speculations of Phillips, Durocher, and Bunsen
as to the constitution of this supposed fluid centre, nor the more
elaborate hypothesis of Sartorius von Waltershausen as to the
composition and arrangement of the matters in this imaginary
reservoir of plutonic rocks. The immense variety presented in
the composition of eruptive masses presents a strong argument
against the notion that they are derived, as these writers
have supposed, from two or more zones of molten matter,
differing in composition and density, and lying everywhere
beneath the solid crust of the earth ; which, in opposition to the
views of many modern mathematicians and physicists, the school
of geologists just referred to regard as a shell of very limited
thickness.

The view which I adopt is one the merit of which belongs,
I believe, to Christian Keferstein, who, in his Naturgescliichte des
Erdkorpers, published in 1834, maintained that all the unstratified
rocks, from granite to lava, are products of the transformation
of sedimentary strata, in part very recent ; and that there is no
well-defined line to be drawn between neptunian and volcanic rocks,
since they pass into each other (vol. i, p. 109.) This view was
subsequently, and it would seem, independently brought forward
in 1836 by Sir John Herschel, who sought to explain the origin of
metamorphism and of volcanic phenomena by the action of the
internal heat of the earth upon deeply buried sediments impreg-
nated with water. (Proc. Geol. Soc. of London, vol. ii, pp. 548, 596.)
See also my papers in the Canadian Journal, 1858, p. 206; Quar.
Jour. Geol. Soc. 1859, p. 488 ; Can. Naturalist, Dec. 1859; and
Silliman's Journal [2], vol. xxx, p. 135.

The presence of water in igneous rocks, and the part which it may
play in giving liquidity to all volcanic and plutonic rocks, was
insisted upon by Poulett Scrope, so long ago as 1824, in his Con-
siderations on Volcanoes. (See also Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc. London,
xii, 341,) This view has since been ably supported by Scheerer in
his discussion with Durocher. (Bui. Soc. Geol. France [2], iv, 468,
1018 ; vi, 644; vii, 276 ; viii, 500.) See also Elie de Beaumont,
ibid., iv, 1312. Theadmirable investigations of Sorby on the micro-
scopic structure of crystals (Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc, xiv, 453)
have since demonstrated that water has intervened in the crystalli-
zation of almost all plutonic rocks. He has shown that the quartz

Vol. I. B No. 1.

18 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

both of granites and crystalline schists contains great numbers
of small cavities partially filled with water, or with concentrated
aqueous solutions of chlorids and sulphates of potassium, sodium,
calcium, and magnesium, sometimes with free hydrochloric acid.
Similar fluid-cavities were found by him in most crystals
artificially formed in aqueous solutions; and were also observed in
the minerals from the limestones of Vesuvius, where they occur
in nepheline, idociase, hornblende, and feldspar ; the liquid in the
latter crystals containing, besides chlorids and sulphates, alkaline
carbonates. Mr. Sorby has also described the cavities filled with
vitreous and with stony matters which he has observed in quartz,
in the feldspar of pitchstones, in augite, leucite, and nepheline ;
and which are sometimes found associated with fluid-cavities in the
same mineral. As these fluid-cavities enclosed the liquid at an ele-
vated temperature, its subsequent cooling has produced a partial
vacuum, which is again filled on heating the crystal ; so that the
temperature of the crystals at the time of their formation may be
approximatively determined. Mr. Sorby concludes that every
peculiarity in the structure of the quartz of the veins in Corn-
wall, " may be most completely explained by supposing that this
mineral was deposited from water holding various salts and acids
in solution, at temperatures varying from 200'^ C. to a dull
red heat visible in the dark" (about 340° C). At this highest
temperature he conceives that other minerals, such as mica, feldspar,
and tinstone were deposited ; the latter mineral containing numerous
small fluid-cavities. In like manner, he deduces from the fluid-
cavities in the Vesuvian minerals] ust noticed, a temperature of from
360° to 380° C. The presence at the same time of bubbles or vapoi-
cavities, and of glass and stone cavities in these crystals shows
them to have been formed " at a dull red heat under a pressure
equal to several thousand feet of rock, when water containing a
large quantity of alkaline salts in solution was present, along with
melted rock, and various gases and vapors. ^ ^ ^ * I therefore
think that we must conclude provisionally, that at a great depth
from the surface, at the foci of volcanic activity, liquid water is
present along with the melted rocks, and that it produces results
which would not otherwise occur." (Loc. cit., p. 483.)

Mr. Sorby has, as we have just seen, determined the temperature
requisite to expand the liquid so as to fill the fluid-cavities, pro-
vided they were formed under a pressure not greater than the elas-

1864.] T. STERRT HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 23

adjacent broken silicious strata ; thus assuming for small distances,
the characters of an intrusive rock. For some figures and descrip-
tions illustrating these broken and distorted strata, see Geology of
Canada, pp. 21, 28. We may also allude in this connection to the
observations of Dr. Hitchcock amono; the altered strata of the Green
Mountains, which seem to show that the pebbles of gneiss and of
quartz in certain conglomerate beds have been so softened astohave
been flattened, laminated, and bent around each other. (Silliman's
Journal [2], xxxi, 372.) Hence, while the tendency of the various
observations above cited is in favor of the indigenous character
of many rocks hitherto regarded as eruptive, we have at the same
time evidence that these rocks are occasionally displaced. We
should not therefore on a-priori grounds reject the assertion that
any metamorphic sediment may sometimes occur in an exotic
or intrusive form. A given rock, like limestone or diorite, may
occur both as an indigenous and exotic rock ; and different por-
tions of the same mass may be seen by different observers under such
unlike conditions that one may regard it as indigenous, and the
other, with equal reason, may set it down as intrusive. It is evi-
dent then that to the lithologist, who examines rocks without
reference to their geological relations, the question of the exotic or
indigenous character of a given rock is, in most cases, one alto-
gether foreign ; and one which can frequently be decided only by
the geologist in the field. Hence, although generally made a fun-
damental distinction in classification, it will be disregarded in the
following sketch of the nomenclature of crystalline rocks.

I may here allude to a fact which I have already noticed, and tried
to explain, (Silliman's Journal [2], xxxi, 414, and xxxvi, 220, note,)
that throughout the great metamorphic belt which constitutes the
Appalachian chain, exotic rocks are comparatively rare (at least
in New England and Canada) ; but abound, on the contrary, among
the unaltered strata on either side. Illustrations of this are seen
in the valley of Lake Champlain, and in its northward continua-
tion toward Montreal, in those of the Hudson and Connecticut,
and in the northeastward continuation of the latter valley by Lake
Memphramagog to the Bay of Chaleurs, which is marked through-
out by intrusive granites. In accordance with the reasons already
assigned for this distribution of exotic rocks, it is probable that a
similar condition of things will be found to exist in other regions ;
and that eruptive rocks will, as a general rule, be found among

24 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

unaltered, rather than among metamorphic strata. It is of course
possible that a crystallization of the sediments may in some cases
take place subsequent to the eruption of foreign rocks into their
midst. The rarity of intrusive rocks among crystalline strata,
rQot less than the unaltered condition of sediments which are tra-
-versed by abundant intrusive masses, is a strong proof of the fal-
lacy of the still generally received notion which connects meta-
.morphism with the contiguity of eruptive rocks.

II. Classification and Nomenclature.

it is proposed in this second part, to describe briefly the com-
position, structure, and nomenclature of the various crystalline
silicated rocks, considered without reference to the distinction be-
tween indigenous and intrusive masses. Comparatively few of
these rocks are homogeneous, or consist of a single mineral species,
and the names which have been applied to varying mixtures of
different species are of course arbitrary ; and as they have
often been given without any previous mineralogical study, it some-
times happens, that, as in the case of the rocks composed of
anorthic feldspars and pyroxene, different names have been pro-
posed for varieties very closely related, or differing from one
another only in texture or in structure.

The minerals essential to the composition of the rocks under
consideration are few in number, and are as follows : quartz, or-
thoclase ; a triclinic feldspar which may be albite, oligoclase,
andesine, labradorite, or anorthite ; scapolite, leucite, nepheline,
sodalite ; natrolite, or some allied zeolite ; iolite, garnet, epidote,
woUastonite, hornblende, pyroxene, olivine, chloritoid, serpentine,
diallage ; muscovite, phlogopite, and some other micas ; chlorite,
and talc. To these may be added as accidental ingredients, the car-
bonates of lime, magnesia, and protoxyd of iron, together with
magnetite, ilmenite, and sphene. The silicates which, like tourma-
line, beryl, zircon, spDdumene, and lepidolite, contain considerable
portions of the rarer elements, and often occur with quartz and
feldspar in granitic veins, whose origin has already been alluded
to, enter at most in very small quantity into great rock-masses.

The varieties of structure in crystalline rocks are the more
deserving of notice as they have led to a great multiplication of
names. We may note first the granitoid structure, in which the
mineral elements are distinctly crystalline, as in granite. From

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOQY. 21

indigenous rocks, or sediments altered in situ, and exotic rocks, or
sediments displaced and translated, forming eruptive and intrusive
masses. Under the head of exotic rocks is however to be included
another class of crystalline aggregates, which are for the most
part distinguished by their structure from injected or intrusive
masses. I refer to the accumulations which fill mineral veins, and
which doubtless have been deposited from aqueous solutions.
"While their peculiar arrangement, with the predominance of
quartz and non-silicated species, generally serves to distinguish
the contents of these veins from those of injected plutonic rocks,
there are not wanting cases in which the predominance of feld-
spar and mica gives rise to aggregates which have a certain
resemblance to dykes of intrusive granite. From these however^
true veins are generally distinguished by the presence of miner-
als containing boron, fluorine, phosphorus, coesium, rubidium, lith-
ium, glucinum, zirconium, tin, columbium, .etc. ; elements which
are rare, or found only in minute quantities in the great mass of
sediments, but are here accumulated by deposition from waters,
which have removed these elements from the sedimentary rocks,
and deposited them subsequently in fissures.

No one at the present day will probably be found to deny the
plutonic origin of most non-stratified rocks, so that the once vexed
questions of the neptunists and plutonists may be regarded as set-
tled. If however we go back but a few years in the history of
geology, it will be foand that an eruptive origin was then claimed
for many rocks which are now admitted to be indigenous. It is
scarcely necessary to refer to the views of those who have main-
tained the exotic character of many quartzites and crystalline
limestones, when a majority of writers, even to the present day,
class serpentines, euphotides, and hyperites among eruptive rocks ;
although the experience of every field-geologist is accumulating,
from year to year, a great mass of evidence in favor of the indige-
nous nature of all these rocks. The sedimentary and indige.
nous character of very many granites, syenites, and diorites will
now no longer be questioned. Thus we find, for example, that
the melap'jyres of the Tyrol, which, in Von Buch's too-famous
theory ot doloraitization, were supposed to have been erupted to-
gether with magnesian vapors which eff'ected the alteration of
the adjacent limestones, have been shown by Fournet to be sedi-
ments of Carboniferous age, metamorphosed in situ, — indigenous

22 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

rocks, which were altered before the Jurassic dolomites were de-
posited. (Bui. Soc. Geol. France [2], vi, 506-516). In like manner
we find Scipion Gras concluding from his researches on the
anthracitic rocks of the A.lps, that the serpentines, euphotides, por-
phyries, and spilites, which are there found associated with crys-
talline schists, are all of sedimentary origin, but have been so pro-
foundly altered in situ as to have lost nearly all traces of sedimen-
tary origin. (Ann. des Mines [5], v, 475.) We might add that
the tendency of recent investigations has been to show that the
protogines, or granites of the summit of the Alps, are Tertiary strata
altered in place ; thus confirming the bold assertion made by Kef-
erstein in 1834, that these granites are altered strata oi Jlysch,
(This Journal [2], xxix, 123, 124.) Lesley's recent investigations
of the granites of the White Mountains of New Hampshire, show
them to be clearly stratified sedimentary deposits in nearly hori-
zontal layers. (American Mining Journal, 1861,page 99 ; Silliman's
Journal [2], xxxi, 403.) The ophites (amphibolites) of the Pyre-
nees, which by Dufrenoy and other French geologists have been
regarded as eruptive, and were by the former imagined to be in
some mysterious manner related to the rock-salt and gypsum of
the region, which he supposed to be, like the ophites, of posterior
origin to the enclosing strata (Explic. de la Carte Geol. de France,
i, 95), are according to a recent note by Virlet, not eruptive, but
altered indigenous rocks ; belonging,- together with the associated
gypsum and saliferous strata, to the Triassic series. (Comptes-
Rendus de I'Acad., Aug. 1863, p. 232).

It would be easy to multiply examples of this kind, which show
that a careful study of very many of the crystalline rocks hitherto-
regarded as eruptive, leads to the conclusion that they are really
indigenous rocks. At the same time, many of these indigenous
rocks appear to have been at one time in a soft semi-fluid con-
dition, which permitted movements obliterating the marks of
sedimentary origin, and producing other results which show the
passage into eruptive rocks. Thus the crystalline limestones of
the Laurentian series in Canada are frequently interstratified with
thin beds of gneiss and quartzite, both of which are often found
broken, contorted, and even twisted spirally, in a manner which
indicates great flexi'-ility of the silicious layers, as well as violent
movements in the calcareous rock. The latter is in some cases
found in the form of thin seams or considerable dykes among the

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 19

tic force of the vapor. This of course represents the lowest temper-
ature at which the consolidation could have taken place, and
varies from 340° to 380° in the Vesuvian minerals, and 356°
in the quartz of the trachyte of Ponza, to a mean of 216° in the
Cornish granites, to 99° in those of the Scottish Highlands, and
even descends to 89° in some parts of the granite of Aberdeen.
But this low temperature is improbable, and inasmuch as water
and aqueous solutions are compressible, their volume would be
considerably reduced under a great pressure of superincumbent
rock. Mr. Sorby has therefore calculated the pressure in feet of
rock which would be required to compress the liquid so much that
It would just fill the cavities at 360° C. The numbers thus ob-
tained will therefore represent the actual pressure, provided the
rock was in each case consolidated at that temperature. It would
thus appear that the trachyte of Ponza was solidified near the sur-
face, or beneath a pressure of only 4000 feet of rock ; while for the
Aberdeen granite the pressure was equal to not less than 78,000
feet, and for the mean of the Highland granites Y6,000. The
Cornish granites vary from 32,400 to 63,600, and give as a mean
50,000 feet of pressure. In this connection Mr. Sorby remarks
that from Mr. Robert Hunt's observations on the mean increase of
temperature in the mines of Cornwall, a heat of 360° C. would
be attained at a depth of 53,500 feet.

The observations upon the metamorphic crystalline schists in
the vicinity of these various granites show that their constituent
minerals must have crystallized at about the same tempera-
ture as the granite itself; affording, as Mr. Sorby observes,-" a
strong argument in favor of the supposition that the temperature
concerned in the normal metamorphism of gneissoid rocks was due
to their having been at a sufiiciently great depth beneath superin-
cumbent strata"; and he concludes that with regard to rocks and
minerals formed at high temperatures, we have " at one end of the
chain erupted lavas, indicating as perfect and complete fusion as
the slags of furnaces, and at the other end simple quartz-veins, hav-
ing a structure precisely analogous to that of crystals deposited
from water. Between these there is every connecting link, and
the central link is granite." When the water, which at great
depths was associated with the melted rock, was given off as vapor
while the mass remained fused, slag-like lavas resulted. If
however the water could not escape in vapor, it remained, as we

20 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

have seen, to take its part in the crystallization, in some cases
forming hydrated minerals; and the excess of it, as Mr. Sorby sug-
gests, passed up as a highly heated liquid, holding dissolved
materials, which would afterwards be deposited in the form of
mineral veins in the fissures of superincumbent rocks.

I have thought it well to give at some length the remarkable
results and conclusions by Mr. Sorby, because I conceive that they
have not as yet received the full degree of consideration to which
they are entitled, and are perhaps little known to some of my
readers.* The temperature deduced by him from the examination
of the crystals of hornblende and feldspar from Vesuvius is
curiously supported by the experiments of Daubree; who obtained
crystallized pyroxene, feldspar, and quartz, in presence of alkaline
solutions, at a temperature of low redness ; while De Senarmont
crystallized quartz, fluor-spar, and sulphate of barytes in presence
of water, at temperatures between 200^ and 300° C At the same
time the deposits from the thermal waters at Plombieres show
that crystalline hydrous silicates, such as apophyllite, harmotome,
and chabazite, have formed at temperatures but little above 80° C,

We conceive that the deeply buried sedimentary strata, under
the combined action of heat and water, have, according to their
composition, been rendered more or less plastic, and in many cases
have lost to a greater or less degree the marks of their sedimen-
tary origin, although still retaining their original stratigraphical
position. In other cases they have been displaced, and by pres-
sure forced among disrupted strata, thus assuming the form of
eruptive rocks ; which, becoming consolidated under a sufficient
pressure, retain the same mineral characters as in the parent beds.
It is only those rocks which, like lavas, have solidified at or near
the surface of the earth, and consequently under feeble pressure,.
which present mineralogical characters dissimilar to those of the
undisturbed crystalline sediments. With this exception, the
only distinction which can be drawn between stratified and
unstratified masses must in most cases be based upon their attitude^.
and their relation to the adjacent rocks.

In view of these considerations I have, in previous papers, adopt-
ed for geological purposes a division of crystalline rocks into

*See further the late observations of Zirkel confirming those of Sorby.
Proc. Imp. Acad. Vienna, March 12, 1863 ; in abstract in Quar. Jour..
Geol. Soc, vol. xix.

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 29

1

ite), natrolite, iolite, and magnetite are sometimes found as ele-
ments in granitic, gneissic, and syenitic rocks. The name of
miascite is given to a granitic minature of orthoclase and black
mica with elreolite, sometimes with hornblende, albite, and quartz.

The structure of these orthosite rocks gives rise also to a great
variety of names; thus to coarsely lamellar granites the name of
pegmatite is sometimes given, while fine-grained mixtures of ortho-
clase and quartz have received the names of granulito, leptinite^
and eurite, or when apparently homogeneous and cry j) to -crystal-
line are called petrosilex. These latter forms often become porphyr-
itic from the presence of crystals of orthoclase, giving rise to or-
thoclase-porphyry, or orthophyre. In some of these porphyries, as
in those of Grenville, to be described in the third part of this paper,
quartz is also present in distinct grains or crystals ; while in some
of the red antique porphyries the feldspathic base contains no
excess of silica, and occasionally encloses crystals of oligoclase or
of hornblende. In many cases the granites, syenites, orthophyres?
and other orthosite rocks just mentioned are intrusive; while in
other instances, rocks lithologically indistinguishable from these are
indigenous, and becoming schistose pass into gneiss and mica-
schist.

The rocks to which the name of trachyte has been given are
generally composed in great part of orthoclase (sanidine). The
typical varieties of these rocks are white or of pale colors, granu-
lar or finely crystalline, and frequently porous or cellular. They
appear to consist of grains, crystals, or lamellse of orthoclase, aggre-
gated without any cementing medium, and to this seems to be due
that roughness to which the rock owes its name. Oligoclase, quartz?
hornblende, and mica are also met with in this rock, which becom-
ing coarsely granular, passes into granite. Such is the case with
the trachytes of the Sierra of Carthagena in Spain, described by
Fournet as passing from a dull rough grayish feldspathic mass,
into a highly crystalline aggregate of feldspar and mica, with or
without hyaline quartz, enclosing hornblende, red garnet, and fine
blue iolite. (Comptes Rendus, xliv, p. 1834.)

The trachvtic texture is not confined to orthosite rocks. Abich
has described under the name of trachy-dolerites a group of tra-
chytoid anorthosites (dolerites). The cone of the Soufriere of
Guadaloupe is described by Deville as a rough granular rock
having the external characters of trachyte, from which it is dis-

30 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

tinguished by its somewhat greater density (2*75). It consists
essentially of labradorite, with a little quartz, pyroxene, olivine,
and magnetite. (Bui. Soc. Geol. de France [2], viii, 425.) Hum-
boldt designates the trachy-dolerites of Etna and of the Peak of
Teneriffe as trachytes (Comptes Rendus, xliv, 1067) ; so that this
word, like porphyry, comes to indicate nothing more than a pecu-
larity of structure, which may be assumed by various feldspathic
rocks. The trachytic orthosites, as we have seen, pass into gran-
ites, from which they do not differ in chemical composition ; and
their differences in texture probably depend upon the fact that the
one was solidified under great pressure, and the other near the sur-
face, trachytes passing in fact into lavas. The observations of Sorby
on the fluid-cavities in the crystals of granites and of trachytes
are in point.

Among the intrusive rocks of Canada to be described are granitoid,
compact, and earthy varieties of trachytic orthosites, besides tra-
chytic porphyries. These rocks often contain disseminated earthy
carbonates, sometimes in considerable amount; as Deville had
already shown for some of the trachytes of Hungary, and as I have
also observed for those of the Siebengebirge on the Rhine. Tra-
chytes also hold in some cases disseminated portions of a zeolite,
apparently natrolite ; and through this mixture pass into phono-
lites, of which a characteristic variety will be noticed in this paper.
Obsidian and pumice-stone, which are often associated with ortho-
clase trachytes, are related to them in composition ; and pitchstone
and perlite are similar rocks, differing however in containing some
combined water. Rocks resembling pitchstone, and sometimes
porphyritic from the presence of distinct crystals of feldspar, occur
in the south side of Michipicoten Island, Lake Superior, but have
not yet been examined. (Analyses by Jackson and by Whitney of
thepitchstonesof Isle Royale will be found in Silliman's Journal
[2], xi, 401; xvii, 128.)

The presence of an anorthic feldspar, generally oligoclase, in
many granites and trachytes, not less than the admixture of or-
thoclase crystals in some of the trachytic dolerites of Etna, serves
to connect the orthosite with the anorthosite family. Great masses
of indigenous rock in the Labrador series in Canada, are made up of
almost pure granular labradorite, or related triclinic feldspars, and
might be termedjnormal anorthosites. (Silliman's Journal [2], xxxvi,
224; Geol. of Canada, 588.) In most cases however, these feld-

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 2T

however be found that the line between the two classes cannot
always be distinctly drawn ; inasmuch as rocks containing
orthoclase and quartz often include triclinic feldspars such a&
albite and oligoclase, and by an admixture of hornblende offer a
transition to rocks of the second class. On the other hand, quartz
is sometimes found with triclinic feldspars and hornblende in
the rocks of the second class. Besides these two feldspathic
classes, there is a third small but interesting group, in which an
aluminous silicate of high specific gravity, such as garnet,
epidote, or zoisite replaces the feldspar wholly or in part. These
minerals being basic silicates rich in alumina, the relations of
this group are naturally with those of the second class, although
varieties of these species are found in rocks which belong to the
first class.

The silico-aluminous crystalline rocks may th us be convenient-
ly divided into three families. The first of these includes those
rocks in which the aluminous mineral is orthoclase (orthose),
from which they may be conveniently designated by the name of
the orthosite family. The second includes those in which the alu-
minous element is an anorthic or triclinic feldspar, and may be
designated as the awor^^osiie family: chemically related to this
are those rocks holding as one of their elements nepheline, leucite,
orscapolite. The third family includes those rocks which contain
an aluminous silicate of high density, as epidote, zoisite, garnet,
andalusite, or kyanite, in place of a feldspathide. lolite or dich-
roite, which enters into the composition of some orthosite rocks,
appears from its atomic volume to be related to the feldspars, and
should take its place along-side of anorthite and scapolite as a
magnesian feldspathide, while beryl in like manner appears to
be a glucinic feldspathide.

It is worthy of notice, that some feldspars having the crystalliza-
tion and density of orthoclase, nevertheless contain large propor-
tions of soda. The loxoclase of Breithaupt appears from the
analyses|of Smith and Brush to be a true soda-orthoclase (Silliman's
Journal [2], xvi, 43) ; while the sanidine or glassy feldspar of
many trachytes contains potash and soda in nearly equal propor-
tions. The name of potash-albite has been given to some
feldspars of this composition ; but the trachytic rocks here-
after to be described contain feldspars, which, without being
glassy, have the composition of sanidine, together with a cleavage

28 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

and specific gravity which show them to belong to orthoclase, rather
than toalbite. The anorthic feldspars offer in their composition such
gradations from albite to anorthite, that the various intermediate
species which have been distinguished seem to pass into each
other. (Silliman's Journal [2], xviii, 2V0,Phil. Mag. [4],ix, 262.)

Next to the feldspars in lithological importance are the two
species, pyroxene and hornblende. These are sometimes found
associated in the same rock, and the varieties of pyroxene known
as diallage and smaragdite are frequently surrounded or penetra-
ted by horublende. This association of the two species should be
kept in mind, inasmuch as the substitution of pyroxene for horn-
blende in anorthosites, has been made the basis of a subdivision in
classification. (Silliman's Journal [2], xxvii, 339.) Among the micas
found in silicated rocks, besides muscovite and a magnesian mica
(phlogopite or biotite), are to be included the hydrated micas
observed by Haughton in many of the Irish granites. Of these the
one is margarodite, and the other a uniaxial black mica, also hydra-
ted, which he has referred to lepidomelane. (Trans. Royal Irish
Acad., xxiii, 593.) The presence of from four to six hundredths of
water in the micas of these granites is important in conneation with
^ the evidence already given of the intervention of water in the for-
mation of granitic rocks. These two hydrous micas were often
found by Haughton to be united in the same crystal ; and Rose has
remarked a similar association of potash-mica and magnesian mica
in certain granites. (Senft, die Felsarten, p. 206.)

A scientific nomenclature for compound rocks presents such
great diflBculties that we must be content for the most part with
trivial names which have from time to time imposed. In the case
of simple rocks, the terms quartzite, pyroxenite,anorthosite, and or-
thoclasite are sufficiently definite, or they may be farther charac-
terized as normal orthoclasite, etc.; while quartzose, micaceous,
and quartzo-micaceo-hornblendic orthoclasite would designate
various compound rocks of which orthoclase is the base. Such
names, however descriptive, will never replace the older terms
granite, syenite, etc., which are employed to designate certain
forms of orthosite rocks. The frequent association of a triclinic
feldspar (oligoclase) with orthoclase in granite rocks, and the par-
tial or total replacement of the micas generally present in these, by
hornblende, by chlorite, or by talc, giving rise in the latter case
to what is called protogine, are well known. Nepheline (elaeo-

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 25

this, there is a gradual passage through granular into compact
varieties of rock. Most of these are simply finely granular, and
are rightly entitled to the distinction of crypto-crystalline ; but
others, like the pitchstones, obsidians, and lavas, are apparently
amorphous, and are natural glasses. In some cases the constituent
minerals may be so arranged as to give a schistose or a gneissoid
form to a rock. This arrangement is generally to be looked upon as
an evidence of stratification ; but something similar is occasionally
observed in eruptive masses. In the latter case it generally
seems to arise from the arrangement of crystals during the
movement of the half-liquid crystalline mass ; but it may in some
instances arise from the subsequent formation of crystals arranged
in parallel planes.

See on this point Naumann On the Probahle Eruptive Origin of
Several Kinds of Gneiss, etc. ; Leonhard and Bronn, Neues Jahr-
buch for 1847, and Poulett Scrope, Geo!. Journal, xii, 345. I
consider however that their views are to be adopted with great re-
serve, and admitted only in a very few cases. The ribbanded struc-
ture of some porphyries and clinkstones, as noticed by Scrope, is
undoubtedly the result of movements in the liquid mass, and the
same is true of some of the ofranitoid dolerites to be described in
the third part of this paper ; but the eruptive origin assumed by
Darwin, Naumann, and some others for great areas of gneiss and
gneissoid granite, seems to a student of the crystalline rocks of this
continent utterly untenable. As has been already remarked, the
progress of each year's investigation restores to the category of
indigenous rocks many of those previously regarded as eruptive,
and will, I am convinced, csnfirm the principle which I have laid
down of the comparative rarity of exotic rocks in crystalline
and in metamorphic regions.

Occasionally the crystallization of a rock takes places around cer-
tain centres, givino^ rise to rounded masses which have a radiated or
a concentric structure, and constitute the so-called globular or orbi-
cular ro-ks. Distinct crystals of some mineral, generally feld-
spar, augite, or olivine, are often found imbedded in rocks having a
compact base. To such rocks the name of porphyry is given, and
by analogy a rock with agranular base enclosinir distinct crystals
is designated as porphyritic or porphyroid. Amorphous or vitreous
rocks, as pitchstones, are in like manner sometimes porphyritic-
The name of porphyry, at first given to a peculiar type of feld-

26 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb,

spathic rocks, has now become so extended that it is to be regarded
as only indicating an accident of structure. The title of amyg-
daloid is given to various rocks having rounded cavities which are
wholly or partially filled with various crystalline minerals. The
base of these rocks is generally granular or crypto-crystalline;
but is sometimes amorphous, resembling a scoria or vesicular
lava, the cavities of which have been filled by infiltration. Such is
doubtless the origin of some amygdaloids. In more cases how-
ever these cavities have probably been formed like those often
found in dolomites, and in some other rocks, by a contraction during
solidification. Porphyroid rocks, in which quartz, orthoclase, and
other mmerals are arranged in orbicular masses, are also sometimes
designated as amygdaloids, and may be confounded with the
two previous classes in which the imbedded minerals are the result
of subsequent infiltration. Allied in strucure and origin to the-
last are what are named variolites or variolitic rocks. (See
Geology of Canada, pp. 606, 607.)

The masses into which some aluminous minerals enter as a
prominent element constitute by far the greater part of the rocks
now under consideration. These are naturally divided into two
classes, whose origin we have pointed out in a recent paper already
referred to. (Silliman's Journal [2], xxxvi, 218.) The first of these is
characterized by containing an excess of silica, with a portion of alu-
mina, much potash, and small portions only of lime, magnesia, and
oxyd of iron. The second class contains a smaller amount of silica,
and larger proportions of alumina, lime, magnesia, and oxyd of iron,
with soda, and but little potash. These chemical differences are
made apparent in the more coarsely crystalline rocks, by the nature
of the constituent minerals ; and in the compact varieties, by diff"er-
ences in color, specific gravity, and hardness. Thus in the rocks of
the first class the predominant mineral is orthoclase, generally asso-
ciated with quartz, and the composite rocks of this class seldom
have a density much above that of these species; or from 2.6 to 2.7..
In the second class, the characteristic mineral is atriclinic feldspar,
with pyroxene or hornblende, the feldspar sometimes predominant ;
while in other cases the pyroxene or hornblende makes up the
principal part of the rock. The presence of these latter minerals
generally gives to the fine-grained rocks of this class a dark color,,
a hardness somewhat inferior to the more silicious class, and a
density which may vary from 2.7 to more than 3.0. It will

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 31

spars are intermingled with some other mineral, commonly horn-
blende or pyroxene.

The name of diorite is by good authorities restricted to rocks
whose predominant elements are triclinic feldspars with hornblende ;
while the names of diabase and dolerite distinguish those rocks in
which pyroxene takes the place of hornblende. In some anortho-
site rocks however, pyroxene and hornblende are intimately
associated, so that a passage is established from diorite to dia-
base. The feldspar of diorites varies in composition from albite to
anorthite, and is occasionally accompanied by quartz. This,
though most frequent with the more silicious feldspars, is some-
times met with in diorites which contain feldspars approaching to
anorthite in composition. Sometimes the two constituent minerals
are distinct and well crystallized, constituting a granitoid rock :
fine examples of this, hereafter to be described, occur in the intru-
sive hills of Yamaska and Mount Johnson. At other times the
diorite is finely granular or compact, when its color is generally
of a green more or less dark from the disseminated hornblende,
and it takes the name of greenstone. The greenstones of the
Huronian series are in part at least diorites, and probably indige-
nous ; but a great number of the so-called greenstone-traps are
pyroxenic, and belong to the class of diabase or dolerite. Diorite
not unfrequently contains a mica, which is generally brown or black
in color. Chlorite, magnetite, ilmenite, and sphene often occur as
disseminated minerals, as also carbonates of lime, magnesia, and
oxyd of iron. The finer-grained diorites are frequently porphy-
ritic from the presence of crystals of feldspar or of hornblende.
Occasionally this rock is concretionary in its structure, as in the
orbicular diorite or napoleonite of Corsica ; which contains a
feldspar allied to anorthite, with hornblende, and some quartz.
The norite from Sweden is a granular mixture of a similar kind,
containing also mica ; and the ophite of some writers is a diorite
in which hornblende greatly predominates.

The rocks which are essentially composed of anorthic feldspar
and pyroxene, present still greater diversities than the diorites, and
have received various names based upon diff'ercnces in texture and
in the form of the pyroxenic element. It is here proposed to re-
strict the name of dolerite to such of these rocks as contain the
'black augitic variety of pyroxene, and to include the mixtures of
triclinic feldspars with all the other varieties of this species under

32 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb*.

the head of diabase. The finer-grained and impalpable varieties
of diabase have received the name of aphanite ; which is often indis-
tinguishable from the corresponding forms of diorite, and like these
may become porphyritic, giving rise to the augite-porphyry of some
authors. Different varieties of this porphyry have received the
name of labradophyre, oligophyre, and albitophyre, according to
the composition of the imbedded feldspar crystals. These are
sometimes accompanied by crystals of augite, or are altogether
replaced by them.

The name of hyperite or hypersthenite has been given to those
varieties of diabase which contain hypersthene or diallage. These
rocks occur abundantly in the Labrador series, where the hypers-
thene in them sometimes takes the form of a green diallage, or
passes into a finely granular pyroxene, and is associated with red
garnet, ilmenite, and a little brown mica ; in addition to which
epidote is said to occur in the hyperites of the same series in
New York, and olivine is mentioned as being found in the hyper-
ites of Sweden, and of the Island of Skye. Hornblende is also in
some localities associated with the hypersthene. The hyperites,
although indigenous rocks in the Labrador series in Canada, are
described as forming in other regions intrusive masses.

Those varieties of diabase or hyperite which contain diallage,.
have, by the Italian lithologists been called granitone, but by
Rose and others have been described under the name of gabbro^
This rock sometimes contains hornblende, mica, and an admixture
of epidote. A compact white or greenish- white epidote, or zoisite,
which has the hardness of quartz and a density of 3.3 to 3.4, is
the mineral named saussurite. This with smarao'dite, which is an
emerald-green pyroxene, often minged with hornblende, and
passing into diallage, forms the euphotide of Hauy. Com-
pact varieties of labradorite and of other triclinic feldspars have by
most of the modern litholoo-ists been confounded with saussurite,
and hence the name of euphotide is frequently given to the so-
called granitone or gabbro, which is only a diallagic variety of
diabase. The true euphotide often contains a portion of talc, and
sometimes encloses crystals of a triclinic feldspar, apparently lab-
radorite, thus offering a transition to diabase. See farther my
researches on euphotide and saussurite ; Silliman's Journal [2]^
xxvii, 339, and xxxvii, 426.

Under the name of dolerite, as already remarked, it is proposed

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 33

to class such anortliosite rocks as contain a black ferruginous
pyroxene or augite. These rocks, which are sometimes coarsely
granular or granitoid in their structure, pass into fine-grained or
compact varieties, which are distinguished by the names of aname-
site and basalt. To these latter varieties belong a great part of the
greenstone-traps, although in rocks of this texture it is often
impossible to determine whether it is hornblende or pyroxene
which is mingled with the feldspar. Olivine in grains or crystals
frequently occurs both in the fine-grained basaltic dolerites and
the granitoid varieties, giving rise by its predominance to what is
called peridotite. Some fine-grained dolerites are porphyrilic
from the presence of black cleavable augite crystals, forming an
augite-porphyry. Finely disseminated carbonates of lime and oxyd
of iron are occasionally present in these rocks to the extent of
twenty per cent., and even more. In like manner, magnetite and
ilmenite, which are often associated, may constitute several hun-
dredths of the mass. Many fine-grained greenstones contain, like
phonolite, large portions of some zeolitic mineral, and they often
abound in chlorite. The pyroxene in these rocks is sometimes
replaced by a highly basic silicate. Some varieties of what has
been called diallage may be represented as an aluminiferous pyrox-
ene 'plus a hydrate of magnesia. At other times a mineral
approaching in composition to a ferruginous chlorite (frequently
amorphous) enters into the composition of these anorthosites, and
even in some cases appears to replace altogether the pyroxene or
the hornblende, constituting an aberrant form of diorite or of
diabase, which is not uncommon among greenstones, and for which
a distinctive name is needed. See on this point Geology of Canada,
pp. 469, 605, and the remarks on melaphyre below.

The finer-grained dolerites are often cellular, giving rise to
amygdaloids, whose cavities are generally filled with calcite,
quartz, or some zeolitic minerals. To these amygdaloids the name
of spilite is sometimes given. Earthy varieties of basalt, which are
frequently the result of partial decomposition, constitute the wacke
of some writers. It is doubtful how far many of these spilites and
wackes have a claim to be considered as crystalline rocks, inas-
much as they appear in very many cases to be nothing more than
aqueous sediments accumulated under ordinary conditions, or per-
Jiaps in some cases derived from volcanic ash or volcanic mud. As
the other extreme of this series of rocks we may notice that dole-

Vol. I. . 0 Jfo. 1.

34 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

rites often assume atrachytic form, — the trachy-dolerites already
mentioned, — or constitute the lavas from modern volcanoes.

Among the compound rocks which are related to the preceding
group by the presence of aiigite, maybe noticed nepheline-dolerite,
in which nepheline replaces the feldspar; and analcimite, a variety,
into which analcime enters in large amount. Scapolite also in
some cases replaces feldspar,, and forms with green pyroxene, a
peculiar aggregate associated with the Laurentian limestones.
Leucite enters as an important element in some dolerites, and even
replaces wholly the feldspathic element, giving rise to what has
been called leacitophyre or leucilite.

[Leucite is generally regarded as an exclusively volcanic mineral ^
but according to Fournet, it occurs like other feldspars in mineral
veins, forming the gangue of certain auriferous veins in Mexico
(Geologic Lyonnaise, page 261). According to Scheerer, leucite
also occurs in drusy cavities with zeolites and quartz at Arendal in
Norway ; although it would seem to be rare in this locality since
Durocher was not able to detect it. (Annales des Mines [4], i, 218),
The conditions required for the formation of this feldspathide
must be peculiar, since the volcanic rocks which afford it are con-
fined to a few localities ; and since while it contains a large amount
of potash it is a basic silicate, and found among highly basic rocks^
in which potash compounds are generally present only in very
small quantities. The agalmatolite rocks, including dyssyntribite
and parophite (Geology of Canada, page 484), are however
basic aluminous silicates in which potash predominates, and might
be supposed under certain conditions of metamorphism to yield
leucitic rocks.]

Thename of melaphyre, which is employed by many writers on
lithology requires a notice in this connection. It was proposed by
Brongniart as a synonym for black porphyry (mela-porphyre),.
and defined by him in 1827 as a porphyry holding crystals of
feldspar in a base " of black petrosilicious hornblende." (Classif. des-
Roches, page 106.) Subsequent researches showed that some of
these porphyries were really augitic ; and Von Buch employed the
name of melaphyre as synonymous with augite-porphyry, in which
he was followed by D'Halloy. (Des Roches, p. 75.) In consequence
of this confusion, and of the vague manner in which the term is
used to include rocks which are sometimes dioritesand sometimes
varieties of dolerite or basalt, Cotta seems disposed to reject the;

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 35

name of melaphyre as a useless synonym, in which I agree with
him. (Gesteinslehre, page 48.) More recently however, Senft {Die
Felsarten, page 263) has endeavored to give a new signification
to the term, and defines melaphyre as a reddish-gray or greenish-
brown colored rock, passing into black, and containing neither
hornblende nor pyroxene. The melaphyres of Thuringia and of
the Hartz, according to him, consist of labradorite with iron-
chlorite (delessite), carbonates of iron and lime, and a considerable
portion of titaniferous magnetic iron. Hornblende and mica are
present only as rare and accidental minerals. We have already
alluded to this class of anorthosite rocks, as requiring a distinct-
ive name ; but from the historical relations of the word melaphyre,
it seems to be an unfortunate appellation for rocks which are not
black in color, and from which both hornblende and pyroxene
are absent.

We now come to consider that third group of silicated rocks, in
which the f«ldspathides are replaced by the denser double silicates
of the grenatide family, garnet, epidote, zoisite, and perhaps ido-
crase. Red garnet enters into many gneissic rocks, and even
forms with a little admixture of quartz, rock -masses. In some of
these, as in the Laurentian series, there appears an admixture of
pyroxene, forming a passage into omphazite or eclogite ; which
consists of smaragdite (pyroxene) and red garnet, sometimes mixed
with mica, quartz, and kyanite, and passes through an increase of
the latter into disthenite or kyanite rock. An aggregate of horn-
blende and red garnet forms beds in the Green Mountains, and an
admixture of red garnet with lievrite and a little mica makes up a
rock in the Laurentian series. This is evidently related to euly-
site, a rock forming strata in gneiss in Sweden, and consisting of
garnet, pyroxene, and a mineral having the composition of an
olivine in which the greater part of the magnesia is replaced by
ferrous and manganous oxyds. Related to this is an apparently
undescribed rock from the Tyrol, of which a specimen is before me,
consisting of red garnet, green pyroxene, and yellowish-green
olivine, the latter greatly predominating ; and also a coarsely
crystalline rock from Central France, recently described by the
name of cameleonite, and composed of olivine, with pyroxene, and
enstatite, a magnesian augite ; these minerals being accompanied
by spinel, sphene, and ilmenite. I have already alluded to the true
euphotides, in which a compact zoisite (jade or saussurite) takes

36 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

the place of feldspar in a rock the other element of which is pyr-
oxene, and have shown how the occasional presence of a trichnic
feldspar connects euphotide with diabase. (Sillirnan's Journal [2],
xxvii, 336.) In the same paper are described rocks made up of
a white compact garnet with and without hornblende and feld-
spar, and also an epidosite, composed of epidote and quartz.

By the disappearance of the aluminous silicate from the rocks
of the second and third groups, a passage is established to the am-
phibolites and pyroxenites ; and these, through diallage rock, offer
a transition to the ophiolites or serpentines. These relations are
well exhibited in Eastern Canada, where thediorites or greenstones,
which are sometimes highly feldspathic, pass into actinolite rock
and hornblende slate on the one hand, and into diallagic diabase
and diallagic ophiolite on the other.

These greenstones, which contain a chloritic mineral, and are
often epidotic, pass gradually into compact or schistose chloritic
rocks, frequently enclosing modules or layers of epidote, either pure
or mingled with quartz. The relations between these various rocks
are such that after a prolonged study of them I find it difficult to
resist the conclusion that the whole series, from diorites, diallages,
and serpentines,to chlorites,epidosite3, and steatites, has been formed
under similar conditions, aud that they are all indigenous rocks.
(Geology of Canada, pp. 606, 612, 652.) I have elsewhere express-
ed the opinion that these silicates are probably of chemical origin,
and have been deposited from solutions at the earth's surface. The
sepiolite or hydrous silicate of magnesia, which occurs in beds in
tertiary rocks, the neolite of Scheerer, the silicates of lime, magnesia,
and iron-oxyd deposited during the evaporation of many natural
waters ; and the silicates of alumina like halloysite, allophane, and
colly rite, and that deposited by the thermal waters of Plombieres,
all show the formation and deposition at the earth's surface cf
silicates, whose subsequent alteration has probably given rise to
many minerals and rocks. (Sillirnan's Journal [2], xxxii, 286 ; and
Geology of Canada, pp. 559, 5Y7, 581). At the same time the
phenomena of local metamorphism furnish evidences that similar
compounds have resulted from the action of heat upon mechani-
cal mixtures in sedimentary deposits. (Ibid., p. 581.) A further
consideration of this subject, and of the two-fold origin of many
silicious minerals, is reserved for another place.

(To be Continued.)

1864.] J. M. JONES ON OCEAN DRIFTS. 37

ON OCEAN DRIFTS AND CURRENTS.

By J. Matthew Jones, F.L.S.

The currents of the ocean may well be classed among the won-
ders of the world; and the most inattentive observer of the great
truths of nature, can hardly fail to be struck with admiration on
contemplating their magnitude, and considering the benefits de-
rived from such movements.

Throughout the Atlantic, Pacific, Arctic, Antarctic, and Indian
Oceans, these currents pass in particular directions, and with great-
er or less force, purifying the mass of fluid, and rendering it habi-
table to thousands of marine forms, which would otherwise lan-
guish and die for want of suitable nourishment. Great are the-
struggles which take place between currents and counter currents,
especially those of large extent, and many are the instances on rec-
ord of vessels being carried by their influence far out of their
destined courses, to be cast away upon shores supposed to be many
leagues distant. Of late years, more attention has been paid to
these phenomena, and the works of Rennel, Smyth, Maury, and
others have gained them a notoriety they well deserve, for assured-
ly to their power may be attributed the positive existence of many
islands now colonized by animal and vegetable life.

If we take up a hydrographical chart of the world, we shall at
once perceive the course of the various currents which are known
to navigators at the present day. First — we have the Gulf
Stream, issuing from the narrow strait between the southern ex-
treme of Florida and the Bahamas, passing, at some distance from
land, the coast of the American States, and gradually expanding
its limits as it progresses, until about the latitude of Cape Cod, it
diverges to the northeast, and proceeding onwards to the northern
limits of the Banks of Newfoundland, meets the cold waters of the
great Arctic current, which comes down from Davis Straits. Its
rate is here lessened ; but although the course is slow from this
point, it steadily advances until it reaches the shores of Great
Britain and Northern Europe. Secondly — we have the North
African current, which sets from the latitude of the Azores, and
taking the coast-line of Western Africa, proceeds along the shores
of that country to the Gulf of Guinea, and even forther north.
This stream, however, appears to divide its waters about the

38 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. , [Feb.

region of the Canaries, and sends a westerly branch towards the
West Indies. Thirdly — we have the South Atlantic current set-
ting from the Arctic Ocean, pouring its volumes between St. Hel-
ena and the main, until arriving at the northern edge of the North
African current at the equator, it diverges to the westward, and
flows into the Equatorial current which advances in a similar
direction to the northern coast of Brazil, and sweeping past the
■coasts of Cayenne and Gruiana, bends round the Gulf of Mexico,
and heated in that vast cauldron to a high degree of temperature,
jushes with great velocity through the Florida passage, and be-
vcomes the celebrated Gulf Stream. Fourthly — The main current
of the Pacific is that known as the Peruvian current, which origi-
nates in the Antarctic drift current, and runs parallel with the
South American coast from about the fortieth degree of south lat-
itude to the northern shores of Mexico, whence it deviates, and
rushes on to the westward across the Pacific, laving the shores of
the whole intertropical islands until it arrives at New Guinea, and
Australia, where it meets the counter currents from the Indian
Ocean. Lastly — We have the Arctic current of the Atlantic,
which sets from Baffin's Bay on the west, and Spitzbergen on the
east side of Greenland, joining its parts at the northern extremes
of the latter country, and as one vast stream, running its course to
the Banks of Newfoundland, where it meets a barrier to its farther
progress in the heated waters of the Gulf Stream.

Although the currents just enumerated include all the greater
passages, yet there are divers others of less magnitude and extent
which render service in disseminating around reproductive matter
for the colonization of distant positions. In the Indian Ocean,
for example, we have two currents running parallel with the con-
tinent of India, and another between the island of Madagascar
and the adjoining coast of Mozambique, each exerting an influence
on the country they pass. These, with the connecting and contra
currents occurring in several positions, may be supposed to repre-
sent in some degree that progressive motion which agitates the
wide expanse of ocean in diff"erent quarters of the globe.

Haying thus far given a brief account of the positions and
courses of these currents, let us consider their effect upon islands
lying in or near their course, but far removed from any continent :
but as it would extend this paper to an unusual length if we
were to enumerate the many islands in each ocean which may be

1864.] J. M. JONES ON OCEAN DRIFTS. 39

classed in the list, it will perhaps be advisable to select the more
interesting localities where such effect is rendered more apparent,
and where occurrences periodically take place, proving by clearest
evidence the real existence of such positions, and the animal and
vegetable life found upon them.

Probably we could not select a more perfect example of current-
formed islands than the Bermudas, and as we have made their
natural history our particular study, perhaps we may be allowed
to express our opinion, founded upon fact and the clearest evidence,
as to the origin of that remarkable group, which, with the excep-
tion of St. Helena, is supposed to be the most remote from land or
island of any other in the world.

It will be well in the first place to explain the situation and na-
ture of this group, in order that subsequent allusions to the same
may be clearly understood.

The Bermudas, or Somer's Islands, consisting of four principal,
and several smaller islands, lie off the coast of Carolina (the near-
est land) at a distance of about six hundred miles ; from Cape
Sable, the northern extreme of Nova Scotia, about seven hundred
and twenty miles ; and in a northeast direction from Atwood's
Keys, Bahamas, six hundred and fifty miles. They are of low
elevation ; the highest land, on which the light-house is built, being
only two hundred and fifty feet above the sea level The forma-
tion is entirely of calcareous sandstone, derived from broken shells,
and corals, which varies in consistency in different parts of the
islands. On surveying the group, we find the whole more or less
clothed with cedar, save here and there, where cultivation occupies
the ground, or the drift sand blown from the shore, has overwhelm-
ed both cedar grove and arable land, and continues its way, as is
the case in Payet's Parish, nearly across the island from side to
side. The group is contained in an area of about twenty miles
by three, and a bird's-eye view of the whole, gives it the appear-
ance, as says an old author, " of a shepherd's crook." A belt of
coral reefs extends all around the islands; on the north, to a
distance of ten miles or more from shore ; to the westward,
about five miles, taking in Long Bar and the Chub Heads ; while
to the southward and eastward the open sea meets with no bar-
rier until within a few hundred yards of land.

Having thus shortly described the situation and appearance of
• the Bermudas, we will now consider their origin.

40 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb,

A submerged rock, series of rocks, or any inequality wbich
tends to raise tbe usual line of bed near tlie water level, whether
in ocean, lake, or river, situate within the influence of a current,
cannot fail to present an obstruction to the free passage of mate-
rial ; as you may glean in a minor form, from observation in any
brook or water-course, however small it be. The moving waters
impeded on their way, whirl and eddy around the obstacle, sticks
and leaves are collected together, sand and earthy matter where-
with the water is impregnated, add their mite to the general mass,
until a small island is formed, aside, or in mid-stream, which, if
undisturbed, will gradually increase until strong enough to resist
the force of the element in which it is situated ; seeds are conveyed
thither either by currents or foreign aid, and upon the accumula-
tion of sand, stick, and earth, generate vegetable productions,
which in their turn decay and become vegetable mould, serving
to enrich the deposit, and afford nourishment to other plants in
rotation.

If we perceive currents in lake, river, or brook forming depos-
its of matter, on their sides or in their midst, why may we
not grant the same power to currents in the ocean ? And if this
power be granted, which is clear it should, we have only to recog-
nize, in the first place, the presence of some inequality of the ocean
bed under the spot now occupied by the Bermudas, whether owing
to volcanic action or otherwise it matters not ; secondly, a vast
accumulation of sand and drift matter thereupon ; and thirdly,
the presence of the coral zoophyte to complete a solid fabric to
within a few inches of low-water mark. Drift timber and gulf
weed (^Fucus natans) then arrested on their course, the latter
material by thousands of loads monthly in certain seasons, would
help to raise the whole above high-water mark, until sand and
shell cast ashore by the waves and blown along the surface, form-
ing rounded hills ; sea birds making guano deposits • plants and
shrubs springing up from seeds either brought by migratory birds*
or carried on the current, would give a stable foundation and a

* The transportation of seeds by migratory birds has long engaged
the attention of naturalists. The case may occur in two ways, either
by undigested seeds passing through the body of the bird, or by earth
containing seeds adhering to the feet. A wader has been shot in Nova
Scotia, having in its crop undigested seeds of the rice of the Southern.
States of America.

1S64.] J. M. JONES ON OCEAN DRIFTS. 41

resting-place for animal life. The surface of the land would
gradually change as increased masses of sand became drifted in
various positions, the underlying body of loose particles would
harden by natural process, and in time form solid rock, while the
accumulations of vegetable matter buried beneath such hardened
rock would decompose, and form red earth ; and where these de-
posits become liable to the action of the tides from below, the
earthy composition would be cleared away, and caverns form in
the place, all of which conditions occur in the Bermudas at the
present day.

The Bermudas, although not placed within the full force of the
Gulf Stream, are nevertheless close enough to be affected by its
current, which, after a continuance of southwest winds, affords, by
the occurrence of drift seeds and other matter from the Carribean
Sea, ample evidence of its contact with, or very near approach to
the group ; and if facts of this import should not be considered
sufficient to establish a clear case, the whole marine fauna, which
is true West Indian, may be brought forward in support of the
assertion.

But to give the process of formation of a group of islands of
current origin more in detail, let us consider the remarkable pro-
cess carried on in the building of reefs by the coral zoophyte. It
is to this organism, low in the scale of nature, that the Bermudas
are indebted for the position they hold in the midst of an ocean
at all times and seasons liable to great commotion. A mass of
simple sand-banks would assuredly be swept away, or at all
events would never afford sufficient protection to tropical and bo-
real plants as they do at present. No cedar groves could exist so
near the shore as they do, unless a barrier was made to the for-
ward progress of those huge rolling seas, which, in severe weather,
may be seen dashing on the outer reefs of the south shore, and
spending their fury in casting high in mid air their columns of
whitened foam.

The coral zoophyte, which has done so much for the islands of
the Pacific, has conferred an equal, if not greater, benefit upon the
Bermudas, building up around the whole coast huge walls of cal-
careous matter formed by the decease of countless generations of
madrepores with their ever-accompanying mollusca and serpulae,
welded together, from which basis springs another generation of
the same forms, to die in their order, and present a further
ground work for the labors of future families.

42 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

To show more clearly the beneficial effects of these barrier-reefs
in preventing the total annihilation of all vegetable productions,
we have only to draw your attention to the present state of the
district known as '' The Sand Hills " in Payet's parish, about the
centre of the main island, where the barrier reef is close in shore,
and does not present a sufficient breakwater to prevent the full
force of the waves throwing up vast quantities of sand upon the
shore, which, acted upon, by the heavy gales from the southward,
is blown in clouds to the top of the hill, some hundred and fifty
feet above high-water mark, and burying whole groves of cedar
and cottages, is rapidly extending its limits, and will ere long
commit still greater damage by covering land now under cultiva-
tion. This present fact is sufficient to prove the use of barrier-
reefs to oceanic islands, and also more clearly the use of oceanic
currents in bringing to such positions animal life capable of effect-
ing so much good by preserving a luxuriant vegetation from utter
. destruction.

As we have in considering our question touched upon the for-
mation of coral reefs, perhaps it would not be uninteresting to state
a few particulars in regard to the growth and habits of the coral
zoophytes, and the difierent forms which are found inhabiting the
same reef in the Bermuda waters.

There are five species of coral growing on the reefs, while in
the sheltered sounds and harbors two or three more are found.
The finger-coral {Isladrefpora 'p cdmatd) appears to be the most
abundant, crowding its palmate processes in every direction under
water, and before it has been cleaned, it has a buff color, and
when touched by the hand has the peculiar slimy feel common to
all corals, and formed by the presence of the animal which secretes
the hard calcareous mass. Some specimens of this species are ex-
tremely beautiful, presenting every shape and form which palmate
processes can exhibit. At the extremities, digits of all lengths
crown the ridge, while from the flattened sides arise in many
cases extra palms digitated in like manner. The whole structure
is remarkably porous. A species of 3Iadrepora known as the star-
coral (31. ocidina) is also found on the outer reefs, though by no
means so abundant as the former. It is by far the prettiest-form-
ed coral in the Bermudas, and when cleaned, presents a series of
the most exquisite white branches covered with elevated cells. In
the water it has a green appearance, and is coated with the usual

1864.] J. M. JONES ON OCEAN DRIFTS. 43

slime. In some situations it grows short and bushy, while in
others its stems are elongated to some extent. There are three
varieties of this species : (1,) with the cells greatly protruding ; (2,)
with the cells nearly even ; and (3,) having them strongly depress-
ed. There are two species of Meandrina found on these reefs, —
M. cerehra, commonly known as brainstone from its singular
appearance, and another species clearly different from the preced-
ino-, and allied to 31. Dcedalea of the Indian Ocean. The Madre-
jpora cerehra grows to a large size, sometimes three feet in diame-
ter, and is usually rounded in form ; while the latter is rarely found
more than six inches across, and growing in some cases within a
foot of the surface on reefs, and in rock-pools even less. Two
species of Astrcea occur, sometimes covering the rock like a mass
of sponge. These astroid corals are frequently found in a semi-
fossil state, imbedded in the reef, and forming the base of masses
of living madrepores.

On breaking into one of the reefs left dry at lowest tide, you
find it composed of the following : the hard compact interior of
calcareous rock, exhibiting under the lens a mass of minute por-
tions of shell, sand, and broken coral, mixed with particles of
pink-colored nullipores ; the exterior presenting an irregular honey-
combed appearance, some of the recesses containing sea-water and
dotted with small specimens of the frilled Meandrina and small-
eyed Astrcea, and adhering to the sides of these miniature pools
several species of corallines and algce shooting out from beds of
scarlet, and sober-colored sponges and ascidians, over which
crawl the slug-like forms of the many-spotted Doris and sea-hare
(Apli/sia), and the msiss,i\e sheW-hesiY'mg Purpura deltoidea ; while
in the crannies and sinuous passages are snugly ensconced numbers
of purple Echini and hair-clad annelides ; the whole more or less
covered with a mantle of iridescent sea-weeds.

Such is the state of affairs on the reef: now let us proceed to
take a survey of the productions, animal and vegetable, brought
thither by the current of the Gulf Stream.

As before remarked, the marine fauna of the Bermudas is al-
most wholly West Indian. The first, if we except a few transient
visitors, are all found in the Carribean Sea. The mollusks, with
one exception only, according to Tristram, are all inhabitants of
the same district, while the remaining invertebrata of all orders
present a similar state. Many fishes are brought to the group,
sheltering and feeding amid the vast fields of gulf-weed (^Fucus

44 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb-

natans), and several species of crustaceans reacli the islands by the
same source. Myriads of the Portuguese man-of-war (^Physalia
pelagica), the oblique-crested Velella ( V. vulgaris), and two species
of lantliina {I. fragilU and /. glohosa f), with their bubble-like
rafts, are cast ashore, while hundreds of the pearly Spirilla (^S.
Peronii) float about untenanted by their rightful owners. These
are all from the southward. Then ashore we find the land-crab
(^Gecarcinus ruricolct) burrowing in the sand-hills; and running
along the shore-rocks, the nimble and prettily marked Grapsus
pictus, both West Indian forms. To these may be added many
others all evidently descendants of an original stock brought thither
by the current of the Gulf Stream.

As regards the botanical features of the islands, several trees,
shrubs, and plants occur of West Indian character, some of which,
springing as they do from positions close to high-water mark, de-
note their current origin. We may notice the calabash {Crescentia
cujete), the sea-side grape {Coccoloha uvifera), the Prickly
Lantana (Z/. acideata) , the Locust (^Hymencea couha?'il), the
Cochineal plant [Cactus cochinillifer) ; and many other species
may be enumerated in support of the probable influence of the
Gulf Stream. Two or three kinds of large beans are frequently
found cast upon the beach : one called pin-box by the inhabit-
ants, is the seed of a large species of trailing- vine (^Eiitada gigan-
tea'), bearing huge scymitar-shaped pods ; and is common in some of
the West Indian islands, especially Jamaica, where Colonel S.
Heath of the Royal Engineers informs us he has observed it grow-
ing in the mountains near the military station at Maroon Town,
some two thousand feet above the sea level. Drift trees, some-
times of large size, with the roots attached, are also floated ashore ;
and some few years ago, according to the observant naturalist
Hurdis, who resided several years in the Bermudas, two or three
cedar trees of dimensions far exceeding those of any specimens to
be seen on the islands, were found at some depth below the
surface of a marsh which had been reclaimed from the sea^
and which from their appearance were of foreign origin, and
had doubtless been carried by the current from some part of
the adjacent continent. These drift trees are in many instances
the means of introducing pebbles and small portions of rock
adhering to their roots ; and it was with no little surprise that du-
ring our wanderings along the shores of the island we found these
stones, of entirely diff"erent consistence to that of the sandstone in

1864.] J. M. JONES ON OCEAN DRIFTS. 45

wliicli they lay imbedded, in the shore-rock about high-water
mark ; nor could we at all account for such a singular circum-
stance, until we were informed by a geological friend that stones
had been found among the roots of trees cast away on other
oceanic islands, when a clue to the mystery was at once afforded us.

Thus we see in some measure the effect of ocean currents upon
islands like those of the Bermudas, far removed from continents ;
and the case is the same in other parts of the world. Take for
example the Keeling or Cocoa Islands, which are situate in the
Indian Ocean at a distance of about six hundred miles from the
coast of Sumatra, which owe their vegetation to seeds transported
by currents from that island, Java, and Australia, and on whose
shores are found stones and pebbles as in the Bermudas. Canoes
of undoubted Javanese construction have also been found cast
ashore ; and many other instances are adduced by Chamisso, Dar-
win, and others, of the effect of currents upon these islands.

If such cases can be adduced of the introduction to distant
islands of the ocean of whole faunas and floras, why may we not
infer that in many cases islands like those of the Pacific have
been peopled by the human race in a similar manner ? We too
frequently hear of sad cases of the survivors of abandoned vessels
remaining on the ocean in open boats for a fortnight, or three
weeks, or even longer, drifted along by the winds and currents
in various directions. Canoes laden with people have been drifted
from island to island in the Pacific, although hundreds of miles
from each other, as is well known ; while, according to Robertson,
the fresh bodies of two men, of a race unknown to Europeans,
were cast ashore, after a series of westerly gales, upon the
Azores, doubtless from North or South America, proving that
they had nearly completed their long drift voyage in their canoe
before some untoward accident befel them and prevented their
arriving alive.

We cannot therefore see, if human life can be prolonged under
such circumstances, why we may not grant the drift and currents
of the ocean a still greater usefulness in that of carrying to other
lands a precious burden of human souls, to populate in process of
time whole continents as well as islands ; and, instead of looking for
different centres of creation, to grant that one alone was made in
conformity with the statements of holy writ.

(Read before a meeting of the Nat. Hist. Society of N. Brunswick, 29th
January 18G4.)

46 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb,

NOTES ON THE SILICIFICATION OF FOSSILS.

By T. Sterry Hunt, M.A., F.R.S.

Fossils replaced by silica are very abundant among the paleo-
zoic limestones of Canada. Some portions of the Corniferous lime-
stone are little more than layers of silicified shells and corals, with
a small amount of intermingled carbonate of lime ; and beautiful
examples of silicification are also found in various localities
throughout the limestones of the Trenton and Quebec groups. The
silicified fossils are confined to certain planes; unaltered calcareous
shells and corals being often found in the same limestone bed,
half an inch above or below a layer holding silicified fossils; and
even in these the replacement is sometimes confined to a portion of
the shell or coral. A careful study of a series of these silicified
specimens shows the operation of three distinct processes. First,
the replacement of the fossil, giving rise to an exact copy of it in
chalcedoaic quartz ; second, the incrusting by chalcedony of a
fossil thus replaced; and third, in some cases the filling up of the-
cavity of the replaced fossil, with chalcedony or with crystalline
quartz. The corals from the Corniferous limestone present ex-
amples of the first process, and are besides often filled or lined
with crystals of quartz. The same thing is to be seen in various
gasteropods from the Birdseye formation. Of these, the silicified
shells, from which the limestone has been removed by an acid,
preserve all their superficial markings ; but are often lined with
crystalline quartz, although at other times filled with the sedimen-
tary limestone. In two instances, where these shells had been
fractured, the fissure has been filled up with a tissue of chalcedony
identical with that replacing the shell. This chalcedony is gen-
erally found to have a botryoidal surface, and a concentric
structure, which however in some cases can only be discovered
by the aid of a glass. Specimens of orthoceratites from the same
formation show the exterior, as well as the septa and the siphuncle
beautifully replaced by silica. In some silicified gasteropods it is
seen, after removing the calcareous matter by an acid, that the
silicification is chiefly confined to the two walls of the shell, which
are completely replaced, while the middle portion remains calca-
reous, or is but partially penetrated by silica. The exterior of
these silicified shells is sometimes incrusted with mammillary

1864.] SILICIFICATION OF FOSSILS. 47

masses of chalcedony a tenth of an inch or more in diameter.
This is an example of the second process, which is well illus-
trated by a fine specimen of a large and as yet undescribed
species of Metoptoma from the Birdseye formation, to which
my attention has been called by Mr. Billings. It was found
reposing on its base, and filled with the sedimentary limestone^
which was removed by an acid, showing the interior of the
shell with some small adhering Serpulae, which are also silici-
fied. The exterior of the shell was completely covered with
a rough warty coating of chalcedony, which has evidently spread
in concentric circles from certain points, and is from five to ten
hundredths of an inch in thickness. This crust, which readily
separates, has been detached from a portion of the surface of the
shell ; which is found to have been completely replaced by chal-
cedony, and retains all its delicate markings. From the more
frequent absence of this exterior coating of chalcedony from
silicified fossils, we are inclined to look upon its deposition as a
process subsequent to the replacement. In some cases however it
takes place upon nou-silicified specimens. Thus a Stromatopora
having been cut in two, and submitted to the action of an a:id, it
was found that the silica was confined to an exterior crust, and to
occasional grains and portions disseminated through the calca-
reous mass of the fossil. It is further to be remarked, that the
limestone strata which contain the silicified fossils are associated
with beds or masses of hornstone, in which these fossils are some-
times partially imbedded.

The facts detailed above (a part of which will be found in the
Geology of Canada, p. 629) point to the conclusion that the re-
placement of the fossils, as well as their incrustation and filling-up
with silica, took place before they were imbedded in the calcareous
sediments, and that it was dependent on the presence of silica
dissolved in the waters of the time. The mode in w hich the first
process, or that of replacement, has been efi'ected is however still
obscure. In vegetable structures, which are very often silicified,
such a replacement is comparatively rare. The pores of the wood
become filled with silicious matter, while the woody fibre, in a more
or less altered state, remains, and may be extracted, as Goeppert
has shown, by dissolving the silica with hydrofluoric acid. This
organic matter is often changed into coal, or even, according to
Dr. Dawson, in some Devonian woods into a graphitic substance ;

48 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

while Goeppert mentions its change into bitumen, and also observed
a resinous matter in the pores of silicified conifers. He found
tbat in some cases, as in certain agatized woods from Hungary,
the organic matter had almost, or altogether, disappeared, leaving
spaces which were empty, or filled only with water. Bead-like
drops of silica were occasionally found by him upon the bundles
of lio-neous fibres. He also observed in some cases an incrustation
of hyalite on the exterior of some specimens of silicified wood.
(Goeppert, Plantes Fossiles, livr. 1, pnrt 3.)

The silicified woods from Antigua, unlike any of these described
by Goeppert, exhibit a replacement of the woody tissue by silica ;
some of them however still retaining portions of organic matter.
In a specimen of exogenous wood from that locality, which I have
lately examined with Dr. Dawsoa, the medullary rays are filled
with silica showing traces of cells, and the ducts are also filled with
silica. The whole of the woody fibre has moreover disappeared,
and its place is occupied by silica, which is distinguished by a
slight difference in color from that filling the place of the vessels.
In this case, it would appear that the process of silicifioatiou con-
sisted of two stages ; the first being the filhng up of the pores by
silica, followed by a removal, by decay, of the organic matter,
leaving a silicious skeleton like that of the Hungarian woods
noticed above, after which the empty spaces in this were filled by
a further deposition of silica. It is probable that processes similar
to those connected with silicification take place in the so-called
petrifaction of organic remains by carbonate and sulphate of lime,
sulphate of barytes, oxyd of iron, and metallic sulphurets.

In this connection, may be mentioned the observations and ex-
periments of Peng>illy, Church, and others on the so-called Beek-
kite. This name has been given to mammillary chalcedonic
concretions around a nucleus of coral, sponge, shells, or even
of limestone, which occur i;i the Triassic conglomerates of Torbay
in England. This nucleus in some cases has disappeared, but in
others remains in greater or less part unchanged, or has been
partially silicified. These concretions apparently result from a
similar incrusting process to that which I have described in
Stromatopora and Metoptoma. Mr. Church has examined these
bodies with care both chemically and microscopically, and
in the L. E. & D. Phil. Magazine for February 1862 ([4],
xxiii, 95) has given his own and others' observations, with a

1864.] SILICIFICATION OP FOSSILS. 49

number of figures. He has also described in this paper the
results of some experiments on the process of silicification ; for
further details of which see The Chemical N"ews, vol. v, 95. Mr.
Church prepared a solution of silica in water by dialysis, accord-
ing to Graham's method (L. E. & D. Phil. Mag. [4], xxiii, 295),
and found that when this solution, containing about one two-hun-
dredths of silica, and impregnated with a little carbonic acid, was
filtered through fragments of coral, a large portion of carbonate
of lime was dissolved, an J the whole of the silica removed. Similar
results, though to a less extent, were obtained with shells. In
another experiment, a fragment of a recent coral was fitted into
the neck of a funnel, and a solution prepared as above, with a
little carbonic acid, and containing one hundredth of silica, was
allowed to drop on the coral, and after slowly filtering through,
was found, as in the previous experiment, to have abandoned the
whole of its silica, while the coral had lost nearly all its lime,
although retaining its structure in a great measure. It was however
covered with a thick film of gelatinous silica.'' Mr. Church farther
observed that the addition of small portions of the solid carbonate
of lime, barytes, or strontia to a strong solution of pure silica, caused
it to gelatinize immediately; and according to Graham, solutions of
these carbonates have the same efi'ect. The concentric structure
which is characteristic of chalcedony, was observed by Mr. Church
in the silicious deposits from the Geysers of Iceland, and from the
hot springs of Luzon in the Philippine Islands, as well as in meni-
lite; and Mr. J. H. Gladstone, in a note to Mr. Church, in the
paper already cited from the Philos. Magazine, refers to a similar
structure as having been observed by Mr. Rainey in carbonate of
lime formed in animal tissues : it is also artificially obtained
when carbonate of lime is slowly deposited in the presence of
gum or albumen. Mr. Church has since described (Chera.
News, vi, 306) a curious example of the deposition of silica. A
basket of eggs was recently found in a chalk-pit near Winche&-
ter, where it had been buried beneath the broken rock for, it is
supposed, four or five centuries. The organic matter and the cal-
careous shell of the eggs ha 1 both disappeare 1, their places being
occupied by chalcedony ; " which seemed farther to have been de-
posited upon the willow twigs composing the basket, incrusting it
so well that the real nature of the latter is evident to this clay."
I have thoucrht it well to brinfj toorether these observations

Vol. I. D No. 1.

50 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST, [Feb.

since, for although they do not explain all the phenomena of silicifi-
cation, they go far towards showing the conditions under which
silica can be precipitated from its solutions in natural waters, and
deposited either upon or within organic bodies, or in the forms
of opal, chalcedony, and hornstone. See farther Silliraan's Journal
[2], xxviii, pp. 377, 381 ; and Bischof, Lehrbuch, ii, 1241.

Montreal March 25, 1864.

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

ANNUAL CONVERSAZIONE.

" The Second Annual Conversazione of the Montreal Natural
History Society was held in the rooms of the Society on the 2nd
instant, and was, we are happy to say, highly successful. We learn
with pleasure that since the last annual social meeting the Society
has made very steady progress, the year not having been excelled,
or even equalled, by any other in its history for the amount of sci-
entific work done, and the successful introduction of new and valu-
able 'features, which it is believed will be sources of permanent
benefit to the Society. But while the Society congratulates it-
self on this satisfactory state of affairs, there is of course room
for still further prosperity, were the members and the friends of
the cause to come forward more readily and evince greater inter-
est in its advancement. At the regular meetings a number of
interesting papers have been read, of which mention has been
made at various times in these columns ; and many elaborate arti-
cles, representing great scientific research, and having an impor-
tant bearing on the arts of life, and on the material improvements
of the country, have been contributed to the Canadian Naturalist.
The Geology of our own country, in which every one must feel
more or less interested, has received a large share of attention ;
and on points of the geology of the United States connected with
Canadian geology, important contributions have also been received.
In fact, in all the branches of study embraced by the Society, many
new facts have been made known, which looked at merely in a
scientific aspect, should be highly esteemed ; but the pursuits of
the naturalist are also of great utility to the country in their
economical applications, thus giving the Society a strong claim to

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 51

the support and consideration of the public, independently of the
purely scientific discoveries, or of the pleasures to be derived from
the collections and lectures. A committee of the Society has, for
instance, been engaged in promoting measures for the more effec-
tual protection of the smaller insectivorous birds which protect us
against insect ravages ; whilst another committee has been investi-
gating the causes of the decay of the apple-orchards, for which the
island of Montreal was once celebrated. Discussions have also
arisen at the meetings respecting the use of Canadian fibres in the
manufacture of fabrics and of paper. Nor should we omit to men-
tion another important part of the work of this Society, namely
that of popularizing natural science, thus rendering it more attrac-
tive, and causing its results to be more extensively known. This
end is sought to be attained by the popular course of Somerville
lectures, free to the public, and by throwing the Museum open on
easy terms. One of the new features worthy of special attention
is the engagement of a scientific curator, Mr. Whiteaves, under
whose care large portions of the collections have been arranged in
such a manner as to assist very materially in the study of natural
history. There have been added to the Museum within a short
time, many valuable contributions of marine shells, and some
interesting specimens to the collections of birds and fishes.

" Many of the gratifying features which we have here briefly no-
ticed, in order to show the work that the Society is engaged in, and
what has been done, are attributed to the favorable impression
made by the first Conversazione, held last year ; one direct result
of which was that a member liberally offered to commence a list
with $200 to pay off the remaining indebtedness of the Society.'*

The chair was taken at eight o'clock by Dr. Dawson, President
of the Society ; there being seated on the platform the Lord Bishop
of Montreal, Metropolitan, Rev. Mr. Ellegood, Rev. Mr. Kemp,
Rev. Dr. DeSola, Hon. Mr. Sheppard, Prof. Miles, Stanley Bagg,
Esq., W. H. A. Davies, Esq., John Deeming, Esq., and others.
The Hall was crowded throughout, many being unable to obtain
seats. The fine band of the Royal Artillery was present, by the
kind permission of Col. Dunlop, R.A.

The introductory address was delivered by the President of the
Society, Principal Dawson, LL.D., who said: " Ladies and Gen-
tlemen, the members of the Natural History Society again wel-
come you to their annual conversazione, and trust that on this as

52 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.-

on former occasions, you will sympatliize with our pursuits and
enjoy the entertainment which we have provided. I have no doubt
that many of you regard us as very simple though harmless enthu-
siasts, pleased with a butterfly or a flower, delighted with a new
shell or coral, going into ecstacies over the discovery of some un-
heard-of worm or microscopic animalcule smaller than a grain of
dust. But admitting all this, and that our pursuits may not be
worthy of comparison with the grave and weighty matters which
engage your attention, we have still something to say for ourselves..
If enthusiasts, we are not selfish ; indeed I may say that we are
somewhat amiable. A great authority in such matters has said
that a true naturalist is never an ill-natured man ; and we show
our good nature by gathering here all our precious treasures, and
exposing them to your inspection, and by providing in our Museum
a refuge for every destitute specimen, that might otherwise go to
waste or be neglected in some obscure corner. Indeed, I fear that
we sometimes carry this to an extreme, and even render ourselves
troublesome by insisting that you should look through our micro-
scopes or examine our choice specimens, when you would rather be
engaged about something else. We further, in these artificial
days, keep up a testimony in behalf of nature. We maintain its
pre-eminent loveliness, standing up for the lily of the field, even
against all the glory of modern art. We invite attention to the
plan and order, to the design and contrivance, which exist in na-
ture, and thus do what little we can to magnify the works of God.
Further, we are always ready to inform you as to any little practi-
cal matter that lies in our way. If you are puzzled by any strange
bird or beast, or by any unaccountable phenomenon in air or earth,
we are always ready to do our best to explain it. If any imperti-
nent insect or fungus ravages your farm, garden, or orchard, we
can tell you all about its habits, and how to get rid of it. We can,
with the aid of our friends of the Geological Survey, inform you
as to the mineral resources of the country, and can guard you
against that perversion of mining enterprise, whereby some simple
persons contrive to bury their money under ground without any
rational hope of ever extracting it again. Besides all this, in our
lectures, our monthly meetings, our published proceedings, and our
museum, we^ provide you with many sources of pleasing and
profitable recreation. Doing all this and more, in a quiet unobtru-
sive way, we think ourselves entitled to ask your kind counte-

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 53

nance and aid in this our annual celebration. I have only to add,
that a committee of members of the Society has labored to make
our rooms and programme as attractive as possible, and that we
have to thank many kind friends for contributions to your enter-
tainment this evening."

Dr. Dawson introduced to the audience one of the pioneers of
Natural History in this country —

Hon. Mr. Sheppard, who said : " On this occasion, the anni-
versary of the Natural History Society of Montreal, it has fallen
to my lot to address to this goodly assemblage of the patrons of
science, a few remarks and remembrances of the state of natural
history and of its progress in Canada during the preceding half
century, which it has been supposed my long standing as a student
of nature enables me to submit to your patient hearing. These
observations must necessarily be short, seeing the varied pro-
gramme provided for the evening. In order to do this subject
justice it will be necessary to go back to the early settlement of the
oountry, when the Jesuit missionaries visited the wilds of Amer-
ica with the intention of Christianizing the natives. These mission-
aries were a learned and observant class of men ; and their oppor-
tunities of becoming acquainted with the natural productions of
the country, were greatly facilitated by their close intercourse with
the Indians, following them in their periodical migrations, and
sojourning with them in their encampments. They collected a
vast amount of information from their native friends about the ani-
mals, and especially about the plants, many of which were known
to possess healing properties, and to be useful in the few arts that
the Indians were acquainted with. The results of these researches
were, at a later period, collected and embodied by Charle-
voix in his History of Canada. They are well worthy of being
consulted. Towards the end of the last century Canada was
visited by Andr^ Michaux the elder, coming from the north
through Hudson's Bay, across the country by lakes Mistisions
and St. John, down the Saguenay and up the north shores of the
St. Lawrence, disappearing southward at some point unknown to
us. It must have been very interesting to him to note the grad-
ual change of the vegetable productions in his progress south from
the barren grounds of the stunted birch, the vast collections of
lichens and mosses which cover the surface of those dreary regions,
to the noble oaks and maples on the shores of the St. Lawrence.

54 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb,

Michaux published the result of bis observations in a Flora of
America ; but it is very meagre, compared vritb later works on that
subject. Michaux the younger never visited Canada that I am aw^are
of, but derived his information respecting our trees from his father.
Francis Masson, that celebrated collector for the Royal Gardens
at Kew, who introduced so many of the floral beauties of the Cape
of Good Hope, visited Canada about the beginning of the present
century. He passed a good portion of his time in Montreal ; and
oh how I did yearn for the benefit of his acquaintance, with a
view to information on plants of the country, but all my sighing and
yearning were doomed to end in disappointment. He died here
about the year 1804, at the house of Mr. John Gray, at Cote St.
Catherine, a benevolent and much respected merchant. The
mention of John Gray reminds me that he kindly fostered the Kev.
James Somerville while in a state of mental aberration. With
Mr. Somerville I was much acquainted ; he was devoted to the
study of natural history. It will be recollected that this gentle-
man was a patron and benefactor of this Society. We now come
to the name of F]:ederick Pursh, the celebrated botanist, who
made his appearance in Canada in 1815. I became acquainted
with him, and derived much valuable information from him about
plants. He visited Anticosti in 1817, and brought back a large
collection of living plants, rare in other parts of the country, some
of which I cultivated in my garden ; but the greater portion of
them perished in the packages in which they were brought up.
Among those which survived were Ligusticum Scoticum, a beau-
tiful Thalictrum, which he named T. purpurascens, and an Allium^
identified with A. sclioenoprasum, Pursh's Flora of North America
is a carefully got-up book, and was the standard text-book till Gray's
appeared. Pursh died here about 1821, at the house of Robert
Cleghorn, Blink Bonny, a nurseryman, and a good botanist, — aeon-
temporary of Loudon. Poor Pursh was thriftless ] in his declining
years living mainly on the hospitality of his friends. Colonel Hamil-
ton Smith, the learned historian of the natural history of man,
visited Canada in 1817, seeking information in science generally.
1 became acquainted with him, but his sojourn here was very short.
Now, ladies, allow me to say a word of encouragement for you.
What will you not succeed on attaining when you set your
hearts on its accomplishment, as the example of the Countess Dal-
housic will show. This lady became an accomplished botanist^

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 55

and was an indefatigable collector of plants. She presented to this
Society a large herbarium of Canadian plants, beautifully pre-
served ; she collected many living plants, and sent them home to
ornament the gardens and grounds of Dalhousie Castle ; and she
succeeded in imbuing her lady friends with a love of botany ; some
of whom made marked advances in this branch of natural history,
particularly one, who subsequently sent many specimens of Cana-
dian plants to Sir Jackson Hooker, to assist him in the compilation
of his great work the Plants of British North America, in which her
name is duly recorded as a contributor. The example of Lady Dal-
housie is well worthy of imitation by those having leisure for study.
And now permit me by desire to endeavor to throw some light on
the origin and progress of the Literary and Historical Society of
Quebec, the elder sister of the Society. Strange to say, its formation
was brought about indirectly, by a political movement, in this wise.
It is no doubt known to many of you that the late John Neilson
was the owner of the Quebec Gazette, established in 1764, now in
its hundredth year. In virtue of an Act of Parliament, it possessed
the privilege of publishing all official documents as they occurred.
Neilson was a great politician, and was opposed to Lord Dal-
housie in some points of government. This opposition Lord
Dalhousie could not tolerate, and he came to the determination of
establishing a paper which he could control, calling it the Quebec
Gazette by authority, and he caused Dr. Fisher, a co-editor of the
New York Albion, to come and take charge of it. Dr. Fisher had
been a member of the Literary and Historical Society of New York ;
he persuaded Lord Dalhousie to get up a society with similar title
and objects in Quebec. This was done. Chief Justice Sewell be-
coming the first President, and W. Green, a native of this city, the
secretary. The Society was in the first instance composed of high
officials and courtiers, and the fee was fixed at a high rate, for
some end which can only be guessed at. Papers were read before
the Society. The President gave his " Dark Days of Canada " ;
Captains Bayfield and Baddely read valuable papers on the Geol-
ogy of Canada, and Mr. Green presented his papers on Textile
Plants, and on the plants used in dyeing by the Indians. Shortly
after the formation of that Society, some of the younger inhabit-
ants of Quebec, perhaps thinking that they had been slighted,
formed themselves into a society under the name of the " Society
for the Promotion of Arts and Science in Canada." Lord Dal-

56 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

housie refused his countenance to this new institution. Several
papers were read, and a successful progress became manifest. After
a while, a disposition on the part of the Literary and Historical
Society to conciliate the new one, and even to advocate a fusion
of the two, became apparent. This was ultimately effected, retain-
ing the original title. The union of the two societies was produc-
tive of good, the working members becoming more numerous.
Some of their labors appear in the transactions of the Society.
On the accession of Sir James Kemp to the government of the
Province, he very liberally bestowed to the Society a copy of that
splendid work of art, Claude's Z{6er Veritatis ; also a transit in-
strument, and an excellent telescope. Here it may be mentioned
that M. Chasseur, a naturalist of Quebec, had formed a museum as
a matter of speculation, principally composed of birds; but finding
that it did not answer his expectation in point of revenue, he per-
suaded the Legislature to purchase the collection ; and it was placed
under the care of the Literary and Historical Society, in addition to
their own museum, which had assumed a respectable condition.
When in 1838 Lord Durham was sent out to conciliate the people,
and restore Canada to a state of peace, he did at least one good thing.
Led by the title of the Society to suppose that literature and history
were its sole aim, he brought out a large and select collection of
the ancient Grreek and Latin historians, and presented it to the
Society, for which he is entitled to praise. This valuable addition
to the library was received thankfully, and it furnished the means
for several reviews and criticisms by that very learned and esteemed
member of the Society, Dr. Wilkie. At later periods that So-
ciety has been very unfortunate, having been no less than three
times burnt out ; losing much of its accumulation of objects of nat-
ural history, books, and apparatus, thus receiving a severe check in
scientific pursuits ; but it is now gradually recovering from its losses,
and again rising into a state of activity. Before concluding, a word of
commendation must be said on the Geological Survey of the Prov-
ince, now for so many years so well and so efiiciently conducted
by its learned and amiable head, assisted by an active and scienti-
fic staff. Their joint labors have been eminently successful, as is
abundantly shown by the very complete Geological Museum in
this city; by their periodical reports of work done, now consolida-
ted into one large volume, which, of course, will be studied by all
scientific devotees, a monument of the industry of the Commission

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 57

of Survey, and an evidence to the civilized world of the varied
labors and scientific capabilities of the surveyors, well meriting the
applause and gratitude of the Province, to which they are fully
entitled. Shall I say a word on the subject of this Society ? If
permitted, it must be but a word, for you are all better acquainted
with its formation and operations than I can pretend to be. The
Society was formed shortly after that of the L. and H. Society ; at
the instance, I believe, of the late Dr.^Holmes and some congenial
spirits. In the first few years of its existence its progress was not
very rapid, all up-hill work, as the Doctor informed me, the work
resting on a few of the members ; but if so, that languor has been
sucessfully shaken off; its progress and prosperity have been of the
most satisfactory nature. As a contrast to the difficulties for the
acquirement of scientific information met with at a remote former
period, already alluded to, allow me to state some of the great facili-
ties which are now offered to the student of Natural History. In
many parts of the Province there have been estabUshed Colleges for
the education of youth, in which the Natural Sciences are taught
by learned professors, with the advantage of extensive museums.
I will only mention some of them, without entering into particulars.
Beginning in the lower part of the province and proceeding up-
wards,we have Laval, McGill, Lennoxville, Queen's, Toronto, and
others. As regards this city, let me mention with commendation
McGrill Colh'ge. Here for the professed student every facility
exists : regular lectures are delivered on all branches of Natural
Science, aided by a very complete museum, with a library of books
of reference. To the occasional student, this Society possesses all
the advantages required; an extensive and well-arranged museum,
regular stated meetings, attended by all the scientific men of the
city, a well-conducted magazine, open to contributors generally, a
courteous and scientific curator, a large and commodious building
fit for all the purposes of the Society ; and if I may judge by the
extent of the present goodly assemblage of patrons, there seems
great reason to look forward to further satisfactory progress neces-
sitating the extension of accommodation, bespeaking the approba-
tion of future dwellers in this growing and beautiful city, followed
by the respect of the scientific world at large."

The President then announced that instead of the chemical
experiments by Professor Robins following here, as set down on
the programme, an address would be given by Prof Miles of

58 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

Bishops' College, Lennoxville ; since the gases emitted in the per-
formance of the experiments might not tend to improve the venti-
lation of the room. Prof. Miles then spoke as follows :

" Mr. President, it has afforded me great pleasure to receive
an invitation to join in this gathering of the members, friends, and
visitors of the Natural History Society.

" As one of its numerous guests this evening, I beg to express my
sincere thanks for the privilege of participating in a treat so richly
and so variously furnished, — one which, while it appeals to the un-
derstanding, delights the imagination and the senses. But in en-
deavoring to respond, at a brief notice, to a request that I should
address you, I should begin, if the plea were good for anything,
or if it were judged to be in good taste, by asking you to remem-
ber how formidable a thing to some is the prospect of being re-
quired to make a speech. In place of that, however, I find it more
natural, as it is doubtless more becoming, to obey the stimulus aris-
ing from a hearty sense of sympathy as regards the objects of the
Natural History Society — to look to the feelings which must ani-
mate all who are assembled here to-night — cultivators, lovers, and
patrons of science — gathered together here socially for the par-
pose of testifying an appreciation of those objects — for the purpose,
in fact, of testifying respect for science, and an admiration of the
useful and beautiful arts and improvements in art which science
is continually furnishing.

" To these considerations I think, sir, I cannot be in error, when
I add the mention of another motive in influencing us all wha
have come to participate in this evening's recreation ; namely, a
desire to express our recognition of those services which have ren-
dered the Natural History Society what it is — whetherof those who
have given without stint, time, labor, and skill to its advancement,
or of those other promoters who have, in various ways, contributed
to the same end, by donations of money, of books, of works of art,
and of specimens for the enrichment of the Society's collections.

" Encouraged by reflections of this kind calculated to loosen the
tongue, and to place even an unpractised speaker at his ease, I am
thankful for the opportunity of expressing my own gratification at
what I see and hear to-night, and should rejoice indeed if, it may
be at a fitting moment, I could be so fortunate as to say only a
few useful words in furtherance of a cause we all desire to promote.

*' There are established here societies — quite a goodly number of

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 59

them — embarked in the execution of projects of benevolence, edu-
cation, religious, mental and bodily welfare, and I have understood
that Montreal is in this behalf not one whit behind other notable ci-
ties in her Majesty's dominions. But I do think, sir, without any dis-
paragement of the aim and work of those other combinations of effort
which have been alluded to, that one of the very chief ornaments
of this city, and one of the most efficient promoters of progress, is
the Natural History Society. Embracing in its list of members,
living and deceased, a good number of persons of high reputation
that extends far beyond the immediate scene of their labors, it
can and does command that sort and degree of respect which gives
weight to its proceedings, and which could not attend the efforts
of any number of merely local magnates. The domain of the
Society's researches being the boundless field of nature, and in a
comparatively new country where almost every day new develop-
ments strengthen the confidence that is entertained in the magni-
tude of its natural resources, the Society may be expected in the
success of its work to render services of the greatest value to the
whole community by being instrumental in bringing those resources
more and more into notice. I ought, perhaps, to apologize for pre-
suming on your indulgence when I venture to make remarks of
this kind — when I suggest that the expectations of the public may
possibly extend much further than some would at first sight ad-
mit to be legitimate as regards the labors of one society. But I
shall be pardoned, I think, when it is borne in mind how few and
slender as yet, and as compared with older countries, are our
organized means for the promotion of various special branches of
science. The day to us has not yet dawned for venturing to take
in hand the organization of distinct societies, to promote astrono-
my, chemistry, botany, meteorology, entomology, and a number of
other leading branches upon which the progress of natural history
is more or less essentially dependent. It must be obvious that the
friends of science in this country are naturally led, through the
force of circumstances, to depend upon such a body as the Natu-
ral History Society of Montreal for fostering and keeping alive
amongst us a general scientific spirit, and atone of natural science
in all its branches and operations to take up work which elsewhere
would be allotted to other associations. For these and like reasons it
must be gratifying to the members of this society to feel that
whatever they can do in behalf of science generally, even in cases

60 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

where there is apparently only an indirect connection with the
particular branches they combine to prosecute, is necessarily of
advantage to the community; and that their labors, of whatever
kind, are sensibly appreciated, is amply demonstrated in the latge
and interested circle of friends whom the attractions of this an-
nual conversazione have brought together this evening.

" Sir, I hope I shall not be found unmindful of the nature of
this social occasion upon which I feel it would be unfitting to claim
the attention of the audience for a lona; time. It would be no less
inappropriate or unprofitable I believe for me to attempt to engage
that attention, even for a short time, by the discussion of any purely
technical matters appertaining to the several branches of natural
history. My further remarks shall, therefore, be brief, and shall
be devoted to one of the most important and interesting of the
Society's undertakings, — its collection of specimens, illustrative of
facts and ])henomena of natural history. In this department
almost every person is able to put his hand to the work, and to
further its progress ; and I might add, that in such collections
there is almost always a place waiting to be filled up by contribu-
tions such as would entail upon the individual friends of science,
in most cases, at least, but a small sacrifice. It is perhaps need-
less to observe that specimens of objects of natural history sub-
serve the purposes of attracting attention, exciting interest, and
impressing the memory in a manner that corresponds with the ef-
fects produced by suitable experiments devised and executed in
illustration of any law of nature or natural phenomena. As it
would be unreasonable to expect a student of chemistry to com-
prehend, realize, and retain in his memory through mere words of
description the phenomena attendant upon the mutual action of
alkalies and acids, so would it be too much to presume upoji at-
taining a rational knowledge of the peculiarities of an owl or of the
substance india-rubber in the absence of visible examples of these
objects. Drawings and models, if well executed, may to some ex-
tent supply the deficiency. But as we all know the work of the ar-
tist cannot attain to the perfection realized in nature ; and it may be
safely asserted that the impressions producible by verbal descrip-
tion, even when accompanied by good drawings, is neither so vivid
nor so permanent as that which is created by the sight and hand-
ling of the objects. In fact, one common result of an accurate de-
scription or drawing of a natural object is to make us wish to see,

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 61

if possible, tlie object itself. Again, if the sight of a specimen in
a collection — be it a stuffed bird, or a mineral, or a valuable nat-
ural product in any one of its stages of conversion to the use of
man — be found to augment the beholder's previous knowledge of it,
or to set him right in regard to any erroneous impression he may
have entertained ; if it serve to support or confute any theory, or to
suggest any idea that is afterwards worked out into useful results ;
or in fine, if it excite a spark in the mind which kindles into
the desire to go forth and study the works of nature in any por-
tion of her realm, there is one of the chief ends of such a collection
attained.

" It is well worthy of note, that the variety of trains of thought
and of associations roused by the sight of an object presented as
a specimen is as great as that which exists in the mental qualities,
bias, and occupation in hfe of those who examine it. In this con-
nection I am tempted to quote the language of Sir John Herschel.
Commenting upon the different ideas attached by different per-
sons e^en to the name of a common substance, he says : ' Take
for instance iron. One who has never heard of magnetism has a
widely different notion of iron from one in the contrary predica-
ment. The vulgar, who regard this metal as incombusti 'le, and
the chemist, who sees it burn with the utmost fury, and who has
other reasons for regarding it as one of the most combustible bo-
dies in nature ; — the poet, who uses it as an emblem of rigidity ;
and the smith and engineer, in whose hands it is plastic and
moulded like wax into every form ; — the jailor, who prizes it as an
obstruction, and the electrician who sees in it only a channel of
open communication by which that most impassible of obstacles,
the air, may be traversed by his imprisoned fluid, have all differ-
ent notions of the same word. The meaning of such a term is
like a rainbow, — every body sees a different one, and all maintain
it to be the same.'

" The only or principal effect upon some minds derived from in-
specting a collection of specimens appropriately arranged, is believ-
ed by many to be a sort of passive gratification traceable rather to the
influence of a tasteful artistic display, than to the recognition of any
positive result of useful knowledge. It may be so : with pre-occu-
pied minds, or through habitual indifference to what passes, some
persons may agreeably though cursorily inspect a museum with-
out carrying away any new information. Still the effect, so far

62 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

as it goes is good — they suffer no harm ; and seeing that what is thus
to their notice presented is not displeasing, there is the hope that
on some future occasion they may be induced even to contribute
to that which so much pleases and instructs others. But the
number of such persons — who can go through, perhaps, an exten-
sive museum without deriving any benefit whatever, is probably
very small ; and if there be any, he or she is at least in no worse
position than a certain eminent navigator who minded exclusively
his own nautical business, and returned home from his voyages in
Child-like ignorance of the artful ways of mankind — so that his
friends jokingly said of him, ' he has been all round the world, but
never in it.'

" I am sure, sir, that it would be tedious to listen to details of
the advantages proposed and expected to be realized by a society
or institution that embraces among its purposes the making of a col-
lection of specimens. In most of the older museums very small atten-
tion was commonly paid to the points I have alluded to, what have
been callen industrial and economic purposes. The beauty, the rich-
ness, the rarity, and curious nature of the objects illustrated, were
commonly the main agencies by which the attention and admiration
of visitors were moved. No one could say justly that these attributes
are not perfectly legitimate, and worthy of especial provision in a
public museum, viewed as a repository of what is considered valu-
able on account of its rarity, or because suggestive of interesting
or important historical incidents. The majority of people for a
very long time to come will probably regard with deep interest
such objects as the spurs of King Hfenry the Fifth, the watch
used by Oliver Cromwell, the snuff-box of Napoleon Bonaparte,
the sword of General Wolf, and the relics of personal effects be-
longing to Sir John Franklin and his followers, recovered some
years after their lamented owners had succumbed to their fate amid
the arctic snows. The bare si2;ht of these thino;s rouses in most
of US very strong emotions. As long as the world endures, human
nature will ever cherish the preservation of articles of this kind.
But it is much less common now than formerly to allot a large
share of space in a museum to their preservation and exhibition :
a more utilitarian disposition is everywhere prevalent — and col-
lections of specimens are expected to be composed of something
more than what may be denominated curiosities.

" But a brief visit to the Museum of this Society, which I may

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 63

"be permitted to say I have now the opportunity of seeing for the
first time in the more extensive and appropriate building provided
for it, has afforded me so much pleasure that I cannot help saying
a few words on what appears to me on this occasion worthy of
mention, a very important principle for governing the making of
such collections — and it must be very gratifying to all lovers of
natural history to see the principle adhered to in the structure of
this Museum so far as it has progressed. The principle I allude
to is that of utilizing the objects of a collection strictly with
a view to the purposes aimed at — exhibiting only specimens as per-
fect as possible of their several kinds, not neglecting artistic dis-
play, but at the same time sacrificing even that (when necessary)
to the conditions of order in a series, position, and other re-
quirements for rendering illustrative objects of natural history
really useful. Most modern collections made under favorable aus-
pices are known to follow this out in a degree that was deemed
useless, or which, perhaps, was not even thought of in former
times. I could name, sir, I think more than one old-established
museum where no expense has been spared, and yet where atten-
tion to this feature has been sadly neglected, occasioning injury to
science, and exciting wonder in the minds of intelligent and
scientific visitors, who go into them, perhaps, anticipating instruc-
tive information. Doubtless this is sometimes the result of sheer
neglect ; but more frequently it must arise from the too great lib-
erality and abundance with which particular classes of specimens
have been contributed. It is not so much the extent of a museum
that renders it useful in the cause of science, as attention to unity
of purpose, and to natural conditions. A bird, for ekample, poorly
stuffed, mounted in an unnatural position, placed in a bad light,
or thrown amongst others without heed of its species, however re-
markable its prototype in nature may be, is but ill-suited to en-
courage the study of ornithology, or to illustrate the collateral
facts of science which students of natural science are usually anx-
ious to verify. The grand rule so valuable, and carried out by
careful people in their ordinary arrangements, ' a place for every-
thing, and everything in its place,' is eminently of consequence in
the disposition of the objects of a museum.

" For reasons such as are feebly indicated in the above remarks,
it is remarkable that people who are partial to ornithology are
sometimes heard to declare that they derive more real benefit and

64 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

more pleasure from inspecting a comparatively small collection
judiciously arranged, and well mounted — as for example the birds
in the University of Edinburgh College Collection — than from
the examples in the great British Museum itself.

" In the nucleus of a future extensive museum embraced by the
geological collection, the examples of animals, of birds, reptiles, and
fishes, and in the herbarium belonging to this Society, I feel sure.
Sir, there are offered opportunities which must furnish on all points
most valuable helps to students of natural history in this country ;
and thus positive utility as well as the cause of theoretical science

«

cannot fail to be subserved."

General chemical experiments, of an interesting description,
were then performed by Professor Robins, accompanied with ap-
propriate explanations.

Durino; the remainder of the evenino; the entertainment was
contributed to by Mr. Hearn, optician, who exhibited a series of
dissolving views ; and by the band, who gave several other choice
selections. The visitors also examined with much pleasure the
various interesting objects in the Society's collection, and a
number of microscopes and other scientific instruments displayed
in the library.

THE MAPLE-LEAF CUTTER.

At a late meeting of the Natural History Society, a coiniouni-
cation was read from Rev. Mr.Constabell of Clarenceville, describing
the ravages of an insect whose larva barrows in the maple leaves,
cutting out circular pieces, which are used as coverings to protect
the larva while eating the parenchyma of the leaf.

From the specimens exhibited, it appeared that the insect is a
little moth, Oniix acerifollella of Fitch, well known in the State
cf New York, though apparently not hitherto recorded in Canada.
Fitch states that it is not ordinarily very destructive, but that in
some seasons it appears in great numbers, and inflicts considerable
ravages, especially on detached maple groves. He recommends
that cattle should be turned into the affected groves in autumn, in
the hope that their treading would destroy the pupae, which at
that season are lying on the ground, wrapped in their coverlets of
cut leaves.

J. W. D,

1864.] REVIEW. 65

REVIEW.

Geological Survey op Canada. Report of Progress from
its Commencement to 1863. Lovell, Montreal.

This large octavo, of 983 pages, illustrated with 498 wood-cuts,
and to be accompanied by an atlas of maps and sections, presents
a condensed view of the work of the Canadian Survey from its
commencement in 1843. It gives the results of the combined
labors of Sir W. E. Logan, Mr. Murray, Dr. Hunt, and Mr.
Billings, a staff not to be surpassed either in ability or energy,
and aided also by several able assistants, of whom Mr. Richardson
and Mr. Bell stand first. It is also to be observed that the
generous and liberal disposition of the Director of the Survey has
kept him in friendly relations with every one of any note as an
unofficial observer on Canadian Geology; and that in his Preface
he enumerates and frankly acknowledges all the services, large or
small, rendered by such persons before the institution of the Sur-
vey or during its progress.

The work commences with an account of the Physical Geog-
raphy of Canada, presenting in few but well-chosen words the
general features of the country. A few pages are then devoted to
the nomenclature of the geological formations ; after which begins
the main portion of the work, devoted to a detailed description of
the formations occurring in Canada, beginning with the Lauren-
tian, the oldest of them all, and ending with the Devonian ; the
superficial geology being given in a separate chapter at the end.
The fossils are carefully noticed under each formation, with illus-
trations of characteristic species.

The second leading division of the work is a description of
Canadian minerals, embracing many new facts of interest, ascer-
tained by the Chemist of the survey. Then follows by the same
hand what may be regarded as a treatise on rocks, which is prob-
ably the most valuable and reliable memoir on this important
subject in our language.

This part of the Report ends at page 670 ; and beyond this, as
becomes a public survey, the remainder is occupied principally
with economical geology. Every useful rock or mineral occurring
in the country is noticed ; with details as to the places and condi-
tions in which it is found, and the extent to which it is worked ;

Vol. I. K No. 1.

66 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

and much useful information is given as to the modes of rendering
such deposits useful elsewhere.

The value of this work to Canada can scarcely be over-estimated.
It must be regarded as of vast importance, whether we consider
readers abroad or at home, whether we consider scientific objects
purely or those which are practical. Its mechanical execution is
an evidence of the progress of the arts among us. Its publication
to the world is a proof of the interest taken in science in this
country, and of the enlightened patronage afibrded by the Govern-
ment to such investigations, and at the same time, of the
immense value of our mineral resources, as well as of the
extent to which they have already been made available. It gives
for the first time to geologists abroad the means of making them-
selves thoroughly acquainted with the geology of this country ; and
it thus places Canada on a level with those older countries whose
structure has been explored, and the knowledge of it made the
common property of the world. In some departments of geology,
it even makes Canadian rock-formations rank as types to which
those of other countries will be referred. This is especially
the case with regard to those oldest of known rocks, the Lau-
rentian series, whose intricacies have for the first time been
unravelled by the Canadian survey, their mineral character
explained, and the earliest known traces of animal life ob-
tained from them ; so that the term Laurentian is applied
as the general designation for the most ancient formations
of Europe as well as of America. To the people of Canada,
the publication of this Report must mark an era both in science
and practical mining. Any one desirous of studying geology,
has here to aid him a detailed account of the structure of his own
country ; an advantage not hitherto enjoyed by our self-taught
geologists, and one which in a reading country like this, must bear
good fruit. The practical man has all that is known of what our
country produces in every description of mineral wealth ; and has
thus a reliable guide to mining enterprise, and a protection against
imposture. Even in the case of new discoveries of useful min-
erals which may be made, or may be claimed to be made, after the
publication of this Report, it gives the means of testing their prob-
able nature and value, as compared with those previously known.

No one, in short, need henceforth have any excuse for professing
ignorance of the labors of the (reological Survey, or for representing

1864.] REVIEW. 67

it as a useless expenditure of the public money. Persons not
interested in science or in practical mining might heretofore have
been excused for not having read the annual reports of progress,
with their dry details and want of suitable illustrations ; but after
the publication of this attractive volume, such want of knowledge
can no longer be tolerated ; and it is to be hoped that no public
speaker or writer will venture so to proclaim his own ignorance as
to pretend that Canadian Geology is one of those little matters
which have, in the midst of more important affairs, escaped his
attention, or to underrate the labors of those who have devoted
themselves to this great work.

We do not propose to give any summary of the Report, or to give
extracts from it. It should be in the hands of every reading man
in Canada ; and as a further inducement to this, we close with
the following extracts from the Preface, in relation to the arrange-
ment of the Museum of the Survey, which is one of its most cred-
itable and useful achievements :

" One of the duties imposed by the Government upon the Sur-
vey, at the time of its institution, was the formation of a Provin-
cial Museum, which should illustrate the geology and the mineral
resources of the country. This object has been constantly kept in
view ; and since a suitable building has been placed at the disposal
of the Survey, the Museum has gradually assumed a value and
importance which at the present time ren'^er it second to few on
the continent for the special purpose to which it is devoted. The
Museum is separated into two parts. One of these is devoted to
Economic Geology, and in it are displayed specimens of such
rocks and mineral substances as can be applied to the useful
purposes of life. These are subdivided into two classes; one
of them containing the more important metals and their ores, and
the other what may be termed the non-metalliferous mineral sub-
stances. These various materials are again classified technically,
pretty much in the way in which they are described in the twenty-
first chapter of this volume; each specimen being placed under a
label giving its locality, and the geological formation to which it
belongs. The various substances are as much as possible reduced
to forms showing their uses, thus at once making the design of the
arrangement intelligible. In this division of the Museum there
is a classified collection of all our mineral species; and another of
our rocks, more particularly those of a metamoiphic or of an intru-

68 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

sive character. This part of the Museum it is proposed to illus-
trate further by geological maps, sections, and models.

" The geographical distribution of any series of formations can
scarcely be followed out correctly over a large area without a pre-
liminary knowledge of the true geological superposition, or the
natural order in which these formations have been deposited. It
is now well established that throughout a very large proportion of
the whole series of rocks composing the earth's crust, the best
means of determining their succession is by their fossils ; it being
a fundamental principle of geology that different formations are
characterized by different groups of organic remains. The study
and determination of fossils thus becomes an indispensable part of
a geological survey. But these organic forms are so many and so
various, and pass into one another by such insensible gradations,
that to make them truly available requires the special attention of
a person versed in natural history, and indeed of one who pursues
an uninterrupted study of that department of natural history which
is devoted to these ancient forms. Hence the necessity of attach-
ing a palaeontologist to every important geological survey; and
hence no geological museum can be complete without a full and
properly classified collection of described organic remains from the
fossiliferous rocks of the area which it is designed to illustrate.

''The second division of the Museum is thus devoted to the
palaeontology of our formations. In this division the fossils are
displayed in groups, which succeed one another in the order of the
formations, beginning with the most ancient. In each group the
specimens are arranged in a natural-history order, commencing
with the simplest or lowest forms, and rising to the highest ; and
to each specimen there is attached a label giving the generic and
specific names of the fossil, with its geological formation and its
locality. In order that there may be no mistake as to the fossil
indicated by the label, the specimens are freed as much as possible
from all other fossils. In order at the same time to save space,
the specimens have been as much as possible reduced in size. In
this operation the services of Mr. T. C. Weston, a lapidary, have
been made available ; and his skill has also been applied to slitting
many of the cephalopods and other fossils, and rocks, for the pur-
pose of showing their internal structure. By this reduction in
the size of the specimens we have been able to arrange a much
greater number in our limited space than would otherwise have
been possible.

1864.] REVIEW. 69

'' The number of species of fossils displayed in the Museum is
about 1500. Figures engraved on wood of 543 of the more
characteristic of these, are given in the present volume. These
are chiefly by Mr. J. H. Walker of Montreal, with a few by Mr.
A. W. Graham and Mr. G. G. Vasey ; the wliole from excellent
drawings by Mr. H. S. Smith. With a few exceptions, the species
here figured are distinct from those which have already been given
in the Decades of Canadian Organic Remains, published by the
Survey. Of these, I, III, and lY have appeared, and it is expected
that Decade II, already referred to, will shortly be published. For
the descriptions of Decade I we are indebted to Mr. J. W. Salter,
palaeontologist to the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom.
It contains twenty-one species from the Birdseye and Black River
formation, the figures of which are drawn by Mr. C. R. Bone, and
engraved by Mr. W. Sowerby. Decade II will contain fifty-one
species of graptolitidce, by Prof. James Hall of Albany. Decade
III contains twenty-nine species of Lower Silurian cystideae and
asteridae, described by Mr. Billings, and one species of cyclocys-
toides, by Messrs. Salter and Billings ; with fourteen species of
Lower Silurian bivalved entomostraca, by Mr. T. Rupert Jones,
of the Geological Society of London. The figures are drawn on
stone by Messrs. C. R. Bone, J. Dinkle, Tufien West, G. West,
and H. S. Smith. Decade IV contains forty-three species of
Lower Silurian crinoidea, described by Mr. Billings ; the figures
drawn on stone by Mr. H. S. Smith, and printed by Mr. G. Mat-
thews of Montreal. As already stated, Mr. Billings has described
altogether 526 species of fossils. Those not included in the
Decades have been published in the Canadian Journal of Toronto ;
the Canadian Naturalist and Geologist of Montreal ; in the Annual
Reports, and in the volume entitled Palaeozoic Fossils of Canada,
published by the Survey.

" In the collection of the Survey there are probably at the
present time about 500 species of fossils still remaining unde-
scribed. The publication of these will be an additional contribu-
tion to the general fund of palasontological knowledge ; to which,
as it has been of great utility in our own investigations, we are
bound to add what we can for the benefit of others. But inde-
pendent of the instruction derived from fossils as guides to our-
selves, and proofs to others in regard to the succession of our rocks,
there is a higher consideration attached to them than their mere

70 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

utilitarian upplicatiou. For, as remarked by Conybeare, they
bring us supplementary information of numerous species which
have long vanished from the actual order of things; and by their
resurrection they unexpectedly extend our views of the various
combinations of organic forms. In many instances they supply
links otherwise wanting, in uniting the different terms of the series
in an unbroken chain, and thus aid in the elucidation of those
general laws of natural history, the investigation of which is always
of so much interest to enlightened minds."

The maps and sections required to complete the work will be
published in the course of this year. Through the kindness of
Sir W. E. Logan, we have been permitted to examine the portions
of them already prepared. One of them is an exquisite miniature
geological map of Canada and the neighboring regions, giving a
wonderful amount of detail in small space. Others are maps of
special districts and formations; as, for instance, of the remarkable
convolutions of the Laurentian rocks in the region of the Ottawa,
and of the distribution and subdivisions of the Huronian system.
There are also sections on several of the most important lines,
which are of especial value and interest in consequence of their
being drawn to a true scale, so as to present an accurate view of
the actual relations of the rocks. These will of course, when
completed, greatly enhance the value of the work.

MEETING OF BRITISH ASSOCIATION.

Zoology and Botany.

Professor Balfour, in his opening address, after stating that
the subjects to be discussed in this Section were biological
ones, proceeded to remark: "Although our Section is separated
for convenience from that of geology, nevertheless they have
important bearings on each other. The study of Palaeontology
cannot be presented without a thorough knowledge of the
anatomy,, mode of growth, and geographical distribution of
the plants and animals of the present epoch. In fact, the
study of fossil plants and animals ought to constitute a part of
every course of Botany and Zoology. Geology, in place of
hemcr reckoned a distinct science, may be considered as the

1864.] BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 71

means by whicli the departments of Mineralogy, Botany, and
Zoology are combined in one harmonious system, embracing the
natural history of the globe. Rash geological statements and
conclusions often arise from imperfect knowledge of the sciences
included in our Section. Fronds of ferns of different external
forms have been described as distinct fossil speiiies or even genera^
the geologist not knowing that very different forms of frond are
exhibited by the same species of fern in the present day. Again,
another error has arisen from the same form of frond being con-
sidered as indieatingthe same species, whereas the same form does
occur in different genera in the present flora — and these can only
be distinguished by the fructification, which in fossil ferns is
rarely seen. So also the same forms of shell may belong to dif-
ferent ^e/iera, the only distinction being founded on the teeth, or on
some other character of the animal inhabiting the shell ; and such
characters are, of course, totally lost in the fossil. Again, the
presence of a palm-leaf might be considered by the geologist as
indicative of a very hot climate, from his not knowing that some
palms occur at high latitudes, and others are met with in mountains
associated with cool forms of coniferse. These and numerous
instances might be adduced to show the necessity of a perfect
acquaintance with the present fauna and flora in all their details
before the geologist can determine fossils, or the character of the
climate of Palaeontological epochs. There is a mutual bearing of
all the natural sciences on each other, and the student of nature
must take a comprehensive grasp of all. The natural sciences have
always occupied a prominent place in the proceedings of the British
Association. The subject is in itself popular, and is interesting
to all classes. Much has been said in this Section to advance the
sciences of Zoology and Botany, and to stimulate naturalists in
their investigations. A great feature of the association which
require special notice, is the procuring of reports in different de-
partments of science, and the aiding and encouraging of natural-
ists in carrying on researches which require much labor and
experience for their prosecution. Many a deserving young natu-
ralist has thus been enabled to advance science, and lay the foun-
dation for future fame and promotion. Another important
feature of the Association is the bringing together men of science
and promoting free personal intercourse. Perhaps more good has
been done by this than even by the reading of papers. Inter-

72 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

change of thought by oral communication, and the opportunity
of frankly stating difficulties and of asking questions, are most
valuable to men of science, especially when they are congregated
from various parts of the -world. Friendships, too, are cemented,
and asperities are softened by coming into contact with fellow-
laborers in the same great -field. No doubt there have been
occasioned unpleasant altercations at our meetings ; but even
these have been ultimately turned to good account. Explana-
tions are made, opinions are canvassed, and truth is finally
elicited. For, as iron sharpeneth iron, so the countenance of
a man his friend. But iron does not sharpen iron unless it is
brouo-ht into contact with its fellow, and one be made to act
sharply and keenly on the other. In former days keen disputes
took place among geologists in reference to the formation of
rocks. The igneous view, propounded by my distinguished
relative. Dr. James Hutton, was supported warmly by some,
while the aqueous view was espoused by others. At length, truth
was elicited, and the minds of geologists now, to a certain extent,
correspond. The relations and positions of rocks, the continuity
of formations, Cambrian and Silurian rocks, coal and shales, gla-
cial motions, the oefinition of species, their permanence or versal-
tility, and their origin, embryogenesis in plants and animals, flint
hatchets, the age of man, and many other points, structural and
physiological, have been, and now are, still discussed with great
keenness and even with accuracy. But, out of all this, as in
former cases, truth will at length come forth. The storms which
now and then agitate the natural-history atmosphere will purify it.
Like the mists on the mountain, which bring out in bold relief the
noble rocks and ravines of the craggy summit, so these disputes,
even while they are carried on, bring out some phenomena of
interest which had been previously invisible. The lightning's
flash in the dark cloud may discern to us some prominent object
which had been invisible in the calm sunshine. But ere long the
storm will cease, the mists will be dissipated, and then the uncloud-
ed summit will appear in all its majestic clearness. So when the
obscurity cast around science by the disputes of combatants shall
have passed away, the truth will shine forth to the calm eye of
the philosophic observer in all its beauty. In such polemics we
are not to fight merely for victory, or for the advancement of our
own fame, but for the great cause of truth, which alone will

1864.] BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 73

prevail at last. No studies are better calculated to promote
friendly intercourse. The investigation of God's works is well
fitted to calm unruly passions, and to promote humility and har-
mony. In speaking of the eflfects of the practical prosecution of
Botany, the late Dr. Johnston of Berwick remarks : ' There is a
pre-arranged and beneficial influence of external nature over the
constitution and mind of man. He who made nature all beauty
to the eye, implanted at the same time in His rational creatures
an instinctive perception of that beauty, and has joined with it a
pleasure and enjoyment that operate through life. AVe are all
the better for our botanical walks, when undertaken in a right
spirit : they soothe, soften, or exhilarate. The landscape around
us becomes our teacher, and from its lesson there is no escape;
we are wooed to peace by the impress of nature's beauty, and the
very air we breathe becomes a source of gratification and pleasure.
The companionship of those who are prosecuting with zeal and
enthusiasm the same path of science is a delightful feature of such
excursions. The feelings excited on these occasions are by no
means evanescent : they last during life, and are recalled by the
sight of the specimens which were collected. These apparent
iiisignificeiit remnants of vegetation re call many tales of adventure,
and are associated with the delightful recollection of many a friend.
Many a time, while carrying on our botanical researches in the
widt! field of nature, and visiting the Alpine districts of this and
other lands, have I felt the force of these remarks. On the
last occasion that I presided over Section D at Liverpool, in 1854,
I was associated with my late deeply -lamented colleague, Edward
Forbes, who was President of Section C. ; and, on looking back to
his career, I feel, that I cannot give a better example of a true
naturalist— one who took a wide and expanded view of nature in
all her departments, and at the same time exhibited such a genial
spirit as endeared him to all. I have elsewhere remarked
that with all his knowledge, he combined an afi'ability, a
modesty, a kindness, which endeared him to every one.
No student of nature was beneath his notice; no feat recorded by
a pupil, however humble, was passed with neglect. He was ready at
all times to be questioned, and was prompt to point out any spark
of merit in others. He had no jealousy, and never indulged in
attacks upon others. He gave full credit to all ; and he was more
ready to see the bright than the dark spots in their character.

74 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

Even to those who criticised him severely he bore no ill-will, and he
certainly did not return railing for railing. Over and again was
I associated with him in scientific rambles and in meetings of natu-
ralists ; and I have seen the tact with which he subdued the perfer-
vidum ingenium when misdirected, and calmed the turbulent spirit
when self-esteem prevailed over the due acknowledgment of an-
other's merits. He was truly unselfish, and never failed to recog-
nize and encourasre merit wherever he could detect it. He had a
truly generous spirit, and was totally devoid of narrow bigotry.
He was desirous of promoting science, independently of all sel-
fish views. He loved it for its own sake. Would that his example
was more followed by all of us ! When we look at the changes
which are constantly taking place in the views of naturalists as
science advances, we cannot but feel the need of modeety in
the statement of our opinions. While we give our views and the
reasons for adopting them, let this be done without dogmatism or
asperity. Let us remember that our conclusions may be modi-
fied or altered by future discoveries. Such anticipations, however,
should not paralyze our efforts. Science is advancing, facts are
being accumulated, and, year after year, a noble structure is being
reared on a sound foundation. It requires now and then a mas-
ter-mind to bring out great generalizations, and to give a decided
impetus to the work. Facts must be carefully weighed, and knowl-
edge must be accurate and extensive ; otherwise a genius in sci-
ence is apt to bring forward rash generalizations, and to indulge
in unfounded speculations. The imagination is disposed to run
riot when a grand vista seems to open before it, and it flies on
heedlessly to the terminus without surveying the intermediate
ground. We do not ignore speculation ; but we recommend, at
the same time, cautious induction — a sifting of facts and of their
relations to each other. Natural History sciences are now assuming
an important place in education. They are not confined, as for-
merly, chiefly to medical men, but they enter more or less into
the preliminary studies of every one. While Classics and Mathe-
matics ought to have an important place in our schools and col-
leges, Natural History cannot now be neglected. Universities
which formerly ignored it, are now remedying their error in this
respect ; and we may ere long hope to find it occupying a still
more important position in educational institutions. The possess-
ion of university honors is now connected, to a certain degree,

1864.] BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 75

with a knowledge of nature ; and a master of arts, as well as a
doctor of medicine, is supposed to know something of the objects
in the material world with which he is surrounded. The estab-
lishment, also, of special degrees in science is a step in advance,
for which we are indebted to the University of London. Natu-
ral sciences are particularly valuable in mental training. They
promote accuracy of observation and of description. They teach
the student to look at the objects around him, not with an idle
gaze, but with an intelligent discrimination. They ensure correct-
ness of diagnosis, and encourage orderly and systematic habits.
The British association, in its perambulation, does much good by
bringing such subjects prominently under the notice of directors
of educational institutions in various parts of the country. Tt stirs
up many to see the value ofthis kind of knowledge, and gives prac-
tical illustrations of its bearinof on the ordinarv business of life.
Thus the Association has an important influence on the town in
which it meets, not merely by what it does during its sittings, but
also by its after-efforts on the population. The very preparations
made in the locality for the meeting have often been productive of
much permanent good. They have been instrumental in bringing
together collections which have formed the nucleus of a local
museum. And they have been the means occasionally of intro-
ducing sanitary measures of the highest benefit to the inhabitants.*'
In conclusion, the President remarked upon the reciprocal rela-
tions of science and theology.

PHTSIOLOOr.

Prof. Rolleston, in opening the proceedings of this section,
remarked that last year Dr. Sharpey delivered an address on the
progress which physiology had made during the previous twenty
years ; and before the British Association last year, moreover.
Professor Huxley delivered an address on the divisions and de-
partments of the science, with its methods and prospects. His
own aim would therefore be to avoid the territories which had
thus been occupied ; and he proposed to pass in review such
writers as had written works to Avhich reference was likely to be
made in the section, and such publications as might probably
become the subject of discussion. First, he would mention works in-
tended for the general public ; and secondly, specify works of a more
strictly scientific character in the three departments of experimental
physiology,structural and comparative anatomy,and the microscope,

76 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

and then he intended to make a few observations upon tlie general
and upon the educational value of physiological study. Of phy-
siological and anatomical works intended for the general public,
there were happily now a considerable number. Among those of
a popular character he might specify The Intellectual Observer.,
The Popular Science Meview, The Natural History Review^ and
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History : the three lirst
of recent date, but the last a long established and still excellent
publication. The scientific societies publish so many proceedings
in octavo, with illustrations, that there did not exist the same ne-
cessity in England as on the Continent — a fact which their foreign
friends would do well to remember, while the physiologists of
England were free to acknowledge the many and valuable ser-
vices rendered by German and other Continental works. He
thought he ought, also, to mention American literary contributions,
and to specify The Smithsonian and The Philadelphian Jour-
nal of Science^ the French Annales des Sciences Naturelles^ and
the Wtirtzburg and Berlin Archives. Physiology and scientific
zoology had been expounded with singular clearness and accuracy
to the general public by Mr. Lewes ; and anatomy was largely
introduced into the pleasing fishermen's book, The Angler- Natu-
ralist^ by Mr. Cholmondeley Pennell. A short sketch, such as Mr.
Pennell's, of the economy of the Bird, would be a most valuable
addition to our ordinary ornithologies and oologies. He said
oologies, for even in the egg of the bird the special needs of the
forthcoming bird seemed to be more especially provided for than
in the eojofs of other families much hio^her in the scale. Passino^
from works of general to works of more strictly and severely scien-
tific interest, he must observe that a high place was due to the
lectures of Professor Huxley on the Classification of Animals ; and
it spoke well for the enlightenment of the readers of the Medical
Times and of the Lancet that the editors of those journals had
felt it desirable to cater for their tastes by publishing those lec-
tures on pure science. Turning to works on Experimental Phy-
siology, he was reminded of vivisection ; a word which had been
rendered familiar to the ears of the public during the last few
weeks by the letters and discussions that had appeared in the Times
and other papers. Addressing himself to one of the questions it
suggests, he would ask — Is it possible that a want of humanity is
a common fault of physiologists ? He was not by any means so

1864.] BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 77

sure that " want of decency is want of sense " — as Pope had said
— as that a want of humanity is a want of culture. Rudeness,
ignorance, want of education, were much more surely connected
wiih cruelty than was cowardice. All children pretty nearly
were cruel — that is to say, they were capable of performing acts
which adults, at least of the upper classes, shrink from. Most, if
not all, persons in the lower order of society concerned in the
capture of animals were pretty nearly invariably cruel ; and, if
reproved for cruelty, they would often be unable to understand
what was meant. Gamekeepers, again, killed anything which
possesses life, unless they knew they could be prosecuted for so
doing, or were paid for preserving it. Cruelty, then, usually flowed
from want of thought, want of culture, and want of refinement.
Was it probable, then, that men of a science demanding much
thought, much culture, and not a little education, should resem-
ble persons lacking all these things in the very points most directly
characteristic of such deficiencies? Let him state, too, great facts
ao-ainst which no amount of writing: or of demonstration could be
of any avail, except by ignoring them. The facts were — first, ex-
periments on hving animals very frequently cause their death
instantaneously; secondly, when this is not the case, there was
chloroform, which was almost invariably employed. In vivisec-
tion, as it was called, frequently the first step was the destruction
of life, and that in a way as speedy, to say the least, as by the
ordinary methods of destruction at the command of either the
sportsman or the butcher. Now, surely a life might as well be
sacrificed for increasing knowledge as for the production of flesh-
food, or for what was called sport. Experiment, too, was tedious
and toilsome, and was, therefore, rarely undertaken out of wan-
tonness, or for the gratification of malignity. Undertaken for the
ends of science, it had as good a claim to our sympathy as the
practices of the " gentle craft " of anglers, to say nothing of those
of the destroyers of warm-blooded animals. Vegetarians, it was
true, but they alone, could meet this argument on principle. They
could say, " Your * Tu quoque ' has no gagging force when used
tons: we den v that two blacks make one white. You cannot
experiment as you choose — find out how to create life ; and no-
thing can justify you in taking it away." He did not see how
this could be met, at least on vegetarian principles. But from
what he had already seen in Newcastle, he judged that the vege-

78 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Feb.

tariaii members of this Association were not many. In the other
case, chloroform obliterated the sense of pain, and the use of chlo-
roform was now rarely omitted. Tiie utility of vivisection had
been strikingly proved in two classes of diseases — diabetes and
epilepsy. The latter, frightful to witness, was yet more frightful
to suffer — violence and danger for the moment, and dreariness of
prospect for the future, and of the way to meet it vivisection had
given us at last a hopeful, because a rational, foreshadowing. To
diabetes — an equally terrible if less shocking malady — the applica-
bility of vivisectional results was even more direct than in refer-
ence to epelipsy, thanks to the studies of Dr. Pavy. He would
just say further, that, when vivisection was being denounced as
causing pain and suffering in a world already so full of both, it
would be well to consider that, in this question, as well as in all
other human questions, we had to deal with complex considera-
tions, and to weigh them one against the other. Absolute cer-
tainty was not looked for in morals, absolute demonstration was
not given us in religious questions, and absolute freedom from
evil was not given to us in any course of practical action we
adopt. Vivisection produces a certain amount of pain ; but is
this pain voluntarily and of deliberate purpose produced in a few
laboratories, greater in amount, in intensity, in duration, than the
mental pain, moral distress, and bodily agony endured in many a
cottage, many a palace, by the victims of the very two diseases
which, in these last years, vivisection has most assisted medicine
to combat ? He felt it to be his duty to make this apology for
vivisection. Having done so, he passed on to the subject of struc-
tural anatomy, and specified the names of numerous writers upon
it — both English and Continental. He next dwelt upon the pro-
fessional and popular advantages of physiological study, and of a
biological training— observing that a thorough scientific training
tends, necessarily, to engender modesty and distrust of one's self.
He believed he had the authority of their own elder Stephenson
for saying that to worldly success there is no gift so necessary as
the gift of something quite diff'erent. The bar, the senate, and
the hustings delight in verbal antithesis, sharp distinctions, and
sweeping assertions, which nature abhors. She knows little of
antithesis — she works by gradations ; and he who has studied her
truthfully knows that the universality of assertion is generaUy in
the inverse ratio of knowleda^e. For success, then, in the brilliant

1864.] BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 79

lines of life, the study of nature did not constitute the best possi-
ble training; but for success in the scientific careers he had spe-
cified, it would be wasting words to say how necessary a biologi-
cal training is. After referring to Baron Liebig's new book,
"The Natural History of Husbandry," and expressing the assured
conviction that the popular dogmas of Phrenology would be shown
to be radically folse by the advancement of physiological knowl-
edge, he then went on to show that profusion not parsimony was
the law of nature, and concluded by saying that many causes could
be working together to one result. Referring to the possibility of
persons considering "the struggle for existence" to be a principle
antagonistic to that of " special providence," he said that the in-
compatibility of the two agencies had no truer foundation than could
be laid in the arbitrary teaching and unsupported hypothesis of
ages skilled in the piecing together of word mosaics, but wholly
devoid of scientific method. We have wider knowledge, we ought
to have truer philosophy, than our forefathers ; it would be an
anachronism indeed to suffer the figments of the schoolmen to
prejudice us against the work of the modern physiologist.

On some Fossil and recent Foraminifera collected in
Jamaica, by the late Mr. Lucas Barrett, F.G.S.

By Professor T. Rupert Jones, F.G.S., and W. K. Pahkeb, Esq.

In 1862 Mr. L. Barrett, F.G.S., late Director of the Geological
Survey of the West Indies, gave Messrs. Jones and Parker some
fossil and recent foraminifera from Jamaica^ comprising a few
new forms ; some that were previously but little known, and some
in finer condition of growth than usual. The recent specimens,
from their ascertained habitats, illustrate, to some extent, the con-
ditions under which the fossil forms were deposited.

One sample of these fossil Jamaican foraminifera consisted of
several specimens of Amphisteglna vulgaris ; and another of a
few of the same species, with one Textularia Barrettii (a new
variety of Textularia). No locality nor geological horizon was
indicated for these. A third sample, from " South Hall Cliff,"
consisted of two large specimens of Vaginulina legumen.
Fourthly, a much larger series of Foraminifera, from the " Pte-
ropod-marl" of Jamaica, affords Nodosaria Baphani strum, Den-
talina acicula, Vaginulina striata, Frondicularia complanata,
Cristellaria Calcar, C. cultraia, C. rotulata.j G. Italica, Orhito-

80 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

Una vesicul avis ^ Buliminaovata, Cuneolina pavonia, Vertebrali-
na striata, and Lituola Soldanii. These, however, can be regard-
ed only as an incomplete Rhizopodal fauna.

From the recent foraminifera obtained by the late Mr. Bar-
rett from different sea-zones, between 15 and 250 fathoms, on the
Jamaica cost, we learn that Amphutegina vulgaris^ Textularia
Barrettii, Dentalina acicula, Frondicularia complanata, Cristel-
lurioe and Lituola Soldami indicate at least 100 fathoms, and
probably more, as the depth at which the Pteropod-marl and the
Amphistegina-beds were deposited in that region. Pteropods are
found in some sea-muds at similar depths.

Of the recent Jamaican specimens (evidently only the larger
and more conspicuous members of a rich Rhizopodal fauna), some
were taken at from 15 to 20 fathoms, namely, Quingueloculina
agglutinans. Q. pulchella, Orbiculina compressa, and 0. adunca ;
some at from 50 to 100 fathoms, namely, Orbiculina compressa,
Dentalina acicula, and Orbitolina vesicularis ; and several oth-
ers at from 100 to 250 fathoms, namely, Dentalina acicula, D.
communis, Gristellaria rotulata, C cultrata, C. Calcar, Frondi-
cularia complanata, Amphistegina vulgaris, Palytrema miniacea,
Bigenerina nodosaria, Verneuilina tricarinata, Textularia Tro-
chus, T. Barrettii, Cuneolina pavonia, Lituola Scorpiurus, and
C. Soldanii,

Cuneolina^ a rare form, hitherto known only by figures and
description given by d'Orbigny, proves (as suspected) to be a
modification of Textularia ; aud T. Barrettii is intermediate be-
tween it and Textularia proper. The Frondicularice are remark-
ably large and beautiful ; and the Cristellarire and Dentalinm are
also large and relatively abundant.

This fauna is almost identical with the fossil foraminifera of
the Tertiary " Pteropod-marl" of Jamaica, above mentioned, spe-
cimens from which also were given by the late Mr. Barrett in
1862 to the authors of this notice.

Published, Montreal, April 15, 1864.

Med Sandstonef\ Marls^
tend toncflomiTiftes

^5 Sivlts ami TimiuTnutu
^ Slaty Sandstonrs

B CaUiferous Elates.
^ /*■/' pnr Jiot -A S yenitc. Id' ■
■ : ixranAe .

Jrajj, Basalt. Wnvke Ik.c.
tJtU^: Barkhrov a S an ditotivs: Slates- and Tla<js

• • Uypi itni .
County LliifS-

GEQ)lL,Q)GllOAL MJ/^P

TH£ TOBIQUE AND NCPtSfQtHT mV£«S
N&VV BRUNSWIck~

THE

CAN^ADIAN NATURALIST,

SECOND SERIES.

"♦♦-

NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY AND BOTANY OF NEW

BRUNSWICK.

By Professor L. W. Bailey.

In a Report which I have had the honor to lay before His Ex-
cellency the Lieutenant-Governor of the Province relating to the
mines and minerals of New Brunswick, some reference has been
made to the results obtained during a tour from Fredericton to
Bathurst, and by an examin ation of the rivers of Tobique and
Nepisiquit. Much of the inform ation thus obtained being un-
suitable for the more especial purposes of that Report, I have, at
His Excellency's desire, determined to compile the more interest-
ing facts for presentation to the Society of Natural History. This
paper, therefore, is intended as a Supplement to the Report above
alluded to. It is my object to write down in as connected a form
as possible, the various rambling observations of a scientific charac-
acter made during a canoe exploration of the streams above-men-
tioned. Much of the country travelled over has not been hereto-
fore scientifically examined ; and although my trip was of too hur-
ried a character to admit of very careful examinations, it is hoped
that some of the results obtained may not be without interest and
value.

Leaving the village at the mouth of the Tobique, on the 29tli
of June, in company with three volunteer friends, and four In-
YoL. I. P No. 2.

82 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST, [^pri^;

dians, with their canoes, we reached the sources of that liver on
the 5th of July. This stream, or a portion of it, having ah*eady been
the subject of a formar exploration, I shall endeavor to make my
observations on its character as brief as possible.

The proper outlet of the Tobique River is not apparent at its
mouth, the land being low, and the stream much hidden by over-
grown alluvial islands. To the geolooist the true embouchure
is the remarkable spot called the " Narrows," situated but a short
distance above the Indian village. These narrows constitute one
of the most curious and beautiful scenes to be found in the Prov-
ince. The rocks which here cross the bed of the river, and
which are well exposed in the perpendicular cliffs 150 feet high
on both sides of the stream, are composed of slates and schists,
filled with seams of quartz and limestone, and pursue a course
about N. 34"^ E. The channel is very tortuous, and in most parts
daep, having an average width of about 150 feet. The navi-
gation of the stream is at all times difficult, requiring the utmost
skill of the Indians, but during periods of freshet, becomes per-
fectly impassable. It is probable that a fall once existed at this
place, and that the present gorge, which is about a mile in length,
has been left by the gradual wearing away of the strata, until the
course of the river becomes comparatively unimpeded.

Between the Narrows and the Ked Rapids, which are about 11
miles distant from the mouth of the river, the land is of moderate
elevation, occasionally becoming bold and picturesque. Some five
miles above the Narrows, the stream passes near the base of high
and precipitous cliffs of ferruginous rock, overhung with cedar,
while the opposite shore is low and covered with a mixture of hard
and soft woods. Occasionally terraced banks are evident, but
they are much less numerous, and less remarkable than those on
the river St. John. In no case did I observe mo.e than one at
the same spot, and they, as a rule, were of but little elevation.
Four miles above the Narrows, a small stream, called the Pokiok,
joins the main river, entering on the west bank by a fall through
rock apparently dipping about sixty degrees to the northwest.
Through all this district the land appears fertile, and the vegeta-
tion luxuriant. Among the trees noticed were elms and moun-
tain ash of enormous size, cedar, spruce, fir, birch, thorn, and pop-
lar. Of herbaceous plants I noticed the following: TlireUa, cor-
di/oUa, TrllUum trectam^ small, yellow lady's slipper; Ci/prlpedi-

.1864.] GEOLOGY AND BOTANY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 83

um parvifloruvi, Iris versicolor, Anemone Pennsylv cnica , Cor-
nus Canadensis (in flower very abundant), 6'. stoJonif ra,
Strcptopus amplexifolius, CUntonia horealis, Viburnum opulus,
Sinictda marilandica, Veronica Ajiagallis, Ranunculus acris,
Thalictrum dioicuin, and Primula Americana.

The wild onion (Allium Schoenopra sum,?) was also common
upon the shore, with butter-cups, dandelions, violets, wild roses, and
strawberries. Grasses and ferns were also abundant on strips of
intervale, but I did not have leisure to determine them. The lat-
ter were especially luxuriant, frequently attaining a height of four
and five feet. Among them I recognized Pteris aquilina, Ono-
clea sensibilis, Struthiopteris, and Osmundi regalis. The slates
and limestones, whioh occupy the lower portion of the stream, are
succeeded, about a mile and a half below the Red Rapids, by the
outer beds of the Tobique Red Sandstone District, which, gradu-
ally widening, attains a very consid erable development, and final-
ly disappears in the neighborhood of the Blue Mountains. The soil
rapidly assumes a deep, red tint, and strata of reddish sandstones
are exposed in cliflfs upon the shore. The red tint first becomes
apparent upon the right bank of the stream ; but at the Red Ra-
pids, the sandstones, associated with coarse, red conglomerates,
cross the bed of the river, with a strike about N. 70*^ E , and are
exposed upon either bank. It is at this spot that the formation
should properly begin in the coloring of our geological maps.

The Red Sandstone District of the Tobique is one of great
interest and value. The rocks composing it are red and variegated
sandstones, limestones, and conglomerates, with salt springs and
beds of gypsum. The strata are nowhere much disturbed, and in
general are of very moderate elevation. In many places the red
sandstones are well exposed in the bed of the river, and being
nearly horizontal, form a smooth and polished bottom. The soil
of the district is excellent, and probably few portions of the Prov-
ince ofi"er so many inducements for settlement.

Near the Wapske or Wapskabegan. one of the largest tributa-
ries of the Tobique. the red sandstone strata are well exposed in
nearly horizontal beds, dipping to the southeast at an angle of only
five degrees. At the mouth of the Wapskabegan they are again
exposed, and are interstratified with fine beds of white and pink and
reddish gypsum. These are probably but a continuation of those
referred to, and the line of strike between the two is N. 62® E.,

84 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [-^priV

the dip being as above, about five degrees to the southeast. The
gypsum is both compact and fibrous, and could be very readily
removed for local use or transportation.

About two miles above this river, the red sandstone strata are
again exposed, associated with gypsum, in what are known as the
"Plaster Cliffs," attaining an elevation of 135 feet. The beds
are nearly horizontal, and are apparently divided by frequent joints.
The cliffs are very precipitous, in some parts overhanging the
stream, and are in a very crumbling and dangerous condition.
They are succeeded by other sandstones higher up the stream,
with much less gypsum, and having a strike nearly north and
south. They here form the bed of the river ; and it seemed as we
passed over them as if our canoes were gliding along a pavement
of massive freestone slabs, polished by the action of the water, and
here and there worn into holes by the eddies and p< bbles. It is a
little singular that, at the Plaster Cliffs and elsewhere, although
the gypsiferous sandstones attain on the left bank of the stream aa
elevation of more than a hundred feet, and rise precipitously from
the water, they do not appear at all upon the right, or only in beds
a few feet above the level of the river.

In the geological reports of Dr. Gesner allusion is made to the
existence of limestone beds about one mile above Plaster Island,
and to the cavernous nature of the shore. I was unable to detect
the locality referred to. We passed a spot where land travelling
certainly appeared difficult and dangerous, but I satv nothing indi-
cating the existence of former caves. Neither did I observe the
stalactites, referred to by Dr. Gesner, as abundant upon the shore ;
but, at a spot about ten or twelve miles above the Wapske, and in
the neighborhood of the Little Agulquac, I had the pleasure of
finding great numbers of limestone geodes, in loose beds, overlying
horizontal strata of reddish sandstones. These sandstones are
divided by parallel joints, having a strike N. 62^ E. (the same as
that at the Wapskabagan), and form the bed of the river. The
geodes are of about four inches diameter, and are lined upon their
interior with fine lari^e crystals of dog-tooth spar. This locality will
afford excellent cabinet specimens.

From the Agulquac to the immediate vicinity of the Blue Moun-
tain range, the soil continues reidish, sandstone boulders lie in the
bed of the river, and immense beds are occasionally exposed. The
sandstones in situ, are distinctly seen at the Horse Island, a little-

1864.] GEOLOGY AND BOTANY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 85

more than fifty miles above the mouth of the river, and again at
the Two Brooks, from which a fine view is afi"orded of Blue
Mountain in the distance. About here I observed lying in the
bed of tjie stream a number of boulders of milk-white quartz,
highly crystallized within, but on the exterior much water-w^orn
and rounded. The soil is apparently fertile, and the river abounds
in rich intervale islands, sustaining a luxuriant vegetation. Be-
sides many of the plants already named, I gathered by the
side of the stream a single specimen of the Nodding Trillium,
TriVium cernuum, a plant which has not, so far as I know, been
found in any other portion of the Province — also Polygonatum
multijiorum.

Higher up the stream a more distinct view of the Blue Moun-
tain range becomes apparent. Its central peak is sharply conical,
its sides making an angle of about 120". It rises immediately
from the river bank, and at its base is exposed high precipices of
thinly wooded trap. A portion of the mountain is undoubtedly
red sandstone, but the precipitous clifi"s and taluses along its flanks
distinctly indicate the trappean character of the summit. Near
its base are seen clifl's of bright red sandstone, which I found to
be calciferous like those farther down the river; but they did not,
like the latter, contain distinct geodes.

Between the Blue Mountain and Nictau or Forks the land in
the vicinity of the river is low, and fertile, presenting to the geol-
ogist but little of interest. At one spot only, a ridge, composed of
dark, heavy, and compact rock, very much broken and distorted,
crosses the bed of the river. It is apparently grauwacke, but
lacks the mica of the latter.

N^ar the Nictau or Forks several streams combine to form the
main river. The two main branches, flowing the one east and the
other west, after uniting turn abruptly, and pass ofi" to the south-
ward. The River Marmosekel also here joins the main river.

After leaving the Nictau, and pursuing the left branch (so call-
ed, although geographically the right), the character of the coun-
try rapidly changes, becoming com par;', lively sterile, and support-
ing a much more Alpine vegetation than the district below. The
trees are principally pines, firs, and cedars, covered with a long,
pendant lichen {Usnea harbata, attaining a length of four or five
feet), and the ferns are generally low, presenting little variety. One
of the most common was Onoclca sensibilis. A few miles above

86 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April^.

the Forks, heavy beds of slates or flags cross the stream with a
strike N. E. and S. W., dipping to the northwest at an angle of
45^ and more, breaking the course of the river, and producing a fall
of about one foot. The water at this point is rapid, but after pass-
ing the exposed rocks again becomes deep and tranquil. In this
portion of the stream the land is low, with few trees, but is thickly
covered with blade alder bushes ; the soil as far as visible, being
principally sand and gravel. The course of the river is very tor-
tuous, running successively to all points of the compass. To the
right of its general course, at a distance of about a mile, a high
ridge is apparent for many miles, pursuing a course about N. 30^
E. Gravel beds are very numerous, and occasionally large bould-
ers are found in the stream. The pebbles composing the former
are principally slaty ; but rounded lumps of milky quartz are also
common, with a variety of silicious rocks, among which we found
a fine-tinted, transparent cornelian, jasper, and a httle chalcedony.

In the vicinity of a small stream called the Cedar Brook, which
enters the river from the northeast, we passed over strata of fine,
dark slate nearly perpendicular, and having a strike about N. E. and
S. W. These slates are visible for some distance, and have seams
of white quartz, and sometimes of limestones, running through
them. Near here I examined the plants upon the bank, and ob-
served Trientalis Americana, Clintonia borealis, Oxalis acctosella,
SmiloLcina hifolia, Linnaea borealis, Cornus Canadensis, C. sto-
lonifera. Viburnum opulus, Sagitta sagittifolia, Streptopus dis-
tortus, wild currants and raspberries, Thalictrum (four or five feet
high), Mitella nuda, and Smilacina stellata.

The Little Tobique receives its waters from a chain of roman-
tic lakes, completely shut in by high granitic mountains. The first of
these is about two miles long and one broad, and lies at the very
base of Bald or Sagamook Mountain, one of the highest peaks in
New Brunswick. It is but one of a continuous chain, but rising
abruptly from i\vQ lake seems to stand aloof from its less elevated
companions. It is of a gently swelling outline, and, although dis-
tine ly covered with vegetation at its summit, exposes on its sides
broad and precipitous 0119*8, laid bare by the action of slides, which
have probably suggested its rather inappropriate name. With
three others of the party I ascended the mountain, and was well
repaid by the extensive view afforded in every direction. The
height, as given by Gesner, is 2,240 feet; but as he did not, I be-

1864.] GEOLOGY AND BOTANY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 87

lieve, visit the mountain himself, I am unaware of his authority
for the assertion. I should suppose the summit to be about one-
fourth of a mile above the surface of the lake, but had no means
of measurement.

The ascent of the mountain is a remarkably steep one, being as
much as 45^ by actual clinometer measurement. It rises imme-
diately from the side of the lake (not at a distance of several miles^
as represented in all the maps of the province), and shows upon
its flanks three distinct zones of vegetation. The first of these
zones consists of a dense growth of pines, firs, and cedars, and ex-
tends about a third of the distance up the mountain side. The second
is principally composed of white and yellow birch, with a few cedars
and alders, and reaches to a very considerable elevation. The
third zone is confined to the summit, and a small portion of the
sides, being covered wi h a low dwarf growth of shrubs, with a few
stunted birches and spruces. At many points near the summit
there is no vegetation at all, the rocks being laid bare in extensive
slides, and the fragments being piled upon each other in the wild-
est confusion. At several points, generally immediately above these
slides, perpendicular masses or needles project from the general
slope of the mountain, c*nd can only be reached with difficulty.
The mountain, so far as I had an opportunity of examining it, is
composed of a compact red feldspar rock or felsite, and is very
homo2:eneous in character. The entire slope of the mountain is
strewed with large broken blocks of the same material, which, be-
ing overgrown with moss, and often covering deep holes, make
the ascent a somewhat dangerous as well as difficult one.
Bi)ulders of similar material were also noticed far down the valley
of the Tobi jue. I have already alluded to the three zones of ve-
getation on the mountain, which are equally noticeable during an
ascent, or when viewed at a distance from the lake below. The
herbs and shrubs noticed were about the same as those observed on
the Little Tobique. The Labrador Tea {Ledum latifoUum) was
very common, increasing in (juantity as we approached the sum-
mit, while Cassandra caliculata was also found growing abundantly.
I noticed also Trillium erectiim, Oxalis acetosella, Trientalis Am-
ericana^ Aralianudicaulis, Comas Canadensis Clintonia borealiSj
Streptopus amplexifoliiis, Scigiftaria sajitti/olia, Smilacina hi-
folia^ quantities of Vaccinium ulig nosum, and Gaultheria Mspi-
dula. Lichens were also abundant, especially Cornicularia and
Cenomyce rangiferina .

88 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

There are several islands in Nictau Lake, which, pre enting as
they do, great contrast to the mountain-peaks around them, should
not be passed over without notice. One of these only, where
we encamped for the night, I had an opportunity of examining,
Ibut the others are probably of a like description. The island re-
ferred to is about fifty feet in length and thirty in breadth, rising
to a height of about ten feet above the lake, and presenting at its top
a nearly smooth and level surface. The material composing it is
a, compact slate, and the line connecting this with the other islands
above mentioned would be about N. E. and S. W. There is no
continuation of such material observable on the Bald Mountain
side of the lake, nor is it probable on the other, there being nothing
visible but high and rugged peaks, undoubtedly igneous. I did
not, however, examine the shore. The sides of the island sink
nearly perpendicularly into the lake, and the depth of water sur-
rounding them must be very considerable, as we were unable to
reach bottom with our longest fishing lines.

The vegetation of the island is scanty, but quite different from
anything else seen in this section of the province. There are no
full-grown trees upon it, but only one or two dwarf spruces and
pines, with an occasional cedar. Of herbs and shrubs I noticed
the following : Ledum latifolium, Sisyrinchiurtianceps, Vaccin-
ium Pemisf/luaiiicum, V. Vltis Idaea, V. uUginosum ? SoUdago
lanceolata f Potentilla Nbrvegica, Corydalis glauca, and Samhu-
cus puhe.ns.

The occurrence of these islands, rising like needles from the bot-
tom of the lake, and so far as visible of an entirely different char-
acter from the mountain-peaks around, is not a little singular and
difficult of explanation.

The character of this portion of the province can well be stu-
died from the summit of Sagamore Mountain. It is essentially a
high table-land, sloping gradually towards the St. John, yet in its
higher parts everywhere broken up into lofty hills and mountains.
I was unable to ascertain any prevailing direction for the chains,
peak after peak appearing wherever the eye was turned. The gen-
eral direction of the lakes is about east 20° south, their form be-
ing quite irregular. The Bald Mountain range seems to pursue
a course nearly parallel. This is nndou btedly the highest land in
the province, and, I have heard it stated on good authority, that,
with the aid of a glass, one can see to the north the mountain

1864.] GEOLOGY AND BOTANY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 89

range of Gaspe, and again in the extreme southwest, the lofty sum-
mit of Katahdin.

The Nepisiquit, like the Tobique, has its source in a chain of
romantic lakes, surrounded by lofty granite mountains. The
lakes in neither case are perfectly distinct, being rather simple ex-
pansions of single lakes. There are three of these expanded
sheets at the head of the Tobique, and four at the sources of the
Nepisiquit. The portage connecting the two lines of water-shed
does not excee 1 three miles, and now here attains an elevation of
more than fifty or sixty feet.

The general direction of this transit is a little south of east, and
it is merely an obscure and little-frequented footpath through the
woods. The soil seemed fertile, and the vegetation varied— the
plants noticed being about the same as already given The ascent
from the Nictau Lake is very gradual, and near the middle of the
portage the land is low and swampy. From here it again ascends
until very near the Nepisiquit Lake, when it falls rapidly away
to that level. I should suppose that the latter lake occupies a
somewhat higher level than those on the Tobique. There are no
rocks apparent anywhere on the line of crossing.

During this portion of our tour, themembers of our party were
greatly tormented by the incessant biting of black flies and mus-
quitoes. The development of insect life in this portion of New
Brunswick is very remarkable, and the number of insects and the
ease with which they can be obtained would fully satisfy the most
ardent entomologist. All the orders of insects seem to be repre-
sented, and by a great variety of genera and species. Butterflies
of all shades and varieties of gaudy coloring, eight or ten different
kinds of flies, gnats, mosquitoes, spiders, caterpillars, gadflies,
dragon-flies, and beetles are found in the greatest profusion. I
sometimes saw fifty or more butterflies swarming at rest upon a
single rock, and allowing one to pick them up by the handful.
Every day, and indeed almost every hour of the day, produced
some new individual ; and one of our party, who was a great ento-
mologist, met with numbers which he had never seen or even read
of before. Avery valuable and interesting collection might be
here made. The best season for such a purpose would be about the
beginning of July, as they afterwards become much less numerous,
and in August almost disappear.

The Nepisiquit Lakes are four in number, connected with each

90 THE CANADIAN NATURALIS-T. [Ap^^i^r

other by narrow straits. A line connecting them all would run
nearly east and west. They are not so deep as those of the To-
bique; the bottom in the Third Nepisiquit Lake being in many
places, even near the centre, not more than two feet below the
surface, while from the little island in Nictau Lake we were unable
to reach bottom with twenty feet of line. The former are, like
the latter, shut in by mountain ranges, but their elevation is not
so great as those already described. Along the shores of the Ne-
pisiquit Lakes I observed Iris versicolor and Tijpha latifolia
growing abundantly, also Nuphar advena, N. Kalmiana, Equise-
tum limosum, E. si/lva icuni, and E. uliginosum.

The Nepisiquit passes out from the lakes much more quietly
than the Tobique, and descending by a rapid but unbroken
current pisses around the base of handsome hills, clothed with a
rich green covering of birch and spruce. The land close to the
river is low and covered with alder bushes, but some lofty moun-
tains appear to the southward. The stream pursues at first a near-
ly uniform course a little west of south, without winding much,
like the Tobique. Its bed is strewed with large and travelled
granitic boulders, which though not wanting on the Tobique were
much less numerous than here.

The mountains just alluded to, pursue a course, as nearly as I
could make out, a little north of east, crossing the river, which
works its way around their base. They are undoubtedly granitic,
and in many places expose upon their flanks high and rugged
cliffs of a brick-red color, giving at first the appearance of a red
sandstone district. The boulders, however, which occur in the
bed of the stream, distinctly indicate their character, being com-
posed of a corse-grained feldspathic granite or granulite.

Near the base of one of these cliffs we were borne by the cur-
rent, and so remarkable were its characters, that I at once deter-
mined to give it a more careful examination. Landing for this
purpose, and approaching with one companion and an Indian
guide, what we supposed to be the natunl slope of the mountain,
we were suddenly stopped by a tremendous chasm, which unex-
pectedly lay open before our feet.

The defile is about fifty or seventy feet deep, with almost pre-
cipitous sides, and furnishes a picture of singular wildness. The
two sides of the chasm were in the most marked contrast. That
by which we approached was steep and broken though covered

1864.] GEOLOGY AND BOTANY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 91

with vegetation, while the opposite slope, which was almost per-
pendicular at its base, and which reached high up the mountain
sides, was one dense mass of large detiched blocks of reddish
granite, or else the original rock from which they had been torn.
Oq this side of the chasm scarcely a trace of vey,etation could be
seen, as far as the eye cauld reach.

The two sides of this singular defile are as strongly contrasted in
their mineralogical characters as in the features just described.
The first or lowest side is composed of a fine compact greyish
syenite, much weathered on the surf ice, and covered with vegeta-
tion ; the other is of the same material as the boulders I had al-
ready found farther up the river, viz.: a coarse-grained feidspathic
granite or granulite. There is no mica presant in it, and but lit-
tle hornblende. Tt is but little weathered, looking fresh and red,
and, as before stated, is almost destitute of vegetation. The direc-
tion of the defile, at the point where wa examined it, was nearly east
and west, but soon turned off to the northward, when it could be
no longer traced from where we stood. I would gladly have occu-
pied a longer time in its exploration, but could not well afford the
delay. As a point of reference for this vicinity, of which so little has
heretofore been known, I have ventured to call this singular range
the '• Feldspar Mountains" in allusion to the mineralogical charac-
ter of its principal rocks. The loc tlity is about fifteen miles, as near
as I can judge, above the Forks of the Nepisiquit River. On my
journey to and from the mountain I found the following plants:
Kalmia angiistifolia, Rlbes ruhrum^ Epllohium spicatum, Lin-
naea borealis, Oxalls acetosella^ and others.

Below the Feldspar Mountains for a distance of many miles, the
country is high and rugged, and presents an indescribably desolate
appearance. As far as the eye c m see, the mountain slopes h:-we
been stripped of their vegetation by extensive fires, and nothing
but the charred trunks of decaying trees is now visible. Moun-
tains are seen in every direction, the principal chain pursuing a
course parallel to that of the river, about east and west. The latter
descends rapidly, gliding almost in a straight line, and without a
fall, down an inclined plane of three or four degrees. Boulders of
feidspathic and syenitic rocks are at times very numerous ; and from
the fact that we passed them only at intervals, according to the
windings of the current, T am iiiclined to think that they cross the
stream in regular trains, pursuing a uniform general direction, a^

^2 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^P^il,

little south of east. These boulders are of the same material as
that of the mountains I have described above, and increase in
numbers and magnitude as one descends the stream. A few miles
below the Forks (where the soil is alluvial, and supports extensive
groves of elms) these boulders attain an enormous size, and cause
numberless falls and rapids in the current. Many of them are in-
jected with veins of milky quartz, and at times appear to be joint-
ed. They continue to increase in quantity until one reaches a
spot called the Indian Falls, where rocks in situ, together with
huge granitic boulders, block up the stream and produce a fall of
four or jfive feet. This is succeeded about half a mile below by
another of similar elevation, the space between the two being filled
with dangerous rapids. The rocks appear laminated and contorted,
and are filled with veins of injected quartz, and pass the stream
in a line running about 10° west of North. A portage was here
necessary, during which I observed the following plants : Wild-
roses, currants, and huckleberries, raspberries, white and red clover,
Epilobiuni spicatum, Potentilla arguta, Sagittaria sagittifolia,
Kalmia angustifolia, Chri/santhemum leucanthemum. Allium
Schoenoj)rasum, Spiraea salicifolia,Pyrola elliptica, Platanthera,
orbiculata ? and Smilacina stellata. A short distance below the
Forks I noticed also, Archangelica, Diervilla trifida (not seen on
the Tobique), and Caltha palustris.

x\bout twenty miles above the Grand Falls of the Nepisiquit we
passed the first formations of distinctly stratified rocks, consisting
of slates and ferruginous slaty sandstones, much broken and con-
torted. They seemed to run nearly east and west, and dip north-
ward (?) at a sharp angle. Some of the beds of slate appear to be
of excellent quality.

These rocks are visible for a considerable distance, and have a
strong'y ferruginous color. At one point a high cliff, composed
of them, projects into the stream, and was so intensely red, as to
induce me to stop for the purpose of examination. I at first sup-
230sed it to be a bed of haematite, but it proved to be merely a mag-
nesian slate, with only an external resemblance to the above named
one. Much of it is soft and crumbling, and might, perhaps, be
employed as a mineral paint. Some of it is probably manganesian
also, and re>embles the slates at the Tatagouche mines, in the
vicinity of Bathurst. The latter are probably but continuations
-of the same series.

1864.] GEOLOGY AND BOTANY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 93^

Below this point, the bed of the river is strewed with small and
rounded boulders, of the size of paving-stones, and presents a very-
singular appearance. They are of three kinds, a bright red (felds-
pathic), a dark (syenitic), and green stone, and being polished
briglitly by the water, suggest the idea of a mosaic pavement. More
ferruginous strata soon appear, dipping westward, and granitic
boulders again become common. Granite ridges soon appear in
situ, and seem to have displaced and to have been thrust through the
other strata. The stream becomes rapid and violent, the vegetation
of its banks poor and stunted.

The above-named rocks continue for a short distance only.
About five or six miles above the Grand Falls, they are succeedc d
by beds of slates and s'aty sandstones, with some limestone, dip-
ping into the bed of the river at an angle of 60° to the north,
the river here running about northeast. The course of the stream
is nearly at right angles to the strike of the slates, which form pre-
cipitous cliffs, perhaps seventy-five or one hundred feet in height.
Like the similar gorge at the mouth of the Tobique, this spot is
called the Narrows, and can only be navigated by the most skilful
Indians.

Between the Narrows and the Grand Falls, sandstone beds ap-
pear with a strike about north and south, and dip to the west-
ward at a high angle.

The Grand Falls of the Nepisiquit are too well known to re-
quire description here, their beauty and the excellent salmon-fish-
ing at their base having long since attracted travellers to the spot.
Geologically, the fall has been the result of the gradual wearing
away of consolidated strata ; the direction of the current having
been probably determined by some pre-existing fissure in the beds.
The rocks composing the gorge below the falls (which is about half
a mile in length) are composed of contorted ferruginous slates, hav-
ing a strike nearly north and south, and a dip of 50° to the west-
ward. Through these slates the water has worked its way,
gradually widening the channel, and running for a portion of its
course directly opposite to the dip of the strata, but towards the
lower part making a sudden turn southward, and then nearly follow-
ing their strike. On the rocks l)elow the falls I noticed in flower.
Campanula rotundifolia, Potent ilia arg a ta, and wild roses. Many
of these rocks are filled with numerous crystals of cubic pyrites.

Leaving the gorge, we soon passed over more sandstones and

94 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^P^il,

slates, still dipping westward. At a place called '' The Great
Chain " they have a dip of about 60° to the west, and cross the
stream with a strike about north and south, forming a series of
falls and rapids. With these sandstones are associated chloritic
and talcose slates, conformable with them. At this point, besides
the two plants above namtd, I noticed. Allium tScJianopras'um ?
SUyr'uichlnm anccps, Dler villa tr fida^ Aralia nudicaulis, Strep-
topus distort us, LhinaeaboreaUs Clintonia borealis, Iris verisco-
lor, Cornus Canadensis, Platanthera dilatata, Archangelica,
AcJiillaea, Lactuca elongata, Thalictrum dioicum, Apocynum
androsoimifolium, OenoJiera chrjsantha, Stellaria, and Aspidium
ipinulosum.

A few miles below the Grreat Chain, more laminated sandstones
^cross the stream, with a strike N. 40^ W., with a nearly perpendi-
cular dip, highly silicious, and filled with crystals of sulphuret of
iron. They soon change their course, taking a strike N. 20° E.,
and are much folded and contorted. With these are associated
ferruginous slates, and the whole have a reddish appearance from
the oxidation of their contained iron. The stream is narrow, and
passes rapidly between the rocky banks.

Still descending, beds of impure iron-stone and ochre, with mica-
ceous iron, appear on either shore, being of a soft and crumbling
character. Several of the cliffs exposed upon the shore are of a
brio-ht red color. They may be seen on the left bank to
overlie nearly horizontal beds of ferruginous sandstone, with small
conglomerate and pebble beds, these latter in turn resting upon
granite. The rocks appear to be much rounded and water-worn,
even at an elevation of ten or fifteen feet above the present level of
the river. The reddish beds seem to lie in a great basin formed
by the underlying granite, or rather tho latter forms a series of
anticlinal axes, tho si it^ and sandstone beds reposing on their

flanks.

The granite beds are divided into huge blocks by parallel ver-
tical joints, and thus pressnt upon their river face the appearance
of a wall. Their surfaces are perfectly flat ; and those which form
the river bed, being polished by the wear of the current, look like
a massive pavement. It is in passing over these pinkish granites,
that the river is wearing out the curious channels of the Pabineau

Falls.

The o;ranites at the falls are distinctly jointed, the line of the

1864.] GEOLOGY AND BOTANY OF NEW BRUNSWICK. 95

joints running due north and south. The course of the stream is
parallel to these, and has probably been determined by one or more
existing in its bed. The spot is one of the most singular 1 have
seen in the ['rovince.

Between the Pabineau and Bathurst our journey was made by
land ; the navigation of the river, which is one series of rapids,
called the" Ilou2;h Waters," beins: too dano;erous for canoes. From
good authority, however, I have learned that the granite beds at
the Falls are succeeded by slates and schists (to some extent cop-
per-bearing) ; and these again underlie, near the mouth of the river,
the red sandstones and conglomerates which form the north-east-
ern boundary of the New 1 Srunswick coal-measures. The latter
are seen near the Nepisiquit bridge, on both sides of the river ; but
it is not probable that they extend far below the city of Bathurst.
On the left bank, near the bridge, is a curious spot, where coal
(lignite ?) and copper ore are intimately associated, and interstrati-
fied with sandstones, clay, and conglomerates. It was in conse-
quence of the discovery of copper at this point, under these singu-
lar circumstances, that examinations were made for that metal
farther inland, which examinations led to the discovery of the
present mining-districts on the Tatagouche River. These latter
are situated in bluish and dark brown slates, having a strike E.
lO'^ S. and a southerly dip of 50^. They are probably continuous
with the beds south of Pabineau, and extend for a distance of ten
or twelve miles along the coast, above Bathurst, being exposed on
the Mgadoo and other minor streams of that region. They seem
to be highly metalliferous.

I have now given with considerable detail the results of a fort-
night's ramble on these hitherto little-known rivers. Their exami-
nation was necessarily a hurried and imperfect one, the distance
travelled over being not less than two hundred miles ; and the re-
sults are only presented now, that a more just and accurate view
may be entertained of this interesting region.

1 o those who are familiar with the geology of New Brunswick,
it will have already become apparent that much of what has now
been stated differs widely from the formerly entertained notions as
to the structure of this portion of the Province. That these dif-
ferences may be the more readily appreciated, I have appended to
this article a carefully colored map of the district, showing as far
as possible the order of succession of the rocks here exposed. The

96 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^pril,

following are the most important differences between this and pre-
ceding maps :

1st. Upon Dr. Robb's map the whole course of the Tobique,
with the exception of the Red Sandstone District, is colored as if
passing through Upper Silurian rocks. In reality most of the
country between the Blue Mountain Brook and the Forks is of
a trappean character.

2nd. The calciferous slates of the Narrows are separated from
the Red Sandstone district by ferruginou? slates and dark sandstone.
The calciferous slates and the sandstones have a northeasterly
strike, and similar rocks are again seen above the Forks, with the
same strike. They are probably continuous.

3rd. The exact limits of the Red Sandstone District, on the line
of the river, are the Red Rapids and the Blue Mountains,

4th. The Blue Mountain and Bald Mountain rise directly
from the waters of the lake or river, not at the distance of several
miles, as represented on other maps.

5th. On the map of Dr. Robb no distinction is made between
trappean, syenitic, and feldspathic rocks. In the accompanying
map, the Blue Mountains, which are trappean, are distinguished
from the Bald Mountain and Nepisiquit ranges, which are chiefly
feldspathic. There is an island of slate in Nictau Lake.

6th. The uppar half of the Nepisiquit, on Dr. Robb's map, is
marked as running through upper Silurian strata. On the contrary
the whole district, colored yellow on my map, is feldspathic, con-
sisting partly of granulite and partly of syenite, more particularly
the former. Rocks of this character, forming lofty mountain ranges,
cross the stream in a northeasterly direction, and are seen nearly
as far as the Indian Falls. At the latter place highly altered rocks .
cross the stream, with a strike 10^ west of north.

7th. The granit. band which has been supposed to cross the
Province from the Chepatnecticook Lakes, and which on Dr.
Robb's map has tLe same width at the Nepisiquit which it exhibits
elsewhere, really nan ows in the vicinity of that stream to a very
small strip, and probably soon disappears. Owing to the tortuosi-
ties of the river, these rocks appiar at several successive points,
and at first would lead one to believe in the existence of several
granitic anticlinal axes. From the fact however that all the slates
seen above the Pabineau have a westward dip, it is probable that
only one band is successively exposed. Where this band finally

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 97

disappears is a matter of much doubt, but it will not probably
be found far beyond the position which I have assigned to it. The
metalliferous slates which rest on its northern flanks re-appear on
the Tatagouche River, and, as already remarked, the latter are
probably continuous with those on the Nepisiquit. Possibly the
granite, after passing the Pabineau, is well exposed again ; but this
remains to be determined.

I have only to add that my observations were, as a rule, made
from a rapidly moving canoe, and must only be regarded as ap-
proximately accurate. Where the character of the country could
not be ascertained, from the occurrence of belts of intervale, or the
presence of alluvial matter, or boulders, the map has been left
devoid of color. The granitic region assigned to the serpentine
on the map is copied from that of the late Dr. James Robb.

(Read before the Natural HUtory Society of New Brunswick^ \2th
February 1864.)

ON THE CHEMISTRY OF MANURES.

We extract from the Report of the Second Class of the Inter-
national Jury of the Great Exhibition of 1862, the following
paper. The Reporter, Prof A. W. Hofmann, F.R.S., tells us that
having invited Mr. F. 0. Ward to furnish him with a succinct
view of the question of manures in their relations to agricultural
chemistry, the following essay was the result ; which Prof. Hofmann
characterises with justice as " one of the ablest and most philos-
phically-conceived compendiums of a complex and difficult subject
which has ever come under his notice." He therefore adopted
and endorsed his coadjutor's work ; adding for incorporation with
it, much valuable information of a special kind furnished him by
Messrs. Lawes, Gilbert, Gruning, and others. With these explana-
tory remarks, we invite the attention of our readers to this remark-
able essay, premising only that we have omitted for the sake of
brevity cartain portions, inserting in their places an abstract of
them in brackets, and have also appended a few notes. — Editors.

Early Hlstory of Manures. — Manures, in the form of
<jattle-dung and ordinary farm-yard composts, have been known
and employed from time immemorial for the fertilization of the

Vol. I. Q No. 2.

98 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [A-pril,

soil ; but the manures termed " artificial," which have theirorigin
elsewhere than in the farm itself, and are for the most part of
concentrated and portable character, have but of late years come
largely into use. Nevertheless the manufacture of these manures,
and the trade to wliic!i they have given rise, already rank amongst
the most extensive of modern industries.

[The author here gives a brief history of the various processes
proposed and patented in England for the preparation of artificial
manures during the first third of this century. They were but
three in number, of which two were for the utilization of night-soil,
while a third proposed the use of a mixture of oyster-shells and
gypsum. In the course of the eighteenth century three patents for
manure were obtained, one of which described a mixture of sea-salt,
saltpetre, lime, and Rhenish tartar, declared to " possess a mag-
netic quality whereby it attracts fertility, etc."]

Course of Early Scientific Research. — In the mean
time, however, a vast store of scientific information, tending more
or less directly to the elucidation of this important subject, had
been in slow and silent course of accumulation, by the successive
labors of many eminent experimentalists.

Not to go bick farther than the last century, nor even than its
latter half, we shall find concentrated in this brief period, a series
of brilliant discoveries, bearing more or less directly upon the
manurial and agricultural questions, but far too numerous even
for the most cursory narration here. Space would fail us even ta
enumerate the names of European celebrity that adorned this
memorable epoch ; but if we had to select half a dozen of the most
illustrious to represent the philosophical activity, British and con-
tinental, of the p3riod, we would venture to single out on the one
hand. Black, Priestley, and Cavendish — and on the other,
Lavoisier, De Saussure, and Berthollet.

Daring the fifty years in question the nature and composition
of ail' and water, o^ carbonic acid and ammonia^ (the four main
forms of volatile plant-food,) were discovered,their gaseous elements
isolated, and their properties determined.

The sciences of geology and meteorology at this period alsa
began to take shape and form; enabling an insight to be gained
into the ori2:in and natare of cultivable soils, and into the climatic
conditions of plant-growth.

At the same time the laws of the physical forces, particularly

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 99

those of light and heat, began to be better understoocl, as well in
their general relations, as in their special influence on plants.

The introduction of more accurate chemical methods permitted,
meanwhile, a closer investigation than had before been possible, of
the tissues and products of plants, and of the various transforma-
tions which those products undergo during the several stages of
vegetal development.

The sound physico-chemical principles thus established had the
happiest influence on physiological investigations. The organs
of plants and of animals were studied in a clearer light than
before; and their respiratory, assimilative, and excretory processes,
together with the relations established by those processes between
the three great kingdoms of nature, were gradually made out.

Among the many illustrious men who assisted in working out
thes3 great results, Lavoisier probably deserves the highest place ;
not, perhaps as the largest contributor of new truths to the accu-
mulating store, — though his contributions of this kind were many
and brilliant, — but because his vivid imagination, and the eminent
generalizing powers with which he was endowed, enabled him to
co-ordinate all the scattered researches of his time, and to display
innumerable isolated facts in their true subserviency to general
laws; so as (among other things) largely to extend our knowledge
of the cosmic equilibrium on which sound husbandry can alone be
based. Everything, indeed, that Lavoisier did bore the impress
of his master-mind. He it was who first applied the Balance to
the study of the phenomena of Life. He it was who first showed .
that while plants evolve oxygen, animals, on the contrary, consume
it ; carbon being oxidized or burned in their bodies as oil is burned
in a lamp. His lofty tone of thought, and eloquent language,
powerfully impressed his contemporaries; and chiefly to his influ-
ence and example the admirable researches of his age owe their
high scope and scrupulous precision. Science never endured a
severer loss than when Lavoisier met his untimely fate. But his
great spirit lived after him ; and researches bearing upon the
noble themes he had loved to treat were carried on with, if pos-
sible, increased activity after his death. The scientific records of
Europe were soon crowded with fresh masses of undigested dis-
covery ; and in a few years such another mind as his was wanted,
to grapple with the growing mass of detail, and once more to create
order out of the scientific chaos.

100 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

Early in the present century England, in her turn, produced a
master-mind, — that of the illustrious Sir Humphrey Davy, — vast in
scope and luminous in conception, as any, the greatest, of foregone
times. Davy was well fitted to wear the fallen mantle of Lavoisier,
and to continue his great work. It is accordingly to Davy's
genius we owe that memorable treatise — truly described by
Liebig as '^ immortal " — the " Elements of Agricultural Chem-
istry."

In that imperishable work all the scattered results of foregone
research in this branch of science were collected and reduced to a
system, which was extended and enriched by the author's own
capital researches ; whereof, perhaps, the most signal (in this
depai tment of science) were his analytical investigations of soils
(types of all that has since been done in that way) ; his capital
determinations of the composition and transformations of vegetal
products; and his admirable experiments on the nutrition of plants,
as well by leaf as by root.

To the powerful impulse and just direction impressed by Lavoi-
sier in France, and Da>y in E.igl md, in subsequent investigations
of like kind, may be ascribed in a great measure their vigorous
and successf il prosecution by philosophers contemporary with our-
selves. Of these an encyclopaedic list cannot,of course, be given here ;
and among so many equally illustrious names, it would be difficult
to single out a few, as types to represent the rest. Suffice it to
say, that to the exertions of these able men we owe a large propor-
tion of the experimental data, on which, as on a firm foundation,
the edifice of modern agricultural science, physical, chemical, and
physiologic jI, has, so to speak, been, stone by stone, built up.
Honor and gratitude to those who have patiently hewn out those
stones from ihe quarry of undiscovered truth !

B t as the true value of the quarried stones is only made
appircnt by their judicious collocation in tiie edifice according to
the plan of the architect, so also do experimental data, separately
accumulated by the toil of many, only appear in their true value
and significance when comprehensively embraced, co-ordinated,
and, as it were, fused into a harmonious whole, by the fiery genius
of one master-mind. Such a mind was Lavoisier's in the last
century ; such a service was rendered by Davy to our fathers ;
and such, to ourselves, are the mind and the service of Justus
Liebi-

1864.] CHEMISTRY OP MANURES. 101

Thus have France, England, and Germany, in the course of
about a century, successively produced the three great Lawgivers
of Modern Husbandry.

It was in the year 1837 that the British Association for the
Advancement of Science, perceiving the immense accumulation of
facts, for the most part unsystematized, which had already taken
place in organic chemistry, and was annually increasing therein,
invited Justus Liebig, who had already attained to eminence by
his extensive researches in this branch of science, to write a report
upon its then condition ; which honorable duty the illustrious
philosopher undertook. In the year 1840, Liebig, in fulfilment
of this engagement, produced his memorable work on " Organic
Chemistry in its Applications to Agriculture and Physiology."
In ordinary hands such a report would, in all probability, have
been but a compilation, more or less compendious, of facts already
known, and conceptions already proposed for their co-ordination.
But the original genius of Liebig, essentially philosophical and
constructive, impressed upon his work a very different character.

He began by sweeping away the fallacious theoretical views which,
were at that time in vogue, — particularly the so-called " Humus
theory," — and replacing them by a theory of his own, wider in
scope, and more conformable with truth. With this, the so-called
" Mineral theory," as a general clue for his guidance, Liebig was
enabled to thread the labyrinth of intermingled facts and fallacies,
which had necessarily resulted from so many investigations, induc-
tive and deductive, carried on for so many years, by so many
independent thinkers and experimentalists, and recorded in so
many scattered memoirs. All of these he was enabled to we gh and
appreciate, by the criterion of a new law, or rather system of laws,
themselves evolved during his large induction, and established (in
a great measure) by help of the very facts they served to elucidate
and connect.

Profiting by the controversial criticism which his book, on its
appearance, did not fail to provoke, Liebig made it more perfect
in successive editions; and extended it by additional volumes,
some modestly entitled " Familiar Letters," some promulgated as
codes of Natural Law, but all forming parts of a connected series,
in wh ch, as in a mirror, is displayed the progressive development
of Liebig's views, in the light of his own and of contemporary
researches. By these labors, pursued with unwearied industry

102 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

during upwards of twenty years, Justus Liebig has unquestionably
shed upon his all-important theme a flood of light, as copious and
brilliant to the full as that which it successively received, in former
days, from the luminous minds of Lavoisier and Davy. Indeed,
of the affiliation of his labors to those of his immediate predeces-
sor, Liebia: himself, in the dedication of his work to the British
Association, speaks with becoming humility and justifiable pride : —

" I have endeavored," he says, "to follow the path marked out
by Sir Humphrey Davy, who based his conclusions only on that
which was capable of examination and proof. This is the path of
true philosophical inquiry which promises to lead us to truth,
the proper object of our research."

Of Licbig's views, and of the rapid and profound revolution of
opinion they brought about, occasion will arise to speak in a sub-
sequent page. Meanwhile, it may suffice to remark that, amongst
other things, they completely overthrew the conceptions previously
entertained as to the nature and operation of manures.

[Here referring again to the history of patent manures in England,
the author remarks, that, as a result of the newly-awakened interest
in the subject of scientific agriculture, no less than ninety-six patents
for manures were registered between 1850 and 1855 ; and he esti-
mates that the whole number of such patents registered from 1842
to 1862 was at least 200.]

This long series of inventions comprises plans and processesfor
turning to account, as manure, almost all the known forms of
animal waste and ejeeta : such as, for example, the night-soil and
sewage of towns ; the rags of woollen, silken, and leathern clothing ;
the debris of manufactures in which horn, bone, hides, bristles,
gut, and other organic and nitrogenous materials are used; the
spent animal or bone charcoal of the sugar refineries, and other
phosphatic residua; the ammoniacal liqu')rs of gas-works ; the
alkaline wash- waters of soap, dye, bleach, and many other factories ;
— in a word, several hundred forms of residua, — nitrogenous, phos-
phatic, and alkaline, — formerly cast away as worthless rubbish.

These, the respective patentees propose to subject to various
processes, mechanical, physical, and chemical : such as, for example,
in the case of liquors, to concentration by boiling down, or pre-
cipitation by chemical agency ; in the case of solid residua, of
crushing, grinding, or other process of comminution ; or to chemi-
cal disintegration by powerful solvents, acid or alkaline according

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF 3IANURES. 103

to the circumstances in each case ; or to maceration in water ; or
to torrefaction by fire ; or to digestion, at low or high pressure,
sometimes in moist, sometimes in dry or super-heated steam.

Several of the patents include recipes for mixing the products
thus obtained with each other, or with products of a different
origin, to adapt them (as the inventors allege) for special crops or
for paculiar soils. Many of these proposals possess merit ; though
a still larger number exhibit ignorance on the projectors' part ;
while a certain percentage almost seem to have been concocted with
a view to profit by the ignorance of others.

Superphosphate op Lime Manufacture. — First in impor-
tance, and nearly first also in chronological order, among the
manure-patents enrolled since the publication of Liebig's book in
1840, stands the celebrated patent granted in 1842 to Mr. J. B.
Lawes,* for converting tricalcic into monocalcic phosphate by
means of sulphuric acid. The invention of this process, so far as
it applies to the treatment of recent bones, is not claimed by Mr.
Lawes, but belongs to Justus Liebig, who suggef=ted it in his
great work already quoted. As this suggestion has become the
foundation of the modern industry of manures, and its authorship
has been the subject of controversy, the Reporter feels bound to
record, in the foot-note below, Liebig's own words on the subject. f

The great merit of Mr. Lawes consists, first, in his having ex-
tended the application of sulphuric acid to phosphates of mineral

* Lawes (J. B.), Patent No. 9353, May 23, 1842.

t " The form in which they [bones] are restored to a soil does not ap-
pear to be a matter of indiflFerence. For the more finely the bones are
reduced to powder, and the more intimately they are mixed with the soil,
the more easily are they assimilated. The most easy and practical mode
of effecting their division is to pour over the bones, in a state of fine
powder, half of their weight of sulphuric acid diluted with three or four
parts of water, and after they have been digested for some time to add
100 parts of water, and sprinkle this mixture over the field before the
plough. In a few seconds, the free acids unite with the bases contained
in the earth, and a neutral salt is formed in a very fine state of division.
Experiments instituted on a soil formed from grauwacke, for the purpose
of ascertaining the action of manure thus prepared, have distinctly
shown that neither corn nor kitchen-garden plants suffer injurious effects
in consequence, but that, on the contrary, they thrive with much more
vigor." — " Organic Chemistry in its Application to Agriculture and
Physiology," pp. 184, 185.

104 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April^

origin, such as apatite, and to the fossil bone-phosphate known
as coprolite ; and, secondly, in his having devised means and
appliances for carrying out the manufacture on an industrial scale.
Those upon whom it has devolved to organize a new industry, and
to overcome the difficulties that spring up, unforeseen, at every
stage of such a work, will know how to appreciate at their just
value Mr. Lawes's services in this respect. Indeed, in his double
capacity, as a manufacturer of manures, and as an indefatigable
experimentalist on their effects, Mr. Lawes merits recognition as
one of the most active promoters of agriculture now living. Nor
would it be just, in such a mention to overlook the large share of
service rendered by Dr. Gilbert, the able coadjutor of Mr. Lawes,
in the experimental and analytic department of his labors.

Mr. Lawes appears to have made his first essays in the manu-
facture of superphosphate in 1841-2 ; and, on the success of these
experiments, to have begun his great manufactory at Deptford, in
1843. Many similar works have since sprung up, and the manu-
facture has grown to enormous magnitude. Mr. Lawes himself
produces 18,000 to 20,000 tons of superphosphate annually; and
the total yearly production of superphosphate in Great Britain is
estimated by him as ranging from 150,000 to 200,000 tons.

Mr. Lawes has favored the Reporter with the following inter-
esting particulars as to the most recent and improved mode of
manufacturing superphosphate, its average composition, and its
present market price : —

*' The phasphatic materials are first ground to a very fine powder
by millstones ; the powder is then carried up by means of eleva-
tors, and discharged continuously into a long iron cylinder, having
agitators revolving within it with great velocity. A constant
stream of sulphuric acid, of sp. gr. 1*66, enters the cylinder at the
same end as the dry powder, and the mixture flows out at the other
end in the form of a thick mud, havino; taken from three to five
minutes in passing through the machine. The quantity turned
out by such a mixing-machine is about 100 tons daily. The semi^
fluid mass runs into covered pits ten to twelve feet deep, each of
sufficient siz3 to hold the produce of the day's work. It becomes
tolerably solid in a few hours, but retains a high temperature for
weeks, and even months, if left undisturbed.

" The composition of a superphosphate, of good quality, made
partly from mineral phosphate and partly from ordinary bones, may
l)e stated as follows :

1864] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 105-

Soluble phosphate 22 to 25 per cent.

Insoluble phosphate 8 " 10 " "

Water 10 " 12 " "

Suli)hate of lime 35 " 45 " ''

Organic matter 12 " 15 " "

Nitrogen 0-T5 to 1-5 per cent.

" If sufficient sulpliuric acid were used to decompose the whole
of the phosphate of lime, the product would be too wet to be pack-
ed in bags, and would require either to be mixed with extraneous
substances of a dry and porous nature, or to be artificially dried.

" The price of the best descriptions of superphosphate ranges
from 5/. 15s. to 61. 10s. per ton, and of that made from purely
mineral phosphate from 4:1. to 5^ 5s. per ton."

Of the raw materials annually worked up into superphosphate
in Great Britain, Mr. Lawes estimates that about half is derived
from the deposits of fossil bone-earth, or coprolite, discovered of
late years in several parts of England. Bone-ash, chiefly imported
from South America, animal charcoal from Germany, and bones
from all parts of the world, together supply about forty per cent
more of the raw material ; while the remaining ten per cent of the
total supply is made up by guano (chiefly of the less nitrogenous
and more phosphatic kinds), with a little apatite (say 200 to 500
tons per annum), obtained from Spain, Norway, and America.

Importation op Manures into Great Britain. — These
data alone might serve to indicate that the industry of manures,,
since the impulse it received in 1840, has afibrded occupation not
only to the inventive and manufacturing, but also to the commer-
cial activity of the English nation. But of this the origin and de-
velopment of the guano-trade afibrds direct evidence.

[Here follows an historical sketch of the growth of the trade in
guano, from which we learn that the first experiments with this
manure in England appear to have bsen made from 1838 to 1840.
Messrs Gibbs & Sons, its principal importers, commenced in 1842
by importing 182 tons of guano.. In 1843 they imported 4667
tons, and in 1862 their total supplies (as well for foreign as for
British consumption) equalled no less than 435,000 tons. Of this
between one-third and one-fourth was retained for use in the United
Kingdom. Its price, which has varied from dl. to 15/., is now
about 121. the ton.]

The extraordinary success ^of the Peruvian guano-trade led to
voyages of discovery in search of fresh deposits ; several of which

106 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^pril,

tave been found and extensively worked on the islands of the
West African coast and elsewhere. Nor has commercial enterprise
confined itself to guano. Nitrate of sodium, formerly valued
chiefly as a substitute for saltpetre in the sulphuric-acid manufac-
ture, has of late years come more and more largely into use as a
powerful fertilizer ; and the vast deposits of this substance succes-
sively opene 1 up in several parts of the South American continent
are now extensively worked for the supply of the English manure-
market. As for bones and bone-ash, they have been imported by
thousands of shiploads, not merely from the boundless South
American pampas, — feeding-grounds and cemeteries of unnumbered
herds, from immemorial time, — but also from populous European
countries, whose soil could by no means spare them so well, and
whose fertility must have been seriously impaired by their with-
drawal.

Good and Evil of the Trade in Manures. — The man-
ure-trade presents itself, therefore, in two aspects ; the one advan-
tageous, the other detrimental to mankind. Nothing can be more
advantageous than the collection and utilization of fertilizing
residua formerly cast away as worthless. The fossil phosphates
quarried out of the bosom of the earth, and the guano extracted
(by the successive intervention of seaweeds, fishes, and penguins)
from the depths of the ocean, are evidently so much treasure fairly
won from nature for the legitimate enrichment of mankind.* Even
the withdrawal of recent bones and bone-ash, from plains untenant-
ed as yet save by wild cattle, to fertilize the corn-fields of the
populous old world, must be accounted a legitimate commerce.
But the boundary line is over-passed, and the manure-trade becomes
abnormal, when bones are withdrawn from one populous country
to enrich the exhausted fields of another.

Nor is the detriment thus occasioned confined to the country
whose soil is impoverished. In the closely knit relations of modern
commerce, the impoverishment of any one commercial country
reacts on the prosperity of all the others, by diminishing the stock
of exchangeable wealth in the world. If Germany, for instance,
grows less corn, her purchasing power for foreign goods, say

* See, ia this connection, a paper by Mr. Sterry Hunt on Fisli-Manures
(Canadian Naturalist, vol. iv, pp. 13-23), where will be found much in-
formation on the theory of manures and on their commercial value. —
Editors.

1864.] CHEMIRTRY OF MANURES. 107

French or British, is proportionally diminished, and commerce
suffers j^ro tanto. The gain to France and England is, therefore,
but illusory, if either robs a neighbor's soil to fertilize her own.

In a work just published,* Baron Liebig sternly rebukes Eng-
land for her over-eagerness to buy up, in the form of bones, the
phosphatic wealth of countries less advanced than herself in finan-
cial and industrial power ; and for the apparent recklessness with
which she squanders forth these treasures (ill-gotten and ill-spent),
down her innumerable sewers to the sea. The great agricultural
teacher manifests alarm at the superabundant zeal with which the
most diligent of his pupils obeys his lessons; and to other nations
he earnestly points out the ruinous consequences that must ensue
to them from the exportation of phosphates, drawn from their soil,
to stay the exhaustion of the English fields. His cry of warning
is crou^ihed in terms of almost passionate invective : —

England (he exclaims) is robbing all other countries of the con-
ditions of their fertility. Already, in her eagerness for bones, she
has turned up the battle-fields of Leipsic, of Waterloo, and of the
Crimea ; already from the catacombs of Sicily she has carried
away the skeletons of many successive generations. Annually she
removes from the shores of other countries to her own, the manu-
rial equivalent of three millions and a half of men ; whom she
takes from us the means of supporting, and squanders down her
sewers to the sea. Like a vampire she hangs upon the neck of
Europe, nay of the entire world, and sucks the heart-blood from
nations, without a thought of justice towards them, without a
shadow of lasting advantage for herself.

It is impossible (he proceeds to say) that such iniquitous inter-
ference with the Divine order of the world should escape its right-
ful punishment; and this may perhaps overtake England even
aooner than the countries she robs. Most assuredly a time awaits
her, when all her riches of gold, iron, and coal will be infidequate
to buy back a thousandth part of the conditions of life, which for
centuric^s she has wantonly squandered away.

It must be admitted that these strictures, thousrh somewhat
harsh in tone, are not without a certain degree of truh. It may,
however, be urged, on the other hand, that they apply only to one
branch, among many, of British manurial industry, — and even to

. * "Einletung in die Naturgesetze des Feldbaues." Von Justus von
Liebig. Braunschweig, Vieweg und Sohn, 1863.

108 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April^

that branch only partially. For, since the British coprolite-beda
have been extensively worked, they have supplied fossil phosphates
at a price so low as to supersede, in a great measure, the supply
of recent bones, for agricultural purposes, from Continental coun-
tries. Nor do the laws of political economy permit us to doubt
that undue scarcity, artificially created, gradually raises market
price to an extent which becomes at last prohibitory; so that the
evil provides its own corrective. Of this, indeed, a very apposite
illustration reaches the Reporter while he writes. M. Clemm-
Lenniga, manufacturer of Manheim, informs him that English
fossil phosphates are being extensively exported to Germany ; he
himself (M. Clemm-Lennig) receiving considerable supplies of this
material from British ports. The balance of trade seems, there-
fore, to be arriving at a just equilibrum in this matter, as, indeed,
it always does, if only it be left to swing freely.

Modern Historical Events connected with the De-
velopment OP the Manurial Industry. — But were Eng-
land a more signal offender than she is, or ever has been, against
what may be termed the manurial equilibrium of the world, she
might plead her justification in the train of modern historical
events which have brought her manurial industry into its present
remarkable phasis ; a phasis purely transitional, and which marks
the crisis of a momentous revolution, even now in course of ac-
complishment.

The events here alluded to, like the revolution in which they
are culminatins:, have their common orisjin in the memorable in-
vention of the steam-engine by Watt.

The new motive power placed by Watt's genius at the disposal of
mankind, after having transformed in succession every other main
branch of human industry — the spinning and weaving of raiment,
for example ; the arts of locomoiion, by land and sea ; all the
various forms of brute drudgery, such as lifting, hewing, pumping^
grinding, &;c. ; all the technical plastic arts, from the shaping of
the most stubborn metals to the moulding of the most delicate
clay — in a word, after having lightened for mankind all the other
forms of toil, is now making its way into the farm, and impress-
ing upon the operations of husbandry an equally signal revolu-
tion.

It is important to observe that the transformations which have
preceded this final, and most momentous change of all, have not

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 109

only prepared tlie way for it, but have, at the same time, rendered
its advent an indispensable necessity ; as a very brief consideration
will show.

It is, in the first place, by the operation of steam-power that the
handicrafts, formerly pursued by families dispersed in villages over
the whole surface of the land, have been replaced by manufactures,
conducted in colossal factories, determining the agglomeration of
enormous populations, in rapidly developed towns and cities,
located usually (for the convenience of trade) upon streams and
rivers leading to the sea.

Food has naturally followed population ; and corn and cattle,
vegetables and fruit, are daily poured from the country into the
towns, in streams of constantly increasing magnitude. The quan-
tity of fertilizing residua resulting from the consumption of these
provisions, and requiring, in fair husbandry, restoration to the
distant fields from which they come, undergoes, of course, propor-
tionate augmentation ; and the problem of their re-conveyance to
the land has been, and still is, one of annually increasing diffi-
culty.

During the earlier development of the factory-system, the old
mode of urban defecation, by means of cesspools emptied periodi-
-eally, was in vogue ; and much of the night-soil produced in the
great manufacturing towns found its way back from these stagnant
receptacles to the land.

But as the populations assembled in these industrial encampments
^rew vaster and more dense, diseases of the so-called zymotir class
became more and more rife among them ; and though the respec-
tive causes of the several forms which zymotic or febrile disease
assumes remained unknown, it was gradually established by pro-
fessional investigations that they had all one common favoring
condition in the putrescent efiluvia of stagnant filth.

To the few scientific inquir^^rs who traced out this relation, it
became apparent that the stagnant cesspool system was radically
Ticious, and must be rooted out at any cost. They perceived
that urban populations could only be preserved from febrile disease
by the daily removal of their ejecta before its entry into the state
of putrefaction ; and for this end a system of house and street
drains, kept constantly washed with abundant supplies of water,
seemed to aff'ord the readiest means.

Here again the power of steam was on the side of progress.

110 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April^

The public water-supply of towns, no longer led, as of old, in
wooden pipes, to public fountains, thence to be fetched in pail and
pitcher to the dwellings, was urged by steam-pumps at high pres-
sure, through iron pipes having lateral branches, into the houses
themselves, and even up to their highest floors. This permitted
the adoption of Bramah's water-closet (a capital invention) with its
swift water-rush and trapped exit- drain, instead of the noisome
privy, untrapped and waterless, with its stagnant pit of putrescence
beneath. And though Bramah's closet itself was a costly piece of
mechanism, cheaper contrivances of like kind soon followed,
bringing within reach of the poor as well as the rich the inesti-
mable blessing of cleanly defecation.

These ameliorations had, however, gained but little attention,
and were but slowly making their way, when, in 1833, the views
of their advocates received at once a terrible confirmation and a

powerful impulse, by the sudden outburst of the Asiatic cholera.
*******¥r*¥r****** The

consternation it produced was universal ; and it gave rise to that
remarkable series of resoarches, conclusions, and practical reforms,
known collectively as the modern Sanitary Movement.

Under this new influence the substitution of flowing drains for
stagnant cess-pools was carried on with much increased activity ;
though obstructed by a vehement controversy as to the proper
size and form of the drains. Small circular stone-ware tubes were
recommended by one party ; large brick flat-bottomed sewers by
the other. The tubular system happily proved to be the cheapest
as well as the best ; and its advocates, after a ten years' struggle,
finally carried the day. Whole towns are now drained through
12-inch pipes, which would formerly have been deemed of scant
dimansion for the draina«re of a sinde mansion.

The application of the manurial streams from urban drains to
irrigate farm-lands was also warmly advocated by the sanitary
reformers, but as warmly declared impracticable by several lead-
ing engineers ; whose views upon that part of the question pre-
vailed.

The second invasion of Asiatic cholera, in 1849, gave a new
impulse to the abolition of cesspools ; and the value of tubular
drains, of small size and rapid scour, for their replacement,
had by that time obtained very general recognition. But the
leading engineers of England, while admitting, theoretically, the

1864.] CHEMISTRY OP MANURES. Ill

value of sewage to fertilize land, still denied the soundness and
economy of the mechanical arrangements proposed by ihe Sanitary
Reformers for its distribution. On an engineering question,
public opinion (not unnaturally) sided at the outset with the
engineers. The new system has had, therefore, to encounter a
professional opposition, all the more formidable for being thoroughly
conscientious. Probably that opposition, with the controversy it
has engendered, and, above all, the experiments to which it has
given rise, constitutes a wholesome ordeal to test the soundness
of the new plan, and to bring about the correction of such weak
points as it may present. But in the mean time, the application
of town sewage to farm-lands, on an extensive, national scale, has
stood, and still stands, adjourned.

Hence the present condition, obviously transitional, of the great
manufacturing and commercial towns of England; hence the in-
sufferable pollution of her streams and rivers; hence that prodig-
ious squandering of the elements of human blood, for which she is
so bitterly reproached by Liebig.

But the same mighty power of steam which brought about the cen-
tralization of the manufacturing population in great towns, with
the evils thence ensuing, and the sanitary am.^liorations by which
those evils were (in part) subdued, came fraught with other prin-
ciples also, and other events, not less influential in the development
of the manurial industry. Among these the most conspicuously
important, in their baaring upon this great industry, were the
doctrine and practice of Free Trade. The historical affiliation of
Free Tradj to steam-power is direct and obvious. The millions
congregated by steam-power had to be fed. To the working of
the new factory-system cheap corn was as necessary as cheap
coal. The restriction of bread-supplies, and, the consequent en-
hancement of their price, by artificial means, to benefit a class,,
became utterly inadmissable. Protection, always a fallacy, was
now also an anachronism ; and after a severe struggle, and a
long series of transitional expedients, the ports of England were
thrown open freely to foreign supplies of food. The cultivators
of this cold northern soil were thus exposed to the competition of
rival food-growers, tilling, beneath warmer suns, the more prolific
corn-fields of the south. Upon this unequal competition the Eng-
lish territorial proprietors entered, as upon a struggle for life or
death. Abundant manuring seciued at the outset their main, if

112 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

not their sole resource ; hence the rapid and prodigious develop-
ment of the guano-trade; hence the multiplication of manurial
products from every form of waste, as manifested in the patent
records; hence the celebrated " nitrogen theory " and the " high-
farming" system, to which allusion will presently be made;
hence, lastly, that ransacking of the whole world for bones, so
criminal in Liebig's view.

Application of Steam-Power to Agriculture. — But
steam-power, which has imposed upon the British cultivator this
Btrusrarle for existence, brinors him also the means of issuino; victo-
rious from the encounter. Why may not the steam-urged plough-
share pass to and fro through the field, as the steam-driven shut-
tle passes through the fabric in the loom ? If pure water can be
pumped by steam-power at an infinitesimal cost into a town for
its supply, why may not the very same water, enriched with the
eject I of the population, and so converted into a powerful manure,
be also pumped out of the town by steam-power, and applied to
maintain the fertility of the land ? In a word, why may not hus-
bandry rise, in its turn, from the rank of a handicraft to that of
a mmufictare ; the farm be organized and worked like a faciory ;
and food, like every other commodity, be at length produced by
steam-power f These questions are now in every mouth; and
the agricultural revolution they imply appears to be, at this mo-
ment, in course of accomplishment by the English people. Already,
on many an English farm, the characteristic tall fac^o y-chimney
is seen rising among the trees; the steam-engine is heard panting
below; and the rapid thres ing-wheel, with its noisy revolutions,
supersedes the laborer's tardy flail.

Already, at som3\vhat fewer points, the farm-locomotive stands
Bmjking in tka field, winding to and fro, round the anchored wind-
lass, the slender rope of steel which draws the rapid plough-share
through the soil ; thus furrowed twice as deep, and thrice as fast,
as formerly by man and horse ; and thus economically enriched
with proportionately-increased supplies of atmospheric plant-food.
And lastly, already, at still rarer intervals, the subterranean pipes
for sewage-irrigation ramify beneath the fields, precisely as the
pipes for water-distribution ramify beneath the streets of the adja-
cent town ; the propelling power being in both cases that of
steam.

These innovations are doubtless still experimental; and like

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 113

all innovations, they are vaunted by some with premature zeal as
]3erfect ; while others, with pardonable scepticism, decry them as
utterly impracticable. Truth for the present seems to lie between
these extremes. The steam-plough, though answering well in
large and level fields with favorable soils, still requires adaptation to
less easy conditions of tillage. The Tubular Irrigating system is
still liable to the sudden influx of storm-waters, over-burdening,
and often over-mastering, the steam-pumps, so as seriously to inter-
fere with the economy of the distributive operation. But inventive
research and practical experiment are rapidly proceeding side by
side, and every year, not to say every month, sees some fresh truth
elicited, some previous " impossibility" achieved.

Utilization op Urban Ejecta as Manure. — The separa-
tion of surface-water from sewage is, by a certain number, confi-
dently relied on to solve the problem of sewage utilization, in con-
formity with Mr. F. 0. Ward's formula, — " the rainfall to the
river, the sewage to the soiiy Others are of opinion that sewage,
even when diluted by admixture with rain-swollen brooks, may
be economically pumped on the land. A third party believe
gravitation to be the only economical distributive power for
sewage ; and open gutters, contoured along the undulating ground,
the only channels suited for its conveyance.

On these mechanical questions the Keporter, as a chemist, has
of course no opinion to ofi"er. But that the reckless squandering
of town-sewage to the sea, if continued on its present prodigious
scale, must, in a few generations, justify the worst forebodings of
Liebig, and that the same steam-power which has induced the
evil can alone supply the remedy, the Reporter confidently believes.

[Here follows a notice of the systems of urban defecation pur-
sued in Baden and in Japan, with the remarks of Liebig thereon.]

The organization of the so-called " Continuous tubular circula-
ting system," by which, with the aid of steam-power, the healthy
and ceaseless interchange of pure water and manurial liquor
between town and country is now sought to be achieved, seems
destined to constitute the mechanical compliment of the great
ehemico-physiological truths promulgated by Justus Liebig ; from
whose powerful genius the promoters of this plan anxiously antici-
pate not merely its adoption, but its incorporation in his great
agricultural edifice, as its crown and pinnacle.

It is not however pretended by the warmest advocates of this

Vol. I. H No. 2.

114 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,.

system, that it can be accomplished by a single generation. It is
admitted, on the contrary, that the complete tubularization of the
farms of Europe must be a task as gradual as the complete drain
and water pipeage of her towns, or as the universal extension of
her railway and electric communications. But as the magnitude
of such a project may be, for many minds, the very pivot on which
their judgment of it, favorable or adverse, may turn, the Keporter
quotes here, from a speech of Mr. F. 0. Ward (in 1855), some
remarks bearing on this point.

" It is argued," said the speaker, after adverting to the cost of
the requisite pipeage, — " it is argued from this vast expenditure,
and widely-extended range of distribution, that the plan is imprac-
ticable. But I think this resembles the arguments used against
gas-lighting at the outset. ' What !' it was said in the old days of
oil-lamps, to the daring innovators who proposed gas-lighting, ' do
you seriously ask us to tear up all the streets of our towns, and
lay down thousands of miles of subterranean arteries, to circulate
a subtile vapor through every street and into every house, to do, at the
costs of millions upon millions, what our lamps and candles already
do sufficiently well?' Such was the language used ; and the pro-
posal of gas-lighting was regarded at the outset, by the majority
of mankind, as the wildest and most visionary halluncination.
But when Murdoch's factory had been illuminated with gas, the
whole problem was virtually solved ; and when the first line of gas-
lights burned along Pall Mall, the illumination of all the towns of
Europe became a mere question of time. Just so, when the first
farm was successively laid down with irrigating tubes for the
distribution of liquid manure, there ceased to be any force in the
argument about the quality and cost of pipeage for this purpose.
=^ * * Nor should we be deterred from grappling with the sewage
problem by contemplating the vast magnitude of the results to
which it will lead in the course of time — of generations, perhaps,
when the whole subsoil of Europe will probably be piped for the
distribution of liquid manure, just as all Flanders is already honey-
combed with tanks for its storage."

Summary of the Manure-Question in its Historical
Relations. — If the foregoing views be correct, the present pecu-
liar and provisional condition of the manurial industry in England
is due to a series of concatenated influences, springing from the
invention of the steam-engine as their common source, and com-

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 115

prising the development, under its influence, of the modern manu-
facturing system, with its centralized swarms of population, —
leading, on the one hand, to increased demand for food, and to the
consequent proclamation of Free trade, — leading also, on the other
hand, to reiterated invasion of Asiatic pestilence, and to the conse-
quent abandonment of the cesspool-system, in favor of certain
tubular arrangements, designed for the continuous removal and
utilization of the manurial waters, and now in midway course of
organization. Wholesome controversy, the mother of experiment
enlightens, while it retards this revolution ; and if, meanwhile, as
Liebig alleges, England " sucks, vampire-like, the blood of Europe,"
it is because she herself (in this sense) bleeds from a thousand
wounds. As the closure of these, now her most ardent desire
shall be progressively accomplished, so, in like proportion, will she
be absolved from further need of the sanguinary supplies, for which
she now pays so dear. To drop metaphor, — as the new circulatino*
mechanism for the utilization of sewage-manure shall be progres-
sively worked out and realized in England, so, in like degree will
her importations of manure fall oflf; till at last, when her manu-
rial circulation shall be complete, the course of the manure-trade
may be reversed, and England may be in a condition to send back
to the continents which supply her with food, the fertilizing ele-
ments therein contained, or their equivalent.

In some degree, no doubt, the development of the human race
accelerated as it assuredly will be by more abundant food-supplies,
may tend to prevent these manurial economies, by the absorption
in incieasing quantities, of what may be termed man's floatino-
capital of phosphates — to wit, those held in human skeletons and
blood. But large reserves of these, and of all other fertilizing mate-
rials, are fortunately open to our exploitation, in the as yet unap-
propriated domains of nature, — the ocean, the atmosphere, and the
underlying strata of the earth. To these mineral sources the
manufacturer of manures, guided in this respect by the general
course of modern industrial history, will doubtless have recourse in
an increasing degree. By aid of the steam-engine, as already ex-
plained, we are enabled to draw from the air, and to fix in the
rapidly and economically comminuted soil, increased supplies of
volatile plant-food. The same system will assist to open up, for
use (not waste), the phosphatic and alkaline reserves of the soil.
To the increasing substitution of fossil for recent bones, as raw

116 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

material, in the superpliosphate manufacture, reference has already
been made ; and in the section on potash, the new means at our
disposal for extracting this fertilizer from the ocean and the
primitive rocks, have been set forth at length.*

It is not necessary however to pursue these reasonings further ;
nor to trace, to a more distant future, the probable influence of
foregone and contemporary events on the course of the man urial in-
dustry. The Reporter will have accomplished his wish should the
attention of governments and individuals throughout the world be
directed by these cursory remarks to the double revolution, Sani-
tary and Agricultural, now taking place in England ; and to the
signal benefits likely to accrue therefrom to the British nation, and
ultimately to the whole human race.

Modern Theory of Plant-Nutrition. Nature and
Operation of Manures. — Quitting the historical aspect of the
question, the Reporter proposes now to oflFer a few remarks on
the nature and modus operandi of manures, and on the grand and
simple laws which govern their relations to the soil and the crop.
For the clear apprehension of these it will be necessary, in the
first instance, briefly to direct attention to the nature and func-
tions of plants, and to the modern theory of their alimentation.
Growing as they do, with their leaves spread forth in the air, and
their roots radiating in the soil, plants necessarily draw from these
media the materials of which they consist. As fertile soils are
rich in the debris of previous vegetation, such as dead roots, leaves,
and the like, crumbl d to mould or h'tmus ; and as this humus is
slightly soluble in water, which is constantly supplied to the soil in
the form of rain and dew; it was formerly and not unnaturally
(believed, that the aqueous solution of organic matter thus formed

* Reference is here made by the Reporter to a previous section of this
report, pp. 48-52. From this it appears thai the process for the economic
extraction of potash-salts from sea-water, as described by Mr. Sterry
Hunt (Canadian Naturalist, vol. iii, pp. 105-109), has been still further
perfected by Mr. Merle, who employs artificial cold to aid the process;
and has now established, in the south of France, very extensivr works
for the purpose of carrying out Mr. Balard's processes with this improve-
ment. As regards the extraction of potash from feldspathic rocks, the
late experiments of "Ward and Wynants, as noticed in the report, show
that by carefully calcining feldspar with proper proportions of lime or
chalk and fluor-spar, a frit is obtained from which nearly all the potash
may be removed in a caustic state by the action of water. — Editors.

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 117

was imbibed by the roots plunged therein, and so conveyed as food
to the living tissues. According to this view, plants were supposed
to live like animals, on organic food, more or less resembling ip
chemical composition the tissues which it nourished. This was
the old organic or humus theory of plant-nutrition, referred to
above as having been attacked and demolished by the great author
of the mi 'cral theory, now universally accepted. Liebig indeed
proved, in the clearest manner, partly by data ready to his hand^
partly by his own incomparable researches, that it is not possible
for plants to oi>tain their nutriment in the form of organic matter.
He showed that the "Vegetal kingdom of nature is interposed be-
tween the Mineral and the Animal Kingdoms, with the special
function of elaborating from the former the food of the latter.

Thus, for example, with reference to carbon, the weightest
solid constituent of plants, Liebig proved it to be absolutely im-
possible that a sufficient supply of this element should reach them
in the form of dissolved organic matter, or humus. In this de-
monstration Liebig took as his data, first, the ascertained solubility
of humus in rain water ; secondly, the known average quantity of
rain-water fulling annually on an acre of land ; and lastly, the
quantity of carbon annually yielded by the average crop of that
area, whether in the form of hay, timber, or corn and straw,
With these elements of calculation, Liebig demonstrated irrefrag-
ably that humus, as such, is not soluble enough to serve as plant-
food ; seeing that the whole annual rainfall, even if completely
saturated with humus, and entirely absorbed by the growing
wheat-plants, grass, or trees, would not supply a fourth part of the
carbon removed from the farm in those crops. Liebig showed
further, that the growth of perennial plants (forest trees, for ex-
ample), so far from exhausting the soil of humus, tends on the
contrary, to occasion its accumulation therein ; vegetation, in point
of fact, being a condition precedent of humus, not humus of vege-
tation.

Supply op Carbon to Plants. — Pursuins; a chain of aroru-
ment in which the researches of De Saussure, Boussinsrault, and
many others, were, by a masterly and luminous induction, brought
to bear in support of his own conceptions, Liebig established the
fact, now universally received, that carbon is conveyed to plants,
not in any org nic combination whatever, but as a mineral gas,
formed by the aid of atmospheric oxygen, and termed carbonic
acid.

118 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

The steps of research by which our present knowledge of this
matter was built up by Liebig, from data partly collected, partly
original, cannot be here enumerated, but the received view may be
thus briefly summed up : Every 32 lbs. of atmospheric oxygen
can take up, without change of volume, 12 lbs. of carbon in the
form of carbonic-acid gas. This gas, on the other hand, plants
have power to absorb by leaf and root ; and by their vital force,
coupled with the action of the solar light upon their leaves, to de-
compose. The carbon they reduce to the solid form, and fix in
their growing tissues ; the oxygen they restore to the air. The
oxygen thus liberated by living organisms takes up fresh carbon
from effete organic matter; whether from the debris of vegetables
themselves, e. g. mouldering humus, slowly oxydized within the
soil ; or from vegetal fuel (recent or fossilj rapidly oxydized by
combustion ; or from the residuary materials of animal life, circu-
lating in the blood, and eliminated by oxydation during the respi-
ratory process ; or lastly, from the final residuum of animal life,
— the corpse, which also, during its decay and dissolution, yields
carbon in abundance to the oxygen of the air. Thus, by the in-
tervention of atmospheric oxygen as its carrier, carbon, in the form
of carbonic-acid gas, is transferred from dead to living organisms,
the air constantly receiving from the former as much carbon as it
supplies to the latter.

Cosmic Equilibrium of the Atmosphere, how far
DOUBTFUL. — Whether or not the ever-active processes which
collectively supply carbon to the air exactly balance those which
perpetually co-operate to withdraw it, so as to form a perfect and
unalterable cosmic equilibrium, we do not know. The assertion
is often made, and popular writers are in the habit of extolling the
assumed arrangement as an admirable provision of nature. But
we are in truth quite ignorant on this subject ; no reliable data
having come down to us as points of comparison by which to de-
termine any variation that may have taken place, and be still in
progress, in the composition of the atmosphere. And here the
Reporter cannot but remark in passing, that it is time systematic
observations were begun in Europe, to serve as a starting-point,
or first term of comparison, by which our successors, if not our-
selves, may be enabled to elucidate this question ; than which none
can be conceived of deeper importance to mankind.

True Functions of Humus. — Reverting to the humus in

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 119

the soil, its true office, as contradistinguished from the imaginary
functions assigned it of old, may now be clearly perceived. As
living organisms feed on the carbon restored to the air by their
defunct predecessors, and as humus is but the debris of previous
vegetation in a soil, the carbonic acid developed by its decay must
play a proportionate part in nourishing the crop then in course of
growth. Hence the necessity of an atmosphere within the soil to
oxydize the humus, and thereby to reduce its carbon from the or-
ganic to the mineral condition, so as to make it assimilable by
plants. The necessity of such an underground atmosphere is an
established fact ; air being as essential as warmth and moisture to
the germination of seeds, and to the development of plants. One
of the main services rendered by ploughing consists in the loosen-
ing of the soil, and the multiplication within it of interstitial air-
spaces. Of like kind is (in one of its aspects) the benefit render-
ed by subsoil-drainage to water-logged soils ; whose interstices of
course receive air from above, as fast as the redundant water is
drained off from below. Lastly, one principal advantage of the
porosity of soils, and of their consequent surface attraction, con-
sists in their property, thence derived, of condensing and retain-
ing within their pores so much of the underground air. The oxy-
gen thus brought into close contact with humus, attacks it and
becomes charged with its carbon ; remaining thus charged, within
its pores, as carbonic-acid gas, — the appropriate mineral carbonif-
erous plant-food, as already explained. This gas, meeting with
the moisture also retained in humus by the surface-action of its
pores (termed, with reference to fluids, cajyillary attraction), is
therein dissolved, and so presented to the ramifying rootlets in the
most favorable manner for imbibition by the so-called osmotic ac-
tion of their membranous spongioles, and the suction-power devel-
oped by the evaporation of their sap from the leaves.

In this way do decaying organic bodies replenish the atmosphere,
whether above ground or below, with gaseous carbon ; which the
atmosphere, in its turn, conveys to the plants ; whose leaves appear
to inhale it as gas, but to whose roots it is supplied in watery
solution. The carbon of the plant and the carbon of the soil have
but one primal origin, the atmosphere. From this source the car-
bon constantly flows ; to this reservoir it as constantly returns.
The hutnus of the soil, and the tissues of plants, are but successive
Testing-points for carbon in its circulating course.

53

120 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

It is now easy to understand that forest-trees and other peren-
nial plants, growing slowly but continuously, year after year, and
possessing a comparatively vast expanse of foliage and of roots, can
thrive in soils less rich in mouldering humus, and therefore in
carbonic-acid gas, than is needful for certain annuals, — such as,
for instance, the wheat-plant, — whose term of existence is brief,
whose foliage scanty, whose roots small (especially during the ear-
lier stages of its development), and whose growing power is of a
proportionately delicate quality. In this latter case, art may use-
fully intervene to concentrate, within narrower limits of time and
space, the supply of carbon diiFused by nature over a more extend-
ed area and a longer term. This explanation justifies, in the case
of wheat and similar crops, additional supplies, not only of carbon,
but also of other forms of plant-food ; and it leads to the con-
sideration of " high farming," its objects, its dangers, and its
normal limits, — which may, however, be conveniently reserved
for brief elucidation further on.

Supply of Water to Plants. — Meanwhile a few remarks
are due to the plant-food next in order of weight to carbon ; viz.,
to hydrogen and oxygen ; which are supplied to plants in combi-
nation with each other, as water.

The source of this aliment is too familiar to need even indication
here. Yet the natural mechanism by which water is distributed
to plants, in the form of rain and dew, is too wonderful and beau-
tiful to be passed in silence. Shakespeare, who always arrived at
truth through beauty, was struck with the all-pervasive difi"usion
of rain, and with the admirable tempering of its descent by the
atmospheric resistance. Its soft fall upon the unruffled foliage
symbolized for him Mercy's sweet grace and " unstrained quality,"
whereof he savs,

" It droppeth as the gentle rain from heaven
Upon the plants beneath."*

Shelley too, personifying the Cloud, sings beautifully :

" I bring fresh showers for the thirsting flowers
From the seas and the streams."

A volume of prose could scarcely express with more precision and
completeness than these four lines the philosophy of the aqueous

* This is commonly printed "upon the 'place, beneath."' But as 'place
cannot be effected bj the gentleness of rainfall, and plants can, the lat-
ter seems the more likely to have been Shakespeare's word.

1864.] CHEMIRTRY OF MANURES. 121

food-supply of plants, — so finely divided, so delicately dropped^
and so grandly replenished by the colossal water-service of the
world. As indeed of carbon, so of water, the atmosphere is, for
plants, the mighty reservoir' and ever-flowing fount. In point of
fact, every cubic foot of air upholds between two and three grains
of water invisibly dissolved ; and as fast as this condenses above
to floating clouds and falling rain, so, in annual quantity precisely
equal, is it fed below by the evaporation of " ihe seas and the
streams." This process however, like all the other great opera-
tions of Nature, is subject to perturbation, in the redress of which
human Art finds its appropriate sphere. In temperate climates^
the formation, distribution, and condensation of rain-clouds take
place, on the whole, with sufficient regularity to insure, in ordinary
seasons, enough of this aliment to the crops. It is otherwise in
tropical regions. There, superfluous deluges of rain, and long-
protracted droughts, succeed each other ; so that artificial irrigation
becomes the prime condition of tropical husbandry. Irrigation
might, indeed, be fairly described as the high farming of the
tropics ; and water as their most precious manure.

Water, indeed, is not merely the vehicle of all other aliments
for plants, it is also an aliment itself— in the sense that it assumes
the solid form in their tissues, entering into their chemical con-
sitution, and contributing largely to their weight. Wood, for ex-
ample, after having been thoroughly dried, still consists, for nearly
half its weight, of the elements of water. Water, moreover, is the
chief constituent of the sap of plants ; and its rapid evaporation
from their surfaces creates the internal vacuum to whi;h they owe
the astonishing suction-power of their roots ; as Halts first proved
by his capital experiments on this subject published in 1717.

Supply of Nitrogen to Plants. — Last in order, because
least in quantity, yet by no means on that account lowest in
importance stands the nitrogen among the volatile constituents to
plants. It is of peculiar interest, as one of the costliest and most
eagerly-sought manurial elements, and as that concerning which
the principal agricultural controversy of the day is now raging.
Nitrogen like carbon, and the elements of water, has in the atmos-
phere its source and reservoir; flowing thence to living organisms,
and thither restored by their dec.iy and dissolut on after death.
It is thus difi'used, chiefly in combination with hydrogen, as am-
monia ; a gas in the highest degree diff'usible in air, soluble in

122 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [-^pril,

-water, and absorbable by porous bodies such as vegetal mould. It
is, therefore, readily washed down from the air by the rain and
dew, and as readily imbibed by the soil, and retained within its
bosom by the peculiar physico-chemical force, already referred to
as " surface-action." All fertile soils contain abundance of am-
monia thus availably presented for absorption by the roots of plants.
The leaves of plants also absorb ammonia from the air in quanti-
ties varying with the different genera and species.

It is not only however in the form of ammonia that atmos-
pheric nitrogen is supplied to plants. Nitrogen combines with at-
mospheric oxygen to an extent always appreciable, and much aug-
mented under certain circumstances (as, for instance, during light-
ning-storms), to form nitric acid; which is washed down to the
soil by the rain, and assists, certainly by its solvent powers, prob-
ably also as aliment itself, in the nutrition of plants. Nitric acid
also originates to some extent, as a secondary product of the decay
of nitrogenous organic matters ; these yielding ammonia, which
oxydation converts into nitric acid and water. Furthermore, a
nitrogen-compound, containing both hydrogen and oxygen, viz.
nitrite of ammonium, has been lately ascertained (by Schonbein)
to originate during the slow oxydation of phosphorous ; two equiv-
alents of atmospheric nitrogen taking up two equivalents of water
to produce it. Nitrite of ammonium is similarly generated (ac-
cording to Kolbe and Bottger) during the oxydation of hydrogen,
and of hydrocarbons generally. Indeed there is fair reason to sur-
mise that the generation of this salt accompanies all processes of
slow oxydation ; such as, for example, that of humus in the soil.
These facts are of the deepest interest ; and should the supposed
universality of this natural reaction, as a concomitant of slow oxi-
dation, be confirmed, a powerful light will be thrown on the nature
and source of the nitrogenous alimentation of plants. It will in-
deed be a remarkable discovery, as Liebig (who cites these facts
in his admirable work above mentioned^) justly observes, should
it be found that the very process by which carbon is rendered
available as plant-food, operates also to bring atmospheric nitro-
gen into a form in which it is assimilable by plants. f

* This view of the origin of nitrous acid and ammonia from atmos-
pheric nitrogen does not belong toSchonbien, but was previously enun-
ciated by Mr. Sterry Hunt (Canadian Journal, April, 1861). See also
Nickles, Silliman's Journal [2J, xxxv, 263-271.

t " The Natural Laws," &c., pp. 326-328, Eng. ed.

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 123

Whether free atmosplieric nitrogen is assimilable by plants is a
moot-point. M. G. Ville and others maintain that it is: M.
Boussingault, from the results of experiments extending over
twenty years, draws the oj>posite conclusion. Messrs, Lawes, Gil-
bert, and Pugh, in an elaborate paper lately published,* record the
result of a series of valuable experiments on this point ; and their
conclusions are confirmatory of M. Boussingault's view. This
therefore appears to be the opinion supported by the prepondera-
ting weight of experimental evidence ; a circumstance which ren-
ders Schonbein's observation, and the conclusion to which it points,
doubly interesting and important.

Atmospheric Derivation of Plants and Humus. — Thus
far the atmosphere, and the moisture and gases it contains, supply
the food on which plants live ; the soil serving merely as a sponge
to bring into contact with the roots their share of this air-derived
food. Even the carbon yielding humus, though it immediately
surrounds the roots, supplies them not directly, but only
through the intervention of what has been above termed the under-
ground atmosphere, by which it is slowly burned. Each successive
generation of plants leaves its roots and other debris behind it ;
thus replenishing the soil with a fresh stock of air-derived humus,
•eremacausis, or decay, in its turn. Every shower washe> down
nitrouen, in its acid or alkaline form, from the air; and the same
cloud-supplied water furnishes the crops with their oxygen and hy-
drogen. It is evident that from centuries of such plant-growth
as this no exhaustion of the soil would ensue.

There is certainly no result of modern investigation more calcu-
lated to strike the mind with wonder and admiration than this
fact,— that the mighty forests which clothe the earth, and all the vast
expanse of herbage and waving crops, and all the living animals
which feed on these and each other, including man himself, the
lord of all, are built up, so far as concerns nineteen-twentieths of
their weight, entirely of invisible gases and vapor supplied by the
atmosphere.

Thus upheld, and moving with the wind, the carbon and nitro-
gen compounds chiefly diffused below, the watery clouds suspended
above to wash them down, these, the materials of the whole or-
ganic kingdom, hover invisible around us ; and by a distributive
mechanism the most grand and simple that can be conceived, all

* Lawes, Gilbert, and Pugh, ''Phil. Trans." vol. cli, p. 431, 1861.

124 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aprilj,

animated nature is wafted, as on wings, to every corner of the
habitable earth. No mountain-fastness so remote, no wild so deso-
late, no ocean rock so lonely and so bare, but thither also float,
and there descend, the viewless elements of life dissolved in air.
The tiny lichen, that scarce stains the wave-worn cliff, in its wild
solitude is not alone. Its food is floated to it day by day; and
the same elements, sailing on the same winds, build up the deli-
cate tissues by means of which it lives, and furnish the oxalic acid
wherewith it excavates the grave that holds its dust when dead.
That dust, be it remembered, is the primitive humus, and the ear-
liest form of soil. It is derived, like the lichen itself, from the air,
and it confirms the saying of Liebeg, that it is not humus which
generates plants, but plants which engender humus.

(To be continued.)

ON PISCICULTURE.

The importance of the artificial breeding of fish, which the
French have dignified with the name of pisciculture, is such that
we have thought well to bring before our readers some of the
results obtained in England and in Norway. For this we are in-
debted in the first place to a lecture recently delivered in London
by Frank Buckland, Esq., and published in The Journal of the
Society of Arts, for March 11, 1864. This lecture we have some-
what abridged. In the second place, we extract a very interesting
chapter from Rev. M. E. Barnard's Sport in Norway, giving
a description of the method of fish-breeding pursued in that coun-
try. Lastly, we copy from The Angler- Naturalist, an excellent
book by H. C. Pennell, lately published by Van Voorst, what the
author designates as Proved Facts in the History of the Salmon.
— Editors.

On Fish-Hatching : By Frank Buckland.

This is one of the most practical applications of the study of
natural history that has been brought to notice of late years. The
mode of hatching valuable fish, such as the trout and salmon, by
artificial means, is no longer an experiment. It has, I have been
pleased to see, been lately gazetted by public consent to the rank.

1864.] ON PISCICULTURE. 125

of a science, which is every year attracting more attention. I shall
not weary you by entering into the history of the art : suffice it to
say, that the first discoverers were two poor French fishermen,
Gehin and Rerai. All honor to their namosfor the great good they
have done to their fellow-creatures.

You will find in books a statement repeated over and over again,
— a fault very common in treatises on natural history, — that the
Chinese were the first to practice pisciculture. But let me tell
you what their pisciculture consists of. They have no idea (I
have it from the best authority, viz. of officers in the army who
have travelled there) of hatching fish in troughs, such as we see in
European establishments, nor have they yet arrived at the practice
of impregnating the eggs artificially. What they do is this : They
observe the spawn of fish hanging about the bushes, having been
placed there by the fish themselves. They collect this spawn, hang
it up in tubs and ponds, and let it hatch out of itself. But though
they have not the science that we have, yet they are pisciculturists
in a most practical manner ; for I have it on the authority of an
eye-witness, that when the Chinese flood their paddy or rice fields
with water, they turn out into those flooded fields large numbers
of fish, which feed upon the worms, insects, &c., which they find
in the mud, and this without injury but rather benefit to the plants
themselves. When the fields have had enough water, the Chinese
water-farmer opens the hatchways, catches what fish are fat enough
and sends them to market ; the others he lets out into another
fresh-flooded paddy-field for a pasture. In fact, the Chinese herd
their fish, and drive them from one pasture to another, just as a
shepherd drives his sheep from one field to another. These fish
are, it is said, great coarse things, and appear to be something
between a chub and a tench. There are, I believe, no representa-
tives of the Salmonidae in China.

Leaving the history of the subject at this point, I would now
proceed to the practice of the art. There may be some who say,
VV^hy not let the fish breed for themselves ? Doubtless, if left alone
in a perfect natural state, they would multiply themselves to an
enormous extent, as is the cise, I am told, at Petropaulowski,
where the salmon are occasionally left high and dry by the subsid-
ing of the floods, and such numbers of them perish in this way as
to cause a plague by the putrefaction of their bodies.

When we consider the vast number of eggs which nature

126 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^Pl'i^

has given to fish, it is a wonder, indeed, that all the world is not fish.
The eggs of fish are simply the hard roe of fish ; and if you ex-
amine the next red-herring for breakfast you will find that the
hard roe is composed of a large number of little balls, each of which
might possibly come to a fish. You will find in books on natural
history the number of eggs in fish. Not trusting altogether to
these statements, I have been at some considerable pains to count
the eggs* of the following fish. To begin with the salmon, these
fish carry about 1,000 eggs to a pound of their weight; so if we
can get a fish weighing twenty-five pounds, we have no less than
25,000 eggs.

If therefore a female salmon weighing 20 lbs. deposited her
eo-o-s in some safe place, and they all eventually became marketable
fish, which would be in three or four years' time, we should find
that the eggs of this one salmon would yield no less than 178 tons
11 cwt. of salmon fit for food ; and supposing we put this down at
2s. per lb., it would be worth £40,000. Even supposing only a
quarter of the young fish ever became marketable, still this one
fish would yield a value of £10,000, and all without costing any
human being a half-penny for food. A trout of one pound weight
contains over 1000 eggs, a perch of half a pound 20,592, a smelt
of two ounces 36,652, a sole of one pound 134,466, a herring of
half a pound 19,840, a mackerel of one pound 86,120, and a cod
of twenty pounds not less than 4,872,000 eggs, while an oyster
yields about 1,500,000.

It may be asked, therefore, what becomes of all the eggs of the

* The way to count the eggs is this : Make a few cuts with a knife in
the membrane which contains the roe, and then plunge it into water
which is, at the moment of immersion, positively at the boiling-point.
Being composed of albumen, the eggs obey the natural law and coagu-
late in an instant. Then add a little common salt, and continue to boil
the eggs till they all become quite detached from the membrane, and
swim about in the water, loose like marbles. If they adhere to the mem-
brane, they should be gently removed by a short brush, or by shaking in
the boiling water. I then, when all the eggs are quite loose, draw off the
water and pour the eggs into a dish, drying them slowly in the
sun, or in an oven, the door of which is left open to prevent their
becoming baked into lumps. I then weigh the whole mass of eggs, and
put down the total weight on paper. After which I weigh out five grains
of the mass, and get them counted over carefully under a magnifying
hand-glass, on white paper. This is ladies' work.

1864.] ON PISCICULTURP. 127

salmon, trout, &;c. ? The same thing that happens to the com-
mon fowl happens to the fish. In the case of the fowl, we ourselves
eat many thousands of eggs, and we know how good they are for
various culinary purposes. And as in the case of the fowl, so also
with the fish-esrors : there are enemies innumerable that seek to
destroy them ; even the water itself is occasionally antagonistic to
their well-being.

First of all, then, many of the fish's eggs do not get at all im-
pregnated, or, not becoming properly buried in the gravel, are
washed away by the stream. In proof of this I would mention
the following : There are no good spawning-places in the Thames ;
the fish — and the Thames trout are really fine fish — are therefore
obliged to deposit their eggs in the rapids in the centre of the
stream. Some of the nests where trout had been actually seen to
deposit their eggs have lately been carefully examined, and not a
single egg could be found : they had all been carried away by the
stream, or devoured by insects, of which thousands were found in
the nest. A friend, writing from Hampshire, says that he has
examined the nests where the salmon have been seen to spawn, but
no eggs could be found. Even supposing the eggs have been
properly deposited in the nests, down come the floods and over-
whelm the place. Thus, my friend Mr. T. Ashworth informs me,
that at the beginning of the season over 275,000 eggs were taken
from salmon and placed in his hatching-boxes. Immediately after
this was done, the waters arose, and of the eggs which had
been exposed to their violence hardly one could have survived.
Then again, we have the reverse of floods, i. e. the droughts,
which leave the eggs exposed ; or, as it happens in Hampshire, the
fish lay their eggs in what is called " the drawings " ; the water is
let ofi" them, and the eggs of course perish. Fish again are great
enemies to their own eggs. I have myself frequently seen two or
three small trout hiding behind the nest, and as the female deposited
her eggs, swim after and eat them. Trout have also been often
observed, with their tails in the air, robbing the nests. Even
females will eat their own eggs. What wonder then that trout
should be so scarce when both father and mother devour their
ofifspring. I myself have frequently, from the maws of trout,
taken eggs which they had stolen from the spawning-beds ; and my
friend Mr. Ashworth tells me that he has actually hatched out
500 eggs taken from the mouth of one fish-robber.

128 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

Supposing tlie eggs to have been properly laid in their nests,
they become the prey of pests innumerable. The larva of the may-
fly and the dragon-fly justly called the river-tiger) act the same
part to the fish-eggs in the water as do the hedgehogs and other
vermin to the pheasant-eggs on land.

Among birds the fish-eggs have many enemies as well as friends.
The chief of the former are common ducks, which, with their spade-
like bills, soon get all the eggs out of the nests and devour them.
The swans, though very graceful ornaments in a pond, do a deal
of mischief to the fish, especially in the Thames. Two birds, the
water-ouzel and dab-chick, have been accused as poachers after fish-
eggs. I have examined the crops of several of these birds, and have
invariably found them to contain the remains of insects, but no fish-
eggs. This matter was fully discussed at the Zoological Society,
and the verdict first arrived at was '' not proven," and on second
consideration the water-ousel was fully acquitted from the charge
of eating spawn. True it is he is ever feeding upon the spawning-
beds ; he goes there to eat the insects that are devouring the eggs,
but he himself does not touch them at all.

The moor-hens, however, I am pretty sure, will eat the eggs
of the fish. A good observer tells me that one morning the moor-
hens got to his hatching-boxes and cleared all the eggs out of them.
There is another bird which does a good deal of harm to the fish-
hatcher. A friend writes to me to say that he has killed several
king-fishers under the wires where his fish were confined. Herons
also are terribly destructive to the fish in the spawning-beds.

We have seen what becomes of the fish's eggs if they are left
to themselves. It is necessary, therefore, for man to interfere, and
take the eggs from the fish and keep them under his charge. In
ail matters of interference with nature, we cannot do better than
take nature herself as a guide. We observe that the fish makes her
nest of her own accord in a rapid, shallow, and gravelly stream.
We therefore must put the eggs in an artificial nest where the fol-
lowing requisites are present : a stream more or less rapid ; gravel ;
darkness; and perfect quiet. This stream must be allowed to
run over the eggs perpetually, day and night, until the yo jng fish
are hatched out, just as it would do in the brook.

At the piscicultural establishment at Haningue, in France, the
eggs are placed upon glass rods, such as I now show you, during
the time of incubation. I would however most humbly beg to

1864.] ON PISCICULTURE. 129

diflfer from the great authorities who use the glass bars : for in the
first place, the fish do not find glass bars at the bottom of the water
on which to deposit their eggs, but they always find gravel; in
the second, it is absolutely necessary that the egg should be per-
fectly motionless for some thirty-five or forty days. If you place
a round egg against two glass bars which are also round, the whole
being under water, you at once get the best possible conditions for
motion of the egg on the glass bar at the slightest touch, and you
certainly do not get what you chiefly want, — perfect immobility ;
for if the water be turned on from a tap a little too fast, or you
happen to touch one egg with a camel-hair brush, all the eggs in
the box immediately run against each other, and begin to dance
and roll about. Again, when the young fish begin to hatch out,
their umbilical bags very often get caught between the bars, and
then they perish ; or if they fall through, they get into water that
is much too deep for them, and whence it is very difficult to
extract them without disturbing every egg in the box. This is
done in the French plan, by taking out a cork and letting the
water run off from under the bars.

By placing the eggs on gravel, on the contrary, all this diffi-
culty is obviated. The eggs can be placed so that they do not
touch one another ; so that the dead ones do not contaminate their
live neighbors, and may be easily picked out by a pair of forceps ;
so that the inequalities of the gravel will keep them perfectly
steady ; so that the young fish when coming out of the egg
— like the young snake casting his skin in a furze-bush — may have
facilities afi"orded him to get rid of his shell, and be not like his
neighbor on glass bars, who slips about thereon like a clumsy
skater upon well-swept ice.

You will observe, of course, when you examine the fish-hatchino*
boxes now in the room, that we do not in one respect adhere to
nature ; that is, we do not cover the eggs with gravel, as does the
parent fish. The only reason why the parent fish buries her eggs
is because of the light, which is unfavorable. All roots and seeds
of plants, we may observe, are buried in the ground ; it would ap-
pear, therefore, that at first darkness is absolutely necessary for the
development of the first germs of life. Again, if the eggs are
exposed to the light, a white fungus immediately appears
upon them. All this is obviated in a moment by placing wooden
covers on the boxes, for these keep out all the light, and obviate
Vol. I. I No. 2.

130 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [-^P^ilj

all the inconveniences of bringing the eggs where you cannot see
them, and cannot watch their progress.

There are two kinds of hatching-apparatus, which may be used ;
— one out of doors, for carrying out operations on a large scale ; and
the other for use on a smaller scale in-doors.

I far prefer the in-door apparatus, which is very simple in con-
struction, more certain of success, cleaner, neater, and at the same
time affords the great pleasure to the owner of being able to ob-
serve the progress of the eggs. The slate-boxes on the tables are
those used by my friend, Mr. Ponder, at Hampton, in which
he has hatched so many thousands of fish, paying for the
boxes out of his own pocket, and giving his time gratuitously
for the Thames Angling Preservation Society. They are three feet
long, and three and a half inches deep. They should be placed one
above the other, after the manner of the steps of a staircase, and so
arranged that the water runs through them all in zigzag m anner.
Some gravel, about the size of peas, must be obtained from a gravel
pit, not from the river-side. It must be well boiled to destroy all the
seeds of vegetation, be washed perfectly clean, and then placed in the
troughs, so that there should be an inch of gravel, an inch of water,
and an inch above the water. Place in the eggs, put on the wooden
covers, see that the stream runs properly, and leave them entirely
alone in the boxes. Such as these have this year, at Hampton,
hatched out, and are still hatching out no less than 124,700
fish and eggs.

All that is requisite is a gentle and incessant flow of water, and
what is water enough for one trough is, as a matter of necessity,
enough for half-a-dozen or so. In London houses the supply of
water is often limited ; it is a comfort therefore to know that the
same water can be used again twice or three times.

If you wish to hatch your fish in boxes out of doors, you must
adopt the same principle as that applied to in-door boxes, recollect-
ing the requisites, — a clear running stream, clean gravel, and dark-
ness. Full details of both in-door and out-door apparatus, and
also the proper mode of working them, can be found in my little
book.*

The eggs having been placed in the boxes and left totally undis-
turbed, in course of time the eyes of the young fish will be seen
like two black spots in the egg. The time required for this ap-
pearance to exhibit itself depends entirely on the temperature.

* Fish-hatching. Tinsley Brothers, Catherine Street, Strand. Price 5s.

1864.] ON PISCICULTURE. 131

The proper temperature of the water, both in and out of doors
ought to range from 40° to 50°. Mr. Ponder's observations tell
him that at this temperature it requires thirty-five days for the
eyes to appear, and that they hatch out fourteen days afterwards.
The same result has been obtained by him for two successive
seasons with very little variation. Again, he has observed that
when the temperature was 50° (in the spring of the year) the
eyes of the fish were visible in twenty-six days, and that he
hatched them out in ten days afterwards. Lay it down
however for an axiom, that the higher the temperature for the
egg the weaker the fish produced from the egg. Anything above
50° is weakeninsr.

The first fish hatched out from a batch are the weakest, the last
are the healthiest ; when however they once begin to hatch, they
will come out all in a mass, two, three, or four thousand of a
morning. The proper temperature for trout and salmon eggs is
40° to 50°.

Grayling however appear to be an exception to this rule. Mr.
Ponder has obtained a fair supply of the ova of these fish, which
the Thames Angling Preservation Society are introducing in the
Thames. The quantity obtained amounted to between fifteen and
twenty thousand ; and though several of these died, for they are
most delicate things to carry, the remainder did very well. They
are much more delicate than trout-ova, both in appearance and
hatching, and seem to die at the least provocation. They are beau-
tifully transparent, and, when viewed in the sun, of a lovely opales-
cent hue. He has discovered about these a most interesting, and
I believe, a novel fact. The body of the fish is perfectly visible
in nine days, and the fish will actually hatch out of the egg in
fourteen days.

All difficulties and trouble with the eggs having been overcome,
we are at length rewarded by seeing the young fish begin to come
out of the egg. At this time the tail of the fish may be observed
moving from side to side with a rapid vibratory movement inside
the egg. The young fish, when hatched, increase in size daily ;
and the darkening of the transparent substance which would
eventually be the body, and the development of the fins, have al-
ready proved one fact, and this (as the question has frequently been
put to me) I shall venture now to mention. The eggs do not
grow — i. e., they do not increase in circumference or in diame-

132 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aprils.

ter, — but tlie fish inside the egg most certainly increases in bulk^
till at last it becomes so large that the egg-shell suddenly bursts^
and out comes the young fish.

In the gradual development of the young salmon and trout we?
begin with a globule of albumen. We see within it a faint line, and
two black spots. Day by day these become larger, till the young
fish is born. After this, the umbilical vesicle is absorbed, the
color appears on the scales, the long single crests, which one ob-
serves at birth running down the upper and lower parts of the
body, resolve themselves, as it were by magic, into the various fins
distinctive of the adult creature, and we have a perfect fish
before us.

It is most interesting to watch an egg at the moment of hatch-
ing. You may happen to be gazing on a particular egg, when of
a sudden you will see it split in twain, at the part corresponding
with the back of the fish; you will then see a tiny head with
black eyes and a long tail appear, and you will see the new-born
creature give several convulsive shudders in his attempts to free
himself from the now useless shell. Poor little fellow ! he can't
manage to get out : the shell is too tight for him. Take, there-
fore, a soft hair-pencil, press lightly on the egg-shell, — he seems to
know you are his friend, — he gives another vigorous kick or two
and presto ! he is free, and has commenced life. If we judge
from his motions, he must enjoy it, for away he swims as fast as
his tiny and wriggling tail will carry him, round and round in
a circle, and then plump down he goes to the bottom of the tank,
and reclines on his side, breathing freely with his gills for the
first time in his life.

It would appear that it is not possible for the fish to remain
long enough in the egg to come out ready to eat food at once, as
is the case with the ovo-vivipaious creatures. They have therefore
attached to their belly a bag, which contains the nourishment that
the young fish must absorb before they are able to shift for them-
selves. The moment the contents of the bag are gone, they begin
to feed with the mouth.

In various creatures the progress of development is different.
Thus, for instance, in the human baby, the first portion of the body
developed is the lower jaw, and this for an obvious reason, because
the most material want of the baby is to obtain the mother's milk
by suction.

1864.] ON PISCICULTURE. 133

Now, in the case of the fish, nature has kindly packed up all the
nourishment that it will want for some six or eight weeks in a neat
little bag or parcel, which she has affixed to the body of the fish in
such a manner that it can be absorbed into the system ; while as
the fish does not suck milk like a warm-blooded animal, its lower
jaw is not developed.

What is, then, the most important organ to the young fish ?
He has numerous enemies, and it is his first object to get out of
their way. The eyes, therefore, are the organs which first arrive at
perfection. The eye is in perfect working order at the moment of
birth, though the rest of the body is far from complete.

One of my many visitors to the tanks at the Field newspaper
office, where I exhibited the process last year, was narrating to
me how he once caught an enormous saimon in the Tay, weighing
some thirty odd pounds ; this put the idea into my head to weigh
one of my salmon. He has, poor little fellow, a deal to make up
before he arrives at tljirty pounds, for at present (four days old)
he hardly turns the scale at two grains.

By the kindness of Mr. Ashworth, of Cheadle, near Manches-
ter, I am enabled to show you a drawing of the young fish which
weighs about two grains. He has also given me the following
observations as regards the increase of weight in the young
salmon : The fry at three days old is about two grains in weight.
At sixteen months old it has increased to two ounces, or 410 times
its first weight. At twenty months old, after the smelt has been
in the sea, it has become a grilse of eight and a half pounds : it
has increased sixteen times in three or four months. At two
years and eight months old it becomes a salmon of twelve to
fifteen pounds in weight ; after which its increased weight of
growth has not been ascertained, but by the time it becomes
thirty pounds in weight it has increased to 115,200 times the
weight it was at first.

Among the numerous progeny of fishes, it could hardly be
expected that all of them would be straight-limbed and healthy ;
we find, therefore, occasionally, but not very commonly, crippled
and deformed fish. Thus I show you, this evening, diagrams and
living specimens of a fish of a cork-screw shape, also of a fish with
four eyes and one head, also of a salmon and of a charr with two
heads and one body. I take the greatest care of these fish, and
trust they will live, and should they be caught hereafter by any
angler they would astonish him.

134 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

As regards the practical treatment of the young fish, and the
question as to when they should be turned out into the stream,
as well as many other points, I must beg to refer again to my
little book on fish-hatching.

Having had now two years' practical experience in hatching
fish, I bethought me whether this year I could not somewhat add
to the science of the matter, and have therefore instituted several
experiments as regarded the duration of the vitality of the milt
and ova, whether kept separate in bottles, or taken from dead fish.
This, I am convinced, is a most important point, and it may pos-
sibly lead to many practical results. The first experiment which
I tried was with a fish found dead in the river, having been
killed by a heron, and which had probably been dead twenty-four
hours. The eggs, which I impregnated with fresh milt, are now
in my boxes, and very few of them have died.

I have also tried a series of experiments as regards keeping
the milt and ova separate in bottles for times varying from ten
minutes up to sixty-eight hours. The results hitherto have been
favorable, but I cannot be certain that fish will hatch out of these
eggs. Should however the experiment succeed, the important
practical bearing of this will at once be perceptible. Thus for in-
stance I impregnated at Worcester some salmon-ova fresh from the
fish, with trout-milt which had been sixty-eight hours in a bottle,
but very few of these eggs are as yet dead. Again, I brought
some salmon -eggs from Worcester and impregnated them with
fresh trout-milt at Mr. Samuel Gurney's, Carshalton. The eggs in
this case were twenty-nine hours old.

It is generally a difficult matter to get the eggs, whether of
trout or salmon, properly operated upon, and then sent from a dis-
tance to the hatching-boxes ; it therefore occurred to me that if
I could possibly get the eggs from dead fish to hatch equally a&
well as those from live fish, it would save a great deal of time and
expense, as well as trouble. Fish therefore have been sent up to me
dead, packed in moss, and I have taken the eggs from them after
twelve hours, twenty-four hours, and eighty hours. It is almost
impossible to tell from any test that I know of, whether these eggs
have been properly impregnated. Time alone will prove this. If the
experiment succeed, we shall be able to write to our friends in the
extreme north of Scotland, or in the furthermost part of Ireland^
and ask them to catch the fish and send them to London, where

1864.] ON PISCICULTURE. 135

they can be operated upon just as well as though an express mes-
senger had been sent many hundred miles to do it.

Those who have experienced the sad disappointments that I
have had with eggs sent even from short distances, and supposed
to have been properly operated on, which arrive quite hard, white^
and opaque, and, of course dead (the cause of this being generally
the shaking of the railway, or bad packing), can appreciate the
immense advantage of operating on dead fish. Now if we never
unpack the eggs at all, and leave them as nature has herself
arranged, then we shall have more chances of success than by the
clumsy attempts of human hands to send them in a tin or glass
vessel. The only objection to the plan is that the parent fish are
of a necessity destroyed, which is not the case when they are
treated in the usual manner.

I have often been asked if operating on fish and taking their
eggs from them killed them ? My answer is that we have this year
taken over one hundred thousand trout-eggs, and have not killed,
to my knowledge, one single fish, male or female. Those gentle-
men, therefore, who have been good enough to allow us to operate
on their fish,^ whether salmon or trout, need not be in the least
fear that any injury has been done to the fish, who, for aught I
know to the contrary, may really feel much obliged to us for the
trouble we have saved them of making their nests and depositing
their eggs.

It has been objected by some that these experiments with dead
fish, and with milt and ova taken from fish, and kept separate many
hours, have been tried before. In the Field of Feb. 27, 1864,
'' the Chronicler " quotes from M. Coste, the eminent and learned
professor of embryology in the Colleiie de France, a statement that
milt will remain alive for twenty-four hours. I have however
carried my experiments further on this point, and have ascertained,
through the kindness of my friend Mr. H. B. Hancock, that
the spermatozoa in the fish would live for so long a period as
141 hours, that is to say, nearly six days. It must however be
remarked that both M. Costt- and myself have separately come to
the same conclusion, viz., that water must not be added to the
dead fish till the moment that it is required for use, for it appears

* There is a special clause in the Act of Parliament which does
away with the illegality of taking spawning-fish with the net for the
6ona^<ie purpose of obtaining their eggs for the purposes of pisciculture.

136 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^pril,

that the spermatozoa assume their peculiar vibratory quick action
when water is added to them, otherwise:' they are quite quiescent.
This is a most important point as regards the actual bringing the
theory into practice.

I here desire to state, once for all, as I wish every one to
remember, that I do not . say that my experiment in keeping the
milt and ova separate for so long a time will succeed, and that
healthy young fish come from the egg, nor again am I at all sure
that fish will hatch from eggs taken from the dead fish ; but there
is however no reason why the experiment should not be tried, for
nature has many choice secrets in her laboratory which she has
yet withheld from us, and which she will only disclose to us by
asking her in the form of experiments varied and repeated in every
possible manner.

Thus far I have attempted to show what becomes of the eggs
of the fish in their natural state; how they may be taken care of?
and what great results may be, with good luck and careful man-
agement, obtained. I would venture now to report progress and
the result. The first originators and supporters of the important
science of fish-hatching for th*^ public good were the French Gov-
ernment, who have, as most of you are aware, erected a magnifi-
cent series of buildings, which may be fairly denominated a fish-
manufactory, at Huningue, near Basle.

I must now mention what has been done in her Majesty's do-
minions. The first place established (that I know of) was at
Perth, where thousands of salmon are hatched by artificial means
annually. In Mr. W. Brown's admirable little book^ will be
found details as to the number of eggs laid down, &c. One of the
consequences of this artificial hatching, Mr. Brown informs us, is
as follows : We find that in the year 1828, the year of the pass-
ing of Home Drummond's Act, the rental of the salmon-fisheries
of the Tay was £14,574. It gradually fell off every year after-
wards till 1852, when it reached the minimum, amounting to
£7,973. In 1853 the artificial rearing commenced; and in
1858, when the statement was printed, the rental was £11,487 ;
it his now reached what it was in 1828." Mr. Brown has
been kind enough to send me the latest news as follows : —

•' The number of ova deposited in the boxes at Stormontfield

* The Stormontfield Experiment on the Salmon. Glasgow: Murraj
and Son. London : Arthur Hall, Virtue and Co. Price 3s.

1864.] ON PISCICULTURE. 137

in November and December '1862 was about 250,000 ; in 1863
(last spawning) about 80,000. The reason that so few eggs were
got during the last spawning-season was the unfavorable state of
the river for netting operations."

One of the greatest results in practical fish-hatching has been
obtained by my friend Mr. Thomas Ashworth, and his brother,
for they have actually peopled with salmon Lochs Mask and
Corrib, an area of lakes containing thirty-five acres of water. In
1861, Mr. Ashworth laid down 659,000 salmon-eggs; he being, in
his own words, " confident that he could breed salmon much
easier than lambs." In December 1862 he deposited no less than
770,000 salmon-eggs, making in the two years 1,429,000. Mr.
Ashworth tells me that the total cost of doing this has been
exceedingly small.

Fish-Culture in Norway: By Key. 31. K. Barnard.

During the last ten years, the attention of the Norwegian
Oovernment has been directed towards the propagation of salmon
by artificial means. In a country like the Scandinavian peninsula,
which has such an extent of seaboard, and which abounds in rivers
large and small, running into fiords which intersect the coast,
there are so many natural facilities afibrded for the protection of
the young fish, that it only requires some additional attention on
the part of the inhabitants themselves to make Norway stand at
the head of the salmon-producing countries of Europe.

Fully alive to the disadvantages which many parts of the coun-
try labor under in an agricultural respect, owing to the rigor of
winter and the unfertile nature^ of the soil, the government, with
a laudable generosity, has endeavored to promote the propaga-
tion of fish by rendering pecuniary assistance, and by the appoint-
ment of ofl&cers to superintend in the management of the operation.

It is somewhat remarkable that the artificial propagation of fish
was first discovered in Norway by a simple laboring man in
1848. One harvest-time he had been obliged to keep at home on ac-
<;ountof a bad leg. To amuse himself he used to get down to the
jiver-side and watch the trout on their spawn-ground. Being of

* The whole area of Norway is about 121,800 square miles, of which
aot more than 1,060 are under cultivation.

138 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,,

an observant nature, he was struck with the manner in which the
operation was carried on. He remarked that the male fish placed
itself alongside of the female in such a position that its head reached
to about the middle of the body of the latter. He further noticed,
that whilst the process of discharging the ova was going on, the
female turned somewhat on her side with a quivering sort of mo-
tion, and that the male emitted his milt simultaneously. It there-
fore occurred to him that by pressing the spawn out of the female,
and the milt from the male at the same time, in water, he would
obtain a quantity of fructified eggs, which, by being placed in con-
venient places in brooks, would in due time bring forth fish. No
sooner conceived than executed. He threw out his nets and causrht
a male and a female fish ready to spawn. His wife took the one^
and he the other, and they squeezed their contents out into a bowl
of clean water. He then took the eggs and placed them in a
sheltered place in a stream where there were previously no trout.
The following summer he was rejoiced to see that it swarmed with
fish. Convinced, therefore, of the success of his plan, he con-
structed for himself a breeding-box close to his house ; and not-
withstanding the jeers and scoff's of his neighbors, who thought it
impious, to say the least, in interfering and meddling with things
which belonged to Nature alone, continued to breed fish every
autumn. Such was the first attempt at hatching ova in Norway 1

I will now proceed to give a brief account of the hatching-ap-
paratus generally in vogue in that country, as communicated to
me by Professor Kasch.

The case in which the hatching-boxes are placed (and which is
under shelter, so that the water does not freeze) is twelve feet
long, thirty-four inches wide inside, and five inches deep. The
bottom must be perfectly water-tight, and very evenly planed.
The sides are formed of single smooth-planed boards, which fit
tightly against the bottom, to prevent any leakage ensuing. The
uppermost end of the case, into which the water runs from
the pipe, is of the same height as the sides. The whole is divided
into five compartments, the first of which receives the water from
the pipe. This compartment is eighteen inches wide, while the
other four are each thirty inches wide. The partition-boards are
one inch lower than the sides of the case, and have holes bored in
them at a distance of two inches from the bottom, by means of a
hot wire. They are bored in two rows (vide fig. 1.), four below.

1864.]

ON PISCICULTURE.

13^^

and three above. The water can thus run evenly throughout the
length of the case.

The hatching-boxes (fig. 2), four of which are placed in each
compartment, are constructed as follows: The sides consist of
smooth-planed board, two feet long, three inches high, and an inch
and a half thick. The bottom is a glass plate, two feet long, and
seven inches wide. The ends are of perforated zinc, or brass wire-
work, the same height as the sides, which are strengthened by two
transverse pieces of wood. x\ll the wood-work should be of well-
seasoned material ; and those parts which come in contact with the
water should be glazed, as any resinous or pitchy substance in the
wood would prove injurious to the ova. I should mention that
the first compartment into which the water falls should be furnish-
ed with a network lid of zinc wire, which forms the bottom of a
framework three or four inches high, so as to prevent the water
running into the next compartment except through the holes in
the zinc lid. Thus the larvae of destructive insects, worms, &c.,
will be kept out. The upper end of the case should stand two

inches higher than the lower end. The water which runs out
from the last compartment is prevented running out the whole
wudth of the case by means of two pieces of wood, which are fast-
ened to the sides, and reach nearly to the middle, and is carried
off by a pipe.

The slimy deposit which comes even from the purest water, and
settles on the eggs (it is not detrimental unless there be too much
of it), can easily be got rid of by gently moving the boxes, and
allowing it to pass through the ends.

140 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

After the lapse of about four weeks, it will be well to take the
hatching-boxes out of the case to ascertain which eggs are good.
The action of the air will render them all transparent ; but on re-
placing them in the water, the unfruitful ones will assume a
milky opaque color. These can readily be removed with a pair of
fine pincers or long tweezers. The exposure to the air does not
hurt the eggs, but care must be taken that they do not become
dry on the surface. After repeating this process three or four
times, all the bad eggs can be removed. " I am convinced," is
the remark of Professor Rasch, •' that in a case of the above size
I could hatch 10,000 salmon-ova in each box, which would thus
give a total of 160,000," there being four hatching-boxes in each
of the four compartments. If the fry are to be kept any time in
the boxes, care must be taken that they be not overstocked ; but
3,000 may well be kept in them from two to three months."

Where water from a spring cannot be directly obtained, the fol-
lowing plan is often adopted. The scale of operations is however
necessarily more limited. A large tub, or other wooden vessel, is
fitted with a tap. Care must be taken that it shall have previously
lain a sufficiently long time in water, so that all the deleterious
substances from the wood shall have been extracted. It is then
placed on a stand at a sufficient height from the ground to allow
the case containing the hatching-boxes to be placed beneath the
tap ; and they should have a gentle inclination, so that the upper
end be about half an inch higher than the lower.

The water, having passed through the boxes, empties itself into
another vessel, at least as large as the tub, and should be regulated
that it shall run out in twenty-four hours. The tub, therefore,
only requires replenishing once in that time. If the water be at
all muddy, it is well to place a layer of fine sand mixed with char-
coal at the bottom of the tub.

Even in a common tea-saucer a great many ova may be hatched
out. The saucer is placed in a deep soup-plate, and a couple of moss-
stalks laid over the edge in such a manner that they shall act as
syphons. A constant flow of water thus takes place from the sau-
cer into the plate. In about twelve hours half the water from the
saucer will have run out, so that it will require filling again morn-
ing and evening. When necessary, fresh moss-stalks can be sub-
stituted.

It is of course best to procure the male and female fish to be

1864.] ON PISCICULTURE. 141

operated upon direct from tlieir breeding-ground, and as short a
time as possible before the spawning commences. Where this is
impossible, they should be kept in fish-boxes or reservoirs ; care
however be taken that they be not kept too long in confinement
before being used, as this would have an injurious effect both on
the ova and the milt. One male fish is suflScient to fructify
the ova of a great many females, and can be used from six to eight
days in succession.

It is not difficult to ascertain when the female \B ready to spawn.
Her distended abdomen yields easily to a gentle pressure, and an
undulating movement which is perceptible on touching it, shows
that the spawn is already disconnected from the ovary. She
should then be held by the head in a vertical position, so that the
ova will of their own weight fall down towards the vent. When
the fish are large, it is best to have three persons to assist. One
takes the fish by the head, and the other by the tail, holding it
horizontally over a dish, the vent downwards, whilst the third very
gently presses along her stomach and sides. When the bottom of
the dish has been covered with ova, in layers of two or three deep,
the fish can be released into the tub of water from which she was
taken. The dish, by the way, must previously have been nearly
filled with water. Before operating on the male fish, the water
from the fish had better be drained ofi", and fresh poured in. The
male fish is then taken and handled in the same way. A small
quantity of milt, just sufficient to discolor the water after being
gently stirred with the fingers, is sufficient. It is then put back
again into the tub, and while the female is agiin being brought
out, the contents of the dish are to be emptied into another tub
half filled with pure water. When all the roe has been pressed
out and fructified as before with the milt, and again emptied into
this tub, the water is allowed to run out through a hole pre-
viously bored in the side about an inch above the bottom. By
the motion of the water running out, all the eggs will be brought
into contact with the milt. In about five or ten minutes the ova
can then be removed into the hatching-boxes.

If the eggs are in a fit state, the very smallest pressure is suffi-
cient to squeeze them out ; and it has been found that with due
care the female suffers no injury from the manipulation, and will
be as fruitful the following year as ever.

The unfruitful eggs, after they have been some time in the

142 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

liatching-boxes, will be covered with a peculiar parasitical plant,
Leptomitus clavatus, which gives them the appearance of being
wrapped in cotton. These should be removed, as though the
other eggs will not be immediately infected, yet the fibres of this
vegetable growth will in time get around them, and prevent the
water having free access to them, when they too will die. The
unfruitful salmon-eggs should be at once removed ; but when the
ova are very small, as is the case in trout, &c., it is better to wait
till the parasitical plant has appeared before removing " the tares
from the wheat," as the operation can then be performed more
easily. It is therefore much better not to have a layer of small
stones at the bottom of the case, as many of the ova will sink be-
tween them, and from remaining unperceived may in time cause
great damage. It is true that the salmon instinctively makes a
hole, and covers her ova with small stones. But she, in all proba-
bility, only adopts this precaution in order to protect them against
their numerous foes, and not that the development of the embryo
may be thereby in any way accelerated.

It might not unnaturally be supposed that it is best to trans-
port the ova in the same element as that in which they are depos-
ited in the ordinary course of things, viz., in water. But it must
at the same time be remembered, that every fertile egg contains a
living being, which requires a constant supply of air for its preser-
vation, and that the quantity of air contained in a confined vessel
is more rapidly consumed by the ova than fresh air can be absorbed
from the surface. The consequence will be that unless fresh
water be constantly supplied, or the water in the vessel be by some
means aerated, the embryo contained in the egg must die. But
not only will the constant replenishing the vessel with fresh water
be troublesome, and often impossible, but it will also be attended
with great risk to the safety of the ova.

If it is borne in mind that it is not the water, but the air which
is therein contained, that is essential to the preservation of the
ova, it will be apparent that if they be kept moist, and have a con-
stant supply of fresh air, the necessary conditions will be obtained.
The readiest and easiest way is to pack them in damp moss (the
marsh moss, Sphagnum, which absorbs moisture like a sponge, is
the best), through which the air will readily circulate.^

* Professor Rasch told me that he has hatched ova in damp moss,
without even immersing them in water at all.

1864.] ON PISCICULTURE. 143

In a common wooden box the moss will retain its dampness so
as not to require wetting for several days. And indeed caution is
requisite when it is so sprinkled, that the temperature of the fresh
water be not lower than that of the moss. Moreover, it is only
necessary to sprinkle the topmost layer of the moss, as the mois-
ture will gradually percolate through the contents of the box.
Neither should too much water be sprinkled on at one time, lest
the ova at the bottom of the box should be immersed. To obviate
this contingency, it is best to turn the box over once at least in the
course of the day.

In packing the box, the bottom should first be evenly covered
with a thick layer of the moss, which should be previously washed
quite clean. On this a layer of eggs should be evenly spread, then
irhould come a thinner layer of moss than before, and so on, alter-
nate layers of eggs and moss till the box is nearly full. On the
top of all, a layer of moss of the same thickness as the first should
be laid ; so that when the lid is fastened down, the whole will form
a compact mass, and all shifting of the contents be rendered im-
possible. The elasticity of the moss will prevent the slightest
danger from pressure accruing to the ova. If the weather is ex-
tremely severe, the box should be protected. It may be remarked,
that ova should not be transported till the eyes of the embryo are
visible.

A few precautions are necessary on unpacking such a box con-
taining ova. The temperature of the box, and of the water in the
hatching-case, must be compared with a thermometer. Supposing
that of the former to be the greater, the moss should be gradually
sprinkled with water from the latter till they are both equal.
Great care must be taken not to hurry this operation.

The contents of the box should then be emptied into a good-
sized tub half filled with water of the same temperature as that in
the hatching -case. By gently moving the hand about among the
moss, the ova will sink to the bottom, and the moss remain float-
ing on the surface. The water should now be drained off, and the
ova at once deposited in the hatching-boxes.

Should the water in the hatching-boxes, however, be of a higher
temperature than the moss in which the ova were conveyed, these
can be at once removed into the hatching-cases after they have
been detached from the moss as above described.

144 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April.

The greatest care must be taken to prevent the entrance of in-
sects and larvae into the hatching-apparatus. The most dangerous
enemy to the ova and the young fish, is, perhaps, the water-newt
(^Sorex fodiens) . If the apparatus cannot be raised to a sufficient
height above the ground, it should be protected with a perforated
tin or zinc lid.

A curious instance occurred at the hatching-establishment at
Greffsen, a water-cure establishment near Christiania, a few years
ago. The apparatus was raised two feet above the ground, and
was not, therefore, protected with such a lid. A large quantity of
eo-ffs had been hatched out, when, one fine mornins::, the
young fry had nearly all disappeared! A number of traps
were accordingly set on the floor of the house, and the following
morning the intruder was captured. It turned out to be a water-
rail, which had found ingress through the mouth of the drain.

The Dytisci, HydropMli, and their larvae, and the larvae of the
Libellula and Agrion, are also very dangerous enemies. The
Libellula depressa is especially a deadly foe, and will even devour
the fish of two to three months old. It is extremely tenacious of
life ; and has been known, after having been kept a whole day in
spirits, to recover when placed in water where there were young
fish, and in a very short time to commence attacking them as if
nothing had happened.

Proved Facts in the History op the Salmon : By

H. C. Pennell.

1. Salmon and Grilse invariably spawn in fresh water if pos-
sible ; both the eggs, and the young fry whilst in the Parr state,,
being destroyed by contact with salt water.

2. The eggs are usually deposited on gravelly shallows, where
they hatch in from 80 to 140 days, according to the temperature
of the water. Eggs remaining unhatched beyond the latter period
will seldom hatch at all, possibly from having been destroyed by
the low temperature.

3 The eggs deposited by the female will not hatch under any
circumstances unless vivified, after exclusion, by the milt of the
male ; and — at least up to the period of migration — there is no
difference whatever in fry bred between Salmon only, between
Grilse only, between Salmon and Grilse, between Salmon and
Parr, or between Grilse and Parr.

1864.] ON PISCICULTURE. 145

[The female Parr cannot spawn ; but the male Parr possesses,
and constantly exercises, the power of vivifying Salmon and
Grilse eggs.]

4. The fry remain one, two, and, in some cases, three years in
the rivers as Parr before going down to the sea ; about half tak-
ing their departure at one year, nearly all the others at two years,
and the remainder (which are exceptional) at three years old.

5. All young Salmon-fry are marked with bluish bars on their
sides until shortly before their migration, up to which period they
are Parrs ; they then invariably assume a more or less complete
coating of silvery scales and become S molts, — the bars, or Parr-
marks, however, being still clearly discernible on rubbino- off the
new scales.

6. The young of all the species here included in the genus
Salmo have at some period of their existence these bluish bars •
and consequently such marks are not by themselves proofs that
fry bearing them are the young of the true Salmon (Sahno salar).

7. Unless the young fish put on their Smolt- dress in May or
early in June, and thereupon go down to the sea, they remain as
Parrs another year ; and without Smolt-scales they will not
migrate, and cannot exist in salt water.

8. The length of the Parr at six weeks old is about an inch
and a half or two inches ; and the weight of the Smolt before
reaching the salt water from one to two ounces.

9. In at least many cases, Smolts thus migrating to the sea in
May and June return as Grilse, sometimes within five, generally
within ten weeks, the increase in weight during that period vary-
ing from two to ten lbs., the average being from four to six lbs. • and
these Grilse spawn about November or December, go back to the
sea, and in many cases re-ascend the rivers the next sprino- as
Salmon, with a further increase of from four to twelve lbs. Thus a
fish hatched in April 1854, and marked as migrating in May
1855, was caught as a Salmon of twenty-two lbs. weight in March
1856.

10. It appears certain however that Smolts do not always
return during the same year as Grilse, but frequently remain nine
or ten months in the sea, returning in the following sprino* as
small-sized Salmon.

[It will thus be seen that the fry of the Salmon are called Parrs
until they put on their migratory dress, when they be-
VoL. I. K No. 2.

146 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^pril,

come Smolts and go down to the salt water ; Grilse if they re-
turn from the sea during the first year of their migration ; and
at all other periods Salmo7i.]

11. It has also been clearly proved that, in general, Salmon and
Grilse find their way back to spawn to the rivers in which they
were bred, sometimes to the identical spots, — spawn about Nov-
ember or Dacember, — and go down again to the sea as " spent fish,"
or "Kelts," in February or March, — returning, in at least many
cases, during the following four or five months, as " clean fish,"
and with an increase in weight of from seven to ten lbs.

[Shortly before spawning, and whilst returning to the sea as
Kelts, or spent fish, Salmon are unfit for food, and their cap-
ture is then illegal. "Foul fish," 6e/br<! spawning, are, if males,
termed Red fish, from the orange-colored stripes with which
their cheeks are marked, and the golden-orange tint of the body •
the females are darker in color, and are called Black fish.
^fter spawning, the males are called Kippers, and the females
Shedders or Baggits.]

This, in a condensed form, is the present state of our positive
knowledge as regards the leading facts in the history of the Sal-
mon as it occurs in British waters.

REVIEW.

Comparisons of American Languages with those of the
Old World.*

Under the title noted below, ' ' N.O.," a writer in the Lower Canada
Journal of Education, attacks some rather bold statements respect-
ing the American languages, made by M. Renan in his work on
the Primitive Languages. In an ethnological point of view the
subject is of interest, and we are glad that any one acquainted
with our native languages is disposed to take it up. The Ameri-
can languages have usually been regarded as altogether distinct
from those of other parts of the world, and as very dissimilar
among themselves. Yet the most superficial examination shows
that similarities of grammatical forms and of root-words exist
over wide areas of the American continent, and among tribes per-

* " Jugement erron^ de M. Ernest Renan sur les Langaes Sauvages,"
(par N, 0. Pamphlet reprinted from the Journal d'lnstruction Publique.)

1864] REVIEW. 147

fectly separated from each other. There have also not been
wanting students of the subject, who supposed they could discover
links of connection with the languages of the old world. Still the
subject has been pursued only in a desultory manner, and it pre-
sents a rich and comparatively unexplored field. It is more
especially important in connection with the bold theory of Retzius,
based on cranial conformation, that the " lonsr-headed " Indian
races of Eastern America may have been of North African or
South European origin. This would make America the meeting
ground of the opposite extremes of human migration to the
East and the West, as it seems certain that the Indians of Western
America are related to the races of Northern Asia. To us this
theory receives strong confirmation, not only from the similar
physical conformation of the Guanches of the Canaries, and some
of the North African races, but also from the facts which have
been ascertained as to the form, habits, and rites of the earUest
aborigines of Europe. In the further solution of such questions,
the study of the languages is most important, and we need a
careful and thorough comparison of all the Eastern American
tongues, more especially with a view to the question of their
possibly having originated from colonists landing on the West-
ladia Islands from some part of the shores of the Mediterranean,
and this at a remote period, when the languages of Europe were
in their most primitive state. The task is a dijQ&cult one, requir-
ing the combination of the learning of many men and laborious
investigation ; but if any reliable positive results could be obtained,
the labor would not be in vain. In the meantime we give a few
extracts from the pamphlet of " N. 0.," in illustration of his protest
against the dictum of M. Renan, that the idea of the primitive
unity of language is a chimera : —

" Mr. Renan will be perhaps surprised to learn that that Iro-
quois tongue which he had considered so barbarous has, neverthe-
less certain very curious analogies with the learned languages.
Thus those Hebrew and Indo-Germanic quadriliteral and quinqui-
literal roots, of which M. Renan makes such a show in his book of
comparative philology, are also found in the Iroquois tongue ; and
certainly the words raonraon, kitkit, 8iion8iion, taraktarak, sara-
sara, teriteri, k8isk8is, herhar, tsiskoko, kSitokSito, iekonienk,
8irok8iro, and others may very well be compared with gargar,
tsiftsef, tsiUsel, GARGARISER, GARGARIZEIN, pipivit, PIPI-

148 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

ZEIN, tintinnavit, klingeln, and other like words given in tlie list
of Mr. Renan. Let us then conclude that for onomatopoeia the
American languages are second to none, and that among them the
Iroquois is distinguished by its tendency to take the quadriliteral
form. But there are other analogies.

" Such will be the analogy which exists between the Algonquin
prefixes and the Hebrew affixes.

SabaktaNi, thou hast forgotten me, Ni, me,

JadeKA, thy hand, ka, of thee, J> Heb. afF.

RagheLO, his foot, o, of him,

Ninaganik, he forgets me, Ni, me,

Kinindj, thy hand, ka, of thee, J> Alg. pref.

0, his foot, 0, of him or of her,

" This is an example which mightbe considered as an argument in
favor of the homogeneity of languages, and which demonstrates,
moreover, that the savage tongues have not a character exclusively
sensuous, in the sense that Mr. Kenan gives to that word, but that
they are,, at least as psychological as the In do-Germanic languages.

" The Algonquin root enim serves to express all the intellectual
operations, all the dispositions of the soul, all the emotions of the
heart, all the acts either of the mind or the will. Thus it will
be said : ni 7ninsenimdam, I am contented ; ni gacJcenindam, I
am sad ; ni minsenima, I am satisfied with somebody ; ni cinge
nima, I am not satisfied with it; ni saTcenima, I am heartily
attached to him; nindapitenima, I esteem him : ni mcJcenima, I
trouble his mind, I make him angry ; ni pagosenima, I make my
supplications to him in my heart, I pray to him inwardly ; ni
7citsitSa8en{7na, I venerate him, I think him worthy of honor ;
ni hikenima, I know him; ni kSaiakSenima, I know him per-
fectly ; ni piziskenima, I can remember him ; ni mikaSenima, I
remember him; ni mitonenima, I think of him; ni nihSaJcaSeni-
ma, I believe him wise ; ni tatSenima, I understand it, I conceive
it, I seize it with the mind ; ninol obtiteienwia, I reach him with
my thought, my mind reaches up to him ; ni tanenima, I believe
him present ; ni panenima, he escapes my thought, my mind can-
not reach him ; ni Sanenima, I forget it, I lose the remembrance
of it; ni tangenima, I touch it (him) with my mind, it seems to
me that I touch it (him).

" Is not the importance of this root enim a thing truly worthy

1864.] REVIEW. 149

to be remarked, as it is without contradiction a hundred times
more productive than its congeners anime and animus ?

" The Latin animus has been compared to the Greek anemos.
We can with as much, nay with more reason, compare our root
enim to this last one. In fact it is found in the form anim, with
the Greek meaning, in the impersonal verbs animat, the wind
blows ; pitanimat, the wind blows this way ; ondanimat, the
wind comes from that direction, etc., etc.

"But here is another peculiarity which comes to our mind
which cannot fail to draw the attention of an Oriental scholar :

" In Hebrew, the third person masculine singular of the first
tense of the indicative serves to form all the other persons and all
the other tenses of the verb.

'' In Algonquin, the third person singular common gender of
the present of the indicative serves to form all the other tenses and
persons of the verb.

" Thus it is said in Hebrew : qathal, he has killed ; qahalta,
thou hast killed ; qathalti, I have killed. In the, same way it will
be said in Algonquin : nicise, he kills, ki nieiSe, thou killest, ni
niciSe, I kill.

" In both languages, the third person does not take any charac-
teristic for itself, whilst the two others are accompanied or preceded
by the signs which distinguish them, ta, ti, ki, ni.

" The third person is then the root of the verb. Therefore that
is the reason why the Algonquin dictionary gives first that person,
in imitation of the Hebrew.

" We have said that the syntax of our two savage languages is
pretty comj^Ucated. It is too much so to allow us to enter, in a
review like the present one, into the details which would be neces-
sary to give a correct idea of it. For the same reason we will not
give the list of the conjugations either Iroquois or Algonquin ; we
shall only say that they are d'vided into copulative, disjunctive,
suppositive, concessive, causal, temporal, adversative, optative,
and expletive.

"We have affirmed that these two languages are very clear, very
precise, expressing with facility not only the exterior of ideas, but
still more their metaphysical relations. In fact, the Algonquin has
not less than eight moods, whose names are : indicative, condi-
tional, imperative, subjunctive, simultaneous, participle, contingent,
and gerund. With the exception of this last one, all these mo6ds

150 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April

have several tenses. The total number of them is twenty-nine
The verbs in Iroquois have twenty-one tenses, divided into three
moods, indicative, imperative, and subjunctive.

" Nouns are scarcely less marvellous ; they are conjugated rather
than declined. It will be said in Iroquois : kasitake, at my feet ; sasi-
take, at thy feet ; rasitake, at his feet : and in Algonquin : nisit, my
foot ; kisit, thy foot ; osit, his foot : as it is said : ktahahtos, ni Sal,
I see ; satkahtos, kiSah, thou seest ; rathkatos, Sahi, he sees. The
prefixes of nouns are almost the same as those of the verbs. There
are in Iroquois, as well in the conjugation of nouns as in theconjuga-
tion of verbs, fifteen persons, of which four are in the sing, five in
the dual, five in the plural, and an indeterminate one. The Algon-
quins have only seven persons ; but their nouns possess, neverthe-
less, a prodigious number of inflexions on account of the accidents to
which they are liable, the list of which is : the diminutive, the
deteriorative, the ultra-deteriorative, the investigative, the dubita-
tive, the near preterite, the remote preterite, the locative, the obvia-
tive, the superobviative, the possessive, the sociative, and the
modificative."

A multitude of questions and objections might be raised even
on the few points stated above. The following, for example, have
been suggested to us by an eminent hebraist :

The first of tlie three words cited as examples of the He-
brew (sabaktani) is not Hebrew, but belongs to another, though
cognate language. In this first example, therefore, we think M.
Renan will be disposed to deny the analogy. The reviewer
through inadvertence has here given his opponent an advantage.
Then again without objecting that in the one language the ni is
prefixed, and in the other post-fixed, we must recollect that in He-
brew, ni, which is only the objective case of the pronoun when
immediately joined to a verb, is used but very seldom, especially
when compared with the fuller prevalence of the form i, and
that in verbs the n for the first person is never used in the past
tenses, and in the future tenses the n and the i are hoth omitted,
and the letter a, the other fragment of the absolute form of the
pronouns, is employed. It is only right to keep these points in
view, in establishing the analogy sought to be set up. In the
second example cited, ladeka (more properly yadecha), the a is
changed into i in the Iroquois, and the o of the third person is
not used in the verb, e. g., (p. 20,) niciSe, he kills. The reviewer

1864.] REVIEW. 151

however informs us of very interesting facts respecting the compo-
sition of the tenses of the verbs, as compared with the Hebrew
forms, and it is more of these interesting facts that we would

desire.

Again, while N. 0. is quite right on scientific grounds to con-
demn M. Kenan's unphilosophical reference of certain analogies to
chance, it may not be quite right to object as he does, to what
M. Renan has to say on the subject of onomatopoeia, and in which
he but coincides with such eminent modern critics as Gesenius,
Fiirst, etc. N. 0. is doubtless acquainted with the original He-
brew text of the Scriptures. Can he, then, ignore the remark-
able prevalence of Onomatopoeia, more especially in the early books
of the Sacred Volume ? And need we remind him that this preva-
lence of onomatopoeia in the early history of the language is of
no small value in discussing the question of the primitive language
— "unite primordiale dulangage" which, saysN. 0., is treated by
M. Renan as " ridicule chimere, et mythe le plus bizarre." "We are
not quite clear as to whether the reviewer holds the Hebrew to be the
primitive language of man ; but for his Algonquin " kokoc, kokoko,
kackacipinesi, kakaki, makaki, etc.," how many examples could we
cite, not only in the Hebrew, but in the later Latin family of lan-
guages. Here are a few: Hebrew ppb", lackack, English, he licked ;
Italian leccare; French Idcher : so in Greek T^^x^'tf, German lecken.
Next Hebrew «np, kara ; English, he cried ; Italian, gridare ; Fr.
crier ; Ger. schreien. Our limited space, however, compels us to
leave this topic here. Scarcely more satisfied are we with the meagre
list of quadriliteral and quinquiliteral Iroquois roots which N. 0.
opposes to a yet shorter list of Hebrew and other similar roots,
as an offset to those " dont M. Renan fait un si pompeux etalage."
We shall wait for the more elaborate effort which we desire to see
from the reviewer before we fully give in our adhesion to the fol-
lowing important claims : " Concluons done qu'en matiere d'ono-
matopdes, les langues am^ricaines ne le cedent a aucune, et que
parmi elles, I'iroquois se distingue par des tendances a revetir la
forme quadrilitere."

Similar objections may be raised to comparisons of Algonquin
with Greek and Latin, as ' enim,' above referred to, or the root
" tang " in the verb to touch, or another which has been suggested
as a parallel, — the prevalence of the root " ouk," or " oik," in the
sense of house or dwelling. More especially would such objections

152 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^P^il,

be strengthened by the fact stated by N. 0., that perhaps the root
" sit," foot, is the only one common to the neighboring Iroquois
and Algonquin languages ; unless, indeed, it should appear that
these two languages have been derived the one from the east, the
other from the west, and have met in Canada. To give force to
these comparisons of roots, it would be necessary to show that they
occur also in the Carib, or other languages of that region, and in
the extinct Gu an che of the Canaries, or in some of the ancient lan-
guages of Northern Africa or Southwestern Europe. At one time
there was a strong tendency to get up fanciful resemblances between
languages. The tide has turned, and the prejudices of scholars
are all the other way. For this very reason we thank N. 0. for bis
effort, and would encourage, in the interests of ethnology, all the
honest cultivators of the comparative philology of even those prim-
itive tongues, unjustly neglected as barbarous and uncultivated ;
though for that very reason, like the habits and rites of the people
who speak them, they may, as Dr. Wilson has well shown, be of
inestimable value in interpreting the primitive relations of men,
and their condition in " pre-historic times."

MEETING OF BRITISH ASSOCIATION.

Geography and Ethnology.

In this section, after some opening observations on the progress
made between 1838 and 1863 in the vast centre of industry on
the Tyue, the President remarked : " I will first call your attention
to some of the leading geographical results in British Geography
which have been broucrht about since we last met here. At
that time four years had elapsed since (at our first meeting in
Scotland) I directed the attention of this Association to the un-
toward condition of the Topographical Survey of the British Isles,
by showing that no map of any country north of the Trent was in
existence ; in short, that all the North of England and the whole
of Scotland were in that lamentable state ; whilst the survey of
France, and of nearly all the little states of Germany, had been
completed. Having roused public sentiment to this neglected
state of the national map, — so neglected, indeed, that one of the
great headlands (Cape Wrath) was known to have been laid down
some miles out of its proper place in all maps and charts, — depu-
tations to the government followed, in the first of which I pleaded

1864.] BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 153

the cause of geography ; but with little or no effect as regarded
the North of England, and my native country, Scotland. In the
twenty-nine years which have elapsed between the period when
the question was first agitated at Edinburgh, considerable progress
has, doubtless, been made ; but it is surely a reproach to a power-
ful country like Britain that in thirty years we have only just
seen the region between the Trent and the Tyne delineated and
laid down on a real map, — i. e., on the one-inch scale, — whilst
even yet the maps of the northernmost English counties are un-
finished. With the extension of the survey to the North of Eng-
land and Scotland, not only has the six-inch scale been adopted,
but much larger cadastral plans, on the 25^-inch scale, have been
and are in execution. While these plans are, I grant, most valu-
able to individual proprietors, they are beside the purposes of the
geographer — inasmuch as they exhibit no attempt whatever at the
delineation of physical features. Hence I regret that their execu-
tion should have been preferred to the completion, in the first in-
stance, of an intelligible and useful map of the British Isles, which,
if made to depend on the previous completion of the large-scale
plans, will still involve, I fear, the lapse of another very long-
period before the whole country will possess what geographers
consider a map. The most powerful cause which has retarded
the progress of good cartography has been the frequently-recurring
cold fits of indifferenc3 and consequent cutting off of the supplies
by which our legislature has been periodically affected, and which
have necessarily occasioned a collapse and stagnation in the works
of this important survey. As respects my own special department,
or the " Geological Survey," I deprecate still more strongly the
delay of the construction of the one-inch map, seeing that no
geologist can labor in the Highlands of Scotland, and accurately
delineate their interesting rock-formations, by coloring any of
the d:ifective country-maps of that region. Let us now cast a
rapid glance over the progress of discovery in distant lands, and
particularly where our countrymen have signalized themselves.
At former meetings of this Association, we have dwelt on the early
discoveries of new lands in the interior of Australia, in which the
names of Mitchell, Eyre, Sturt, Leichhardt, and others have been
always mentioned with honor and respect. The latter journeys
of the brothers Augustus and Frank Gregory have earned for these
good surveyors the highest honors of the Royal Geographiccl

154 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

Society, for their extensive researches and determinations of longi-
tude and latitude in Northern, Eastern, and Western Austraha.
Whilst more recently, the bold expedition of Burk and Wills cost
these noble fellows their lives, the latest researches of their suc-
cessors stand out as indeed most singularly successful. M'Douall
Stuart, after various previous triumphs, in one of which he reached
the watershed of North x\ustralia, has actually passed from Ade-
laide, in South Australia, to Van Dieraan Bay on the north coast,
in latitude 15 deg. S. Contemporaneously with this last expedi-
tion, M'Kinlay, proceeding also from Adelaide, reached the Gulf
of Carpentaria, and thence travelled to the eastern shore ; and
Landsborougb, realizing all the value of the discoveries of Burk
and Wills, and penetrating from the Gulf of Carpentaria, traversed
the continent southward until he regained the noble colony of
Victoria, in which the expedition was organized. The rapid rise
of the different colonies in Australia is truly marvellous ; and
whilst we have successfully occupied all the available ports and
lands along the eastern, southern, and western sides of this great
continent, we are, I rejoice to say, now beginning to extend our
settlements to the north coast, the occupation of which I have
advocated for many a year, on political as well as on commercial
and colonial grounds A few years only of practical researches
have dispelled our ignorance respecting the interior of this vast
mass of land ; in which, though there are wild desert tracks, there
are also many rich and well-watered oases of fine pasture-grounds,
through which the colonists may open out communications across
the continent froin the south and east to the northern shores. A
short time only, I venture to predict, will elapse before towns arise
at the head of the Gulf of Carpentaria, as well as at the mouth of
the Victoria River of the north ; from whence, as well as from the
new settlement of Cape York, Australia will have a direct com-
munication with our great Indian Empire."

Referring to the discovery of the sources of the Nile, the Presi-
dent remarked upon the fact that "traveller after traveller, from
the da3^s of the Egyptian priests and of the Roman emperors down
to modern periods, had endeavored to ascend the Nile to its
source, and all had failed " ; and that it was by reversing the pro-
cess, and by proceeding from the east coast of Africa, near Zanzi-
bar, to the central plateau land between North and South Africa,
that Captains Speke and Grant had solved the problem.

1864.] BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 155

The President, after stating the subjects of greatest interest to
be discussed in this section, remarked : " In ihe commencement
of this address,! spoke of the comparatively few means we possessed
in 1838 of reaching rapidly this flourishing town; and now I
need not remind you that we are surrounded by a network of
railroads, which wind along valleys, or are driven under your hills.
Still less at our former meeting here had the genius and saga-
ciousness of Wheatstone overspread the country with the electric
telegraph, enabling men rapidly to transact important affairs in
our largest cities, whether separated by a few miles or by hun-
dreds of miles from their correspondents. At the last Manchester
meeting, indeed, we interchanged questions and answers with the
philosophers of St Petersburgh during an evening assembly ; and
since then great advances have been made in transmitting tele-
grams round the world. In this way a vast stride will be made
in the ensuing winter by the extension of the telegraph from Con-
stantinople through Asia Minor; and thence, via the Persian
Gulf, to the country of Mekran, at the head of the Indian Ocean,
and so to the British possessions in India. At the same time,
other efforts are in progress to carry a system of telegraphs from
Russia through Siberia, and thence across the Desert of Gobi to
Pekin. The great desideratum, however, of connecting Europe
with America by a submarine telegraph remains to be accom-
plished. With a view to that desirable end, the Council of the
Royal Geographical Society warmly supported a proposal by Dr.
Wallich to effect a complete survey of the sea bottom, as a pre-
cursor to the actual laying down of a cable upon the vast unknown
irregularities of the submarine surface. We naturally supported
an effort like this, which was certain to throw much light on
Natural History and Physical Geography ; and we rejoiced in the
preliminary researches which had been made towards the estab-
lishment of an electric line overland to British India ; because
they, for the first time, laid open to European knowledge countries
which, though unknown to the moderns, were seats of power when
Alexander the Great and his lieutenants invaded India. The
soundings which ascertain the nature of the bottom of the ocean,
not only give us the outlines and characters of various sunken
rocks, sands, and mud-banks, and of vast and deep cavities, but
inform us where the under-currents prevail, and where at vast
depths the surface is tranquil and unruffled in some places, whilst

156 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [April,

in otliGrs submarine volcanoes disturb the sea-bottom. Nay, more,
these submarine operations have taught us that animals cannot
only live, but flourish, preserving even their colors, at the enor-
mous depth of one mile and a half. We thus see how the efforts
of the nautical surveyors and the engineers to spread the electric
telegraph are not merely destined to be useful to mankind, but
also to elicit great and important truths in Natural History, the
development of which is specially connected with the pursuits of
the geographer and the ethnologist."

The address concluded by a reference to the appointment of so
skilful and philosophical a naturalist as Mr. John Lubbock to the
chair of President of the Ethnological Society, and to the appoint-
ment of Mr. F. Galton as Secretary, under whose auspices an
increased activity was being already shewn.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The EarthqUx\ke of April, 1864.

In the Canadian Naturalist, Vol. v., p. 379, will be found a list
of all the earthquakes observed in Canada up to that of October,
1860. Since that time, with the exception of a few slight and
local shocks, chiefly in the vicinity of Murray Bay and the
Saguenay, which appear to be points of special intensity for the
seismic agency of this country, there have been no earthquakes
felt until Wednesday, April 20th, 1864, when a shock of no
great intensity was felt throughout a great part of Lower Canada.
Like other Canadian earthquakes it was felt almost simultaneously
over a wide extent of country, indicating perhaps that its source
was deep-seated, and the vibrations propagated almost vertically
to the surface. At Quebec the shock was felt between 1.10 and
1.15 p.m. ;* and atL'Islet, Danville, Montreal, and other places, in
so far as can be ascertained, the hour was nearly the same, except
in the case of Father Point, where a shock is said to have been
felt at 11 o'clock. Unless there is some mistake in the statement
this must have been a shock not felt elsewhere. In so far as
reported, the shock seems to have been most violent at Quebec,
where, as well as at several other places, two distinct vibrations

* Or according to other statements at 1.20 p. m.

1864.] MISCELLANEOUS. 157

were noted by some observers. The reports do not give much
information as to the direction of the vibration, but it was pro-
bably, as in the earthquake of 1860, from east to west, or from
southeast to northwest.

The only remarkable point in relation to this earthquake is its
occurrence at a season when seismic energy in this region seems
from past experience, to manifest itself less frequently than at
most other times. Only four out of eighty-three recorded earth-
quakes in Canada and its vicinity have occurred in April; the
autumn and winter being the seasons of greatest seismic activity.

The following extracts from Quebec newspapers give some
details of interest : —

The Mercury says : — " The earth trembled violently ; every
house was shaken as if an explosion of gas or gunpowder, or an
eboulement of the rock had taken place — only no noise was
heard. Some fancied that a heavy weight had fallen upon the
floors above them, and, indeed, that was our own sensation. The
walls of the house rocked ; the windows rattled ; and we rocked
ourselves. To make sure that the power-press had not fallen to
pieces, we examined the press-room, but found all right there.
The inmates of the rooms above us, horror-stricken, came down
stairs to enquire what the matter was ; people from the street
came tumbling in to ask us if we had felt any unusual sensation :
the people over the way felt it ; the cruet stands were overset,
plates broken, and the whole dinner-table service at Russell's set
in motion ; the soldiers rushed out of their bomb-proofs on the
citadel, where the shock was, we are informed, the most severe ;
in St. John street without, people ran from their houses, and
hosts of people besieged the gates of the gas-works. In the streets,
however, the shock was not sensibly felt, and by some persons not
felt at all. It is fully believed that the concussory effect upon
the houses was greater than when the laboratory blew up. A
gentleman informs us that at Mount Pleasant the shock appeared
to come from the southwest with a gradually increasing rumbling
noise, and ended with a report as of a distant explosion. At the
house of Mr. Mainguy, in Scott street, near the Lewis Road, the
earth has opened in two places in a passage leading to the yard,
and a quantity of earth was thrown down from the siding of the
cellar.

The Chronicle states : — '' About ten minutes or a quarter past

158 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^Pl*!!}

one, yesterday afternoon, the city was " frightened from its pro-
priety" by a shock of an earthquake — of brief duration and unat-
tended by any serious results, but sufficiently violent to give an
idea of the destruction which would have been caused had the
convulsion of the earth lasted as many minutes as it did seconds.
The shock was of a peculiar nature. It was not of the swaying
or vibratory species — it was a shaking of the ground precisely
similar in effect with that cau ed on a bridge by the passing of a
heavy train at a considerable speed. In the houses it was felt to a
much greater extent than by persons in the streets — this fact being
of course easily explained by the motion communicated to floors,
the rattling of windows, doors, furniture, glass-ware, and loose fix-
tures. Several persons appear not to have felt the quivering motion
of the ground out of doors, and were therefore surprised to
see persons rushing into the streets, anxiously enquiring what had
occurred. In the houses the rumbling or jarring sound was how-
ever, positively alarming. In some instances ornaments and ill-
secured panes of glass fell from windows. The shock lasted, as
nearly as can be determined, five or six seconds. Of course, on
such an occasion, few persons could be found with sufficient pre-
sence of mind to count at the moment the duration of the convul-
sion, and it can therefore only be estimated by the recollection of
the event.

'' In the upper portions of the city — on the Cape, in the Citadel,
and in St. Lewis suburbs — the shock seems to have been most
severe. In the Lower Town and St. Roch's, however, it was felt
with sufficient force to send thousands of persons into the streets
to enquire if another explosion had taken place, if the gas works
at Orleans wharf, Palais, had blown up, or if a portion of Cape
Diamond had given way and crushed the houses in Champlain
street. All these surmises were indulged in at the moment. That
with regard to the gas works, however, grew into a rumor that
spread like wildfire, and hundreds ran or drove towards the Palais
to find that it was unfounded. This rumor was doubtless strength-
ened by the fact that many persons fancied that they perceived a
gaseous smell immediately after the shock. But the absence of
anything like the loud report which characterizes an explosion seems
to have led most people to attribute it at once to its true cause.

" There were none of the signs of the elements which usually
herald the coming of earthquakes in southern latitudes. The sky

1864.] MISCELLANEOUS. 159

was cloudless at the time, the weather clear and agreeable, with
what mariners would call a " stiff breeze." The wind prevented
the effect of the earthquake from being noticeable on the river,
although some observant persons say that the surface of the water
appeared darker than its ordinary color while the concussion
lasted."

The A^ews adds the following : — '•' The shock was so sudden that
to those who were within doors it appeared as if the chimney-wall
or roof of their own or their neighbor's house had given way and was
tumbling down. At the Artillery Barracks, the men ran from their
rooms into the square and up towards the magazine, fully convinced
that another explosion had taken place. On the citadel, too,
where we are told the shock was most violent, the men ran in ter-
ror from their bomb-proof rooms into the square, and crowded the
ramparts to see where the explosion had occurred.

" We learn that in the ship-yards at St. Roch's, the ships on the
stocks waved to and fro. Some persons say they distinctly saw
the river rise in some parts to a height of nearly ten feet, and that
it receded almost immediately."

Mr. Herbert Williams writes to the Quebec Chronicle as follows,
from Harvey Hill Mines, under the date of Thursday April 21 :
" At 1.15 p.m., yesterday, a smart shock of an earthquake was
felt in this district, lasting from ten to fifteen seconds. It was also
perceived by some of our miners, who were at the time working
at a depth of 180 feet below the surface. The undulation at
this place, as nearly as I could judge, seemed to travel from south-
west to northeast, the wind blowing at the time from the north-
east. At 6.40 p.m., we had a brilliant flash of lightning without
its usual accompaniment of thunder ; the sky at the time was
perfectly clear, the wind blowing strong from the northeast. As
yuo will, I doubt not, receive many communications from different
parts of the Province, it may be interesting to learn the time of
its appearance at different places. Hence I send you the above
facts of its occurrence here."

On Organic Remains in the Laurentian Rocks of Canada.
(Letter from Sir W. E. Logan to the Editors of " Silliman's
Journal.")

"In August, 1859, I exhibited to the American Association at
Springfield, Mass., specimens of what was regarded by me as an

160 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

organic form externally resembling Stromatoceriian, and found in
the Laurentian limestone of the Ottawa. These were described by
me in the Canadian Naturalist for that year (vol. iv, p. 300),
and afterwards figured in the Geology of Canada, p. 49. In
1863, similar forms were detected by the Geological Survey, in
the serpentine-limestone of Grenville, sections of which we have
prepared and submitted for microscopic examination to Dr. J. W.
Dawson. He finds that the serpentine, which was supposed to
replace the organic form, really fills the interspaces of the calcareous
fossil. ' This exhibits in some parts a well-preserved organic
structure, which Dr. Dawson describes as that of a Foraminifer
' growing in large sessile patches after the manner of Carpenter ia,
but of much greater dimensions, and presenting minute points
which reveal a structure resembling that of other foraminiferous
forms, as for example Calcarina and NitmmiditesJ Figures and
descriptions will soon be published by the Geological Survey.

" Large portions of the Laurentian limestones appear to be made
up of fragments of these organisms, mixed with other fragments
which suggest comparisons with crinoids and other calcareous fos-
sils, but cannot be distinctly determined. Some of the limestones
are more or less colored by carbonaceous matter, which Dr. Dawson
has found to exhibit under the microscope evidences of organic
structure, probably vegetable.

" In this connection, it may be noticed that Mr. Sterry Hunt, in
a paper presented to the Geological Society of London in 1858, (see
also Silliman's Journal, [2], xxxvi, 296,) insisted upon the presence
of beds of iron-ore, metallic sulphurets, and graphite in the Lau-
rentian series as " aff"ording evidence of the existence of organic
life at the time of the deposition of these old crystalline rocks."

Dr. Dawson has proposed for this fossil the name of Eozoon
Canadense, under which it will shortly be fully described.

Published, Montreal, May 7, 1861.

THE

CANADIAN NATURALIST.

SECOND SERIES.

i^*-

CONTRIBUTIONS TO LITHOLOGY.*

By T. Stbrry Hdnt, M.A., F.R.S. ; of the Geol. Survey of Canada,

III. On Some Eruptive RocKs.f

In Silliman's Journal for March 1860 (2nd, xxix, 282) there is a
short note, pointing out the existence, in the vicinity of Montreal,
of several interesting classes of eruptive rocks, including quartzi-
ferous porphyries, trachytes, phonolite, dolerites, and diorites. It
is proposed in the third part of the present paper to describe the
results of some chemical and mineralogical examinations of these
rocks, and to give by way of preface a description of their geogra-
phical distribution and geological relations. They may be con-
sidered geographically as belonging to two groups ; of which the first
and more important for the number and variety of its rocks may be
conveniently described as the Montreal group. It consists of a
succession of intrusive masses along a belt running nearly trans-
verse to the undulations of the Notre Dame Mountains, which are
the prolongation of the Appalachians into eastern Canada. Com-
mencing at Shefford Mountain, an isolated trachytic mass not far
removed from the western base of the Notre Dame range, we find,
going westward, the detached hills known as Yamaska, Rouge-
mont, Rouville or Beloeil, Montarville or Boucherville, Mount
Royal or Montreal, and Rigaud Mountains ; the last being dis-
tant about ninety miles from Shefi'ord. Brome Mountain, which

* Concluded from page 36.

t From Sillima7i's Journal^ vol. xxxviii.

Vol. I. L No. 3.

162 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,,

occupies a large area to the south of Shefford, approaches within
two miles of it. In like manner, a few miles to the south of BeloeiL
is another intrusive mass known as Mount Johnson or Monnoir ;
making in all nine hills of eruptive rock belonging to the Mont-
real group. Besides these, numerous smaller intrusive masses in the
form of dykes are met with around and between the hills. From
Mount Royal to Rigaud Mountain, a distance of about thirty miles,
a gentle undulation of the strata is observed, which increases to the
westward of Rigaud, and finally gives place to a considerable fault..
This disturbance has been traced to the Laurentide hiUs on the Lac
des Chats, 140 miles west of Montreal ; but to the eastward the strata
exhibit no evidence of this transverse undulation, unless the ap-
pearance of the intrusive rocks already mentioned be supposed to
indicate the prolongation of a fracture without sensible dislocation..

The whole of these eruptive rocks rise through unaltered paleo-
zoic strata, which however, in the immediate vicinity of the intru-
sive rocks, exhibit a local metamorphism. The hills of Shefford,
Brome, and Yamaska break through the strata of the Quebec
group, and lie a little to the east of the great line of dislocation
which, in this region, brings up the lower members of the paleozoic
series against the superior portion of the Lower Silurian, and di-
vides into two districts the great paleozoic basin. (Geology of Can-
ada, pp. 234, 597.) The other hills all belong to the western di-
vision of this basin, and break through various members of the
Lower Silurian series from the Potsdam to the Hudson River
formation. Among the numerous dykes which traverse not only the
sedimentary strata but the intrusive masses, there are some which
intersect the conglomerates of St. Helen's Island. These are of un-
certain age, but repose unconformably on the Lower Silurian series,
and enclose pebbles and masses of Upper Silurian limestone charac-
terized by fossils of the Lower Helderberg period. (Ibid., p. 356.)

This group of intrusive rocks offers very great varieties in com-
position ; thus Shefford and Brome consist of what we shall de-
scribe as a granitoid trachyte, while the succeeding mountain,
Yamaska, and the most western, Rigaud, both consist in part of a
kind of trachyte, and in part of diorite. Monnoir and Beloeil also
consist of diorites, which however differ from the last two, and from
each other ; while Rougemont, Montarville, and Mount Royal con-
sist in great part of dolerites, presenting however many varieties
in composition, and sometimes passing into pyroxenite. The dole-

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 163

rites of Rougemont and Mount Royal are cut by dykes of tra-
chyte. Similar dykes also traverse the diorite of Yamaska, and may
perhaps be connected with the trachytic portion of this mountain.
It is probable, judging from some specimens from Rougemont, that
the dolerite is there intersected by veins of diorite, some of which
resemble that of Beloeil, and others that of Monnoir. Dykes both
of trachyte, phonolite, and dolerite are also found traversing the
Lower Silurian strata in the vicinity of the great eruptive masses ;
and the conglomerate of St. Helen's mentioned above is traversed by
dykes of dolerite, which in their turn are cut by others of trachyte.
A second and smaller group of intrusive rocks occurs to the north-
west of Montreal, chiefly in the county of Grenville, where they
traverse the gneiss and limestones of the Laurentian system. The
principal undulations of these rocks have, like those of the Appa-
lachians, a north and south direction ; but there is apparent also
a second series of undulations, affecting in a less degree the geo-
graphical distribution of the strata, and having, like the Montreal
and Rigaud undulation, an east and west direction. Coincident with
the latter system of folds is a series of doleritic dykes, which nowhere
attain a great breath, but have in some cases been traced more than
fifty miles in a nearly east and west direction. These dykes are
interrupted by a great mass of reddish syenite, passing in some
parts into granite, and occupying an area of about thirty-six square
miles in the townships of Grenville, Chatham, and Wentworth*
Dykes of this syenite extend from the central mass, and traverse the
surrounding gneiss and limestone. Numerous dykes of quartz ifer-
ous porphyry intersect both this syenite and the surrounding gneiss,
and are seen in one case to proceed from a considerable nucleus of
porphyry, which rises into a small mountain ; rendering it probable
that numerous other porphyry dykes of the region radiate in
like manner from other nuclei of the same rock. Some parts of this
porphyry enclose fragments of syenite, dolerite, and gneiss, which
vary in size from small grains to several feet in diameter, and often
give to the rock the character of a breccia. In one instance a bed
of gneiss, upwards of a hundred yards in length, is completely sur-
rounded by the porphyry.

Orthophyre and Syenite.

Orthoclase-Porphyry or Orthophyre. — Under this head
may be noticed a rock which has for its base a compact petrosilex,

164 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

or intimate mixture of orthoclase and quartz, rendered porphyritic
by the presence of grains or crystals of orthoclase, of quartz, or
of both of these minerals together. The occurrence of this rock
at Grenville, where it forms dykes in the syenite of that region,
has just been noticed. The fine-grained petrosilicious base of this
rock varies in color from dark green to various shades of red,
purple, and black ; these diflferences probably depending upon the
degree of oxydation of the contained iron. Throughout this paste
are disseminated well-defined crystals of a rose-red or flesh-red
feldspar apparently orthoclase, sometimes very abundant; and less
frequently small grains of nearly colorless translucent quartz. An
analysis was made of a characteristic variety of the rock, the base
of which was greenish-black, jasper-like, conchoidal in fracture,
and feebly translucent on the edges, with a somewhat waxy lustre.
The hardness was nearly equal to that of quartz, and the specific
gravity 2.62. A few distinct crystals of red orthoclase, and some
grains of quartz, were present. The base, freed as much as possi-
ble from these, gave as follows :

I

Silica 72.20

Alumina 12.50

Peroxyd of iron 3.70

Lime 90

Potash 3.88

Soda 5.30

Volatile 60

99.08

The oxygen ratio of the alkalies and alumina is 2.02 : 5.84, or
nearly 1:3. The alumina requires 43.80 parts of silica to form
with the alkalies 65.48 parts of a feldspar having the ratios 1:3:
12, which are those of orthoclase and albite. There will then
remain 28.4 parts of silica. This, with the exception of a small
amount which is probably united with the oxyd of iron and lime,
may be regarded as uncombined. The porphyries of this region
receive a high polish, and are sometimes very beautiful.

Syenite. — The syenite of this region consists of orthoclase,
usually flesh-red in color, and grayish vitreous quartz, with a small
portion of blackish-green hornblende, which is sometimes almost
or altogether wanting, and is occasionally accompanied with a
little mica. The orthoclase is often nearly compact, but more gen-

1864.] T. STERRT HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 165

rally distinctly crystalline and cleavable, and so far as observed, is
not associated with any triclinic feldspar. The hornblende is ap-
parently subject to decomposition, becoming soft, earthy, and ferru-
ginous in its aspect, while the feldspar retains its brilliancy. The
partial analysis of such a specimen of the syenite gave only 0.56
of lime, and traces of magnesia, with 3.75 per cent, of peroxyd of
iron, and of alkalies, potash 4.43, soda 4.35. This large proportion
of soda is also to be remarked in the orthophyre just described, and
in the red orthoclase-gneiss of this region, a portion of which gave-
3.86 per cent of potash and 3.70 of soda ; while the red orthoclase
from the rocks of this Laurentian series, named perthite by Dr.
Thompson, gives in like manner 6.37 of potash to 5.56 of soda.
A nearly pure potash-orthoclase, generally white in color, is how-
ever found in some of the stratified Laurentian rocks. (Geology
of Canada, page 474.)

This syenite of Grenville has in some portions undergone a.
peculiar decomposition, which has reduced it to a soft greenish
matter having the aspect of serpentine, or rather of pyrallolite. This
change has been remarked only in the vicinity of some remarkable
veins of chert which are here found cutting the syenite, and as de-
scribed by Sir W. E. Logan, is more or less complete for a distance
of two hundred yards on each side of them. In specimens of this
altered rock, the quartz remains unchanged ; while the feldspar,,
still preserving its cleavages, has a hardness no greater than car-
bonate of lime. It is somewhat unctuous to the touch, with a
feeble waxy lustre, and its color is occasionally reddish, but more
often of a pale green. Such a specimen was selected for analysis
and gave of silica 80.65, alumina 12.60, lime 0.60, soda and a
little potash 2.65, volatile 2.10, magnesia and oxydof iron, traces ;
= 98.60. From this result it appears that the feldspar of the
syenite has lost nearly two thirds of its alkali ; the iron and other
bases having also for the most part disappeared. This removal of
the protoxyd bases would appear from the character of the result-
ing mineral to be different from that which takes place during
the kaolinization of feldspar. The nature of the process requires
further investigation, but it was not improbably connected with
the deposition of the adjacent chert or hornstone. This substance,
according to SirW. E. Logan, forms two large veins which cut the
syenite vertically, and have a breadth of from four to seven feet.
It is generally arranged in bands or layers parallel to the walls of

^166 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

the veins, and varying in color from white to yellowish and flesh-
-red. The mineral has the chemical characters of flint or buhrstone,
•and like the latter presents numerous irregular cells, the walls of
which are sometimes incrusted with crystals of quartz, and in other
cases bear the impression of small cubes, perhaps of crystals of fluor-
spar, which have themselves disappeared. The relations of these
singular veins of silex show that it cannot be of sedimentary origin,
and it can scarcely be doubted that it is an aqueous deposit, and
results from a similar process to that which on a lesser scale gives
rise to agate and chalcedony in various rocks. (Geology of Canada,
page 41.)

Trachytes.

Under this head we shall describe a class of rocks which are
very abundant in Eastern Canada, and present a great variety of
aspects. There are many dykes in the vicinity of Montreal which
resemble some of the typical trachytic rocks of Auvergne and of
the Rhine ; while the rocks of the mountains of Brome and Sheffbrd
consist almost entirely of distinctly crystalline feldspar. These will
be described as granitoid trachytes, under which head may also be
included a somewhat similar rock from Yamaska Mountain.

Brome and Shefford Mountains. — The trachytes of Brome
and Shefford occupy two considerable areas near to each other,
and, as already stated, are the easternmost of the eruptive masses
now under description. The larger area covers about twenty
square miles in Brome and the western part of the township of Shef-
ford. It consists of several rounded hills, of which the principal
are named Brome and Shefford Mountains, and rise boldly about
1,000 feet above the surrounding plain. The rock shows divisional
planes, giving it an aspect of stratification, and separates by other
joints into rectangular blocks. The second area includes about nine
square miles in the township of Shefford, to the northwest of the
last, and at the nearest point is only about two miles removed from
it. This is known as Shefford Mountain.

The rocks of these two mountainous areas present but very
slight differences; being, so far as examined, everywhere made up
in great part of a crystalline feldspar, with small portions of brown-
ish-black mica, or of black hornblende, which are sometimes asso-
ciated. The proportion of these two minerals is never above a few
hundredths, and is often less than one hundredth. The other min-

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 167

cral species are small brilliant crystals of yellowish sphene, and
others of magnetic iron, amounting together probably to one thou-
sandth of the mass. In some finer-grained varieties a few rare
crystals of sodalite and of nepheline are met with. But for the
uniform absence of quartz, these rocks might be taken for varieties
■of granite and syenite. They are very friable, and subject to
disintegration, so that the soil for some distance around these
mountains is almost entirely made up of the separated crystals of
feldspar ; which however show but little tendency to decomposition,
and retain their lustre. The rock is sometimes rather finely granu-
lar in its texture ; but is often composed of cleavable masses of ortho-
clase, which are from one fifth to one half of an inch in breadth,
and sometimes nearly an inch in length. The lustre is vitreous, and
in the more opaque varieties, pearly ; but the crystals never exhibit
the eminently glassy lustre nor the fissured appearance that
characterizes the feldspars of many European trachytes which are
similar to them in composition. The color of the feldspar of these
rocks is white, passing into reddish on the one hand, and into pearl-
gray or lavender-gray on the other.

Specimens of the rock of Brome Mountain were taken from the
side near to the village of West Shefford. It was coarsely crys-
talline, lavender-gray in color, and contained a little brown mica,
sphene, and magnetic iron, but no hornblende. The density of frag-
ments of the rock was found to be 2.632-2.638. Selected grains
of the feldspar had a specific gravity of 2.575, and gave by analy-
sis the result ii. The analysis of a second specimen from another
portion of the hill, is given under ill.

The rock from the south side of Shefford Mountain was next
examined. In one part it consisted of a coarse-grained grayish-
white feldspar with a little black mica, and closely resembled the
rock just described from the adjacent mountain. A little lower
down the hill however was a variety which, though completely
crystalline, was more coherent and finer-grained than that of Brome,
the feldspar rarely exhibiting cleavage-planes more than a fourth
of an inch in length. Brilliant crystalline grains of black horn-
blende about the size of grains of rice were sparingly disseminated
through the mass, together with very small portions of magnetite and
yellowish sphene. Fragments of the rock had a density of 2.6 07-
.2.657. The feldspar was yellowish- white and sub-translucent, with
a somewhat pearly lustre. By crushing and washing the mass, the

168 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

grains of feldspar were separated from the heavier minerals, and
found to have a specific gravity of 2.561. The result of its anal-
ysis, which scarcely differs from that of Brome, is given under iv^

II. III. IV.

Silica 65.70 65.30 65.15

Alumina 20.80 20.70 20.55

Lime 84 .84 .73

Potash 6.43 .... 6.39

Soda 6-52 6.67

Volatile 50 .... .50

100.79 99.99

Yamaska Mountain. — About twelve miles to the north of
west from Shefford Mountain rises the hill of intrusive rock known
as Yamaska Mountain, which has an area of about four square
miles, and breaks through the strata of the Quebec group, near the
line of the great dislocation which brings these up against the
limestones of the Trenton group. The southeastern part of this
hill consists of a granitoid diorite hereafter to be noticed ; but the
greater portion of the mass may be described as a granitoid tra-
chyte, differing in aspect from that of Brome and Shefford, in
being somewhat more micaceous and more fissile. The mica, which
is dark brown, is in elongated flakes, and there is neither horn-
blende nor quartz in the specimens collected, which however hold
small portions of magnetite, and minute crystals of amber-yellow
sphene. These seem to be contained in veins of segregation, which
are of a lighter color than the mass. The cleavable feldspar
grains, which make up by far the greater part of the rock, are
brilliant, with a vitreous lustre, and are often yellowish or reddish-
gray in color. A portion of this feldspar separated by washing from
the crushed mass of the rock, had a specific gravity of 2-563, and
gave by analysis the result v. Another portion of selected grains
of the feldspar gave vi. Both specimens were however somewhat
impure.

V. VI.

Silica 61.10 58.60

Alumina 20.10 21.60

Peroxyd of iron 2.90 2.88

Lime 3.65 5.40

Magnesia 79 1.84

Potash 3.54 3.08

Soda 5.93 5.51

Volatile 40 .80

98.41 99.71

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 16^

Besides these great trachytic hills, numerous smaller masses of
different varieties of trachyte, in the form of dykes and beds, are
found along the line of country between Rigaud and Yamaska
Mountains. The diorite of the latter is cut into dykes of a white
or brownish-gray trachyte, which is often porphyritic, and may be
connected the great mass just described.

Chambly. — At Chambly a mass of porphyritic trachyte is in-
truded in the form of a bed among the strata of the Hudson
River formation ; and about midway in the Chambly canal a simi-
lar trachyte is met with, which contains in drusy cavities, crystals
of quartz, calcite, analcime, and chabazite. The base of this
rock is of a pale fawn color, and appears at first sight to be
micaceous; but on closer examination it is seen to be almost
entirely feldspathic. Minute portions of pyrites, and grains
of magnetic iron, are rarely met with, and small scales of a
dark green micaceous mineral are very sparsely disseminated. The
crystals of orthoclase, which are very abundant, are sometimes an
inch in length, and one fourth of an inch in thickness : they are
more or less modified, and terminated at both ends. They are easily
detached from the rock, and are yellowish and opaque on the exte-
rior, but the inner portions of the large crystals are transparent
and vitreous. The composition of the crystals is given under vil.
The paste of this porphyry, when carefully freed from crystals, lost
by ignition 2.1 per cent. When pulverized and digested with dilute
nitric acid, it effervesced slightly, giving off carbonic acid, together
with red fumes, arising in part from the oxydation of the pyrites.
The portion thus dissolved equalled carbonate of lime 1.76, car-
bonate of magnesia 0.98, peroxyd of iron with a trace of alumina
2.12 per cent. The residue, dried at 300° F., gave the result viii.

TII. VIII.

Silica 66.15 67.60

Alumina 19.75 18.30

Peroxyd of iron 1.40

Lime 95 .45

Potash 7.53 5.10

Soda 5.19 5.85

Volatile 55 .25

100.12 99.85

The paste of this trachyte thus differs but little from the crys-
tals in composition. It contains only a slight excess of silica, and

170 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

seems to be made up of lamellae of ortlioclase, mingled with small
portions of carbonates of lime and magnesia. A part of the iron
also is probably present as carbonate, which, by its decomposition,
gives rise to the rusty red color of the weathered surface of the
trachyte.

Montreal. — The island of Montreal offers a great variety of
trachytic rocks, which traverse both the Lower Silurian strata, and
the dolerite of Mount Royal. Some of these dykes are finely
granular, occasionally crumbling to sand, and frequently are earthy
in texture. In some cases they assume a concretionary structure,
and they are often porphyritic from the presence of feldspar or
hornblende. One variety exhibits large feldspar crystals in a com-
pact purplish or lavender-gray base, with a waxy lustre. This
effervesces with acids, from an admixture of earthy carbonates, and
closely resembles in its aspect certain trachytes from the Siebenge-
iDirge on the Rhine. Other varieties can scarcely be distinguished
from the so-called domite, the trachyte of the Puy de Dome, and
exhibit small drusy cavities. The presence of carbonates in tra-
chytic rocks has generally been overlooked ; Deville however found
seven per cent of carbonate of lime in a trachytic rock from Hun-
gary, and it occurs disseminated in some of the trachytes of the
Siebengebirge. Some of the trachytes about to be described con-
tain moreover carbonates of magnesia and protoxyd of iron, and
weather to some depth of a reddish-brown color from the peroxy-
dation of the latter, like the trachyte from Chambly just noticed.
Acids remove from many of these rocks, in addition to the carbo-
nates, portions of alumina and alkalies. These are derived from
a soluble silicate, which in the trachytes of Brome appears only
as rare crystals of nepheline, and in Chambly as analcime and
•chabazite. In some of the compact and earthy varieties about
Montreal, however, this soluble silicate exists to a large extent,
and has the composition of natrolite. By this admixture of a
zeolite the trachytes pass into phonolite.

The first of these trachytes which will be noticed forms a dyke
near McGrill College. The rock is divided by joints into irregular
fragments, whose surfaces are often coated with thin-bladed crys-
tals of an aluminous mineral, apparently zeolitic. Small brilliant
crystals of cubic iron-pyrites, often highly modified, are dissemi-
nated through the mass. The rock has the hardness of feldspar,
and a specific gravity of from 2.617 to 2,632. Its color is white.

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 171

passing into bluish and grayish-white ; it has a feebly shining lus-
tre and is slightly translucent on the edges, with a compact or
finely granular texture, and an uneven sub-conchoidal fracture.
Before the blow-pipe it fuses with intumescence into a white
enamel. The rock in powder, is attacked even by acetic acid, which
removes 0.8 per cent of carbonate of lime, besides 1.5 per cent
of alumina and oxyd of iron ; the latter apparently derived from a
carbonate. Nitric acid dissolves a little more lime, oxydizes the
pyrites, and takes up, besides alumina and alkalies, a considerable
portion of manganese. This apparently exists in the form of sul-
phuret, since, while it is soluble in dilute nitric acid, the white por-
tions of the rock aflford no trace of manganese before the blow-pipe ;
although minute dark-colored grains, associated with the pyrites,
were found to give an intense manganese reaction. From the
residue after the action of the nitric acid, a solution of carbonate
of soda removed a portion of silica ; and the remainder, dried at
300° F., was free from iron and from manganese. Its analysis is
given under ix ; while that of the matters dissolved by nitric acid
and carbonate of soda from 100 parts of the rock, will be found
under ix A.

A dyke of trachyte near to the last, and very similar to it in
appearance, was submitted to the action of nitric acid, but the in-
soluble residue was not treated by carbonate of soda. Its analysis
is given under x, while that of the soluble matters is to be found
under x A. A white trachyte from a dyke at Lachine, resembled
the preceding, but was somewhat earthy in its aspect, and effer-
vesced with nitric acid, which removed a portion of lime equal to
7.40 per cent of carbonate. On boiling the pulverized rock with
nitrate of ammonia, an amount of lime equal to 5.33 per cent of
carbonate was dissolved. An accident prevented the complete
determination of the alkalies in the feldspathic residue of this tra-
chyte ; and the soluble silica was not removed previous to the anal-
ysis, whose result is given under xi. The proportion of the
potash to the soda was however found to be, by weight, nearly as
two to three. The matters dissolved by nitric acid will be found
under xi A.

Another dyke of trachyte from Lachine was concretionary, and
stained by infiltration ; the interior of the concretions was white
and earthy. The substances removed from 100 parts of the rock
by nitric acid and carbonate of soda, are given under b. A par-

172 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [JuDC^

tial analysis of the insoluble residue showed it to be a feldspar
allied to those of the preceding trachytes : the quantities of potash
and soda were however nearly in the ratio of four to three.

A large dyke of trachyte in the limestone 'quarries at the Mile
End, near Montreal, is remarkable for the amount of carbonates
which it contains. It is grayish-white, with dark grey spots, gran-
ular, sub-vitreous in lustre, and holds a few crystals of hornblende.
By ignition it loses 11.0 per cent, of its weight. In powder it
effervesces freely with nitric acid, disengaging carbonic acid, and
when heat is applied, red fumes from the peroxydation of the iron.
100 parts of the rock yielded in this way the soluble matters
given under xii A. The composition of the residue, from
which the soluble silica was not removed, is given under xil.

IX. I. XI. xir.

Silica, 63.25 62.90 58.50 61.62'

Alumina, 22.12 23.10 24.90 21.00-

Lime 56 .45 .45 2.69-

Potash, 5.92 2.43 4.66

Soda 6.29 8.69 5.35

Volatile 93 1.40 2.10 2.37,

99.07 98.97 97.69

A second determination of the alkalies in a portion of the tra-
chyte IX, which had not previously been treated by acid, gave
potash 5.40 and soda 6.49. A second analysis of x gave potash
2.28, and soda 7-95.

IX A. X A. XI A. B. XII A.

Silica, 1.43 5.00

Alumina 2.43 1.27 1.32 4.84

Peroxyd of iron 2.40 2.84 1.47 2.51 2.65

Lime 60 1.86 4.14 3.50 6.49

Magnesia 1,34 1.35 1.70

Potash, 40 .25 undet. undet. undet

Soda 98 .21 " " "

Red oxyd of manganese, 1.31 .87

• • •

Of the matters soluble in nitric acid in the last-described trachyte,
XII, the lime in the form of carbonate would equal not less than
11.60 per cent, the magnesia 3.58, and the iron 3.82 per cent of
carbonates, in which condition by far the greater part of these bases
are probably present.

1864.] t. sterry hunt on lithology. 173

Phonolite.
Associated with the numerous trachytic dykes at Lachine
is one of the phonolite ah-eady referred to. It is brittle and some-
what schistose, breaking into angular fragments, and appears to
consist of a reddish fawn-colored base, in which are disseminated
greenish-white rounded masses, often grouped, and apparently
concretionary in their structure. These greenish portions are some-
times half an inch or more in diameter, and cover from one third
to one half of the surfaces. They are not very distinctly seen un-
less the rock is moistened. The hardness of the different portions
does not greatly vary, and is nearly that of apatite. The specific
gravity is very low, being only 2-414. The mass contains small
cavities filled with carbonate of lime, which is rarely stained pur-
ple : it is also found in small films in the joints. The rock is gran-
ular in its fracture, without lustre, and is feebly translucent at
the edges. When pulverized, and treated with nitric acid of spe-
cific gravity 1.25, a slight effervescence ensues, with abundant red
fumes. The mass grows warm, and gelatinizes ; and on washing
out the acid solution, and treating the insoluble portion with a
solution of caustic soda, a white granular residue remains. These
reactions are obtained both with the fawn-colored and the srreenish
portions, but the amount of insoluble matter is greater from the
last. The rock is but slightly hygroscopic : a portion of it in pow-
der lost only 0.2 per cent by a prolonged exposure to 212° ¥.,
but 7.10 per cent at a red heat.

For the quantitative analysis, the method already indicated was
followed. It was found that while a dilute solution of caustic soda
removed all of the gelatinous silica separated by the acid, it took
up only a trace of alumina ; leaving a feldspathic residue which
was no longer attacked by nitric acid. The silica was separated
from the alkaline liquid, and the acid solution was found to con-
tain, besides alumina and soda, a little potash, some lime, magne-
sia, and iron, and traces of manganese. The greater part of the
lime is evidently present as carbonate ; for when a portion of the
pulverized phonolite, which gave to nitric acid lime equal to 4.36
per cent of carbonate, was boiled with a solution of nitrate of am-
monia, there were dissolved 3.87 per cent of carbonate of lime;
besides which there was a separation of a considerable amount of
oxyd from the decomposed carbonate of iron. From this reaction,
and from the entire absence of sulphur, which was carefully sought

174 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Juiie^

for, it is probable that the whole of the iron, except the small por-
tion of peroxyd which colors the rock, exists in the state of carbo-
nate. In the following analyses, therefore, the lime and the iron,
as well as a little magnesia, are calculated as carbonates, xiil
is the result obtained with four grams of the reddish portion of the
phonolite, as free as possible from the green ; and xiv was ob-
tained with two and a half grams of a mixture of the two colors.

xiri. XIV.

Soluble silicate, zeolite (a), by difference. 46.57 36.16

Insoluble silicate, feldspar (b) 45.75 55.40

Carbonate of lime 3.63 4.36

" iron 3.52 3.72

" magnesia 53 .36

100.00 100.00
In order to fix the composition of the soluble silicate, the
amounts of the insoluble residue and of the separated silica,
alumina, and alkalies, having been carefully determined, and the
lime, magnesia, and oxyd of iron calculated as carbonates, the
water was estimated by the loss. In this way were obtained the
results given under xiii A, and xiv A ; while the analyses of
the insoluble silicate, which is a potash feldspar, are given under
Xlll B, and XIV B.

XIII A.

Silica 51.96

Alumina 24.42

Soda 12.93

Potash 1.15

Water 9.54

XIV A.

Natrolite.

Analcime

51.66

47.40

54.06

24.88

26.09

23.20

13.05

16.02

14.10

1.28

• • • •

• • • •

9.13

9.05

8.10

100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
The composition of this zeolitic mineral is intermediate between
analcime and natrolite ; but the readiness with which it gelatinizes
with acids, leads to the conclusion that it belongs, in great part at
least, to natrolite. The theoretical composition of these two
zeolites is for the sake of comparison, placed alongside of the two
analyses of the soluble portion of the phonolite.

XJII B. XIV B.

Silica 59.70 60.90

Alumina= 23.25 24.45

Lime 99 .45

Potash 9.16 undet.

Soda 2.97 "

Volatile 2.23 2.10

98.30 ....

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 175

The feldspars of the above trachytes and phonolite offer some con-
siderable variations in their composition, especially in the propor-
tions of the alkalies. In ix the proportions of potash and soda are
nearly the same as in the trachytes of Brome, Shefford, and
Chambly ; and the same is true of xil. These are doubtless to
be regarded as varieties of orthoclase with a large amount of soda,
while in the feldspar from the phonolite the proportion of soda is
very small. In x, on the contrary, the large predominance of
soda indicates a composition approaching that of albite. It is
further apparent, from a comparison of the feldspars of the other
trachytes whose complete analyses are not given, that the propor-
tions of the alkalies are liable to considerable variation, even in
adjacent and apparently similar dykes. All of the above feldspars
are probably to be referred to orthoclase, or to albite ; but these, in
the earthy trachytes, have undergone a commencement of decom-
position ; which consists in the loss of a portion of silica and alkali,
and the combination of water, resulting in a formation of kaolin.
An admixture of this substance will explain the increased amount
of alumina, the deficiency of silica, and the presence of water in
the feldspars of the more earthy of these trachytes.

These trachytic dykes are not confined to the vicinity of Mont-
real. To the southward, on the shores of Lake Champlain, there
is found in and about Burlington, Vermont, a vast number of
dykes of intrusive rock ; some of which appear to intersect the
strata of the Quebec group, and others those of the Trenton group.
Some of these are described as being of greenstone ; and others,
as a white or yellowish-white feldspathic rock, often porphyritic
from the presence of feldspar crystals. The base of a yellowish-
gray porphyritic dyke from Shelburne, having a rough fracture, and
a specific gravity of 2.60, gave to Prof. G. F. Barker, silica 67.30,
alumina and peroxyd of iron 19.10, lime 0.79, magnesia, traces,
potash 4.74, soda 6-04, volatile 1.70,= 99.67. It contained a
little intermingled quartz ; and the mass resulting from the fusion
of the rock with an alkaline carbonate, afforded traces of a sul-
phuret. (Geology of Vermont, pages 579-707.)

Somewhat to the south of Burlington, on the west side of Lake
Champlain, and near to Essex, there is a great mass of intrusive
rock, found in the slates of the Hudson River formation. As
described by Emmons, it is interstratified in an irregular manner
among the layers of the unaltered sedimentary rocks, and has a

176 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

fissile and schistose structure, which gives, at first sight, the aspect
of stratification to what is undoubtedly an intrusive rock. When
exposed to the action of the waves on the lake-shore, its structure
appears to be columnar, and sometimes concretionary. This rock
is described as composed of a reddish or pale leek-green compact
feldspar, holding crystals of the same mineral. (Geology of New
York, vol ii, page 84.) These intrusive feldspathic rocks on Lake
Champlain resemble closely the trachytes of Montreal and Cham-
bly, — with the latter of which, the trachyte of Shelburne, the
only one of them which has been chemically examined, closely
agrees in composition.

DOLERITES.

r

The anorthosites, which yet remain to be described, may be
divided into two groups, — those composed of anorthic feldspars with
augite, constituting the dolerites, and those in which similar feld-
spars are associated with hornblende. The general geognostical
relations of these two groups of rocks in the districts under dis-
cussion have already been indicated.

Grenville. — It has already been stated on page 163 that the
oldest known intrusive masses which traverse the Laurentian
series are of dolerite, and that the dykes of this rocks are inter-
sected by the syenite, which was succeeded by the orthophyre or
quartziferous porphyry, Nothing corresponding to the syenite or
the orthophyre is met with among the adjacent Lower Silurian
strata, which are seen to repose upon the worn surfaces of these
intrusive rocks. A fourth series of dykes of a porphyritic dolerite
is however found to cut all of the preceding rocks, and is perhaps
identical with some of the dolerites which intersect the Silurian
rocks of the island of Montreal. In the other parts of the Lau-
rentian series, so far as yet examined, intrusive rocks have been but
seldom met with.. Much of what has been called syenite and
granite in various parts of the Laurentian region, seems, like the
hypersthenite and other anorthosites of the Labrador series, to be
indigenous.

The dykes of this most ancient dolerite or greenstone in
Grenville, have a well-marked columnar structure at right angles
to the plane of the dyke. They are fine grained, dark greenish-
gray in color, and weather greyish-white. Under a lens, the rock
is seen to consist of a greenish- white feldspar with a scaly fracture.

32'0 M'..(H. }

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 177

niin^iled with grains of pyroxene, occasional plates of mica, and
grains of pyrites. It contains no carbonates. Two an.iiyses of
portions of the dolerite, from dykes differing- a little in texture,
gave as follows under XV and xvi :

XV. XVI. XVII.

Silica 50. 3n 50.25 52/20

Alumina 17.35

Peroxyd of iron 12.50

Lime 10.19 9.63 7 34

Magnesia 4.93 5.04 4 17

Potash 69 .58 2.14

Soda 2.28 2.12 2.41

Volatile 75 1.00 2.50

99.04 100.72 99.26

The iron in these analyses, although given above as peroxyd
exists in the form of protoxyd, and in the second specimen, in p.nt as
a sulphuret. These rocks, which appear to have the compo.-sition
of m xtures of a basic feld.spir with pyroxene, do not differ from
ordinary dolerite.

riie newer dolerite, which cuts the three other clas>cs of eruprive
rocks in the Laurentian region, has a grayish-black, very titie-»'r iued
bcise, earthy and sub-conciioidal in frtcture, atid reseuibiino'
somewhat the preceding. It cont.iins small brilliant black grains of
ilmcnite, with others of sphene, and small sc.iles of mica. Occa-
sional masses of black cleavable augite, sometimes half an incu in
diameter, give to the rock a porphyritic character. It contains
besides, small cleavable masses of white carbonate of lime, with
which the whole rock seems penetrated, When in powder, it
effervesces freely in the cold with dilute nitric acid, and the vsolu-
tion evolves red fumes on heating. In this way there were dis-
solved, lime, equal to 8.70 per cent of carbonate, 0.50 ol' n»agne-
sia, and 6.50 of alumina and oxyd of iron =r: 15.70 per cent. Tiie
residue dried at 211^ F , equalled 83.80 per cent. A poiiir)n of
aluminous silicate had evidently been attacked by the aciti. The
dried residue gave^on analysis the results which will be found above
tinder XVII.

The dolerites of the Montreal district, besides forming iramer-
ous dykes, constitute the chief portions of the mountains of Mon-

• With souae titauic acid.
Vol. I. u No. 3.

178 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [JlIDe,

tarville, Rougemont, and Mount RoyaL In all of tliese however
great diversities of composition are met, with^ which will be suc-
cessively noticed,

MoNTARViLLE. — The greater part of IMontarville is composed of
a coarse-grained granitoid dolerite, in which blac'-. cleavable nugite
predominates, — sometimes almost to the exclusion of any other
mi eral. Small portions of white feldspar, and scales of brown
mica, are sparsely scattered through the roek, with grains of
carbonate of lime. The removal of these by solution from the
weathered surface often gives to it a pitted aspect. In other portions^
the feldspathic element predominates, and the rock becomes por-
phyritic from the presence of large crystals of augite. The worn
surfaces of the dolerite sometimes show alternations of this variety
with another which is finer-grained and whiter. The two are
arranged in banils, whose varying thickness and curving line^
suggest the notion that they have been produced by the flow and
the partial commingling of two semi-fluid masses.

Another and remarkable variety of dolerite, found at Montar-
ville, appears to be confined to a hill on the shore of the little lake
about half a mile northward from the manor-house. The whole
of this hill, with the exception of some adherent portions of indur-
ated shale, seems to be composed of a granitoid dolerite, containing
a large proportion of olivine. This mineral occurs in rounded crys-
talline masses or imperfect crystals from one tenth to one half an
inch in diameter, associated with a white or greenish-white crys-
talline feldspar, black augite, a little brown mica, and magnetite.
The proportion of olivine is very variable, but in some parts it
is the predominant mineral. Its color is olive-green, passing into
amber-yellow. The grains,which are translucent, are much fissured
and very brittle. The pulverized olivine gelatinizes with chlorhy-
dric acid in the cold, and is almost instantly decomposed when
warmed with sulphuric acid diluted with its volume of water, the
silica separating chiefly in a flocculent form, and enclosing small
grains of the undecomposed mineral, which are left when the
ignited silica is dissolved by a solution of soda. A little silica is
however retained in solution, and is precipitated by ammonia
with the oxyd of iron. Two analyses of different portions of the
olivine made in this way gave, after deducting the undecomposed
minciral, the following results :

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOQY, 179

Silica 37.13 37.17 = Oxygen 19.82

Magnesia 39.36 39.68= " 15.87

Protoxyd of iron 22.57 22.54= " 5.10

99.06 99.39
The augite of thisolivinitic doierite appears in the form of small
(irystallinj grains, and also in short thick and terminated prisms,
which are re;idily detached from their matrix. They are often aa
inch in length by half an inch in diameter, and are sometimes
partially coated by a film of brown mica. These crystals cleave
readily, presenting brilliant surfaces, and are black in color, with
tn ash-gray streak. Their hardness is 6.0, and their specific gravity
3.34. Analysis gave as follows :

Silica 49.40

Alumina 6.70

Lime 21.88

Magnesia 13.06

Protoxyd of iron 7.83

Soda and traces of potash 74

Volatile 50

100.11

The augite which abounds in the non-olivinitic doierite that
forms the greater part of Montarville, does not appear to differ
from that just described.

An average specimen of this olivinitic doierite, or peridotite, was
reduced to powder : it did not effervesce with nitric acid, and whea
ignited lost only 0.5 per cent. When gently warmed with sulphurie
acid, the olivine was readily decomposed, with the separation of
flocculent silica ; and by the subsequent use of a dilute solution of
loda, followed by chlorhydric acid, and a second treatment with
the alkaline ley, 55.0 per cent of the whole were dissolved. This
portion consisted of silica 37.30, magnesia 33.50, protoxyd of iron
26.20, alumina 3.00 = 100.00 : being equal to 18.4 of magnesia
for the entire mass. In another experiment, 18.0 per cent were
obtained. Taking the mean of the two analyses of olivine above
referred to, which gives 39.5 per cent of magnesia, 18.0 parts of
this base correspond to 45.5 parts of olivine. The remaining 9.5
parts of dissolved matter represent alumina and silica from th«
feldspar, and oxyd of iron from the magnetite ; both of which were
•omewhat attacked by the acids. The undissolved portion of the
rock equalled 44.7 per cent., and appeared to consist of a feldspar,

180 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

with pyroxene, some mica, and a little magnetite. Its analysis
afforded silica 49.35, alumina 18.92, protoxyd of iron 4.51, lime
18v36, magnesia 6.3(5, loss (alkalies?) 2.50 ; = 100.00.

In some portions of the dolerite of Mont.irville, the feldspar is
more abundant, and ;ippears in slender crystals with augite, and with
a smaller proportion of olivine than the last. A specimen of this
Variety, being crushed and washed, gave 3*9 percent, of magnetite,
and 10.0 percent of a mixture of ilmenite with o ivine. Theleldspir
was obtained nearly pure, in yellowish vitreous grains, having a
specific gravity of 2.73—2.74, and nearly the composition of
labradorite. The results of its analysis are seen under xviii.

xvni. XIX.

Silica 53.10 58.60

Alumina 26 80 24.40

Peroxyd of iron = 1.35 4.60

Lime 11.48 8.62

Magnesia .72 .86

Potash .71 undet.

Soda 4.24 "

Volatile 60 .80

99.00

The dolerite of Montarville is traversed by veins belonging to
several different periods. In one instance, the black and highly
augitic mass is cut by a dyke of a fine-grained greyish-white dole-
rite. This is intersected by a dyke of a fine-grained greenish rock,
which, in its turn, is cut off by another small dyke which is grayish-
white lik-! the first.

RoUGEMONT. — The rocks of Rougeraont offer a general resem-
blance to those of Montarville. Some portions are a coarse-grained
dolerite, in which augite greatly predominates, with grains of
feldspar, and a little disseminated carbonate of lime In some
parts, the augite crystals are an inch or more in diameter, with
brilliant cleavages ; and grains of pyrites are abundant, with cal-
oite in the interstices. This rock resembles the highly augitic
dolerite of Montarville. OUvine is very abundant in two varieties
of dolerite from Rougemont. One of these has a grayish white
finely granular feldspathic base, in which are disseminated black
augite and amber-colored olivine, the latter sometimes in distinct
crystals. The proportions of these elements sometimes vary in the
same specimen ^ the feldspar forming more than half the mass in

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 181

one p irt, while in another the augite and olivine predominate. By
the action of the weather, the feldspar acquires an opaque white
surf ice, upon which the black shining; au-i:ite and the rusty-red
decniiiposinor olivine appear in strong contrast.

The dolerite of this mountain is traversed by numerous dykes,
some of which are diorites like those of Monnoir and Beloeil, about
to be described. A tlvke of compact dolerite holding crystals of
feldspar and grains of olivine, is found intersecting the strata of the
Hudson River formstion at St. Hyacinthe.

M HJMT Royal. — This hill which rises immediately in the rear
of Montreal, consists for the most part of a mass of highly augitic
dolerite. In some pirts large crystals of augite, like those of
Mont irville, are disseminated through a fine-gr •in'^d base, which
is dirk ash-gray in cilor, and often efFerveFC'?s freely with acids,
from the presence of a portion of intermingled cirbonate of lime.
At other times this is wanting, and the rock is a mass of black
crystalline augite, constituting a veritable pyroxenite, from which
feldspar is absent. Mixtures of augite with feldspar are also met
with, constituting a granitoid dolerite, in parts of which the feld-
spar predominates, giving rise to a light grayish rock. Portions of
this are someti es found limited on either side by bands of nearly
pure black pyroxenite, giving at first sight an aspect of stratifica-
tion. The bands of these two varieties are found curiously contorted
and iiiterupted, and as at Montarville, seem to have resulted from
movements in a heterogeneous pasty mass, which have efiected a
partial blending of an augiticmagma with another more feldspathie
in its nature.

The more augitic parts of Mount Royal contain, like the similar
varieties from Rougemont and Montarville, considerable portion!
of magnetite, and some ilmenite. At the east end of the mountain
a variety of dolerite, containing olivine, occurs. It consists of a
base of grayish-white granular feldspar, which m the specimen ex-
amined constitutes about one half of the mass, and encloses crystals
of brilliant black augite, and of semi-transparent amber-yellow oli-
vine. Tliis rock closely resembles the feldspathie peridotite of
Rougemont, described above ; but the imbedded crystals are some-
what larger, although less than those in the dolerite of Montarville,
A portion of the feldspar, freed as much as possible from augite,
furnished by analysis the result already given under XIX; which.
shovvs that it approaches labradorite in composition.

182 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. June

}

DiORTTES.

Yamaska. — It now remains to describe thediorites which hav«
already been noticed as forming several important masses among
the intrusive rocks of the Montreal group. In the first place may
be considered that of Yamaska. The greater part of this mountain
consists, as already described, of a micaceous granitoid trachyte;
but the southeastern portion is entirely different, being a diorite
made up of a pearly white crystnlline translucent feldspar, with
black brilliant hornblende, ilmenite, and magnetic iron. This
rock is sometimes rather fine-grained, though the elements are
always very distinct to the naked eye. In other parts are seen
large cleavage-surfaces of feldspar half an inch in breadth,
which exhibit in a very beautiful manner the striae character-
istic of the poljsynthetic macles of the 'triclinic feldspars. The
associated crystals of hornblende are always much smaller and
less distinct, forming with grains of feldspar, a b ise, to which
the larger feldspar crystals give a porphyritic aspect. Finer-
grained bands, in which magnetite and ilmenite predominate,
traverse the coarser portion <, often reticulating; and the whole
mass is also occasionally cut by dvkis of a whitish or brown. sh-
gray trachytic rock, which are often porphyritic, and may
perhaps be branches from the trachytic part of the mountain.

A portion of th coarse-grained diorite sdected for examination,
eontained, besides th- minerals air. ady enumerated, small por ions
of blackish mica, with grains of pyrites, and a little disseminated
■carbonate of lime, which caused the mass to . ffervesce slightly with
nitric aci I. The macled feldspar crystals, sometimes half an inch
in length, were so much penetrated by hornblen e that they were
n t fit for analysis ; but by crushing and washing the root, a por-
tion of the feldspar was obtained, which did not effervesce with
nitric acid, and contained no visible impurity, except a few scales of
mica; its specific gravity was 2.756 — 2.763. It was decomposed
hy hydrochloric acid, with separation of pulverul nt silica; and its
analysis, which is given under XX and xxi, shows it to be near
lo anorthite, and identical in composition with the feldspar of a
•diorite from Bogoslowsk, in the Ural Mountains. This is absocia-
Aed with a greenish-black hornblende containing some titanic acid,
with a little mica, and some quartz. (R. H. Scott, L. E. and D,
Philos. Magazine [4], xv, 518.)

MoNNOiR. — Monnoir or Mount Johnson is composed of a diorite^

1864.] T. STERRT HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 183

which, in its general aspoct, greatly resembles that of Yamaska just
described, except that it is rather more feldspathic. The finer-
grained varieties are grayish in color, and exhibit a mixture of
grains and small crystals of feldspar, with hornblende, brown mica,
and magnetite. Frequently however the rock is much coarser-
grained, consisting of feldspar grains, with slender prisms of black
hornblende, often half an inch long and tenth of an inch broad,
and numerous small crystals of amber-colored sphene. In this
aggregate there are imbedded cleavable masses of the feldspar,
sometinies an inch long by half an inch in breadth. At the south-
ern foot of the mountain, large blocks of the coarse-grained diorite
are found in a state of disintegration, affording detached crystals of
feldspar with rounded angles, and weathered externally to an opaque
white, from a partial decomposition. Near to the base of the moun-
tain, a coarse-grained variety of the dioriti; encloses small but dis-
tinct crystals of br )wn mica; and a fine-grained micaceous variety,
containing sphene, occurs near the summit.

The feldspar, in all the specimens examined from thi-^ mountain,
appears to be uniform in character. Its color is white, rarely
greenish or grayish; it has a vitreous lustre, inclining to pearly,
and it is somewhat translucent. The cleavages of this feldspar
reseuible those of oligoclase, with which species it also agrees in
specific gravity and chemical composition. The macled forms, so
common in the crystals of triclinic feldspars, have not however
been detected in the specimens from this locality. A fragment of
a crystal uave a density of 2.631, and another portion in powder,
2.659. The results of its analysis are given under xxii and xxiil.

XX. XXI. XXII. xxiir. XXIV.

Silica 46.90 47.00 62.05 62 . 10 58.30

Al"^"i"^ 31. 10^32^5 22.60 ....) ^^^^

Peioxyd of iron 1.35' .75 .... »

Lime 16-07 15.90 3.96 3.69 5.43

Magnesia '65 .... .... .... .91

Potash ^S 1.80 2.74

Soda 1.77 7.95 6.73

Volatile 1.00 .80 .50

99.42 99.91 99.32

Bklcetl. — The specimens which have been examined from this
mountain onsist of a kind of micaceous diorite. The feldspar,
which so far predominates as to give a light gray color to the mass,

184 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

is in white translucent vitreous cleavable grains; associated with
8m ill distinct prisms of black hornblende, scales of copper-colored
mica, and grains of magnetite. The analysis of the feldspar,
extracted by washing a portion of the crushed rock, and sti J con-
taining a little mica, is given above under XX iv. This result
approaches to thos obtained from the micaceous feldspar rock of
Yam: ska, y and VI ; which has been described as a kind of
trachyte, and with the rock of Belceil seems to constitute a passage
between the trachytes and diorites.

R:gaud. — A portion of Rigaud Mountain consists of a rather
coars '-grained dior te, which is made up of a crystalline feldspar,
white or greenish in color, with small prisms of brilliant black
hornblende, and crystals of black mica. In some specimens the
feldspar, and in < thers the hornblende predominates. This rock
resembles the diorites of Beloeil and Monnoir.

The granitoid dolerites of the Montreal grou , containing coarse-
ly ( rystall ne augite and olivine, break through the Lower Silu-
rian strata; and portions of these two minerals, probably derived
from these intrusive rocks, are found in the dolomitic conglomer-
ates near Montreal, which in some cases include masses of Upper
Silurian limestone, and are cut by dykes of a fine grained dolerite.
These, which perhaps correspond to the newer dykes of the same
rock at Grenville, show that there we.e at leas; three distinct
eruptions of dolerite, — one during the Silurian period, one before
it, and another after it. The trachytes of Montreal and Chambly
appear to be sti 1 more recent than these, and to traverse the
newest dolerites.

The trachytes of Brome and Shefford seem to constitute a group
apart ; but the diorites of Yamaska Mud Mount Johnson, although
similar in aspect, differ widely in chemical composition. Facts are
gtill wanting to establish the geolo^zical age of these intrusive
masses. The different dolerites, which are related in mineral com-
position, belong as we have seen to different geological periods;
and i would not be safe to affirm that the different diorites or the
different trachytes of this vicinity are contemporaneous. Nor, on
the other hand, should even great discordances in chemical or
mineralogical constitution be necessarily regarded as establishing
a difference in the age of eruptive rocks. Evidence to the contrary
of this is Seen in the contiguous and intermingled masses of black
pyroxenite and grey feldspithic dolerite in Mount Royal and

18G4.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGY. 185

Montirville ; and it is not improbable that the olivinitic dolerite
which is associated with these, may be contemporaneous. If. as
has been maintained in the first part of this paper, the various
intrusive rocks are only dis laced sediments of deeply-buried and
probably unconformable strata, it will readily be conceived that
plastic masses of very unlike characters may be ejected simulta-
neously along a line of disruption.

The various intrusive masses of the Montreal group which have
been here describeil, appear, from their compact and crystalline
structure, to have been displaced and consclidated under the pres-
sure of a considerable mass of superincumbent strata. 'I he fact
that even their summits, which are in some cases more than 1000
feet above the present level of the plain, appear equally solid and
crystalline with their bases, implies the removal by denudation,
sin -e the eruption of these masses, of a thickness of s aiment ry
strata mu -h exceeding their present height This denudation
must however have taken place before the eruption of the later
trachytes and dolerites ; since the dolomitic conglomerates, which
enclose the fragments of the olivinitic dolerite and of Lower
and Upper Silurian rocks, repose unconformably upon the Lauren-
tian and the various Lower Silurian strata, in such a manner as to
show that these offered nearly their present distribution at the
epoch of the deposition of the conglomerates. If then, as is
probable, the expos re by denudation of the whole < f the eight
hills which have been described, took place at one e och, these are
all shown to have a greater antiquity than the trachytes and the
dolerites, which traverse the conglomerates. The tine-grained am'
earthy trachytes of Mo treal are consequently far more recent than
the crystalline ones of Brome and Shefford ; with which however,
some of them agree in chemical composition.

The general absence of granite irom among these intrusive
masses is a fact worthy of notice. Quartz has not yet been detect-
ed in th feldspathic rocks of Brome and Shefford ; although, as
above mentioned, the base of the feldspathic porphyries of Chambly
and Shelburne, contains a slight excess of silica. The granitic
rocks of Shipton, and of St. Joseph on the Chaudiere apfear to
be indig nous masses, belonging to the strata of the Quebec group;
but the higher fossiliferous iormations to the east of the Notre
Dame lountains, are traversed in various places by veins and
great masses of intrusive granite, as in Stanstead, Barford, and

186 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

many other places to the northeast, and along the frontier of Can-
ada. It is worthy of note, that the intrusive masses on the two
iides of the mountain range are, so far as yet observed, entirely
distinct in character; and that er 'ptive rocks are generally want-
ing among the Notre Dame Mountains, which consist chiefly of
stratified rocks. It is also to be remarked, that the intrusive gra-
nites at their eastern base, are not unlike, in mineralogical charac-
ters, to the indisjenous srranites of the mountains ; thus sua;2;est-
ing he view that these are possibly the source of the intrusive
granites which break through the I 'evonian strata. A similar
relation has been pointed out by Durocher, in Scandin ivia, where
the palaeozoic strata are broken by intrusive masses of granite,
Orthophyre, zircon-syenite, and diorite. These rocks, according to
him, are specifically analogous to those of the underlying primitive
gniess. but petro2;raphically distinct. (Bull. Soc. GJol. de Fr nee,
[2], vi 33.) These facts are in accordance with the theory of
eruptive roeVs developed at the commencement oP this paper ; and
it would be easy to extend the comparison to the intrusive diorites
and dolorites abo it Montreal, and to show their resemblance with
the stratified feldspithic rocks of tha Labrador series. (Silli-
nian's Journal [2], xxix, 283, and xxxi, 414.)

IV. Local Metamorphism.

In the second part of this paper I have asserted that the silicated
minerals of crystalline rocks have a two-fold origin. In the first
place they may result from the molecular change of silicated sedi-
ments. These ar ' either derived from the mechanical disinteo;ration
and pirti il decomposition of pre-existing silicates, or have been gen-
erated by chemical processes in waters at the earth's surface. In
this way steatite, serpentine, pyroxene, hornblende, chlorite, and in
many cases gar et, epidote, and other silicates, are formed by a
crystallization and molecular re-arrangement of chemically form d
silicates, in a manner analogous to that in which mechanically de-
rived clays are converted into crystalline species. I have however
pointed out that in the second place many of tiiese silicated minerals
may bj generated by chemical reactions which take place among the
mechanically mixed elements of sediments under the influence of heat
aided by alkaline solutions. Both of these methods are involved in
rock-nietamor[)hism ; and in the case of the local alteration of ocks
by igneoas masses, it is easy by comparative examinations to trace

1864.] T. STERRY HUNT ON LITHOLOGT. 187

the chemical changes involved in the production of silicated min-
erals by the second method. In this way Delesse has shown that
in several cases where the chalk of Ireland has been altered by the
proximity of intrusive traps, the sand and clay which the former
contain have bei'n converted into calcareous silicates. (Ann. des
Mines [5], xii, pp. 189. 208, 212.)

An instructive example 'f this process is furnished at Montreal,
where the bluish fossiliferous limestone of the Trenton group is
traversed by dykes of dolerite, which are subordinate to the great
intrusive mass of Mount Royal. The limestone for a iiistance of
a foot or two, is hardened, but retains its bluish tint. Within a
few inches, it is changed to a greenish-white color, which is seen
to be due to a granular mineral disseminated in the white car-
bonate of lime. The unaltered limestone- from the vicinity
contain variabl ' amounts of insoluble argillaceous matteis. A speci-
men treated with dilute hydrochloric acid, left a residue of about
twelve per cent of a fine clayey substance, colored by a SMiall
amount of carbonaceous matter, and mixed with a little pyrites,
which was removed by cilute nitric acid. This residue, after
ignition, gave to a solution of carbonate of soda, 9 5 per cent of
its weight of soluble silica; and the insoluble portion, being sub-
mitted to analysis, gave the result I. A portion of the limestone
which was near to the intrusive rock, andh;id become hardened and
partially altered, was subjected to the action of dilute nitric acid,
and gave an insoluble residue with the composition i[ The more
thoroughly altered greenish limestone was also treated with dilute
nitiic acid, which dissohed the carbonate of lime, and left a r si-
due, the analyses of which, from two diflferent portions of the rock,
are given under iii and iv.

I. II. III. IV.

Silica, 73.02 54.00 42.60 40 20

Alumina, , 18.31 14.00 13.70 930

Lime, 93 16.24 3169 36.40

Magnesia, 87 5. 27 4 17 3.70

Protoxyd of iron, traces 3.60 4-68 5.22

Potash 5.55 3 14 undet. undet.

Soda,. 89 1.22 " "

Volatile, .90 1.20 1.20

99 57 98.77 98.04 95.02

The residue from the unaltered limestone, including the silica

soluble in alkalies, contains nearly 75.5 hundredths of silica, and

188 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

16 5 of alumina. These, in the vicinity of the dolerite, have be-
ccne satiir ited with protoxyd bases, includino; the small portions
of magnesia an! of oxvd of iron which the limestone contains.
This )rocess evidently involves a decomposition of the carbonate
of lime, a-'d the expulsion of the ca bonic acid. It is worthy of
remark that while the unaltered limestone contains a little car-
bon ite of ma2;nesia, the rock from which iii was obtained yielded
to di'ute nitric acid not a trace of m ignesia. ii marks an inter-
mediate staL'e in the process, and shows moreover that the alkalies
are still retained in combination with the alumonius silicate.
These granuhir silicates, which have been formed by local
metamorphism, might, under favorable circumstances, have crys-
tallized in the forms of feldspar, scapolite, garnet, pyroxene,
or some other of the silicious minerals which so often occur in meta*
morp ic limestones. The agent in producing these silicates of
protoxyds at the expense of the carbonates of the limestone, was
probably a portion of alkaline salt, either derived from the feld-
Bpathic matter of the limestone, or possibly infiltrated from the con-
tigu )us feldspathie rock ; whose elevated temperature produced the
reaction which has resulted in thus alterinj; this limestone.

Similar examples of local alteration are m t with in several other
places near to the intrusive rocks of the Montreal group. The
schists of the Utica formation in contact with a dyke of intrusive
rock at Point St. Charles, and also near a mass of trachyte on a
Smill island opposite the city of Montreal, occasionally exhibit small
crystals of pyroxene, and in some cases prisms of hornblende.
Among similarly altered shales at Kougemont are beds whicii con-
sist of a highly ferriferous crystalline dolomite intermingled with
dark-green cleavable h )rnblende, which forms thin layers, or in
other cases encloses smdl rounded masses of the dolomite. ^See
for a description and analyses of this rock the Geology of Canada,
page 634.)

At Montarville the shales of the Hudson River formation
are altered in the vicinity of the dolerite which forms the mass of
the mount lin. Some portions of the strata are very fine-grained,
reddish-brown, and hive an earthy sub-conchoidal fracture, with
occ isional cleavage joints. The hardness of this rock is not great,
and it is apparently a kind of argillite; but between two beds of it
is one of a harder coarse-grained rock, greenish-gray in color, and
mottled with a lighter hue. This appears to be feldspathic in

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 189

conposition, and is penetrated in various directions by numerous
slender prisms of black cleavable pyroxene, sometimes half an inch
in len2;th. The layers of sedimentation are distinctly marked ia
this bed, as well as in the finer-grained si rata which enclose it ;
and the whole affords an interesting exaniple of the different eft'ects
of t!ie sainj agency upon beds of unli<e composition ; althou«;h it
would be impossible without comparative chemical analyses to de-
termine whether the siiicite which has here crystallized in the form
of pyroxene existed in thi unaltered sediment, or whether, as in the
case of the uncryst .Uized silicate from the altered limestone at
Montreal, it has been generated under the influence of the intru-
sive rock. In by far the greaternumberof cises, the only apparent
effect of the igneous rocks in the region under dev^cription upon
tiie p lias >zoic limestones and shales,has been a very local induration.
The appearance of crystals in these circumstances is a comparatively
rare occurence, and seems to depend upon conditions which are
exceptional, showing, as I have elsewhere leniaiked, that heat and
moisture are not the only condition of metamorphism. ^Siliiman's
Journal [2], xxxvi, 219.)

With these few examples of local metamorphism I conclude the
present piper; proposing however to give in a subsequent one the
results of some investigations of certain indigenous crystalline rocks.

Montreal, March 15, 1864.

CHEMISTRY OF MANl KES.*

CiNEREALf Constituents op Plants. — It is not however
exclusively by carbon, nitrogen, and the elements of water that

* Continued from page 124.
f This term cinereal, from rme^gs, ashes, may ur ve convenient to indi-
<iate, withoui periphrasis, ih<^ash-constituenis of plants in contradistinc-
tion from their volatile elements. Some writers fall into the error of em-
ploying the epithet " mineral" to denote the asli-ingredients ; an error
in nomenclature probibly arising from some cm used impression that,
because of its earthy deprivation, the ash of piatiis is more mineral ia
character than the volatile or gaseous elemfiiis wliich air supplies and
firt' dissipates. The illustrious author of the min ral-theory seems, id
«ome of his earlier w.-iiings, himself to have counieiiatice.l this error.
Nevertheless, its simple indication suffices for itd refutation. Carbon and

190 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

plants are nourislied ; nor is it solely in quest of food, such as th«
leaves also can assimilate from the air, that the roots spread forth
their manifold ramifications amidst the earth.

Liebeg first set forth, in all their peculiar interest and import-
ance, the fixed ingredients of plants ; that is the compounds which
appear as ash, when the volatilizable air-derived elements of plants
are burned off. These ash-ingredients constitute, as heexplained^
the special (though not the sole) food of the roots; and they are
the only kind of nutriment which has its primary and excl >sivc
source in the soil.

These essential ash-ingredients, so far as we yet know them, are
the two fixed alkalies, potash and soda ; two earthy bases, lime and
magnesia; one heavy metallic base, oxide of iron; three acids,
phosphoric, silicic, and sulphuric ; and lastly, chlorine, which,
though a gas, is always taken up by plants in fixed combinations
(as fo*" example in common salt), so as to remain in the ash or
incineration.

Small as are the proportions of these fixed ingredients assimilated
by plants during their growth, they are yet as necessary to the
plant's development as the carbon and water which make up itg
main bulk. So again, as between the fixed ingredients themselves,
although some of them are needed in larger, and some in smaller
proportions, each species of plant having in this respect, its special
requirements; although, for example, one ingredient may form
more than one half the total ash of a given plant, and another
less than a tenth part thereof; yet are they all equally essential
to its development, which languishes as much for want of the mi-
nutest as of the bulkiest cinereal supply. Soils wholly deficient
in anyone of the ash ingredients of a particular plant, cannot pro-
duce that plant, howsoever abundantly every other of its elements,
volatile and fixed, may be supplied. Partial deficiency of either
of the normal ingredients of plant-food, whether fixed or volatile^
involves a proportionately scanty crop; and no heaping of other

carbonic acid, nitrogen, ammonia, and nitric acid, oxygen, hydrogen,
and water, all appertain to the mineral kingdom, in every sense as
fully as silica, potash, the phosphates, &c. The epithet "mineral"
applies therefore equally to all the elements, both volatile and fixed, of
plant-food; it is for the separate designation of the fixed or ash constitu-
ents, that the epithet cinereal is proposed. In this sense (to test iU
cpavenience) it will be employed in the remainder of thii section.

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 191

manures on the soil cm have the slightest effect, so long as th»
one ingredient, wholly or partly deficient, remains unsupplied.

^'or does the mere presence of the cinereal plant-food in tht
aoil suffice : it must be availably present. '1 hat is, besides anj
portioL, however large, of cinereal element, that may be held in
mechanical isolation within the substance of the stones or clods,
beyond the reach of the roots ; or that may be locked up in chehi-
ical combination, too refractory for the solvent agencies present to
subdie; besides any isolated or locked-up portion which may, in
truth, be regarded as absent for all immediate purposes of nutri-
tion ; there must be a sufficiency of ash-constituents, held lightly,
either by the surface-action of the moist and porous earth, or (^ ac-
cording to another view) by the chemical attraction of the alumin-
ous silicates, in such manner as to be, both physically and chemi-
cally, accessible to the roots. No doubt the locked-up materials of
one seas, n, may, and do become, in due course of tillage and fal-
lowing, the accessible food of the next ; and, indeed, it is to such
gradually-decomposing reserves that the prolonged fertility of cer-
tain soils, worked l-y tillage and fallowing only, without manure,
is due. But for all immediate purposes, a soil is exhausted, when,
rich as it may be in the condtions of future I'ertility, it lacks an
adequate present supply of the ash-constituents of plants, in free
accessible diffusion.

High Farming: how far justifiable : at what point
EXHAUSTIVE. — And here it becomes opportune to resume the
question of high farming, which in a previous page was reserved
for subsequent elucidation.

High farming, as already pointed out, is justifiable in so far ai
it serves to concentrate, within limits adapted to the assimilative
powers and circumstances of annual and biennial plants, the food-
supplies diffused by nature over a much wider expanse of time and
space, to suit vegetation of perennial growth. But it is of the
deepest importance to observe, that the more abundant crops, and
apparently increased fertility usually induced by high farming, are
in too many cases but the premonitory symtoms of an accelerated
process of exhaustion. The semblance of prosperous husbandry
thus created is as factitious, as the spendthrift's ruinous magnifi-
cence maintained by squandering his capital ; and '' high farming,"
even when coupled with " high manuring," and the keeping of
many cattle for their dung, is often, for the unwary husbandmatt|
only a flowery road to destruction.

192 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

For it is to be remeinbered that a soil may, by the excessive use of
lime, common salt, nitrates, and other solvent or disintejirant
manures, as also by diligent ploui;hing, scarifying, crushing, and
other processes of mechanical comminution, be made to yield its
reserves in accessible form, at an unduly accelerated rate. The
same result may ensue, if the volatile forms of plant-food, "uhich
nature supplies only in moderate annual proportion, be addc-d m
pr fusion to the soil, without due c ire to conjoin therewith pro-
portionate supplies of ash-constituents, or cinereal food.

KuTATioN OF Crops often Exhaustive — Even the vaunt-
ed system of rotation — i. e., the growth of fodder-crops alternate-
ly with cereals, these latter receiving as manure the dung of the
cattle fed on the former — is but too oiten so carried on as to be
in truth a spoliatory operation ; a sort of artifice, serving only to
disguise and retard the period of jSnal exhaustion ; which so far
from averting, it does but make more profound. For tlie power-
ful, deeply-penetrating roots of the fodder-crops extract from ti.e
subsoil its ash-constituents; which, after passing through the
bodies of the cattle, are deposited in their dung on the surface,
thence to sink into the upper layers of the soil, and so to find their
way to the fibres of the young, slender-rooted cereal plants ; in
Wfiose grain they are finally exported fioni the farm.

Lois-VVeedon System ; its Spoliatory Character. —
The so-called i.ois-Weedon system of cultivation is open to simi-
lar objection. This system, as is well known, consists in the grow-
ing, year after year, upon soil which is never manured, of corn-
planis thinly sown in rows, separated by wide intervals ; the in-
t^ rvafs being each year stirred and tallowed, to become the next
year's growing spaces; and so on in annual alternation This sys-
4iem of husbandry, which may be regarded as an extreme exem-
piihcation of Jettiro Tuil's doctrine, is stated to have elicited froin
the nelds in which it is pursued, a series of full grain -crops lor
many years in succession. This result is in the highe.-t degree
probable. And this apparent prosperity may be kept up tor a
eeries of years, longer or shorter for each soil, as this may happei
to have been originally more or less richly endowed by nature with
cinereal plant-food. But the end of this method alsoisexuaustion,
—inevitable foredoomed exhaustion, — exhaustion o. wnicu each
*' prosperous " crop is but an advancing stage, and whose rate the
.ciieuiist measures, with stern precision, in the auuuaily lessening

1864.] CHEMISTRY OP MANURES. 193

weight of a little dust in the pan of a balance. Unless the weight
of that dust (the available ash-c »nstituents of the soil) remain
year aft r year a constant quantity, the husbandman, howsoever
prosperous he may seem to be, pursues a downward roa ! ; and he
is fatally preparing for himself or his posterity, impoverishment
and final ruin.

DisPROPdRTiONATE MANURING. — Nay more : the weight, of
ash in the balance may even be annually increased, by a proiuse
manuring of the soil, and yet exhaustion and ruin may impend.
This will be the result, if one of the fixed aliments— phosphoric
acid for example — be added to the soil in superabundance, with-
out proportionate supplies of other cinereal constituents, — say for
example, silica or potash. So, again, if manures which, like
guano, are at once nitrogenous and phosphatic, but not propor-
tionately rich in all the cinereal elements of plant-food, be em-
ployed in excess, the farming will be higher still, the crops more
luxuriant, the " prosperity " more brilliant than ever, and the
catastrophe proportionately nearer the more disastrous.

The practice of multiplying cattle on a farm, and of fattening
them with the oil of purchased oil-cake, in order that the ash of
the cake, after passing through their bodies, may become available
for the cinereal replenishment of the soil, is another form of high
farming, at present very much in fashion. But, broadly viewed,
with reference not to individual but to collective interests, this
system also will be found to originate in anr oversight, and to end
in an illusion. The facts overlooked are, that oil-cake purchased,
is also, of necessity, oil-cake sold ; that all oil-cake is the produce
of land ; and that, consequently, what one farm gains, another
loses, when oil-cake changes hands. The ash of oil-cake, together
with the fertility, immediate or prospective, which that ash
represents, is a fixed quantity, which commerce may serve to
distribute, but cannot possibly increase. The distributive opera-
tion may be more or less useful to vary the apportionment of
fertility in space and time. But cake-fed cattle are not, as they
are frequently supposed to be, a source of cinereal manure ; and
the practice which grows out of this illusory belief is but one
inore, and not the least dangerous in its tendency, of the fashion-
able agricultural abuses decorated with the name of high
farm ing.

Should high farming, in either or all of these spurious

ToL. I. ir No. 3.

194 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Jime^.

forms unhappily become prevalent among civilized nations, so as
to bring about the exhaustion of extensive tracts of the earth's
surface, at about the same period of time, — say, for instance^ in
the third or fourth generation hence ; in such case the demand
for cinereal manures, arising simultaneously over whole continents^
would necessarily exceed all possible supplies, and incalculable
misery, in the form of famine and pestilence, must ensue.

The exhaustion consex|uent on scanty manuring has been the
theme of many exhortations ; but the danger of similar evil from
injudicious or excessive manuring has not been sufficiently
insisted on.

One more example of this danger is all for which space can be
afforded here.

The growth of the wheat-plant may be divided, like that of the
biennial turnip, into three main periods ; — the first, during which
the growing power of the plant is chiefly employed in developing
its earliest leaves and its root ; the second, during which its vital
force is directed to increasing its foliage and shooting forth its
stalk ; the third, during which flowering and fruition take place^
and the grain fills with nitrogenous and amylaceous compounds, —
the main objects of its culture. Now, injudicious manuring, with
excess of nitrogenous compounds and of the special ash-constituents
of straw, may cause such a development of stalk and leaf, and so
undue a consumption, by these, of food and force required to form
the grain, that, when this comes in its turn to the ripening period,
the conditions of its evolution fall short, and the result is a crop
of magnificent straw, with only half-filled ears.

All these dangers and disasters disappear, all perplexity ceases,
and the course of the farmer becomes clear and safe, if he takes
for his guidance the natural laws of husbandry, — prominent among
which is that which enjoins the scrupulous restitution to the soil
of the ash-ingredients removed in the crop.

Social and Political Aspects of the Question. — By
ignorance or neglect of these laws, ancient families, possessed of
vast estates, have been brought to ruin ; distress, the perturber of
dynasties, has befallen great nations ; and raighty empires have
fallen to decay.

It is a remarkable fact^ and well worthy of the meditation of
statesmen, that the line which indicates, by its rise and fall, the
fluctuating price of corn in France, from year to year, during the

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 195

first half of the present century, rises, at two points of time, to
sudden and conspicuous eminence. Those significant pinnacle.*!
bear date 1829 and 1847. The political catastrophes which
followed these two seasons of distress respectively, do not require
indication. How far the precursory distress depended on inclement
seasons, how far on erroneous husbandry, the reporter is not
aware. But he believes that no institutions strike root deeply in
a country that is badly farmed.

Empirical Manures. — From these cursory remarks it will
be apparent that manures can only be used with success, when
they are applied with judgment and moderation, and with due
reference, as well to the nature and condition of the soil to be
amended, as to the particular description of the crop to be raised.
Empirical mixtures, vaunted as suiting special crops, are likely
(even when honestly composed) as often to fail as to succeed,
because they are commonly employed, in blind confidence, on all
kinds and conditions of soils. So extensively does haphazard pre-
vail, as yet, in this matter, that costly ammoniacal salts or composts
are often applied, without avail, to fields which a cheap dressing
(say with lime or silica) would have fitted to bear a good crop.
Nay, in some cases a manure may chance to be efl&cient by the
very ingredient employed for its adulteration ; as, for instance,
sand-mixed guano by its silica.

Liebig's Manures. — The hisjtory of Liebig's mineral manure
— a mixture of ash-ingredients patented by the illustrious philoso-
pher in April 1845,* as the practical embodiment of his theory
published five years previously — is too remarkable to be passed
in silence here. This manure is stated in the specification of the
patent, to be composed of substances " containing the elements of
the ashes of the plants to be grown," ground up, and " occasionally
mixed with gypsum, calcined bones, silicate of potash, magnesian
and ammoniacal phosphates, and common salt " Here appeared,
indeed, to be the elements of a restorative, well adapted to renew,
in conformity with theory, the fertility of ash-exhausted soils.
Nevertheless this manure, which excited the highest anticipations,
and was eagerly tried on fields innumerable, occasioned universal
disappointment ; and was everywhere abandoned as a failure.

* This patent (No. 10,616, April 15, 1845) is granted to J. Muspratt,
a» "for a communication from Justus Liebig."

196 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

Many, indeed, in the excess of their disappointment, were led to
repudiate the "mineral theory " itself, and to impugn all scientific
husbandry as a dangerous delusion.

It is now easy, and also in the highest degree instructive, to
trace this error of the illustrious philosopher to its source in the
then state of science. The special discovery, which has rendered
impossible the recurrence of such an error, may also now be
pointed out ; and this is, in itself, of so much interest and impor-
tance that it deserves our most careful attention.

Early View of the Ingestion of Cinereal Aliment.
— At the date of Liebig's patent it was universally believed that
the ash-constituents of plants were supplied to the roots in moving
aqueous solution ; i. e., in solutions permeating the soil unchanged,
and meeting in its passage rootlet after rootlet, so that the tender
gpongioles, being immersed therein, could drink. According to
this view, it was not the roots which travelled to the ash-constitu-
ents, but the ash-constituents which were carried, in solution, to
the roots. This belief led Liebig to fear that the more soluble
alkaline ingredients of his manure would, by the rain falling on
the land, be washed away from the other ingredients, and thus
separated therefrom. He therefore directed his mixture to be
treated " iu such a manner that the character of the alkaline
matters may be changed, and the same rendered less soluble" ; and
he indicated, as the best mode of effecting this object, the fusion
of the materials In a reverheratory furnace. The danger feared
by Liebig was, we now know, illusory ; and the treatment he
adopted to avert the supposed evil was such as to render his
mixture corupara lively inert. It was reserved for an English
chemist, John Thomas Way, to make, some five years later, the
important investigation which led to the abandonment of the
above-stated opinion as to the conveyance of liquid plant-food to
the roots, and introduced in its stead an entirely new view of the
distributive mechanism of the soil.

Absorptive Power op Soils. — ^Way's observation, briefly
stated, was thai ooils possess an absorptive power, in virtue of
which they withdraw from aqueous solutions of saline plant-food
filtered through them, sometimes the whole, sometimes the base
only, of the dissolved salt. He found that, in the latter case, the
acid of the salt from which the soil had thus withdrawn the base,
passed through the soil in combination with lime. By a well-

1864.] CHEMISTRY OP MANURES. 197

devised and extensively-varied series of experiments, lie determined
the comparative amount of this absorptive power possessed by
aeveral varieties of soil, whether natural, or artificially composed.
These he tried, both in their raw state, and burned, as also under
ordinary and extraordinary conditions of compression, comminu-
tion, &c., testing each with solutions of the alkalies and alkaline
earths, sometimes caustic, sometimes carbonated, sometimes in
combination with the strong mineral acids. By these experiments
he confirmed and extended partial observations of like kind
recorded long ago by Lord Bacon and Dr. Hales, as also a number
of analogous facts, experimentally ascertained by Berzelius and
Matteucci abroad, and by 3Ir. Huxtable and Mr. H. S. Thomp-
son in this country. Referring the reader for details to Way's *
original papers on the subject, the reporter may simply state here
that Way attributes this power to the peculiar properties of the
aluminiferous double silicates, which he states to be more abun-
dant in soils in proportion as these possess higher absorptive
power. This interpretation of the observed phenomanon has not
met with universal acceptance ; many, with Liebig at their head,
denying the proportionality alleged by Way, and seeing in the
absorptive power of soils for salts dissolved in water, only another
aspect of the physico-chemical surface-action due to their
porosity, and enabling them to absorb gases and vapors from
their diffusion or solution in the atmosphere. The reporter,
for his own part, rather inclines to the latter view.

But the facts investigated by Way, independently 6f their
physical conditions and theoretical interpretation, possess an
importance and a generality which entitle them to rank among
the most conspicuous contributions to modern agricultural science..
They prove, among other things, that the plant-food arrested by
the soil can be delivered only to the spongioles in immediate
contact therewith : and that, consequently, these can obtain fresh
food only under one of two conditions; — (a) when, by the grow-
ing of the rootlets, they are pushed forward into contact wdth fresh
portions of the mould ; (6) when the descent of rain through the
soil effects the solution of fresh saline matter, and calls again into
play the surface-attraction of the pores, so as to replenish those
previously exhausted by the contiguous spongioles. Showers

* Rojal Agric. Soc. Journ. 1850-52-55.

198 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

therefore are, in a double sense, " genial" ; firstly, as liberating
within the soil a fresh supply of surface-held plant-food, available
for the rootlets to touch and take ; secondly, as promoting the
growth of the rootlets, and so moving forward thousands of spon-
gioles simultaneously into contact with fresh food-holding sur-
faces.

These beautiful relations of the soil, the food, and the roots,
now that they are discovered, are perceived to be so indispensable,
that . one almost wonders they were not arrived at by a j^riori
reasoning. For, had soils been undefended by this absoi-ptive
property, the rainfall of centuries passing through them must
have, ages ago, washed away every trace of their soluble salts.
Subsoil drainage, so far from tending, as it does, to fertilize land,
would but have exposed its sandy remnants to a lixiviating process
more rapid and exhausting than even that of the natural filtration.

Distributive Mechanisai of Soils. — It does not of course
fall within the scope of the present rapid sketch, to trace this
newly-discovered property of soils, to all its important conse-
quences. As one example, perhaps the most striking, of these,
the reporter would single out the admirable distributive influence
of the absorptive power ; which (counteracting in this respect the
force of gravitation) tends to maintain the nutritive ingredients
where they are most needed, i. e., in the upper layers of the soil,
leaving the surplus only to be deposited, as in a reservoir, in the
layers beneath. Each layer, in fact, when saturated itself, lets
pass unchanged the surplus solution, to saturate the layer next
below ; and so on, in progression, through the whole depth of the
■cultivable soil.

Keverting, with this property of soils before us, to Liebig's
patented manure, we see clearly the cause of its failure. In aiming
at its improvement by the reduction of its solubility, the illustrious
inventor inadvertently placed himself in opposition to a law of
nature. How nobly he retrieved this error will presently appear.

Distributive Mechanism of Farm-yard Dung. — 3Iean-
while, it is a point worth notice, that an error, similar to Liebig's,
is apt to vitiate experimental comparisons between the immediate
fertilizing efiect of farm yard dung, and that of the ash obtained
by its incineration. The inferiority of the ash to the dung itself,
-as an immediate fertilizer, is commonly ascribed solely to the dis-
.sipation by fire of the volatile constituents of dung, and particularly

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 199

of its ammonia; and much prominence has been given to the
results of such trials, as evidence of the alleged inej0&cacy of
cinereal supplies to corn. Among the objections to this line of
argument it may be mentioned that the observed difference proba-
bly depends, in a considerable degree, on the modification by
fire of the ash-constituents themselves. In the uuburnt dung,
composed, to a large extent, of decaying straw, the cinereal ele-
ments are diffused throughout the organic tissues, in a state of
infinitesimal molecular subdivision. By the decay of the dung
in the soil, the organic molecules are gradually converted into
carbonic acid and water, the proper solvents of cinereal food.
Thus considered, a decaying straw containing (say) five per cent.
of ash-ingredients, constitutes as perfect a piece of distributive
mechanism as can easily be conceived, for spreading throughout
the soil the needful cinereal restoratives, along with the liquid and
the gas requisite for their solution and final delivery to the roots.
But this is not all. The straw acts with equal efl&cacy as a distri-
butive vehicle of the urine with which it is soaked, and of the
cinereal and volatile plant-food dissolved therein. Before decay,
its fibrous tissues constitute a sponge, to absorb and retain, as also
widely to expand, the nutrient solution; and when the sponge has
brought this solution into contiguity with an extensive surface of
soil it silently disappears ; its solid tissues dissolve, — their capil-
larity, having done its office, ceases to exist, — the capillarity of the
soil comes into play, and its pores delicately take up the ailment
which he straw, in the act of its dissolution, as delicately deposited.
Hoffmann, in one of his Phantasiestilche^ describes a mysterious
hand, which, moving in palpable substance through the air, car-
ries a cup of food to one of the personages of his tale, and having
set it down before him, vanishes into thin air. Each fragment of
straw in dung acts as such a hand to the soil. The substantive, palpa-
ble vehicle melts into gas and water when its work is done. Nor is
the space left empty by its disappearance without a special use :
it forms a channel for the tender rootlet to travel along, — a channel
which the decay of the straw at once hollows out, and warms, and
lines with aliment; with aliment, as we have seen, finely divided,
surface-held, and provided with its appropriate solvent.

All this delicate adjustment of means to a special end is utterly
destroyed by fire, which dissipates the hydro-carbonaceous matter
of straw, so that its ash-ingredients, no longer separated by inter-

200 *THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

vening molecules, collapse into dust. In this form they do not
occupy a hundredtii part of the volume through which they were
previously spread ; and they are, moreover, very apt to be further
eompacted by actual fusion during thn agitation. Farm-dung
ash is particularly liable to vitrification, because its straw contains
both the alkaline and silicious elements of glass. The vitreous
or semi-vitreous ash thus produced by incineration is but slightly
soluble. In a word, the effect of incineration on farm-dung
closely resembles that produced by Liebig's furnace-treatment on
his Mineral Manure.

These considerations should be attentively borne in mind, in
estimating the value of experiments adduced to prove the ineffi-
cacy of the cinereal constituents of farm-dung, as contradistin-
guished from its ammoniacal ingredients.*

The Nitrogen THEoaY, and the Doctrine of Specific
Manures. — It is not however to be inferred from the foregoing
remarks that cinereal plant-food, such as Liebig's manure (or as
the ash of incinerated dung), even if supplied in a p^ rfectly solu-
ble form, would be indiscriminately applicable to increase in an
dqual degree the immediate productive power of all conditions of
soil, for every kind of crop. It was against this undue pretension,
which was supposed to follow from some of the statements put
forth in Liebig's earlier works, that the advocates of the so-called
" Nitrogen theory" (who also support the doctrine of '* Specific
manures") originally raised their flag. It may be doubted whether
the illustrious author of the mineral theory, even in his earliest

* In pointing out the valuable distributive properties of farm-dung
the reporter would not be supposed to overlook the still wider diffa-
sion of fertilizing matters obtainable by liquid manuring. This system,
indeed, has been already indicated as the principal distributive mech m-
ism of the future. It enables the farmer to direct, from a central point
radiating streams of plant-food to his remotest fields ; and by the mere
turning of a tap, to adopt the ' supply with the utmost nicety to the
requirements of every plot. The cartage-cost, and manual labor incur-
red in spreading dung upon the soil, may thus to a great extent be
replaced by steam-power; or even, in favorable cases, by the still
cheaper force of gravitation. To soils requiring a carbonaceous supply
3uch as the cattle-litter in dung affords, this material (cut up) might
perhaps be economically conveyed in suspension in the liquid manure-
streams. For clay, and other insoluble matters capable of suspension
in water, this mode of distribution has been found available.

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 201

and crudest enunciations of that doctrine, ever committed himself
to the fiillacy imputed to him by the upholders of the rival sys-
tem. If he did, he has long since abjured his error ; or rather it
has fallen, Uke a deciduous leaf, in the gradual ripening of his
opinions during more than twenty years of experiment and
research. The reporter believes that, upon this point, there exists
at the present time but little real diflference between the views of
the contending parties ; i. e., between those who affirm that the
ashes removed in the crop do, and those who maintain that they
do not, represent the return to be made to the soil, to keep up its
fertility. No two opinions, certainly, can seem more diametrically
opposed than these; and at the outset of the controversy, the
opposition was not only apparent but real. But for many years
past, the disputants have bC' n gradually approaching each other,
by approaching the great central truths which lay between
them. By the dropping, on both sides, of some earlier crudi-
ties, often perhaps rather of phrase than thought, and by the
discussion, by common consent, of matured opinions only, many
of these truths will, the reporter is convinced, be found expres-
sible in terms acceptable to both.

With reference, for example, to the effect of cinereal manuring,
both parties will certainly admit that, whether soils be rich or
poor, they derive (coeteris paribus) from equal increments of their
cinereal stock, equal absolute benefit ; to be manifested, sooner or
later, in equally increased production. It will also be allowed on
all hands that soils, already containing enough cinereal food, in
the surface-held soluble state, to supply a series of maximum crops,
cannot immediately make manifest, and return, in the form of
augmented produce, the value of the additional supply received.
Such immediate return, it will be agreed, is to be looked for only
from soils already exhausted of one or more of their cinereal
ingredients ; or if not absolutely exhausted thereof, at least defi-
cient of the requisite supplies in the unlocked soluble condition,
which alone renders them available for immediate assimilation by
plants. Even in this case, moreover, both parties will admit that
assimilation cannot take place, and there can consequently be no
immediate return, except in so far as all the other conditions
(ponderable and imponderable) of plant-growth are simultaneously
supplied, — nitrogen among the rest. In mentioning nitrogen, we
touch the very centre and throbbing heart of controversy ; one

202 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

party looking to Nature, the other to Art, for sufficient aGjricultu-
ral supplies of this element, in the form of ammonia. Yet both
sides must and do admit that each acre of soil receives from nature
an annual quantity of ammonia, greater or less as the seasons are
more or less propitious; part being supplied by the air, in the
manner already explained, part (as we may now fairly presume)
being generated within the soil itself, by some reaction analogous
to that observed by Schonbein.

Thus much agreed on, both parties would probably be prepared
to admit, as a perfect or typical soil, for the growth of any given
rotation of maximum crops, one containing a duly proportioned
and available supply of all the cinereals requisite during such
rotation ; and on the other hand, receiving from nature, during
the same period, a quantity of volatile plant-food, nitrogenous,
carbonaceous, and aquatic, precisely corresponding to this cinereal
supply. Assuming, of course, the mechanical and physical con-
ditions of such a soil to be also typically perfect ; and assuming it,
further, to be worked durin^; a series of typical seasons ; it would
evidently require only typical manuring; i e., the exact restitu-
tion, during each rotation, of the cinereals withdrawn by the crops.
This is a proposition to which no one, at the present time, will
demur. But in reality, as we all know, these various classes of
typical conditions, mechanical, physical, chemical, and climatic, are
never simultaneously fulfilled. Each deviation from one or more
of them involves a corresponding deviation from typical manur-
ing. Hence arises a series of special agricultural cases, as manifold
as the changes on a set of bells ; and an accurate knowledge of
every condition, in each of any number of cases selected for com-
parison, is necessary for their correct interpretation. It is in the
midst of these complications that oversights take place, and diflfer-
ences creep in. Many of these are wholly irrespective of the nature
of the soil. Take for example, two experiments, otherwise (by
hypothesis) equal, but made in two different counties or districts,
one happening to enjoy, during the growth of the crop, a larger
number of hours of unintercepted sunshine than the other ; it is
obvious that, notwithstanding the assumed equality on all other
points, the results must differ more or less, and may differ very
notably, in the two cases. Agiin, assume, for argument's sake,
absolute equality in all the external conditions of plant-growth,
but a difference in the quality of the seed employed in two trials ;

1864.] CHEMISTRY OP MANURES. 203

evidently there will be a disparity in the results, which will appear
inexplicnble. or which will perhnps be attribute', by the advocates
of rival theories, to this or that property of the manure employed.
But it is not necessary to go beyond the soil itself in search
of such declensions from type. Defects of the soil occur, frrade
below irrade, th'ough all the possible varieties of poverty, down
to absolute barrenness ; and the characters and causes of defective
fertility differ fully as much as do its innumerable degrees. One
soil, for instance, will contain but a poor supply of one or more
of the essential cinereal ingredients of the plants to be grown, or
will even be totally deficient thereof. Another, well endowed with
cinereals, duly apportioned to supply the desired rotation of crops,
will be deficient of carboniferous material, or non-retentive of
moisture, or not porous enough to hold a sufficient supply of air.
A third, perfect perhaps in those respects, will fall short as to the
peculiar physico-chemical properties necessary for the absorption,
or generation, or retention therein, of ammoniacal supplies, in pro-
per proportion to the air and water, to the carbon, and to the
cinereals. All parties must assuredlv admit, with respect to such
soils, that their natural deficiencies, whether cinereal or ammo-
niacal, aerial, hygroscopic, or carbonaceous, may with propriety be
artificially made good, — so far as such amendment be economically
possible ; and, in each such case, some particular kind of manure
will of course prove specially beneficial for the growth of cr'^ps.
Thus much will be conceded by those who, with Baron Liebig,
most strenuously oppose the doctrine of " specific" manures. In
some cases, for example, nitrogen will be " specific" for corn ;
though only in the same sense, and in the same degree, that lime
will, in other cases, " specifically " benefit the same crop.

Again, that leguminous crops rapidly assimilate atmospheric
ammonia by means of their widely-spread leafage, whereas the
cereals, with their scanty foliage, are much more dependent on their
roots for ammoniacal supplies, — these are facts which no one will
dispute. Th- use of fodder-crops and cattle-feeding, as means of
artificially accumulating the ammonia-supplies naturally difi"used
over the whole period of rotation, and bringing this concentrated
provision to bear on the cereals, which could not else absorb
ammonia at a sufficiently rapid rate to keep their nitrogenous on a
par with their cinereal, carbonaceous, and aquatic alimentation, —
this also will certainly be admitted by all.

204 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

This accuraulative and distributive agency of a normal rotation
of crops, oTOwing (by hypothesis) on atypical soil, most strikingly
reflects, in what may be termed the physiological mechanism of
agriculture, the regulative influence exercised in mechanics by the
fl -wheel ; which, in like manner, during each rotation, stores up
the momentum gained at the period of maximum impulsion, to
give it out as work at the period of maximum resistance. Thus
much being admitted by all with reference to the supposed typical
soil, there will only remain for consideration the case of soils fall-
ing so far short of this hypothetical perfection, with respect to
their natural ammoniferous endowments, that the total supply,
including that collected by the leguminosae, proves inadequate to
meet the demand of the cereals. The utility, in such cases, of
nitrogenous manures, and the propriety of the husbandman's
intervention, thus artificially to make good the defect of the
natural ammonia-supply, will not by any one be contested.

Thus, point by point, the main ground of difference (the alleged
preponderating value of nitrogen) seems reducible to a mere
statistical question ; — how many European corn-fields are relatively
poor in this or that cinereal ? how many are deficient of humus,
or water, or air ? how many fall short as to their natural ammo-
nifer- us properties ? Whichever element, fixed or volatile, might
be indicated by the result of this inquiry, as deficient in the largest
number of cases, might be described as the element o^ preponder-
ating " importance, without violence to the opinions of either
party.

This method of settling the great nitrogen-controversy would,
however, still leave open for discussion a grave question concerning
this element of plant-food, — a question which the intellectual for-
ces, heretofore expended in conflict, might be usefully combined to
set at rest. This question is, how much ammonia is it possible, in
the present state of our industrial resources, to provide for soils
not naturally well supplied therewith ? If high farming is to
become universal, and to be carried out on second and third class
Boils, at as high a pitch above their natural ammoniferous endow-
ments, as is now aimed at in many English farms, the demand for
ammonia seems likely to exceed all the means at our disposal for
its supply.

The saving of urban ejecta, and the consequent return to the
soil of the enormous masses of cinereals now wasted, appears

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 205

likely to incre tse the relative demand for ammonia ; especially as
poor lands, of naturally low aramoniferous endowments, will proba-
bly be those selected I so far as local • ircurastances permit) for
irrigation with town sewage. For, though sewage is rich, as well
in the nitrogenous as in the cinereal constituents of the food con-
sumed in towns, it is not proportionately so rich in tlic former as
in the latter ingredients ; the reason being that part of the ammo-
nia of food is dissipated during the processes of animal life,*
wherea> all the fixed cinereal constituents that are taken into the
system of adults reappear undiminished in their ejecta. Moreover,
no waste necessarily attends the transit of the cinereals in solution,
along the subterranean conduits, from the houses in which they
are produced to the fields in which they are consumed ; whereas
the ammonia of sewage is liable to undergo a considerable amount
of waste during its passage from town to country in the ordinary
conduits ; a circumstance which (it may be parenthetically men-
tioned i has led 3Ir. F. 0. Ward to the belief that, in the future
progress of urbui organization, it will be found economical to pro-
vide separate urinary and faecal systems; bringing thus, by a fur-
ther refinement, the collective organism into closer correspondence
with the individual. The probability of this ulterior improvement
will, perhaps, be the more readily recognized, when it is considered
that three fourths and upwards of the value of human tj eta are
comprised in the urine, — only the fractional remainder in the leeces.
But, as even tlie separation of sewage from rainfaii is not yet
officially admitted, it would be a premature and therefore a hope-
less crusade to press, at present, for further niceties vi organiza-
tion. These will come in due time, when the residua of towns,
now officially described as '* a nuisance to be got rid of,"" shall be
regarded in their just light as " a property to be administered,"
— nay more, as the property on whose sound administration depends,
in a greater degree than on any other single condition, the lasting
prosperity of nations.

Reverting to the nitrogen question, should it prove true that a
dissipation of ammonia takes place, as some experimentalists main-
tain, during the growth of cereal plants; and shouid this waste

* This point has been made the subject of direct experitn»iut3 bj
Boussingault, Barral, Regnault, Reiset, and Lawes, and iiima^y- be laiien
as a fair averaj^e estimate, that, of the nitrogen coudumtd in the food,
only about four iif;hd are recoverable in the ejecta.

206 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

be found to exceed the ammonia-accumulating power of the legu-
minosas, when grown, in due proportion, in rotation with cereals;
under such hypothetical conditions the drain of ammonia will
doubtless, in a still larger number of cases, exceed the natural
supply, and compel recourse to ammoniacal manures.

Liebig's view of the sufficiency of natural ammonia-supplies,
even for the purposes of high farming, when fairly and skilfully
conducted on suitable soils, is not incompatible with the opinion
that artificial ammonia- supplies may become in an increasing
degree the husbandman's principal requirement hereafter, under
the modified agricultural conditions rapidly sketched above.

How far it may be wise to encourage the development of such
a system, is a serious question. For, unl-ss some cheap source of
ammonia should be in the meantime discovered, the exhaustion
of the guano-deposits (relatively a limited quantity) must, under
such circumstances, bring ruinous disaster in its train. The col-
lapse of the foundation would of necessity involve that of the
edifice reared thereon ; and large populations, called into existence
by these factitious means, would find themselves deprived, more or
less suddenly, of their accustomed food-supplies.

Considered from this point of view, the great " nitrogen ques-
tion " merits the gravest consideration, not only of agriculturists,
but also of statists and politicians.

Thus far the matters in dispute seem capable of settlement in
terms admissible by both the contending parties ; but the questions
at issue comprise points, or rather perhaps are presented in forms,
on which the divergences of opinion appear too wide to afford any
prospect of harmonization.

Thus, for example, it is affirmed on one side, and denied, point
blank, on the other, that potash acts " specifically " (i. e., otherwise
than in conformity with Liebig's law) in promoting the growth of
the leguminous plants, such as beans and peas. Those who main-
tain this view allege, as their reason, that the legurainosae, though
. characteristically rich in nitrogen, require potassic, not ammoniacal
manures. The fallacy of this reasoning becomes apparent when
it is considered, first, that the leguminous plants, absorbing as they
do ammonia in abundance by their leaves, can naturally dispense
with a supply of this aliment to their roots ; secondly, that of all
the ingredients in the ash of the leguminosae, lime and potash are
the two most prominent j so that for soils abounding in lime (as

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES, 207

cultiyated soils for the most part do) potash remains, conformahly
with Liehig's law, the characteristic manure for the leguminosae.

The root-crops, however, and particularly turnips, are brought
forward as contradictory to Liebig's law, and confirmatory ( f the
theory of manurial " specifics"; because, though the ash of the
turnip contains more potash than phos, horic acid, this plant is
nevertheless found to benefit, conversely, more by artificial supplies
of phosphoric acid than of potash.

"It must be admitted," say the principal champions of the
doctrine specific, " that the extraordinary effect of superphosphate
of lime cannot be accounted for by the idea of merely supplying
it in the actual constituents of the crop, but that it is due to some
special agency in developing the assimilative processes of the
plant.'' ^ And again they say, " It is at any rate certain that
phosphoric acid, though it forms so small a proportion of the ash
of the turnip, has a very striking effect on its growth when applied
as manure. "f

On these statements it is first to be remarked that the experi-
mental results on which they are founded, and which were obtained
at Rothamstead, are at variance with those obtained on other soils
by other equally trustworthy observers. According to the best
analyses of the ash of turnips (swedes), these plants may be taken
to contain about 0*1 per cent, of phosphoric acid. On the odier
hand, ordinary superphosphate of lime contains about 16 per cent.
of this ingredient in the soluble form of combination ; so that three
cwt. of this manure contain between fifty-three and fifty-four lbs.
of immediately-available phosphoric acid. Mr. J, Russell | divided
a turnip-field into plots : upon one plot he applied three cwt, of
superphosphate ; upon two others five cwt. ; upon two others seven
cwt. and ten cwt. respectively. On comparing the crops yielded by
the two plots equally manured, a difference of 38 cwt. was observed
between their respective weights. The figure fixes the limit of variar
tion fairly attributable in this case, to causes other than the quan-
tity of manure employed. The plot manured with three cwt. of super-
phosphate yielded to Mr. Russell 480 cwt. of swedes. These would

• On Agricultural Chemistry, especially in Relation to the Mineral
Theory of Baron Liebig. Journ. Roy. Ag. Soc. of England, vol. xii,
part i, 1851.

t Ibid.

X Journ. Roy. Ag. Soc, rol. xxii, p. 86.

208 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

contain in their ash, at th(^ above-stated proportion of 0*1 percent.,
just 53*76 lbs. of phosphoric acid ; a result in curio islj-close corres-
pondence with the quantity of phosphoric acid contained in the
superphosphate used. The mean yield of the two plots manured
with fivecwt. of superphosphate each did not differ from the yield of
the plot manured with only three cwt. so much as the respective pro-
ducts of those two plots differed from each other. Hence it appears
that the addition to the soil of a larger proportion of soluble phos-
phoric acid than the turnip-plants could consume had no " specific"
influence in promoting their growth in this case. As for the crop
of the plot manured with seven cwt. of superphosphate, it not only
did not exceed, but fell short by a few cwt. of the mean yield of the
plots manured with five cwt. each. A still further deficit, of a few
cwts., was observed in the yield of the plot manured with ten cwt.
of superphosphate. Both these deficiencies, however, were less than
the difference of yield by the two plots equally manured. So that
in this case, the yield of the plot which received in the manure
the exact quantity of phosphoric acid removed in the crop was
(within the limits of experimental error) equal to the yield of
plots, respectively supplied with quantities 66 per cent, 133 per
cent, and 233 per cent greater. Two plots which werp left
unmanured, on this occasion, for comparison's sake, gave a mean
yield of only 330 cwt. of turnips per acre : being about one third
less than the yield of the manured plots.

Hence it would appear that the turnip-plant benefits ^>y an arti"
ficial supply of soluble superphosphate up to, but not beyond, the
limit of its assimilating powers. And if it be admitted that the
phosphates of the soil are in a less soluble state than the artificial
Superphosphate (a probable supposition), this case would seem to
argue that the roots, of the turnip, when simultaneously presented
with different forms of phosphatic food soluble in different degrees?
prefer the most soluble, and imbibe this first.

These results, in the reporter's judgment, stand in strong oppo-
sition to those obtained at Rotbamstead, and tend to negative the
yiew that phosphoric acid benefits turnips by some " specific
agency," other than that due to it as a constituent of their ash.

The advocates of the '* specific " doctrine, however, take up
another ground. It is, they say, a universally recognized fact
among farmers, that, in the ordinary course of husbandry, super
phosphate— not potash — ^is the manure for turnips, though potash

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 209

predominates over phosphoric acid in their ash. To quote their
own language on this point, as given in the paper already referred
to; " Common practice has." they say, '' definitely determined in
favor of phosphoric acid rather than of the alkalis, as the special
manure to be provided for the turnip from sources external to the
farm itself."

Admitting this case to be a very frequent one (it is certainly
not universal), it appears to the reporter susceptible of an explan-
ation, by which it falls, quite simple and readily, within the scope
of Liebi2:'s law.

For, in the ordinary course of rotation, cereals and root-crop
follow each other, and alternately feed on the soil. Now the
cereals, as every one knows, are greedy consumers of silica, partly
for the coating of their grain, but principally for that of their
straw. The cereals also assimilate phosphoric acid, and divide it
in like manner between their grain and straw ; this time
however depositing it mostly in the grain. The silica and phos-
phates of the grain are, be it remembered, exported from the land.
Of potash, the cereals are far less greedy than of phosphoric acid •
and of the potash they do assimilate, the larger proportion is
deposited in their straw, and returns in the dung to the soil.
Keeping these facts in view, and considerinoj also the ori'^nal
composition of fair arable soils, containing ordinary proportions of
potassic silicates in course of gradual disintegration, it appears to
the reporter that the cereals tend to withdraw the acid-in^-redient
of these silicates, leaving their alkaline bases as a bequest (so to
speak) to the following generation of plants. Thus, when the
root-crop enters into possession of the field, it meets with a soi
recently drained of available phosphates, but not by any means
exhausted of potash. What more natural, under such circum-
stances,— what more strictly conformable with Liebig'slaw than

that soluble phosphates, not potash, should be the cinereal supply
required ?

Upon the whole, therefore, the reporter is constrained to believe
that phosphoric acid is no more a "specific" (in any peculiar or
mysterious sense) for the root-crops, than potash is for beans and
peas, or nitrogen for corn. The more attentively, indeed, the
facts are examined, the more strongly do they appear to confirm
the grand and simple rule laid down by Justus Liebig, as the prime
condition of sound and durable success in husbandry, viz., the
Vol. I. 0 No. 3.

210 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [JtHKBy

faithful restitution to the soil of the ash-constituents removed in
the crops.

Twelve years ago indeed, the leaders of the " nitrogen "' school
carried their doctrine so far as to declare ammonia a sufficient
'' substitute " for cinereal manures, " Even supposing,'^ said they
(writing in 1851) — "even supposing a mineral manure, founded
on a knowledge of the ashes of plants, to be still the great desid-
eratum, the farmer may rest contented meanwhile that he has in
ammonia^ supplied to him by Peruvian guano, by ammoniacal
salts, and by other sources, so good a substitute,"* The
reporter does not hesitate to condemn the doctrine set up in this
passage as one of unjustifiable spoliation.

Nine years later (in 1861)f the same writers tell the farmer
that an ordinary corn-growing soil, taken as one foot deep, culti-
vated in the usual way, and annually exporting its whole produce
of corn and meat, without restitution of their cinereal constituents^
contains enough phosphoric acid to support this drain for 1000
years, enough potash to meet the demand for 2000 years, and
enou2:h silica to last for no less than 6000 years.

The evident tendency of these stupendous figures is to produce
the impression that " restitution" to such a reservoir as this would
be a mere absurdity. If the available cinereal treasures, lying
within twelve inches under the soles of our feet, be really of this
dazzling description, a proportionate supply of ammonia, to bring
them as fast as possible into activity, may well be put forward as
our chief agricultural requirement.

We are thus brought back to the nitrogen question ; which, in
the light of this doctrine of inexhaustibility, acquires a new and
incommensurable importance. For, if we can only match our
" inexhaustible " cinereals with a similar supply of ammonia, the
lamp of Aladdin (so to speak) is at the disposal of mankind^ and
the language of Scheherzade is scarcely gorgeous enough to paint
the golden future of our happy race.

To the momentous question thus raised, the prophets of cinereal
plenty afi'ord us, by their new mode of computation, the means of

* ' Oa Agricultural Chemistry, especially,' &c., see the preceding
note.

t'Ott Some Points in Connection with the Exhaustion of Soils.'
' Report of the Brit. Assoc, for the Advancement of Science ' for 1861.

1864,] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 211

making a most satisfactory reply. We know, from the results of
numberless analyses of soils, that wheresoever we plunge a spade
ten inches deep into an average arable soil, we intersect a layer of
nitrogenous plant-food, held as " availably " as the cinereal stores,
and sufficient in quantity to nourish good wheat-crops, year after
year, ybr upwards of seven centuries.

To this magnificent nitrogenous reserve large-handed Nature
liberally adds, out of our plenteous atmospheric stores, at least
two thirds of the quantity annually required, even when this is
calculated at the most liberal rate of farming ; so that it will take
2100 years to exhaust our underground stock of nitrogen. If
therefore we have, as we are assured, phosphates for 1000 years,
our ammoniacal wealth (computed by the same rule) is fully twice
as great ; and these figures, be it observed, do not take into
account (on either side) so much as a third of the depth really
explored by the absorbent roots.

Why, then, do these annual wheat-crops refuse to grow ? With
all this ammonia lying amongst their roots, and with cinereal sup-
plies in similar profusion, why are these corn-plants (to use the
husbandman's metaphor) so " shy ?" We turn naturally to the pro-
pounders of the " inexhaustible " theory for an explanation. Alas !
we find that they studiously refrain from pressing the ammoniacal
half of their argument. They place at our disposal phosphates
for 1000 years, potash for twenty centuries, and silica for a three-
fold cycle of time ; but of ammonia, by the same rule similarly
abundant, they will not grant us one poor century's supply, nor,
indeed, a single year's.

They supply us, instead, with the curious fact, that an artificial
saline dressing, calculated to supply to a cornfield " 100 lbs. of
ammonia per acre," and "only increasing the percentage of am-
monia in the soil by 0-0007," — a chemically inappreciable addi-
tion,— will give " a produce at least double that of the unmanured
land.'"^ Thus, with the ammonia of centuries crowded into a
span-deep layer beneath our feet, we have still to go, money in
hand, year by year, to the gas-works or the guano-stores for each
succeeding crop's supply.

One consolation remains. Though ammonia, the " good sub-
stitute " for cinereals, is withheld, and the application of the " in-

* On Agricultural Chemistry,' &c., loc. prec.

212 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Jnne,

exhaustible " theory to this, '' the most precious " of plant-foods, is
forbidden, we have still our grant of cinereal treasures to fall baek
on. To these, at least, the '"inexhaustible " theory does apply ;
for are not its magnificent conclusions before us, stated in figures
by its creators themselves ?

There is in this much comfort. For, of the ammonia we need,
Nature supplies, after all, the major part; whereas, of the cinereals,
every ounce exported from the fields by man, must be by man,
at his own cost, restored.

But this comfort also is snatched from us 1 Our gravely de-
monstrated cinereal wealth, — our "inexhaustible" treasure of
silica, potash, and the phosphates, turns out to be as impalpable
as the ammonia itself. Like conjurers' money, this treasure also
vanishes out of our hands, even while we are trying to count it.

Who then deprives us of this, the remaining moiety of our
agricultural fortune ? Can it be that the theorists who gave it
us, themselves also take it away ? It is even so. The promulga-
tors of the grand doctrine of cinereal affluence, caution us not to
act on it. They tell us that they do not adopt it " in practice '^
for their own guidance ; and we learn with sorrow, from their
own pre-cited paper, the disastrous issue of an attempt, continued
during eighteen years to carry it into effect : —

" They [the authors of the paper] had grown wheat for eigh-
teen years consecutively on the same land, respectively without
manure, with farm-yard manure, and with different constituents
of manure, and they had determined the amounts of the different
mineral constituents taken off in the crop from the respective
plots. Numerous tables of the results were exhibited. ^ ^

" Turning," they add, "to the bearing of the results on the
main subject of inquiry, it appeared that when ammonia-salts
were used alone, year after year, on the same land, the composi-
tion of the ash, both of the grain and straw, showed an ap2^feciahle
decline in the amount of phosphoric acid, and that of the straw a
considerable reduction in the percentage of silica.^^ Further on in
the same paper, the farmer is told that the experimentalists " do
not recommend such exhaustive practice as that quoted from their
own experiments." Ten years previously (in 1851) the "inex-
haustible " theory was in a more vigorous stage of its existence.
Then the colossal reserves were only deemed liable to contingent
exhaustion, in the double event, first of the discovery (not yet

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 213

accomplished) of "a cheap source of ammonia" ; and, secondly,
of the '* excessive" use of such newly-found nitrogenous supplies:
in which case, said the theorists, " the available mineral [cinereal]
constituents might, in their turn, become exhausted." — (loc.
prec.)

Reverting to the paper of 1861 for one more quotation, — and it
shall be the last, — the doctrine that nitrogen is a " specific" for
corn, and a " good substitute " for einereals, is, in tolerably explicit
terms, abandoned by its authors themselves ; wlio, after referring
to the comparative crops they obtained by means of (1) ammoriia
salts alone, and (2) mineral [cinereal] constituents only, thus
epitomise their experience : —

" But in neither of these cases was there anything like the
amount of mineral constituents obtained in the crop, that there
was when the ammonia-salts and mineral manures were used
together, or when farm -yard manure was employed."

To sum this matter up in plain words : the " good substitute "
for einereals, put forth in 1851, has had a fair trial, and has failed.
Ammonia, judged by the experiments of its advocates (as well as
by many other trials), proves not to be, as was alleged, a " specific "
manure for corn. The " specific " value of potash and the phos-
phates, for leguminous and root crops respectively, stands equally
disproved. Corn and meat cannot be continuously exported from
soils for 6000, 2000, or 1000 years, without restitution (respec-
tively) of the silica, potash, and phosphates, removed in their
tissue^ from the soils. These illusory views which their advocates
(to do them justice) have already, to a large extent, honorably
renounced, must be utterly abandoned. The celebrated "nitrogen
theory " is at an end ; and with it falls also the doctrine of
''manurial specifies."

We now know that the costliest ammoniacal salt, and the cheap-
est and commonest of the einereals (say for example silica or lime),
judged by the spongiole of a plant's root, are of precisely equal
value ; — each priceless, so far as essential to the plant's nutrition;
each worthless, as to every molecule beyond.

We know also that the great law of Restitution applies equally
to fixed and volatile, to scarce and to abundant, ingredients of plant-
food ; though the fulfilment of that law devolves unequally on man
and nature, in every difierent case.

We know that the prosperity of the crop, which represents

214 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

dividend^ is but a delusive test of fertility, unless it be accompa-
nied by the prosperity of the soil, which represents capital.

Every excess, whether on the side of expenditure or capitaliza-
tion, whether on the side of over-cropping the land or of unduly
augmenting its reserves, is equally a dereliction of agricultural
duty, and equally reprehensible as a form of waste. For, if dis-
proportionate expenditure dissipates the substance of wealth ia
space, disproportionate capitalization (the miser's fault) squanders
its usufruct in time. It is therefore our duty to call forth and
consume the largest crops we can ; but only and always on the
condition of not infringing on the reserves of the soil. If, through
indolence, we fail to produce the largest possible supply of food
for the consumption of the present generation, we retard, pro
tanto, the multiplication of our race, and fail in our duty to the
unborn. If, on the other hand, greed of immediate gain tempt
us to reduce the mineral balance in the soil (of which, be it,
remembered, we are not owners\>\\.i trustees'), we equally sin against
the unborn, by devouring their inheritance. We owe to our
fathers, and we are bound to pay to our children, who are also
theirs, a double debt, — life, and the means of its support. A
generous race as scornfully disdains to hand down to its posterity
an impoverished soil, as a degenerate blood. The nitrogen theory
failed to recognize these principles, and hence its downfall.

Sewage-Manure Experiments at Rugby. — If, from the
point of view now reached, attention be given to the course of
experiments recently undertaken, and still in progress, at Rugby,
to determine the valiie of sewage-manure, it will be readily per-
ceived that these experiments are based on a misconception, as
well of the problem to be solved, as of the experimental method
which alone is adequate to its conclusive solution.

The nature of this twofold misconception is sufficiently mani-
fested in the tests of value exclusively appealed to in these trials.
These tests are, on the one hand the quantity, and on the other
hand the quality, of the crops raised upon measured areas of
land, under the influence of different volumes of sewage, as com-
pared with the yield of a similar area kept purposely unmanured.
A few years ago this method would have met with very general
approbation and concurrence. But in the present state of agri-'
cultural knowledge its fallacy will be readily perceived. We are
now aware that the value of a manure does not bear any such

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES. 215

fixed and exclusive relation, as the method in question supposes,
to its immediate influence on the crop. The reader who has
accompanied the reporter through the foregoing pages of this
section will be prepared to recognize that, under conditions of
frequent occurrence, a luxuriant crop, obtained by the use of an
artificial manure, so far from manifesting increased fertility, may
but be the sign and measure of accelerated exhaustion. He will
also understand that a manure may have added not a single sheaf
to the harvest, not so much as one blade to the yield of hay, and
yet may have solved the great problem of agriculture, by exactly
balancing the drain made on the soil by the crop.

An unlimited supply of the former manure might be a positive
curse to a nation, by tempting them unduly to exhaust their
soil. The gratuitous gift of the latter, on the contrary, in due
adaptation to every field, would be the most precious boon a
nation could receive ; because it would place their agriculture on
a footing of perdurable prosperity.

It may however be urged that the object of the Rugby experi-
ments is simply to determine the intrinsic value of the Rugby
sewage ; meaning its degree of richness in available plant-food of
all kinds, or its absolute crop-increasing power. And this infor-
mation, it may be contended, the direct test to which the sewage
is brought at Rugby (and which may be compendiously termed
tiie crop-test), seems, at all events, well adapted to elicit.

But a very brief consideration of the matter, in the light of the
above-stated principles, will suflSce to show that these reasonings
also are illusory; and that the crop-test, of itself, cannot afford
any reliable or conclusive information as to the crop-increasing
power of sewage.

For the benefit resulting to any given crop, from the use of
any given manure, will vary from absolutely 7iil up to the maxi-
mum attainable effect, according to the nature and composition
of the soil, which, in the Rugby experiments, does not appear to
have been determined. The richer the soil of the experimental
fields, the poorer must the Rugby sewage seem ; because, however
rich this sewage may be, the increase it can determine in the crop
depends, not merely on the wealth it brings, but also on the want
which it supplies.

The blowing sands at Craigentinny, manured with the Edin-
burgh sewage, want every form of plant-food but silica, and con-

216 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

tain even that only in its insoluble variety. It is, accordingly,
on these sands that the richest increase ever obtained by means
of sewage has been achieved. It is impossible to infer from this
increase what the effect of the Edinburgh sewage would be on
the grass-crop of the Rugby meadows ; or on any other crop else-
where. Still less can the crops obtained, either at Craigentinny
or Rugby, afford of themselves the slightest indication of the area
to which the sewage of the British population is due.

It is not necessary, and it might seem invidious, to pursue
these reasonings further, or to trace in minuter detail the erro-
neous conditions, which involve in doubt, and render inconclusive,
the trials in progress at Rugby. Those trials are carried on by
a body of able men, who will doubtless improve their method as
they proceed. The reporter however is anxious, in quitting this
subject, to record his conviction that no experiments on sewage
can determine its value, or settle the problem of its utilization,
unless the measurement of its influence on the crop be conjoined
with that of its effect on the soil ; unless, in other words, the
maintenance of capital receive a share of attention, as well as the
increase of expenditure ; unless, to sum up all, we approach this
question, not merely in the hope of advantage to ourselves, but
also under a deep sense of our duty to posterity.

Tribute to Messrs. Lawes and Gilbert. — Having spoken
in condemnatory terms of the "nitrogen theory," and of the doc-
trine of " manurial specifics," and having declared these theories,
to the best of his judgment, defunct, the reporter is anxious in
justice to add, that their career, if brief, has been brilliant ; that
they have been advocated courageously and conscientiously, in
single desire to arrive at the truth ; and that the princely experi-
ments undertaken for their support, if they have failed in estab-
lishing untenable propositions, have nevertheless elicited incidental
^nd collateral results, of very high interest and importance. Twen-
ty years of indefatigable labor in a difficult field of research entitle
Messrs. Lawes and Gilbert to an ample tribute of public recogni-
tion. It is indeed impossible to believe that reasoners so acute, and
experimentalists so persevering, will long continue to maintain
the slightest remnants of a doctrine so manifestly opposed to the
laws of nature. In this respect their eminent antagonist, who, in
1845, found himself in a similar predicament, — i. e., in unwitting

1864.] CHEMISTRY OF MANURES, 217

opposition to a law of nature (as above explained), — has set a noble
example.

Homage to Justus Liebiq. — The correction of his error by
Way, Liebig frankly and unhesitatingly accepted. His genius
instantly appreciated the value of the English chemist's observa-
tion ; and shed upon it so bright a light as may be said to have
doubled its importance. Liebig, in fact, studied the new truth
in all its bearings, supplied its most generally-received interpreta-
tion, displayed its momentous consequences, elevated it to the
rank of a law of nature, and embodied this law as one of the
corner-stones of his great edilSce.

Probably, in all Liebig's illustrious career, no incident bears
higher testimony than this to the vigor and fertility of his intel-
lect, to his undeviating candor, and to his disinterested solicitude,
on all occasions, for truth and truth alone.

The writer would, indeed, be doubly untrue to his functions as
reporter on this occasion, and to his feelings as Liebig's country-
man and former pupil, if he failed to acknowledge here, in a few
words uttered from his heart, the debt of Europe — nay, of man-
kind at large — to the illustrious regenerator of agriculture. Con-
tinuing the work of his revered predecessors, Lavoisier and Sir
Humphrey Davy, Liebig has nobly trod the arduous path which
it was their glory to point out. And, side by side, as long as hus-
bandry shall last, will these three names shine in co-equal glory, —
Antoine Lavoisier, Humphrey Davy, Justus Liebig. To
Lavoisier belongs the noble initiation of the work ; to Davy, its
splendid prosecution ; to Liebig, its glorious consummation. Em-
bracing in his masterly induction the results of all foregone and
contemporary investigation, and supplying its large defects by his
own incomparable researches, Liebig has built up on imperishable
foundations, as a connected whole, the code of simple general
laws on which regenerated agric'ulture must henceforth for all
time repose.

In speaking thus of his illustrious countryman and revered
master, the reporter does not fear to be misunderstood. No nar-
row spirit of patriotism animates his words. Genius, indeed, in
its highest manifestations, transcends mere national boundaries ;
kingdoms are too narrow to be its birthplace ; and in the homage
it receives, not this or that country, or continent, or hemisphere,
but humanity at large, is exalted.

218 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
Annual Meeting.

The annual meeting of the Society was held in its rooms on
the evening of May 18th, Principal Dawson, President, in the
chair. A large number of the members were present. Mr. J. F.
Whiteaves, the Recording Secretary, read the minutes of the last
annual meeting; after which the usual annual address of the
President was read, as follows : —

Address of the President.

Gentlemen, — I labor on this occasion under the disadvantasre
of having had twice in succession to prepare the annual address
of the President; a circumstance which should not ordinarily
occur in a society of this character, in which, following the usage
of our older sisters, we should endeavor to have a new mind
brought to bear on this work in each successive year. I shall
however take advantage of this circumstance to deviate somewhat
from the course usual with us on such occasions, and, after merely
glancing at the scientific work of the Society, to direct your atten-
tion to some speculations of my own on subjects now attracting
the attention of naturalists.

The scientific papers laid before this Society in its session just
concluded, if not quite so numerous as in some previous sessions,
are not inferior in point of interest and importance. In geology,
Sir William Logan has continued in our journal the discussion of
the age and distribution of the Quebec Group of Rocks. Dr.
Hunt has given further and important facts in chemical geology.
Professor Bell has illustrated certain portions of the superficial
deposits, and has described one of our most important quarries
of roofing-slate. Mr. McFarlane has contributed an elaborate
discussion of the interior condition of our planet and of the
mode of formation of Metamorphic and Igneous Rocks. Professor
Bailey has elucidated an obscure portion of the Geology of New
Brunswick, indirectly of much interest to Canadian geologists.
Mr. Billings has contributed a paper on a disputed genus of Bra-

« <.,'

1864.] NATlTItAL HISTORY SOCIETT. 219^*

chiopods. Professor How has given us Analyses of Mineral Waters
in Nova Scotia. Mr. Jones has sent us an interesting paper on the
geological importance of Ocean Currents. I have myself occupied
some space in our proceedings with my researches on Reptiles and
Plants of the Coal-Period; and in connection with these, I would
desire to say here that I regard the conclusions of Dr. Hunt in
his short but valuable paper on the Climate of the Palaeozoic
period as of great importance. Whatever views we may adopt
as to the original heated condition of the earth, if we take into
account the enormous length of time required by the calculations
of physicists * for the reduction of the earth's temperature even
one degree, it seems chimerical to suppose that any appreciable
effect on climate could have been produced by internal heat
in the coal-period. Yet the character and distribution of the
flora of that period would appear to imply a comparatively
high and equable temperature in the northern temperate and sub-
arctic zones. Now if the experiments of Tyndall, cited by Dr.
Hunt, can be taken to establish that a small percentage of carbonic
acid and an additional amount of aqueous vapour diffused through
the atmosphere would largely economise the solar heat by prevent-
ing radiation, and thus give conditions similar to those of a glass-
roofed conservatory, we have in this consideration, in connection
with the known distribution of land and water in the carbonifer-
ous era, a sufficient cause for any difference of climatal conditions
required by the flora To appreciate more fully the value of this
suggestion, it would be necessary to make experiments as to the
amount of carbonic acid which might be beneficially present in
the air, in the case of plants like those of the coal-period, for
instance Ferns, LycopodiacecE and Cycadacoe, and also to calcu-
late the effect of such proportion of carbonic acid in impeding
radiation.

Before leaving the work of the Society in the past year, I must
not omit to mention that we have not neglected zoology and botany;
and among contributions of this kind I could have wished to
notice at some length those of Mr. Packard on the Marine Inver-
tebrates of Labrador, and of Professor Lawson on Canadian
Botany.

* For example, those of Poisson and Hopkins, which would give
100,000,000,000 of years for a diminution of one to three degrees of
temperature.

220 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

By far the most important publication of the past year, in the
Natural History of Canada, has been the great Report of the
Geological Survey, a work in which, as the achievement of mem-
bers of this Society, we may very well take pride ; and on which
we may congratulate ourselves as facilitating the labors of those
among us who pay attention to geology, either with a view to prac-
tical or scientific results, and as greatly raising the scientific
reputation of this country.

The Report of the Survey has already been reviewed in the
Naturalist^ and I propose here not so much to say anything as to
its general merits, as to refer to a few points in Canadian geology
to which it directs our attention.

One of these is the discovery of fossils in the old Laurentian
rocks, heretofore usually named Azoic^ as being destitute of life,
and much older than any rocks known to contain fossils. The
oldest remains of living beings, until this discovery, had been
found in rocks known as Cambrian, or Primordial, and equivalent
in age to our oldest Silurian of Canada, or at the most to our
Huronian. But the Huronian series in Canada rests on the
upturned edges of the Laurentian, which had been hardened and
altered before the Huronian series was deposited. Again, Sir
William Logan has shown that the Laurentian system itself
contains two distinct series of beds, the upper of which rests
unconformably on the lower. There are thus in Canada at least
two great series of rocks, of such thickness as to indicate two
distinct periods each of vast length, below the lowest fossiliferous
rocks of other countries. Yet in the lowest of these so-called
Azoic groups fossils have now been found; Canada thus dis-
tancing all other parts of the world, so far as yet known, in the
antiquity of its oldest fossils.

I have had the happiness to submit these remarkable specimens
to microscopic examination, at the request of Sir W. E. Logan,
and have arrived at the conclusion that they are of animal nature,
and belong to the very humblest type of animal existence known,
that of the Rhizopods, though they far outstrip in magnitude any
known modern representatives of that group. The discovery of
this remarkable fossil, to be known as the Eozodii Ganadense, will
be one of the brio;htest gems in the scientific crown of the Geo-
logical Survey of Canada.

In connection with this subject, it is to be observed that the

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 221

grand order of succession in the [Laurentian system seems to be
the same with that so often repeated in other parts of the geo-
logical scale, — coarse fragmentary beds represented by conglomer-
ate and gneiss ; calcareous and fossiliferous bands represented by
the Eozoou limestones ; and finer earthy deposits, represented by
felspathic rocks. This brings the Laurentian into a cycle some-
what similar to that of the Potsdam sandstone, the Chazy and
Trenton limestone, and the Utica slate and Hudson Eiver in the
Lower Silurian ; or to that of the Medina sandstone,the Niagara
limestone, and Lower Helderberg in the Upper Silurian ; or to that
of the Oriskany sandstone, Corniferous limestone, and Hamilton
and Chemung groups in the Devonian ; or to that of the Lower Car-
boniferous conglomerates and sandstones, the Carboniferous lime-
stones, and the Coal-measures in the Carboniferous period. This
recurrence of cycles of deposit cannot be accidental. It is more or
less to be seen throughout the geological scale, and in all countries ;
and as I have elsewhere pointed out, it includes numerous subor-
dinate cycles within the same formation, as in the coal-measures.
Eaton, Hunt, and Dana have referred to it; but it deserves a more
careful study as a means of settling the sequence of oscilla-
tions of land and water in connection with the succession of life. It
will also be important in giving fixity to our geological classifications,
and may eventually aid in establishing more precise views of the
dynamics of geology and of the lapse of geological time. The prog-
ress of the earth has, like most other kinds of progress, been not
by a continuous evolution, but by a series of cycles, of great summers
and winters, or days and nights, of physical and vital changes, in
each of which all things seem to revolve back to the place of begin-
ning ; only to begin a new cycle or new turn of a spiral, similar to
the last in its general course, though altogether difi'erent in its
details, accompaniments, and results.

There is another subject of great geological importance on which
the publication of the Report enables strong ground to be taken.
I refer to the conditions under which the Boulder-Drift of Canada
was deposited. It has been customary to refer this to the action of
ice-laden seas and currents, on a continent first subsiding and then
re-elevated. But this opinion has recently been giving way before
a re-assertion of the doctrine that land-glaciers have been the
principal agents in the distribution of the boulder-drift, and in the
erosions with which it was accompanied. I confess that I have stead-

-222 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

ily rejected this last doctrine ; being convinced that insuperable physi-
cal and meteorological objections might be urged agaiast it, and that
it was not in accordance with the facts which I had myself observed
in Nova Scotia and in Canada. The additional facts contained
in the present Report enable me to assert with confidence,
though with all humility, that glaciers could scarcely have been
the agents in the striation of Canadian rocks, the transport of
Canadian boulders, or the excavation of Canadian lake-basins. In
making this statement I know that I differ in some deg-ree from
many of my geological friends, but I know that they will be
rejoiced that I should freely and frankly state the reasons of my
belief.

The facts to be accounted for are the striation and polishing of
rock-surfaces, the deposit of a sheet of unstratified clay and stones,
the transport of boulders from distant sites lying to the north-
ward, and the deposit on the boulder-clay of beds of stratified
clay and sand, containing marine shells. The rival theories in
discussion sue— first, that which supposes a gradual subsidence and
re-elevation, with the action of the sea and its currents, bearins; ice
at certain seasons of the year ; and, secondly, that which supposes
the American land to have been covered with a sheet of glacier
several thousands of feet thick.

The last of these theories, without attempting to undervalue its
application to such regions as those of the Alps or of Spitzbergen or
Greenland, has appeared to me inapplicable to the drift-deposits
of eastern America, for the following among other reasons :

1. It requires a series of suppositions unlikely in themselves
and not warranted by facts. The most important of these is
the coincidence of a wide-spread continent and a universal cover-
ing of ice in a temperate latitude. In the existing state of the
world, it is well known that the ordinary conditions required by
glaciers in temperate latitudes are elevated chains and peaks ex-
tending above the snow-line ; and that cases in which, in such
latitudes, glaciers extend nearly to the sea-level, occur only where
the mean temperature is reduced by cold ocean-currents approaching
to high land, as for instance in Terra del Fuego and the southern
extremity of South America. But the temperate regions of North
America could not be covered with a permanent mantle of ice
under the existing conditions of solar radiation ; for even if the
whole were elevated into a table-Iand,its breadth would secure a suffi-

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 223

cient summer heat to melt away tlie ice, except from high mountain-
peaks. Either then there must have been immense mountain-
chains which have disappeared, or there must have been some
unexampled astronomical cause of refrigeration, as, for example,
the earth passing into a colder portion of space, or the amount of
solar heat being diminished. But the former supposition has no
warrant from geology, and astronomy affords no evidence for the
latter views, which besides would iniply a diminution of evapora-
tion militating as much against the glacier-theory as would an
excess of heat. An attempt has recently been made by Professor
Frankland to account for such a state of things by the supposition
of a higher temperature of the sea, along with a colder temperature
of the land : but this inversion of the usual state of things is
unwarranted by the doctrine of the secular cooling of the earth ;
it is contradicted by the fossils of the period, which show that the
seas were colder than at present ; and if it existed, it could not
produce the effects required, unless a pr> ternatural arrest were at the
same time laid on the winds, which spread the temperature of the
sea over the land. The alleged facts observed in Norway, and
stated to support this view, are evidemly nothing but the results
ordinarily observed in ranges of hills, one side of which fronts cold
sea-water, and the other land warmed in summer by the sun.

2. It seems physically impossible that a sheet of ice, such as
that supposed, could move over an uneven surface, striating it in
directions uniform over vast areas, and often different from the
present inclinations of the surface. Glacier-ice may move on very
slight slopes, but it must follow these ; and the only result of the
immense accumulation of ice supposed, would be to prevent motion
altogether by the want of slope or the counteraction of opposing
slopes, or to induce a slight and irregular motion toward the
margins or outward from the more prominent protuberances.

It is to be observed, also, that, as Hopkins has shown, it is only
the sliding motion of glaciers that can polish or erode surfaces,
and that any internal changes resulting from the mere weight of a
thick mass of ice resting on a level surface, could have little or no
influence in this way.

3. The transport of boulders to great distances, and the lodgment
of them on hill-tops, could not have been occasioned by glaciers.
These carry downward the blocks that fall on them from wasting
cliffs. But the universal glacier supposed could have no such

224 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

cliffs from which to collect ; and it must have carried boulders for
hundreds of miles, and left them on points as high as those they
were taken from. On the Montreal Mountain, at a height of
600 feet above the sea, are huge boulders of feldspar from
the Laurentide hills, which must have been carried 50 to 100
miles from points of scarcely greater elevation, and over a
valley in which the striae are in a direction nearly at right angles
with that of the probable driftage of the boulders. Quite as strik-
ing examples occur in many parts of this country. It is also
to be observed that boulders, often of large size, occur scattered
through the marine stratified clays and sands containing sea-shells ;
and whatever views may be entertained as to other boulders,
it cannot be denied that these have been borne by floating ice.
Nor is it true, as has been often affirmed, that the boulder-clay is
destitute of marine fossils. At Murray Bay and St. Nicholas, on
the St. Lawrence, and also at Cape Elizabeth, near Portland, there
are tough stony clays of the nature of true " till," and in the lower
part of the drift, which contain numerous marine shells of the
usual Post-pliocene species.

4. The Post-pliocene deposits of Canada, in their fossil remains
and general character, indicate a gradual elevation from a state of
depression, which on the evidence of fossils must have extended to
at least 500 feet, and on that of far-travelled boulders to nearly ten
times that amount, while there is nothing but the boulder-clay to
represent the previous subsidence, and nothing whatever to repre-
sent the supposed prt^vious ice-clad state of the land, except the
scratches on the rock surfaces, which must have been caused by
the same agency which deposited the boulder-clay.

5. The peat deposits with fir-roots, found below the boulder-
clay in Cape Breton, the remains of plants and land-snails in
the marine clays of the Ottawa, and the shells of the St. Lawrence
clays and sands, show that the sea at the period in question had
much the temperature of the present arctic currents of our coasts,
and that the land was not covered with ice,but supported a vegetation
similar to that of Labrador and the north shore of the St. Law-
rence at present. This evidence refers not to the later period of
the Mammoth and Mastodon, when the re-elevation was perhaps
nearly complete, but to the earlier period contemporaneous with
or immediately following the supposed glacier-period. In my
former papers on the Post-pliocene of the St. Lawrence, I have

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 225

shown that the chansje of climate involved is not greater than that
which may have been due to the subsidence of land, and to the
change of course of the Arctic current, actually proved by the
deposits themselves.

These objections miiiht be pursued to much greater length;
but enou2:h has been said to show that there are in the case
of northeastern America, strong reasons against the existence
of any such period of extreme glaciation as supposed by many
geologists; and that if we can otherwise explain the rock striation
and polishing, and the formation of fiords and lake-basins, the
strong points with these theorists, we can dispense altogether
with the portentous changes in physical geography involved in
their views, and which are not necessary to explain any of the other
phenomena.

It is on these points more especially, that the Report of the
Geological Survey throws new light; though Sir William, with his
usual caution, has not committed himself to theoretical con-
clusions ; and in one or two local cases he seems to favor the
glacier theory. It has long been known to geologists, that in.
northeastern America, two main directions of striation of rock-sur-
faces occur, from northeast to southwest, and from northwest tO'
southeast ; and that locally the directions vary from these to north
and south and east and west. Various attempts have been made, but
without much success, to account for these directions of striation
by the motion of glaciers ; and while it is quite easy for any one pre-
possessed with this view to account in this way for the striatioa
in a particular valley or part of a valley, yet so may exceptional facts
occur as to throw doubt on the explanation, except in the case
of a few of the smaller and steeper mountain-gorges.

In the Report of the Survey of Canada a valuable table of these
striations is given, from which it appears that they are locally
distributed in such a way as to throw a decided gleam of light on
their origin.

It would seem that the dominant direction in the valley of the
St. Lawrence, along the high lands to the north of it, and across
western New York, is northeast and southwest ; and that there is
another series of scratches running nearly at right angles to the
former, across the neck of land between Georgian Bay and Lake
Ontario, down the valley of the Ottawa, and across parts of the
Eastern Townships, connecting with the prevalent southeast

Vol. L p No. 3.

226 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

striation whicli occurs in the valleys of tlie Connecticut and Lake
Champlain, and elsewhere in New England. What were the deter-
mining conditions of these two courses, and were they contempo-
raneous or distinct in time? The first point to be settled in an-
swering these questions, is the direction of the force which caused the
strise. Now, I have no hesitation in asserting, from my own
observations as well as from those of others, that for the southwest
striation the direction was froim the ocean toward the interior,
against the slope of the St. Lawrence valley. The crag-and-tail
forms of all our isolated hills, and the dir ction of transport of
boulders carried from them, show that throughout Canada the
movement was from northeast to southwest.* This at once disposes
of the glacier-theory for the prevailing set of striae ; for we cannot
suppose a glacier moving from the Atlantic up into the interior.
On the other hand, it is eminently favorable to the idea of ocean
drift. A subsidence of America, such as would at present convert
all the plains of Canada and New York and New England into
sea, would determine the course of the Arctic current over this
subiner<»-ed land from northeast to southwest : and as the current
would move up a slope, the ice which it bore would tend to ground,
and to grind the bottom as it passed into shallower water ; for it
must be observed that the character of slope which enables a
glacier to grind the surface, may prevent ice borne by a current
from doing so, and vice versa.

Now we know that in the Post-pliocene period eastern America
was submerged, and consequently the striation at once comes into
harmony with other geological facts. We have of course to sup-
pose that the striation took place during submergence, and that
the process was slow and gradual, beginning near the sea and at
the lower levels, and carried upwards to the higher grounds in
successive centuries, while the portions previously striated were
covered with deposits swept down from the sinking land or dropped
from melting ice. It would be easy to show that this view cor-
responds with many of the minor facts.

Farther, the facts thus ascertained account for the excavation
of the deep and land-locked basins of our great American lakes.
Ocean currents, if cold, and clinging to the bottom, must cut out
pot-holes, just as rivers do, though geologists are too apt to
limit their iunction to the throwing up of banks. The course

* The few exceptional cases appear to belong mostly to the later
period of the stratified sands.

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 227

of the present arctic current along the American coast has its
deep hollows as well as its sand banks. Our American lake-
basins are cut out deeply into the softer strata. Running water
on the land would not have done this, for it could have n > outlet;
nor could this result be effected by breakers. Glaciers could not
have effected it; for even if the climatal conditions for these were
admitted, there is no height of land to give them momentum.
But if we suppose the land submerged so that the Arctic current,
flowing from the northeast, should pour over the Laurentian
rocks on the north side of Lake Superior and Lake Huron,
it would necessai'ily cut out of the softer Silurian strata just such
basins, drifting their materials to the southwest. At the same
time, the lower strata of the current would be powerfully
determined through the strait between the Adirondac and
Laurcntide hills, and, flowing over the ridge of hard rock which
connects them at the Thousand Islands, would cut out the long-
basin of Lake Ontario, heaping up at the- same time in the lee
of the Laurentian ridge, the great mass of boulder-clay which
intervenes between Lake Ontario and Georgian Bay. Lake
Erie may have been cut by the flow of the upper layers of water
over the Middle Silurian escarpment ; and Lake Michigan, though
less closely connected with the direction of the current, is, like
the others, due to the action of a continuous eroding force on rocks
of unequal hardness.

The predominant southwest striation, and the cutting of the
upper lakes, demand an outlet to the west for the Arctic current.
But both during depression and elevation of the land, there must
have been a time when this outlet was obstructed, and when the
lower levels of New York, New England, and Canada were still
under water. Then the valley of the Ottawa, that of the Mohawk,
and the low country between Lakes Ontario and Huron, and the
valleys of Lake Champlain and the Connecticut, would be straits
or arms of the sea, and the current, obstructed in its direct flow,
would set principally along these, and act on the rocks in north
and south and northwest and southeast directions. To this portion
of the process I would attribute the northwest and southeast stria-
tion. It is true that this view does not account for the southeast
striae observed on some high peaks in New England ; but it must
be observed that even at the time of greatest depression, the
Arctic current would cling to the northern land, or be thrown so

228 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

rapidly to the west that its direct action might not reach such
summits.

Nor would I exclude altogether the action of glaciers in eastern
America, though I must dissent from any view which would
assign to them the principal agency in our glacial phenomena.
Under a condition of the continent in which only its higher peaks
were above the water, the air would be so moist, and the tempera-
ture so low, that permanent ice may have clung about mountains in
the teiuperate latitudes. The striation itself shows that there must
have been extensive glaciers as now in the extreme Arctic regions.
Yet I think that most of the alleged instances must be founded on
error, and that old sea-beaches have been mistaken for moraines.
I have failed to find even in the White Mountains any distinct sign
of glacier action, though the action of the ocean-breakers is visible
almost to their summits ; and though I have observed in Canada
and Nova Scotia many old sea-beaches, gravel-ridges, and lake-
margins, I have seen nothing that could fairly be regarded as the
work of glaciers. The so-called moraines, in so far as my obser-
vation extends, are more probably shingle beaches and bars, old
coast-lines loaded with boulders, trains of boulders or " ozars."
Most of them convey to my mind the impression of ice-action along
a slowly subsiding coast, forming successive deposits of stones
in the shallow water, and burying them in clay and smaller stones
as the depth increased. These deposits were again modified dur-
ing emergence, when the old ridges were sometimes bared by
denudation, and new ones heaped up.

I shall close these remarks, perhaps Mlready too tedious, by a
mere reference to the alleged prevalence of lake-basins and fiords
in high northern latitudes, as connect* d with glacial action. In
reasoning on this, it seems to be overlooked that the prevalence
of disturbed and metamorphic rocks over wide areas in the north
is one element in the matter. Again, cold Arctic currents are the
cutters of basins, not the warm surface-currents. Further, the
fiords on coasts, like the deep lateral valleys of mountains, are
evidences of the action of the waves rather than of that of ice. 1 am
sure that this is the case with the numerous indentations of the
coast of Nova Scotia, which are cut into the softer and more shat-
tered binds of rock, and show, in raised beaches and gravel
ridges like those of the present coast, the levels of the sea at the
time of their formation.

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 229

In conclusion, allow me to express my regret that the pressure
of other occupations has allowed me so little time to discharge ray
duties as your president, and to hope that the course of the Society
in the coming year may be still more prosperous and successful
than in the past.

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL.

The Council of the Montreal Natural History Society, at their
thirty-sixth annual meeting, and in conformity with their prescribed
duty and the yearly custom, beg to lay before its members an
account of their proceedings during their tenure of office, which
this evening brings to a close : and in so doing have much pleasure
to congratulate its members on the steady and onward progress
which has characterized the proceedings of the past year.

The Museum,

The donations to the Museum have been numerous and valuable ;
and your Council would more especially acknowledge donations
from the University of our sister city, the Laval University ; of
some 418 species of insects from Mr. Saunders of London, C.W. 5
also donations from our worthy president. Dr. Dawson, consisting
of fishes and shells ; several birds, and three cases of insects from
Mr. Ferrier, our treasurer; and some valuable donations from Mr.
Barnston ; besides several small donations from other parties,
which though not so numerous, are not the less valuable A list
of these will be found appended to this report.

Your C'ouncil would beg to make special mention of the Scien-
tific Curator, Mr. Whiteaves, who continues to give the most
entire satisfaction. His work has been onerous and difficult. An
inspection of the Museum will at once convince any one of the
labor and care he has bestowed on the classification and labelling
of the specimens in each department of Natural History. And
your Council would congratulate the Society on this judicious and
efficient appointment.

The Library.

The donations to the Library have not been vory numerous ; the
completion of Silliman's Journal (by purchase), and the usual ex-
changes from sister Societies form by far the greatest feature on the
list of new books. The Council cannot but express its regret, that,

230 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June^

owing to the want of funds, few new purchases have been able to
be made. Notwithstanding, valuable donations of some twenty-
four volumes have been received from the Literary and Historical
Society of Quebec ; and your Council have again to record the
generosity of Mr. Ferrier, our treasurer, who has also presented
some eleven or twelve volumes.

Original Papers Read.

During the past season twenty-four original papers have been
read and discussed on the various departments of Natural His-
tory, viz.. Geology, Zoology, and Botany. Most of these papers
have been published in The Canadian Naturalist; which^
besides beino- the record of our own transactions here, is the means
of disseminating and spreading an account of our proceedings to
other countries ; and your Council cannot but regard this publica-
tion as an important feature in our future progress and useful-
ness.

Owing to the liberality of the publishers, Messrs. Dawson
Brothers, The Canadian Naturalist has become second to no
other publication of a like nature, containing, as it does, a
great amount of useful and scientific knowledge. The Editing
Committee deserve from your Council special mention for their
successful labors in this important department.

Public Lectures.

The annual course of Sommerville Lectures was delivered in
the Lecture Hall of the Society, to very large and respectable
audiences. The following form the subjects of the course : —

First Lecture — 18th February 1864, by W. Hingston, M.D.,
F.B.C.S.E., " On the Harmony observed in Nature."

Second Lecture — 25th February, by Charles Smallwood, M.D.,
LL.D., " On Terrestrial Magnetism."

Third Lecture— 3d March, by H. B. Small (Lin. Coll. Ox.),
'^ On a Trip to our Satellite."

Fourth Lecture — 10th March, by James Pech (Mus. Doc),
" On Music and the People."

Fifth Lecture— 17th March, byT. Sterry Hunt, M.A., F.R.S.,
" On the Correlation of Forces."

Sixth and concluding Lecture on the 24th March, by Dr.
Dawson, F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., (the President,) '' On Man's Place
in Nature."

1864.] natural history society. 231

Conversazione.

The second annual conversazione was held in the Society's rooms
on the evening of the l^nd of February, and was, as on a former
occasion, very well attended. Some works of art were exhibited, and
also several microscopes find other philosophical instruments. A
variety of very successful chemicil experiments were shown by
Prof. Robbins ; and dissolving views were also kindly exhibited by
Mr. C. Hearn, optician. Addresses wf^re delivered by the President,
Dr. Dawson, Hon. Mr. Sheppard, and Professor Miles. Efforts on
the part of your Council were mad to secure several scientific and
literary friends from a distance, but who, from various causes,
could not be present. The Hon. Mr. Sheppard of Drummond-
ville, and Professor Miles of Lennoxville College, were the only
two gentlemen who kindly assisted on the occasion.

Your Council would also beg to mention, that, owing to the kind-
ness of Col. Dunlop, the Band of t e Royal Artillery perf rmed
some choice pieces of music during the evening.

The success of these re-unions has been very decided ; and
your Council fondly hope, that they have proved a source of great
intellectual enjoyment to those persons present,and which they trust
will tend to prove the increasing desire on the part of the citizens
of Montreal generally for the attainment of a knowledge of Natu-
ral History and its kindred sciences.

In connection with this subject your Council would state, that a
Course of twelve Lectures on Geology, and twelve on Botany, were
delivered by Mr. Whiteaves in the rooms of the Society and under
its auspices during the past winter, at a reduced charge to members
of the Society. The results were satisfactory, and some additional
members were thus obtained, and some few donations to the library.

Miscellaneous.

Your Council, in accordance with the desire of the Society, have
caused the silver medal to be transmitted to Dr. Daniel Wilson of
Toronto, bearing an appropriate inscription, to which Dr. Wilson
has returned a very suit ible and feeling reply.

And your Council, in furtherance of the objects of the Society,,
and in accordance with its constitution, would recommend that the
Society's silver medal for this year be presented to Sir W. E..
Logan, one of the early and very active members of the Society,
and who has so long and so well labored in developing the vast

232 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

geological and mineral resources of Canada ; and your Council
would suggest that the present time seems a very appropriate one^
on the occasion of the publication of his general work on Canadian
Geoloo:y.

Some defects in the chimneys (caused by the method of warming
the rooms of the Society) gave rise to some necessary repairs (which
were stated to be of frequent occurrence) ; a .d it was deemed ad-
visable to consult with Messrs. Prowse & McFarlane as to the
cheapest and best way of keeping the rooms warm during the winter
months. It was thought desirable to erect a hot-air furnace; but
action in this matter was not taken until somewhat late in the
season, which consequently incurred a somewhat large expenditure
for coal, which will be obviated in future, by purchasing it at an
earlier period. A contract was entered into with Messrs. Prowse &
McFarlane,who, in a most generous and liberal spirit, offered to give
a long credit if required, for the cost of its erection. Your Council
fully believe that in the end it will effect a considerable saving.
Double windows are also required, at a cost of about $100. Your
Council would respectfully urge this on the attention of their suc-
cessors.

New cases have been made for the reception of the mammals,
and also a cabinet for the collection of insects. Some new cases
have been set up for the reception of specimens of Canadian fishes,
also four or five additional cases for birds. Much remains to be
done in this department, and a still greater want of proper cases
and cabinets for the reception of the numerous specimens already
classified.

Your Council would beg to tender to Mr. Ferrier, the treasurer,
the thanks of the Society for the liberality with which he has at
all time made advances for the purposes of liquidating the more
urgent demmds of the current expenses of the Society. Your
Coancil would also bear a willing testimony to the efficiency of
Mr. Hunter, who has discharged his duties with satisfaction : and
it is pleasing to be able to testify to his obliging and kind manner
on all occasions, and also to make mention of many specimens of
fishes and birds furnished by him to the Museum.

The Council would also report that they have received a grant
■of money (though of smaller amount than in any previous year)
from the Government for the past year ; and would also further
state with re.^ret, that no action has at present been taken to dis-
charge the debt still due by the Society.

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 233

During the past winter your Council have permitted the Numis-
matic Society and the Montreal Literary Club to hold their meet-
ing in their rooms on evenings not specially devoted to our own
Society, and at a reasonable rate for fuel and light.

Your Council would further suggest, and in accordance with
the amended act of Parliament, that the number of Vice-Presi-
dents should not exceed nine, and that the Council should also
consist of nine members.

Your Council would beg leave further to state, that they have
received a communication from Mr. Leeming, calling attention to
the fact that the remains of the late Rev. Mr. Sommerville are at
present in the old Protestant burying-ground in Dorchester street,
and calling on the Society to assist, conjointly with the Cor-
poration of the Montreal General Hospital, the Trustees of St.
Gabriel Church, and a clergyman now resident in Quebec, for the
removal of the body to the Mount Royal Cemetery, and also the
Monument at present erected over his remains. Your Council
would therefore suggest that some action be taken in this matter
at as early a period as possible.

They have also received a communication from the Board of
Arts and Manufactures, in which it sets forth that it has " in
its hands a considerable property, subject to a ground-rent, and
burthened with hypotheques so large as to consume all its
annual grant, and render the Board unable to carry on its proper
operations, viz., to increase and maintain its free Library, to
establish and keep up a Museum of Industrial Products, and to
promote the education of mechanics and artizans.

^' The property thus held has been set apart for the use of scien-
tific and literary bodies who might wish to erect buildings for
their accommodation, having been acquired with a view to such
uses. In fact the Board has considered itself, in some sort, a
trustee for these other public bodies, either existing or projected.
But the members of the Board, hitherto disappointed of relief
from the Provincial Government, feel that they cannot continue
to hold this property for a much longer period, at a cost so great
as the abdication of their own functions under the statute, and
are therefore desirous, as speedily as possible, to come to an
arrangement — if it be possible — with your own and other socie-
ties, by which a building-site may be transferred to you on easy
terms, and co-operation secured between the Society and this Board
in promoting objects which we may have in common.

234 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [June,

*' Either by transferring a portion of the land around the Exhibi-
tion building, by assisting your Society to erect upon it a build-
ing adapted for its uses, or by securing your co-operation in the
extension of the present building upon a plan adapted to your
wants, we hope that this Board may be of assistance to you, and
receive co-operation and support in return.."

Your Council would recommend the consideration of this mat-
ter to the Society, in furtherance of the said object.

Your Council cannot but express its regret, that the report of
the treasurer shows a balance against the Society ; and would
urge, that efforts be mide by each individual member, to endeavor
by all means to increase the funds so necessary for the support
and furtherance of the objects for which it was founded.

Your Cuuncil must now resio;n their chars-e into the hands of
others, wishing them a prosperous and increasing year of useful-
ness. One thing your Council would place on record, is the kind-
ness and unanimity that has actuated the whole of the members,
a sure prestige of increasing strength and usefulness ; and they
close their report with a fervent hope, that the Montreal Natural
History Society may grow and prosper.

MONTHLY MEETING.

The monthly meeting of the Society took place at its rooms, on
Monday evening. May 30th, Dr. Dawson, President, in the chair.
The following donations were announced :

To THE Museum.

From A. Ramsay, Esq. — Fine specimen of the Snow Goose
(^Anser ht/perboreus, Pallas), shot at Nun's Island.

From James Ferrier, jun., Esq. — The Turnstone Strepsilas
interpres, lUiger ; Curious Japanese Mirror and Case.

From Mrs. McCulloch. — 138 skins of Canadian birds, 5 do
foreii^n, 20 do. mammals.

From E. E. S.ielton, Esq. — 4 Indian pipes, from an excavation
in Hospital Street.

From Jas. Claxton, Esq. — 8 specimens of minerals (Quartz,
Quartz with Pyrites, C ilc Spar, and Sulphate of Barytesj, from
Devon and Cornwall, England.

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 235

From Mr. W. Hunter. — The yellow-bellied Woodpecker iCen-
twus Jlaviventris, Swainson) ; the golden-winged "Wor dpecker
(Cohiptes auratus, Linn.) ; 2 Robins (Tardus migratorins,
Linn.); 1 blue yellow-backed Warbler [Panda Ajnericana,
Bonaparte).

To THE Library.

Preliminary List of the Plants of Buffalo. — From the Buffalo
Society of Natur il Sciences.

Arboretum et Fruticetum Britannicum, by J. C. Loudon ; 8
vols. Svo., illustrated.- From James Ferrier, jun., P]sq.

Bombay Magnetical and Meteorological Observations, 1862.

New Members.

John Tempest, and Alexander S. Ritchie, Esqs., were elected
ordinary members of the Society.

Proceedings.

The Recording Secretary then read a communication by Dr.
Bowerbank, on two new N. American Sponges. The fir,>t of these
was a small marine form ;of the genus Tethea), dredged by Dr.
Dawson off the coast of Portland, Maine. The second was a
green fresh-water species (of the genus S2yo7iglUa), occurring in
quiet little bays along the St. Lawrence about Montreal, also in
Upper Canada, in which places it has been taken by Dr. Dawson,
Rev. A. F. Kemp, Mr. R. J. Fowler, and others. Dr. Dawson
remarked that a great number of the N. American sponges differed
somewhat from allied European forms, and were probably new
species. The present paper, he remarked, might be looked upon
as the first instalment of a somewhat elaborate memoir upon these
very ill-understood and low forms of animal life, to the study of
which Dr. Bowerbank has paid much attention. Dr. Dawson
then gave an account of several species of Annelida and Bryozoa,
from Mingan and Metis. The Mingan specimens were collected
by Mr. Richardson, jun., of the Geol. Survey, and the Metis forms
by Mrs. H.Parkinson. The doctor commenced by making draw-
ings explanatory of the structure of the animal of the genus
Spirorbis. He explained that these creatures were marine worm-
like animals, which constructed small, flattened spiral shells, which
were generally attached to sea-weeds, stones, or shells. He then ex-

236 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [JuDC,

hibited eight different species of this genus, and pointed out lucidly
the difference between them. After exhibiting a species of Ser-
pula, with its irregular cylindrical shelly tube, the Doctor called
attention to some of the Bryozoa of the Gulf. He stated that
some of the species resembled brown sea-weeds, others corallines,
but that the structure of the animals was nearest to that o'' some
of the bivalve shells. He exhibited examples of some fifteen or six-
teen species, illustrating the subject by diagrams,and by microscopi-
cal preparations showing the shape of the cells ofthese creatures, and
some of their organs of defence. After some discussion as to the
supposed uses of these animals, the meeting broke up.

On the Bivalved Entomostraoa of the Carboniferous
Strata of Great Britain and Ireland.

By Professor T. Rupert Jones, F G.S., and J. W. Kirby, Esq.

After a review of wliat former obs rvers liave published on the
Bivalved EntoraostracH of 'he Carbonife oiis f >rmations, the au-
thor- proceed to point out : 1st, a few rather doubtful Cypr)des
or Candonce, from th^^ Coal-measure** 2nilly, Cytheres ; of which
theie are about ei^ht sp^ci'^s. chiefly from the Coal-measures.
3r lly. Balrii'B ; ab >at eight species, rao-^ily from the MoiMtain-
lim stone an I ir«; shales. 4thly, Cypridini/nce ; comprising
Cypri'llna, (Jyprldella, Oyprella, E'ifom >conckas, and Cytherellaj
from the Mouii ain-li uestoiie. A fine collectioi of these rare torms
from Little Isla-ul, Cork, liberally |.Ihc d at Messrs. Jones and
Kiikby's dis|)osal by Mr. Joseph Wrioht, will elucidate ih^ rela-
tioiishi|ts of the-e iiitherto obscure genera and their species.
5thly, Leperditidce ; comprisina: Leperditia (to which genus
belo'iuf the so .-alle I Gypris Scofoh'irdigalensis^ C. inflate, C^
suhrectaj Cythere inornata, and others ; many of them dwarf
varieties oi' on(- spe'-ies, and mostly belonging to the Mountain-
limesione serit-s) ; Entomis (MountMin-limesione), D. vonian and
Carboniteroiis ftrins of which have been mistaken for Cypiidinid-
n<B ; B'ynchim (from nearly all parts of he Carlwniferous sy>tem,
sevt^ral species, of which B. arcua'a. Bean, sp., is the most com-
mon); and ICi'kbyoe, somewhat rare, and chiefly from the Moun-
tain-limestone seri s.

Leperditia and Beyrichia are also Silurian and Devonian
genera; they do not appear to pass upwards into the Permian

1864.] MISCELLANEOUS. 237

formation. Bairdia aii<l Kirhhya occur first in the Carlionif rous
and re-appear in the Permian deposits, even in tl e same specific,
forms ; an I Bairdia li is been freely represented in S condMry and
Teriiary deposits, and exist.s ai present. Of" the Cyiyrilirudoe, under
notice, Cypridella, Cyprelli^ and Eihtomoconchas a|»pear t<» be
confined to the Mo'iniain-liiaestone ; Cyprldina occurs in ihe
Perm an, and with Gytherella is found in Seconda y and Tertiary
rocks, and in existing sea-^. Entomis is a Silurian and Devonian
genus, especially characterizing the so-called ''Cypridinen-Schiefer"
of Germany.

M:'<^of^ Daohna priinoev'i \s a, Gypridina] De Koninck's Cy-
pridiiia Edwardsiaiia and f^yor'idelU craci'ttn are Gypfideilce :
his G /pridiaa annulala and Gyp>eUa chrys didea are GypriUce y
and his Gypridina coticnitnca is an Entomis,

MISCELLANEOUS.

THE LATE PRINCIPAL LEITCH.

Our issue of yesterday contained the sad, though not unex-
pected, announcement of Principal Leitch's death. William
Leitch was born at Rothsay, in the Island of Bute, Scotland, in
the year 1814, and was at his death under tifty years of age.
The robust health of his boyhood was taken from him by an acci-
dent, which confined him for eighteen months, and threatened
even his life before he recovered. When about fourteen years of
age he fell from the mast of a yacht in the bay of his native town,
and the fall produced a comminuted fracture of the hip-joint,
which made him lame for life. This accident was the occasion of
determiningjio a somewhat remarkable way,the tendencies by which
all his subsequent life has been characterized ; for during his long
and dreary confinement, the relief from intense suffering, which
most boys of even high intellectual character would have sought in
the fascination of fiction, he found in the study of mathematics ;
and his after life, which became almost from necessity that of a
student, was devoted chiefly to the mathematical sciences. After
finishing his preparatory studies for the Church of Scotland, he
did not immediately enter on the practical work of his profession,
but remained for some years in connection with the Glasgow
Observatory, under the late Professor Nichol. In the year
1843 however, he accepted a presentation to the Parish of Moni-
mail in Fifeshire, where he found that congenial quiet in which he

238 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

was able to continue his studies and to extend his inquiries
into other branches of physical science, as well as into those
departments of philosophy and theology with which the physical
sciences are more closely connected. During his residence at
Monimail, he made himself known by extensive contributions to
various periodicals and cyclopedias, on those subjects to which he
had specially devoted his time; and oy this means he enjoyed an
intimate acquaintance with many of the most distinguished literary
scientific men in Great Britain. The science to which he remained
most fondly attached was that of astronomy ; and from his
thorough familiarity with the practical work of an Observatory,
from the enthusiasm with which he studied every improvement in
astronomical instruments, and hailed every fresh discovery to
which it led, as well as from his general scientific attainments, it
was thought probable that, had he not left Scotland, he would
have been appointed to the chair of his teacher, the late Professor
Nichol, in the University of Glasgow. De Quincey, in a noble
article on Lord Rosse's telescope, speaks of his friend Professor
Nichol as having contributed more than any other living man to
keep general English readers, who have not time for the scientific
investigations of astronomers, acquainted with the latest and pro-
foundest results to which these investigations are leading ; and
during the two years which have passed since the Professor's death,
it would be difficult to point to a man for whom the same distinc-
tion could have been so justly claimed as the late Principal of our
University.

In 1860 he was invited by the Trustees of the Queen's Uni-
versity to become its Principal ; and after spending session 1860-
61 in the duties of the office, he decided to accept their invitation.
His brief and sad career among us is so unfinished that even its
imperfect results, and certainly, at least the larger and nobler aims
by which it was guided, could be adequately described only at
greater length than is possible in a hurried newspaper notice.
Those who have been interested in his movements must have
recognized the hopes which he entertained for the progress of
science by the efficient working of our Observatory, and for the
advancement of higher education by a more orderly government
of our University, as well as by a reform in the general relations
of all the Universities of Upper Canada. — Kingston News, May
Wth,

Published, Montreal, June 15, 1864.

"V»

V

^

•

«>

^2;

M

00

r^

e

«>

OQ

w

-«»

*•

'^

~ "i^

m -

;2i -^

o ^

o

'-' ^

H «

<1 -ce

D2 !35

H

Q

m%

1^

M 2

1^

o g

v

,

h3 6

O

< "^^

a

2^2

Q

O

^ ""^ ^

O

O f-i s

O "^

h3

O ^^

03

QQ

a

W "5)

hJ

s

Pi

s J

■<

^•^

U

^ fei

o

o ^

><

CO

m

O '^

H -s

m ^

M ^

^ S

e

d

».

w

CO.

•O

O

•3

w

to

4>a

S

!|

«

•<

<ta

•*«

«

§

o

eii

a

o
P4

<v

00

a>

p
o

.i~

I

o .

CO

■ o
CO

•*- '^ ^ '^ *- — r ^

O

ai ja

t<

* o

(U

«.3

a

.So

X

o

00

0(M
r-lCO

a

o o

life

.2 . 3i

^ p -M -^ _2 F' -*-
_fcC ^ § § ."B^ - o

•— ' ^— _^ -^f .^ -N '^ 'i

a

o
u

a

a>
*>
a>

a

o

a

u

a>

x:
H

o°

£52a«^.

a

C3

a

OS

5P-

"= ■ = 'S 3 -e c ^

y ^ ^— > O r^

hi

s
o

.a

o<

CO

O

a
>^

a

00

o

Si

cS

bo

oJ

•a

. r C ^ -^ 03 tr •

•^ -OS
a,— o

.ojg-^

5.2 S

u
u

o

u
o

si

o j- o o

- -- 2 -^ — C!
Si CiJ -^ <ti 7} a)

C3

.2.S
'S'3

o o

!=! ii!

CO cn

oo ooo oo-—
COX! rr>'Jin «} -/) Si

O D

■sq;oi ni auozQ

•saqorxi ni
Aioas JO ii4d8G

o o

CO£Z3

«5eoo<:o<»ococoocotDoococDecx'Ooix>ecx)eocDCDcooo'Xio<r>

« rH d rH Ci C^ rH d 03 C^ M oi C6 l» rji rH c4 Tli >i Oq d Cq CO ^ (^i CO TO CO C<i Tli (N

Oh

ci

•o s

es

o

• oo

■CJ(M

•coo

•0 0>0 . 2*0

• r-( rl O • h'-H
n

• co'^c^q • c rH

• o6c<i

•saqour

a a

OS s""!
a a o

•sq^oi u[ spnofo
JO juojxd uBeiv[

C0OC0C0CDC0CDO«3OCDOOOOOtDOOC0O--D!X>O:CC0OOOOtC

<»c^r^THaicodocoo'j3ooTjioT»iTjiddoJddi-ddeoodi-d«b

i—i 1—1 ■—(,-( 1—1 1—1 1—1 1— t rH 1— I r-l

•saijui ui

-OAOUJ I«;ilOZfJOH

•P'«IMJO
uoipojip iBjaueg

^ ^ ^ ^ S ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ « ^ fe: H ^ ^ ^

•ejoqd
-sorajv oq> jo

■jocIb^
JO aoHuoj, iitsaj^

oooococooot»coooooooooOT35£goooogcno?««S35OT8wwooSoooo

OrH

.a

^a
la

a
b

C^Ol-.'X>l>.Tt<COl-.iCC^C^1-*^(£)CC-*CO-^Oi-H-.0 0035l-OOt-tCCOOOCOM
':TOi-(pOiOOiOl^COCO'*<-^t-.diCo6-t<i0 74doo— ^aS'JSI^f^^corrifnX
Cq rHrH I rHrHC^C^I^C%O1C<l-!NC0e^C^rH^COC0COC<Ic5coSSM

'^'~!'R^'P'=^''?'^'^^'~!'^'*'='^'-<<=>0^ O'-H 00Tt<!Mr-<rHC0Oi-H00lC05

Ma>(^JO(^^od^CrHoooodOTJ^cort^rHt^;Jho6co^-^-^d

" ' ' ^ rH rH 1-1 1-H CSJ (M rH IM (M C^ rH rH C^ CO CO —' rH C<1 rH rH i^-l

OOaS-*OC<ICOC^t-COrHC0 3005'-O^ICqOOl-0(MrHC<l-HrHt-rHOrHOrH

>ooocqoiocoo5^coiot~35i^-*id»0(rit^cDooir>iHiiodi-ooao'-vj.ofTJ.»«

CO rH-HrH <M (M .-J (M ".S CO CO CO M 03 K) ?^ ^ CO CO S ^ W< CO M ^ ci S ^

a1

O sS
oS -pq

£ 2 o

rt .4.^

o cd

« O) S

a

CS

CO

o

►4

_oj eooico c<i cool coc^i co

.a •

o

i-h'^' eo^< eocq co

~rHOJQOrHOOrHCOQOI>-«5?D«3COa>t'-OOJ>000(MCOOOTt<»Ol^OOOSOTCOC'l

CS SS:S S ' " " 'd d d 'oj d

hH<M eoMco c^ CO <M CO ci eo

■li:jUOHI 10 i^Bfr '-ic<iw*io«ot-.ooo»grHeieo-*io-x>b-ooo»OrHcgeO'<*»o«Dt-a)eiOrH

jr»j Vlj rHr-lrHi-(rHr-lrHrtrHrHMC^(N01Nff<C^C<IC<l?JP5co

CO

'So

3

e4

00

l-H

5Q

w

m %

o **
'-' ?i

EH I

< I

S

o

o
o
o

H

00

■—I s

o

5

O

O

xn

CO

o

o

CO

o

o

«>

•«

1^

O

o

o

.-3
CC

pq

•

6

a
o

1

OO

i

P4

<» a a
o5 = 3 „• .a .cJ

^§ 1? ^s? is II

2o®sS2©^oS5^ •.;3C.-fe.>. S^

3 .a ^- O ii CS c = 2 Ocq SrH

•

A
.61)

*^

.a
to

«

.2

1

1

Hi

o o o
a a a

COT. CO

00-~-'-'--hO OO ooo ooo

ai=3^=25a aa aaa aaa

Snow.

Rain.
Rain.

Bain.

•sq^oi ni anozQ

OOOOe0000300CO-.DO<ri«5CDOOCOCDeOCDeOOD«)COO<X)<r>

vOO^iO-5»<lM^CO{MrHOOCOCOCOO^(MCqCQ?qCQC^03COCO(M<MC<l(MC^

•saqoni ni
AVOUg JO q;da(i

T-1 - ao -oo •<-'<N - -lo-^o •

—1 l-H p— (

a.

. C3

. .M ........ .

1— (

•gaqoui
ui uiBH JO q^daa

a,a.a,_

&0 0

: g^9<g^ :::::::::::::

.C — C(-b....

: : :5---? : : : : :^

I-HH-I)— 1

»— 4

•sq^OT III spnoio
JO |U8jxa uBait

oooooecocDcococDoocD<r>cDcoocoo'X>ooocDOooeo

OOOOOOOSOCDi-lr-lt-T)<OCO-<4<OOiOCOC<JCOOOOCDOOCOC^OOCO
i-lr-lT-l i-H r-l 1-H 1-1 1-t

•SdllUI 1

SJnoq^giHjuai
-aAOui [B|iiozij

■p'HAiJ
uopoaaip [BJai

•eiaq
-souijv aq:^ j
A^ipiuinH Q'E

•jod-B
JO aoisnax ut

u
ui
OH

OOOCDl-I^0005 0r-l05l-'*-*'-OOCOCOOOi-lCDOOC3iC-. I-C0(M
0«30000'3St^iOOO(M^05?OCQC^uO>035r*(-^00503(Ml~COrt<OOeO

rt<COOOCD(Mr-OQOOC^ — 0-*>OOi-IOOOOCOCOOOiMt--0!r>l-iO-*»0

kCic<is^Tj)occoooi^i-HMa5toai"#cc(M<x>i— looioi-ocoocNCOOJ

•»!<■>*< J— 1 CO lO "-H 1— 1 C^ 1-H 1— 1 T— 1 1— 1 r-l I-H >— 1 I-H .— 1 I<1 T-H <M T-H C5

o
d

O

aw

Oii-HCCoooocoooio-^-^iot^t^ooasooc^o^

OOOiOOOOCXJOOGOCOOOCOCCCOGOOOCOOOOOCOa

HO(MOOO->*<>«t:~OC3Jt^
> l^ CD CO lO l~ ■* ■<*< "-^ 0 0>

3coc»aoooooaOQOOoooco

A.

c3osooiocD»oix>a)ooioi^c<iTj<cqioa5COc<ioocoooi~«3i-H-*'-;cocoi-.

0505l^CO00l-l^CD05«OC0'nc0C0CDa0C<3-<*t^C0l~OCCI05l-l0-.C:C5C0
rHrHT-HrHl-Hl-HrHi-HOOO-HrHi-HOOOOOi-H^(M(M(Mi-HrHrHrHrH

a

OS

0)

C<lt^e0t-00rHC<JCDCDO(MCD-*O>n)(M«3i-HrH-*rH00e0i0eDe0t~r-liO

•*rt<<MOCOCOM-t"»COIMGOCOC<10Tt<lMC030-*CO-r>rHlOC^OOCCt-jH
C<10300C003COCOCOi-H — 'OICO^ i-HrH 1 (MCOCO-^-^COfMC^COCO ■

a"

»00<M-*iM<MO 3-«ti05i~T#rHOi-HGOTt<-*OOiMMi-HO-^iO(M-*Tj<

C<l05aSO-*U3CO':Dt-QO-«i<COiO-*O^C10CQOc35^^3-*iCOTi<--COCO
(MCa(M (MC^IM 1 li-H?^rHrH rH C^ I-H rH M (M CO CO Oi — rH CO (M

•A

OS

i-HOOOTt(COlM-#<MOeOOrH0005rHOCOa)OCO-*QOCncq<Mi-HC005C<l

CDC35000!»r^iOCOl^>.OCOi-HCOl-l:~OCC>CO(Mt^i~OOOCO(MtO(MX)0

c<ico-^cocococo-^c^i-Hi^T}<co?i (M ii-H(Mcoco-*-#iO'*coTt<co-7t<

Reading of the Barom-
eter, corrected, and
reduced to 32^ F.

a"

05

5R05t^C<HO»Or-ll-CC<rSOOi:C05-*'-<COTt<t^'*i-Hl- — <35»OC<)COCOCO-+ICO
2oOl^(MCOCOt^i-HCOC^OOC<lT-HOCNiOl^05 0-*i<OOJIMCOa5Ttil-C303
•aoOCO->*(»OiOCDTtlCOt^OCOO-*LOC»T-HCOi-HrHa503iX>iO'*<X)l— OOCDOO

«S 8S 8

0)

o

2-*»0C<105C0l^C0OOC^i-l^»0t^i0t-<MtDC^lCT>(3ii0t^-*(Mi-H--Ca>(3>
,a<X>-*i4iTtt-*CC>-<*<OI'X10>iO-*COeO>OOCOrHOCOCO-<*<-<*COCDI>-00400

ao5 o
>qN CO

CC

©

?3«50»H,-Hff.lOrHlM<r>lOCDT-HOiCOOIMrH-H«5rHO<-HOOrH5g2JC2gO
2<»iOi-H00eOO5t— l-'-i''^-^OOCO(MT-HCOO(M'Ot^OCOOOCOCO«-#»
.aaico>OiCCDtD»0-*OOrHi-liC-*l^OiMOiiM(M05OTaO<»iOI:-r-;COtDC»

eg S §5 8S 8

s

•q;uOH JO

^Cbq

rH««^u3«5b.ooao;H3co;2;^cDr:^coa505Hc,«^^g^cog

THE

CANADIAN NATURALIST.

SECOND SERIES.

ELEMENTARY VIEWS OF THE CLASSIFICATION

OF ANIMALS.

By J. W. Dawson, LL.D. F.R.S.

[The matter of the following pages has been prepared principally
for the benefit of students, who are in general much more apt to
learn names and details than to attain to general views. It is
introductory to the printed synopsis of lectures which I annually
prepare for my classes, and is now published under the impression
that, though but elementary and general, the views which it con-
tains may prove interesting to naturalists, and useful to some of
those who may be struggling with the difficulties incident to the
study of zoology under the heterogeneous methods of classification
which are found in most elementary books. Should time permit,
it may be followed by illustrations of the details of some of the
classes and orders of animals. The writer acknowleds-es his
obligations, as sources of recent information, to Agassiz's Essay
on Classification, Dana's Remarks on the Classification of Animals
based on Cephalisation, and Huxley's Lectures on Classification,
though he cannot follow throughout the systems of any of these
authors.]

1. Introductory Remarks.

No subject is at present more perplexing to the practical zool-
ogist or geologist, and to the educator, than that of zoological
classification. The subject in itself is very intricate, and the
views given as to certain groups by the most eminent naturalists
so conflicting, that the student is tempted to abandon it in despair,
as incapable of being satisfactorily comprehended.

The reasons of this, it seems to the writer, are twofold. First,
zoology is so extensive, that it has become divided into a number
of subordinate branches, the cultivators of which attach an exag-

VoL. I. Q No. 4.

242 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

gerated value to their own specialties, and are unable to appre-
ciate those of others. Thus we find naturalists subdividing one
group more minutely than others, or raising one group to a position
of equivalency with others, to which, in the opinion of the stu-
dents of these others, it is quite subordinate. So also we have
some zoologists basing classification wholly on embryology or on
mere anatomical structure, or even on the functions of some
one class of organs. Secondly, there is a ftiilure to perceive
that, if there is any order in the animal kingdom, some one prin-
ciple of arrangement must pervade the whole ; and that our
arrangement must not be one merely of convenience, or of a
desultory and uncertain character, but uniform and homogeneous.

The writer of these pages does not profess to be in a position
to escape from these causes of failure ; but as a teacher of some
experience, and as a student of certain portions of the animal
kingdom, he has endeavoured carefully to eliminate from his own
views the prejudices incident to his specialties, and to take a general
view of the subject; and is therefore not without hope that the
results at which he has arrived may be found useful to the young
naturalist.

Classification in any department of Natural History is the
arranging of the objects which we study in such a manner as to
express their natural relationship. In other words, we endeavour
in classification to present to our minds such a notion of the
resemblances and differences of objects as may enable us to under-
stand them, not merely as isolated units, but as parts of the sys-
tem of nature. Without such arrangement there could be no
scientific knowledge of nature, and our natural history would be
merely a mass of undigested facts.

At first sight, and to a person knowing only a few objects, such
arrangement may appear easy ; but in reality it is encompassed
with difficulties, some of which have not been appreciated by the
framers of systems. The more important of these difficulties
we may shortly consider.

1, There are in the animal kingdom a vast number of kinds or
species. To form a perfect classification it would be necessary to
know the characters or distinctive marks of all these species.
To make even a tolerable approximation to a good system, re-
quires an amount of preparatory labour which can be estimated
only by those who have carefully worked up at least a few species
in these respects.

1864.] DR. DAWSON ON CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMALS. 243

2. So soon as we have ascertained the characters of a consid-
erable number of species, we find that in their nearest resembhmces
these do not constitute a linear series, but arrange themselves in
groups more or less separated from each other like constellations
in the heavens, and having relationships tending with more or
less force in different directions. This not only introduces com-
plexity into our systems, but renders it impossible to represent
them adequately in written or spoken discourse, or even by tables
or diagrams. We think and speak of things in series, but nature's
objects are not so arranged, but in groups radiating from each
other like the branches of a tree; and our imperfect modes of
thought and expression are severely tested in the attempt to
understand nature, or to convey ideas of classification to the minds
of others.

3. The considerations above stated oblige us to enquire what
leading characters we may take as the principal thread of our
arrangement, so as to make this as natural as possible and at the
same time intelligible. It is simplest to take only one obvious
character, as if for example we were to arrange all animals accord-
ing to their colour or to the number of their limbs ; but the greater
the number of characters we can use, or the more completely we
can represent the aggregate of resemblances and differences the
more natural will our arrangement be, and consequently also the
more scientific and useful.

In attempting to weigh the several characters presented by
any object, we find some that are of leading importance others
that are comparatively unimportant, though still not to be
neglected; and we find that some indicate grades of complexity
others are connected with adaptations to certain uses, and others
indicate plan of construction. Due weight must be given to all
these kinds and degrees of characters. It is perhaps in the proper
estimation and value of their relative importance and different
modes of application that the greatest failures have been made.

Keeping in view these difficulties of the subject, we may now
proceed to the consideration of the more elementary of the groups
in which we arrange animals.

2. The Species in Zoology.

We cannot consider the animals with which we are familiar
without perceiving that they constitute kinds or Species, which do
not appear to graduate into each other, and which can be distin-

244 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^^^g-

guished by certain characters. Yet simple though this at first
sight appears, we shall find that many intricate questions are con-
nected with it. Our idea of the species is based on the resem-
blance of the individuals composing it in all the characters which
we consider essential. If, for instance, a number of sheep and
goats are placed before us, we readily select the individuals of
each species. In doing this we give no regard to differences of
sex or age, but put the young and old, the male and female, of
each species together. Nor do we pay attention to merely acci-
dental difierences : a mutilated or deformed specimen is not on
that account separated from its species. Nor do we attach value
to characters which experience has proved to vary according to
circumstances, and in the same line of descent. Such, for ex-
ample, are diiferences of colour, or fineness of the hair or wool.
The remaining resemblances and differences are those on which
we rely for our determination of the species, and which we term
essential. "We shall find that these essential characters of the
species are points of structure, proportion of parts, ornamentation,
and habits.

These characters constitute our idea of the species, which we
can readily separate from the Individuals composing it. The
individuals are temporary, but the species is permanent, being
continued through the succession of individuals. If all the adult
individuals are alike and indistinguishable from each other, then
any one may serve as a specimen of the species. If there are
difl"erences of sex or Varieties subordinate to the species, then a
suite of specimens showing these will represent the species. The
species is thus an assemblage of powers and properties manifested
in certain portions of matter called individuals, and which are its
temporary representatives. It follows that the species is the true
unit of our classification, and that the indefinite multiplication of
individuals leaves this unchanged.

Our idea of the species will however be imperfect if we do not
distinctly place before our minds its continued existence in time.
This depends on the power of reproduction, whereby the indi-
viduals now existing have descended from similar progenitors, and
will give birth to successors like themselves. A moment's
thought will suffice to show that, independently of this, species
could have no real existence in nature. If animals were not
reproductive, the species would become extinct after the lapse of a
generation. If their reproduction followed no certain law, and

1864.] DR. DAWSON ON CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMALS. 245

the progeny might be different from the parents, then the charac-
ters of the species would speedily become changed, and it would
practically cease to be the same. Again, it is necessary that the
reproduction of species should be pure or unmixed ; for an indis-
criminate hybridity would soon obliterate the boundaries of spe-
cies. It is impossible, therefore, to separate the idea of species
from the power of continuous unchanged reproduction, without
depriving it of its essential characters.

In like manner it is obvious that we must assume a separate
origin for each species, and that we need not assume more than
one origin. Practically, species remain unchanged, and do not
originate from one another ; and if all the individuals of a species
were destroyed except one pair, this would, under favourable cir-
cumstances, be sufficient to restore the species in its original
abundance.

The questions which have been riiised as to the origin of spec'es
by descent with indefinite variation, and as to the possible creation of
individuals of the same species in different places or at different
times, are not of a practical character, at least in zoology proper,
and the whole burden of proof may be thrown on those who assert
such views.

We are thus brought to the definition of species, long ago pro-
posed by Cuvier and De Candolle, and may practically unite in
one species all those individuals which so resemble each other that
we may reasonably infer that they have descended from a common
ancestry. All our practical tests for the determination of species
resolve themselves into this general consideration. The only
modification of this statement on which even a Darwinian can
insist, is, that a sufficient time and great geological changes being
given, one species may possibly split into two or more ; and since
this is an unproved hypothesis, we may practically neglect -it,
except as a warning to be very sure that we do not separate as
distinct species any forms which may be merely varieties of a
single species, an error exceedingly prevalent, and which vitiates
not a little of our reasoning on such subjects.

The origin of the first individuals of a species may be, and
probably is, a problem not within the province of natural history.
In the case of vital force it is the same as in the case of gravita-
tion and other forces. We can observe its operation and ascer-
tain the laws of its action, but of the force itself we know nothing.
It is to us merely an expression of the power and will of the

246 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aus:

S'

Creator. "With regard to the creative force or power, we are still
more ignorant. We do not witness its operation. We know
nothing, except by inference, of its laws ; and whatever we may
succeed in ascertaining as to these, we may be sure that in the
last resort we shall, as in the case of all other natural eflfects, be
obliged to pause at that line where what we call force resolves
itself into the will of the supreme spiritual Power. The
" miracle " of enactment must necessarily precede law ; the
"miracle" of creation, the existence of matter or force. Those
who deny this have no refuge but in a bald scepticism, discred-
itable to a scientific mind, or in metaphysical subtilties, into which
the zoologist need not enter.

We must not suppose, however, that the species is absolutely
invariable. Yariability, in some species to a greater extent than
in others, is a law of specific existence. It is the measure of the
influence of disturbing forces from without in their action on the
specific unity. In some cases it is difficult to distinguish varie-
ties from true species, and with many naturalists there has been
a tendency to introduce new species on insufficient grounds. Such
errors can he detected ordinarily by comparing large suites of
specimens and ascertaining the gradations between them, which
always occur in the case of varieties, but are absent in the case of
species truly distinct. Such comparisons require much time and
labour, and must be pursued with much greater diligence than
heretofore, in order to settle finally the question whether the
varietal perturbations always tend to return to a state of equili-
brium, or whether in any case they are capable of indefinite
divergence ft-om the specific unity.

The species is the only group which nature furnishes to us
ready made. It is the only group in which the individuals must
be bound together by a reproductive connection. There might or
might not be affinities which would enable us to group species in
larger aggregates, as genera and families; and the tie which binds
these together is merely our perception of greater or less resem-
blance, not a genetic connection. We say for example, that
all the individuals of the common Crow constitute one species,
and we know that if all these birds were destroyed except one
pair, the species would really exist, and might be renewed in all its
previous numbers. We can make the same assertion with reference
to the Raven or to the Blue Jay, considered as species. But if,
because of resemblances between these species, we group them in

1864.] DR. DAWSON ON CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMALS. 247

the genus Corvus or in the fiimily Ooj-vidce, we express merely our
belief in a certain structural resemblance, not in any genetic con-
nection. Nor need we suppose that if any of the species of a genus
were destroyed they would be reproduced from the others. Further,
while all the individuals of any of the species may be precisely
similar to each other and still be distinct individuals, all the species
of the genus cannot be similar in all their characters, otherwise
they would constitute but one species.

In other words, the species and the genus, considered as groups,
differ not in degree but in kind. To make this very plain, let us
take a familiar illustration. I have a number of maps, all uniform
in size and in style of execution ; but in the whole there are only two
kinds, — maps of the eastern hemisphere, and maps of the western
hemisphere. Now all of the maps of one kind constitute a species ;
those of both kinds, a genus. The individuals of one species, say
of the eastern hemisphere, are all alike. They have all been struck
from one plate, from which many similar maps may be produced.
But the other map, though necessary to make up the set or genus,
may be quite dissimilar in all its details from the first, and could
not be produced from its plate. We have no difl&culty here in
understanding that the specific unity is of a different kind from the
generic unity, and that the distinction is by no means one of mere
grade of resemblance. Avery little thought must convince any one
that this applies to species and genera in zoology ; and that those
naturalists who affirm that species have no more real existence in
nature than genera, have overlooked one of the essential elements
of classification. Nor would this distinction be invalidated by
the assumption of a descent with modification, unless it could be
shown that in actual nature species shade into each other ; and
this is certainly not the case in those which are reckoned as good
species.

I have been thus careful to insist on the nature of the species
in natural history ; because I believe that loose views on this
subject have caused a large proportion of the errors in classifica-
tion.

Though the groups higher than species do not exist in nature
in the same sense in which species exist, they are not arbitrary,
but depend on our conception of resemblances and differences which
actually exist. We go out into the forest and perceive different
species of trees ; but, at the same time, we find that these species
can be grouped in genera, as Oaks, Birches, Maples, &c., under

248 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [A-Ug.

each of whicli generic names there may be several species. It
is evidently not an arbitrary arrangement of ours thus to group
species : they naturally arrange themselves in such groups, under
the action of our comparing powers.

3. Genera and Higher Groups.

In comparing species with each other for purposes of classifica-
tion, there are four distinct grounds on which such comparison can
be made. These are : — 1st. intimate structural or anatomical resem-
blance; 2nd. Grade or rank; 3rd. Use or function; 4th. Plan
or type. All of these may be, indeed must be, used in classifica-
tion, though in very difierent ways.

1. Intimate structural relationship is the ground on which we
frame Genera. Two or more species resemble each other structurally
to such an extent that the same definition will in many important
points apply to both. Such species we group in a genus. It is
most important to observe, as Agassiz has well pointed out, that
this close resemblance in structure is really our main ground for
the formation of genera. But for this very reason it is not to be
expected in our higher groups. It is the mistaken application of
this criterion to classes, which constitutes the leading def>_ct of a
work otherwise very valuable, and which I cordially recommend
to students, — Huxley's " Lectures on Classification."

2. Grade or rank refers to degree of complexity of structure,
or to the degree of development of those functions that are the
highest in the animal nature. A coral polyp is more simple in
structure than a fish, and is therefore lower in rank. A fish is less
highly endowed in brain, sensation, and intelligence,than a mammal,
and is therefore of lower rank. An egg or an embryo is simpler
than the adult of the species to which it belongs ; and when one
animal resembles the embryo of another, it ranks lower in the
scale. A worm ranks lower than an insect whose larva it resem-
bles.

We use this difference of grade or rank in grouping genera in
Orders ; but it occupies a very subordinate place in the construc-
tion of other groups. Many grave errors have arisen from its
indiscriminate application ; most heterogeneous assemblages being
formed when we construct groups larger than orders merely
on the ground of lower grade : and when, on the other hand, we
separate the lower members of natural groups on the ground of
simplicity of structure, we fall into an equal mistake of another

1864.] DR. DAWSON ON CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMALS. 249

kind. Of errors of these kinds still current, I may instance the
atteni'pt of some naturalists to establish a province or sub-kingdom of
Protozoa, to include all the simplest members of the Animal King-
dom, and the separation of the Entozoa or intestinal worms from
the other worms as a distinct class. The classification in Owen's
'' Lectures on the Invertebrate Animals," which I have long used
with advantage as a text-book, is defective in some parts in this
respect.

There are two kinds of investigation much used in classifica-
tion, which more especially develope the idea of grade or rank
among animals. One is that of embryology, or the development
of animals from the ovum. Another is that of cephalisation, or
the development of the head and organs connected therewith.
Both of these are of great importance, but, on the principles
above stated, they aid us chiefly in referring animals to their
Orders. Other limitations of the criterion of grade or rank will
appear when we arrive at the consideration of Classes.

3. function or Use. — In difierent animals we often find the
same use served by difierent kinds of organs, as, for instance, the
wing of a bird and the wing of an insect, which, though both
used for flying, are constructed in very difi"erent ways. It would
lead us astray were we to arrange animals primarily on this ground :
for instance, if we were to group together fishes and Crustacea
because both swim ; or birds and insects, because both fiy. Again,
in difierent groups of animals, certain functions and the organs
which subserve them are greatly developed in comparison with
others. For example, the enormous reproductive power of fishes,
or the remarkable development of the locomotive organs in birds, as
compared with other vertebrates. This consideration is not ap-
plicable in our primary division of animals, but it constitutes the
principal ground on which naturalists have based the secondary
divisions or Classes; and it serves also to indicate the analogies
between the corresponding members of difierent primary groups,
as, for instance, of the birds in one group to the insects in
another.

4. Plan or Type. — Under this head we consider the similarity
of construction in different animals or organs, without regard to
uses. We say, for example, that the wing of the bird and the bat,
the paddle of the whale, and the fore-leg of the dog, are similar
in type or homologous to each other, because they are made up of
similar sets of bones. They are modifications of one general plan

250 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [-^"g«

of structure. Animals tlius constructed on similar plans are said
to have an ajinitt/ to each other.

It is evident that this consideration of homology or affinity, if
we can really detect it in nature, should be a primary ground in
our arrangement; because, if we regard nature as an orderly
system, and still more if we regard it as the expression of an
intelligent mind, this must be the aspect in which we can best
comprehend its scheme or plan of construction.

As a simple illustration of this and the preceding heads, we may
suppose that we are writing a treatise on architecture, or the art
of building. We observe 1st, that there are differences of mate-
rial employed, as stone, brick, or wood ; 2nd, that there are various
grades of buildings, from the simplest hut to the most elaborate pal-
ace or temple ; 3rd, we find a great variety of uses for which build-
ing are constructed, and to which they are adapted; 4th, there are
different orders of architecture or styles, which indicate the
various plans of construction adopted. It will, in studying such
a subject, be the most logical order to consider, 1st, the several
orders of architecture or plans or types adopted ; 2nd, under each
of these to classify the various kinds of buildings according to their
uses; 3rdly, under each of these secondary heads, to treat of
buildings more or less elaborate or complex ; and 4thly, to con-
sider the materials of which the structures maybe composed. This
is precisely what the most successful formers of systems have done
in natural history, in dividing the animal kingdom into provinces
or branches, classes, orders, and genera. On the other hand,
classifications produced by mere anatomists who content themselves
with a close adherence to similarity of structure and rigid defini-
tions based on these, may be compared to a system of architec-
ture produced by a mere bricklayer, who regards only the mate-
rials used and the manner of putting them together.

4. The General Nature of the Animal.

Having settled the more important of the general principles of
classification, we now proceed to their practical application ; and
first, as a necessary preliminary, to ascertain what we understand
by the term Animal, and what are the precise limits of the Ani-
mal Kingdom.

In answer to the question. What is an animal ? we may say
in the first place that the animal is a being possessing organisation
based on cell-structures, and vital force. This suffices to distin-

1864.] DR. DAWSON ON CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMALS. 251

guish it from mineral substances, but not from the plant, -ivhich is
also organised and living, though in a mode somewhat diiferent.

To distinguish the animal from the plant, we may affirm, 1st,
that it is reproductive by eggs and not by seeds ; 2nd, that in its
processes of nutrition it digests organic food in an internal cavity,
subsequently consuming a part of this food at the expense of the
oxygen of the atmosphere; and that it builds up its tissues prin-
cipally of nitrogenised matter ; 3rd, that the animal possesses the
power of voluntary motion, and, to subserve this, muscular tissue;
4th, that it possesses sensation, and, to subserve this and motion
as well, a nervous system and external senses.

"We thus find four general characteristics of the animal :

1. Sensation — by means of a nervous system and special

senses.

2. Voluntary motion — by means of the muscular and nervous

systems.

3. Nutrition — by means of a stomach and intestines, with

absorptive, circulatory, and respiratory apparatus.

4. Reproduction — by ova and sperm-cells.

In every animal, even the simplest, these functions are in
greater or less perfection performed ; and it is the presence of the
aggregate of these functions or the organs proper to them, that
enables us to call any organism an animal. It is important to carry
with us this definition of the animal ; first, as indicating the limits
of the creatures which the zoologist has to classify ; and secondly,
as pointing out to us the nature of the characters on which we
must rely, in our classification. For the student I hold it to be
necessary, before proceeding further, to understand well these
functions and structures, as they exist in some one of the higher
animals.

5. Primary Division of Animals into Provinces or

Branches.

This, on the principles already stated, must be made solely on
the ground of type or plan, and this taken in its most general
aspects.

If we bring before us mentally the several members of the ani-
mal kingdom, we shall probably be struck in the first instance
with the general prevalence of bilateral symmetry, or the arrange-
ment of parts equally on the right and left sides. We may
observe, however, that there is a large group of animals to which

252 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

tliis general style of construction does not apply, and wliicli have,
in the words of Agassiz, a 'Vertical axis around which the pri-
mary elements of their structure are symmetricidly arranged,"
conforming in this respect, and also often in other points, to the
symmetry of the plant, rather than to that of the more perfect ani-
mals. We would thus obtain what is perhaps the most obvious of
all primary divisions of animals, — that into those with bilateral
symmetry and those that are radiated, or the Artiozoaria and the
Actinozoaria of Blainville. We shall soon find, however, on more
detailed examination, that this division is very unequal, since the
first group includes by far the greater part of the animal kingdom,
and its members are nearly as dissimilar among themselves as any
of them are from the radiates.

Penetrating a little deeper into structural character, we find
that one large group of the bilateral animals possesses an internal
skeleton, arranged in such a way as to divide the body into an
upper chamber holding the brain and nervous system, and an
under chamber for holding the ordinary viscera; whereas in the
greater number of the bilateral animals and all the radiates, there
is but one chamber for containing the whole of the oroans. The

O O

first of these groups, from the vertebrae or joints of the backbone,
peculiar to its members, we name Vey^tehrata, and all the other
animals Invertebrata, as proposed by Lamarck : this division cor-
responds to the enaima and anaima of Aristotle. Here also how-
ever we have a very unequal division, — the invertebrata being a
vast and heterogeneous assemblage.

If, however, after separating the vertebrata on the one hand,
and the radiata on the other, we study the remainder of the ani-
mal kingdom, we find that it readily resolves itself into two groups,
known as the Articulata and the Mollusca. We thus reach the four-
fold division of Cuvier; which is by much the most natural and
philosophical yet proposed, however much it may be carped at by
some merely anatomical systematists. This system may be sum-
marised as follows :

Provinces or Branches of the Animal Kingdom.

1. Yertebrata, including Mammals, Birds, Eeptiles, and
Fishes, All these animals are bilateral and symmetrical, have an
internal vertebrated skeleton, a brain and a dorsal nerve-cord lodged
in a special cavity of the skeleton. With reference to the general

1864.] DR. DAWSON ON CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMALS. 253

form, they may be termed doubly symmetrical animals ; with
reference to their nervous system, Myelencephalous.

2. Articulata,^ including Arachnida, or spiders and
scorpions; Insects; Crustaceans, and Worms. These animals
are bilateral and symmetrical, have an external annulose skeleton,
a nervous system, consisting of a ring and ganglion around the
gullet, connected with a double abdominal nerve-cord. They are
otherwise named Annulosa^ longitudinal animals, or Homogan-
gliata.

3. MoLLUSCA, including Cuttle-fish and their allies; Gaster-
opods or univalve shell-fishes and their allies ; Lamellibranchiates
or bivalve shell-fishes, &c. ; Brachiopods and their allies. They
are bilateral but not always symmetrical, have no skeleton, and
an oesophageal nervous ring with nerve-fibres and ganglia not
symmetrically disposed. They are otherwise named massive
animals, or Heterogangllata.

4. Eadiata, including Sea-urchins and starfishes ; Sea-nettles
and hydras ; Polyps and coral-animals ; and Sponges and their
allies. These have the parts arranged radially around a central
axis, and the nerve-system when discernible consisting of a central
ring with radiating fibres. They may be otherwise named peripheric
animal-, or JSfematoneura.

This fourfold division includes the whole animal kino-dom,
and is the only rational one which can be based on type or plan of
structure. Since the time of Cuvier, though modifications in
detail have become necessary, it has been strengthened by the
progress of discovery ; and more especially Yon Baer has shown
that the study of embryology establishes Cuvier's branches, by
showing that in their development, animals pass through a series
of forms belonging to their own branch and to that only.

The attempts which have been made to introduce additional
branches or provinces, I regard as retrograde steps. Such for
example is the province Coelenterata of Leuckart, including the
Polyps and the Acalephs, both of them good classes, but not
together constituting a group equivalent to a Province ; the
Province Protozoa of Siebold, which to resume our architec-
tural figure, includes merely the huts and cabins which it is difficult
to refer to any style of architecture, but which do not, on that

* I prefer this term to " Anaulosa," as being Cuvier's original name —
a fact which should overrule merely verbal objections.

254 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [A

us:.

account, themselves constitute a new style ; and tlie Provinces
3IoUuscolda and Annuloida of Huxley, which, as their names
indeed import, are in the main merely simple forms of Mollusca
and Articulata.

6. Division or Provinces into Classes.

Having formed our Primary divisions or Provinces on the
ground of type or plan, we must, in dividing these into classes,
have regard either to subordinate details of plan, or to some other
ground. In point of fact, naturalists seem to have tacitly
agreed to form classes, on what Agassiz terms the " manner in
which the plan of their respective great types is executed, and
the means employed in their execution." In other words, they
have in forming classes adopted, perhaps unconsciously, a func-
tional system, similar to that employed by Oken in forming his
primary groups. They have taken the relative development of
the four great functional systems of the animal, — the sensative, the
locomotive, the digestive, and the reproductive. This is very
manifest in the ordinary and certainly very natural sub-division of
the vertebrates into the four classes of Mammals, Birds, Reptiles,^
and Fishes. The Mammals are the nerve or sensuous animals,
representing the highest development of sensation and intelligence.
The Birds are eminently the locomotive class. The Reptiles
represent merely the alimentary or vegetative life. The Fishes are
the eminently reproductive or embryonic class.

If this is a natural division of vertebrates into classes, and if
the other three Provinces are of equivalent value, then there
should be but four classes in each, one corresponding to each of
the great functional systems. We may name the first of these
the nervous class ; the second, the motive class ; the third the
nutritive class ; the fourth, the reproductive or embryonic class.
Let us then endeavour, as a test of the truth of this system, to
make such an arrangement of the classes of the animal kingdom.

* The oiinphibia, as Dana well argues on the principle of cephalisation,
are clearly Reptiles, because we arrange animals in their mature and
not in their embryonic condition, and because the points of reproduction
in which Amphibia differ from ordinary reptiles, have relation to an
aquatic habitat, and are ordinal or rank characters merely.

1864.] DR. DAWSON ON CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMALS. 255
TABLE OF CLASSES OF ANLMALS.

Provinces or

Vertebrata.

Articulata.

MoUusca.

Radiata.

Branches.

1. Nervous class.

Mammalia. .

Arachnida .

Cephalopoda

Echinoder-

2. Motive class.. .

Aves

Insecta ....

Gasteropoda (in-
cluding Ptero-
poda)

\jnata.
AcalephcE.

3. Nutritive class.

Reptilia

Crustacea...

Latnellibranchi-
[ata.

Anthozoa.

4. Embryonic or

Pisces

Annulata. .

Molluscoida (\n-

Reproductive

cXwA'mgTunica-

class.

ta, Brachiopoda,
Bnjozoa,

Protozoa.

All of the above groups are recognized by common consent as
classes, except a few which have been already incidentally ad-
verted to, and to which it is not necessary again to refer here.*

It will be observed that the order in descending the columns is
that of affinity ; that in reading across the columns is the order of
analogy. The affinities no naturalist will seriously doubt. The
analogies may be less familiar. In examining them, it will be
seen that the first class in each province includes animals remark-
able for condensation of the head and body, where the former
exists ; for high nervous energy, sensation, and intelligence ; for
prehensile apparatus, and for absence or simplicity of metamor-
phosis. The classes in the second line are characterized by the
greatest locomotive powers in their respective provinces ; those in
the third line by the development of the nutritive apparatus and
of vegetative growth ; those in the fourth line by embryonic char-
acters when mature, and by abundant reproductive energy.

It will be observed also as a necessary consequence of the sys-
tem we have pursued, that each of our classes includes animals of
very various rank or grade. Indeed, most of them have at their
bases forms so simple or imperfect that it is almost impossible to
include them in the class-characters. This is no objection to our
arrangement, but a proof of its correctness ; for we have now
arrived at the point where we must form Orders based solely on

* The rank given to the Arachnida will be disputed by some naturalists ;
but a consideration of the structures of these animals will show that
their relations to the insects and the Crustacea are similar to those of the
mammals to the birds and the reptiles; and that it is no more reasonable to
say that the arachnidans are nearer to the crustaceans than to the insects,
on the ground of general structure, than it would be to do the same in
the case of the mammals and the reptiles as compared with the birds.

256 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^Ug.

this consideration of rank. Of tliese humbler members of our
classes we may mention ih.Q Marsupials and the 3Ionotremes among
the mammals, the Ampliibia among the reptiles, the Mites among
the arachnidans, the Myrlapods among the insects, the Entozoa
among the worms. Indeed it is quite possible on this ground to
divide each of our clai^ses into two or more Suh-classes. This is
sometimes convenient for the sake of more accurate definition ;
but it is not necessary, since the division into orders sufficiently
expresses these grades of complexity or elevation.

7. Division of Classes into Orders and Families.

Orders, as already stated, are based principally on rank or
grade, to be ascertained by relative complexity or by the develop-
ment of the higher nature of the animal. The last section, how-
ever, obliges us to take this with some limitation ; for since we
have four descriptions or sorts of classes, each of these must have
the grade within it ascertained on special grounds. For example,
the orders of birds, insects, gasteropods, and acalephse, should
be ascertained chiefly by reference to the locomotive organs, as
being the system of organs most eminently represented in the
class. If we glance for a moment at the systems which have
been proposed, we shall see that this view has unconsciously com-
mended itself to naturalists. The orders of insects, for exam-
ple, are very plainly based on such characters, being founded
mainly on the wings. This is nearly equally manifest in the
ordinarily received orders of birds. It appears in the division
into Pteropods, Heteropods, and Gasteropods proper among the
Gasteropoda. It is also seen in the orders Ctenophora, Disco-
pliora^ Siplionophora, among Acalephse. It would be easy to show
by a detailed review of the orders in the animal kingdom, that,
in so far as they have been distinctly defined, they have in most
cases been framed with a reference to the prevailing characteristics
of the class ; and also with the idea of grade or rank as a leading
ground of arrangement. As previously observed, also, it is in the
construction of orders, and in ascertaining rank in other divi-
sions, that embryology and the doctrine of cephalisation are
chiefly useful. For the present, however, we must leave this sub-
ject until we shall have an opportunity to enter into descriptive
zoology.

In Botany, orders and families are identical. In Zoology we
use the term Family for a group inferior to an order, and equi-
valent to the sub-order or tribe in botany. The family con-

1864.] DR. DAWSON ON CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMALS. 257

eists of an assemblage of genera resembling each other in general
aspect. Most large orders are readily divisible into such assem-
blages, which, though in themselves somewhat vague, have the
advantage of being formed on grounds which, being conspicuous
and obvious at first sight, much aid the naturalist in the prelimi-
nary parts of his work. For example, among the carnivorous
mammalia such groups as the Mustelidce or weasels, the Canidce
or dogs, the Felidce or cats, are so obvious that any member of one
of these groups can be referred to that to which it belongs almost
at first sio-ht. Still I do not resfard families as necessary divi-
sions of the order. Some small orders may not admit of division
into families ; and even where such division is admissible, the
genera may be studied as members of the order, without being
grouped in families, though this grouping is often very useful and
convenient.

It is important to observe, before leaving this part of the sub-
ject, that, in consequence of the great multiplication of species in
some groups, and the close scrutiny of their structures, it is the
tendency of specialists to form many small genera. This leads to
the construction of numerous families, many of which would more
properly remain as genera. A still worse consequence is, that, in-
stead of forming sub-orders and sub-classes, such specialists often
call sub-orders or even families orders, and raise sub-classes or
orders to the rank of nominal classes, thus introducins; a confusion
which leads the student to suppose that these terms have no defi-
nite meaning. I would further observe here, that I do not so
much insist on the use of one name for a group rather than another,
as on the constant use of each term for groups truly equivalent in
the system.

It may be necessary here to state that the formation of orders

on the ground of rank, and of families on the ground of general

aspect, does not exclude the ideas of rank and general aspect from

the province or class. On the contrary, as a secondary ground,

general aspect is a good character in the province and class, and

a gradation of rank can be perceived in provinces and classes. In

the provinces, the Vertehrata stand highest, and the Rudiata

lowest, the Artlculata and the Mollusca being nearly equal, and

their lower members not so high as the highest Radiata ; so that

they would stand in a diagram thus :

Vertebrates
Articulates MoUusJcs

Radiates.
Vol. I. R No. 4.

258 ^ THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

So among classes, the nerve class in eacli province is the highest
and the embryonic class the lowest, and the other two interme-
diate ; but the idea of rank is not here the primary one, as it is
in forming the orders. It is also true that from the province
downward the idea of type or plan is constantly before us.

We have now in descending from provinces reached the genera
and species, with the consideration of which we commenced ; and
if the preceding views have been understood, we shall be prepared
to commence the study of Descriptive Zoology, or to enter upon
the details which fill up the outline which has been sketched.
In doing this we must take specimens of known species and
study them in their structural and physiological peculiarities, and
in their relations to the other species congeneric and co-ordinate
with them.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF PIERIS RAP^E IN CANADA.

By G. J. Bowles, Sec. Ent. Soc. of Canada, Quebec Branch.

During the summer of 1863 — my first collecting season — I
captured in the vicinity of Quebec numerous specimens of a but-
terfly of which no description could be found in any work on
American entomology. Mr. Couper, to whom I applied for
assistance, was equally at a loss to determine the species, con-
sidering it, as I did, to be indigenous to Canada. In order to
solve the problem, however, he forwarded some specimens of the
imago to Mr. William Saunders, of Loudon, C. W., who pro-
nounced them to be identical with Pieris rcqjce, the small white
butterfly of England, one of the most common and injurious
lepidopterous insects of that country. In the meantime I had
enclosed a drawing of the butterfly, together with the wings, to
Mr. S. H. Scudder, of Boston, Mass., from whom I received a
reply, stating that after comparing the drawing and wings with
specimens of P. rajjce in the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Cambridge, he saw no reason to consider them distinct : at the
same time he desired further investigation to be made respecting
the larva and pupa states of the insect. This investigation has
been successfully carried out, and places beyond doubt the iden-
tity of the butterfly with the English P. raj^cv, thus establish-
ing another instance of the transportation of a lepidopterous
insect across a wide expanse of ocean, and its naturalization in

1864.] BOWLES ON PIERIS RAP^ IN CANADA. 259

a new country, — an instance which, when the evidence is con-
sidered, must be regarded as the most conclusive on record.

The identity of the English and Canadian species is thus
proved by the exact similarity of the two insects in all their
stages. That the imagines are alike, in both sexes, I have on the
authority of the gentlemen above named ; for in Quebec I could
have no opportunity of comparing specimens taken in both coun-
tries. It is singular, too, that a curious variety of the male is
common to both : in Canada, however, (perhaps from the effect of
a different climate) it is more frequently met with than in Eng-
land. Two males of a bright canary color, but with the usual
markings of the species, were captured here last summer — one by
Mr. Couper, the other by me ; and this season I have already seen
several similar individuals. On referring to a valuable work in
the library of Parliament, (Curtis's Farm Insects,) I was gratified
to find that the author mentions having in his collection a male
P. rapce, " taken near Oldham, in Lancashire, which has all
the wings of a bright yellow color." As to the pupa, in size,
color and markings, it exactly agrees with engravings and descrip-
tions of the English chrysalis, and also in its usual place of depo-
sition, &c. The last link in the chain is furnished by the simi-
larity of the caterpillar, which also agrees with the best English
descriptions. I took several of these larvae from cabbage-plants
in hotbeds on the 8th of June, and have reared four of them to
maturity. When about half-grown, they began to exhibit the
characteristic markings of the species, — these markings becoming
more decided as they increased in size.

That this insect is not native to Canada, is certain from two
interesting circumstances connected with its history. A limit can
be set to its existence in Canada ; and the place where it first
appeared can be specified. Until within a few years, the butterfly
was unknown in this country. No description of it is found in
Kirby's "Fauna Boreali Americana"; nor in the "Canadian
Naturalist," by Gosse, who visited (Quebec, and collected here
about 1839. The " Synopsis " of the Smithsonian Institution is
also wanting in this respect ; and I have carefully examined the
volumes of our magazine of natural history, (the " Canadian
Naturalist," Montreal) without finding any notice of the species.
This periodical contains two lists of lepidoptera collected in
Lower Canada; one by Mr. II. Bell, Jun., of butterflies taken on
the Lower St. Lawrence ; the other by Mr. D'Urban, of those
found in the vicinity of Montreal in 1857-8-9. The only Fieris

260 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

mentioned in these lists is P. oleracea, a species wticli may be
distinguished at a glance from P. rajxe, the markings being
altogether different. Mr. Couper captured a specimen of P.
rajyce within the city limits of Quebec, about five years ago, but
did not investigate the subject, though considering the insect a
rare one, his special study being coleoptera. This is the earliest
notice of the butterfly in Canada; and it evidently points out
Quebec as the locality of introduction, and fixes the period at
about seven or eight years ago.

With respect to the means by which it has been brought into
the country, some plausible conjectures may be advanced. Of
course the introduction took place during the season of navigation.
The turnip, cabbage, and other kindred vegetables, constitute the
principal food plants of the insect; and, adhering to one of these
it must have been carried across the ocean, either in the ess:,
larva, or chrysalis, — the last being the most unlikely, as the larva
always forsakes its food-plant, and becomes a pupa in some shel-
tered situation, usually under the coping of a wall, &c. The eggs
are laid on the under side of cabbage and turnip leaves, where the
larva, on emerging, find themselves in close proximity to their
food. Perhaps the vegetable refuse thrown from one of our ocean
steamers on her arrival, has contained a few eggs or larvas, which
under these unfavourable circumstances, have retained their vita-
lity ; and from these have sprung the imagines destined to become
the parents of the species in Canada.

The habitat of the insect is still very limited. After making
enquiry, I do not think that it has extended more than forty miles
from Quebec as a centre^ so that a circle of eighty miles diameter
would include the present habitat. This may seem great progress
during the short period of its naturalization, but, considering the
fecundity and habits of the species, it is not surprising.

There is some importance connected with the introduction of
this butterfly, apart from the scientific interest of the subject to
entomologists. Hitherto, Lower Canada has possessed but one
species of the genus Pieris (P. oleracea, Harris ; Pontia casta ^
Kirby,) and this species so insignificant in numbers, at least in ,
the Quebec region, that its depredations have passed unnoticed.
The new importation, however, must be regarded in a different
light. As the insect is now permanently settled in the country,
is very prolific, and the larvas extremely voracious, we may anti-
cipate its becoming a great pest to farmers and gardeners, not only
where it is now found, but ultimately in the whole of Canada, and

1864.] BOWLES ON PIERIS RAP.^ IX CANADA. 261

parts of the United States. And tliat it will in the course of time
spread over these regions, admits of no doubt. The food-plants of
the species are cultivated in every partof the country, and besides,
the insect has the power of accommodating itself to altered cir-
cumstances. Mr. Curtis, in the worK before mentioned, states
that the caterpillars have been found feeding on the willow, and
on mignionette, nasturtiums, &c. It is therefore probable that its
progress westward will not be impeded by the scarcity of its fa-
vorite food in certain localities, but that it will overcome all diffi-
culties of this nature by resorting to other plants, not confining
itself to the crucifer^e.

Last autumn, in the vicinity of Quebec, the ravages of these
larva) were very great. Large plots, and even fields of cabbages,
cauliflowers, &c., were completely destroyed ; the caterpillars only
rejecting the strong supporting ribs of the leaves. Serious loss
was thus occasioned to market gardeners and others. One inform-
ed me that he had sustained a loss of more than two hundred dollars
by their depredations ; another that nearly the whole of his crop
of cabbages was destroyed, the small portion saved requiring to be
carefully washed before being sent to market. A gentleman also told
me that they had not only eaten up his garden produce, but had
demolished a bed of mignionette, even to the stalks.

Nature has provided more than one means of checking the in-
crease of the species. The chrysalis is attacked by a parasite,
(probably one of the Ichneumonidas) as several collected by me
this spring gave evidence. Large numbers of the pupa3 are also
killed by the frost, where they have been placed in exposed situa-
tions, and thus the spring brood of butterflies is materially les-
sened. I noticed a sini^^ular circumstance connected with these
winter pupje. Living chrysalids, brought into the warm house
from the cold outside, invariably shrivelled and dried in a few
days. Out of many that I gathered during last winter, not one
produced a butterfly.

Last year the species was exceedingly abundant in the neigh-
borhood of Quebec, flying by hundreds over the fields and gar-
dens, and even in the most crowded parts of the city ; and this
season it promises to be equally numerous. Early in March, the
butterflies began to appear in houses, from pupa which had been
suspended on the walls during the previous autumn. On the 6th
April, at Laval, about fifteen miles trom Quebec, several specimens
■were taken in the open air ; and on the 26th May, I counted more

262 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

tli:in fifty individuals, met with on about a mile of road within a
short distance of the city.

Considering their great abundance within their present habitat;
and their prospective dissemination over the Province, it is desir-
able that information respecting the appearance and habits of these
insects should be given to the public, and means devised for their
destruction. Farmers and gardeners should kill every caterpillar
on their turnips, cabbages, &c., and be provided with nets to cap-
ture the perfect insects. The chrysalids should also be sought for
on the fences during the fall and winter, and destroyed. Unless
these precautions be taken, the injury caused by this butterfly to
the green crops in Canada may become very serious.

The following is a description of the insect :

Male — wings white, (or light yellow) with one blackish spot on
the fore wings above, and two beneath, a black band on the apex
on the upper side, extending a short distance along the adjacent
marsrins, a black dash on the fore eds-e of the hind win2;s, which
are beneath of a pale yellow sprinkled with black. Body black,
antennae annulated with black and white. Female has two black-
ish spots on upper side of anterior wings. Expands about two
inches.

Chrysalis — Pale green, speckled with black, suspended horizon-
tally by the tail and a thread across the middle.

Caterpillar — About 1 J inches long when full grown, green finely
dotted with black, a yellow stripe along the back, and a row of
yellow spots along each side in a line with the spiracles.

The caterpillars reared by me were about one-twelfth of an inch
long when I procured them, and attained their full size in eleven
days. On the 19th June they became pupae, and seven days after
the perfect insects appeared. The butterfly therefore passes
throusrh all its chancres in less than a month. Three or four
broods are produced during the season.

(Read before the Quebec Branchy Entomological Society of Canada. *lth
July, 1864.)

SYNOPSIS OF CANADIAN FERNS AND FILICOID

PLANTS.

By George Lawson, Ph.D., LL.D.

The following Synopsis embraces a concise statement of what is
known respecting Canadian ferns and filicoid plants. Imperfect
as it is, I trust that it will prove useful to botanists and fern

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 263

fanciers, and stimulate to renewed diligence in investigation. The
whole number of species enumerated is seventy-four. Of these
eleven are doubtful. Farther investigation will probably lead to
the elimination of several, of the doubtful species, which are
retained for the present with a view to promote inquiry ; but a few
additional species, as yet unknown within the boundaries of
Canada, maybe discovered. The above number may be regarded,
then, as a fair estimate — perhaps slightly in excess — of the actual
number of ferns and filicoid plants existing in Canada. The
number certainly known to exist, after deducting the species of
doubtful occurrence, is sixty-three.

The number of species described in Professor Asa Gray's exhaus-
tive Manual, as actually known to inhabit the northern United
States, that is to say, the country lying to the south of the St.
Lawrence River and Great Lakes, stretching to and including Vir-
ginia and Kentucky in the south, and extending westward to the
Mississippi River, is seventy-five. This number does not include
any doubtful species.

The number described in Dr. Chapman's Flora, as inhabiting
the Southern States, that is, all the states south of Virginia and
Kentucky and east of the Mississippi, is sixty -nine.^"^

From these statements it will be seen that we have our due
share of ferns in Canada.

The whole number of ferns in all the American States, and the
British North American Provinces, is estimated, in a recent letter
from Mr. Eaton, as probably over 100.

In the British Islands there are about 60 ferns and filicoid plants*
In islands of warmer regions the number is greatly increased.
Thus ]\Ir. Eaton's enumeration of the true ferns collected by
Wright, Scott, and Hayes, in Cuba, embraces 357 species. The
proportions of ferns to phanerogamous plants in the floras of dif-
ferent countries are thus indicated by Professor Balfour, in the
Class-Book of Botany, page 998, §1604 : — " In the low plains of
the great continents, within the tropics, ferns are to phanerogamous
plants as 1 to 20 ; on the mountainous parts of the great conti-
nents, in the same latitudes, as 1 to 8, or 1 to 6 ; in Congo as 1 to 27 ;
in New Holland as 1 to 26. In small islands, dispersed over a
wide ocean, the proportion of ferns increases ; thus while in

• Mr. D. C. Eaton, M.A., is author of that portion of Dr. Chapman's
Flora which relates to the ferns.

264 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^^g-

Jamica the proportion is 1 to 8, in Otaheite it is 1 to 4, and in St.
Helena and Ascension nearly 1 to 2. In the temperate zone,
Humboldt gives the proportion of ferns to phanerogamous plants
as 1 to 70. In North America ihe j)roportion is 1 to 35 ; in France
1 to 58 ; in Germ my 1 to 52 ; in the dry parts of southern Italy as
1 to 74 ; and in Greece 1 to 84. In colder regions the proportion
increases ; that is to say, ferns decrease more slowly in number than
phanerogamous plants. Thus in Lapland the proportim is 1
to 25 ; in Iceland 1 to 18 ; and in Greenland 1 to 12. The pro-
portion is least in the middle temperate zone, and it increases both
towards the equator and towards the poles ; at the same time it
must be remarked, that ferns reach their absolute maximum in
the torrid zone, and their absolute minimum in the arctic zone."

Canada consists of a belt of land, lying to the north of the St.
Lawrence River and the Great Lakes. By these it is separated,
along nearly the whole extent of its south-eastern and western
boundaries, from the northern United States, which thus enclose
Canada on two sides. A striking resemblance, amounting almost
to identity, is therefore to be looked for in the floras of the two
countries. Yet species appear in each that are absent in the
other.

The species of ferns and filicoid plants which are certainly

Canadian, amount to 63

Of these there inhabit the Northern States, 58

Do. do. Southern States, 38

Do. do. Europe, 36

The following table is designed lo show some of the geographical
relations of our Canadian ferns. The first column (I.) refers ex-
clusively to the occurrence of the species within the Canadian boun-
dary. The plus sign ( + ) indicates that the species is general, or
at least does not show any decided tendency towards the extreme
eastern or western, or northern or southern parts of the Province.
The letters N, S, E, W, &c., variously combined, indicate that the
species is so limited to the corresponding northern, southern,eastern
or western parts of the province, or at least has a well-defined ten-
dency to such limitation. The mark of interrogation (?) signifies
doubt as to the occurrence of the species. The second column (II,)
shows what Canadian species occur also in the Northern States, that
is the region embraced by Gray's Manual ; and the third column
(IIL) those that extend down south into Chapman's territory.
The fourth column (IV.) shows the occurrence of our species iu

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 265

Europe; C in this column indicating Continental Europe, and B
the British Islands. The fifth or last column (V.) shows the spe-
cies that extend northwards into the Arctic circle — 35 in all, of
which hovvever, only 14, or perhaps 15, are known to be Arctic in
America. Am., As., Eu,, and G., indicate respectively Arctic
America, Arctic Asia, Arctic Europe, and Arctic Greenland. The
information contained in the last column has been chiefly derived
from Dr. Hooker's able Memoir in the Linnsean Transactions
(vol. xxiii., p. 251).

Hitherto no attention whatever has been paid, in Canada, to the
study of those remarkable variations in form to which the species
of ferns are so peculiarly liable. In Britain, the study of varieties
has now been pursued by botanists so fully as to show that the phe-
nomena which they present have a most important bearing upon
many physiological and taxological questions of the greatest scien-
tific interest. The varieties are studied in a systematic manner,
and the laws of variation have been to a certain extent ascertained.
And as the astronomer can point out the existence of a planet
before it has been seen, and the chemist can construct formulae for
organic compounds — members of homologous series — in antici-
pation of their actual discovery, so in like manner the pteridologist
now studies the variations of species by a comparative system,
which enables him to look for equivalent forms in the corresponding
species of different groups. Studies so pursued are calculated to
evolve more accurate and definite notions as to the real nature of
species, and the laws of divergence in form of which they are
capable. I would therefore earnestly invite Canadian botanists to a
more careful study of the varieties of the Canadian ferns, after
the manner of Moore and other European leaders in this compara-
tively new path. The elasticity, or proneness to variation, of the
species in certain groups of animals and plants has been somewhat
rashly used to account for the origin of species, by what is called
the process of variation. It seems to tell all the other way. In-
numerable as are the grotesque variations of ferns, in forkingsand
frillings, and tassellings, and abnormal veinings, &c. (see the figures
in Moore's works), we do not know of a single species in which such
peculiarities have become permanent or general, that is specific^
so that the species can be traced back to such an origin. Surely
something of the kind would have happened had all species origin-
ated by a process of variation.

266

THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

[Aug.

Tabular View of the Distribution of Canadian Ferns and Allied
Plants over Contain Parts of the Northern Hemisphere.'^

I.

II.

12 -k^

III.

Il

IV.

o
a
p

Y.

Name.

C3

.2 =^'

+3 y

O

^

<0

POLYPODIACE^.

1. Polyi3odium vulgare, . .

+

+

+

C.B.

Eu.

2. P. hexagonopterum,

+

+

+

• • •

* • •

3. P. Phegopteris, . .

+

+

• • «

C.B.

Eu. G.

4. P. Drjopteris,

+

+

• • •

C.B.

Eu.Am.G

5. P, Robertianum,

+

+

• •

C.B.

• • •

6. Adiantum pedatum,

+

+

+

• • •

« • •

7. Pteris aquilina, . .

+

+

+

C.B.

Eu.

8. Pellaea atro purpurea,

s.

+

+

• • •

• • •

9. Allosorus Stelleri, .

+

+

• • •

• • •

• • •

10. Cryptogramma acrosticlioides

w w

• • •

• •

?

Am.

11. Strutliiopteris Germanica .

+

+

• • •

C

Eu.

12. Onoclea sensibilis, . . .

+

+

+

• • •

• • •

13. Asplenium Tricliomanes, .

+

+

+

C.B.

• • •

14. A. viride,

N.E.

• • •

• • •

C.B.

Eu. G.

15. A. angustifolium, .

S.W.

+

+

• • •

• • •

16. A. ebeneum, . . .

+

+

+

• • •

• • •

17. A. marinum, . . .

E. ?

• • •

• •

C.B.

• • •

18. A. thelypteroides, .

+

+

+

• • •

• • •

19. A. montanum, . .

?

+

+

• • •

* • •

20. A. Ruta muraria, , ,

?

•

+

+

C.B.

Eu.

21. Atliyrium Filix foemina, .

+

+

+

C.B.

Eu.

22. Woodwardia Virginica,

S.W.

+

+

• •

• • •

23. Scolopendriam vulgare,

WW

+

• • •

C.B.

• • •

24. Camptosorus rhizophyllus, .

w.

+

+

• • <

* • •

25. Lastrea dilatata, ....

+

+

-^

C.B.

Eu. Am.

2Q. L. marginalis, . . .

+

+

+

• • «

• • •

27. L. Filix-mas, ....

? ?

• •

• • •

• • •

C.B.

Eu. G.

28. L. cristata, ....

+

+

• • •

C.B.

• « •

29. L. Goldieana, ....

w.

+

• • •

• • •

• • •

30. L. fragrans, ....

NW?

+

> • •

• • •

As.Am.G.

31. L. Thelypteris, . . .

+

+

+

C.B.

• • ■

32. L. Nov-Eboracensis,

+

+

+

• • •

• • •

33. Polystichum angulare, .

+

+

* •

C.B.

Eu.

34. P. Loncbitis, ....

N. W.

+

• • •

C.B.

Eu.Am.G

35. P. acrosticlioides, . .

+

+

+

• •

36. Cystopteris fragilis, . .

+

+

+

C.B.

Eu.Am.G

37. C bulbifera, ....

+

+

+

« •

• • •

38. Dennstaedtia punctilobula, .

+

+

+

• • •

• • •

* In the above Table, the doubtful species are included, but all
reference to varieties is omitted.

1864.]

LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS.

267

Name.

I.

■a
5

II.

III.

5 i

IV.

V.

•

g

9 't

o /.

+

C.B.

<6

39. Wooclsia Ilvensis, . . .

+

J Eu. As.
\ Am. G.

40. W. alpiiia,

+

• • •

• • •

C.B.

Eu. G.

41. W. glabella,

+

+

• • •

• • •

Am.

42. W. obtiisa,

?

+

+

• • •

• • •

43. Osmimda regalis, . . .

+

+

+

C.B.

• • •

44. 0. cinnamomea, ....

+

+

+

• • •

• • •

45. 0. Claytoniana, ....

+

+

+

• • •

• • •

46. ScliizjBa pusilla, ....

?

+

• • •

• • •

• • •

Ophioglossace^.

47. Botrycliium Virginicum, .

+

+

+

• • •

Eu. G.

48. B. luuarioides, ....

+

+

+

?

• • •

49. B. lunaria,

N.

• • •

• • •

C.B.

Eu. G.

50. Opliiogiossum vulgatum, .

?

+

+

C.B.

Eu.

Lycopodiace^.

f ~W1\ 1

51. Plananthus Selago, . . .

N.?

+

+

C.B.

1 Eu. As.
1 Am. G.

52. P. lucidulus,

+

+

+

C.

• • •

53. P. alopecuroides, . . .

??

+

+

• • •

• • •

54. P. iQimdatus, ....

+

+

+

C.B.

• • •

55. Lycopodium clavatum, . .

+

+

+

C.B.

Eu. G.

56. L. amiotinum, ....

+

+

+

C.B.

Eu.Am.G

57. L. deiidroideum,

+

+

+

• • •

• • •

58. L. complanatum, . .

+

+

-f-

C.

Eu. As.

59. Selaginella spinulosa, . .

N.E.

+

+

C.B.

Eu. G.

60. Stachygynandrum rupestre,

+

+

+

• • •

• • •

61. Diplostachyum apodum,

+

4-

+

• • •

• • •

Marsileace^.

62. AzoUa Caroliniana, . . .

S.

+

+

• • •

• • •

63. Salvinia natans, ....

??

• • •

+

C.

• • •

64. Isoetes lacustris, ....

+

+

+

C.B.

Eu. G.

Equisetace^.

65. Eqiiisetum sylvaticum,

+

+

• • •

C.B.

Eu.Am.G

66. E. umbrosum, ....

+

+

• • •

C.B.

Eu.

67. E. arvense,

+

+

• • «

C.B.

rEu.As.
1 Am. G.

68. E. Telmateja, ....

w.

+

• • •

C.B.

v.

• • •

69. E. limosiim,

+

+

• • •

C.B.

Eu.

70. E. hyemale,

+

+

• • •

C.B.

Eu.

71. E. robustum,

+

+

• • •

• • •

• • 9

72. E. variegatum, ....

N. E.

+

• • •

C.B.

J Eu.Am
1 G.

73. E. scirpoides, ....

+

+

• • •

C.

(Eu.As.
\ Am. G.

7L E. palustre,

N.

• • •

• • •

C.B.

Eu. Am.

268 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^^g-

Nat. Ord. POLYPODIACE^.

POLYPODIUM.

P. vulgare, Linn. — Frond linear-oblong or somewhat lanceolate,
more or less acuminate, deeply pinnatifid, in some forms almost
pinnate ; lobes (or pinna3) linear-oblong, obtuse, often acute, rarely
acuminate, entire or crenate or serrate ; sori large ; very variable
as regards outline of the frond, form, &c., of the lobes, and serrature.
P. vulgare, Linn., A. Gray, Moore, &c. P. Virginianum of English
gardens. P. vu/gare, var. Americanum, Hook., Torrey, Fl. N. Y., ii,
480. — On rocks in the woods, not rare around the city of Kingston ;
abundant on the rocky banks of the St. Lawrence, in Pittsburg ;
in the woods at Collins's Bay ; and on Judge Malloch's farm, a mile
west from Brockville ; Gananoque lakes and rivers ; Farmersville ;
Newboro on the Rideau ; Toronto ; on the great boulder of the
Trent Valley, near Trenton ; on rocks west from Brockville, outcrop
of Potsdam sandstone at Oxford, and Hull, mountains near Chelsea.
C. E., B.Billings, jun. ; near Gatineau Mills, D. M'Gillivray, M.D. ;
Mount Johnson, C. E., and Niagara River, P. W. Maclairan,
M.D. ; Brighton, in the crevice of a rock in a field, and abundant
on rocky banks right bank of the Moira, above Belleville, J. Macoun;
Ramsay, Rev. J. K. McMorine, M.A. ; north-west from Granite
Point, Lake Superior, R.IBell, jun.; mountain top,near Mr. Brydge's
house, Hamilton, C. W., Judge Logic ; River Rouge and lower end
of Gut Lake, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Cape Haldimand, Gaspe, John
Bell. B A. ; Red River Settlement, Governor M'Tavish ; foot of
Cape Tourmente, Abb^ Provancher ; L'Orignal and Grenville,
C. E., J. Bell, B.A. The habitats above cited show that although
this fern is not so common in Canada as in Britain, it is neverthe-
less widely distributed. It is common in New York State, accord-
ing to Professor Torrey, and in the Northern States generally ac-
cording to Professor Asa Gray ; rarer in the South, according to Dr-
Chapman.

P. hexagonopterum, Mich. — Frond triangular in outline, acumi-
nate, pinnate, hairy throughout; pinnae broadly lanceolate, pinna-
tifid ; lowest pair of pinnge larger than the others, not deflexed ;
lobes of the pinnae linear-oblong or lanceolate, strongly toothed, or
almost pinnatifid. The decurrent pinnas haYe a tendency to form
conspicuous irregular-angled wings along the rachis. IStipe not
scaly except at the base. Rhizome long, slender, ramifying. "Whole
plant much larger than P. Phegojpteris, and quite a different species.

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 269

P. hexac/onojyterum, Miclix., A. Gray, &c. The figure in Lowe's
FernP, vol i, p. 1-13, tab. 49, is a little too mucli like Phegopteris,
F. Phegopteris, y ma jus, Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., ii,p. 258. Hooker's
yS. intermciiia of Phegopteris is connectile, Willd., which A. Gray
refers to P. Phegopteris, L. Phegopteris hexagonoptera, J. Sm.
Cat., p. 17. — Canada, Goldie in Hook. Fl. B. Amer.; Chippawa,
C. W., P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Mirwin's Woods, near Prescott,
rare, B. Billings, jun. ; near Westminster Pond, London, W. Saun-
ders. Not by any means so general in Canada as in New York
State, where Professor Torrey states it is common.
P. Phegop>teris, Linn. — Frond acutely triangular in outline, acumi-
nate, pinnate; the pinnas linear-lanceolate, pinnatifid, lowest pair de-
flexed ; lobes of the pinnoe oblong,scythe-shaped,obtuse approximate,
entire ; rachis hairy and minutely scaly to the apex of the frond, as
well as the mid- ribs of the pinnae. P. Phegojjteris, Linn., A. Gray,
Moore, &c. Phegoj^teris vulgaris, J. Sm., P. connectile, Michx,
Pursh Fl. Am. Sept., 2nd ed., vol. ii, p. 659. — Canada, Hooker,
Black-Lead Falls and DeSalaberry, west line, W. S. M. D'Urban ;
Bamsay, Bev. J. K. McMorine, M.A. ; Nicolet, P. W. Maclagan,
M.D. ; Prescott, damp woods, not common; Osgood Station of the
Ottawa and Prescott Bailway ; also Gloucester, near Ottawa, grow-
ing on the side of a ravine, and Chelsea, C. E., B. Billings, jun ;
opposite Grand Island, Lake Superior, R. Bell, jun. ; L'Origual
and Harrington, J. Bell, B.A.

P. Dryopteris, Linn. — Frond thin, light-green, pentangular in
outline, consisting of three divaricate triangular subdivisions, each
of which is pinnate, with its pinna9 more or less deejjly pinnatifid;
pinnules oblong, obtuse, nearly entire; stipe slender and weak, not
glandulose. P. Dryopteris, Linn. A. Gray, xMoore, &c. Phegopteris
Dryopteris, J. Sm. — Abundant in the woods around Kingston ;
Bamsay, Rev. J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ; very common in woods
about Prescott. B. Billings, jun. ; Montreal and Nicolet Rivers,
C.E., P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Belleville, common in the woods,
J. Macoun ; opposite Grand Ls'and, Lake Superior, R. Bell. jun. \
River Rouge, Round Lake, Montreal, De Salaberry, west line,
and Black Lead^Falls, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Newfoundland, Labra-
dor, Somerset, and St. Joachim, Abbe Provancher; L'Orignal,
J. Bell, B.A.

Var, /?. erectmn. — Frond erect, rigid, with a very stout and very
long glabrous stipe (18 inches long) ; beech woods at CoUins's Bay,

270 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

near Kingston, with tlie normal form. This variety resembles P,
Rohertianum in general aspect, hut is not at all glandulose.

P. Rohertianum, Hoffman. — A stouter plant than P. Dryopterh ;
fronds more rigid and erect ; rachis, &c., closely beset with minute-
stalked glands. P. Rohertianum, Hoffman, Moore. &c. P. caJca-
reum, Sm., P. Dri/ojyteris, var. caJcareiim,A. Gray. Canada, Moore
and other authors; United States, G-ray and others. This species
is commonly spoken and written of as a Canadian fern. Not
having had an opportunity of seeing Canadians specimens, I cannot
cite special habitats. The minutely glandulose rachis serves at once
to distinguish it.

Adiantum.

m

A.pedatiim, Linn. — Stipe black and shining, erect, forked at top,
the forks secundly branched, the branches being oblique triangular
oblong pinnules. A. pedatiim, Linn., A. Gray, &c., Low's Ferns,
vol. iii, pi. 14. Abundant in vegetable soil in the woods around
Kingston; woods around the iron-mines at Newboro-on-the-Rideau ;
Farmersville ; Toronto; Montreal, Chippawa, Wolfe Island, and
Maiden, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Belleville, in rich woods, abun-
dant, J. Macoun ; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. McMorine, M.A. ; Ke-we-
naw Point, R. Bell, jun ; at the Sulphur Spring, and common every-
where about Hamilton, Judge Logic ; Lake Huron, Hook. Fl. B.
A.; De Salaberry, west line, W. S. M. D'Urban ; on the Gatineau
near Gilmour's rafting-ground, D. M Gillivray, M.D, ; London,
W. ■ Saunders ; St. Joachim and Isle St. Paul, Montreal,
Abbe Provancher ; West Hawkesbury and Grenville, C. E., J.
Bell, B. A. Apparently common everywhere in Upper Canada.
I cannot speak so definitely of the Lower Province. This is one
of our finest Canadian ferns ; " the most graceful and delicate of
North American ferns," says Torrey. It is easily cultivated. Fine
as it is in the Canadian woods, I have specimens even more hand-
some from Schooley's Mountains (A. 0. Brodie, Ceylon Civil Ser-
vice) ; their fan-like fronds spread out in ^ semicircle, with a radius
of 2J feet. It is not a variable species in Canada. T. Moore, in
" Index Filicum," gives its distribution as N. and N. W. America
California to Sitka, North India, Sikkim, Neapal, Gurwhal, Simla
Kumaon, Japan. There is a var. ^. Aleaticmn, Rupr., in the
Aleutian Islands.

Pteris.

P. aquilina^ Linn. — Stipe stout, 1 to 3 feet high, frond ter-
nate, branches bipinnate, pinnules oblong lanceolate, sori continu-

18G4.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 271

oiis under their recurved margins. Pt. aquilina, Linn., A. Gray,
Moore, &c. — Abundant on Dr. Yates's farm in Pittsburg, and else-
where about Kingston; Waterdown Road, Hamilton, common.
Judge Logie; Chippawa and Maiden, C. W., P. W. Maclagan,
M.D.; Ptamsay, Ilev. J. K. M'Morine, 31. A. ; Prescott, common, B.
Billings, jun., Belleville, very common on barren ridges, J. Macoun ;
Grand Island, Lake Superior, R. Bell, jun. ; Red Lake River, also
between Wild Rice and Red Lake Rivers, and Otter T;.il Lake and
River, between Snake Hill River and Pembina, &c., J. C. Schultz,
M.D. ; Black Lead Falls, and Portage to Bark Lake, W. S. M.
D'Urban; Gatineau Mills, very common, D. M'Gillivray, M D. ;
Lakefield, North Douro, 31rs. Traill ; New Brunswick, Hook. Fl.
Bor. Amer. ; L'Orignal, J. Bell, B.A.; London, W. Saunders.

a. vera. — Pinnules pinnatifid (the normal or typical form of
Moore), Dr Yates's farm, Kingston.

/?. integerriina. — Pinnules entire (a sub-variety), common in
Canada and westward. There are various other sub-varieties;
differing in size, pubescence, &c.

y. dedpiens, — Frond bipinnate, thin and membranous, lanuginosa,
pinnules pinnatifidly toothed, or in small forms, entire, barren;
L'Anse a Cabielle, Gaspe, John, Bell, B.A. This is a very
remarkable fern, resembling a Lastrea, and in the absence of fruc-
titication, it is doubtfully referred to Pterls aquilina, yet the vena-
tion seems to indicate that it belongs to that species, which is
remarkable for its puzzling forms. Being at a loss what to make of
this fern, I sent it to Mr. D. C. Eaton, M.A., who is justly looked
up to by American botanists as our best authority on American
ferns, and he likewise failed to recognise it. I hope some visitor
to Gaspd will endeavor to obtain it in a fertile state, and thus
relieve the doubt.*

[Var. 8. caudata appears occasionally in lists. I have as yet no
satisfactory evidence of its occurrence in Canada proper. The
nearest approach to it is a specimen from theHudson Bay territories
pvobably from the Red River District (Governor M'Tavish). In
the South it is a very distinct form, of which there are beautiful
specimens in \Yright's Cuban Plants (No. 872), and is very close
to the Pteris esculenta of Australia.]

* Since the above was written, I have had an opportunity of studying
the forms and development of Pteris aquilina and am quite satisfied that
the doubtful plant is a state of that species, not old enough to be fertile.

272 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

Pell^a.

O)

P. cftropurpurea, Link. — Stipe and rachis almost black, shining
6 to 12 inches high, frond coriaceous, pinnate, divisions opposite,
linear-oblong or somewhat oval. Pteris atropurpurea^ Linn. Platy-
loma afrop., J. Sm., Torr. N. Y., ii. p. 488. AUosorus atropur-
pureas, A. Gray. Pellcea atropurpurea, Link., Fee, J. Sm. in Cat.,
Eaton. — Niagara River, at the Whirlpool, three miles below the
Falls. This fern seems to retain its fronds all winter, for I have
fertile specimens, in a fine state collected at the Whirlpool at the
end of February, 1859, by A. 0. Brodie. Dr. P. W. Maclagan has
also collected it there. It is not common anywhere on the Ameri-
can continent so far as I can learn. Mr. Lowe speaks of it as in
cultivation in Britain, " an evergreen frame or greenhouse species,
not sufficiently hardy to stand over winter's cold." There must be
some other reason for want of success in its cultivation in Britain.

Allosorus.

A. Stelleri, Ruprecht. — Fronds pale green, thin and papery, 3 to
9 inches long, bipinnate and tripinnate, some of the smaller barren
fronds scarcely more than pinnate ; pinngs five or six pairs ; lobes of
the barren frond, rounded, oval, veiny ; of the fertile frond, much
narrower, linear-lanceolate, firmer ; sori at the tips of the forked
veins along the margins, stipe red, whole plant glabrous. A beauti-
ful and delicate fern, growing in the crevices of rocks, rare. AUo-
sorus Stelleri, Ledeb, Fl. Bossica. Allosorus gracilis^ Presl., A.
Gray, Torrey Fl. N. Y. ii. p. 487. In a letter from Mr. T. Moore
(1857), he mentioned to me that he had learned from specimens
from Dr. Kegel, St. Petersburg, that " the North American Allosorus
gracilis is the old Pteris Stelleri of Amman, so that it spreads
from North America through Siberia to India, whence Dr. Hooker
has it." Allosorus minutus^ Turcz. PI. Exs. Cheilanthes gracilis^
Klf. Cryptograninia gracilis, Torrey. Pteris Stelleri, Gmelin,
Pteris ininuta, Turcz. Cat. PI. Baik. Dah. Pt. gracilis, Michaux.
— Near Lakefield, North Douro, C. W., on rocks, Mrs Traill ; abun-
dant in crevices of limestone rocks, on the rocky banks of the
Moira, Belleville, Co. Hastings, J. Macoun ; Lake of Three Moun-
tains, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Canada to the Saskatchewan, Hook. Fl.
Bor. Am. ; Dartmouth, Gasp^, John Bell, B.A. This is a North-
ern species, and rare in the United States.

1864.] lawson on canadian ferns. 273

Cryptogramma.

0. acrosfichoides, R. Br. — " Remarkable for its sporangia ex-
tending for down on the oblique veins, so as to form linear lines of
fruit.-" I have not seen the plant. It is referred by Sir William
Hooker to AUosoriis crispus(^A. Gr. in Enuni. of Dr. Parry's Rocky
Mt. Plants). Cryptogramma acrostichoides^^.^v., Moore. AUoso-
rus acroHichoides, A. Gr. — Isle Royale, Lake Superior. Placed
in Dr. Hooker's Table as a Canadian species that does not extend
into the United States. It has recently been found on the Rocky
Mountains. Allosorus crispus is general throughout Europe, and
occurs at Sitka, in North-West America. Mr. Moore observes that
the Eastern (Indian) species, A. Brunoniana, is very doubtfully
distinct from the European plant.

Struthiopteris.

>S^. Germanica var. /3 Pennsylvanica. — Rhizome stout, erect ;
fronds tufted ; sterile ones large pinnate, erect-spreading, deeply
pinnatifid ; the fertile ones erect, rigid, with revolute contracted
divisions, wholly covered on the back by sporangia. A very
graceful fern, well-suited for cultivation in gardens. Stnipthiop-
teris Fennsyhanica, Willd., Pursh, J. Sm. Cat. S. Germanica,
Hooker, Torrey Fl. N. Y., ii, p. 486, Gray. Osmunda Struthiop-
teris, Linn. ; Onoclea Struthioptterii^, Schkr. ; Onoclea nodulosa,
Schkr., according to Hooker. Torrey refers 0. nodulosa, Michx.,
to Woodwardia angustifolia. — Frankville, Kitley ; Longpoint ;
Lansdowne; Hardwood Creek ; usually found along the margins
of creeks, &c. ; common in rich, wet woods near Prescott, and
abundant around Ottawa, B. Billings, jun. ; low rich grounds, Bel-
leville, abundant along Cold Creek, J. Macoun ; Ke-we-naw Point,
Lake Superior, in low ground, at times under water, R. Bell, jun. ;
Ramsay, Rev. J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ; near Lakefield, North
Douro, Mrs. Trail ; field beyond Waterd'wn, Hamilton, Judge
Logic ; Osnabruck and Prescott Junction, Rev. E. M. Epstein ;
near Montreal, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Assiniboine River, John C.
Schultz, M.D. ; Canada, to the Saskatchewan. Hook. Fl. Bor.
A. ; foot of Cape Tourmente, Abb(i Provancher. This is the com-
monest plant in the Bedford swamps ; Gaspe and L'Original, J.
Bell, B.A. ; London, W. Saunders. Found in the western part
of New York State, but rare, according to Torrey.

Vol. I. S No. 4.

274 the canadian naturalist. [-^"g-

Onoclea.

0. sensihilis, Linn. — Rhizome creeping ; barren frond broad,
leafy, deeply pinnatifid; fertile ones erect, spicate, contracted,
doubly pinnate, with small revolute pinnules, enclosing the spor-
angia, not at all leafy. Onoclea sensihilis, Linn., Gray, J. Sm.,
&c. Lowe's Ferns, vol. vi. pi. 1. — In woods along the banks of
the Little Cataraqui Creek in great abundance, and in moist
swampy places in the woods in various other places about King-
ston ; west end of Loughborough Lake ; Becancour, Abb^
Provancher; London, W.Saunders; common in marshy ground
at Hamilton, Judge Logic; Lakefield, North Douro, Mrs. Traill;
St. John's, C. E., Niagara and Maiden, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ;
Belleville, in low marshy places, abmdant, J. Macoun; Bamsay,
Bev. J. K. M^Morine, M.A. ; Amagos Creek, Lake Superior, B.
Bell, jun. ; Prescott, common, B. Billings, jun. ; on the river shore,
Gatineau Mills, D. M'Gillivray, M.p. ; L'Anse au Cousin, Gasp^
and L'Orignal, J. Bell ; Nova Scotia. This curious fern has
been cultivated in England since 1699 ; at Kew, since 1793. It
is very variable as regards the outline and subdivision of the barren
frond.

Yar. /?. hipinnata. — Fronds bipinnate ; perhaps not a constant
form. Fertile fronds of this variety originated the 0. ohtusilo-
hata, Schkr. Peche Biver, and near Cantley, Hull, D. M'Gilli-
vray, M.D.

ASPLENIUM.

A. Trichomanes, Linn. — Frond small, narrow, linear, pinnate ;
pinnae roundish-oblong or oval, oblique, almost sensile, crenate :
rachis blackish brown, shining, margined ; sori distant from the
midrib. Asplenium Trichomaiies, Linn., Moore, Gray, &c., Lowe's
Ferns, vol. v. pi. 22. Asp. melanocaulon, Willd., Pursh. Fl. Sept.
Americ, ii., p. 666. Asp. anceps, Lowe. — Inhabits rocky river
banks, &c., but is not common in Canada. On rocky banks, at
Marble Bock, on the Gananoque Biver ; Mamainse, dry ground
on the top of a mountain, B. Bell, jun. ; rocky woodlands west
from Brockville, rare, B. Billings, jun.; Montreal, Jones's Falls
and Niagara, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Lake Medad, Hamilton,
Judge Logic ; Pittsburg, near Kingston, John Bell, B.A. ; foot
of Cape Tourmente, Abbe Provancher ; near Belleville, J. Macoun.

/3. delicatulum. — Frond narrower, pinnae much smaller, thin-
ner, and wider apart than in the normal form. This is a sub

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 275

variety, passing by intermediate states into the typical plant, which
is the common form of northern Europe. The variety is the
prevalent form in Canada, but also occurs farther south in the
United States, for I have specimens from Catskill (A 0. Brodie) ;
and is not confined to the American continent, for Professor
Caruel, the acute author of " Flora Italiana," sends specimens
of a similar form from Florence. There is an A. Trich. var.
mojus, in Cuba (according to Mr. Eaton's enumeration of
"Wright's Cuban ferns). A. anceps is a Madeiran form, not dis-
tinguishable, so far as I can see, from common European states of
A. Trlchomanes.

A. viride, Hudson. — Frond small, linear, pinnate ; pinnae
roundish-oblong or oval, more or less cuneate at base, slightly
stalked, crenate or slightly lobed ; rachis bright green; sori
approximate to the midrib; in outline of frond and general aspect
resembles the preceding species. A. viride, Hudson, Flora
Anglica, 385 ; Sm., Bab., Moore, &c. A. TricJiomanes, /3 ramo-
siim, Linn. — This beautiful alpine fern was found in Canada for
the first time last summer, having been collected in considerable
quantity at Gasp^, C.E., by John Bell, B.A., who formed one of
a party of the Provincial Geological Survey. It was previously
known to occur sparingly in N. W. America, at one spot on the
Rocky Mountains, and in Greenland. Mr. Bell's discovery of its
occurrence in Gaspe is therefore extremely interesting in a
geographical point of view. The Gaspe specimens, although
young, agree perfectly with the typical European form of A. viride,
of which I have a full series of Scotch examples, as well as others
collected in Norway by T. Anderson, M.D. In young specimens
the pinnae are usually large, thin, and more cuneate and lobed
than in the mature plant, in which they aie roundish-ovate.

A. angustifolimn^ Michx. — Frond large (1 to 3 feet high),
annual, lanceolate, pinnate; pinnae long-^ linear-lanceolate, acute;
fertile fronds more contracted than the barren ones, " bearino*
sixty to eighty curved fruit-dots on the upper branches of the
pinnate forking vein-s," (Eaton). A. angusti folium, Michaux, A.
Gray, Eaton, J. Smith, Lowe's Ferns, vol. v, pi. 24. — In Canada
this fern appears to be confined to the extreme south-western point
of the province ;^'^ Maiden, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; at the Oil
Wells, township of Enniskillen, Lady Alexander Russell. For

• Subsequently found in the Belleville district by Mr. Macoun.

276 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

information of the latter station T am indebted to the kindness
of Judge Logie of Hamilton. This fern appears to be still rare
in cultivation among the fern-fanciers of Europe. It -was intro-
duced to Britain in 1812 by Mr. John Lyon of Dundee.

A. eheneum, Aiton. — Frond erect, lance-linear, pinnate ; pinnae
numerous, lanceolate (the lower oblong), sessile, slightly auricled at
base and finely serrate ; rachis blackish-brown, shining. As2)lenium
ebeneum, Aiton, Hortus Kewensis, ed. 2, vol. v, p. 516, Gray, Eaton,
J. Smith, Lowe's Ferns, vol. v, pi. 2. A.poti/podiolies, Schkr. —
Eocky woods, Brockville, B. Billings, jun. ; the only locality in
Canada from which I have seen specimens.* Although so rare
with us, this species appears to be not uncommon in the United
States. Gray speaks of it as " rather common ; " I have specimens
from Schooley's Mountains, West point, N. Y., Providence, Phil-
adelphia, &c. Judging from Mr. Eaton's indication in Chap-
man's Flora, it again seems to decrease in the south, so that its
present headquarters are in the Nothern States.

\_A. marinum, Linn. — Frond broad and leafy, linear-lanceolate,
tapered above, pinnate ; pinnae ovate-oblong or linear, oblique,
shortly stalked, rarely pinnatifid, the upper ones confluent, stipe
brownish, rachis brown below, green and winged above, sori large,
linear, oblique; grows on rocks. Asplenium marinum, Linn.,
Moore, J. Smith, &c. A. loetum, Hort. — New Brunswick, E. N.
Kendal, in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. I cannot learn that this fern has
been subsequently found in North America, and hope, therefore,
that botanists will look for it on the rocky shores of New Bruns-
wick. It usually grows out of the crevices of shore-cliffs, and is
very limited in its geographical range, growing, according to
Moore, only in the western part of Europe, crossing from Spain
to Tangiers on the African coast, and being again met with in
Madeira, the Azores, and Canary Isles.]

A. theJypteroideSj Michaux. — Fronds large oblong-ovate, pin-
nate; 'pinnae lancelolate, acuminate, from a broad sessile base, and
deeply pinnatifid, the lobes oblong, minutely toothed. Asplenium
thelypteroides, Michaux, Pursh, Bigelow,Torrey, Beck, Darlington,
Gray, Eaton. Dq^lazium tlielypteroiJes, Presl, J. Sm. — In rich
woods, DeSalaberry, west line, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Minvin's
woods, &c., Prescott, B. Billings, jr. ; Beloeil Mountain, P. W.
Maclagan, M.D. ; moist woods near the Hop Garden, Belleville,
rare, J. Macoun (a deeply serrated, leafy form) ; Ramsay, Rev.

* Subsequently found near Belleville by Mr. Macoun.

18G4.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 277

J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ; St. Joachim, Abb^ Provancher ; London,
W. Saunders. Not a common fern in Canada ; perhaps more
pleatiful in the United States. I have a fine series of specimens
from Schooley's Mountains (A. 0. Brodiej, and others from
Providence.

[3. serratum. — Lobes of the pinnaB ovate-oblong, approximate,
strongly and incisely serrate. This may be regarded as a sub-
variety. — Belleville, J. Macoun.

[_A. montanum^ Willd., which extends along the Alleghanies, has
not yet been found in Canada, but may possibly occur. It grows
on clifiB.]

[J. Ruta-muraria, Linn. — The wall-rue, a small species, which
srows in the crevices of limestone cliffs in the Northern States,
and is common on stone walls and old buildings in Britain, is to
be looked for in Canada.]

Athyrium.

A. Filix-foemiria, R. Br. — Frond ample (1-3 feet long), broadly
oblong-lanceolate, bipinnate ; pinnae also lanceolate ; pinnules ovate-
lanceolate or oblong, incisely toothed. Grows in large tufts, the
fronds delicate, of a bright green hue. Lady Fern of the poets.
Athyrium FiUxfoemma^ E. Br., Spreng., Roth., Hook., Moore,
&c. Aspidium Filix-foemina, Swartz, Pursh, Beck. Asjndinm
asplenioidcs, Swartz, Willd., Pursh. Asplenium Athyrium^ Schkr.
Asplenium Michauxii, Spreng. Asplenium Filix-foemina ^ A.
Gray, Man., p. 595. Ntphrodium asplenioides and Filix-fceniina^
Michx. AspUnium angustvm, Willd., Pursh. — Common in the
woods near Kingston, Toronto, Trenton, &c. ; Peche River,
Ottawa, Dr. M'Gillivray; Temiscouata, Chippawa and Maiden,
P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Belleville, moist woods, very common,
several varieties, J. Macoun ; Kamsay, Rev. J. K. M^Morine,
M.A. ; mouth of the Awaganissis Brook, Gulf of St. Lawrence,
C. E., and Schibwah River, Lake Superior, R. Bell. jun. ; Cemetery
grounds, Hamilton, and on Prince's Island, Judge Logic; Hamil-
ton's farm and base of Silver Mt., W. S. M. D'Urban; Mountain
Fall, H. B. T., Governor M'Tavish ; Snake Hill River, John C.
Schultz, M.D. ; L'Anse a la Barbe, Gasp<^ and L'Orignal, John
Bell, B.A. ; St. Tite, Abb(3 Provancher ; London, W. Saunders.

/3. angustum. — Frond narrow, linear-lanceolate ; pinnae rather
crowded ; pinnules not pinnatifid, but incisely toothed, with recur-
ved margins ; sori short, curved {Aspidium. angustum, Willd. ?) —
Farmersville ; Delta ; Belleville, J. Macoun.

,:278 . THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^^g«

y. rhneficum. — Frond rather small, firm, narrowly lanceolate
in outline ; pinse more or le~s distant and narrowly lanceolate ;
pinnules incisely toothed or deeply pinnatifid, linear, or more fre-
quently lanceolate-acute, and acquiring a linear aspect from the
reflection of the lobes, often crowded with confluent sori. — Dr.
Yates's farm, on the banks of the St. Lawrence, near Kingston ;
- near Montreal, Rev. E. M. Epstein, M.D.; near Lakefield, North
Douro, Mrs Traill.

S. rtgidum. — Frond small, rigid; pinnules approximate, con-
nected at the base by a broad decurrent membrane, sori confined
to the lower part of each pinnule. — Lakefield, North Douro, Mrs.
Traill.

There are other forms of this species, dependent in many cases,
no doubt, upon situation ; some with thin veiny fronds of great
size, bearing few scattered sori. One form, very like the British
var. moUe, was gathered at Belleville by Mr. Macoun. I know no
fern more variable than this. Our Canadian forms require careful
examination.

WOODWARDIA.

W. Virginica, Willd. — Frond pinnate ; pinnae lanceolate, pin-
natifid ; sori arranged in line on either side of the midribs of
pinnae and pinnules. Woodicardia Virginica, Willd. ; Gray
Man., p. 593. (Doodia, R, Br.) — Millgrove Marsh, C. W., Judge
liOgie; sphagnous swamp near Heck's mills, ten miles from Pres-
eott, Augusta, C. W., B. Billings, jun. ; Pelham, C. W., P. W.
Maclagan, M.D. ; Belleville, J. Macoun.

SCOLOPENDRIUM.

S. vulgare, Smith. — Fronds (in tufts) strap-shaped, with a
cordate base undivided, margin entire, stipe scaly. Scolopendrium
vulgare, J. E. Smith, Bab., J. Sm., Moore, &c. S. officinarum,
Swartz, Schkr., Gray, Man., p. 593 ; Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii, p. 490.
S. PhyUltiSj Roth. S. officinale, DC. S. lingua, Cavanilles.
Asploiinm Scolopendrium, Linn. Sp. Plantarum, &c. A. elon-
gatam, Salisb. Blechnum livguifolium, Stokes. Phyllitis Scolo-
pendrium. Newman — Owen Sound, Georgian Bay, Lake Huron,
on soft springy ground, amongst large stones, growing in tufts,
abundant, 1861, Robert Bell, jun. This interesting addition
to our list of Canadian ferns has been collected in the same
place by the Rev. Prof. William Hincks, F.L.S. Mr. Bell's

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 279

specimens agree, in every respect, with the typical European form
of the species, which is exceedingly variable. Only one station
was previously known for this fern in all North America, viz.,
limestone rocks along Chittenango Creek, near the Falls, respcting
which Professor Torrey observed : — " This fern is undoubtedly
indigenous in the locality here oiven, which is the only place where
it has hitherto been found in North Americi." It was first
detected by Pursh, who found it in shady woods, among loose
rocks in the western p irts of New York, near Onondago, on the
plantations of J. Geddis, Esq. This species (he said) I have
seen in no other place but that here mentioned, neither have I
had any information of its having been found in any other part
of North America. (^ParsJi.) Nuttall states that he found it in
the western part of the state, without giving the locality ; but
according to Dr. Pickering, the specimens of Mr. Nuttall, in the
herbarium of the Academy of Sciences in Philadelphia, are
marked, " near Canandaigua, at Geddis's farm, in a shady wood,
with Taxus Canadensis^^^ Torrey Fl. N. Y., ii, p. 490. This fern
occurs throughout Europe, and also in Northern Asia. Mr.
Moore considers the Mexican S. Lindeni as a mere veriety of this
species. In Europe there are many remarkable varieties, of which
Mr. Moore has figured and described more than fifty that occur
in Britain. The great beauty and remarkable character of many
of these render them very suit ible for cultivation. None of the
abnormal forms have as yet been found in America, probably
meiely because they have not been looked for.

Camptosorus.

0. rhizophyllus Pre>l. — Frond lanceolate, brOad and hastate,
or cordate at base, attenuated towards the tip, which strikes root
and give> rise to a new plant; hence this fern is called the Walk-
ing Leaf; fronds evergreen. Camptosorus rliizophyllus, Link,
Presl, A. Gray, Eaton, Hooker. Asplenium rkizopliyllum, Linn,
in part (Linnaeus's name included Fadyena prolifera, a totally
different plant), Michaux, Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii, p. QQiQ, Bige-
low, Torrey, Beck, Darlington, Lowe's Ferns, vol. v, pi. 14 a.
Antlgramma rhizophila, J. Sm., Torrey, Fl. N. Y. ii. p. 494.
Camptosorus ramlcifoUus, Link. — On the flat perpendicular face
of a rock in the woods, on the Spike's Corners side of the mills
at High Falls, township of Portland, C. W., July 1862. In a
rocky wood, a mile north-west from the Oxford station of the

280 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

Ot awa and Prescott Kailway, upon a rock slightly covered with
mould, B. Bil ings, jnn. ; mountain-side west from Hamilton, also
at Ancaster and at Lake Medad, Judge Looie; Wolfe Island, E.
J. Fox; not rare about Owen Sound, Rev. Prof W. Hincks;
Montreal Mountain, Abbe Provancher; rather northern in its
range in North America, but not common anywhere in Canada.
This curious fern has been long in cultivation in the botanic
gardens of Europe.

Lastrea.

L. dilatataj Presl. — Fronds spreading, broadly lanceolate,
rather pale but vivid green, bipinmte; the pinnules pinnate or
pinnatiiid with pointed lobes ; on the lower pinnae the posterior
pinnules are longer than the anterior ones; stipe with rather
distant pale unicolorus scales ; sori small. This description refers
only to the commonest form in Canada. It is a very variable
species. AspicUum spijudosum, Gray. — Abundant in the woods
about Kingston, as Collins's Bay, &c.. Smith's Falls, Odessa,
woods near the Falls of Niagara, Hiuchinbrook, Gananoque lakes,
Farmersville, Hardwood Creek, Delta, Upper Rideau Lake, New-
boro-on-the-Eideau, Longpoint; Mouth of the Awaganissis Brook,
Gulf of St. Lawrence, Goulais River, also Grand Island, and at
Ke-we-naw Point, Lake Superior, R. Bell, jun. ; Ramsay, Rev. J.
K. M'Morine, M.A. ; Prescott, very common. B. Billings, jun. ;
St. John's, St. Valentine, and Belceil, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ;
Belleville, very common, J. Macoun ; St. Foy Woods, W. S. M.
D'Urban; Daniel's Harbor, Newfoun Hand, James Richardson
(a peculiar form) ; Peche River, Chelsea and Cantley, Hull, D.
M'Gillivray, M. D. Of varieties referable to var. Boottii, Gray,
var. dumetorum^ Gray, or others, differing from the common
(which, howover, is perhaps not the typical) form, I have seen
specimens from, or obtained information of their having been
collected in, the following localities :— Maiden, Brighton, Point
Rich, Newfoundland, Hamilton's Farm, Murray, Hamilton, &c.
These varieties still require careful study, with a view to their
idenification with European forms, which are now well understood.

/5- tanacetifolia. — Frond large and very broad, triangular,
tripinnate, with the pinnules pinnatifid or deeply incised, lobed.
P. tanacetifoHum, DC. ? — Pointe des Morts, Gaspe, John Bell,
Mr. Bell's specimen seems to agree well with Mr. Moore's
description of var. tanacetifolia. The typical Z. dilatata, with

18G4.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 281

dark-centred scales, so common in Scotland, I have not yet seen
growing in the Canadian woods; but a fragment, the upper
portion of a frond, from Point Rich, Newfoundland, James
Kichardson, looks like it.

L. margiiiaUs, J. Smih. — Frond ovate oblong, a foot, more or
less, in length, bipinnate, pale green, somewhat coriaceous, lasting
the winter ; pinnae linear-lanceolate, broad at bise ; pinnules
oblonv, very obtuse, obsoletely incised; sori marginal; stipe of a
pale cinnamon color when old, with large thin pale scales profuse
below. L. marglnaUs, J. Sm., Aspidiimi marginale, Swartz,
Pursh, Bigelow, Beck, Darlington, Gray, Eaton, Lowe's Ferns,
vol. vi, pi. 6 (a bad figure), Torrey Fl. N. Y. ii, p. 495. Po?y-
podium margimde, Linn. Nephrodtum marginale, Michaux. —
This species is as common in the Canadian woods as Lastrea Filix-
mas is in those of Britain ; woods around Kingston, abundant ;
near Odessa ; Newboro-on-the Rideau ; along the course of the
Grananoque River and lakes, in various places ; very fine at Mar-
ble Rock ; Farmersville ; Hardwood Creek ; Valley of the Trent,
found on the great boulder, &c. ; on Judge Malloch's farm and
elsewhere about Brockville ; on limestone rocks above the Rapids
at Shaw's Mill, Lakefield, North Douro, Mrs. Traill ; Sulphur
Spring, Hamilton, Judge Logic ; Cedar Island, A. T. Drum-
mond, jun., B.A. ; Smith's Falls, and Chippawa, P. W. Maclagan,
M.D. ; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ; Prescott, common,
B. Billings, jun.; Belleville, in rich low moist woods, common, J.
Macoun ; above Blacklead Falls, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Gatineau
Mills, D. M'Gillivray, M.D. ; Cape Tourmente, Abbe Pro-
vancher ; Harrington, J. Bell, B A. ; London, W. Saunders.
This is exclusively an American fern. It varies in size and
appearance ; in some specimens the pinnae are wide apart, their
divisions small and narrow; in others, the pinnae overlap each
other, and their divisions are broad and leafy, also overlapping,
and in such forms they are usually toothed into rounded lobes.
Mr. Macoun sends a form from Belleville, more deeply serrate
than usual.

f^- Trdllce.— Fronds very large (3| feet long), bipinnate, all
the pinnules pinnatifid.— Lakefield, North Douro, Jlrs. Traill.
This is a very handsome variety, and would form an attractive
plant in cultivation. It has the same relation to the type of L,
marglnaUs which L. iiicisa {erosa) has to typical Filix-mas.

282 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^^g*

Lastrea Filix-mas is erreneously referred to in some American
works on Materia Medica as a common North American and
Canadian fern. It has recently, however, been found on the
Rocky Mountains by Br. Parry. Professor Gray says that Dr.
Parry's specimens are apparently identical with the European
plant. Nothing like it occurs in Canada, so far as I can ascertain.
Varieties of L. marginalis have been sent to me under the name
of L. Filix-mas.

L. cristata, Presl. — Fronds erect, rigid, linear-oblong in outline,
vivid green, pinnate or slightly bipinnate ; pinnae triangular-
lanceolate ; pinnules large, oblong, approximate, decurrent ; sori
large, in a single series on each side of, and near to, the vein ;
stipe with few pale scales. Lastrea cristata, Presl, Moore, &c.
Polypodium cristatum, Linn. Asjndium cristatum, Swartz,
AYilld., Pursh, E. B., Beck, Torrey Fl. N. Y., ii, p. 496. Gray.
Asjyidium cristatum, j3. Lancastriense, Torrey ; A. Lancastriense,
Spreng., Bigelow, Beck, Darlington, Hooker. — Woods around
Kingston ; near the Peche River, Gatineau, a tributary of the
Ottawa, D. M'Gillivray, M.D. ; Three Rivers, St. John's and
Chippawa, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Sproule's Swamp, east from
Belleville (a cedar swamp), not common, J. Macoun ; Ramsay,
Rev. J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ; Prescott, common, B. Billings,
jun. ; Lake of Three Mountains, W. S. M. D' Urban ; Silver
Brook, Gaspe, John Bell, B. A. ; St. Fereol, Abbe Provancher;
L'Orignal, J. Bell ; London, W. Saunders.

L. Goldieana, J. Smith. — Frond very large (3 or 4 feet or
more in length), dark green, bipinnate; pinnse 6 to 8 inches long,
narrow, linear-lanceolate, not much attenuated towards the tips ;
pinnules (12-20 pairs), linear-oblong, approximate, uniformly
curved forwards, scythe-shaped, sometimes with an extra lobe at
base ; sori small, near the midrib ; stipe with pale shaggy scales
above and larger dark-centred ones below ; our largest Canadian
fern, usually barren. Lastrea Goldieana, J. Smith. Aspidium
Goldianum, Hooker, Edin. New Phil. Jour, vi, p. 333, and Fl.
Bor. Am., ii, p. 260, Gray. Nephrodium Goldieanum, Hook,
and Grev. Aspidium Filix-mas, Pursh, not of Willd., &c. —
Farmersville, in woods near the village, abundant and very fine,
forming immense tufts ; near Hamilton's farm and De Salaberry,
town-line, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Beloeil Mountain, Montreal and
Maiden, P. W. Maclagan, M.D ; Belleville Woods, near Castle-
ton ; woods below Heely's Falls, west side, and in Simon Terrill's

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 283

Woods, Brigliton, J. Macoun ; Augusta, Robert Jardine, B.A. ;
about Montreal, Mr. Groldie in Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. London,
W. Saunders, This fine fern was appropriately named by Sir
William Hooker in honor of its discoverer, a successful investi-
gator of Canadian botany, now resident at Paris, C. W. The
species belongs exclusively to the American continent. In Canada
we have two sub-varieties: —

a. serrata^ in which the divisions of the pinnae are coarsely
serrate. Montreal.

^. infegerrima, in which the divisions of the pinnae are almost
or quite entire. Farmersville.

L. fragrans, Moore. — Frond 8 to 12 inches long, coriaceous,
bipinnate, pinnae triangular, of few (4 or 5 pairs) of pinnules,
which are crowded and covered beneath by the large rusty mem-
branous indusia, which conceal the sori. Rachis with profuse,
large, palish scales, especially near the base. Aspidium fragrans,
Swartz, A. Gray. — Bocks, Penokee Iron Bidge, Lake Superior,
Mr. Lapham, and north-west — Professor Wood, in Class-Book;
shaded trap rocks. Falls of the St. Croix, Wisconsin, Dr. Parry,
and high northward, Grray's Manual. I have not yet seen Cana-
dian specimens of this species, which is quite a northern fern,
stretchino; al >n2: the northern shores of the Russian Artie domi-
nions. I have specimens from Bepulse Bay, collected by Captain.
Rae's party while wintering there in 1855. This plant does not
appear to be in cultivation in any European garden.

Ij. Theh/pteris, Presl. — Frond erect, lanceolate, mostly broad
at base, and narrowed upwards, chin, and herbaceous, or slightly
coriaceous, glabrous or downy, pinnate; pinnae linear, rather
distant, deeply pinnatifid ; pinnules with revolute margins, veins
forked, sori near their middle, becoming confluent. Stipe as long
as, or longer than, the frond, and naked. Lastrea TheJyjyteris.
Presl, Moore, J. Sm. Aspidlum Thtlypteris, Swartz, E. B.
Willd., Piirsh, Bigelow, Beck, Darlington, Torr y Fl. N. Y. ii, p.
596, A, Gray, Man. Polypodium Thel/jjJteris, Linn. Dryop-
teris Thdypterh, Gray. — Swamps in the woods, townships of
Hinchinbrook, Portland, Ernestown, &c. ; Millgrove Marsh,
Hamilton, Judge Logic; Gatineau Mills on the Ottawa, D.
M'Gillivray, M.D. ; Prescott, common, B. Billings, jun. ; Temis-
couata, Thorold and Maiden, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Belleville,
very common in swamps, J. Macoan; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. M'Mo-
rine, M.A. ; portage to Bark Lake, and on lumber-road through

284 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

the woods east from Hamilton's farm, W. S. M. D'Urban •
Montreal, Drs. Maclagan and Epstein ; Hudson Bay Territories
near Red River Settlement, Governor M'Tavish; St. Joachim,
Abbe Provancher; L'Orignal, J. Bell, B.A. ; London, W.
Saunders. In the State of New York the species is common in
swamps and wet thickets (Torrey), I have it from West Point,
N. Y. In the south, Eaton indicates Florida and northward.
Very seldom found with fructification (Pursh). Fertile specimens
are not rare with us. The forked veins of the pinnules distin-
guish this species from the next. In the Canadian plant, the out-
line of the frond is a little diflferent from Scotch and Irish speci-
mens, being less narrowed at the base. There are three forms of
this species in Canada. The first (a) seems to be the plant of Gray's
Manual, the second(/5) is more like the L. Thelypteris of Europe,
and the third(y) is intermediate between this species and the next.

a. puhescens. — Frond somewhat coriaceous densely pubescent
or downy throughout. Odessa, Hudson Bay.

/?. glabra. — Frond thin, herbaceous, glabrous, Montreal, Chel
sea, Hichinbrook, &c.

y. intermedia. — Frond narrowed below, glabrous; stipe slightly
elongated (veins forked). Gasp^, J. Bell, B.A.

L. Nov-Ehoracensis. — Frond lanceolate, narrow at the base, thin
and herbaceous, pinnate; pinnae linear-lanceolate, more or less ap-
proximate, deeply pinnatifid ; pinnules oblong, usually flat; veins
simple (not forked), sori never confluent ; stipe short, rachis, &c.,
downy, pinnules more or less distinctly ciliate. Lastrea Novebor-
acensis, Presl. Polypod'mm Noveboracense^ Linn., Schk. As^pi-
dium theh/pteroides, Swartz. Aspiniinn Noveboracense, Willd.,
A. Gray, Eaton — Pittsburg near Kingston; Lakefield, North Douro,
Mrs. Traill ; Mountain side, Hamilton, Judge Logic ; Prescott,
common, B. Billings, jun., Mounts Johnson, Montreal, and Beloeil,
P. W. Maclagan, M. D. ; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ;
near Chelsea, D. M'Gillivray, M.D. ; London, but not common,
W.Saunders; L'Orignal, J. Bell. This fern belongs exclusively
to the American continent. It seems to be more abundant and
more distinct in the United States than with us. In Flora Boreali-
Americana, Sir William Hooker observed : " The Asjndium
Nooeboracense is quite identical with A. ThelypterlsJ^ In the
recently-published volume of Species Filicum (which at present
I can only quote at second hand), doubts are still expressed as to
it being a species really distinct from L. Thelypteris. Mr. Eaton

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN PERNS. 285

and other American pteridologists think it quite distinct. Its most
obvious characters are — ^1.) The tapering form of the lower part of
the frond (ahhough there is also a form o^ L. Thehjpteris having
this peculiarity ; (2.) sori few, mostly near the base of the pin-
nules, and not confluent, not overlapped by a recurved margin ;
(3.) veins of the pinnules simple, not forked. The outline of the
frond must not be depended upon, as the Scotch and Irish L.
Thely2^teris is narrowed at the base Hke L. Nov-Eboracensis,
This species is allied to L. montana, Moore [Oreopteris, Bory.)

POLYSTICHUM.

P. angidare, ft. Braunii. — Frond soft, herbaceous, lanceolate,
bipinnate ; pinnules stalked, serrate ; the small teeth tipped by soft
bristles .; stipe and rachis scaly throughout ; In the Canadian
plant the scales of the rachis are larger than in the typical P. angu-
lare of England, from which it may be sperifically distinct: As-
jpidium Braunii, Spenner. Aspidlum acuhatum var. Braunii, A.
Gray, Man. Bot., p. 599, A. aculeatum, Abbe Provancher; Har-
rington, Cape Bon-Ami and Dartmouth, N. fork, Gaspe, John
Bell, B. A. ; base of Silver Mountain, W. S. M. D'Urban.

P. Lonchitis, Roth. — Frond rigid and shining, linear-lanceolate,
simply pinnate ; pinnas scythe-shaped, auricled, spino-e. Polys-
tichum Lonchitis, Roth, Moore, J. Sm., &c. Polypodiwni Lon-
chitis^ Linn. Lapidium LoncJiitis, Swartz, Schk. — Limestone
rocks, Owen Sound, C. W., 1859, Rev. Professor Hincks.
Professor Hincks has also kindly furnished me with spcimens from
the above locality. Woods, southern shore of Lake Superior and
north-westward, Professor Asa Gray, in Man. ; British America,
Professor Wood in Class Book. It will be observed that Pro-
fessor Hincks's station is the only definite Canadian one with
which we are acquainted. Mr. T. Drummond found this fern on
the Rocky Mountains many years ago.

P. acrostlchoides, Schott. — Frond pale green shining, long and
narrow, linear-lanceolate, simply pinnate ; pinnae long and narrow,
linear-lanceolate, shortly stalked, auricled anteriorly at the base,
more or less distinctly serrate, with hair-tipped teeth ; fertile (upper)
pinnje slightly contracted, covered beneath by the large confluent
son stipe profusely chaff'y, with pale scales. Polystichum acros-
tlchoides. Schott, J. Sm. Aspio'ium acrostichAdes, Swartz,
A. Gray, Eaton. Aspid. aiiricidatum, Schk. Nephrodium
acrostlchoides, Michx. — Abundant in the woods a few miles from

286^ THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. ' [^"^^g

Kingston ; also not rare in the woods of the Midland District of
Canada generally; Upper Rideau Lake; woods around Toronto,
Rev. Dr. Barclay; Stanfold, Abbe Provancher; L'Orignal,
J. Bell ; London, W. Saunders ; Sulphur Spring, Hamilton, Judge
Logic, Prescott, common, B. Billings, jun; Nicoletand St. Valentine,
C. E., and Chippawa, C. W., P. W. Maclagan, M.D.; Btlleville
very common in rocky woods, as in Hop Garden, J . Macoun ;
Bamsay, Rev. J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ; hills and woods, portage to
Bark Lake, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Gilraour's Farm, Chelsea, D.
M'Gillivray, M.D, ; Osnabruck and Prescott Junction, Rev. E. M.
Epstein. This species is exclusively American.

[j8. incisum, pinnse strongly serrate or incised into lobes. Aspi-
dium }Schweinitzii, Beck. This form, which I have from Schooley's
Mountains, &c. (A. 0. Brodie), will no doubt be found in Canada.]

Cystopteris.

C./ragiUs, Bernhardi — Fronds delicate, green, lanceolate in out-
line, glabrous, bipinnate ; pinnae and pinnules ovate-lanceolate or
oblong ; the latter obtuse, incisely toothed, thin and veiny ; sori
large; stipe dark purple at the base. Cystopteris fragilis, Bern-
hardi, Hook., Bab., Moore, Newra., A. Gray. Polypodium fragile^
Linn. Cystopteris orientalis, Desyaux. Folypod. viriduluon, DesY.
Athyrium fragile, Sadler. Cyathea/ragilis, Sm. Ccynapifolia and
C. anthriscifolia, Roth. Cysteafragilis, Sm. Cydopteris, S. F.
Gray. — Rocky woods and cliffs about Kingston, in various places
but not abundant; Farmersville ; Mountain side, Hamilton, on
moist rocks. Judge Logic; rocks by the bay-shore,L'Anse au Cousin
and Dartmouth River, Gaspe, John Bell, B.A. ; Mirwin's woods,
Prescott, common, B. Billings, jun. ; Montreal and Jones's Falls, P.
W. Maclagan, M.D. ; rocky bank of the Moira, rather rare, J.
Macoun ; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. M'Morine , M.A. ; camp at base of
Silver Mount, on rocks, also River Rouge, abundant; De Salaberry,
west line, and at Black Lead Falls, W. S. M. D'Urban; St. Jo-
achim, Abbe Provancher ; Grenville, C. E. John Bell, B. A.;
London, W. Saunders. In Dr Hooker's valuable Table of Arctic
Distribution this plant is indicated as a Canadian species that
does not enter the United States, which, I presume, arises from a
misprint, as the species is not uncommon in the Northern States,
and extends south to the mountains of Carolina. The delicate
C. tenuis is the form known in the south, but in Canada we have
the stout typical European forin of C fragilis.

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 287

13. angustata. — Pinnules incised, with longish and spreading teeth.
Cyst. frag. var. cynapifolia, J. Lowe. — Gasp^, John Bell, B.A.
Specimens referable to this form were likewise gathered at Lake
of Three Mountains by Mr. D'Urban. Mr. Bell's specimens
agree perfectly with English specimens from Dr. John Lowe
(t7./. cynapifolia). Italian specimens from Profess-or Caruel of
Pisa, labelled " Cyst./ragiUs," belong to this variety. Mr. Bell
has a fertile frond from Gasp^ with very broad veiny pinnae,
deeply incised, but not pinnate.

C. hulhifera, Bernhardi. — Frond thin, green, lanceolate or linear-
lanceolate, bipinnate, bulbiferous towards the apex on the under
surface ; pinnae oblong-lanceolate, narrowed at the tips ; pinnules
oblong-obtuse, incisely toothed; sori small, not very numerous; in-
dusium short. Very variable in the size and form of the frond. G.
hulhifera, Bernhardi, A.Gr., J. Sm. ; Aspidium hulbi/erum, Swartz,
iSchk., Pursb. Aspidium atomainimi, Muhl. — Moist, swampy
woods about Kingston, as Collins's Bay, Kingston Mills, &c. ;
abundant on Judge Malloch's farm, a mile west from Brockville •
Petit Portage, &c., Gasp^, John Bell, B.A. ; Wolfe Island, A. T.
Drummond, B.A. ; Mirwin's woods, Prescott, common, B. Bil-
lings, jun. (short form); Beloeil Mountain, P.W. Maclagan, M.D. ;
rocky banks of the Moira, Belleville, and in cedar swamps and
wet woods, very common, J. Macoun ; Bamsay, Bev. J. K. M'Mo-
rine, M.A. ; Mountain side, Hamilton, common. Judge Logie;
Black Lead Falls, on limestone rock, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Foot
of Cape Tourmente, Abbe Provancher ; Grenville, C. E., J.
Bi 11 ; London, W. Saunders. There are two distinct forms or
varieties of this species.

a- horizontalis. — Frond triangular-lanceolate, broad at base, not
more than three or four times longer than broad ; pinnae horizon-
tal. Niagara Falls, within the spray, Collins's Bay, &c.

(3. fiagelliformis. — Frond linear, attenuated upwards, very
long and narrow, six or seven times longer than broad ; pinnae
less horizontal. Frankville, Montreal, Gaspe, &c.

Dennst^dtia.

D. punctilohulay Moore. — Frond broadly lanceolate, pale green,
thin, with a stout rachis, bipinnate ; the pinnules pinnatifid ; sori
minute, usually one on the anterior basal tooth of each lobe of
the pinnule, which is reflexed over the sorus ; the proper indusiiim
is pale, cup-shaped, opening at top. Bhizome slender, creeping

288 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [,^'^S

through the soil ; whole plant glandular-downy. Dennstoedtia
(Bernhardi, ISQO) ^^unctUohuIa, Moore, Index Filicum, p. xcvii.
Dicksonia pmictilohula, Hooker, A. Gray, J. Sm. D. pilodus-
cula, Willd., Hook. Fl. Bor, Amer. Nephrodiumpunctilohuhimy
Michx. Aspidium punctilohulum, Swartz. Patania, Presl.
Dicksonia j^uhescens, Schkr. Sitolohium pilosmscidiim, Desv., J.
Sm. Gen. Fil. — Pittsburg near Kingston, John Bell, B.A.; Biver
Rouge, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Montreal, P. W. Maclagan, M. D.;
Prescott, on Dr. Jessup's moist pasture-land, B. Billings, jun.;
New Brunswick, E. N. Kendal, in Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. ; Bam-
say, Bev. J. K. M'Morine. Mr. Eaton has mentioned tome that
the drying fronds have the odor of new hay.

WOODSIA.

W. llvensis, B. Br. — Frond lanceolate, usually four or five inches
long, bipinnate, or nearly so, pinnae approximate, pinnules oblong,
obtuse, stipe (red), rachis and whole lower surface of the frond
clothed with chaffy scales, which are rusty at maturity. Sori
usually confluent around the margins of the pinnules. First
observed in the Isle of Elba (Ilva), hence named, after Dale-
champ, Acrostichum I/vense by Linnaeus, whose Phoenix was
very wroth thereat; see English Flora, vol. iv, p. 323. Woodsia
Ilvensis, B. Br., Hook., Moore, J. Sm., Gray, &c. Nephrodium
lanosum, Michx. — Abundant on the ridge of Laurentian rocks at
Kingston Mills ; Rocks west from Brockville and at Chelsea, B.
Billings, jun. ; Mount Johnson and Beloeil Mountain, P. W.
Maclagan, M.D.; mountain gneiss rocks, opposite Bouge Biver,
W. S. M. D'Urban. I have likewise specimens from the Hudson
Bay territories (Governor M'Tavish), but without special locality.
On rocks, Canada, Pursh ; Canada to Hudson Bay, Hook. Fl.
B. A. ; foot of Cape Tourmente, Abbe Provancher. I think
our plant must be much larger and more scaly than the European
one. A tuft which I have from Catskill Mountains (A. 0. Bro-
die) has richly fruited fronds a foot long and two inches wide.
(I find that large American forms of this species have been mis-
taken for W. obtusa. The involucre, which is large and not split
into hairs in the latter species, serves readily to distinguish it.)
Much of the W. Iloensis in cultivation in Europe is probably the
American form.

/5- gracilis. — Frond more slender, more hairy and less scaly
than the type ; pinnae rather distant, deeply pinnatifid, or par-

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 289

tially pinnate. Dartmouth River, Gasp^, John Bell, B.A. In
technical characters, this form agrees better with TT^. aljjina
(Jiyperhorea) , but it has quite a different aspect.

W. aljnna, S. F. Gray. — Frond small (from one to two or three
inches long), broadly linear, pinnate, somewhat hairy without dis-
tinct scales ; pinnae ovate, somewhat triangular, obtuse, pinnatiSdly
divided into roundish lobes. Wo'jchia alpina, S. F. Gray, Brit.
PI., Moore. Woodsia liyperhorea, K. Br. in Linn. Trans., vol. xi ;
Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii, 660. — In the clefts of rocks, Canada,
Pursh ; Canada to the Saskatchewan, Hooker. Noticed in
Dr. Hooker's Table of Arctic Plants as a Canadian species that
does not extend into the American States.

W. glahella^^.^w — Frond a few (2-4) inches long, linear,
bright green and glabrous on both sides, simply pinnate; the pin-
nae short, rounded or rhombic, cut into rounded or wedged lobes.
Stipe with a few scales at the base only. Woodsia glabella, B.
Br., Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., tab. 237 ; Gray. Canada, Prof.
Wood in Class Book. Sir W. Hooker, in the Fl. Bor. Amer.,
gave Great Bear Lake as the only station then known for W. gla-
hclla. Mr. D. C. Heaton has kindly furnished me with speci-
mens from Willoughby Lake, Vermont (Goodale leg."*, and Pro-
fessor Gray notices its occurrence on rocks at Little Falls, New
York (Vasey), and " high northward."

(3, Belli. — Frond larger (6-7 inches long) ; pinnae more elong-
ated, pinnatifidly incised in rounded lobes (bright green, glabrous).
Gaspe, on the Dartmouth Biver, twenty miles from its mouth,
John Bell, B.A.

W. ohtusa, Torrey. — Frond nearly a foot long, linear-lanceolate-
glandulose, bipiunate ; pinnules slightly decurrent, oblong, obtuse,
crenate, or somewhat pinnatifid ; indusium large, enveloping the
sorus, torn into a few marginal lobes ; stipe with few scattered,
pale, chaffy scales. Woodsia ohtusa, Torrey, A. Gray, J. Sm.
Aspidiam ohtusum, Willd. Phi/sematium ohtusum, Hook, Fl.
Bor. Amer. Woodsia Perrineana, Hook, and Grev. Ic. Fl. Foil/-
podinm ohtusum, Swartz. — An impression prevails that this plant,
which is said to be common in the Northern States, especially
towards the west, grows also in Canada. 3Ir. D. C. Eaton, in the
kindest manner, cut oat of his own herbarium a specimen for me,
from near High Bridge, New York city, in an excellent state for
examination, which has enabled me to understand the species, and
to ascertain that we have as yet no satisfactory evidence of its

Vol. I. T No. 4.

290 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

occurrence in Canada. Large forms of W. Ilvensis have in some
cases passed for it. (I introduce this notice of the plant with a
view to promote further inquiry.)

OSMUNDA.

0. regalis /3. spectabilis, — Fronds erect, pale green, glabrous, bi-
pinnate ; pinnules oblong-lanceolate, oblique, shortly stalked, very
slightly dilated at the base, nearly entire ; fertile pinnules forming
a racemose panicle at the summit of the frond. Osmunda specta-
hilis, Willd., J. Smith. Farmersville; Hardwood Creek^ Hinch-
inbrook, and other places in rear of Kingston, usually in thickety
swamps, by corduroy roads, &c. ; Millgrove Mcirsh, Hamilton,
Judge Logie : Ramsay, Rev. J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ; woods near
the Hop Grarden, Belleville, not common, J. Macoun ; Prescott,
common, B. Billings, juu. ; around Metis Lake, &c. ; opposite Gros
Cap ; also Sou-soa-wa-ga-mi Creek and Schibwah River, R. Bell,
jun. ; near Montreal, Rev. E. M. Epstein and W. S. M. D'Urban ;
mountain, Bonne Bay, Newfoundland, on rocks 1000 feet above
the sea, James Richardson (a small form) ; Welland, J. A. Kemp,
M.D. ; Osnabruck and Prescott Junction, Rev. E. M. Epstein,
Nicolet, Wolfe Island and Navy Island, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ;
Lake St. Charles, Abb^ Provancher ; Caledonia Springs and
L'Orignal, J. Bell; Portland. Thos. R. Dupuis, M.D. ; Bedford;
London, W. Saunders. The fronds of our plant are a little more
drawn out than those erf the European one ; the pinnules are often
•distinctly stalked, and the overlapping auricles either altogether
absent or only slightly developed. This is 0. spectahilis, Willd. ;
0. regalis, 3. Linn. Sp. PI. Some botanists distinguish two Amer-
ican forms, one agreeing with the typical 0. regalis of Europe ; but
it is difficult to do so. The typical 0. regalis is a larger, more
robust, and more leafy plant, with more widely spreading or diver-
gent pinme, and more leafy auricled sessile pinnules, more or less
pinnatifid at the base ; in our Canadian plant they are quite en-
tire. The divisions of the fertile portion of the pinnae are also
more widely divergent in a regalis. The frond, moreover, is of a
darker color.

0. cinnamomea, Linn. — Sterile and fertile fronds distinct, the
former ample, broadly lanceolate, pinnate ; the pinnae rather deeply
pinnatifid ; lobes regular, entire ; fertile frond contracted, erect,
in the centre of the tuft of sterile fronds, and not at all foliaceous.
Sporangia ferruginous. Fertile frond decaying early in the sum-

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 291

mer. Osmunda cinnamomea, Linn., Gray, J. Sm. 0. Clayton-
iaiia, Conrad, not of Linn. — Fairfield farm and elsewhere about
Kingston^ not uncommon ; Millgrove Marsh, Hamilton, Judge
Logie; Sandwich and Montreal, P. W. Maclagan, M.D.; ojDposite
Gros Cap ; also Two-Heart River, Lake Superior, E. Bell, jun.,
C.E. ; Belleville, swamps and low grounds, common, J. Macoun;
Ramsay, Rev. J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ; St. Joy Woods, on the
river shore, near Gatineau Mills, D. M'Gillivray, M.D.; New-
foundland, Miss Brenton, in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ; Prescott, com-
mon, B. Billings, jun. ; Nicolet, Abbe Provancher; L'Orignal,
J. Bell ; near London, W. Saunders.

0. Ckujtonlana, Linn. — Frond narrowly lanceolate, pinnate ;
piuna3 lanceolate, about three pairs of pinnae near or below the
middle of the frond contracted and fertile ; sporangia brown, with
green spores. This species, when fresh, has a strong odor, re-
sembling that of rhubarb (Pie-plant) stalks. 0. Claytoniana^
Linn., Gray, J. Sm. 0. interrnjyta. Michaux. — Between Kino--
ston and Kingston Mills, in wet swampy places by the roadside J
Little Cataraqui Creek ; Waterloo ; banks of the Plumber, near
Toronto ; Princes Island, Hamilton, Judge Logie ; Ramsay, Rev.
J. K. McMorine, M.A. ; Ke-we-naw Pointy in wet soil, R. Bell
jun. ; Belleville, low rich grounds, not rare, J. Macoun; Prescott,
common, B. Billings, jun.; Round Lake, W. S. M. D'Urban ; Lake
Settlement, and on the river shore near Gatineau Mills, D. McGilli-
vray, M.D. ; Newfoundland, Miss Brenton, in Hook. Bor. Am. •
Osnabruck and Prescott Junction, Rev. Dr. Epstein ; on Judo-e
Malloch's fiirm and elsewhere about Brockville ; Dartmouth River
Gaspe, John Bell, B.A. ; St. Fereol, Abbe Provancher.
Abundant on uncleared land along the Bedford Road, where the
dried fronds are used by the farmers as winter-fodder for sheep.
Augmentation of Granville, C. E., J. Bell, B.A. ; near Konioka,
C. W., W. Saunders. This fern is common also in the Northern
States. I have a lax form, with long stipes and remarkably short
somewhat triangular pinnae, from Schooley's Mountain.

SCHIZ^A.

[>S^. pusilla, Pursh. — Newfoundland, De la Pylaie. I have no
further information respecting its occurrence in British America.
Professor A. Gray indicates its distribution in the United States
thus : — "Low grounds, pine-barrens of New Jersey, rare," which is
not at all favorable to its being found in Newfoundland or Canadal

292 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

Mr. Eaton has sent me beautiful specimens from sandy swamps
in Ocean County, New Jersey.]

Nat, Orel OPHIOGLOSSACE^.

BOTRYCHIUM.

B. Virginiciim, Swartz. — Barren brancli sessile, attached above
the middle of the main stem, thin, delicate, veiny, tripinnate, lobes
of the pinnules deeply incised ; fertile branch bi- or slightly tri-
pinnate. Very variable in size, usually a foot or more in height,
but sometimes only a few inches. Botrychiuni Virginicum, Swartz,
A. Gray, J. Sm. B. Virginianum^ Schk, Osmunda Virg'mica^
Linn. Sp. PI. Botrypus Virginicus, Michx. — Not uncommon in
the woods about Kingston and the surrounding country, as near
Odessa, in Hinchinbrook, &c. ; Delta ; Toronto ; Sulj)hur Spring,
Hamilton, Judge Logic ; Prescott, in woods, common, B. Billings
jun. ; Nicolet, Montreal, Wolfe Island and Chippawa, P. W. Mac-
lagan, M.D. ; Belleville, rich woods, very common, J. Macoun;
Bamsay, Bev. J. K. M'Morine, M.A. ; Biver Marsouin, St. Law-
rence Gulf, also opposite Grand Island, Lake Superior, B. Bell,
jun., C.E. ; Biviere Bouge, and De Salaberry, west line, W. S.
M. D'Urban; Montreal, Osnabruck, and Prescott Junction, Bev.
E. M. Epstein; Hill Portage above Oxford House, Governor
McTavish; Newfoundland, Miss Brenton, in Fl. Bor. Amer. ; Lake
Huron to Saskatchewan, Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ; Gaspe, John Bell,
B.A. ; Stanfold, Abbe Provancher; Grenville, C. E., J. Bell;
London, W. Saunders.

p. gracile. — Yery small (5 or 6 inches high), ferti'e branch
less divided. B. gracile, Pursh. Hill Portage, above Oxford
House, Governor McTavish.

y. simjjlex. — Barren branch oblong, pinnatifid, the lobes ovate,
incised, veiny. B. simjylex, Hitchcock. Grenville, C. E., John
Bell, B.A.

B. lunar ioides, Swartz. — Barren branch long-stalked, arising
from near the base of the main stem, thick and leathery, bipinnate,
the pinnules sliuhtly crenate ; fertile branch bipinnate. Boot of
long thick tuber-like fibres. Botrycliium limarioides, Swartz, Gray,
B./umar ioides, Willd., Provancher. Botrypus lunar ioides, Michx,
Gananoque Lake, May 1861 ; Plains near Castleton, and woods
near the Hop Garden, Belleville, rare, J. Macoun ; Three Bivers,
C.E., P. W. Maclagan, M.D., ; Waste places west from Prescott

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 293

Junction, rare, B. Billings, jr. ; St. Joachim, Abb^ Provancber;
L'Orignal, J. Bell: English's Woods, W. Saunders; in the
Northern States this species grows in dry rich woods, *' mostly
southward," according to Professor Gray's Manual.

B. ohliquum, Muhl., appears to be chiefly distinguished by its
larger size, more compound fertile frond, and the narrower oblique
divisions of the barren one. B. ohliquum (Muhl.), Pursh. Fl.
Amer. Sept., vol. ii, p. 656. Newfoundland, Dr. Morrison in
Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer; Wesleyan Cemetery, London, W. Saun-
ders.

B. Lunaria, — Swartz. — Barren branch sessile, arising from the
middle of the stem, thick and leathery, oblong, pinnate; pinnae
lunate or fan-shaped slightly incised on the rounded margin.
Botrychiiuii Lunaria, Swartz, Schk., Hook., Moore, J. Sm.
Osmunda Lunaria, Linn. — Nipigon, 1853, Governor McTavish ;
N.E.America, Dr. Hooker's tab. ; Newfoundland, Saskatchewan,
and Rocky Mountains to Behring's Bay in N. W. Am., T. Moore,
Hbk. Brit. Ferns.

Ophioglossum.

[0. vulgafum, L., which is widely distributed throughout
Europe and Northern Asia, and grows also in the Northern United
States, although there " not common," is to be looked for in
Canada. In one of its forms (0. reticulatum, Linn.), it extends
to the West Indies.]

Nat. Ord. LYCOPODIACE^.^

Plananthus.

p. Selago, Pallisot-Beauvois. — Stem dichotomously branched,
erect fast igiate; leaves in about 8 rows, more or less convergent or
spreading, lanceolate, acuminate, entire; sporangia in the axils of
the common leaves (not in spikes). Lycopodium Selago, Linn.,
E. B., Bigelow, Beck, Hook and Grev., Torrey Fl. N. Y. ii, p.
508, Gray. — Labrador, Hudson Bay to Kocky Mountains, Hcok.
Fl, B. A. ; shore of Lake Superior and northward, Professor A.
Gray, Man. Bot., N. S., p. 603. I have not seen Canadian speci-

* In this order the arrangement of A. M. F. J. Pallisot-Beauvois is
adopted, as it seems to afford the best basis for a re-adjustment of the
genera of Lycopodincece, which is much required. For P.-B.'s genus
Lepidotis, I have thouglit it better to substitute the name Lycopodium, an
old name that should not be discarded.

294 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

mens of this plant. The stations known show that it encircles
Canada, and some of them are probably within our limits. Prin.
cipal Dawson obtained the alpine variety on the White Mountains,
Herb. Bot. Soc. Canada, It is a rare plant in the United States.
There are two forms of this species (both of which are figured by
Dillenius) : a. sj/haficus, leaves convergent, almost appressed; /3.
aljnnus, leaves widely-spreading, stems shorter.

P. lucididus. Stem dichotomously divided into long erect
branches; leaves bright green, in about 8 rows, reflexed, linear-
lanceolate, acute, denticulate ; sporangia in the axils of the com-
mon leaves (not in spikes). Lj/coj^ocUum lucididum, MichauXj
Pursh, Bigelow, Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii, p. 508, Gray, Beck, DarHng-
ton. Hook, and Grev. Bot. Mis. L. reflexuw., Schk. Lycopodium
suherectum of Lowe, a Madeira plant. Selago Americana, foliis
denficidatis reflexis, Dill. Hist. Mus. t. Ivi. — Gananoque Lakes,
Collins's Bay, Newboro-on-the-Rideau, woods in rear of Kingston,
&c. ; Prescott, common, B. Billings, jun.; Nicolet, C. E., St.
Catherines and Grantham, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Belleville, in
swamps and cold woods, rather common, J. Macoun ; River Ris-
tigouche, St. Lawrence Gulf, R. Bell, jun., C.E. ; L'Orignal, J.
Bell, B.x\. ; London, W. Saunders ; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. McMorine,
M.A. This species is stated by Professor Torrey to be rather com-
mon in New York State. " Frequently bears bulbs instead of
capsules," Pursh.

\_P. alocuperoides, P. Beauv. — The habitat " Canada" is given
for Lycopodium alocuperoides, Linn., in the " Species Plantarum,"
ed. 3, vol. ii, p. 1565; but it is probably not a Canadian plant.]

P. inundatus, P. Beauv. Stems prostrate, adherent to the soil,
the fertile ones erect ? leaves secund, yellowish-green, lance-awl-
shaped, acute ; sporangia in distinct, terminal, leafy, sessile, solitary
spikes. Lycopodium inundatum, Linn., E. B., Michaux, Pursh,
Beck, Tuckerman, Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii, p. 508, Gray. Planantlius
inundatus, Beauv. L. alocuperoides, Linn., in part ? — In cedar
swamps and overflowed woods, Canada, Pursh. Professor Torrey
notices its occurrence in the north-western part of the State of
New York. Professor Gray observes, that the leaves are narrower
in the American than in the European plant, and suggests that it
may be a distinct species. I have not yet seen Canadian specimens.

Lycopodium.

L. clavatum, Linn. — Stems robust, and very long, prostrate,
rooting, forked, with short ascending branches; leaves pale, in-

1864.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN PERNS. 295

curved, linear-awl-sliaped, tipped with a white hair point ; sporangia
in scaly catkins, which are usually in pairs on common peduncles.
Lycopodium davatum, Linn., E. B., Michaux, Pursh, Bigelow,
Beck. Darlington, Spring, Hook., Torrey, Gray. L, frisfachi/um,
Pursh ? L. integri folium, Hook. L. aristatum, Humboldt. —
Occasionally found in the woods in rear of Kingston, but not com-
mon ; Newfoundland, Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. ; between Thessalon
and Missisagui Rivers. Lake Huron, R. Bell,jun.; Prescott, com-
mon, B. Billings, jun.; Three Rivers, Temiscouata, and Wolfe
Island, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Seymour, in pine woods, rare,
J. Macoun; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. McMorine, M.A. ; River Ris-
tigouche, St. Lawrence Gulf, R. Bell, jun. ; London, W. Saunders,
L'Orignal and L'Anse au Cousin, Gaspe, J. Bell ; Belmont.
The spores, chiefly of this species, constitute the pulvis Ii/cojjodii,
which is used by apothecaries, and was at one time employed for
making artificial lightning in the theatres.

L. annotinum, Michaux. — Stems very long, prostrate, creeping,
forked, with ascending branches ; leaves bright green, spreading
or slightly deflexed, in about five rows, linear-lanceolate, mucronate,
serrulate ; sporangia in scaly catkins, which are sessile, solitary,
oblong-cylindrical, thick. Lycopodium annotimim, Michaux, E. B.,
Pursh, Beck, Tuckerman, Torrey, FL New York State, ii, p. 509.
— Pine forests in Hinchinbrook ; rocky woods in Pittsburgh, on
the north bank of the St. Lawrence, near Kingston ; Gananoque
Lakes ; L'Anse au Cousin, Gaspe, John Bell, B.A. ; Prescott,
common, B. Billings, jun. ; Riviere du Loup, Nicolet, Montreal,
and Kingston, P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Belleville, in cool woods
common, J. Macoun; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. McMorine, M./V. •
Priceville, C. I. Cameron, B.A. ; Newfoundland, Hook, Fl. Bor.
Amer. ; St. Augustin and Cape Tourmente, Abb(3 Provancher.
Frequent in New York State, according to Professor Torrey. Of
this species there are two forms, only one of which, the normal
one, or type, I have as yet observed in Canada. The var. fS cdpes-
tre, Hartm. Scan. FL, having broader, shorter, paler, less spreading
leaves, I have from the Dovrefield (T. Anderson, M.D.), Lochna-
gar, Scotland (A. Croall), and entrance to Glen Fee, Clova, where
I found it growing with the typical form.

L. dendwideum, Michx. — Stems upright, bare below^ bushy
above (giving the plant a tree-like aspect), arising from a long
creeping rhizome, leaves more or less appressed ; sporangia, in scaly
catkins, which are sessile, cylindrical. Lycoj)odLiim dendroideurriy

296 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

Miclix., Pursh, Bigelow, Hook., Beck, Darlington. L. ohscurum^
Linn., Bigelow, Oakes. — White-cedar woods near Bath, abundant,
and throughout the woods generally in rear of Kingston ; Gana-
noque River; Priceville, C. I. Cameron, B. A.; Prescott, common,
B. Billings, jun. ; Nicolet, Mount Johnson, and Montreal, P. W.
Maclagan, M.D. ; Seymour and Cramahe, in cool moist woods,
J. Macoun ; River Ristigouche, Gulf of St. Lawrence, R. Bell,
jun. ; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. McMorine, M.A. ; New Brunswick,
Hook, F.B.A. ; Osnabruck and Prescott Junction, Rev. E. M.
Epstein ; London, W. Saunders ; Harrington, L'Orignal, and
Gaspe, John Bell, B.A. ; St. Joachim, Abbe Provancher.

L. comjylanatum, Linn. — Stems rhizome-like with ascending
branches, which are dichotomously divided, flattened ; leaves short,
in four rows, those of two rows imbricated, appressed, of the other
two somewhat spreading ; sporangia in scaly cylindrical catkins,
in twos, threes, or fours, on a common peduncle. Ljjcojjodium
comj)la7iafum, Linn., Gray, Blytt. L. chamcecyparissias, Braun.
L. sabinafoUum, Willd. — Not uncommon in the woods about
Kingston, and in rear ; Newboro-on-the Rideau ; Gananoque
River ; River Ristigouche, St. Lawrence Gulf, and St. Joseph's
Island opposite Campment d'Ours, Lake Huron, R. Bell, jun.;
Ramsay, Rev. J. K. McMorine, M.A. ; pine grove near Blue
Church Cemetery and woodlands west from Brockville, not com-
mon, B. Billings, jun. ; Three Rivers and Temiscouata, C.E.,
P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; sandy woods around Castleton, sterile
hills, Brighton and Murray ; J. Macoun ; L'Orignal and L'Anse
au Cousin, Gaspe, J. Bell, B.A., Trois Pistoles, Abbe Pro-
vancher; London, W. Saunders. To this species is referred
L. sahincefoUum, Willd., L. cliamcBcyparissias^ A. Braun ;
with branches more erect and fascicled. Prof. Asa Gray remarks : —
" The typical form of L. comjjlanatum, with spreading, fan-like
branches, is abundant southward (in N. States), while northward
it passes gradually into the var. sabinoefolium.^^ I have only one
rather imperfect specimen of the European L. cJiamceci/parissiaSj
collected at Bonn on the Rhine, by my friend Professor G. S.
Blackie, which does not differ in the branching from ordinary
Canadian forms of L. comj)Ianatum. It appears to be quite a
common species in the States, for I have it from a great many places.

Selaginella.

S. spinidosa, A. Braun. — Small, prostrate, leaves lanceolate,
acute, spreading, spinosely toothed ; fertile branch stouter, ascend-

1864.] LATVSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 297

ing spike sessile. Selaginella spimilosa, A. Braun, BIytt, Norges
Fl. ; Lycopodiiim selaginoides, Linn. Pursli Fl. Am. Sept, ed. ii,
p. G54. Selaginella spinosa, Beauv. Selaginella selaginoides, A.
Gray, Man. Bot. N. States, p. 605. — Gaspe, John Bell, B.A. ;
Canada, Michaux ; Lake Superior and northward, pretty rare,
Professor Asa Gray in Man. Bot. N. States ; Canada, Pursh, who
observes, " the American plant is smaller than the European."

Stachygynandrum.

S. rupestre, P. Beauv. — Much branched, leaves slightly spread-
ing when moist, appressed when dry, carinate, hair-tipped ; com-
pact and moss-like, growing on bare rocks. Selaginella rup)estriSy
Spring, A. Gray, Eaton. Lycopodium rup)estre, Linn., Pursh Fl.
Am. Sept., ed. ii, p. 654. — On the perpendicular faces of Lauren-
tian rocks, along the north bank of theSt. Lawrence, in Pittsburgh,
and on the Thousand Islands at Brockville, &c. ; Lono; Point on
the Gananoque River ; near Farmersville. C. W., T. F. Chamber-
lain, M.D.; rocks in pine groves two miles west from Prescott,
near the river, and on rocks west from Brockville, not common,
B. Billings, jun.; Bamsay, Rev. J. K. McMorine, M.A. ; Beloeil
and Mount Johnson, C. E., P. W. Maclagan, M.D.

DiPLOSTACHYUM.

D. apodum, P. Beauv. — Stems creeping, branched ; leaves pale
vivid green, of two kinds, — the larger spreading horizontally,
ovate-oblique, the smaller appressed, acuminate, stipule-like. Forms
compact tufts. Lycopodium apodum, Linn., Pursh. Fl. Am.
Sept., ed. 2. ii, p. 654. Selaginella ajnts, Gray, Eaton. — Abun-
dant on low wet ground east of Front street, Belleville, below the
hill, where it was pointed out to me by Mr. J. Macoun, July 1863.
In September 1863, I found it sparingly but fertile, on grassy flats
by the river side at Odessa. Near London, . .. Saunders; Detroit
River, C. W., P. W. Maclagan, M.D. Apparently not common
in the United States. I have it from Schooley's Mountain. This
is a very small, compactly-growing moss-like species, well adapted
for cultivation under a glass shade. It was a great ftivorite with
the late Dr. Patrick Neill, in whose stove-house, at Canonmills,
Edinburgh, I first saw it many years ago.

JVat. Ord. MARSILEACE^.

AZOLLA.

A. CaroUniana, Willd. — Pinnatcly branched with cellular,
imbricated leaves ; plant reddish, circular in outline, ^1 inch in

298 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

diameter; leaves ovate obtuse, rounded and roughened on the

back (Eaton). Resembles a floating moss or Jungermannia

(Torrey). Grray, Man. Bot., t. 14. Floating on the waters of

Lake Ontario, Pursh Fl. Am. Sept., ed. 2, ii, p. 672. In the

adjoining states. Professor Asa G-ray notices it as occurring in

pools and lakes, New York to Illinois and southward, and observes

that it is probably the same as A. magellanica of all South

America.

Salvinia.

\_S'dvinia natans, = Marsllea nutans, Linn. Sp. pi. '' Floating
like Lemna on the surface of stagnant waters, in several of the
small lakes in the western parts of New York and Canada." —
Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept. ed. 2, ii, p. 672. Professor Asa Gray states,
that it has not been found by any one except Pursh, and he there-
fore omits it from his Manual of Botany of the Northern States.]

ISOETES.

/. lacusfris, L.— Beloeil, C. E., P. W. Maclagan, M.D. ; Sas-
katchewan, Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. This plant is spoken of by
Pursh as growing in the Oswego River, near the Falls ; and Pro-
fessor Gray and others allude to it as not rare in the New England
States. It should be carefully looked for in the numerous lakes
and creeks of Upper Canada. It grows in muddy bottoms, form-
ins green meadows under water. Much interest is attached to
the genus Isoetes, since Professor Babington has shown tha
instead of one there are many species, or at least distinct races or
forms, in Britain. In the United States four are known : —
/. laciisfris, Linn.; /. riparia, Engelm.; /. Engelmani, Braun ;
and I.flaccida, Shuttlew., the last a southern form. Professor
Babington is certain of the existence of at least eight European
species : — /. laciistris, L. ; /. echinospora, Dur. ; /. tenuissimaj
Bor. ; I. adspersa, A. Br. ; /. setacea, Del. ; /. velata, Bory. ;
/. Hystrix, Dur. ; and /. Duricei, Bory. As yet we know of
only one Canadian species, which is here rendered, rather uncer-
tainly, /. lacustris. The American species are described in
Gray's Manual, the British ones in the new Journal of Botany,

London.

JVat. Ord. EQUISETACEiE.

Equisetum.

The Equiseta having been described in a previous paper, it
will be sufficient to give here a mere list of the species, with some
additional notes obtained since the former paper was written.

186-1.] LAWSON ON CANADIAN FERNS. 299

E. si/lvaticum, Linn. Newfoundland and New Brunswick,
Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer.

U. sylvatlcum, i^. cajnllare. Much branched ; branches very
long straight, and exceedingly slender (capillary). Farmersville.

E. umbrosum, Willd. Belmate.

E. arvene, Linn. West from London, W. Saunders. The
rhizome bears large spherical pill-like modules, which are how-
ever more conspicuous in var. y3- granulatum.

E. arvense, /3. granulatum.

E. Telmatcja, Ehrhart. Shores of Lake Ontorio, Beck.

E. Umosiun, Forics. — The great value of this species and of
E. arvense as fodder-plants, is confirmed. On the western prairies
horses are said to get " rolling fat " on equisetum in ten days;
and experienced travellers tell me, that their horses always go
faster next day after resting at nia;ht on equisetum pasture. The
horses do not take to it at first ; but after having a bit of equise-
tum put occasionally into their mouths, they soon acquire a
liking for it, and prefer it to all other herbage. Near Komoka,
W. Saunders.

E. Jii/emale, Linn. Lake Huron, Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ; St.
Joachim, Abbe Provancher ; London, W. S.

E. rohustum, Braun. Stems much thicker than in E. liyemale^
the ridues with one line of tubercles; sheaths shorter than broad,
with a black band at base, and a less distinct one at the margin ;
teeth about forty, three-keeled. E. rohustum, Braun. A. Gray.
Grenadier Pond, on the Humber River near Toronto, 3d June
1862. It is difficult to decide whether this and other forms are
redly distinct from E. liyemale ; certainly that species varies in
size, in roughness, and in other characters. In E. rohustum the
teeth are twice as many as in E. hyemale, but even this is perhaps
not a constant character.

E. variegatum, Weber and Mohr. ; St. Joachim, Abbe Pro-
vancher.

E. scirpoides, Michaux.

E. scirpoides, ^. minor.

E. j^alustre, Linn. — " Canada, from Lake Huron, Dr. Todd,
Mr. Cleghorn, Mrs. Perceval, to the shores of the xlrctic Sea, Dr.
Richardson, Drummond, Sir John Franklin, Captain Back." —
Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. — Professor A. Gray speaks of " the Euro-
pean E. palustre," attributed to this country (the N. American
States) by Pursh, probably incorrectly." Dr. Hooker indicates its

300 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

existence, without doubt, in Arctic West America and Arctic East
America. The name of the plant has occasionally appeared in
Canadian lists, but I have as yet seen no Canadian specimen.
It remains for Canadian or Hudson Bay botanists to trace its south-
ern limit on the American Continent. In Europe and Asia it has
no tendency to Arctic limitation. — From the Edinburgh New
PhUosoj)hical Journal.

OBSERVATIONS ON SUPPOSED GLACIAL DBIFT IN
THE LABRADOR PENINSULA, &c.

By Heniiy Youle Hind, M.A., F.R.G.S.
[The most important part of this paper is that which relates to
the Labrador Peninsula, which we copy entire : — Eds.]

During an exploration of a part of the interior of the Labrador
Peninsula in 1861, I had an opportunity of observing the extraor-
dinary number, magnitude, and distribution of the erratics in the
valley of the Moisie River and some of its tributaries, as far north
as the south edge of the table-land of the Labrador Peninsula (lat.
50° 50' N., longo 6G° W.), and about 110 miles due north of
the Grulf of St. Lawrence. Boulders of lar^'e dimensions, ten to
twenty feet in diameter, began to be numerous at the Mountain
Portage, 1460 feet above the sea, and sixty miles in an air-line
from the mouth of the Moisie River. They were perched upon
the summits of peaks estimated to be 1500 feet above the point of
view, or nearly 3000 feet above the sea-level, and were observed
to occupy the edges of cliffs, to be scattered over the slopes of
mountain-ranges, and to be massed in great numbers in the
intervening valleys.

At the " Burnt Portage," on the north-east brcUich of the Moisie,
nearly 100 miles in an air-line from the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
and 1850 feet above the ocean, the low gneissoid hills for many
miles around were seen to be strewed with erratics wherever a lodg-
ment for them could be found. The valleys (one to two miles
broad) were not only floored with them, but they lay there in tiers,
three or more deep. Close to the banks of the rivers and lakes
near the " Burnt Portage," where the mosses and lichens have
been destroyed by fire, very coarse sand conceals the rocks beneath ;
but on ascending an eminence away from the immediate banks of
the river, the true character of the country becomes apparent. At
the base of the gneissoid hills which limit the valley of the east

1864.] H. Y. HIND OX GLACIAL DRIFT. 301

branch (about tbree miles broad) at this point, they are observed
to lie two or three deep, and, although of large dimensions, that is
from five to twenty feet in diameter, they are nearly all ice or
water-worn, with rounded edges, and generally polished or smoothed.
These accumulations of erratics frequently form tongues, or spots,
at the termination of small projecting promontori^ s in the hill-
randies. I have several times counted three tiers of these travelled
rocks where the mosses, which once covered them with a uniform
mantle of green, had been burnt ; and occasionally, before reach-
ing the sandy area which is sometimes found on the banks of the
river. I have been in danger of slipping through the crevices
between the boulders, which were concealed by mosses, a foot and
more deep, both before and after passing through the " Burnt
Country," which has a length of about thirty miles where I
crossed it. I extract the following note from my journal of the
appearance of these travelled rocks in the " Burnt Country " : —
" Hu2;e blocks of 2;neiss and labradorite lie in the channel of
the river, or on the gneissoid domes which here and there pierce
the sandy tract through which the river flows. On the summit of
the mountains, and along the crest of the hill-ranges, about a mile
off on either side, they seem as if they had been dropped like hail.
It is not difficult to see tli^it many of these rock-fragments are of
local origin ; but others have evidently travelled far, on account of
their smooth outline. From a gneissoid dome, I see that they are
piled to a considerable height between hills 300 and 400 feet high;
and from the comparatively sharp edges of many around me, the
parent rock cannot be far distant."

On all sides of Cariboo Lake, 110 miles in an air- line from the
Gulf, and 1870 feet above it, a conflagration had swept away trees,
grasses, and mosses, with the exception of a point of forest which
came down to the water's edo-e and formed the western limit of the
living woods. The long lines of enormous unworn boulders, or
fragments of rocks, skirting the east branch of the Moisie at this
point, were no doubt lateral glacial moraines. The coarse sand in
the broad valley of the river was blown into low dunes, and the
surrounding hills were covered with millions of erratics. No gla-
cial striae were observed here, but the gneissoid hills were rounded
and smoothed at their summit ; and the flanks were frequently
seen to present a rough surface, as if they had been recently ex-
posed by land-slides, which were frequently observed, and the
cause which produced them, namely, frozen waterfalls.

302 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

No clay or gravel was seen after passing the mouth of Cold-
water River, forty miles from the Gulf, and 320 feet above it. The
soil, where trees grew, was always shallow as far as observed ; and
although a very luxuriant vegetation existed in secluded valleys,
yet it appeared to depend upon the presence of labradorite-rock or
a very coarse gneissoid rock, in which flesh-colored feldspar was
the prevailing ingredient.

Observers in other parts of the Labrador Peninsula have re-
corded the vast profusion in which erratics are distributed over its
suiface. There is one observer, however, well known in another
branch of science, who has left a most interesting record of his
journey in the Mistassinni country, between the St. Lawrence at
the mouth of the Saguenay, and Rupert's River, in Hudson's Bay.
Andre Michaux, the distinguished botanist, traversed the country
between the St. Lawrence and Hudson's Bay in 1792. He passed
through Lake Mistassinni ; and in his manuscript notes, which
were first printed in 1861, for private circulation, at Quebec, a
brief description of the journey is given. ".The whole Mistassinni
country," says Michaux, " is cut up by thousands of lakes, and
covered with enormous rocks, piled one on the top of the other,
which are often carpeted with large lichens of a black color, and
which increase the sombre aspect of these desert and almost unin-
habitable regions. It is in the spaces between the rocks that one
finds a few pines (^Pinus rapestris)^ which attain an altitude of
three feet; and even at this small height showed signs of
decay."

The remarkable absence of erratics in the Moisie, until an alti-
tude of about 1000 feet above the sea is attained, may be ex-
plained by the supposition that they may have been carried away
by icebergs and coast-ice during a period of submergence, to the
extent of about 1000 feet. I am not aware that any traces of
marine shells or marine drift have been recognized, north of the
Labrador Peninsula, at a greater elevation than 1000 or 1100
feet. In the valley of the St. Lawrence, marine drift has not been
observed higher than 600 feet above the sea. Glacial stride were
seen on the " gneiss-terraces " at the "Level Portage," 700 to
1000 feet above the sea. The sloping sides of these terraces are
polished and furrowed by glacial action. Grooves half an inch
deep, and an inch or more broad, go down slope and over level
continuously. It is on the edge of the highest terrace here that
the first large boulders were observed.

1864.] H. Y. HIND ON GLACIAL DRIFT. 303

The entire absence of clay, and the extraordinary profusion of
both worn and rugged masses of rock piled one above the other in
the valley of the east branch of the Moisie, as we approach the
table-land, lead me to attribute their origin to local glacial action,
as well as the excavation of a large part of the great valley in
which the river flows. Its tributary, the Cold-water Eiver, flows
in the strike of the rocks through a gorge 2000 feet deep, excavated
in the comparatively soft labradorite of the Labrador series.^

The descriptions which have recently been published")" of differ-
ent parts of the Labrador Peninsula not visited by me, favor the
supposition that the origin of the surface-features of the areas
described may be due to glacial action, similar to that observed
in the valley of the Moisie River.

The remainder of the paper treats of the " Forced x\rrangement
of Blocks of Limestone in Boulder Clay," " The Driftless Area in
Wisconsin," " Beaches and Terrace^," '^ Anchor-ice and Excava-
tion of Lake-basins," " Parallelism of Escarpments in America."
Many interesting facts are adduced in these subjects ; and the author
takes strong ground in advocacy of the action of glaciers rather than
of icebergs in the production of glacial stria). He claims this
view as suggested by him in 1859. His view in reference to
the excavation of lake-basins is stated in the following terms. It
suggests some new views ; though probably all geologists will not
accept the cause assigned, as the most important of those which
have acted in producing this effect :

It has been frequently stated that a difficulty arises as to the
modus operandi by which a moving glacier can excavate lake-
basins. May not the manner in which stratified rocks, at least, over
which a glacier may be moving, can be involved in its mass in the
form of slabs or mud, constituting dirt-beds, be partially explained
by the phenomena attending the formation of anchor- ice ? It is

* See Sir William Logan's " Geology of Canada" (1863), on the
• Division of the Laurentian Rocks into " two formations " :

1st. The Labrador series.
2nd. The Laurentian.
The Labrador series, I have been recently informed by Sir "William
Logan, has been ascertained by him to rest unconformably upon the
older Laurentian, and will be distinguished by a separate color on his
new Map of Canada. See also Mr. Sterry Hunt on Chemistry of Meta-
morphic Rocks.

t See my " Explorations in the Interior of the Labrador Peninsula."
Longmans, 1863.

304 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [-^^g«

no uncommon occurrence for the anchors of the nets of a " seal-
fishery " on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence to be
frozen to the bottom at the depth of from thirty to sixty feet ;
and when anchors are then raised, they bring with them frozen
masses of sand. But it i> in rapid rivers that the formation of
anchor-ice is most remarkable, and most effective in excavating
these beds. It forms on the beds of rivers above the head of a
rapid, and frequently bursts up with a load of frozen mud or
shinde, or slabs of rocks, which it has torn from the bottom. This
phenomenon is witnessed every winter in the valley of the St.
Lawrence ; but it is best observed after a prolonged term of cold,
when the thermometer indicates a temperature considerably below
zero. Anchor-ice has only been observed, as far as my knowledge
of the subject goes, in rapid currents in open water; and the sud-
den and apparently inexplicable rise of the St. Lawrence during
extreme cold is most probably due to this cause.^ It is not diffi-
cult to see how the rivers issuing from beneath the precipitous
walls of glaciers, as described by Dr. Eink, may rapidly excavate
deep channels by means of anchor-ice, to be widened by the sub-
sequent operations of the glacier itself. Nor is it improbable that
by this means a glacier in very cold climates may increase from the
bottom upwards with a load of frozen mud and fragments of rock,
particularly near its base, when that does not meet the open sea.
The great lakes of North America, including Lake Winnipeg, are
excavated on the edges of the fossiliferous rock-basins ; and these
lakes may represent the boundary of a glacial mass similar to that
which now covers Greenland. — From the Journal af the Geological
Society.

DESCRIPTION OF TWO AMERICAN SPONGES.

By Dr. J. S. Bowerbank, F.R.S., &c.

1. Tethea hispida^ Bowerbank.

Sponge sessile. Surface strongly and thickly hispid. Oscul^
and pores inconspicuous ? Dermis abundantly spiculous ; spicula
disposed at right angles to the surfice, uniformly crowded
together ; super-fusiformi, sub-ovo-spinulatc, very minute ; form-
ing a secondary series of defensive spicula. Primary series of
defensive spicula super-fusiformi-acuate or sub-ovo-spinulate, very
large and long. Skeleton spicula super-fusiformi-acuate and sub-

* See "Notes on Anchor-Ice," by T. C. Keefer, C.E., Canadian Jour-
nal, new series, vol. vii, p. 173, (1862).

18G4.] DR. BOWERBANK ON AMERICAN SPONGES. 305

ovo-spinuliite, large and long. Tension spicula super-fusiformi
sub-ovo-spinulate, small, irregularly dispersed, numerous.
Color. Dried, light gray.
Habitat. Portland, Maine, N. America.

Dr. Dawson, McGill College, Montreal :
Examined in the dried state.

I received a small slice of this sponge from Prof. Dawson. From
the curve of the surface the specimen appears to have been about
an inch and a half in diameter. In its present state the hispida-
tioft of the surface is very strongly produced, and probably
much exaggerated by drying ; the spicula are comparatively very
large and long, more so than those of the skeleton fasciculi. The
secondary series of defensive spicula are of the same form as those
of the interstitial membranes, but not more than half their
average size. The whole of the spicula are exceedingly fusiform,
the middle of the shaft being frequently twice the diameter of the
base of the spiculum. The ovo-spiculate character prevails more
or less in all the spicula, but is more distinctly produced in those
of the interstitial membranes, and the secondary dermal defensive
ones. I could not detect any gemmules in the piece of sponge
sent to me.

2. Spongilla Dawsoni, Bowerbank.

Sponge sessile?, branching; surface smooth. Oscula and pores
inconspicuous. Dermal and interstitial membranes abundantly
spiculous ; spicula fusiformi-acerate, entirely spined ; spines numer-
ous, short, and conical. Skeleton-spicula acerate or subfusiform-
acerate. Ovaria spherical; dermal spicula numerous, disposed in
flat fasciculi, or groups of spicula parallel to each other ; groups
irregularly dispersed ; spicula acerate or subcylindrical, entirely
spined; spines numerous, obtuse, and ill- defined. Sarcode aspi-
culous.

Color, in the dried state, emerald-green.

Hah. lliver St. Lawrence, Montreal, Canada (J\Ir. Fowler^ and
Rev. A. Kemp) ; a lake near Brockville (^Rev, A, Kemp).

Examined in the dried state.

About two years ago I received a small fragment of this species
from Dr. Dawson, who stated that it was found in the River St.
Lawrence, at Montreal ; but, as the fragment was destitute of
gemmules and very small, there were not sufficient characters to
warrant a specific description of it. In October 1859 I received

Vol. I. U No. 4.

306 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

from the same gentleman a further supply of fragments of this
species, containing ovaria, and giving a better idea of its form than
those first sent to me. The largest of the pieces sent was 1-| inch
in length and 2J- lines in diameter, evidently a portion of a longer
"branch. At the proximal end there is a short branch, 3 lines in
length and one line in diameter ; and the distal end divides into
two small branches of similar dimensions to the first, thus satis-
factorily indicating the branching habit of the species. In several
parts of this piece there are ovaries imbedded in the sponge, and
there were many others in the fragments of the same species that
accompanied it. The general external characters appear very like
those of the European species S. lacustris ; and from this simi-
larity, I have very little doubt of its surface in the living state
having been smooth and even, as in that species. In the Euro-
pean species the branches spring from a broad spreading base,
about half an inch in thickness ; and I think it highly probable
that the American species will be found to possess the same
habit. I could not detect oscula on any of the fragments in my
possession.

The dermal and interstitial membranes abound with tension-
spicula, and especially the dermal one, in which they seem to
attain their fullest degree of development. Their normal form is
fusiformi-acerate ; but, from the abundant production of the
spines at their terminations, they frequently appear to be cylin-
drical rather than acerate. They are dispersed on these tissues
rather unevenly, abounding in some spots, while they are com-
paratively scarce in others.

The spicula of the skeleton are of about the same proportions
as those of the European species. They are usually of the regular
acerate form, but occasionally become subfusiform.

The spicula and their mode of arrangement in the dermis of
the ovarium cannot be readily seen without the aid of treatment
with hot nitric acid, in which they should be immersed for a few
seconds, and the acid should then be immediately diluted with
water, after which they should be dried on the glass, on which they
are to be mounted in Canada balsam. The spicula in the dermis
of adult ovaries are very abundant. They are similar in form
and proportions to those of the dermal membrane ; but, generally
speaking, they are more fully produced, and the greater portion
of them are subcylindrical from the profusion of spines at their
apices. Their form and mode of arrangement in the ovary render

1864.] DR. BOWERBANK ON AMERICAN SPONGES. 307

them exceedingly valuable as specific characters. In some of the
young and incompletely developed ovaries I could not detect a
single specimen of these spicula. The only difference I could
find between these spicula and those of the dermal membrane
was, that the spines on those of the latter were more sharply
and fully produced, while on those of the ovary they were fre-
quently ill-defined and often only in an incipient state, but very
abundant.

In the preparation of the spicula for examination, I found a
few birotulate ones having the rotulee very deeply divided. These
spicula were no part of the sponge in course of description, but
were undoubtedly from the gemmules of another species inhabit-
ing the St. Lawrence.

(Note by the Editors.) The above descriptions ma}^ be
taken as a first instalment of descriptions of Canadian and other
Aiiierican Sponges, now in the hands of Dr. Bowerbank. The
first was forwarded to us in MS. by the author. The second
is taken from a late paper in the Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London.

The first of the above species was dredged by Dr. Dawson at
Portland. The original specimen, part of which was sent to Dr.
Bowerbank, is of an oval form, an inch and a half in its longest
diameter, and about a quarter of an inch thick in the centre. It is
attached partly to a stone, and partly to the side of a large speci-
men 0^ Balaniis porcatus.

The second species was collected by Mr. Fowler and Rev.
Mr. Kemp, and the specimens were presented by these gentlemen
to the Museum of McGill University, whence the portions exam-
ined by Dr. Bowerbank were sent with a number of others by
Dr. Dawson.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Hail-Storm inPontiac. — Extract of a Letter from Wm.King,
Esq., of Bristol. — Two days ago a very destructive hail storm
occurred in this and the neighboring townships. Some singular
circumstances connected with it may be noteworthy. On Mon-
day, the 11th, about two p.m., the storm came, accompanied by
thunder and lightning. Its course was from west to east, and about
two miles wide. Almost all the glass in the westerly windows of the
farm-houses within its range was broken ; the crops of wheat, in

308 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Aug.

corn, oats, potatoes, &c., greatly injured, and in some instances
■wholly destroyed. The pieces of ice were from half an inch to over
two inches diameter, round, angular, and square ; some of them had
small spicule round their edges. A farmer told me that on his
land the hail covered the ground from three to four inches deep,
hard and closely packed ; but the most extraordinary thing is, that
a respectable farmer of undoubted veracity says he picked up a
piece of hail or ice, in the centre of which was a small green frog
dead. Deeming such a thing rather rare in meteorology, I com-
municate it to you. I may remark that the heaviest hail-storms
occur here in the month of July. — Bristol, Julij 13, 1864.

NATUEAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
Report of the Scientific Curator.

In this account of the work done since the last annual meeting,
I propose to adopt a natural history order. A large case, divided
into five compartments, has been erected (at a cost of $120) for
the reception of the Society's collection of mammals. A few
species, viz., the moose, the white whale of the St. Lawrence
{deJphinapterus) and two seals, are too bulky to be admitted into
this case without much disturbing the general classification : these
have accordingly been omitted. With these exception?*, the rest
of the collection has been arranged as far as practicable in accord-
ance with Prof Baird's elaborate monograph on North American
mammals. Large printed labels have been attached to each
species, the nomenclature adopted being that of the author just
quoted. Several new specimens have been put up ; and the col-
lection now contains eighty-nine specimens, illustrating forty-nine
North American species.

The miscellaneous mammalia have been grouped in one com-
partment by themselves, and have been named according to the
most recent authors. It would be very desirable if a small sum
of money could be voted annually for the purchase of specimens
of such of the wild animals of Canada as are wanting to complete
our local collection. I propose in the annual report of this year
to publish a list of all the Canadian species of mammals, birds,
reptiles, and fishes contained in the museum, so that our friends
may see what species we want. The collection of birds has been
re-grouped, and a number of additional cases full of specimens

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 309

have been prepared. The series of names printed bv the Society
some years ago is out of date, and it is proposed to substitute for
them the labels issued by the Smithsonian Institute. The present
arrangement of the species in small cases, and these not of uniform
size, causes a great waste of room. "Were each specimen mounted
on a proper separate stand, as is usually done in large museums,
the collection might be arrang< d in a much more accurate scientific
order. We have now about 210 species of Canadian birds, but
several species are wanting to complete our local series. A collec-
tion of the esffs of our local birds has been made ; the series has
been named and arranged in a glass case, with a covering of green
baize, to prevent the injurious effects of light on the specimens.
We have no w the eggs of some fifty Canadian species carefully
identified ; and friends at Quebec have kindly promised to add
largely to this branch of our collection during the summer. The
reptiles have been arranged and named as far as our cases would
admit, with the exception of several exotic snakes. Three cases
of Canadian fi shes have also been prepared by Mr. Hunter, con-
taining some thirty-one species: these I have named and labelled.
Two cases of miscellaneous fishes have also been prepared, and
have been named so far as the limited access to proper books of
reference in Canada will admit. Our collection of Canadian fishes
is still very imperfect, particularly as regards the marine fishes of
the gulf, which are almost unrepresented in the museum.

In the invertebrate section of the animal kingdom progress has
been made as far as our material would admit. We have now
25 cases of shells, all carefully arranged and named. Of species
purely Canadian we have nearly 200. Five cases are devoted to the
illustration of the land and fresh water shells of the United States,
and to the marine shells of the east and west coasts of the same
country. The general series occupies thirteen large cases. This
portion of our collection has been considerably more than doubled
during the past fourteen months. The crustaceans, barnacles, sea-
urchins, corals, and sponges have been named as far as possible,
and arranged in one large case at the end of the gallery. Large
donations of insects have been made to the Society, by Mr. Saun-
ders and Mr. J. Ferrier ; and a cabinet to hold all our specimens
has been made at a cost of some $37. I am waiting for the arrival
of some proper cork from England for the lining of the drawers,
to work at this important branch of our collection.

I would call special attention to the large series of rocks and

310 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [^Ug.

minerals belonging to the Society, many of wliicli are still un-
packed. Four table-cases, to hold our fossils and minerals,
■would cost us from 100 to 120 dollars, and this is an improve-
ment which I think should be our first object when the state of
our funds will permit. I think it is no exaggeration to say that
we have some 3000 or 4000 specimens of rocks, minerals, and
fossils that we have no means of exhibiting. The only proper
case we have contains some 1800 specimens. Of these I have
carefully classified and labelled a little over 1200. Our collection
of fossils I have partially arranged and named, and have placed
them temporarily in the drawers under the mineral cabinet. In
acknowledgment of the liberality of the Geol. Survey, the council
of the N. H. S. have authorized me to pack up and distribute
five series of the duplicate shells, sea-urchins, &X3., belonging to the
Survey, to the following Societies : Laval University, and the
Museum of the Literary and Historical Society, Quebec ; McGill
College, Montreal ; Queen's College, Kingston ; and University
College, Toronto. I have accordingly selected, named, and for-
warded these sets to the afore-mentioned institutions ; and among
the results proceeding from this, may be mentioned a valuable
donation of books from the Literary and Historical Society of
Quebec, and the acquisition of several interesting additions to the
Museum from McGill College in this city, and from the Laval Uni-
versity of Quebec. Since the date of my first connection with the
Society, some 2000 specimens have been added to the Museum,
and it is hoped that satisfactory progress has been made during
the past year in the work of arrangement and classification. Dr.
Smallwood having adverted to the course of lectures I had the
pleasure of giving during the past winter, further allusion to them
is unnecessary.

As Recording Secretary to the Society, it has been my duty to
issue notice of council meetings, and to prepare and direct
circulars calling the usual monthly meetings, to keep the minutes
of all ordinary and special meetings, to prepare proper accounts
of our monthly proceedings for the press, and for the Naturalist,
to return thanks for donations, to issue diplomas and notices
.of election, and to transact many little items of general business
for the Society. Finally, as an ex-officio member of the editing
committee of the Naturalist, I have endeavored to do what I could
for the Journal, whether directly or indirectly.

J. F. Whiteaves, F.G.S., &c.,
Rec. Secretary and Scientific Curator, N. H. S.

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, 311

Mr. Jas. Ferrier, jun., then presented his Report as Treasurer
of the Society, which will be found on the other side.

It was moved by the Right Rev. the Lord Bishoj), seconded by
Stanley C. Bagg, and unanimously resolved: " That the reports
just read be adopted, and printed for distribution among the
members."

A vote of thanks to the officers of the past year was moved by
Dr. David, seconded by L. A. H. Latour.

The following gentlemen were elected as office-bearers during
the coming year, as follows :

OFFICERS FOR 1864-65.

President. — Principal Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., &c.

Vice-Presidents. — Rev. A. De Sola, LL.D. ; Sir W. E. Logan,
LL.D., F.R.S., &c.; E. Billings, F.G.S. ; Dr. T. Sterry Hunt,
M.A., F.R,S., &c. ; W. H. A. Davies ; The Right Rev. the Lord
Bishop; C. Smallwood, M.D., LL.D.; Rev. A. F. Kemp, M.A. ;
John Leeming.

Treasurer. — Jas. Ferrier, jun.

Cor. Secretary. — Prof. P. J. Darey, M.A.

Rec. Secretary and Scientific Curator. — J. F. "Whiteaves,
F.G.S., &c.

Librarian. — Stanley C. Bagg.

Council. — A. Rimmer, G. Barnston, E. Murphy, Dr. King-
ston, L. A. H. Latour, D. A. P. Watt, . C. Robb, J. H. Joseph,
and Dr. David.

Library Committee. — Messrs. J. C. Becket, Prof. Cornish
Dr. Fenwick, Dr. David, and Dr. Mackay.

Editing Committee of the " Canadian Naturalist.''^ — D. A.
Poe Watt, Acting Editor; Dr. Dawson; Dr. Hunt; E. Bil-
lings; Rev. A. F. Kemp, M.A. ; Prof Robins, B.A. ; Dr. Small-
wood ; and the Corresponding and Recording Secretaries.

312

THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

[Aug.

o

•-*

rorq
org

H<. o

o 2.

CO

O

o _

O

O
>=3

o (-3

P

:3

GQ

I—

P

D
O

o

O

o

vN o
o o

O O

o o

o o

to

o
o

m
o

Kj
CO

o
o

I— (
»^

>
^

-5

00

o

o

p

o

p

<— »■

O

P

3
n>

P
3
a-

^ o

o p ^
» p I— I *

~ CO •

o

3

O c

^ 5

' p C O ^ C >-!

CO S

1—1 Ct>

Ci

• o

B

p

o
&

p
a

o'

c
p
&

o
o
•-s

o

p
o
o

p ::.

:: ro £3 "

►y i-i ^ '^

Qj ?T

•^1 ^

«^

CO

O

P

o

o
O

c

o

o

CO

P

5'

o

p'
p a

CD
CQ

p

p
&

o

o

p

f= 5-
p - .

O 3

a aq

o

^ M

CO

o

3

•-J

_o

o

p

CO

fO
CO

a

p

o
•-s

CO

CO

" p"

Q

w

/'~\ p

p (t>

<!
O

o
to

n

t>
►a
)— I

CI

f
o

o
to

00

00

Vr

|_i|— 1(— •!— ■!— 't-'l-itObCOJ

ji..4i.CTtp>.citocof(^cu:;»<r>ootooi

OOT-q-OH-i— 'I— 'rf^COt— 'I— 'tnOOCTlO

00Ot-'00C5OC5U»Oi— 'OCntOOOO
OOOOitOOOd-^COKf^Ol— '►fi.OOO

OO

o

OQ

OKI
-:}

t?3
CO

c
o

l-S

to

to

»— »

o
to

00
QO

!:>
6

p

3

a.

p
o

tr*-

p'
CD

•s
fD

p

CO

p
o

►-5

p

P o

p '^

en ^ 5

^ ^-

l-S O 3

"""^^

P-,"! P

p V! 3
CO a>

• '-' CO

•tj

>^

ft)

O
O

B

o

^

o

o

a.

•^

Oi

tB

o^

o

P

P

*i

1— •

a>

^

i-S

- ^ ■?
pi—*

CO •

p'

l-S

fD

o

CD

CD
Oi

Q

o
<1

CD
•-S

p

CO g

CD

P

l-S

p
p

c-t-

IS

H

a
>

o

CO 00 -q-

t— • oi to oa C5 ^ oi

Ol CO O CO o ►^ o

(^ H-i Ci O -q- 2 <=>

CO O O O Ol '-' o

CQ

o

O

Q

I— I

O

O

SI

>

r2
o

1-3

a

El
CQ

►^

?^

■— t
a

>

GQ

S3

?3

1864]

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

313

List of Donations to the Museum.

N.B.— The dates refer to the meetings of the Society at which the specimens
were presented.

Donors' Names.

G. Barnston, Esq.

John Leeming, Esq.

J. F. TVhiteaves, Esq....
Jas. Thompson, Esq....

H.Taylor, Esq

Mrs. H. Bailey

Jas. Ferrier, jun., Esq...
Mr. W. Hunter

Prof. P. J. Darej.

Jas. Ferrier, jun., Esq...

W. Saunders, Esq., Lon-
don, C. W

r Donations.

July 1st, 1863.

Stuffed specimen of the smaller, or " pulling-
down" otter. (Lutra destructor, Barnston.)

Eggs of tliirteen species of birds from New
Brunswick.

Egg-capsule of Pyrula. (j1 marine univalve
shell.)

12 species of marine shells from Jamaica.

9 species of foreign shells.

The mud or heavier fish. Amia ocellicauda,
Richardson; {Amia calva^ Linnaeus?) from
Sorel.

Red snake.

Specimen of the granulated (?) salamander.

(Salamandra granulata? Holbrook).

Abnormal growth of spruce from the White
Mountains, with specimens of quartzite in
which it was imbedded.

Dendroica coronata? Gray, male. (Yellow-
crowned wood-warbler .)

Troglodytes hyemalis, Viellot, male. (Win-
ter-wren.)

Certhia Americana, Bonaparte. (American
creeper.)

Chrysomitris pinus, Bonaparte. (Pine-finch.)

Cyanospiza cyanea, Baird. (Indigo-bird.)

Tree-Frog. (Hyla versicolor, Leconte.)

September 28th, 1863.

3 cases of miscellaneous insects.
1 chameleon. (Chamceleo vulgaris?)
Large block of crystals of calc-spar.
Collection of Canadian insects (in five cases),
which took the first prize at the Provincial
Exhibition of 1863, and of which the follow-
ing is an estimate :
Lepidoptera, (Butterflies and Moths ^) 78 species.
Coleoptera, (Beetles,) 294

Hymenoptera, (Bees, wasps, ^-c.,) 15
Diptera, (Flies,) 3

Neuroptera, (Dragon-flies, SfC.,) 6

Hemiptera, 4

Orthoptera, (Crickets, locusts, 4"C.,) 5
(In all nearly 400 species of Canadian in-

314

THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

[Aug.

Donors' Names.

Dr. Wolff, Quebec

Mr. J. F. Wolff, Quebec.

Dr. Douglas, Quebec. . . .
Mr. Jos. Hartley, (Park

Farm, near Brantford,

Cj W ^

R. J. Fowler, Esq.

John Leeming, Esq

Jas. Sherar, Esq

Jno. Swanston, Esq

G. Barnston, Esq

Principal Dawson

J. F. Whiteaves, Esq

W. L. Doutnej, Esq. . . .

Captain Jno. McMurtchie
Mr. W. Hunter

Donations.

David Moss, Esq

Mrs. Edwin Atwater. . . .

September 28th, 1863. (Continued.)

sects, beautifully prepared and carefully

named.)
5 species of corals.
Egg of eider duck (Somateria mollissima, Leach,)

from Hare Island.
Sea-urchin. (Palceasierina — ?)from the Eocene

limestone at the base of the great pyramid

at Ghizeh.

5 species of Devonian fossils, from Canada
West.

4 Echinocyamuspusillus, (ji small echinoderm,)
and 4 Trochus Magus, (ji marine shell,)
both from Britain.

1 specimen of the violet salamander. (Sala-
mandra subviolacea, Barton.)

Sponge. (Halichondra?) from Portland, Me.

Specimen of the violet salamander. (Sala-
mandra subviolacea,) and do. of another
species of Salamandra.

Two species of fossils {Turrite.lla carinata?
and an Ostrcea), from the Potomac.

Dress worn byone of the Loucheau or " Squint-
eyed" Indians, from the McKenzie River.

The red throated diver. (Colymhus Septentri-
onalis, Linnaeus.)

2 Species of marine shells. (Myadora ovata^
Reeve, N. S. Wales ; and Donax anatinuSj
Britain.)

4 eggs of the chipping-sparrow. (Spizella
socialifi, Bonaparte.)

6 species of fresh-water shells from the
Southern States.

Specimen of the chipmunk. (Tamias striatuSj
Linn^us.)

3 scorpions from the West Indies.

The red bat. (Vespertilio Noveboracensis,

Linn.)
The swamp sparrow. (Melospiza palustris^

Baird )
The Philadelphian flycatcher. ( Fi'reo P/uZarfeZ-

phicus, Cassin.)
Facsimile of London Times of October 3rd,

1798, containing despatches announcing tho

victory of the Nile.
A home-made wedding-apron, spun, woven,

and embroidered by Mrs. Almy, about the

year 1650.
Capelin (Mallotus villosus), in a drift nodule

from the Ottawa district.

1864.]

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

315

Donors' Names.

Principal Dawson.

Donations.

G. Barnston, Esq.
Mr. W. Hunter. . .

John Gilmour, Esq., Que-
bec

Jas. Ferrier, jun., Esq.. .

Jas. Ferrier, jun., Esq. . .

October 26th, 1863.

The banded pipe-fish, (Syn^nathus fasciatus,
DeKay) from Nova Scotia, also an exotic
species of Synf^nathus.

Two corallines from Florida. (Lepiogors^ia
virgata, and Ziphigorgia anceps, both of Ed-
wards and Plaime.)

Star fish, (Ophiura Egertoni,) from the Lias of
Lyme Regis, England.

8 specimens of native copper, from the Lake
Superior district.

1 example of iron pyrites, in conglomerate
from Massachusetts.

Meadow mouse. {Arvicola riparia, Ord.)
Head of the common or woodland caribou,
(Rangifer Caribou, Audubon and Bachman.)

2 sea-gulls, in immature plumage, species un-
determined.

November 30th, 1863,

I specimen of the hooded merganser. (Lopho-
dytes cucullatus, Reich.)
Rev. 0. Brunet, Laval 2 species of exotic starfishes.

University, Quebec.
J. F.Whiteaves, Esq .

Mr. W. Hunter.

Principal Dawson.

C. Robb, Esq., C. E

A. Rimmer, Esq

Captain Noble

Jno. Brown, Esq., Hamil-
ton, C. W

M. Cochrane, Esq

W. Learmont, Esq

Rev. M. De Villeneuve. .
Rev. M. Billion

8 " of foreign shells.

2 species of foreign shells.

21 fossils (named), from the Trenton lime-
stone, near Quebec.

Specimen of the chipmunk or striped ground-
squirrel. (Tui/iias striatus, Linnteus.)

7 " cone in cone" concretions from the coal
fields of Glace Bay, Cape Breton.

December 28th, 1863.

Star-nosed mole. (Condylura cristata, Linnaeus.)
The mole shrew. (Blarina talpoides, Gray.)
Snowy owl. (Nycteanivea, Gray.)
The double crested cormorant. {Graculus dilo-

phus, Gray.)
Specimen of the spotted Menobranchus, {Meno-

branchus lateralis, Say) in spirits.
Cairngorm stone, cut and polished.

Jan. 25th, 1864.

8 species of Chinese marine shells.

I example of Andonta implicata, Say. (^A
rather scarce Lower Canadian fresh-water
bivalve shell.)

316

THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

[Aug.

Donors' Names.

Andrew Allan, Esq. . .
H. G. Vennor, Esq.. ..

Prof. Miles, Lennoxville.

Principal Dawson.
Mr. W. Hunter. . . .

Jas. Ferrier, jun., Esq.. .

Donations.

Jan. 25th, 1864. (Continued.)

Star-Fisb, (Jstrophyton —?) from the Gulf of

St. Lawrence.
Two specimens of the "drinker" moth, (Gon-

optera libatrix,) from a cave at the Cote St.

Michel, near Montreal.

February 29th, 1864.

2 Specimens of gutta perchain its crude state,
of qualities No. 1 and 2.

Fibres from the bark of the Spanish aloe,
(^gave,) as extracted by machinery.

Another example of aloe fibre.

Specimeu of Cingalese aloe fibre, with piece of
cord made from the same and reddened by
vegetable juices.

2 examples of raw mohair, as it comes from
the animal, — of two intermediate qualities.

Another sample of mohair.

Specimeu of pure mohair " top," combed in
preparation for manufacture.

Example of yarn spun from pure mohair
" top."

2 specimens of down of the silk cotton tree.
(Eriodendron anfractuosum.)

Prepared Sarracenia purpurea, {The pitcher-
plant^) the Indian remedy for small-pox,
as used by the Micmacs ; from Nova Scotia.

Samples of Mr. Harbeu's proposed substitute
for cotton, the fibrous alva.

Specimen of a Javan vegetable fibre proposed
as a substitute for cotton,but as prepared for
manufacture by Messrs. Marshall & Dalmer
of London, (England,) found to answer bet-
ter in admixture with silk.

10 specimens of fossil plants (named), from
the coal measures of Nova Scotia.

Small brown weasel. (^Putorius cigognanii^
Bonaparte.

Hairy woodpecker, variety. (^Picus villosus,
Linn?eus.)

Bohemian chatterer.. (jimpelis garrulus,
Linnaeus.)

March 28 th, 1364.

1 stuffed specimen of the goshawk, female,
{Astur atricapilluSj Bonaparte.)

1864.]

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

317

Donors' Names.

Mr. W. Hunter.

Mrs. H. Parkinson,

Donations.

A. Ramsay, Fsq

Jas. Ferrier, jun., Esq..
Mr. W. Hunter

April 25th, 1864.
Fine example of the woodchuck or ground-

hog, {Arctomys

monuXj Gmelin,) from

Mrs. McCulloch...

E. E. Shelton, Esq,
Jas. Claxton, Esq.

Brockville, C. VV
The downy woodpecker. (Picus picbescens,

Linnaeus.)
A small collection of marine shells, bryozoa,

aunelida, and sea-weeds, from Little Metis

Bay, Gaspe.

May 30th, 1864.

The snow-goose. {Anser hyperboreus, Pallas,)
shot at Nun's Island.

The turnstone. (Strepsilas interpr?s, Hliger.)

Curious Japanese mirror and case.

The yellow-bellied woodpecker. (Centurus
fiaviventrU^ Swainson.)

The golden-winged woodpecker. (Colaptes
auratus, Swainson.)

Two robins, male and female. ( Turdus migra-
torius, Linnaeus.)

The blue yellow-backed warbler. (JParula
Americana^ Bonaparte.)

138 skins of Canadian birds.
5 " Foreign "

20 mammals, (mostly however duplicate speci-
mens).

4 Indian pipes, from an excavation in Hospital
street, Montreal.

8 specimens of minerals, viz., quartz, and
quartz with pyrites, calc-spar and sul-
phate of barytes ; — from Devon and Corn-
wall, England.

J. F. Whiteaves, F. G. S., &c.,
Scientific Curator & Rec. Secretary N. H. S.

318 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. fAuo-

L— -o '

The Canadian Naturalist.

The Canadian Naturalist is sent to the following Institutions
and Societies :

CANADA, ETC.

University College, Toronto.

Trinity College, Toronto.

Canadian Institute, Toronto.

Knox's College, Toronto.

Victoria College, Cobourg.

Queen's College, Kingston.

McGill College, Montreal.

Bishop's College, Lennoxville.

Laval University Quebec.

Literary and Historical Society,, ,,. Quebec.

Natural History Society, St. John, N. B.

UNITED STATES.

Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass.

Amherst College, Amherst, Mass.

Yale College, New Haven, Conn.

Natural History Society, Boston, Mass.

State Library, Albany, New York.

Albany Institute, ...Albany, New York.

Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

Lyceum of Natural History, .New York.

Astor Library, New York.

Academy of Natural Sciences,.. .........Philadelphia.

Franklin Institute, Philadelphia.

Smithsonian Institute, , Washington.

Academy of Science, St. Louis, Missouri.

University of Nashville, Tennessee.

Natural History Society Portland, Maine.

GREAT BRITAIN.

Geological Society, London.

Linnsean Society, London.

Royal Society, London.

Boyal Geographical Society, London.

British Museum Library, London.

University College, London.

1864.] THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. 319

Society of Arts, London.

Geological Survey of Great Britain, London.

Natural History Society, Dawson St.... Dublin.

Koyal Dublin Society, Dublin.

Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

Natural History Society, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Bodleian Library, Oxford.

University Library, Cambridge.

University Library, Edinburgh, Scotland.

University Library, Glasgow, Scotland.

University Library, St. Andrew's, Scotland.

College Library, Maynooth, Ireland.

Queen's College, Cork, Ireland.

Queen's College, Belfast, Ireland.

CONTINENT OF EUROPE.

Societe Geologique de France, Paris, France,

Acad^mie des Sciences, Paris, France.

Academic des Sciences, . = Boloi^na, do.

Academia Car. Leop., Jena, Saxe Weimar.

Imper. Geological Institute, Vienna, Austria.

Deutsches Geolog. GesellschafiFt, Berlin, Prussia.

Societe Hollandaise des Sciences, Haarlem, Holland.

Konigl. Sachs. Gesellschaft der Wissen-

schaften^ Leipzig, Saxony.

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes, Moscow, Russia.

Konigl. Bayerischen Akademie der Wis-

senschaften, Munich, Bavaria.

Stockholm Biksbiblioleket, Stockholm, Sweden.

Upsala University, Upsala, Sweden.

Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, Sweden,

Christiania University, Christiania, Norway.

Koyal Library, Copenhagen, Denmark.

St. Petersburg, Biblioiheque Imperiale,St. Petersburg, Russia.

Dorpat University, Dorpat, Russia.

Kasan University, Kasan, Kussia.

Helsingfors University, HelsiUgfors, Russia.

Amsterdam Stadsch Bibiiotheck, Amsterdam, Holland.

Ley den Batavian Academy, Ley den, Holland.

Groningen University, Groningen, Holland.

320 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

Bonn University, Bonn, Prussia.

Breslau University, Breslau, Prussia.

Freiberg Royal Acad,, Freiberg, Saxony.

And to the following Periodicals : —

CANADA.

Canada Medical Journal, Montreal.

Journal of the Board of Arts, Toronto.

UNITED STATES.

Silliman's Journal, New Haven.

GREAT BRITAIN.

Zoologist, 1 Paternoster Row.

Intellectual Observer, 5 Paternoster Row.

Technologist, 23 Paternoster Row.

Geological Magazine, 39 Paternoster Row.

Popular Science Review, 192 Piccadilly.

Seeman's Journal of Botany, ,.192 Piccadilly.

Journal of Science, 11 New Burlington St.

Natural History Review, 14 Henrietta Street, Co-
vent Garden.
Phytologist 28 Upper Manor St.

CONTINENT OF EUROPE.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris, France.

Allgemeine Deutsches Naturh. Zeitung,I)resden, Saxony.
Archiv. fur Naturgeschichte by Weig-

man, Berlin, Prussia.

Leopoldoia, Jena, Saxe Weimar.

Leonhard und Brohn Jahrbuch, Stutgardt, Wurtemburg.

Published, »Montrea], September 15, 1864.

-Si

«>
V

^

N

00

f— 1

e

«>

5Q

«)

^

•*»

'^

•> ..^

m t

;z; -S

O S

o

1-1 ^

H «

<1 5

^ t;

w

Q

m -g

1^

W 'S

>J

o s

^

<u

.

►J ej

Q

ICA
W.of

•
CO

S

00

I— (

Q

O
O

>

1^ s

1

1^

o -^

iJ

o ^

«1

rO

H '=-'
^ ■«

O

02

EH S

H

w To

I-)

Pi

>.— 1 ^

S «5

<1

•^

a

fe fei

o

o -^

>H

CO

n

EH a

»o

o ^

< ^

« -2

"p*

H "S

m ^

o
o

.O
ei

03
O

COC5

o

o

O

$. ^S§^>.'=^o 00-a

«i CO

« 2

•5.2

a. 3

s
o

v

CO

o

O

o

P4

CO
O

a a

a

o

a

<MS^rta^'S^i5 = a5 a.3 . >; >• f,

2oiii:2c£ rt a'' -g-S -t^^ « -o -

o

a

o

tJO

a

O

3-ti ^

•^ ^ c3
.2 tCT3

p— I — M

=0 k 3J 3

• -* '^ f^
r-i a o a

<D

O

a

CO

o

a a ^ ^ S

cs cj s a '^

t-H
P— I

a'

a^

^5

o

o
o

?4

•SmOl ni 8U0Z0

<cococoocoooocococc>cooeooococo".r>co^coco:OwCcocr><x>o

•saipnt ni
Mous JO ludba

■CCt-I

• coco

: c?^

• ad

a, • &i

C! . CS

CO

O

•<»

•saqotn
^I«}«ajoq;deci

a o

&C5

ao

zr •©

: &,
: a

■ r-(

• d

'sqiOT til spnoi3
JO ^uojxd UBeiv[

ocoo:ocooococDcocococoocriococococDcoeooix>ocooo-*oo
oodddooddddeocococorHcocot-^ooi-i'dcoco-^oocooocoooo

•seiiin ui
sjnoq ^3 nt %vi3va
-aAorajB^ii ozu o H

rHQ000C0C0OC^C5i-H;DTtii0OO-*Ci'+'-i'*OC3OOOgC3O'-;Ow'iO

t~ioc;>oocoO'#--omcoc<J-*oot^c:Ot^cic^iC5cocO'-;

CO 1—1 'f :0 CC' O' O O ■* C5 C5 lO O O t~ Tji C~1 l^ I- ■-= CC O CO CO

<— 1 1— I e^i r-< gi T-H I— ( 1— ie<ie-ii— ( t— i corH i— ii— it^

>Ci d '•f t^ ^ -+I >o
O L-O oi to -*i c: CO

,-1 rH T-H -H C>] (M Csl

■pniAi JO
uoipojip iTjaeueo

5 5 s- s > > >

^ > OQ ^ OD QD QD

^^^t.^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^"^"^

? r- r-^ t-

a 00

;z;a3'^^|z;^|zi;zi^?5

•aaaqd
-soni^Y aq; jo
ijipjumjj UBon

•J0dB^\^

JO uoisuax nBei\[

^t— b-COOOC30t--33COCiCOOC5'-HClcCT-H(Mi-HC500iOOC;COCO':OCOCi
COCOCOC^ll^COClCO-H^COOCCOOICOt— COC30CCO;OC5-*tDC10T-HC;wC;0
000000 00000000 COOD0OC5COCOCO0OCOCOCO00O0CC GOOD 0CCCC5C;CCCCCKCi

IC i-H 00 T-H iM 1:0 00 CO iffl 1-H -O '-O Ci O lO "-0 CM~ 01 CO C^l O t~ CI to ?■! I~ CO CO CO -^

cococoiOi-HOoci-ioi~-*c>i — — 0'*i-*c;(M'-hO'-hoic^1t-h,— i-^cococ:;eo

I-Hl-HrH(MC<IC-)l-Hr-Hl-Hi-HlM05C-lT-Hl— ll-Hl-Hl-Hi-HT-Hl-Hl-HrH(M!M0101C^]C<ll-H01

■

is

-c a

5

C5'*uOO'l-#lOOCOCOt-C:>t~COl~OO^l-HOOt-'#C5i-HCOCOt-lOOOOCOCOl-H

uoao-*<or~':oco^c:iOCicc-x:oc-*cot^'*<^cm.oC5C-icoiococot~coioci
c<i!MOi^cococococ<icococoeoMiMoi?ioocoT-Hi-Hi-Hc<icococO'*cocococo

r"

S

Od05l-H:OC50rH01'<*ll-HCl-*0 0'lrHT-HC:iC<1'*i-HC5tO"*-*-*'#Cl'#C5 0

C0!»0Di-H-:*<-HCC|OC0 01i-HrHi-Hl.0OtD-*lt^l-HC'lCll0C0a0O00C0-*<i-HC5^H
rHi-H <MC0K)C0 0'1i-HC<IC0C0C0i-Hi-Hi-Hi-Hiqi-Hi-H i-HC<IC'lCOMC'1C<lCO

OrHOt~T-HC<lCiCOO-#COC<IC<lNOia50COT-H-*00'tiC<ICOC5COOi-Ht— •>4<'^

oi -Tji -# CO d d ■•*< 1-^ d oi 00 oi q6 -^ t-^ •* iffl oi d CO 0 ^ ITS ci C5 CI t^ CO -+I t~ d
cococoo-*-'*coco-*'*-*i-rti-*i-<*icococo-*cicioococoo -*■*'* 10 0 CO-*

Heading of the Barom-
eter, corrected, aud
reduced to 32° F.

a

si

0

tC OD t~ ^ 0 0 CO 1-H Cl 1.0 01 00 CO t— CO CO CO CO 1-H CO ••tl 0 C5 0 CO 0 UO lO C5 1-H C5 0
0 CO I- 0 T-H 00 C5 0 CO X: 35 CO 01 r-H CO l~ T-H CO CO CO I- CO 00 lO »0 01 Tt* C5 00 T-H CO C3
^ 00 I- 0 lO '^ 'J- >0 CO 00 I- CO ^ I- I- l~ CO CO CO CO CO C3 T-H C5 I- 00 CO C5 0 C3 CO CO

2d 'od ' " '^'^ <=^^
^01 cool cool CO 01

?OC3OC0t-Hi— li-HCOC0 010DC5CC;^00 01C:C5t^C50t— i-HCii-H01OC5C2
0 t~ T-H Ol CO O -* T-H Ol I- 01 CO I- 0 0 CO rH i-O i.-S CO I - CO Ol -* 0 rt< CO CO ij uO CO '^l
^ l~ CO C5 •* '^ 0 ^ 0 I- I- 01 T-H I- I- l~ CO CO CO 0 lO CO i-H 00 CO I- I- 0: 0 CO CO 0

2o' ' <=><^ o'd
^oi coci cooi

1g

-H

y'coooiT-Hooo-H— 10 01 oi^ CO -*<-*<-*« ».oooicoO'-<oioocot--coT7;o

"^-*o-i<iooc:cooicococoooioccrHi-oic:oi-*c:oiooo-t'~*'r:2S

— OC50iCOr^<-Ol-C500T»(COt-OOl---OCOTM-l-0 010COCDC:OT-HCr:COCO

= S 'SS 8 g^ B ?i

•q;uojv[ ;o i

(bq

rHC. CONOCO t^=OOOrH^CO;*OCOt^COOOrH^^^JOg^5«0.g^3

i§

00

I— I

So

o **

(—1 s>

l> -IP

00

CO "^

^t

- o

o

I— t

o

1-^

o S^

P5

o

■H -^

•fij bo

o ::h

CO
C_| O

O '^

K ^

m »

< %

t,
<;u

CO

O

1^

1^

Q

Q
O

o
Hi

<1
%

XJl
DO

Pi
<J
W
o

x

e
<»
^

■^

o

1^

o

-a

CO

a

o

CO

O

^C5

o . ■*

o O , o

« J
•" a

Oi-(
O O

3

o

o

en
O

s
o

CO

O

'i 2

a

o

, cc j3 ja S 5P -a

o

o

t4

o

A
H

a

.So

*^ &

■ ■ o

a C3 'hi. "*

o o . -^

CO CO CO r" S ii

\-t^<Mog a^

a o J' S ^-o
,s„s Spa

'^ T^ -"^^ S a 'C •

5r-a o

o

C5

a

O

A

bfl

o — -a ci

^- .a -*^ rrt

^ +i Oi ^
coi—l 73

■> o 2'^

C3

o P

2CO

Oi-I

> Hh ^ r>

-g;5 o ^ rt rt

cs • j3 is a s

O

»ri !h Sh

o o o

Mttpq

rt cS c3

(« ;-! ;->

r^ a o O O

.a .a "-I '^ ^
c3 cs a a a

> > >

> > >

O o o

a a a

I I I

r^ 1^ 1^

^ ^* ^H

Cw ^ CJ

o

a

o o

a a
cocc

13

o'^

o

a

.<1

a
a
.a

a^^a a_a*_a\d

rt 'S cS c3 ci cS cj

'Sq;OT i^I 8iiozo

oocDccocoocooeoocDcoeocDooccioeoiMooeoooccocooco

03-d^C^^-lp-^C^C<^^-l^-iTO■*Cq(^^(^i?--l(^3e6c003(^^ rHr-ieOrHr-^

•saqoai ui
Alous JO q+dao:

Sa>o
ai-Ho

ct! ct cj

a a a

•saqonr
ui uiBJi JO q^daa

&"^

C3'

ao

<~ 1— I lO

CS

'iMO

aoo

a

IM O <M CO C

• COCO CO-rfl
•T-(CO^ r-(

•OOOO

•saiiui ui
sjnoq^5ni;uaui
aAoni iB^iozjjojj

•P^IAIJO
uorjoajip IBJ8U89

sqjOl «I spnoio
JO :^ii8}.x9 uBaH

OOCOOOOCOOCOCOOOOOOCDOOOO^OOOOCDOOOCOCO
t^cdc0r-iorHOe0rHO<3OOO(»O0CO-*CCOOOOe0OOOe0e6

CO-*!— iT-HQOi— l-<#CO-*-<*ii— ll-O(MOO(MO00C5O-*00t^C<Ji— ICOOC<IC»

l6c5-*in05lCCDt-luO'*t-^c6cD(NO-»^Oc6c50'*rH-^cic5iOiOrHTjHrH
COt-HtHi— ICOQOCO(MCDC5C5(MCOC^C10t-(C005CDC<1iO"*Oi— l(Mi— llOi-HO
(M Ol 1-H T— I I— I T-H C<1 rH e<l i-< rH 1— I ro 1— I 1— 1 1— 1 1-H 1—1 e<l CO IM rH i-l i-H r-l 1— I

H a a a >,^ w a w f^i h
;z; ^ S ;z; '^'T

t> > t> ^

^^

WO!! Ed

•aiaqd
-s0Tn;Y oqj jo

•jodBA
JO noisnQx uBeic

o

^^

o

c a
.S o

o

a

<A

o

a

S a

O sS

^ p o

O 0^3

.S c=^

§ o >^

a

C3

o

CO

o
o

o

bO

•qjuOH JO i^BQ

COiO-*C<J-*l?Oi-l03-*(Mt^iM0500iOTtiCOCOt^COCDtOOTt<COi005C505'*<
i-I^C5COaOl— OOI:^l^T-IO(MC5COrHOCSOO«2Cil»!-IIMCOCOOOOI^CO
CS C5 OOCO coco GOOD C0C5C5 05 GOOD CiO CO CO OOQOCO coo CO 00CO0OC5 OOOO

COlO-*-*COOC5i— lr-ICOCO(McriCOOCOC<IlOlCrH005l>-l— It0005i-<i— ll—l
0-*-*aD-*l-*l^t~t^(Mi— Ir-INCOOO^i— lOOOTtlCOlOCOi— '■«*T— ICO-HtO

c<^NC^(^^c<leo(:o(^^c<^c<^c<l(^^c^c<^cO(^lc<ll^^cCl^lcocO(^^cocoeoco(^lcoco

OiOOO-<#OiCOCC'(MCOiriOO-*(MeOrH-<*lt~C<I-*COO<neOI:^-*i-ICOt-rH
rHOr-<-*OCOC<ICC(?icit-^^aiQlOCOOt^CDCOi— IC<irHi-IC500o6t--eO

■^•*-*-*'*<-*io-*-*cocococO'^-*-*'*co-<*i'*iCio-*o-*icic<:o-*kO

cji— i-^i^cociio-^cot^csc-i-^i— (■^•*'#cocic5'*e<JCJooc^ococQoo'*<
c<looeo(^^c<^coeococ<^eocococooococococ<^l^^l^lcococococo■*'*cococo

COt^i-l(M-<*irHOCOOOr-|iXirH'*lr-IOTHeOt-i»-*C<10CCiOOOOeOC<I03'*l

to ci i-H rH r-i rH CJ ci coo O Ot^lcDcio CO lC-^C<j 00 lO-^ CO CO ifflCOcio CO
tO-*i.-:)COiCOiOOiO-*-*-*rt<-*OiO-*-*COiCCOI>--^COiOOiO'*COCO

Kr-CO COt-i O CO lOCit-OStr^t-COt^CO CO -^CSCOrH I— I »OrtHC<)»C CO ifflrHN CO
5iCOOO'*-*(M'*l-l'*Oi(Mt^i-ICO(M»OC;COC5lOCOt^r-ICOt^i— lOOi— IIMCO

.aoi~CiOiOiOOOOcoooooooi--cO'*'*t~oo(X>oooioooGocoioo50QO
o

CO o o oo oo

^Q^ COC^ COiMCOCI

KOCCxMCDNOOi-IOOOOiC-^Oi— IOt-HOiOOOC^IO-^-^OiOONO
SlOI— C0C0OO(Mi-(OC0-!ti(MOt~Oi0C<JS<It^O(MC000lM>OC0^C0CT5O
,acDCOCOOOOOOOCOI:~OOOOl--CO-*"*COOOOOOOOl~OCOOOl~OCO
t>

CO o o o o

^i5c<J CO (M COC<J

?JOOC100l~-*»OOiMOOmi— lO-*Or-C*COCOrHi-(rHOO-*>0 00

5^1— ic<i-!j'*cO'#coco(Mcoo(McicocQi--ot.':)Oooi— ii-(iO'*ocoi-'co-#<a>

.ai~t~OOOOOOrHOOOOGOl— CO-*iOOOOOOOOCOOOl^COOOO

o

CO O O OOOO o <o

,:::; c-i co c<i eo c^i co (M co c-i

r-liNC0'*IOC0t-C0OOi-liMC0TtliCC0t^Q0OO^(MC0-*i.':iC0l--^OO

oo

CO

O g

-1^

O

^'

CD
00

o

1^
d

Q

^-^ lo cV

05

♦» 6

o •:ih

CO

HOi

^ -a

H "S
CQ H

cq >:
O

K
8

O

<

03

09
»

P5

a

o

>^

.£3

a
o

S

o «^

CO

b>>§S^.-c.'

cc O

'"f

^A Lj r^ - Cj -a *-« ^

■'- '♦H ^

«

s

p

s

Si

o

2
3

ec >»

i-i

S ^^

C* rv fl

00 >;«

O — ''
Ci ^ O O

1^ U
O O

o

Pi

03

CO o

« :;:

^ a

o

s

C3

-♦^
oi
r 4

O

o

a es

on

"5 >-.

?> a

'Poo

-fcJ ^ 00 +^ t^

JS

"^•^^

®30
:^ o -t-"

CO c3

CO 5 a

^ ■/) C3

^ J-t ^

^ a 5 a

•a

0$

W

a

c a a a a a

a

e a a a

•^^

•^H

■ F^ ••--■ •i-i 'pH

CS

Qi ^ & d d ^

OS

CJ ^ G^ 0$

M

KM««Ci«

M

wiiiiwa^

s

a .a a a a a a

cj ^ ^ ^ cQ c€ cd

OS oi

•sq^oi «I auozQ

•soqoni nr
Avous JO iiided

.5.S

cocd:dcocooc<iocoooooimcocooooco«3cococccocdcocoooo
ci^^c<ic6(^ic6co(^^coc<icococ<^c^^-^T-l^-^r-^^-^r-^^-^r-^^-ic<ic<^coco

•saqom
«J niBJiJO q;daa

CO

o

c>.i :o Q.r-' o CO
• ooaooo -oooooa

• CO O O C3^ rH S! •

■ o rH (M i~ o r* .

&C1.-H C2JC2 2
a ao aooo

S o<

OrH

■ o a -oo

•sinoT uj spnoi3
JO ;uo;xa uuej^

•Sd|lUI ui

sjnoq f 2 nj '^juaiii

-OAOUI IBJUOZUOfJ

ocoo»coo<»ocoo9>ocooococoocoocoooooocoocDcoo
oc6oo;ooojo«5ooooo6cDTticor-i•^o6do6(^ilX)d'-odo(^i■<*^coo

T— IT-ii— li— II— ( r-l I— ll— I r-t

•P«IAV JO
uopooaip [Baauag

0'*050ic^oiO'*icoo5io<^<»^o;=it-cooS§^^coi25JSeSS8B

COOCOOOiCDOOi— iC<IOCOCOCO-*t^T*iodc<i'-Jcidddd>-^-r*<rnfridr<i
i—l I— I rH yj 1— I I— I JM <M I— I I— I I— (1—1 rH I— I I— I i— c rH 1— I (M i—l t-I rH i-l i-<

>: S

CQ

^ — ■ . . • ■ ' ■ ' ■ »■•< 1 1 1 1 1-^ T—t |-^

•ajoild

-soni;Y 8R^ Jo
Xjipimtifi uBai^

;?; ;?; ;2i Izi^K iz;

252!^2'^'^SS3^St~'^SP:2^^^°c<^'°c)co^^l:-^-I-lOi-+lI-l^cooI-l
:5225S!5i2<*9S'~<^c<i^M005CDcoioco'*tr!iooococ<ioi~ooi^eob-

OC5C0000000003000050205CiC100QOOOCOOOOOOOl--l--aiOTOOOOaOOOO?00

■JOdu^V
JO uoisuax uBaj^

o-^CiOicjog-^'^ioii-irHcoo^'Oooi— iuoc^:cio^t»c5C5'#o(Mc3ii-i

COTlHCqM^COCOCOTtl-^c^lcOlOCCLicOiD^^Tti^^COCO^ISS^^^S

0)

.a

a^a

ro a

eS «
o

w

a

O

0^'*'^COQOiCt>-03iC<»<»C<I05^iHCOOOO-*OCOOOCOOOOrt<OONi.Oi-l01

22,'22;2'^2£'?52j;i^52l2S5'^'^''-*<^^'*'-<'^''-*do6>fldddddod

'^'-^<^)COt---*OCDr-HC<>OOOCq05r-<i-(OC^-*l^OOi-lTj<0005iX>-*r-l

S22Si^^^^S2^o?2i2?5S°S:r:i':i2£'5^'='?2<^'^<3icodo5cod

•^•>*<-*iC0Tt<rt(e0rf'^'^C0-*TlH0^k0C0lO-^iO-<*<i0TjiTti-<4<-^iOi0-^-^»O

I— (
1^

oco-^coi-<0505cor^->*i>-c<ic<ic<i-*i'-t^c<ii^c<ii-icqooc<>'X>i-ioocqeo

~ ~ ~ "" ^ S "? :3! ^ "^ '^ ■* o iM CO r-H 06 06 d d ■<* lo rvi

■ coooooooi-t-<x)i~i-<»u:)iot--w§^JoL2

'^fcfc"^P^^'>t!^'r^'^<^'~'dkO-rj('*d'^-^dc<icor-Ho6o6ddt«ii^rvi

10 O !0 lO l^ lO O »0 1-— t^ O O I"- f*^ «^ 1^^ '"'^ '~ ►— "^ "^ ■— '■^ ■'^ -^ ^ " ^ - is ^

2-0
a

OS

o

eS .p:,

03 ai j^

Cm
O

0^

a

cS
o

«

is
o
►J

5

a Oi

CO .

-::*;i;;<»r:;>-'*<coa5i~oooiooi-co(^-:tHC<iowcccoSc5oSooco?=n

.a«3CC>lOOOOOOOOOCC)»O^Xlt-t-0005CiOO«Ot-00-sOCOl--CD>oSSSSoofeLo

a^

•niUOM 10 Avrr »-iiNcO'<*(»o;oi>aooorH(Meo^u3cot^oociOi-(C<)coTt<»c«or^ccc50i-f

IT j(«.» vij r-li-lr-li-lt-li-(r-ii-1r-li-(C<lC<>C^(MWNCqeiC^IMl5eO

^

00

m -%

o

^'

CD
CD

<o

o

O ^ |~

o S^ ^

O ^ e

o
o

s

^^

O ^

CO

^^

CO ^

o

tt

^

v

o

8

<
xn

IS

o

03

^ 5

o- -

^ ^

a

r/ t.1 »«

• 1-4

. S ftp.

m

^

•^^

^«0 l-5<, J:-^ <0 <n g kJ
°S |o ^o^ fl ^ ^ ^

>. -§M >■•>.-; "5^. fl J;^ - fl .

r^

K >^l~

Oi a Bi(~>0 r^ O ■ H 1T> IK.

o

'C^oid'^-aoS ^-.•-S "= S « Si-2

21st
9th c
an, 2

Range,
the 18th
the 10th
Mean, 7
Range,
Sun's ra
ial radia

mting to

1 day, m

h day, m

247 incl
n 2 nigh

^2|

00

(^

cS

®

Highest,
Lowest,
Monthly
Monthly

' Highest,
Lowest,
Monthly
Monthly

qty of the

f Terrestr

dity, .703.

[lays amoi
wind, W

t wind, S.

y, the 29tl

xy, the 15t

iporation,
s visible o

i

s

2

ermomctcr -

eatest intenf
west point c
an of Humi
in fell on 6 <
st prevalent
ast prevalen
st windy da
7.82.

ast windy d.
.60.

lount of Evf
rora Boreal

03

M

<s

•sq;oi ni aaozo

•saqoni ni
Aioug JO qjdea

•serial UI
s.inoqf'gni^aaxu
OAOui iBjnozuoH

•saqonr
ni utea: JO q^daa

•sqiOT at spnoio
JO ^ua;xa uBOK

r- r; fl fl fl fl

d d d d d d

Dj M WW WW

e0«DWOC0OOC0eC)OOOO?DOOi-iT-HOC0Oe0i0e0r-lrHOCDO«D
r^i-5r-ir-ii-<T-lr-ii-Mr-(i-lT-ti-li-ioOOOOOOOOOOOOrHOO©

"&; S ?^ S ;;* ft

/-■CO i~ •••!-, •••Ero."*"

r".o 'ti-'-iT cc«"*-

C3, .,,,,..,,. C5 w...

fl.O'--«-0---C oS'--

(TCOCOOCOCCOOOOOXOOOOOOOOOOCOOOCOCOOOSO
l--lr-ieOOCOTj<000-*uCC<ioOC<ioOOOOOOCCOO(NeOOOrH

•patAVJO
ooipajip [Baauag

•ajaqd
-S0Tn;v ^^% .JO
X^ipixunH uBajt

•jod^A
JO noisuax nBaj^

o

be --

.- o
cs ^

W

fl
d

X

fl fl
o sS

OS -fe

]c^

QJ.

)CO

o cC

bi3Ǥ
.S CS

o u

a-

d

o
o

O

tc

W

•qjuoRT JO Xbq

C<IOOO»OCCOiCCO-^COrHCOOtSiOl^i— nCC<IOO-*i:~Q0005aiiX>OOC<l

cir-^ocu'ioio-HC'i-^i-'CJ-^cccrj-^'^oi— iciL£:)i:--eo»ct--cri'#oo-*t---*
oocj-*i^oooo50io<— ieoocorH-*i#Cic:ooot~cO'— iici— ii—c,— ic<ieo

i-t T-l iMC^KM C<1 CCi-l (N i-i T-t C<1(M i-H (N IM t-l C<l IM r-t t-h (M C<» •<*< C<I

^^^ K. ,.^..^ ,. ,. ,. K^^^HH>^>W>H^^^W^..

c<icio>i-'eiic^jocoooc5i:ccccot-occixiec'*cst--*oi-<*'c<ioo5-*

•^OlSiCCOlCOt^CCi— ICCt^C<IOO-^05^l--CDt--COOC35CO-^iO(Mt~l^Oi
00 1.^ l^ 00 l~ l~ l^ I- CO CC CD I— I- I- t^ CD CO CO CD t- t^ t- 1-- 1- l~ t- 00 t- l^ t-

Cit-oooo-#ioeo-*'*T-(-^'*'cococ<ic<i050(Mt-cD05C<icot-oii-iiococo

CCCOCC— lT-IC<lC0C<10Ce']CC05000C0COiOl^t~00OCDlOC0lOCCCDCCt~»O
iOT}<CCCDCDCO'^TtiCCCCCOCCiOiOCOt>.COl— t^COl--t--COCDl— t~kO»OCOCD

Tj<in>iCC0Ot^Tl<rHrHt-C0r-li-ti-l-<*ie000iC05t-rHU5t-'*0:0iOi— lOOO

cD^t--^05c6^ecc>iiocooi-HcccccDoJo6coeot--^b^oeococ3Jcot-^i>^'*eo

CD CO iC CO I— l~ CO CD liT O CO CO I- t^ t^ I- t— 00 OO t^ t- 00 t~ l~ l~ I— CO CO t-- 1-

OOt~OC<IOOOOC<l-*OiMl^C;OOiO-*-*C<ICOOO(MT-IOC<JOC«

cci^TjHoi-^iccococDtoi.'ioo-^c^iioaJoocooc'asojccciooi— (CiC<i-^T(<

iOTtiTtiTtiCOiO-*-^TtHiiDO-*'*iCiOOCOCOCDCDiCCOCOiOCOt~iOiOtOlO
C10-*rHOO-<J<OC^i-HOi-H'tiTtiC-*tOl^t-IM(NOO->iH050C<ICOO-*0 •

'*cocooccc6iOiooo:!Ncoi»i— i,--(C^iTiHCDcoc5C5C<icot--^oe<ic^C'i-ioo

l^OOCOOOOOaC'OOCDCOCOl--l-OOC50CiC5aiOi000005t^l--Cias000005

?;0COli— It— l-^b-COC<)OOl--5CDu'?CO(350DCOGC!05COi-HCiCOCOCOiOC00005'<*
^00.— lOOOIC^CDCOifflmOi— liOQOiaOO>Oi-H-HU3C<)l^,— iC^]OC^I0C-<i<(Mt~
'flcDl~lCCOl~-*OCCDi— l'*l.~00C0l~CCCDl--0C0000OG0l~l—l0-*C0Ci01C0

a

sen OOi

^Oi CO(M

":^^.^3;,.HTj<OCCCOr-iT*i-*i^(rCI(M-^.^C0O'H'#C0-*O-^l0t^C0t-
iicCM— (l~C£OiOlOC^10iOiO>— It— tJhCjOi— If— IrHiO.— l05C0iCO-*OC0?fl»-<
fflCDt— lCC0C0CC00-*T-lC0C00C0CI:~C0C0l-0C00CCOl--C0C0iaCCC0ai05C0

o

,i5c^ COIM

"?«*|.rti-H,— lO-^C^I-^TtiOOOC^lC^CD-^OOOSCqiCl— -^OOil-T-it— -^OO
ii— i-MOiOOt-CiiOT— lOOCCCiCJSOi— ICCO-— ilC'^OICOiilOl— C^J-^COi— I

^ I- 1~ lO I— CO CO 00 1-- c^ to 00 oC' 00 1— I— CO 00 00 CO 00 o o: t- 1~ »o ■* 00 o^ 03 1~
o

e Ci 005

j; CO(M

iH M ec "* kir -O tr- OC O. O --H CI CO ■* >0 "X' I- 00 CI O ^< Ol CC •* O CO t— 00 05 o
r-«T-ir-ii-ir-li— li-irHr-li-IS<llMIMCqC<IC^(MdCTMeO

^

oo

o

52;
o

c

EH

>

P3

m

w
o

<

o
o

1-3
O
(^

o

H

tl

?
c

O

O
Ul

THE

CANADIAN NATURALIST.

SECOND SERIES.

i^*-

MICHAUX AND HIS JOURNEY IN CANADA.

By the Abbe Ovide Brunet, Professor of Botany at the Laval University

Quebec*

It is well known to botanists, that tlie Flora Boreali- Americana
of Michaux often fails to indicate the precise localities of the plants
there first described, and that, in consequence, many of these plants
are either still unknown to collectors, or excessively rare. In
the hope of being able to determine the localities of those plants
which this author has noticed as occurring in Canada, I attempted
several years since to trace the steps in his journey to the Sague-
nay, and to Hudson's Bay. At that time however, the only
materials at my disposal were the Flora, and some scattered notes
in the works of his son. I had not then seen his Herbarium,
which is rich in notes of localities ; and the manuscript journal of
his journey, in the library of the American Philosophical Society
in Philadelphia, was unknown to me. Since that time however
I have been able to consult the original collections of Michaux,
which are in part at the Jardin des Plantes of Paris, and in part
in the museum of Mr. Benjamin Delessert of that city. The
American Philosophical Society has moreover permitted me to
copy the manuscript journal, for which favor I take this occasion
of expressing my thanks.

* Translator's Note. — This interesting paper was printed a few months
since, in French, by Mr. Brunet, for private distribution only. I have
accordingly translated it for publication in the Canadian Naturalist, sup-
pressing some unessential portions, with the approbation of the author •
who has added to it a map of the region from Lake St. John to
Hudson's Bay. A MS. map by the Jesuit Laure, who was a mis-
sionary in Canada during the early part of the last century, is the chief
authority for the region beyond Lake St. John, though other old French
maps were consulted. The map of Laure is in the library of the Cana-
dian Parliament. — T. S. H.
Vol. L w No. 5.

326 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

In tlie following pages, wliicli I have prepared witli the aid of
the materials thus placed at my disposal, I shall give a list of the
most interesting plants found by our botanist in the various
localities visited during his Canadian journey ; while for the more
common species, I shall only notice the most northern points at
which they were observed. There will be found in these pages,
notices of more than one hundred and sixty plants observed by
Michaux in localities not mentioned in his Flora. These indica-
tions, it is to be hoped, will not be devoid of interest to collectors,
and to students of geographical botany ; while in addition will *be
found some interesting details from the journal of Michaux on the
characters of a portion of that almost unknown region which forms
the water-shed between the St. Lawrence and Hudson's Bay.

Andre Michaux, the early years of whose life were devoted to
agriculture, soon conceived a plan for visiting foreign countries
with the object of studying their plants, and, if possible, intro-
ducing them into France. As a preparation for this, he came
to Paris in 1779, and studied botany for two years under Bernard
de Jussieu. After having in the pursuance of his plan visited
England, and crossed the Pyrenees into Spain, he visited Persia,
from whence he brought great collections of plants and seeds.
The French government, desirous of introducing into France some
of the trees of North America, then decided on sending Michaux
to this continent ; where his orders were to travel through the
United States, and collect both trees and seeds, which were to be
sent to France. In pursuance of this mission, he sailed on the
25th of August 1785, and reached New York the 1st of October,
accompanied by a gardener. Although his journey had for its
chief object the introduction of forest-trees, Michaux had received
orders to send also such shrubs and plants as might serve to orna-
ment the king's gardens.

He at first made New York his head-quarters, from which he
visited New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Maryland, and he estab-
lished a nursery in New Jersey, with a view of raising young
trees which should be of better growth than those found in the
forests. In the year following, Michaux sent to Paris twelve boxes
of seeds, and several thousand young trees. After a time he
removed to Charleston, South Carolina, and there established a
second nursery, which soon obtained great dimensions from the
immense collections of trees and shrubs, the fruit of more than
sixty journeys in various parts of the interior. The manuscript

1864.] MICHAUX AND HIS JOURNEY IN CANADA. 327

notes of Micliaux, however, give us no details of these excursions
lip to the month of iVpril 1787, when he made his jBrst
journey to the Alleghanies, going up the Savannah Eiver to its
head, and thence gaining the heights of the mountain region.
Having made friends with some of the Indians, he then ascended
with them one of the tributaries of the Savannah, and reached
a branch of the Tennessee on the other side of the mountains.
This was the limit of his voyage, and he then returned to Char-
leston on the first of July, after a voyage of 300 leagues in
South Caroliaa and Georgia. His manuscript notes of this
journey contain many observations on the plants met with, and
precise indications of their localities. In 1788 and 1789 he vis-
ited, successively, Florida, the Lucayan islands, and Virginia, pass-
insc throuo'h the mountain reoion of North Carolina. He returned
to Charleston from this last excursion in September 1789, but
revisited the reoion in the course of the followino- winter, accom-
panied by his son, reaching Charleston again in the spring of 1790,
where he remained until April 1791. His notes during this year
are wanting.

Michaux had now spent six years in America, his pecuniary
resources were nearly exhausted, and he feared to be obliged to
return to France without having completed his plans on this
continent. He had long desired to add to his studies upon the
American Flora, some researches on the geographical distribution
of the forest trees, and to determine the native region of each,
which he regarded as that in which the plant attains its greatest
size and strength. Tlie tulip-tree {Liriodendron tidlpifera)
for example, appears in Western Canada with a maximum height of
sixty feet, and a diameter of three feet ; while westward, and espe-
cially in Kentucky, where it forms by itself vast forests, it reaches
a height of one hundred and forty feet, and a diameter of seven
or eight feet. To the northward, on the contrary, it becomes
rarer and smaller, and Michaux was hence led to regard this tree
as a native of Kentucky. In accordance with these views, he
resolved to study the topography of the North American trees.
He had already extended his travels southward to Florida, but
another journey, longer and more difficult, but still more important
to his investigations, yet remained to be accomplished, — a visit
to Canada and northward as far as Hudson's Bay. This i3roject
he attempted in 1792. Leaving Charleston in April, he proceeded
northward by land, and, as we learn from his manuscript notes,

328 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct,.

went first directly to New York, thence to New Haven, and finally
to Albany, where he arrived on the 14th June. On the 18th
we find him at Saratoga, and on the 20th he embarked on Lake
Champlain at Whitehall. The remainder of this month was
employed in examining the vegetation on the shores of the lake,
which he crossed several times. In his Flora, mention is
made of a great number of plants which he found in this region.^
On the 30th of June, Michaux reached Montreal, where he spent
ten days in collecting the plants of the environs. On the 1st of
July, he tells us he botanized on the mountain. '^ On the 3rd, in
the country and the low meadows," and " on Sunday the 8th, in
the wood of Lachine, for a league along the river-side." In these
excursions he collected the following plants, which are marked in
his herbarium as having been collected about Montreal :

Scirpus sj>at7iaceus, Michx. ; Elodea Canadensis, Michx. ; Poa
compressa^ Linn.; Scutellaria 2^arvula, ^iiahx.. ] Oxalis cornicu-
lata, Linn. ; Hypericum macrocarpum, Michx. ; Acalypha Vir-
ginica, Linn. ; Zantlioxylum fraxineum, Willd.

On the 11th June Michaux left for Quebec; but adverse
winds obliged him to put in at Sorel and at Batiscan, where he
made collections. In the latter locality he found Scheuchzeria
palusti'is, luimn.', Triglochin maritimum, Jjinn. ', Drosera longi-
folia, Linn.

He reached Quebec on the IGth July, and remained there a
fortnight, in which time he made several excursions in the
environs, visiting the Falls of Montmorency, Lorette (probably La
Jeune Lorette), and botanized in the forest on the right bank of
the river St. Charles. As the season was advancing, he now
made arrangements for his journey to Hudson's Bay. Engaging
as an interpreter a young half-breed, who had been three years
with the Indians, he started for the Saguenay. The following
extracts from his notes will show his route :

* It would be superfluous to furnish lists of plants whose names and
localities are found in the Flora of Michaux. When therefore in this
narrative I give a list of plants found by our botrnist in any locality, it
will be understood to include only those which have not been mentioned
in his Flora as there occurring ; but which are given in his Herbarium,,
or in his manuscript notes as having been found in that locality. For
the convenience of reference, however, I give in the following manner,
the pages where the plants not here named will be found mentioned :

Flora Boreali-Americaua, in Canada, ad ripas lacus Champlain, voL
i, fol. 47, 75, 136, 153, 304 ; vol. ii, fol. 28, 198, 227, 245.

1864.] MICHAUX AND HIS JOURNEY IN CANADA, 829

'^ Left Quebec July 31, Scailing by Cape Tourmente and Cape
Brule, which are distant twelve and fourteen leagues from Quebec.
Saw upon the mountains tTimijyerus communis, Thuja, Abies
halsamea, A. aiha, Ejngoea orpens, Linnoea horealis, etc., etc.

That night lay off Bay St. Paul August 1st. The

mnd changed and rain fell; botanized on the mountains

August 2nd. Arrived at Malbaie, and left there on the 4th, reach-
ing the mouth of the Saguenay, where I passed the night. On
the morning of Sunday the 5th reached Tadoussac, forty-six
leagues from Quebec."

The plants collected by Michaux at Malbaie were as follows :

Ilipjyuris vulgaris, Linn. ; Salicornia Jierbacea, Linn. ; Pul-
mojuu'ia parvijiora, ^lichx. ; Ligusticum Scot icuin, Jjiun.-, Sal-
sola salsa ? Michx. ; Polygonum cilinode, Michx. ; Fotentilla
Jiirsuta, Michx.; Astragalus secundus, Michx. ;^ Jledicago lupu-
lina, Linn. ; Pteris gracilis, Michx.

A little lower down on the shores of the St. Lawerence he
gathered Salicornia Tierhacea, Linn. ; Arundo arenaria, Linn. ;
Glaux maritima, Linn. ; Salsola salsa f Michx. ; Atriplexpatula,
Linn. ; Rumex verticillatus, Linn. ; Arenaria rubra, Linn.,
{^ = Spergidaria rubi'a, Pers.); Potentilla Jiirsuta, Michx. ; Empe-
trum nigrum, Linn.

The picturesque little village of Tadoussac is built upon a point
of rock at the entrance to the Saguenay, and was a post of the Hud-
son's Bay Company. Here Michaux bought two bark-canoes, and
engaged three Indians ; here also, as we learn from his Flora and
his Herbarium, he collected the following plants : Ligusticum
Scoticum, Linn.; L. actceifolium, Michx.; Gentiana acuta,
Michx. ; Epnlobium tetragonum, Linn. ; Vaccinium Vitis-Idoeaj
Linn.; Potentilla Idrsuta, Michx.; Ilex Canadensis, Michx. f

He was soon however on his way up the Saguenay, which for a
distance of twenty-seven miles flows between immense walls of
gneiss, often extremely bold and picturesque. The banks are
almost destitute of vegetation, except in ,the fissures of the rocks,
where a few stunted pines and spruces, wild gooseberries and blue-
berries laden with fruit, and a juniper {Junip>crus sabina), form

* See notef on page 331.

t Flora Boreali-Americana, ad ripas fluminis S. Laurentii, juxta Ta-
doussac, vol.i, fol. 166, 177; in finmlms S . Laurentii aqnis affluente mare
subsalsis, vol. i, fol. 1, 67, 95, 102, 132.

330 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct..

a green tapestry hanging on the embankments, which rise some-
times a heio-ht of 1100 feet.^

As we approach Ha ! ha ! Bay the shores becoms lower, and the
great pine forests which form the wealth of this region are seen.
At Chicoutimi, where the river ceases to be navio'able for large
vessels, it spreads into a wide basin which receives a cascade of
forty feet in height. Michaux reached this spot on the 11th of
August.

Chicoutimi, which signifies deep ivater, was then a little vill&ge
at the junction of the river of this name with the Saguenay. Upon
a point which projects into the basin was a small chapel about
twenty -five feet long, built by the Jesuits, and having within a single
altar and a few pictures, while outside was seen the tomb of Pere
Coquart, the last of the Jesuits, who, with the Pere Labrosse, had
first preached the Gospel to the natives. Michaux, in the manu-
script notes which he left to his son, thus speaks of this chapel :
" On my way to Hudson's Bay I reached in the month of August
the Lake Chicoutimi, near the 48th degree of latitude, and there
found the church erected in 1728 (as indicated by the date placed
over the principal entrance) by the Jesuit fathers for the natives-
of the vicinity. This building, made of squared timbers of white
cedar (Thuja occidentalis) placed upon each other, was in good
preservation ; and although these beams had never been covered
either within or without, the wood at the depth of half a line was
not the least altered after a lapse of more than sixty years. "f This-
little chapel was still standing in 1857.

The route to Lake St. John was then much more difficult than
that which is now followed. Michaux went up the river Chicou-
timi in a canoe and then passed through Lake Kinogomi, from
which,by a portage of half a mile, he reached Lake Kinogomichiche ;
this discharges itself by a slow and tortuous stream into Belle
River, which falls into Lake St. John, which our traveller reached
after a journey of six days from Chicoutimi, gathering the follow-
ing plants in his way :

Scirpus sjoathaceus, Michx. ; Swertia cornicidata, Linn.; Pri-
nos verticUlatus, Linn. ; Gentiana jyneumonantlie, Linn. ; Drosera
TOtundi folia , Linn.; Triglochiii^palustre, Linn.; Ju7icus JiuitanSj.
Michx. ; Mltella dLjyhi/Ila, Linn. ; Sparganium natans, Michx. ;

* Flora Boreali-Amerlcana, in saxosis ad amnem Saguenay, vol. i,
fol. 3. vol. ii. fol. 246.

t Michaux fils, Arbres Forestiers, vol. iii, p. 34.

1864.] MICHAUX AND HIS JOURNEY IN CANADA. 331

Nymplioea lutea, jB. Kalmiaiia, Linn. ; SperguJastruTn lanceola--
turn, Miclix., ( = Stellaria horealis, Bigelow) ; Alnus crispa^
Michx. ; J.. ^?a?6ca, Micbx. ; Lohdia Dortmanna, Linn.

Lake St. John lies between latitude 48° 23' and 48° 42', and
between longitude 71° 29' and 72° 9', its greatest length being
sixteen leagues ; it is more than thirty leagues to the north of
Quebec. Michaux went entirely around it, and collected a great
number of plants ;* but in pursuance of his plan of studying the
trees, he also penetrated into the surrounding forests, which abound
in valuable timber-trees, details with regard to the nature and
distribution of which, will be given further on.

It was on the 16th August that our botanist reached this lake,
but, delayed by an adverse wind, he spent the next day at the
mouth of Belle River, where he found Lycopus Vlrginicus, Linn. ;
Circma Canadensis, Linn. ; Bromiis Canadensis, Michx. ; Arundo
arenaria, Liai^. ; Galium Clai/tonii, Michx. ; G. asjjreUmn,
Michx.; Cornus alternifolia, Linn.; Polygonum amphihium,
Linn. ; Cerasus p)umila, Michx. ; Lathyrus palusiris, Linn. ;
Astragalus secundus,^ Michx. ; Hedysarum alpinum, Michx. ;
Aster amygdalinus, Michx. ; A. cordifoUus, Linn. ; Solidago
Jlexicaulis, Linn. ; aS'. aspera, Ait. ; Senecio pauper cuius, Michx. ;
Artemisia Canadensis, Michx. ; Lobelia Kalmii, Linn. ; Erio-
caidon j)ellucidum, Michx. ; Calla ijalustris, Linn. ; Solix cor-
data, Michx.; Ilex Canadensis, Michx.; Vitis riparia, Michx.

Of the Yitis just named, Michaux has in his Herbarium the
following notes : '' Called beach- vine {vigne des hattures) by the
French voyageurs on the Ohio and Mississippi, because it grows
upon the rocks and sands which are exposed to the annual floods.

This species is never found to the east of the Alleghany

Mountains."

* Flora Boreali-Americana, in lacu vel juxta lacum S. Joannis, vol. i,
fol. 240, vol. ii, fol. 205, 220, 225.

t Prof. Asa Gray had for some time supposed the Astragalus secundus
of Michaux to be the Phaca aslragalina, D. C, (Astragalus alpinus,
Linn.,) when in 1861, I re-discovered the plant at Lake St. John, where
Michaux had first found it, and sent specimens of it to Prof. Gray, which
fully confirmed his opinion that it is but another form of A. alpinus,
Linn. But whence this difference of form? Last year, at the Island of
Orleans, where this species is abundant, I found the two varieties in the
same locality; and I was able to observe that when it grows on exposed
rocks the plant has the ordinary form of Phaca astragalina ; while on the
contrary, when sheltered by a growth of taller plants, it assumes the
slender and elongated form of the plant of Michaux.

332 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

Among tlie rivers wliicli fall into Lake St. John is the Mistassini,
called also R. des Sables, from the great quantity of sand which it
brings down. By this river, which has a length of about 150
miles, the Indians known by the name of Mistassins, and living
around the great lake of that name, were accustomed to descend
at Pointe Bleue, the most northern trading-post in this region,
where they sold their furs. They still come down every year in
the month of June for the purpose of trade, and also to meet the
missionary who pays them an annual visit. It was by this river
that Michaux proposed to pass to Hudson's Bay. Leaving the
post at Pointe Bleue on the 21st August, he reached in a few hours
the river Mistassini. The waters were shallow, and for five or six
leagues flowed through banks of moving sanc^s, which were some-
times more than half a league long. The lands on either side
were low and fertile, no mountains were visible, and the trees were
chiefly elms, ashes, and pines, of a good growth.* At the end of
about eighteen leagues Michaux arrived at a beautiful waterfall
about eighty feet in height, and on the evening of the 22nd August
encamped on the borders of the basin below.

This point which was known as Larges Bapides, Michaux
observed as the northern limit of Potentilla tridentata, while
Gaultheria procuyiibensj disappeared ten leagues above Lake
St. John, although Hooker, in his Flora Bo7'eali- Americana, has
indicated Quebec as its northern limit.

The 23rd being a day of rain, Michaux remained in camp ; but
the three following days he continued the ascent of the river,
which became narrower, and so rapid that the canoes could only
be propelled by means of poles. At length he reached the portage
called Mmte-a-peme, where he was obliged to make a diflS.cult and
even dangerous ascent of a hill eight or nine hundred feet in
heio'ht. From the summit he looked down into an immense
valley, traversed by green hills which resembled great waves in an
ocean of verdure. A single small river alone broke the monotony
of this landscape ; to it the travellers directed their steps, and soon
reached a stream which was only about eighteen feet wide. During

* Flora, in Canada ad amnem Mistassini, vol. i, fol. 34, 61, 110.

f Some botanists have ventured to change the name of this plant to
Gautiera; but the true orthography of the name of its discoverer is Gau-
thier, as appears from the registers of Xotre Dame de Quebec (Register
of Aug. 26, 1751). It would besides be undesirable to change a name
consecrated like this by long use.

18G4.] MICHAUX AND HIS JOURNEY IN CANADA. 333

the portase the following plants were met with : Vacciniiim coes-
ji:>itosum, Michx. ; E2'>igoe(i rejpens, Linn. ; Arhutus Uva-ursi,
Linn. ; Lycopodimn imindatum, Linn. ; L. Selaginoidcs, Linn. ;
Botrypus lunaroides^ Michx.

The little river on which they now embarked was generally deep
enough for their canoes, but the navigation was often interrupted
by the dams constructed by the beavers, whose cabins were seen
on the shores. This stream led them to Swan Lake (Lac des
Oygnes), which they reached in the afternoon of the 29th August.
This picturesque little lake, which is about forty-five leagues from
Lake St. John, is very irregular in form, in some parts having a
breadth of two leagues, and at others being very narrow. The
shores are generally low, with occasional hills covered by stunted
trees. Around the shores of this lake Michaux found the following
plants : Avena striata^ Michx. ; Arundo Canadensis, Michx. ;
Xylosteum villosum, Michx.; Juncus 77ielano carpus, Michx. ; Vacci-
niiim Vttis-Idoea, Linn. ; Epigoea rejyens, Linn. ; Ep)iloJjium
■oligantJium, Michx.; PotentiUa /ruticosa,ljmn. ', Aster unijior us,
Michx.; Carex lenticularis, Michx.; Ahieshalsamifera,^\\Q\ix..]
A. denticulata, Michx. ; JBetula glandulosa, Michx.

He remarks that Avena striata is the only gramineous plant
observed by him in this vicinity, and also that Swan Lake appears
to be the most northern limit of Vaccinium Vitis-Idoea.

Lake Mistassini is about 100 leao'ues from Lake St. John, and
Michaux had already traversed about half the distance, but the
most difl&cult part remained. He had to cross a dismal wilderness,
where the vegetation consists only of a small number of stunted
and depauperated species. " The trees which predominate in the
forests, a few degrees to the southward, have here almost entirely
disappeared, from the severity of the winters and the sterility of
the soil. All this region is traversed by thousands of lakes, and
covered with enormous rocks piled upon one another, and generally
covered with huge black lichens, w^hich add to the gloomy aspect
■of this desert and almost uninhabitable country. Between these
rocks are seen here and there some specimens of a stunted pine
(Piuus rupestris), which at the height of three feet is seen
bearing fruit, and having all the marks of decrepid old age.
One hundred and fifty miles to the southward this pine attains a
height of eight or ten feet, and presents a much more vigorous
growth."*

* Michaux fils, Arbres Forestiers, vol. i, page 49.

334 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

Of tMs region, between Swan Lake and Lake Mistassini^
Micliaux remarks in his journal, tliat it evidently occupies the
height of land, since the waters of the latter lake fall northward
into Hudson's Bay, while those of Swan Lake through the
river Mistassini reach Lake St. John and the St. Lawrence. We-
cannot give a better notion of the climate and vegetation of this-
elevated and semi-arctic region, than by the following extracts-
from the manuscript journal of Michaux :

" August 30th. ^\e have passed through three lakes, which lie
among low hills, and are connected by short streams. The whole
of this region is cut up into mountains and hills ; the low places
between which are filled with water, forming innumerable lakes^
which for the most part have no names among the Indians who*
hunt in this country. Wide intervals are often covered with
S2:)liagniim, in which the traveller sinks to his knees, and which
even in the dry weather is always saturated with water. In the
course of the day we have made three portages, and have travelled
three or four leagues only, on account of the difficulty of crossing
these marshes.

" These marshes abound in Kalmia glauca, Andromed<j, poly-
folia^ Sarracenia j^ufj^urea , and Vaccinium Oxycoccus. In the
drier parts are Andromeda calyculata, Ledum palustre, Kalr)iia
a7igusti/oUa, Epigcea repens, and Pinus rubra. Abies balsamifera
may be said to cease at Swan Lake : I saw only three specimens,
of it to day in the form of little shrubs. All the plants here seem>
like decrepid pigmies on account of the sterility and the severity
of the cold.

" August 31st. We paddled for an hour ; and then came to a
portage . The cold was excessive, the sky cloudy for the last two
days, and the rain like melted snow. When we stopped for
breakfast, the cold took away our appetites, and the Indians, who
were drenched with water, trembled with cold.

" September 1st. The rain prevented our travelling, and one of
our Indians was sick. In the afternoon the weather was clearer,
and we went on notwithstanding the rain. All night we had rain
with thunder and lightning. We made six leagues, passing
through a lake and along streams scarcely wider than a canoe,

" September 2nd. Sunday. The weather was very thick in the
morning, and a half-melted snow fell; the cold beciime less severe,
but we had a portage of three quarters of a league across a marsh.
Despite showers of hail, which lasted all day, we kept on, for the

1864.] MICHAUX AND HIS JOURNEY IN CANADA. 335

Indians, like myself, were most anxious to reach Lake Mistassini
before the snow and cold should augment. "We crossed three lakes?
and travelled about ten leagues.

" September 3rd. Ice formed about a line in thickness. After
midnight a white frost was seen on the vegetation around our
camp, and there was promise of a fine day ; but about seven in
the morning the air became thick, and we had alternations of
snow, rain, hail, and sunshine. ^ >l< >!< At eleven o'clock we
reached a great river flowing northward, and with a favoring
current we made eighteen or twenty leagues to-day. The soil
appeared to grow better.

" September 4th. We were obliged to make three portages, on
account of rocky rapids, and at a quarter past ten reached Lake
Mistassini."

The following plants, in addition to these already mentioned^
were met with in crossing the height of land: Scirjms erio-
2)hojmm, Michx. ; Cinna ariindinacea, Linn. ; Avena striata,
Michx. ; Symplwricaiyos racemosus, Michx, ; Gentiana j^neu-
monanthe, Linn.; Juncus melanocarpus, Michx.; Triglocliin
maritimum, Linn.; Alisma plantago, Linn.; Vaccinium
oxycoccus, Michx. ; V. ccesjpitosum, Michx. ; V. myrtiUoides,
Michx. (T^. Pennsylvanicum, Lam.) ; Mentha horecdis, Michx.;
Pinus inops ? Ait. ; Lycopodluni Selaginoides, Linn.

Of the great Mistassin Lake but little is known ; the sketch of it
given in the accompanying map represents its size and shape as far
as can be gathered from the missionaries and Indian traders,
Ptupert's Eiver, by which it empties into James's Bay, is described
as being from fifty to sixty leagues in length, and larger than the
Saguenay. Its name, and that of the natives of its shores, is
derived from the Indian word mistassini, by which they designate
a huge rock which hangs over the lake near its ou.tlet, and is
regarded as the abode of a Manitou or Great Spirit, who is an object
of religious worship. When crossing the lake they are said to
keep their eyes turned away from this rock lest he in his ire
should excite a tempest. Near the lake, on a small river which flows
into it, is said to be a rude cavern in marble, which the Indians
call the house of the Great Spirit. The notes of Michaux add
but little to our knowledge of this lake. He tells us, however, that
the shores are low, and the hills remote, and adds that '' the wa-
ters of the lake are discharged by rivers to the north and northwest^
which fall into Hudson's Bay, the journey to which, from the

336 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

lake requires, according to the Indians, four days, al though, on
account of the rapids, it requires ten days to return."

Michaux reached Lake Mistassini on the 4th of September, and,
after paddling along it for ten or twelve leagues, encamped on a
long peninsula on the west side of the lake. The next morning
he began to collect plants, of which he gives the following names,
exclusive of those mentioned in his Flora as occurrino; in this

xeo'ion

Lycopus Virginicus, Linn. ; Sclr2^us sylvaiicus, Linn. ; >S'.
eriopJiorum, Michx. ; Phalaris arimdinacea, Linn. ; Cornus
Canadensis, Linn.; C. stolonifera, Michx. ; Potamogeton perfo-
'iiatum, Linn.; Linncea horealls, Gronov. ; Ulmus fidva, Michx.;
Str ejjtopus distortus, ^lioirK) Convallaria stellata, Linn.; Trig-
locliin maritimum, Linn.; Epilohiuinangiistifolium, Linn. ; Vac-
cinium oxycoccus, Linn. ; V. hisj)idulum, Linn. ; V. idiginoswni,
Linn.; Pyrola secunda, Linn.; Epigcearepens, Linn.; Spergulas-
•trum lanceolatum, Michx. ; Cerasus horealls, Michx. ; Sorhus au-
cicparia, Jjinn., (^Pyrus Americajia,D. C); Geum rivale, Jjinn. '^
Potentilla //■uticosa, Jjinu.', Puhus occidentalis,Jjinn.; R. arcti-
cus, Linn. ; Prunella vulgaris, Linn. ; Rhinantlius Crista-galli,
Linn. ; Sisyrincliium Bermudiana, Linn. ; Geranium Caroli-
nianum, Linn. ; Bartsia pallida, Linn. ; Hedysarum al^miumj
Michx. ; Hieracium scahrum, Michx. ; H. Canadense, Michx. ;
jLster inacrop)liyllus, Linn. ; Solidago asp)era. Ait. ; Senecio,
aureus, Linn. ; Lobelia Dortinanna,'\ Linn. ; Carexjlava, Linn. 5
Betula papyrifera, Michx. ; Sparganiuni angustifolium, Michx. ;
Ahies alba, Michx. ; A. balsamifera, Michx. ; A. denticulata,
Michx. ; Pinus inops f | Ait. ; Salix incana, Michx ; Acer monta-
MU771, Ait. ; Osmunda regalis, Linn.

Having made his collections, and reached the other side of the
lake, Michaux proceeded on his journey ; chosing for this purpose,
among the discharges of the lake, a large and fine river falling into
Hudson's Bay, and known as the Riviere des Goelands (Gull

* Flora Boreali- Americana, ad sinum Hudsonis et juxtalacus, Mistassini,
vol. i, fol. 5, 11, 14, 61, 64, 111, 124, 191, 223; vol. ii, fol. 2, 115, 121,
123, 153, 154, 171, 172, 173, 175, 180, 283.

f ThQ Lobelia Dortmanna is a rare species in Canada: I have as yet
found it in but two localities. Lake Kenogami and Lake St. Joachim.

X The Pinus inops here mentioned is the P. Banksiana, Lamb., P.
rupestrisj Michx. fils., already mentioned on page 333. It may be here
remarked, however, that it attains in some localities a height of thirty
feet.

1864.1 REMINISCENCES OF AMHERST COLLEGE. 337

Eiver), which is very probably that designated in the maps as
Rupert's Eiver. He followed this for some distance, and camped
on the night of September 5th, near the Atchoukue or Seal River.
The next day a cold fog was succeeded by rain and snow, and
compelled him to stop. The Indians, fearing the rigors of the season,
refused to go further, assuring him that if the snow continued it
would be impossible for them to return. It was therefore decided
that the}'' should immediately retrace their way to Lake Mistassini,
where they arrived that night. Along the banks of the Gull
River the following plants were collected : — Xylosteum villosum,
Michx. ; Primula 3Iistassinica, Michx. ; Ledum latifolium^
Ait.; Ruhus Chamcemorus, Linn,; Aster uniflorus, Michx.;
Carex Hichardi, Thuill. ; Betula nana, Linn. ; Myriophyllum
spicatum, Linn. ; Salix incana, Michx. ; Myrica Gale, Linn. ;
Lycopodium annotinum, Linn.

Michaux left Lake Mistassini on the 7th of September. His
journey back, although difficult, was rapid ; and from the height of
land the descending currents of the rivers, now swollen, enabled
the travellers to pass down in their canoes over most of the rapids
where they had made portages in ascending. On the 9th of Septem-
ber he passed Swan Lake and camped at Monte-a-Peine, and on
the 10th reached the river Mistassini, and camped at night ''four
leagues below the Larges Rapides, near the first Weymouth pines
(^Pinus s^ro&t(s) which we met on our way downwards." On the
12th, Michaux reached Lake St. John, and two days later left for
Quebec; from which he returned, by way of Montreal and Lake
Champlain, to Philadelphia, where he arrived on the 8th of
December, 1792.

" REMINISCENCES OF AMHERST COLLEGE."

By Edward Hitchcock, D.D., LL.D.*

This is a book which should be read by all our young natural-
ists, and by all connected with our colleges and schools. It shows
what can be done for natural science, education, and Christianity
by the earnest labors of a self-denying man, even under the dis-
advantages of poverty, want of educational privileges, and bodily
weakness ; and is full of suggestive hints as to the best means of
overcoming the difficulties which beset the pursuit of science and
education in this countrv.

* Northampton, Mass., U. S. : Published by Bridgman & Childs, 1863,

338 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

Its interest as a narrative and as a study of Imman nature is
also great. Mixed with some pardonable egotisms, it brings
before us a vivid picture of the genuine old New England puritan
character, in its energy, its stubborn endurance, its rigid honesty
and integrity, its horror of debt and dependence, and its quiet
enthusiasm, — qualities which, it is to be feared, have somewhat
died out in more recent times, and which certainly require cul-
ture among the young men of Canada.

We purpose, in the present notice, to give a few extracts illus-
trative of the early life and character of Dr. Hitchcock, and of his
efforts in behalf of natural history, and especially of the museum
of Amherst College.

The following extracts refer to the difficulties of his early life :

" One of these circumstances was the comparative poverty of
my early condition. It was not absolute poverty, for my father
moved among the most respectable of the people of Deerfield, where
I was born, and was honored among them especially by being-
chosen deacon of the Orthodox church, of which he was long one of
the strongest pillars. But he had to struggle hard with a trade
not very lucrative, to feed, clothe, and educate a large family.
He bad commenced his family career during the Revolutionary
War, in which he had been twice engaged as a soldier, as was his
father, who fell a sacrifice to the diseases of the camp. The debts
which he contracted when Continental Notes were almost the only
money, hung like an incubus upon him nearly all his life, and he
was relieved only when his sons were old enough to aid him. But
lie was highly intellectual in his habits, and studied theology
especially, with much success." [Towards the close of his life, as but
few sympathized with him in his religious views, the church with
which he was connected having passed into other hands, he com-
mitted many of his thoughts to writing, and some of the essays and
sermons which he left " would do no discredit to educated
clergymen."]

" It cannot be doubted that such a father would do all he could
for the education of his children. We were first carried thoroughly
through the primary school, and then had the advantages of a
good academy, as much as we could find time and means to
improve. But he could go no farther with any of us — he had
three sons. And nothing was before me but a life of manual
labor. But as I had a great aversion to being apprenticed to a
tradesman, he did not attempt even to teach me his own trade,

1864.] REMINISCENCES OF AMHERST COLLEGE. 339

that of a hatter. Farming was the only resort, and I worked on
the farm — not on my father's, for he had none — but on land hired
by my brother — I know not how many years. Hiked the employ-
ment ; but, as I shall state more particularly in a few moments, I had
acquired a strong relish for scientific pursuits, and I seized upon
every moment I could secure — especially rainy days and evenings —
for those studies. I was treated very leniently by my father and
brother, who probably did not know what to do with me, but saw
plainly that I should not become distinguished as a farmer. My
literary taste was also greatly encouraged by a few companions in
Deerfield with whom I united in a society, whose weekly meetings
we kept up for years, which had a department for debate, and
another for philosophical discussion. I always regarded this as
one of the most important means of mental discipline that I ever
enjoyed.

" But perhaps the most important lesson taught me by my strait-
ened circumstances was habits of rigid economy. I learnt that
these were more important than a large income. T learnt the value
of money, and that the use of it is one of those talents for which
we must give an account. It has made me ever since opposed to
any useless expenditure of money in clothing, food, furniture, ser-
vants, equipage, journeyings, &c. I have been opposed to large
salaries ; and am confident, that, if the truth were known, our
public institutions, literary, political, and religious, have the greatest
real prosperity when their officers' salaries are low ; for the
temptation to extravagance with an increase of means is well nigh
irresistible. I have always felt it to be an imperious duty for the
officers of a literary institution, which contains indigent young
men, to set an example in plainness in dress, equipage, and living,
that tliey might be encouraged. In respect to books, apparatus,
and specimens, and even objects to improve the taste, such as
paintings, statuary, and articles of vertu^ I would counsel as large
an expenditure as possible, for that is true economy; and to get
large sums for these and benevolent objects is the great purpose of
economy in personal expenses. But I have ever found men more
ready to call your economy parsimoniousness, than to inquire into
the liberality of your benefactions for worthy objects.

"For the formation of a taste for science I was doubtless indebted
to my uncle, Major-General Epaphras Hoyt, of Deerfield, a near
neighbor. He gave the most attention to military science, on
^hich he published some valuable works, and to which I devoted

340 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct..

myself with considerable interest, especially to fortification, whera
from fifteen to eighteen years of age. But he was also deeply
interested in astronomy and natural philosophy, and these branches
became my favorites. The great comet of 1811, and access to-
some good instruments for observino; it, belongino; to Deerfield
Academy, gave me a decided bias for astronomy. From the 7th
of September, 1811, to the 17th of December, corresponding to
the appearance and disappearance of the comet, I was engaged in
making observations, not only on the comet's distances from stars,,
but on the latitute and longitude by lunar distances and eclipses
of the sun and moon, and on the variation of the magnetic needle.
I gave myself to this labor so assiduously that my health failed,,
and I well remember that when my physician was consulted he
said, ' I see what your difficulty is : you have got the comet's tail
in your stomach.' To reduce my numerous observations cost ma
several more months of study, so imperfect were the means of cal-
culation in my hands. Yet I have sometimes thought, when
looking over my record of these observations and the results, that
they might almost be worth publication, although much inferior
to similar works in the observatories of the present day. Indeed,.
General Hoyt, under whose direction I labored, and who often
aided me in observations, communicated some of them to the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and they were published
by that society. But I experienced great benefit from the work^
in the mental discipline it required, and I acquired a strong love
for theoretical and practical astronomy. I became, in fact, such
an enthusiast in this respect, that I could cheerfully forego every
ordinary source of pleasure sought after by young men, in order
to gratify this scientific passion.

" But I was destined to a sad disappointment in this, my first
scientific love. I had for a considerable time been engaged in the
study of Latin and Greek, in the hope of entering the University
at Cambridge in advanced standing, and using my eyes upon
Greek during an attack of the mumps, a sudden weakness of the
eyes came on which compelled me to suspend nearly all study and
to change the whole course of my life, abandoning a college course
as impracticable, and, for a time, nearly all hope of pursuing science
or literature as a profession. I have now struggled with this
affliction fifty years; and though for some time past, through the
kindness of Providence, it has been much mitigated, it has seemed to
be a very serious obstacle to my literary pursuits, and it certainly

1864.] REMINISCENCES OF AMHERST COLLEGE. 341

has produced much suffering. I am not sure, however, but it has
been a merciful check upon my disposition to over-work, and
thereby has tended to lengthen out my life and ability to labor.
If so, how thankful I ought to be for it !

"But Providence had better things in store for me in a variety
of respects, to which this trying failure of my eyes and blasting of
my plans and hopes would introduce me. To say nothing of
spiritual blessings, new fields of science were thus to be opened to
me, where wonders yet more attractive awaited me. My eyes
failed in the spring of 1814, and for two years darkness that might
be felt rested upon my prospects. Still I could not give up study,
and tried all manner of ways to make some progress. In 1816,
the Trustees of Deerfield Academy ventured to commit that Insti-
tution to my care ; where for three years I labored intensely to
maintain myself, in spite of a defective education, weak eyes, and
poor health. It was at this time that I commenced study for the
Christian ministry, having been led by my trials to feel the infinite
importance of eternal things, and the duty of consecrating myself
to the promotion of God's glory and man's highest good. There,
too, at first, chiefly as a means of promoting health, my attention
was turned to Natural History. About that time Professor Amos
Eaton had been lecturing at Amherst, and we became acquainted
with him, and I always regarded him as the chief agent of intro-
ducing a taste for these subjects in the Connecticut Valley. Dr.
Stephen W. Williams, Dr. Dennis Cooley, and myself, all of Deer
field, took hold of mineralogy and botany wdth great zeal. Dr.
Cooley and myself collected nearly all the plants, phenogamous and
cryptogamous, in the Valley. Dr. Cooley became an excellent
botanist; and even to a recent date, when he died in Michiaan,
had pursued the subject with zest. Dr. Williams afterwards
became Professor of Medical Jurisprudence in the Berkshire
Medical School.

'' I ought also to state a few facts which formed a part of my
education, and which served to diminish the evils of a self-taught
course. I have already referred to the benefits which I derived
from being for many years a leading member of a debating society.
I there had an opportunity to practice extempore speaking and
composition, and to acquire facility in philosophical reasoning, prob-
ably to a ten times greater extent than does a student in college.
It was also an admirable discipline I was compelled to go through
when called to instruct in the academy in Deerfield. As ther*

Vol. I. X No. 5.

342 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

were always in the school a number who were fitting for college, I
found a thorough review of a large part of my classical studies
indispensable — not once merely, but over and over again, so that
the details have remained in my mind even to the present time,
and the same is true of the many other studies one is called to
teach in an academy. It was a much more severe discipline than
if I had been through college drilling ; and I would advise no
young man to venture upon it unless driven to it, as I was, by
dire necessity.

" The academy owned a very good philosophical apparatus, and I
prepared a number of lectures on natural philosophy, which were
delivered with experiments before the school, and in the evening
before the citizens of the village. This was my first attempt at
lecturing.

'' But my best mental discipline was connected with the use of the
astronomical instruments of the academy. In another place I have
described the observations which I made on the comet of 1811, as
well as on other heavenly bodies. The subsequent winter was in a
good measure devoted to a reduction of those observations ; and as
I had access to only a few books, I was obliged to calculate by
spherical trigonometry many elements which at this day are
found in the tables of practical astronomy. The mere efibrt to
form an accurate idea of the numerous spherical triangles I had to
construct out of the imaginary circles of the celestial sphere,
was an admirable discipline, and their accurate solution not
less so." I

Much more might be usefully said on this subject ; but we turn
to his experiences as Professor and President at Amherst College.

" When I joined the College in the winter of 1826, there was no
laboratory, no philosophical cabinet, no natural history cabinet,
and no chapel. Two dormitory buildings had been erected, and
in the fourth story of the most northerly of these (the present
North College South Entry) two rooms were thrown together, a
platform built on which was placed a small tub-like pulpit, which
could be moved ofi" to allow the Professor of Natural Philosophy
to lecture one part of the day, and the Professor of Chemistry the
other part, taking care to finish before evening prayers.

" On the catalogues for 1825 and 1826 my title appears as Pro-
fessor of Natural History and Chemistry. The order of these
subjects was changed on the subsequent catalogues, and continued
thus till 1845. For nearly twenty years I had entire charge of

1864.] REMINISCENCES OF AMHERST COLLEGE. 343

these two wide fields, except that in 1843 Mr. Sheppard was
appointed Lecturer of Agricultural Chemistry and Mineralogy.
But it should be recollected that these branches, especially natural
history, thirty years ago were but little thought of in this country,
and were in fact in comparative infancy. And besides, we had
then next to no collections, and a leading object before me was
to provide them. Indeed, I may state it as a general fact, that
in all the subjects in which I have given instruction in Amherst
College, I have been obliged to provide the apparatus, models, and
specimens, sometimes with, but more often without, funds, except
my private resources. Nevertheless, my first courses of lectures
and recitations were nearly as extensive as they have been since.
They averaged nearly four exercises per week, or about one hun-
dred and fifty in the year. In particular branches, as new instruc-
tors have been appointed, more time has been given. For instance,
when Professor Adams took the department of zoology he was
allowed from thirty to forty recitations and lectures, as was also
Professor Clark, though, for what reason I know not, they have
since been reduced to ten lectures, which is equivalent to five reci-
tations ; for it is common now to put lectures in different depart-
ments side by side, so that two shall be equal to one recitation —
that is a half day. Even in its infant days, I never gave less than
twenty or thirty lectures on zoology — say ten to fifteen on mam-
malogy, ornithology, herpetology, and ichthyology, and ten to fifteen
on conchology and the other branches of invertebrate zoology ; also
ten to fifteen on botany. At this day, all those important discus-
sions respecting the distribution of species, their metamorphoses,
and the unity of the human species, must require several more
lectures, or it is impossible to teach graduates how to defend
religion against the assaults of sceptics.

" The title of Professor of Chemistry and Natural History, which
I had for twenty years, conveys but an imperfect idea of what I
attempted to teach, or rather of the grand object I had in view.
That object was to illustrate, by the scientific facts which I taught,
the principles of natural theology. This I stated at the com-
mencement of my course, and on other proper occasions. At
length when I became President, I took natural theology as the
leading title of my professorship. And really the instruction
given in the natural sciences in college is scarcely more — often
less — than is necessary to understand their religious bearing. But
this is their most important use, as it is of all knowledge, and this

344 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

thought I made the basis of my Inaugural Address, when inducted
into the Presidency. I had endeavored to act on this principle
in all my teaching ; but now I put it into the form of a professor-
ship, and a richer or nobler field I do not know in the whole circle
of science. I called it a Professorship of Natural Theology and
Geology, adding this latter science because I have been in the
habit of going more into detail concerning it, and because no
science equals this in its religious applications.

'' It was a deep conviction of the importance of such a professor-
ship that led me to seek its endowment. The manner in which
it was secured has already been referred to. Mr. Williston had
just agreed to endow a professorship, which was finally called the
Graves Professorship, in honor of Mrs. Williston' s maiden name,
and he offered to give half enough to endow another, if some gen-
tleman could be found to take the other half, and proffer his name
to the whole. I immediately communicated with Samuel A,
Hitchcock, of Brimfield, and I merely stated the case and told
him that as he was childless, I wanted that he should make the Pro-
fessorship of Natural Theology and Geology his heir, and that so
long as I was connected with the College, I would fill the chair,
and thus make it a Hitchcock affair all round. The conceit struck
him favorably, and by return mail the proposal was accepted. Sub-
sequently, through fear that some of his securities might fall below
par, he added two thousand dollars more, making the whole endow-
ment twenty-two thousand dollars, which is the largest among the
professorships, and the income is almost sufficient to sustain two
professors."

The perplexities in the management of a New England Col-
lege are amusingly sketched as follows :

" There are three bodies of men officially connected with College,
at whose meetings the President is expected to preside, and for
which his duty is to prepare business. The first is the Trustees,
whose meetings, in ordinary times, are only once a year. The
second is the Prudential Committee, who look after pecuniary
affairs, and almost anything, in fact, needed to be done in the
absence of the Trustees. These hold their meetings regularly as
often as once a month, and frequently much oftener. The third
is the Faculty, who hold a weekly meeting for attending to the
discipline and government of the College, considering petitions,
and seeing to it that everything is in place and order. Here
everything that makes friction or is out of gear, among officers or

1864.] REMINISCENCES OF AMHERST COLLEGE. 3-45

students, is developed ; and though men who have a knack of
throwing off personal responsibility and shirking their duties cau
go through such meetings lightly, and even jocosely, they often
weigh heavily upon the President, who is personally responsible
for the proper adjustment and management of the whole machine.
Consequently these Faculty meetings, held, as they usually are,
in the evening, and sometimes protracted to a late hour, are
among the most trying of a President's duties. They often wore
very much upon me, especially when followed, as they sometimes
were, by the admonition, dismissal, or expulsion of delinquents.
In almost every such case, the public sentiment and sympathy in
College would be with the offender, however aross his crimes.
The same would generally be the case with friends at home, and
with the community at large. A college Faculty are looked upon
by many as an aristocratic, arbitrary, and tyrannical set, whom
every humane man is bound to oppose ; and multitudes who never
saw even the outside of a college, feel fully competent to sit in
judgment upon their acts and to denounce them. It is this out-
side sympathy with those who are under discipline that does more
than anything else to sustain them in their misdeeds, and to
encourage the rebellions that are the frequent consequence of college
discipline; and it is the necessity of thus going against the popular
will, and of encountering reactions as the consequence that may
rend the college in pieces, that is more trying to a President than
all his literary labors. Even in a Christian college, where is often
a sprinkling of some of the most difficult elements to control, he is
not unfrequently made to feel that he sits upon a volcano, which,
though now quiet, may at any moment become active.

" My epistolary correspondence in the Presidency was peculiarly
onerous. I had previously been so much of a jack at all trades
that I had laid myself open to enquiries aiid assaults from a"
classes. The same mail (and I hardly exaggerate the literal fact)
might bring inquiries about some point in the theory of temperance
— how to employ garnet in making sand-paper — -how to reconcile
the imputation of Adam's sin with our sense of justice — where to
find the best beds of sulphate of baryta — whether I would like to
exchange or buy shells, minerals, and fossils — how cheaply an indi-
gent young man can go through the college, and with what helps
— whether I knew of any one who would m?k3 a good teacher of a
common school or of an academy, or a professor in a college, or any
one to supply a pulpit — what I thought of a new theory of drift, or

346 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

of latent heat — or new views of the relations of geology to Moses
—or a new poem — or a new work — all of which were sent, and an
answer requested, if possible, by return mail. During my Presi-
dency I calculated that I was obliged to answer as many as four
hundred or five hundred letters annually, and to these should be
added at least one hundred recommendations to students eoinor
out to teach school, and for other purposes, and to graduates."

Along with this we may place the jDractical dijficulties of the
Professor of Chemistry :

" I have already given some idea of the state of preparation in
the College for chemical experiments when I joined it. Not only
was I obliged to lecture in the fourth story and in a sort of chapel,
but there were no instruments or ingredients worth naming pro-
vided by those who preceded me. For four gentlemen had lectured
on that subject before me, viz., Col. Hufus Graves, Professor
Olds, Professor Amos Eaton, and a Mr. Cotting, who was after-
wards appointed State Geologist in Georgia.

" I must have given at least two fourth-story courses of lectures.
But when the chapel building was erected in 1826, an opportunity
was presented for fitting up a laboratory. The basement story
at the east end was mostly above ground, with cellar rooms adjoin-
ing. I had ample space for a large lecture-room, apparatus-room,
and office, and means enough were furnished for supplying eco-
nomically furnaces, cisterns, gasometers, and apparatus. The only
difficulty was that the room was beneath all the others, and par-
tially under ground. But at that time the idea generally was that
such was the proper place for a laboratory. Because the chemist
eliminates many mephitic gases, therefore place him where he
cannot get them out of his room; or if they do escape through
the ceiling, they will let all in the rooms above him get a whifF of
the atmosphere which he is obliged to breathe in concentrated
purity. Nevertheless, I spent at least a third of my time for
eighteen years in that laboratory, and found it in most respects
very convenient. I do not doubt that its dampness and the
unwholesome gases which I got rid of only by opening the doors
and windows, have contributed to bring on and aggravate those
pulmonary and bronchial difficulties that now press so heavily
upon me, and will soon terminate my days. But probably a person
in good health need not fear active employment in such rooms. I
have found analytical chemistry to be more trying in such a place
than the mere preparation for lectures, because the former requires
such long-continued attention."

1864.] REMINISCENCES OF AMHERST COLLEGE. 347

We reserve our remaining space for extracts from the remark-
able history of Dr. Hitchcock's museum ; the whole of which is
well worthy of being read :

''When I came here, in 1826, a Natural History Society existed
among the students, which had begun to bring together specimens
chiefly in mineralogy, geology, and mammalogy ; but they were too
few to be employed in lecturing. I therefore took up the business
of collecting. I had, however, in previous years, obtained a few
hundred specimens, mostly in mineralogy and geology, and the
Trustees in 1826 " voted that Professor Hitchcock be requested
to deposit his private geological cabinet in the Cabinet of the
College." Previous to this time, I believe, the Natural History
Society had presented the whole or part of their collections ; so
that, so far as numbers were concerned, our cases looked quite
respectable. But to one acquainted with natural history, probably
the larger part would come under the ironical title of Jactalltes ;
that is, specimens to be thrown away. However they did a very
good service so long as no better collections were near. And it is
a fact that some of the ablest naturalists ^ho graduated here (ex.
qr. Shepard and Adams), started in these days of meagre scientific
illustration. Their fewness led such men to study what we had
with more attention, and that awakened the desire to see and
possess more ; and in these two facts, conjoined with good native
talent and scholarship, you have the elements of able naturalists.

" In 1830 I was appointed to make a geological survey of Massa-
chussetts, and this opened a door for the introduction of numerous
specimens. The Government, indeed, directed that a collection
of the rocks and minerals of the State of moderate size should be
collected for each of the colleges. They amounted, I believe, in
the first survey, to about eight hundred. I also collected four
times as many for the State Cabinet, and nearly as many for
myself Having deposited the latter in the Cabinet, the Trustees,
feeling under obligation to Williston Seminary, or rather to its
founder, presented to it the collection of eight hundred speci-
mens.

" Another way which has been a prolific one of increasing the
Cabinet in all its branches, organic and inorganic, is by securing
the help of the graduates of the College, especially the foreign mis-
sionaries. The Zoological Museum has in this way often been
enriched. In the AYoods Cabinet is a collection of rocks and
minerals chiefly from Asia, of more than twelve hundred speci-

348 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct

mens, sent in a great measure by missionaries, or by men on mis-
sionary ground. Many of these specimens possess a special
interest from the sacred localities from which they came. But
they are numerous enough from some extensive regions to give a
tolerable idea of the geology ; as for instance Syria and Palestine,
especially Mount Lebanon, Armenia, and the north-west part of
Persia, and the Grhaut Mountains of India.

" My collection of fossil footmarks was begun in 1835. For as
soon as I had turned my attention to Ichnology, I commenced the
accumulation of specimens, and from that day to the present I
have never ceased to gather in all which I could honestly obtain.
For no other part of the cabinet have I labored so hard or encoun-
tered so many difficulties. True, for some years at first I had the
field essentially, to myself; and had I then been fully aware of its
richness and extent, I might have secured a large amount of speci-
mens at a reasonable rate. But the subject opened upon me
gradually, and the disclosures made by my writings attracted
others into the field who became uncompromising competitors in
the way of collecting, and with some it became a matter of trade.
The consequence was that the value of specimens rose to almost
fabulous prices. The man who had made the largest collection
was Dexter Marsh, of Greenfield, who was himself a quarryman,
and had the ambition, as he told me, to get together the largest
collection in the world. He succeeded, if we take into account
the quality of the specimens. But, poor man ! he died before his
work was done ; having, in my opinion, hastened his decease by
excessive labor in the hot sun in getting out beryls and other
minerals. His executors sold his collections at auction. I knew
they would sell high, for I was one of the appraisers, and we marked
them high. But I could not see those fine sj)ecimens all scattered
through the land without making an effort to raise some money to
secure some of them, and I adopted this plan. My collection of
footmarks had become so large, that, in the opinion of so good a
judge as Professor C. U. Shepard, its value was not less than
$3,500 ; and that it could be disposed of for at least $2,000 in
cash. In a circular to several benevolent gentlemen, I ofiered to
present this to the College, if others would furnish me with six or
seven hundred dollars with which to secure some of the slabs at
Marsh's auction. It so happened, or rather, as I view it. Provi-
dence so ordered it, that I first addressed John Tappan, Esq.
He responded by a subscription of $500. To this extraordinary

1864.] REMINISCENCES OF A3IHERST COLLEGE. 349

liberality T attribute my success in filling up the present large
cabinet. For so his^h a standard had imitators. Hon. Duvid
Sears soon added another $500 ; Gerard Hallock followed with
$250, Hon. E. P. Prentice with $150, and several other gentle-
men witli $100 each. So that I went to the auction with nearly
$2,000 in my pocket. Moreover the stream of benevolence which
had thus been diverted into this channel did not cease to flow with
the Marsh sale; but almost to the present day new and liberal
increments have continued to be made to the funds in my hands
chiefly devoted to footmarks ; so that they have risen to $3,800.
Among the donors was the widow of Hon. Abbott Lawrence,
who sent me $300, although I suggested as a maximum
only $100. Had Mr. Tappan headed the subscription with $50,
— and I could not reasonably have expected more, — prcbably I
should have been compelled to see it close at $500, and the Ich-
nological Cabinet would have been a meagre affair comj)ared with
what it is now.

" When I reached Greenfield to attend the auction in September,
1 853, 1 found several naturalists there from Boston with pockets well
lined, who came with the intention — as they had a right to do —
to take the whole of Mr, Marsh's collection for the Boston Society
of Natural History. I told them that there were many duplicates
in the collection, enough if divided to supply both the College and
their Society. But if they insisted upon monopolizing the whole, I
had made up my mind, having $2,000 on hand, to be very benevolent
towards the widow by compelling them to pay very liberal prices.
They seemed to feel the reasonableness of my suggestions, and
they found as I stated that there were enough specimens for us
both. My bill went as high as $700, and theirs higher.

" Since this auction I have continued to lay out large sums in
the purchase of footmarks. To Koswell Field, who lives on the
most remarkable known locality, and has disinterred more tracks
than any other man, I have paid not far from $4,000. His
prices have indeed been generally high, but when the specimen
was unique, I must give him what he asked, or leave it for some
one else ; and Mr. Field has, in at least two cases, presented
specimens to the Cabinet which I have estimated at $300.

" To persons not familiar with the value of natural history speci-
mens, the idea of giving §^150 for a broken slab of stone a few
feet square — I have several specimens that cost me that sum —
seems extravagance and folly. I may mention an anecdote in

350 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

point. After the auction at Greenfield, I employed a waggoner
to transport my specimens to the railroad. I happened to be a
little out of sight, and heard him describing to a citizen standing
by the sums I had paid for them. ' The man,' said the citizen,
' who will waste money like that, should have a guardian placed
over him.' I could not restrain a loud laugh, which brought us
into conversation, when I said, ' You will at least acknowledge
that my insane prodigality is a good thing for Mrs. Marsh.'

" I must acknowledge, however, that in no enterprise in my life
have I been obliged to work so hard, and exercise so much strate-
gic skill to avoid paying exorbitant prices, and even being defeated,
as in the collection of this Ichnological Cabinet. The high prices
paid at the auction (one slab sold for $375) produced an impres-
sion of the great value of these relics throughout the Yalley, and
exorbitant prices were attached to them wherever found. But very
few, however, knew enough about the different kinds to distin-
guish the rare and valuable ones. But since I had studied them
all, I found that wherever I expressed any particular interest in a
specimen the presumption was that it was rare, and the price went
up accordingly. I was obliged, therefore to exercise a good deal
of prudence, and show much sang f void ^ or I could not, with my
small means, make much headway. I worked as quietly as pos-
sible, with my plans locked up in my own bosom, yet with inflexible
resolution and perseverance, looking constantly to God for help.
I felt that such a collection would illustrate a curious chapter of
His providence towards our globe, and that the larger the collec-
tion, the more full the illustration. I expected myself to make
only a beginning ; but I wanted to provide the means for my suc-
cessors to carry forward the work which they never could do if the
specimens are scattered all over the world, or rather if all the
varieties are not found in some one cabinet. Large as the collec-
tion now is, I have been often pained to see very fine specimens
taken out of my hands by those who could pay more for them than
I could, and carried, I know not whither.

" In such circumstances, I have tried to be as economical as pos-
sible in the use of the money in my hands for this purpose. When-
ever I could. I have myself gone to the quarries and dug out the
specimens. When not too large, also, I have transported them on
my own business-waggon. Again and again have I entered
Amherst upon such a load ; generally, however, preferring not to
arrive till evening j because, especially of late, such manual labor

1864.] REMINISCENCES OF AMHERST COLLEGE. 351

is regarded by many as not comporting with the dignity of a pro-
fessor. I have not however, in general, paid much attention to
such a feeling, except to be pained by seeing it increase, because
its prevalence would change the character of the College, by driv-
ing away those who are obliged to do their own work.

" During these twenty-six years' experience in gathering these
footmarks, I have met some very unique examples of human
nature. While some of my countrymen in the lower classes of
society have shown a shrewdness and generosity and made me feel
proud of New England, others have exhibited a selfishness and
meanness that made me exclaim, Farvum j^cirva decent ! For
instance, suppose on your arrival at a locality of footmarks, one
had preceded you with whom you were on friendly terms, but who
was so anxious to prevent your obtaining any specimens, that he
had mutilated the good ones that were accessible, which he had
not time to remove ! Alas, if I had not known this vandalism
practiced several times by professedly respectable naturalists, I
should not mention it.

"Some of my experiences have been quite amusing. Having
found some impressions which I called tracks {Hai'pagopus Hud-
sonius) in the sidewalks of Greenwich Street, in New York city,
I requested a moulder to take a plaster cast of them, which he
did. But on going to the spot again some hours later, I was told
that some one else had meantime taken casts of them ! althousfh
he could not have known that they were of any value ; but it shows
how prone men are to follow an example. A large crowd had
gathered when I took the first cast; and I was told afterwards that
all which saved me from being voted a fit subject for a lunatic
asylum, was the testimony of a young lady, in one of the adjoin-
ing houses, who had attended my lectures on geology at Amherst,
and who testified that I was no more deranged than such men
usually are."

These are but specimens of the enthusiastic work of a lifetime,
which occupies in the narrative no small portion of the book. The
results are very marvellous, even when we take into account the
credit due to Profs. Adams and Sheppard, and others ; all of
which is acknowledged by Dr. Hitchcock. The museum, as it
now stands, is one of the finest in America, and, in some respects,
as in phonolites and meteorites, second to none in the world. It
is valued at more than $100,000, and has been collected at an
expense to the College almost nominal.

352 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

A useful purpose will be served in this country, where such things
are as yet too little appreciated, by quoting Dr. Hitchcock's esti-
mate of the utility of natural history collections.

" 1. They are indispensable to give students a knowledge of the
natural productions of different parts of the earth ; and without
which, their views would be narrow, and they would be liable to
constant blunders in their literary productions,

"2. When studied, they help very much to sharpen the discrimi-
nation, and teach students how to distinguish between the appa-
rent and the real. Indeed, as a means of mental discipline, no
branch of knowledge goes before natural history ; though, from the
very limited attention usually given to such subjects, this effect is
but slightly realized.

" 3. They are indispensable, also, to give facilities to any stu-
dents who have a natural taste and fitness for such pursuits, to
qualify themselves for future distinction in them ; and this they
can do, if the collections are good, without interfering with recita-
tions in other branches, by devoting those leisure hours to the
cabinets, which most give to useless recreation or to something
worse.

" 4. They deeply interest and instruct the community sur-
rounding a college, and all who visit it, and thus give reputation
to it. V^isitors cannot be shown much in mathematics, or in the
classics, as they pass through college-halls, unless particularly well
acquainted with the subjects, and even large libraries are all seen
at a glance. But almost every one will see enough in nature's
products to awaken interest, inquiry, and admiration. This
explains the fact that as many as fifteen thousand visitors annually
have registered their names in the Amherst Cabinets, small and
retired as the place is. The College could not afford to lose the
influence in favor of the institution thus spread through the coun-
try. It turns the attention of many young men to this place ; and
when they learn that in all other respects the institution stands
high, this feature often brings them here, in spite of the claims of
rival colleges. This is not indeed the most important thing in
the College ; but we need to combine all the influences that we
can to enable the College to maintain the high position it has
takeUj and to continue its upward course.

" 5. These cabinets form an anchor to steady the College in
stormy times. Such periods of trial not unfrequently come, when
the temptation is to give up the ship, or transfer it to to some other

1864.] REMINISCENCES OF AMHERST COLLEGE. 353

place. But though it be easy to transfer able teachers and funds,
and even libraries, large cabinet buildings, with costly fixtures,
cannot so easily be changed; and the friends of the College would
be quite apt to rally around the fruit of seventy-five years of labor
which they contain, since mere money cannot make their place good.

" 6. These cabinets are indispensable to teach young men how
to defend and illustrate religion. This is their most important
use. For I hesitate not to say, that, however otherwise well edu-
cated a scholar is, he cannot defend Christianity, or even natural
religion, from the subtle attacks which of late years have been
drawn from natural history, from geology and zoology. For instance,
if he has not seen, and to some extent studied the specimens on
which these objections are founded, he must see and examine rocks
and fossils before he can understand the discussions raised by
geology on the age of the world, on the eternity of matter, on the
pre-adamic existence of suffering and death, on special Divine inter-
ventions in nature, and on the extent of the deluge. He must
study animals and plants, or he cannot refute the advocates of the
development-hypothesis or of the plurality of origin of the human
species. Where else but in college can those who mean to be
ministers of the Gospel acquire such knowledge ? Surely not in
our theological seminaries, nor in the families of private clergy-
men. The abstract, metaphysical way of treating those subjects
which they may learn elsewhere, will only excite the ridicule or
contempt of the able, sceptical naturalist.

" On the other hand, it is only by the study of cabinets that
theological students can learn how to use with ability those nume-
rous illustrations and confirmations of religious truth which of
late years have been derived from natural history. The larger
part and the most striking of the proofs and illustrations regard-
ing the Deity and his attributes, have been derived from this
department of knowledge. It is a rich field, and furnishes, besides
the case just indicated, numerous striking confirmations and illus-
trations of some of the most precious truths of revealed religion, as
the works of McCosh, Hugh Miller, Dana, Harris, Chalmers, and
many others show.

" 7. Finally, large cabinets are necessary to enable instructors
to make new discoveries in science, and to trace out new religious
illustrations. With small collections, the prospect of finding
undescribed objects would be small. And in this fact, not in want
of ability, do we see a reason why so few professors of natural

354 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

history add many new facts to their departments, or suggest new
illustrations of religion. True, the want in our libraries of the
great standard books on these subjects pablished in Europe, is
another almost equally powerful obstacle to new discoveries, as the
want of specimens. But what a pity that in both these ways our
professors should be deprived of a credit they ought to have the
power to attain, and be compelled to put into the hands of Euro-
pean naturalists every object apparently new which they meet,
because they are afraid to describe it, lest it should have been
already described by transatlantic naturalists !

" It is for such reasons that I felt justified in devoting so much
time and effort during thirty-eight years, to build up and fill the
Cabinets at Amherst. I have no expectation or wish to give the
subjects of natural history here an undue prominence, but only to
make them subserve the objects I have specified, and to do something
towards sustaining the credit and popularity of the institution."

NOTES ON THE HABITATS AND VARIETIES OF
SOME CANADIAN FEBNS.

By David R. McCord, B.A., Montreal.

PoLTPODiU3i VULGARE. — Common in Lower Canada ; eight to
twelve inches long, occasionally smaller. As it grows upon rocks,
it may sometimes be seen curled up by drought. I have not yet
observed any abnormal forms ; but since in Great Britain there
are, according to Lowe, thirty-seven varieties more or less constant
in cultivation, attention to this fern is particularly to be desired
from Canadian pteridologists. Montreal, not common; Chatham;
Waterloo ; Sorel, Lady Dalhousie ; Temiscouata, common, J. G.
Thomas, M.D. ; Quebec, Hon. William Sheppard. White Moun-
tains, New Hampshire.

PoLYPODiUM HEXAGONOPTERUM. — Usually thinner, less coria-
ceous than P. Fhegojyteris. Waterloo ; Chatham ; Sorel, Lady
Dalhousie ; Quebec, Hon. Wihiam Sheppard.

PoLYPODiUM Phegopteris. — Rhizoma many rooted, stipes
ascending at short intervals ; occasionally sixteen inches in height,
(including stipe). Temiscouata, common, J. G. Thomas, M.D. ;
Waterloo; Lennoxville; Chatham; Durham, Wickham, and Mel-
bourne, John A. Bothwell, B. A. ; Quebec, Rev. Prof. Brunet.

1864.] M'CORD on CANADIAN FERNS. 355

PoLYPODiUM Dryopteris. — Rliizoma black, few rooted. Mon-
treal, not fine ; Waterloo ; Lennoxville, very fine ; Chatliam ; Dur-
ham, Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Both well, B.A. ; Quebec,
Hon. William Sheppard ; Temiscouata, common, J. G. Thomas,
M.D. White Mountains, New Hampshire.

(i. erectum. — I have a specimen which appears to correspond
with this variety, fifteen inches high and nine inches broad, but its
size is the chief difierence I can detect between it and the normal
smaller specimens. The pinnae are however more deeply pin-
natifid, and, in the case of the lowest ones, almost pinnate.
Waterloo, June 6, 1862.

PoLYPODiUM EoBERTiANUM. — Sorel, Lady Dalhousie.

Adiantum pedatum. — When it first appears in spring, in the
early part of May, the stipe is covered with thick chaiFy scales,
and the frond circinate ; the scales soon disappear, and in a week or
two the stipe is at full height. Common almost everywhere in
Lower Canada. Montreal; Lennoxville; Waterloo; Chatham;
Sorel, Lady Dalhousie; Quebec, Hon. William Sheppard; Dur-
ham, Wickham and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. White
Mountains, New Hampshire.

Var. triangidare. — From Chatham, where a large clump
grew. Very deep green, fewer pinnae (branches) than normal,
and fewer pinnules; these more deeply pinnatifid, sometimes
divided half way to the midrib at back. Instead of the common
oblong-shaped pinnules, this variety displays a triangular form,
and the whole aspect is in a measure difierent.

Pteris aquilina. — Common everywhere in Lower Canada.
Montreal; Waterloo; Chatham; Lennoxville; Durham, Wick-
ham, and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. ; Temiscouata,
J. G. Thomas, M.D. ; Sorel, Lady Dalhousie. White Mountains,
New Hampshire ; Portland, Maine.

The varieties of this fern are very numerous. Vars. a. vera
and (3. integerrima. I have collected specimens of both these
varieties, though they do not adhere exactly to Dr. Lawson's
descriptions of them. I have also one or two beautiful specimens
of another variety, with a brown stripe of six and a half inches in
length, surmounted by the frond, which is three inches high, and
three and a half broad. The branches are pinnate, the pinnae
pinnatifid and very clearly divided. The specimens were min-
utely chafiy-hairy and in fruit. Now the vars a. vera and p.
integerrima are of large size, and not so thick or coriaceous, though

356 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. fOct.

they agree witli this variety in the number of branches and in
point of pinnatification. Whether specimens of this variety in a
sterile state would be less coriaceous, I am not in a position to say.
These last mentioned specimens were collected at Chatham on the
Ottawa, a locality rich in ferns; and I may also add, in phoe-
nogamous plants. T have also another variety of P. aquilina dis-
playing extremely lanceolate pointed pinnules ; but whether this
acuminate property be constant, I cannot now affirm.

Allosorus gracilis. — Rare. Rocks, county of Prescott, C.
W. ; on the shore of River Ottawa, opposite the residence of Lem-
uel Gushing, Esq.; Chatham; Cacouna, very fine specimens, Dr.
J. W. Dawson ; Riviere du Loup (en has), J. G. Thomas, M.D. ;
near Britannia Mills, rare, Hon. William Sheppard ; Murray Bay,
R. Anstruther Ramsay, B.A.

Struthiopteris Germanica. — Very common. Among other
localities : — Montreal ; Waterloo ; Lennoxville ; Chatham ; Sorel,
Lady Dalhousie; Quebec, Hon. William Sheppard; Durham,
Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. ; along the
Green River, J. G. Thomas, M.D. White Mountains, New
Hampshire.

Onoclea sensibilis. — A very variable and interesting fern. Of
many barren specimens some are deeply pinnatilid, which appears
the normal state, or with the last pair of divisions almost pinnate ;
but in every case that I have yet observed there is a wing, however
minute, upon the rachis, so that we cannot properly apply the
term pinnate to this fern. I have several sterile varieties, one
covered with glands, another in which the properties of the sterile
and fertile are seen in the same frond, as may be observed in pin-
nules of Osmunda regalis, var. spectahilis. Some are contracted and
deeply pinnatifid ; one obtusely terminated at apex and at ends of
divisions. Whether these would be constant under cultivation I can-
not say, as I have not had time to investigate this fern sufficiently,
and have only mentioned these varieties as a stimulus to observa-
tion. On the whole it would appear that from the earliest develop-
ment of Onoclea there are two general forms. One from the mul-
tiplication of wavy-toothed divisions, the other by the development
of lanceolate-triangular divisions; under these may be included
all the abnormal forms which I have seen. Common. Montreal j
Sorel, Lady Dalhousie ; Waterloo ; Chatham ; Lennoxville ; Que-
bec, Hon. William Sheppard ; Durham, Wickham, and Mel-
bourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. ; Temiscouata, J.G. Thomas,M.D.;
White Mountains, New Hampshire ; Portland, Maine.

1864.] M'CORD on CANADIAN FERNS. 357

AsPLENiUM VIRIDE. — Gaspe, John Bell, B.A. A very inter-
esting little fern. From the specimens that I have seen, though
not from the above-mentioned locality, it may be distinguished
from A. Tricliomanes (among other differences,) by having a
green rachis, and a dark colored stipe, while A. Tricliomanes
bears a stipe and rachis of dark shining blackish-brown. In
A. viride the fructification occupies more of the surfaces of the
pinnae, and they are less numerous.

AsPLENiUM Trichomanes. — Chatham, on rocks, in large
clumps ; observed in no other locality in Lower Canada.

AsPLENiUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM. — Very beautiful, not common.
Montreal, larger and smaller mountains ; open woods, in company
with Lastroea Goldiana ; Sept., 1863. Observed specimens with
a bifurcation at apex, as in some British varieties of Polyijodium
and also of A. Felix-foemina.

AsPLENiUM thelypteroides. — Montreal; Waterloo; Len-
noxville ; Chatham, and northward to Wentworth, Harrington,
Howard, and Arundel ; Quebec, Hon. William Sheppard ; Dur-
ham, Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. Port-
land, Maine ; White Mountains, New Hampshire.

p. serratum. — Very fine, Chatham.

Athyrium Felix-F(EMINA. — Common. Montreal ; Chatham,
and northward ; Lennoxville ; Waterloo ; Quebec, Hon. William
Sheppard ; Durham, Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Both-
well, B.A. ; Temiscouata, very common, J. -G. Thomas, M.D.
White Mountains, New Hampshire; Portland, Maine. I have a
variety or two, agreeing in some respects with /3. erectum, and also
with y. rhceticum, but would not presume to identify them, as I
have not studied the varieties of this fern.

Camptosorus rhizophyllus. — Bare ; dry rocks at I'Abord-a-
Ploufi'e, on the river Jesus, rear of the island of Montreal; but
not easily found even there. St. Helen's Island, rare, Hon. Wil-
liam Sheppard; Sorel, Lady Dalhousie, as Asplenium rhizr
ophyllum.

Lastroea dilatata. — (^Aspidiimi sjmiulosum, of Gray's
Manual.) — I have many specimens of this most variable species
from those short both in stipe and frond, and triangular, the pin-
nules being deeply toothed or lobed, hardly pinnatifid, to those that
are broadly lanceolate, spreading or not, and finely cut. I cannot,
however, identify /3. tanacetifoUa with any of them. I have the var.
Boottli (of Gray's Manual), with glandular indusium. I also found

Vol. I. Y No. 5.

358 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

at Waterloo, June 5th, 1862, a contracted, depauperated,thougli tall,
specimen of L. dUatata, which bore indusia thickly covered with
glands, stalked, and many furnished with a funnel-shaped head.
In this case the pinnules were curved towards the back of
frond, and these glands were also thickly scattered over the front
and the back of the pinnae. The abnormal appearance of this
specimen induced me to examine the front of the frond for glands,
and in other specimens they might perhaps be discovered similarly
situated, if search were made. This fern requires careful study.
Montreal ; Chatham ; Lennoxville ; Sorel, (?) Lady Dalhousie ;
Durham, Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. ;
Temiscouata, common, J. G, Thomas, M.D. ; Quebec, Rev. Prof.
Brunet. White Mountains, New Hampshire ; Portland, Maine.

Lastr^a MARGiNALis. — Common. Montreal ; Chatham; Len-
noxville; Quebec, Hon. William Sheppard; Sorel, Lady Dalhousie ;
Durham, Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. ;
Temiscouata, J. G. Thomas, M.D. White Mountains, New Hamp-
shire ; Portland, Maine. I do not know the var. (3. Trailloe, which
must be very handsome. I have two specimens of a small variety
(eleven inches long), with few pinnse, where the apex is composed
of a pinna instead of the ordinary mode of growth ; similar in
style to the top of Pohjpodium vulgare, var. crenatum (Moore),
or var. semilacerum. I do not think this variety is constant.
Another variety displays only three pinnae in a slightly circular
form. Montreal, 1863.

Lastr^a cristata. — Not uncommon. Montreal; Chatham;
Lennoxville ; Quebec, Hon. William Sheppard ; Durham, Wick-
ham, and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. I am inclined to
think, that, from a number of specimens I possess, there is a
variety of this fern, larger, broader, the pinnules less triangular,
more lanceolate and more scythe-shaped than the normal, and,
from their size and their position, not to be referred to L.
Goldiana. It is a handsomer fern than the common L. cristata ;
and intermediate forms may be traced between this variety and the
triangular-pinnated specimens. Chatham, C. E.

Lastr^ea Goldiana. — I think my specimens may be referred
to var. a. serrata, but cannot speak certainly, as I have only
observed the fern in one spot, near Montreal ; and the sori are
larger than in any other fern we have, which bears an indusium ;
whereas Dr. Lawson says the sori are small. My barren fronds
are smaller than the fertile. Montreal, smaller mountain, with

1864.] M^CORD ON CANADIAN FERNS. 359

Asj)lenium angusti/olium. Durham, Wickham, and Melbourne,
John A. Bothwell, B.A.

LastR/EA Thelypteris. — Common. Montreal, very fine speci-
mens ; Chatham ; Waterloo ; Sorel, Lady Dalhousie ; Durham,
Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. ; Quebec,
Rev. Prof. Brunet. White Mountains, New Hampshire ; Port-
land, Maine.

Lastr.ea Nov-Eboracensis. — Montreal ; Waterloo ; Quebec,
Hon. William Sheppard; Durham, Wickham, and Melbourne,
John A. Bothwell, B.A.

PoLYSTiCHUM ANGULARE. — f3. Braunil. Quebec, Hon. Wil-
liam Sheppard, as P, aculeatum. Temiscouata, not common,
J. G. Thomas, M.D.

PoLYSTiCHUM ACROSTICHOIDES.— Montreal; Waterloo; Chat-
ham ; Lennoxville ; Sorel, Lady Dalhousie ; Durham, Wickham,
and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. ; Quebec, Hon. William
Sheppard.

y8. incisum. — Montreal, July 24th, 1861.
Cystopteris fragilis. — Montreal ; Shefibrd Mountains, near
Waterloo, in one spot only ; Chatham, very fine; Durham, Wick-
ham, and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. ; Quebec, Rev, Prof.
Brunet. My specimens from Montreal measure about ten inches in
length, three of which are stipe ; narrowly lanceolate, not more than
one and a half inch in breadth ; while those from Chatham are
much finer, being eight inches long, exclusive of stipe, three inches
broad, bi-pinnate, pinnules incised, and, like the ordinary specimens,
the pinnae are not approximate. This constitutes, I think, a variety.
Those from Waterloo are more triangular, thinner, pinnae more
approximate, but are twice pinnate, hence they cannot be referred
to Mr. BeU's specimens, whose pinnae are not pinnate. This fern
requires careful study.

Cystopteris bulbifera. — Montreal ; Chatham ; Waterloo
rare, only one clump seen ; Quebec, at the Falls of Lorette, north
declivity of the river, Hon. William Sheppard ; Upper Falls of
the Riviere du Loup en has, variable in outline, J. G. Thomas,
M.D. ; Sorel, Lady Dalhousie.

Dennst^dtia punctilobula. — Said to be at Lons Point,
near Montreal, but I cannot vouch for it. Sorel, Lady Dalhousie;
Dalesville, near Chatham; Lennoxville; Waterloo; Quebec, Hon.
WilUam Sheppard; Durham, Wickham, and Melbourne, John
A. Bothwell, B.A. Portland, Maine; White Mountains, New
Hampshire.

360 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

WooDSiA Ilvensis. — Montreal ; Chatham ; Wolfe's Cove, Que-
bec, Hon. William Sheppard ; Lachute ; Riviere du Loup en
bas, on rocky banks, J. G. Thomas, M.D. ; Sorel, Lady Dal-
housie.

/?. gracilis. — If I have this variety, as I am disposed to think,
the pinnas and pinnules are both more lanceolate, and more covered
with chaffy scales, as mentioned by Dr. Lawson ; the stipes are also
not so dark in color.

WoODSiA GLABELLA.— Montreal ? very rare; Chatham; rare,
at the Upper Falls of the Riviere du Loup en bas, J. Gr.
Thomas, M.D.

OsMUNDA REGALis, var. /?. spcctahilis. — Montreal; Waterloo;
Chatham ; Lennoxville, rare ; Quebec, Hon. William Sheppard ;
Sorel, Lady Dalhousie, as Osmunda regalis ; Durham, Wickham,
and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. I also noticed this fern
in the White Mountains, New Hampshire ; Portland, Maine. It
is common in this fern to observe a pinnule partly in fruit and
partly barren.

OsMUiNDA ciNNAMOMEA.— Montreal ; Chatham; Waterloo; Len-
noxville ; Quebec, Hon. William Sheppard ; Sorel, Lady Dal-
housie ; Durham, Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Both-
well, B.A.; Temiscouata, J. G. Thomas, M.D. Portland, Maine;
White Mountains, New Hampshire.

Osmunda Claytoniana. — Variable in size. Montreal;
Lennoxville ; Waterloo ; Chatham ; Sorel, Lady Dalhousie ; Que-
bec, Hon. William Sheppard ; Temiscouata, J. G. Thomas, M.D.
White Mountains, New Hampshire ; Portland, Maine.

BoTRYCHiUM ViRGiNicuM.- — Common. Montreal; Chatham;
Waterloo; Quebec, Hon. William Sheppard ; Lennoxville; Dur-
ham, Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Bothwell, B.A. ; Tem-
iscouata, J. G. Thomas, M.D.

y. simplex. — Montreal, July 28th, 1861 ; Quebec, Rev. Prof.
Brunet ; Temiscouata, rare, near the sea-shore, J. G. Thomas, M.D.

BoTRYCHiUM LUNARioiDES. — Rather rare. Montreal ; Sorel,
Lady Dalhousie, as B./icmarioides ; Quebec, Hon. William Shep-
pard, rare; Durham, Wickham, and Melbourne, John A. Both-
well, B.A.

My specimens hardly agree with Dr. Lawson's division of this
fern. One, with barren branch bi-pinnate and fertile branch bi-
almost tri-pinnate, would appear to agree with B. lunarioides ;
another with a large, tri-pinnate fertile frond, agrees in this respect

1864.] M'CORD ON CANADIAN FERNS. 361

with B. ohliquum, but not in the barren frond, which, although bi-
pinnate, has not narrower divisions. They are simply more
coarsely crenate and more coriaceous. This may of course be not
at all B. ohliquum of Dr. Lawson, and I had regarded it as
a variety of the B. lunarioides. I can add nothing further, as I
have not seen many specimens of this fern. I have a variety of
it collected at Lake Memphramagog, C E., in 1862, by Mrs.
J. H. Thompson, which would be in the same relation to B.
lunarioides that the variety y. simplex is to B. Virginicuni. The
sterile branch is almost twice pinnate, with few wedge-shaped
minutely-toothed lobes ; the fertile branch is also almost or entirely
twice pinnate : but the whole specimen has this peculiarity, that
instead of there being three barren branchlets, and one fertile,
there are three fertile and one barren.

BoTRYCHiuM LuNARiA. — North side of Island of Orleans,
J. F. Whiteaves, F.G.S. ; and Riviere du Loup en bas.

Ophioglossum vulgatum. — Melbourne, C. E., where exceed-
ingly fine specimens are to be found. Miss Isabella Mcintosh, Burn-
side House, Montreal. This fern, with the Botrycliium Luiiaria
mentioned above, are now for the first time recorded as being
natives of Canada proper.

The above brief statement of the Lower Canadian ferns, intended
as a supplement to Dr. Lawson's valuable paper, includes thirty-
seven species, to which, if we add the six additional ones which
are as yet peculiar to Upper Canada, we have a total of forty-
three species of Canadian ferns. I enumerate the six above
alluded to.

Pell^a atropurpurea, Link.

Cryptogramma acrostichoides, R. Brown.

AsPLENiuM ebeneum, Aitou.

WooDWARDiA ViRGiNiCA, Willdcnow.

SCOLOPENDRIUM VULGARE, Smith.
POLYSTICHUM LONCHITIS, Roth.

There are, then, in Canada almost as many species of ferns as
in Great Britain, and much is yet left for observation, particularly
in Lower Canada, — where other species may, perhaps, be dis-
covered ; and we have also the investigation of varieties to in-
terest us.

There are forty-nine species mentioned by Gray as being in the
northern United States ; and of these a good number, as Lygodium
jpalmatum, Swartz, Schizaea 2^usilla^ Pursh, and others, are not

362 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct

to be looked for in Canada, from its northern position. On the
other hand, Dr. Lawson's lists include Asj^^leiiium viride, Hudson,
Botrychium limaria, Swartz, and others which are beyond Gray's
stated limits, (see page 263), Should we, then, not find some
Canadian ferns recorded by Gray or other American authorities,
we must look to other countries of the same latitude, elevation,
&c., as ours. Taking a general view, more than half of the
Lower Canadian ferns are inhabitants of tracts of country not
dry ; they are found in open meadows, or swamps ; the remainder
grow upon rocks, with little moisture, as Woodsia Ilvensis, Cys-
topteris fragilis, (occasionally,) Allosorus gracilis, &c. ; or
upon rocky positions but requiring moisture, in which case
they suffer during dry seasons, as Asplenium TricJiomanes, &c.
Not a few grow in either dry or damp positions, in shade or
sunshine, when different varieties may be looked for ; while a
change of habit, such as is produced by clearing land, proves fatal
to some species. A northern aspect is also sometimes noticed*
What the progress of civilization may do in affecting the ferns,
time will evince, as I have noticed ferns slowly disappearing ; though
the loss of species will of course require long lapses of time. For
instance, have we any record what were the ferns of Europe, or
of Great Britain, some centuries ago ?

With regard to Quebec, one of the localities indicated in the
above notes, the Honorable William Sheppard, who kindly furnished
me with a list of the ferns to be found there, is disposed to think
that some more snecies than he has named misfht be discovered.
He was guided by notes, and by memory, as his own collection was
unfortunately destroyed by fire some years ago.

1864.] DAWSON ON THE GENUS RUSOPHYCUS. 363

ON THE FOSSILS OF THE GENUS KUSOPHYCUS.

By J. W. Dawsox, LL.D., F.R.S., &c.

The genus Rusopliyciis was established by Prof. Hall for
certain transversely wrinkled impressions found in the Clinton
group of Oneida County, New York, and supposed to be fossil
sea-weeds. Objects of similar appearance have been detected by
Mr. Billings in the Chazy sandstone of Grenville, and described by
him under the name of R. GrenviUensis. They much resemble
one of Prof. Hall's species, R. bilobatus, which is the type of short
bilobate forms included in the genus. Similar markings, but of
much smaller size, occur in the Lower Carboniferous of Nova
Scotia, and have been described and figured by the writer as prob-
ably casts of the lower extremities of worm-burrows, in the Journal
of the Geological Society of London^ vol. xiv, p. 74. In the 12th
volume of the same journal, Mr. Salter had described small bilobate
impressions, not striated transversely, from the Longmynd rocks
of England, under the name Arenicolites didpna. He supposed
them to be burrows of worms.

Fig. 1. Rusophycus GrenviUensis, var. a, half nat. size.

I had an opportunity last summer, in company with Mr. J. A.
Bothwell, B. A., to examine the locality of th e Grenville specimens,
and found them to be quite abundant in certain layers of sand-
stone alternating with shale on the bank of the Grenville canal.
The facts obtained from their study in place enable me to throw
some light on their probable nature, and possibly to rescue them

364

THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

[Oct.

from the convenient group of fucoids, into whicli palaeontologists
have thrown so many obscure and doubtful fossils.

Mr. Billings describes the species as follows :

" This species is found in the form of irregular, oblong-ovate or
depressed hemispherical masses, one end usually divided into two

Fig. 3. Rusophycus Grerivillensis, var. b, half nat. size.

parts by a furrow of more or less depth. The whole mass is gen-
erally crossed by numerous undulating wrinkles, which have a
transverse direction to that of the furrow. The more common
dimensions are from three to four inches in length, and from

Fig. 3. Rusophycus carbonarius.

two and a half to three and a half in breadth, but occasionally speci-
mens occur much larger and also smaller ; one of them is nine and
a half inches by five and a half, and, in addition to the principal
groove, exhibits two or three obscure furrows on each side."

1864.] DAWSON ON THE GENUS RUSOPHYCUS. 365

To this description it is only necessary to add, that, in comparing
a large number of specimens, many diversities are apparent in the
relief of the forms, in the extent of the longitudinal furrow, and in
the number of the transverse wrinkles. The two lobes are also
most frequently slightly unequal in their relief ; and some of the
specimens slope gradually at one end, and are thus somewhat elon-
gated. In all cases, however, the general form is the same, the
longitudinal and transverse furrows are constant, and the former is
always more strongly marked at one extremity of the fossil. The
specimens have no indication of a stem or stalk ; though a cast of
a worm-burrow or shrinkage-crack sometimes simulates such an
organ.

In viewing these fossils and the surfaces of the beds containing
them, it appeared evident that they are in reality casts of hollows
or holes excavated in clay, and filled with sand which has taken
and retained in its consolidated state the impression of their forms.
The supposed fossils project from the lower surface of the sand-
stone, where this rests on friable, dark grey shale. They have the
same appearance with the surfaces of the beds of sandstone, and
show no traces of organic matter. There are on the same surfaces
casts of worm-tracks, also in relief, and which sometimes extend
over the specimens of Rusophi/cus. There are also on these surfaces
rows of wrinkles, or casts of furrows similar to those of Rusophycus ;
and some of these form trails to or from the ends of the latter.
(Fig. 2, a.) Casts of shrinkage-cracks in relief, also occur on the
same surfaces. Large specimens of Rusophycus sometimes overlap
small ones in such a manner as to show that they must have been
scooped out of the clay. On the other hand, if the supposed
fucoids were really of that character, they must have been solid
masses or vesicles, and in the former case must have left some
trace of organic matter, while in the latter they could scarcely have
impressed themselves so deeply on the clay.

These appearances can, I think, be explained on the suppo-
sition that some animal crawling on the soft mud at the bottom
of shallow water, by means of feet which made a double series of
transverse marks, was in the habit of excavating deep burrows for
shelter or repose, and that these burrows were filled with drifted
sand constituting the lower part of what is now a thin bed of dark-
colored sandstone. The burrowing of the modern Limulus, as
described by the writer in vol. vii of this journal, would produce
a similar effect. I have not seen the burrows of Limulus in clay ;

366 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

and in sand a quantity of this material is thrown out behind,
which in a cast would have left two hollows, not present in the
fossils ; but should a Limulus burrow in fine mud, which would
become diffused or washed away as thrown out, then the appear-
ance would be not unlike that of these fossils. The front of the
carapace would give the rounded, anterior end ; the two rows of
walking and swimming feet would form the depressions with trans-
verse stride; and the only addition would be the mark of the
caudal spine of Limulus, of which there is no trace in the fossils.
The animal required would therefore be a crustacean, having feet
and habits of life generally resembling those of Limulus, but
without a caudal spine. The only known animals of the period
that could have fulfilled these conditions are the Trilobites; and
since the interesting discovery, by Mr. Billings, of the feet, or bases
of the feet, of Asaphus, the objection to this view which might
have been taken from our ignorance of the feet of these animals,
no longer exists. The feet of Asaj)Jius, in short, appear to con-
stitute just such a double series of laminae as would necessarily
produce markings like those referred to.

From the great depth of these burrows, and the indications of
shallow water in the vicinity of a shore presented by the shrink-
age-cracks, I would further consider it probable that these holes
were places of incubation ; and that the Trilobites carried their
spawn attached to their swimming-feet, and were in the habit of
resorting to shallow water for the purpose of incubation.

The above remarks apply more especially to H. Grenvillensis.
I can speak with less confidence of Professor Hall's species ; but
the only specimen which I possess of the R. bilohatus of New
York, differs from the Grrenville specimens only in the proportions
of length and breadth ; as might be expected, if, as is probably the
case, it is the track of a different species. My bilobate impres-
sions from Nova Scotia have been produced by a small animal ;
perhaps the little species of PhilUpsia which occurs in the same
formation. Mr. Salter's Arenicola from the Longmynd wants
the transverse markings, and the impressions are somewhat separate,
so that they may be of a different character from the others, I think
it quite likely, however, that the more elongated species of Ruso-
phycus, in the Clinton of New York, may be casts of tracks of
Trilobites, and I have long believed that a similar explanation
will apply to some at least of the supposed fucoids known as
Artlirophycus.

1864.] DAWSON ON THE GENUS RUSOPHYCUS. 367

Taking this view of tlie origin of these singular objects, I
would suggest to change the generic name of the Grenville fossil to
Rusichnites. In such impressions it is scarcely to be expected
that good specific characters can exist. I think it probable, how-
ever, that the Grenville specimens may indicate the presence of
three species of Trilobites. Some of the smaller specimens are
more elongated than the others, and have more numerous furrows.
Other and larger ones are shorter and with fewer and more obtuse
transverse furrows. A third variety is that referred to by Mr.
Billings in his description, as having traces of lateral longitudinal
furrows. These may in the meantime be included under R. Gren-
villensh, Billings, as varieties (a), (6), and (c). (Figs. 1 and 2).

My Nova Scotia specimens, though small, show little difference
of character, but 1 would regard them as constituting a distinct
species, under the name R. carhonarius. (Fig. 3).

A third species of Rusichnites has recently come into my pos-
session, in a collection of fossils from the coal formation of Sydney,
Cape Breton, sent to me by my friend llichard Brown, Esq.
These impressions are, like the others, casts in relief, on a slab
of sandstone. Each impression consists of the casts of contiguous
rounded furrows, eacb about one-eighth of an inch in breadth,
and crossed by curved undulations and striae, in such a manner
as to give the appearance of a pinnate leaf carved in high relief.
At each side of these impressions, and about a tenth of an inch
distant from them, are interrupted lines, in relief in the casts,
and running parallel with the casts of the furrows. The whole
has exactly the appearance of the track of the swimming feet and
edges of the carapace of a small Liniulus, about half an inch wide.
The tracks have also the same tortuous character with those of
the modern Limulus. Limuli have not yet occurred in the coal
formation of Nova Scotia, though they occur in rocks of this age
elsewhere ; but from these tracks I infer that animals of this
kind lived in the Sydney coal field, where their remains will
probably hereafter be found. I propose for these impressions the
name R. Acadicus, and will endeavor to fi<2;ure them in the next
number of the Naturalist.

368 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

ON THE GEOLOGY OF EASTERN NEW YOKK.

By Professor James Hall and Sir William E. Logan.

Professor James Hall and Sir William Logan spent a few days
together last summer in examining some points of the geology of
Eastern New York, and propose to continue their examinations
next season, when we may expect from them a detailed account of
their results. Their principal object was to compare the rocks of
that region with some of those of Eastern Canada ; and I have
now permission, in the absence of these gentlemen, to lay before
this Society some of the results of this exploration.

The shales of the Hudson River group, which are seen for a
considerable distance north and south of Albany, disappear a few
miles east of the Hudson, and are succeeded by harder and
coarser shales, sometimes red or green in color, and passing into
green argillaceous sandstones. These various strata, which are
associated with concretionary and shaly limestones, are now recog-
nized as belonging to the Quebec group. The line of contact
between this and the much more recent Hudson River group has
nowhere been clearly seen in this region, but the two series are
readily distinguished by their differences in color, texture, and
hardness, — differences which were formerly supposed to depend
upon the partial metaraorphism of the eastern portion, when this
was looked upon as a part of the Hudson River group. The
green sandstones and conglomerates of Grafton Mountain, formerly
looked upon as a portion of the Shawangunk conglomerate, are
recognized as belonging to an outlying portion of the Sillery for-
mation. This mountain Professor Hall had found in a previous
exploration (1844-45) to have, at a point farther south, a synclinal
structure, and it probably lies in three low synclinal axes. The
Sillery formation scarcely extends south of Rensselaer County.

Canaan Mountain is also apparently synclinal, and, while lime-
stones appear in the valleys on each side of it, consists chiefly of
slates, the highest beds being a hard green sandstone, sometimes
shaly, without any of the conglomerates of the Sillery ; although
boulders and angular fragments of these are found in the adjacent
valleys. To the east of this, Richmond Mountain, in Massachu-
setts, presents in its upper portion a compact green slate, passing
upwards into a harder rock similar to that of the summit of Ca-
naan Mountain. To the southward, as far as Hillsdale, the

1864.] ON THE GEOLOGY OF EASTERN NEW YORK. 369

Bparry limestones of the Quebec group appear in the valleys,
while the hills are of slate. Proceeding thence westward towards
the river, only the lower portions of the Quebec group are met
with, until we come upon the rocks of the Hudson River group.

Washington Mountain is also of slate, flanked by limestone, all
of the Quebec group, and is probably synclinal in structure. The
valley to the south of the mountain exhibits limestones, apparently
alternating with slates. Columbia and Dutchess counties appear
to be mainly occupied by the shales of the Quebec group, with
broad exposures of its limestones, until we approach the river to
the westward, when the shales of the Hudson River group are met
with, extending a considerable distance below the city of Hudson.

From Fishkill the explorers proceeded to Coldspring, crossing
what Mather called the Mattewan granite, but which they found
to be an altered sandstone. Soon after this they came upon the
great gneiss formation of the Highlands of the Hudson, which
continues beyond Peekskill. They failed to find the sandstone
described by Mather as coming out at this place ; nor was anything
representing the Potsdam sandstone detected in approaching the
Highlands from Fishkill, nor elsewhere along their northern limits.
Near to Peekskill, in the valley of the creek, was found a low
ridge of black slate, supposed to belong to the Quebec group, and
a similar slate was observed alono- the north side of the Hiahland
range, not far from the gneiss. The gneiss of the Highlands
presents all the aspects and characteristics of that of the Lauren-
tian system, as seen in northern New York and in Canada.

Further examinations are necessary to determine the extension
to the north-east of the Laurentian rocks of the Highlands, and
also the succession of strata to the south-east of them. The recoo--
nition of the Sillery and of the Quebec group in this region are great
and important facts for its geology, and not less so the identification
with the Laurentian system of the gneissic district of the High,
lands, to which the interesting mineral region of Orange county
and the adjacent parts of New Jersey doubtless belongs. This
conclusion, although opposed to the views of Mather and Rogers,
who looked upon the crystalline rocks of the latter region as
altered Lower Silurian strata, is in accordance with the older
observations of Vanuxem and Keating, and with the more recent
ones of Professor Cook, according to all of whom the gneiss and
crystalline limestones of Orange County and of New Jersey
underlie unconformably the Lower Silurian strata. t. s. h.

370 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

Tlie first monthly meeting of the Society for the Session 1864-65
was held at its rooms on Monday evening, September 26th, Dr.
Dawson, President, in the chair. A large number of donations
were announced :

To THE Museum.

Blackburnian warbler (^Dendroica Blaclcburnice) and the black-
throated green warbler (^Dendroica virens), shot near Montreal, and
presented by Mr. ^Y. Hunter. A large collection of English beetles,
from W. M. S. D'Urban, Esq. A fine series of Canadian insects, of
all orders, from Messrs. John B. Goode, C. Foley , R. J. Fowler, and
Jas. Ferrier, jun. Fossils and recent shells from Prof. Dana (New-
haven), Dr. Hubbard (Staten Island), E. Seymour (New York),
and C. Hart. Also a number of single specimens of interest, but
which we cannot particularize from want of space. The donations
to the Library were also numerous.

New Members.

Prof. R. Bell was elected a corresponding, and G. W. Simpson,
Esq., an ordinary member of the Society.

Proceedings.

The first paper (On RusopTiycus GirMviUensis, Billings) was
then read by Principal Dawson. This paper is printed in the pre-
sent number.

Mr. Billings read a paper, " On a remarkable specimen of Asa-
phus Platycei^lialus.^' The principal point of interest in this com-
munication was that the author claims to have discovered what the
legs of trilobites were like. The structure of the upper part of
these remarkable fossils, so familiar to the student of the older
fossiliferous rocks, has long been known to naturalists. Dr. Buck-
land, in his Bridgewater treatise, has described the microscopic
details of the eyes of these curious crustaceans, which organs are
not unfrequently preserved in the rocks, — and has fully illustrated
their complex, compound character. But until now, the only por-
tion of the under surface known was the part containing the
mouth. This organ is situated in a plate on the under surface of

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 371

the head, a considerable distance from its apex. From this circum-
stance Burmeister infers that " they swam in an inverted position,
the belly upwards and the back downwards," as the mouth is
situated so far backwards on the under side. But although even
the eyes of these curious creatures are often preserved, no traces
of the legs have hitherto been detected. It was supposed that they
were thin and foliaceous, for it was plausibly urged that if these
animals had the stout, calcareous legs of ordinary crabs, some trace
of them would have been met with in the rocks.

Mr. Billings exhibited a specimen from the Trenton limestone
of Ottawa, which had been in part carefully extricated from the
matrix. He stated that in his opinion trilobites had a pair of thin,
foliaceous legs to each segment of the thorax, or rather abdomen.
The specimen of Asaphus Plafi/cej>hahis which he passed round
for examination was a specimen with eight thoracic segments, and
exhibited on the under side eight semicylindrical ridges on each
side of the median line, all curving outwards and forwards.
These he believed to be the bases of the attachment of eight pairs
of swimming feet — one pair for each segment of the thorax.
Burmeister had made a sketch of what he supposed the legs of a
trilobite would be like, and Mr. Billings stated that this ideal res-
toration was fully borne out by his specimen, except that in Bur-
meister's drawing the legs were directed backwards, whilst those of
the actual specimen pointed forwards.

Dr. Dawson remarked that the Natural History Society might
well feel proud that this important discovery in palaeontology had
been made by one of its own members.

Mr. Billings said that in his opinion the specimen exhibited
tended to verify the views that Dr. Dawson advocated with respect
to the Grenville fossil previously treated of.

Mr. D. R. McCord, B.A., next made a communication " On
Canadian Ferns, their Varieties and Habitats." This paper is
printed in the present number.

The Recording Secretary exhibited a collection of native ferns,
collected and prepared by Miss Isabella Mcintosh (of Burnside
House), among which were three species of peculiar interest. The
first was the " green spleenwort " (^Asplenium viride, Hudson), a
small species occurring somewhat rarely in mountainous districts
in England, and in various localities in Europe. It had been
previously detected in Gasp^, in the summer of 1863, by John

372 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

Bell, B. A., and this was the only station in which it was previously
known to occur in Canada. The other species are the *' Adder's
tongue fern," (^Ojyliioglossum vulgatum), of which fine specimens
were collected at Melbourne, in the Eastern Townships ; and the
" Moonwort " (^Botrycliium Lunaria), two species well known to
inhabit Europe, but now for the first time recorded as occurring
in Canada.

C. Robb, Esq., exhibited a series of ferns collected in Canada
West, by Mrs. Traill, the well-known authoress.

Dr. Dawson remarked that the study of the non-flowering plants
of Canada was as yet but in its infancy, and that Prof. Lawson's
and Mr. McCord's papers, excellent as they were, must be con-
sidered as only forming the commencement of an investigation
full of interest and promise.

The second monthly meeting of the Society for the Session
1864-65 was held in its rooms on Monday evening, October 24th.

The following donations were announced :

To THE Museum.

From Principal Dawson, twenty-three species of Canadian drift-
fossils, and twenty-two specimens of coal-plants from Nova Scotia.

From C. Bobb, Esq., Columnaria alveolata, a fossil-coral from
the Black Biver limestone of Burgess, C. W. Specimen of
diallage from Brompton, and examples of native and manufactured
antimony from South Ham.

From Mr. W. Hunter, stuffed specimen of the night heron
[Ni/ctiardea Gardeiii), Baird.

From Mrs. Mcintosh, a quantity of living fishes for the
Aquaria.

To THE Library.

From the Author, Geological Survey of Michigan, 1860, by
Prof. A. Winchell.

New Members.

Hugh Fraser, Esq., was elected a life member, and the Rev.
Robt. McDonald and Prof. H. Y. Hind, corresponding members
of the Society.

18g4.] natural history society. 373

Proceedings.

The first paper, entitled " Notes on the Geology of Eastern
New York, by Prof. James Hall and 8ir W- E. Logan," was
read by Dr. T. Sterry Hunt. This paper is printed in the
present number.

Dr. Hunt then made a verbal communication on phosphate
of lime; he described its nature and composition generally, its
sources in nature, and its various uses, particularly as a manure.
After noting the manufacture of superphosphate of lime from
bones, coprolites, and guano, he proceeded to describe the supplies
of the phosphate of lime known to mineralogists as apatite, which
is met with in crystalline rocks and especially in Canada ; where
the mineral is found abundantly in the vicinity of Perth, and also
at several points along the Ottawa. The phosphate occurs both
disseminated in small crystals through certain beds of crystalline
limestones of the Laurentian system, and in regular veins which
intersect the rocks of the same system. In these veins the mineral
is sometimes found nearly pure, and at other times associated with
pyroxene, large crystals of magnesian mica (which are wrought),.
and other silicated minerals. Not unfrequently also it is mingled
with lamellar carbonate of lime, which sometimes so far predomi-
nates as to give rise to what may be called a crystalline limestone,
holding grains and crystals of apatite, and can scarcely be dis-
tinguished from those stratified Laurentian limestones of the
region, which also contains apatite, except by the fact that it
occurs in veins, cutting the strata. Many of these are too poor
in apatite to be wrouglit with advantage ; but Dr. Hunt expressed
the opinion that all the workable phosphate of the region occurs
in true veins, some of which are of considerable width, and are
filled with phosphate of lime almost without any foreign admixture.
Dr. Hunt then proceeded to give a history of these deposits, which
were first described in 1848, in the report of the Geological Sur-
vey, the ofiicers of which had since, on repeated occasions, called
attention to the value of this material, and had shown it at the
great exhibitions of London and Paris. He then described the
attempts now being made to work the deposits of this mineral by
some New York capitalists in North Burgess, where they have
forty or fifty workmen. undiT the direction of a skillful mining
engineer.

Vol. I. z No. 5.

374 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF CANADA.

Th'e ordinary moDthly meeting of the Society was held in the
Council-room of the Canadian Institute on Tuesday, Dec. 8th, at
3 p.m. Nearly all themembers from Toronto and the vicinity were
present. In the absence of Prof. Croft and Mr. Saunders, Dr.
Morris was called to the chair, and Mr. Hubbert appointed secretary
pro tern. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and
confirmed.

Communications were received from Prof. Hincks, expressing
regret at his inability to attend from indisposition ; from F
Grant, Esq., and li. V. Rogers, Esq., on business connected with
the Society.

Rev. H. P. Hope, and Rice Lewis, Esq., Toronto, and James
Wright, Esq., Vienna, C. W., were proposed as suitable persons
to become members.

The following donations were acknowledged, and the thanks of
the Society voted to the donors :

From Prof. Croft.

A cabinet of seven drawers.

To the Library^ from the Smithsonian Institution.

Monograph of the Diptera of North America, by H. Low. Part I.

From the author, W. Saunders, Esq., London, C. W.

(1.) Monograph of the Arctiades of Canada. 20 copies.

(2.) Description often new species of Arctia.

(3 ) " On some hitherto undescribed Lepidopterous Larv£e."

From A. S. Packard, Esq., Jun., Cambridge, Mass., through Principal

Dawson.

Photographs of the following undescribed bombjces :

Crambida pallida, Callimorpha vesta, Callochlora chlorata, Cyrtosia

albipunctata, male and female, Entrutricudes testacea, Cyrtosia gemi-

nata, Cilodasys cinereafrons, Laphodonta ferruginea, Gluphisia trilineata,

male and female, Platyarma furcilla, Cilodasys biguttala, Edaplenyx

bilineata.

From James Hubbert, Esq., B.A.

Popular Entomology, by Maria E. Catlow.

British Butterflies, by W. S, Coleman.

To the Cabinet, from Prof. Croft.
48 specimens, including 27 species of Chinese Lepidoptera.
164 specimens, including 61 species of Coleoptera.

From B. R. Morris, Esq., B.A., M.D.
47 specimens, including 16 species of Coleoptera.

1864.] ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF CANADA. 375

From J. H. Sangster, Esq., M.A.
23 specimens, including It species of Coleoptera.

6

5

" Lepidoptera.

11

10

" Diptera.

10

10

" Hjmenoptera,

5

4

" Neuroptera.

4

4

" Orthoptera.

21

19

6

5

•7

5

3

2

3

3

From B. Billings, Esq., Ottawa.

236 specimens, including 132 species of Coleoptera.

" Lepidoptera.
" Diptera.
" Orthoptera.
" Strepsiptera.
" Hemiptera.

From James Hubbert, Esq., B.A.

251 specimens, including 176 species of Coleoptera:

25 " " Lepidoptera.

40 " " Diptera,

27 " ^' Hymenoptera.

10 «' " Orthoptera.

8 " " Neuroptera.

10 " " Hemiptera.

From Thomas Reynolds, Esq., Montreal.
13 specimens, including 8 species of Coleoptera.

63

44

38

12

12

15

159

11

((

53

u

" Lepidoptera.

1

Cl

((

1

a

" Diptera.

9

u

«

6

li

" Hymenoptera.

2

u

11

1

11

" Hemiptera.

From W. Saunders, Esq., London.

345 specimens, including 121 species of Coleoptera.
Ill " " 37 " '' Lepidoptera.

8 " " 5 " " Neuroptera.

1 " " 1 " " Diptera.

4 '< " 1 " " Strepsiptera.

A communication was read from Mr. Saunders regarding the
practicability of publishing a catalogue of the known Canadian
species of each order of insects. After considerable discussion as
to the best form, etc., it was moved and seconded, That the
Society take immediate steps to prepare and publish catalogues of
the Coleoptera and Lepidoptera ; to be followed by similar cata-
logues of the other orders as soon as possible ; and that Mr.
Saunders, Prof. Croft, and Mr. Billings be a committee on
Coleoptera ; and Prof. Hincks, Mr. Saunders, and Dr. Morris on

376 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

Lepidoptera. Carried. The Committees are very anxious to
secure the co-operation of all persons having either named col-
lections or lists of species. Any information which would aid in
bringing out full and accurate catalogues should be communicated
without delay to Mr. Saunders or Prof. Hincks. Moved and
seconded that a supply of entomological pins, and sheet cork for
lining cabinets, be procured and kept on hand, to be furnished to
members at the lowest cost prices. Carried.

It is intended ultimately to keep all the apparatus required in
capturing and preserving insects.

Moved and seconded that the Rev. Chas. J. Bethune, B.A., be
requested to use his influence to advance the interests of the
Society among entomologists in Britain. Carried.

A verbal communication was made by Dr. Morris on insects
captured in the vicinity of Orillia during the summer of 1863.

Among the interesting specimens exhibited by Dr. Morris were
several examples of Colias edusaco, seldom met with in Canada,
only two or three individuals having been taken as yet. The Dr.
remarked that this insect seems to differ from the C. edusa of
British naturalists in its habits of flight, etc., which seem to indi-
cate either a new species or very wide variations.

Both sexes of Lerias lesa, also very rare in Canada, had been
captured. A species of ArrJienodes, taken by Mr. F. Grant of
Orillia, was also exhibited. The general appearance of the insect
closely resembled that of A. septentrionis^ of which it is probably
a variety. The form of the rostrum, however, is so peculiar as to
lead the Dr. to think that possibly there may be two species
with us.

Papers presented by Mr. Hubbert :

(1). '• Notes on Insects captured near Kingston, 1863."

(2). "What the Insects do in January."

The meeting then adjourned.

ON THE LARViE OF ATTACUS POLYPHEMUS.
BY WILLIAM COUPER, QUEBEC.

On the 14th of August 1863, I found two caterpillars of A,
polyphemus feeding on sweet-briar in the vicinity of Montmo-
renci river, near Quebec. They were carefully carried to my
home, and the above food-plant supplied daily, excepting that the

1864.] ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP CANADA. 377

thorns were picked off the branches before the larv^ were attached
thereon. The lepidopteristwill no doubt understand my astonish-
ment to find the large, soft, thin-skinned, and hairless larva of A,
polijphcmus feeding on the sweet-briar, a plant said to be intro-
duced into Canada. Harris gives three food-plants, i. e., the oak,
elm, and lime trees. Formerly I found it feed in o- on a species of
maple at Toronto, and now in the Lower Provinces we find it
on the thorny briar. How they manage to turn and creep from
one branch to another without comino- in contact with the nume-
rous thorns, T am unable to explain. They continued to feed on
the supplied food up to the 28th of August, on which day they
ceased to feed, and prepared to spin. The caterpillar that pro-
duced the male first ceased feeding ; it was also the first to issue
from its cocoon, although both were subject to an equal tempera-
ture. A short time previous to spinning, both caterpillars ejected
the contents of the viscera, consisting of about a teaspoonful of a
dark green fluid, and immediately afterwards they began to form
their cocoons. I notice this singular caterpillar ejectamentum,
as I think it has been hitherto overlooked, and it would be
advancins; our knowledQ;e in entomolooical science to have this
fluid analyzed. The caterpillar that produced the male had the
dorsal tubercles much shorter than the one that issued from the
other cocoon ; they were tipped with bright yellow, with a slight
golden reflection. The caterpillar of the second cocoon, or the
one producing the supposed female, had the lateral and dorsal
tubercles bridit orangje red, mino-led with o'olden, the tubercles
were more robust and longer than the one which produced the
male. Unfortunately, during my absence from home, the moth
from the second cocoon escaped through the window, and I am
therefore unable to prove the imago sex with the larvae. But
from external characters alone, I rest satisfied that the future inves-
tigator will find that the richest colored caterpillar forms the
cradle of the female. I trust my short investigation may lead
others to study the metamorphosis of this genus of moths. No
doubt if a thorouo'h search is also made for the larvae of A. luna
in the Lower Provinces, it will be found feeding on a plant differ-
ent from its western food, and probably hitherto unknown to be
used as such by this beautiful moth.

378 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Calluna Vulgaris. — Professor Lawson, of Dalhousie Col-
lege, Halifax, has sent to one of the editors a specimen of this
plant, the common heather of Scotland, from St. Ann's Bay, Cape
Breton. This confirms an old report, referred to in vol. vii of
this journal, p. 343. of its occurrence in that island; and affords
another certainly ascertained American locality, in addition to those
previously known in Massachusetts and Newfoundland. It should
be satisfactory to the Scotsman in British America to know that
there is at least one spot in his adopted country where he can plant
his foot on his native heather. The apparent rarity of the plant
in America is however no less curious than its extension to this
country ; and it remains as a question for future botanists to settle
whether it is now being introduced to the new world or gradually
dying out from it.

The Geological Magazine. — The Geologist, of London, has
been merged in a new periodical, to be edited by Prof. T. R. Jones
and Henry Woodward. Its prospectus says :

The rapid progress of geology in all its branches, and especi-
ally the wide-spread interest imparted to this science by the
recent careful investigation of some of the more modern strata,
have largely increased the number of those who study geology,
either professionally or as amateurs. The frequent discoveries,
also, which result from the exertions of practical geologists, both
at home and abroad, appear to indicate the necessity of a monthly
periodical, not only for the publication of original papers on geol-
ogy and kindred subjects, as well as of translations of important
foreign memoirs, but also as the means of communication between
geologists and palasontologists in England and other countries.

The valuable Journal of the Geological Society fulfils some of
these requirements ; but being published only quarterl}^, and
necessarily restricted almost entirely to the proceedings of that
Society, it cannot serve all the purposes proposed by the conduc-
tors of The Geological Magazine.

In Germany the Neues Jalirhuch has fulfilled the require-
ments of the geological public for the last thirty years with un-
varying success ; and the editor and publishers of the Monthly
Geologist have during six years endeavored to meet them in
England. The latter work is now merged in The Geological
Magazine,

1864.] LECTURE BY DR. LIVINGSTONE. 379

The publishers and editors of The Geological Magazine have
not hastily undertaken the task which lies before them ; but,
having consulted the most eminent geologists and palaeontologists
of the day (amongst whom may be mentioned Sir Philip Egevton,
Sir Roderick Murchison, Sir Charles Lyell, G. Poulett Scrope, Esq.,
Professors Sedgwick, Phillips, Owen, Ramsay, Morris, and Huxley,
and Dr. Falconer), they are not unaware of what will be expected
of them ; and they have received such assurances of support and
encouragement, as well as promises of original contributions, that
they confidently trust their efforts will meet with success.

Another well-known scientific magazine, the Edinburgh New
Philosoj)hical Journal, has been merged in the new Quarterly
Journal of Science, published in London.

MEETING OF BRITISH ASSOCIATION.

LECTURE BY DR. LIVINGSTONE.

On the evening of September 20, the theatre was crowded by
members of the Association, anxious to hear the lecture announced
by Dr. Livingstone on his travels and labors in Africa.

Sir R. Murchison stated that the assistant-general-secretary, Mr.
Griffiths, had made such excellent arrangements that, while Dr.
Livingstone is lecturing there, his lecture would be read in another
place to many hundreds of the Association who could not find room
in the theatre; and that when that assembly was adjourned, his
friend would move to the other room, and there thank that assembly
which was met to do him honor also.

Dr. Livingstone then delivered the following lecture : — In
order that the remarks I have to offer may be clearly understood,
it is necessary to call to mind some things which took place previous
to the Zambesi Expedition being sent out ; and most of you are,
no doubt, aware, that previous to the discovery of Lake Ngami and
the well- watered country in which the Makololo dwell, the idea pre-
vailed that a large part of the interior of Africa was composed of
vast sandy deserts into which rivers ran and were lost. In a jour-
ney from sea to sea across the continent, somewhat north of the
lake first discovered, it was found that there, too, the country was
well watered. Large tracts of fertile soil were covered with forest,
and occupied by a considerable population. We had, then, the

380 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

form of tlie continent revealed to be an elevated plateau, somewhat
depressed in the centre, with fissures at the sides, by which the
rivers escaped to the sea : and this great fact in physical geography
can never be referred to without mentioning the remarkable hy-
pothesis by which the distinguislied President of the Koyal Geo-
graphical Society (Sir R. 3Iurchison) clearly delineated it before
it was verified by actual observation of the altitudes of the country
and courses of the rivers. It was published in one of his fimous
anniversary addresses ; and he has been equally happy in his last
address in pointing out the ancient geological condition of the in-
terior of this continent as probably the oldest in the world — a fact
we, who were oq the spot, could but dimly guess. But he seems
to have the faculty of collecting facts from every source, and con-
centrating them into a focus in a way no one el^e can accomplish.
(Cheers.) We understand it only after he has made it all plain
in his study at home. Then followed the famous travels of Dr.
Barth and Francis Galton ; the most interesting discoveries of
Lake Zangnyika and Victoria Nyawya, of Captain Burton, and
Captain Speke, whose sad loss we all now so deeply deplore, and,
again, of Lakes Shirwe and Nyassa ; the discoveries of Van der
Decken and several others; but, last of all, the gr.md discovery of
the main source of the Nile, which every Englishman must feel
proud to know was accomplished by our countrymen Speke and
Grant. In all this exploration the main object in view has not
been merely to discover objects of nine days' wonder — to gaze, and
be gazed at by barbarians — I would not give a fig to discover even
a tribe with tails ! — but, in proceeding to the west coast, to find
a path to the sea, whereby lawful commerce might be introduced
to aid missionary efibrts. I was very much struck by observing that
the decided influence of that which is known as Lord Palmerston's
policy existed several hundreds of miles from the ocean. I found
piracy had been abolished, and that the slave-trade had been so far
suppressed as to be spoken of as a thing of the past ; that lawful
commerce ha I increased from 20,000/. in ivory and gold-dust to be-
tween 2.000,000?. and 3,000,000?., 1,000,000/. of which was in
palm-oil to our own country ; that over twenty missions had been es-
tablished, with schools in which 12,000 pupils were tanght ; that
life and property were secure on the coast, and comparative peace
established in large portions of the interior ; and all this was at a
time when, from reading the speeches of well-informed gentlemen
at home, I had come to the conclusion that our cruisers had done

1864.] LECTURE BY DR. LIVINGSTONE. 381

notliing but aggravate tlie evils of tlie slave-trade. Well, not finding
•what I wished by going to the west coast, I came down the Zambesi
to the east coast, and there I found the country scaled up. The
same efforts had been made by our cruisers here as on the west
coast, but, in consequence of foreigners being debarred fiom enter-
ing the country, neither traders nor missionaries had established
themselves. The trade was only in a little ivory, and gold-dust and
slaves ; just as it was on the west coast before Lord Palmerston's
policy came into operation. It seemed to me, therefore, that as the
Portuguese Government professed itself willing to aid in opening
the country, and we had a large river, Zambesi, which, being full
when I first descended, it seemed a famous inlet to the higher lands
and interior generally ; I knew the natives to be almost all fond of
trading, and,when away from the influence of the slave-trade,fricndly
and mild, the soil fertile, and cotton and other products widely
cultivated. It therefore appeared to me that if I could open this
region to lawful commerce I should supplement the eflbrts of our
cruisers, in the same way as has been done by traders and mission-
aries on the west coast, and perform a good service to Africa and
to England. To accomplish this was the main object of the Zam-
besi Expedition, and in speaking of what was done, it is to be un-
derstood that Dr. Kirk, Mr. Livingstone, and others composed it ;
and when I speak in the plural number I mean them, and wish to
bear testimony to the zeal and untiring energy with which my com-
panions worked. They were never daunted by difiiculties, nor
dangers, nor hard fare, and were their services required in any
other capacity might be relied on to perform their duty. The first
discovery we made was a navigable entrance to the Zambesi, about
a degree west of the QuilWiiane River, which had always been re-
presented as the mouth of the Zambesi, in order, as some main-
tained, that the men-of-war mis-ht be induced to watch the false
mouth while slaves were quietly shipped from the real mouth. This
mistake has lately been propagated in a map by the Colonial Minis,
ter of Portugal. On ascendinii- the Zambesi we found that the i'ortu-
guese authorities, to whom their Government had kindly com-
mended us, had nearly all fled down to the sea-coast, and the country
was in the hands of the natives, many of whom, by their brands,
we saw had been slaves. As they were all quite friendly with us,
we proceeded to our work, and ascended the river in a little steamer-
which, having been made of steel plates, a material never before
tried, and with an engine and boiler, the sweepings of some shop,

882 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Qct

very soon failed us. Indeed, the common canoes of the country
passed us with ease, and the people in them looked back, wondering
what this puffing, asthmatic thing could mean. The crocodiles
thought it was a land-animal swimming, and rushed at it in hopes
of having a feast. The river for the first 300 miles is from half a
mile to three miles wide. During half the year the water is abun-
dant and deep : during the other half, or the dry season, it is very
shallow ; but with properly constructed vessels much might be made
of it during the whole of ordinary years. We proceeded as soon
as we could to the rapids above Zette, our intention having origi-
nally been to go up as far as the Great Victoria Falls, and do what
we could with the Makololo, but our steamer could not stem a four-
knot current. We then turned off to an affluent of the Zambesi,
which flows into it about 100 miles from the sea; it is called the
Shire, and, as far as we know, was never explored by any European
before. It flows in a valley about 200 miles long and twenty broad.
Ranges of hills shut in the landscape on both sides, while the river
itself winds excessively among marshes ; in one of these we counted
800 elephants, all in sight at one time. The population was
very large ; crowds of natives, armed with bows and poisoned ar-
rows, lined the banks, and seemed disposed to resent any injury
that might be inflicted. But by care and civility we gave them
no occasion for commencing hostilities, though they were oncejust
on the point of discharging their arrows. On a second visit they
were more friendly, and the women and children appeared. We
had so far gained their confidence that we left the steamer at Mur-
chison's Cataracts; and Dr. Kirk and I, proceeding on foot to the
N.N.E., discovered Lake Shirwe. This lake is not lar^e ; it is
said to have no outlet, and this is probably the case, for its water
is brackibh ; it abounds in fish, hippopotami, and leeches. The
scenery around is very beautiful, the mountains on the east rising
to a height of 8,000 or 9,000 feet. We were now among Manganja,
a people who had not been visited by Europeans, and as I am
often asked what sort of folk these savages are, I may answer
they were as low as any we ever met, except Bushmen, yet they
all cultivate the soil for their sustenance. They raise large quan
titles of maize, or Indian corn, and another grain, which grows in
a stalk ten or twelve feet high, with grain very much like the
hemp-seed given to canaries, and called by the Arabs dura {Hcelr
cus georghum) ; another kind of grain (tennisetum) ; several kinds
of beans, pumpkins, and melons ; cucumbers, from the seeds of

1864.] LECTURE BY DR. LIVINGSTONE. 383

which a fine oil is extracted ; cassava, from which our tapioca is
made ; ground-nuts, which yield an oil for cooking ; castor-oil,
with which they anoint their bodies; and tobacco and Indian
hemp for smoking. The labor in the fields seemed to be per-
formed by the whole family, — men, women, and children being
generally seen in the fields together. Each family had a patch of
cotton, just as our forefathers had each a patch of lint; and this
cotton was spun and woven by the men, while the women malted
and ground the corn, and made the beer. Near many of the vil-
lages furnaces were erected for smelting iron from the ore, and
excellent hoes were made very cheap. All were very eager tra-
ders, and very few were hunters ; so they can scarcely be called
savages, though, without a doubt, they were degraded enough.
Their life has always appeared to me to be one of fear. They may
be attacked by other tribes, and sold into slavery; and the idea
this brings is, that they will be taken away, fattened, and eaten by
the whites. The slave-trader calls them beasts and savages, and
they believe the slave-traders to be cannibals. They also live in
fear of witchcraft ; and suspected persons are frequently compelled
to drink the ordeal water, which is just about as sensible a means
of detecting witches as our former mode of ducking in a pond. If
the suspected person vomits, she is innocent ; if not, guilty : and
yet we laugh heartily at our forefathers believing that the woman
who sank in the pond was innocent, and guilty if she swam, — just
as monomaniacs do with their illusions. Cultivatino- lars-e tracts
of land for grain, a favorite way of using the produce is to convert
it into beer. It is not very intoxicating, but when they consume
large quantities they do become a little elevated. When a family
brews a large quantity, the friends and neighbors are invited to
drink, and bring their hoes with them. They let ofl" the excitement
in merrily hoeing their friend's field. At other times they consume
large quantities for the same object as our regular topers at home.
Weentered one village, and found the people all tipsy together. On
seeing us the men tried to induce the women to run away ; but the
ladies, too, were, as we mildly put it, " a little overcome," and
laughed at the idea of their running. The village doctor arranged
matters by bringing a large pot of the liquid, with the intention,
apparently, of reducing us to the general level. Well, the people
generally, if we except the coast tribes, are very much like these,
without the drunkenness. Wherever tzetze exists the people pos-
sess no cattle, as this insect proves fatal to all domestic animals,

384 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

except the goat, man, and donkey. Its bite does no harm to man
nor to the donkey, though one donkey we took through a tzetze
district did die, probably from over-fatigue. We made no discovery
as to the nature of the curious poison injected by the insect, nor
could we find out where it laid its eggs. Where the slave-trade is
unknown the cattle are the only cause of war. The Makololo
will travel a month for the sake of lifting cattle ; this is not consid-
ered stealing; and when the question is put, " Why should you
lift what does not belong to you ?" they return the Scotch answer,
" Why should these Makalaka (or black fellows) possess cattle if
they can't defend them ?" Having secured the good-will of all the
people below and adjacent to Murchison's Cataracts, we next pro.
ceeded further north, and discovered the Shire flowing in a broad, gen-
tle stream out to Lake Nyassa, about sixty miles above the cataracts.
The country on each side of the river and lake rises up in what,
from below, seem ranges of mountains, but when they have been
ascended they turn out to be elevated plateaux, cool and well watered
with streams. To show the difference of temperature, we were drink-
ing the waters of the Shire at eighty-four degrees, and by one day's
march up the ascent, of between 3,000 and 4,000 feet, we had it at
sixty-five degrees, or nineteen degrees lower. It felt as if iced. We
had no trouble with the people. No dues were levied, nor fines de-
manded, though the Manganja were quite independent in their bear-
ing towards us, and strikingly different from what they afterwards
became. Our operations were confined chiefly to gaining the friend-
ship of the different tribes, and imparting what information we
could with a view to induce them to cultivate cotton for expor-
tation. It has already been mentioned that each family had its
own cotton-patch ; some of these were of considerable extent ; one
field, close to Zedzan Cataract, I lately found to be 630 paces
on one side, and the cotton was of excellent quality, not requiring
replanting oftener than once in three years, and no fear of injury
by frost. After careful examination, I have no hesitation in
re-asserting that we have there one of the finest cotton-fields
in the world. On remonstrating with the chiefs against selling
their people into slavery, they justified themselves on the plea
that none were sold except criminals. The crimes may not always
be very great, but I conjecture, from the the extreme ugliness of
many slaves, that they are the degraded criminal classes ; and it
is not fair to take the typical negro from among them any more
than it would be to place " Bill Sykes " or some of Finich's

1861.] LECTURE BY DR. LIVINGSTONE. 385

garrotters as the typical John Bull. For years I had been l(.)okiug
out for the typical negro, and never felt satisfied that I had got
him, for many of them are the pictures of the old Assyrians ;
others, barring color, which we soon forget, closely resemble
acquaintances at home. But Mr. Winwood Bead, in his work,
" Savage Africa," seems to have lighted right on the head of the
idea, in saying that no typical negro is seen in the portraits and
monuments of the ancient Egyptians. When we had succeeded
in gaining the goodwill of the people which crowded the
Shire valley, the mission under the late Bishop Mackenzie came
into the country. Dr. Kirk had performed a journey from the
Murchison Cataracts across to Zette, a Portuguese village upon the
Zambesi. Slave-hunters then were sent along Dr. Kirk's route
by the sanction of the present Government, calling themselves
"my children." The scamps ! They joined themselves to another
tribe called Ajawa, then in the act of migrating from the south-
east, and who had been accustomed to take slaves annually down
to Quillimane, and other settlements on the coast. Furnishing the
Ajawa with arms and ammunition, they found it easy to drive those
"who were armed only with bows and arrows before them. When Dr.
Kirk and Mr. Charles Livingstone, and I went up to show Bishop
Mackenzie on to the highlands, we met a party of these Portuguese
slaves coming with eighty-four captives bound and led towards Zette.
The head of the party we knew perfectly, having had him in our
employment in Zette. No force was employed, for even the slaves of
the Governor knew that they were doing wrong, and fled, leaving
the whole of the captives on our hands. Bishop Mackenzie received
them gladly, and in a fertile country, with land free, in the course
of a year or two, might, by training some sixty boys to habits
of industry, have rendered his mission independent as far as native
support was concerned. Having been engaged in the formation of two
missions in another part of the country, and having been familiar
with the history of several, I never knew a mission undertaken under
more favorable auspices. This would be the opinion of all who
have commenced similar enterprises in other parts, and it was
that of the good bishop himself. He was so thoroughly unselfish,
and of such a genial disposition, that he soon gained the confi-
dence of people ; and this is the first great step to success. The
best way of treating these degraded people must always be very
much that which is pursued in ragged schools. Their bodily
wants must be attended to as the basis of all efforts at their ele-

386 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

vation. The slave-trade is the gigantic evil which meets us at
every step in the country. We cannot move through any part
without meeting captured men and women, bound, and sometimes
gagged; so no good can be done if this crying evil is not
grappled with. The good bishop had some 200 people entirely
at his disposal, and would soon have presented to the country
an example of a free community, supported by its own industry,
where fair dealing could be met, which undoubtedly would have
created immense influence; for wherever the English name is known
it is associated with freedom and fliir play. Some seem to take a
pleasure in running down their fellow-countrymen ; but the longer
I live, I like them the better. They carry with them some sense
of law and justice, and a spirit of kindliness ; and were I in a
difficulty, I should prefer going to an Englishman rather than to
any other for aid. And as for Englishwomen, they do, undoubt-
edly, make the best wives, mothers, sisters, and daughters in the
world. It is this conviction that makes me, in my desire to see
slavery abolished, and human happiness promoted, ardently wish
to have some of our countrywomen transplanted to a region where
they would both give and receive benefit, where every decent
Christian Englishman, whether churchman or dissenter, learned
or unlearned, liberal or bigoted, would certainly become a bles-
sing by introducing a better system than that which has pre-
vailed for ages. We conducted Bishop Mackenize and party up
to the highlands, and after spending three or four days with them,
returned, and never had any more connection with the conduct of
that mission. We carried a boat past Murchison's Cataracts.
By these the river descends at different leaps of great beauty, 1,200
feet in a distance of about 40 miles. Above that we have sixty
miles of fine deep rivers, flowing placidly out of Lake Nyassa.
As we sailed into this fine freshwater lake, we were naturally
anxious to know its depth — ten, twelve, twenty, thirty fathoms —
then no bottom with all our line ; and John Neill, our sailor, at
last pronounced it fit for the Great Eastern to sail in. We touched
the bottom in a bay with a line of 100 fathoms, and a mile out
could find no bottom at 116 fathoms. It contains plenty of fish,
and great numbers of natives daily engage in catching them with
nets, hooks, spears, torches, and poison. The water remains at 72°,
and the crocodiles having plenty of fish to eat rarely attack men.
It is from fifty to sixty miles broad, and we saw at least 225 miles of
its length. As seen from the lake, it seems surrounded by moun-

1864.] LECTURE BY DR. LIVINGSTONE. 387

tains, and from these furious storms come suddenly down and raise
high seas, -which are dangerous for a boat, but the native canoes are
formed so as to go easily along the surface. The apparent mountains
on the west were ascended last year, and found to be only the
edges of a great plateau, 3,000 feet above the sea. This is cool,
well watered, and well peopled with the Manganja and the Maori,
some of whom possess cattle ; and I have no doubt but that, the first
hardships over, ahd properly housed and fed, Europeans would enjoy
life and comfort. This part of Africa has exactly the same form
as Western India at Bombay, only this is a little higher and
cooler. Well, having now a fair way into the highlands by means of
the Zambesi and Shire, and a navigable course of river and lake,
of two miles across, which all the slaves from the Red Sea and the
Persian Gulf, as well as some for Cuba took, and nearly all the
inhabitants of this densely-peopled country actually knowing how
to cultivate cotton, it seemed likely that their strong propensity to
trade might be easily turned to the advantage of our own country
as well as theirs. And here I beg to remark that on my first jour-
ney, my attention not having then been turned to the subject, I
noticed only a few cases of its cultivation, but on this I saw much
more than I had previously any idea of. The cotton is short in
the staple, strong, and like wool in the hand — as good as upland
American. A second variety has been introduced, as is seen in the
name, being foreign cotton, and a third of very superior quality,
very long in the fibre, though usually believed to belong to South
America, was found right in the middle of the continent in the
country of the Makololo. A tree of it was eight inches in diameter,
or like an ordinary apple-tree. And all these require planting not
oftener than once in three years. There is no danger of frosts,
either, to injure the crops. No sooner, however, had we begun
our labors among the Manganja than the African Portuguese, by
instigating the Ajawa, with arms and ammunition, to be paid for in
slaves, produced the utmost confusion. Village after village was
attacked and burnt ; for the Manganja, armed only with bows and ar-
rows, could not stand before firearms. The bowman's way of fight-
ing is to be in ambush, and to shoot his arrows unawares, while
those with guns, making a great noise, cause the bowmen to run
away. The women and children become captives. This process
of slave-hunting went on for some months, and then a panic seized
the Manganja nation. All fled down to the river, only anxious to
get that between them and their enemies ; but they had left all

388 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

their food behind them, and starvation of thousands ensued. The
Shire valley, where thousands lived, at our first visit was converted
literally into a valley of dry bones. One cannot now walk a mile
"without seeing a human skeleton ; open a hut in the now deserted
villages, and there lie the unburied skeletons. In some I opened,
there were two skeletons; and a little one, rolled up in a mat,
between them. I have always hated putting the blame of being
baffled upon any one else, from a conviction that a man ought to
succeed in all feasible projects, in spite of everybody; and, more-
over, I wish not to be understood as casting a slur upon the Por-
tuguese in Europe, for the Yiscount Lavaidio, the Viscount de la
Bandeira, and others, are as anxious to see the abolition of the
slave-trade as could be desired; but the evil is done by the asser-
tion in Europe of dominion in Africa, when it is quite well
knowi! that the ]^ortuguese in Africa were only a few half-castes,
the children of converts and black women, who have actually to
pay tribute to the pure natives. AYere they of the smallest benefit
to Portugal ? If any one ever made a fortune and went home to
spend it in Lisbon ; or if any pleasure whatever could be derived
by the Portuguese government from spending £5000 annually on
needy governors, who all connive at the slave-trade, the thing
could be understood. But Portugal gains nothing but a shocking
bad name, as the first that began the slave-trade, and the last to
end it. To us it is a serious matter to see Lord Palmerston's
policy, which has been so eminently successful on the west, so
largely neutralised on the east coast. A great nation like ours
cannot get rid of the oblii;ations to other members of the f>Teat
community of nations. The police of the sea must be maintained ;
and should we send no more cruisers to suppress the slave-trade,
■we would soon be obliged to send them to suppress piracy, for no
traffic engenders lawlessness as does this odious trade. The plan
I propose required a steamer onLakeNyassa to take up the ivory-
trade, as it is by the aid of that trade that the traffic in slaves is
carried on. The Government sent out a steamer, which, though
an excellent one, was too deep for the Shire. Another steamer was
then built at my own expense ; this was all that could be desired,
made to unscrew into twenty-four pieces, and the Lady Nyassa, or
Lady of the Lake, was actually unscrewed and ready for conveyance
to the scene of the missionary work, but that must be done by
younger men, specially educated for it — men willing to rough it,
and yet hold quietly and patiently on. When I became Consul, it

1864.] ADDRESS BY SIR CHARLES LYELL. 389

was with the confident hope that I should carry out this work, and
I do not mean to give it up. If being baffled had ever made me lose
heart, I should never have been here in the position which by your
kindness I now occupy. I intend to make another attempt, but
this time to the north of the Portuguese territory ; and I feel greatly
encouraged by the interest you show, as it cannot be for the person,
but from your sympathy for the cause of human liberty; for it
startles us to see a areat nation of our own blood despising the
African's claims to humanity, and drifting helplessly into a war
about him, and then drifting quite as helplessly into abolition
and slavery principles ; then, leading the Africans to fight. No
mighty event like this terrible war ever took place without teaching-
terrible lessons. One of these may be that, though " on the side
of the oppressor there is power, there be higher than they." With
respect to the African, neither drink, nor disease, nor slavery can
root him out of the world. T never had any idea of the prodig-
ious destruction of human life that takes place subsequently to the
slave-hunting, till I saw it ; and as this has gone on for centuries,
it gives a wonderful idea of the vitality of the nation.

EXTRACTS FROM THE ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT,
SIR CHARLES LYELL, D.C.L., F.U.S.

Gentlemen of the British Association, — The place where we
have been invited this year to hold our thirty-fourth meeting
is one of no ordinary interest to the cultivators of physical science.
It might have been selected by my fellow-laborers in geology as
a central point of observation, from which, by short excursi^ ns to
the east and west, they might examine those rocks which constitute,
on the one side, the more modern, and on other the more ancient
records of the past, while around them and at their feet lie monu-
ments of the middle period of the earth's history. But there are
other sites in England which might successfully compete with Bath
as good surveying stations for the geologist. What renders Bath
a peculiar point of attraction to the student of natural phenonjena
is its thermal and mineral waters, to the sanatory powers of which
the city has owed its origin and celebrity. The great volume and
high temperature of these waters render them not only unique
in our island, but perhaps without a paralled in the rest of Europe,
when we duly take into account their distance from the nearest
region of violent earthquakes or of active or extinct volcanoes. The

Vol. I. AA No. 5

390 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

spot where they issue, as we learn from the researches of the his-
torian and antiquary, was lonely and desert when the Romans first
landed in this island, but in a few years it was converted into one
of the chief cities of the newly conquered province. On the site
of the hot-springs was a large morass from which clouds of white
vapor rose into the air ; and there first was the spacious bath-room
built, in a highly ornamental style of architecture, and decorated
with columns, pilasters, and tessellated pavements. By its side
was erected a splendid temple dedicated to Minerva, of which
some statues and altars with their inscriptions, and ornate pillars,
are still to be seen in the Museum of this place. To these edifices
the quarters of the garrison, and in the couise of time the dwellings
of new settlers, were added ; and they were all encircled by a
massive wall, the solid foundations of which still remain.

A dense mass of soil and rubbish, from ] 0 to 20 feet thick, now
separates the level on which the present city stands from the level
of the ancient Aqua3 Solis of the Romans. Digging through this
mass of heterogeneous materials, coins and cofiins of the Saxon
period have been found ; and lower down, beginning at the depth
of from 12 to 15 feet from the surface, coins have been disinterred
of Imperial Rome, bearing dates from the reign of Claudius to that
of Maximus in the fifth century. Beneath the whole are occasion-
ally seen tessellated pavements still retaining their bright colors ;
one of which, on the site of the Mineral-water Hospital, is still care-
fully preserved, affording us an opportunity of gauging the difierence
of level of ancient and modern Bath.

On the slopes and summits of the picturesque hills in the neigh-
borhood rose many a Roman villa, to trace the boundaries of which
and to brim? to lioht the treasures of art concealed in them, are
tasks which have of late years amply rewarded the researches of
Mr. Scarth and other learned antiquaries. No wonder that on
this favored spot we should meet with so many memorials of for-
mer greatness, when we reflect on the length of time during which
the imperial troops and rich colonsits of a highly civilized people
sojourned here ; having held undisturbed possession of the country
for as many years as have elapsed from the first discovery of America
to our own times.

One of our former Presidents, Dr. Daubeny, has remarked that
nearly all the most celebrated hot-springs of Europe, such as those
of Aix-la-Chapelle, Baden-Baden, Naples, Auvergne, and the Py-
renees, have not declined in temperature since the days of the Ro-

1864.] ADDRESS BY SIR CHARLES LYELL. 391

mans ; for many of them still retain as great a beat as is tolerable
to tbe biinian body, and yet when enjploycd by the ancients they
do not seem to have required to be first cooled down by artificial
means. This uniformity of temperature, maintained in some places
for more than 2000 yeurs. together with the constancy in the vol-
ume of the water, which never varies with the seasons, as in ordinary
springs, the identity also of the mineral ingredients which, century
alter century, are held by each spring in solution, are striking facts,
and they tempt us irresistibly to speculate on the deep subterranean
sources both of the heat and mineral matter. How long has this
uniformity prevailed ? Are the springs really ancient in reference
to the earth's history, or, like the course of the present rivers and
the actual shape of our hills and valleys, are they only of high an-
tiquity when contrasted with the brief space of human annals ?
May they not be like Vesuvius and Etna, w^hich, although they
have been adding to their flanks, in the course of the last 2000
years, many a stream of lava and shower of ashes, were still moun-
tains very much the same as they now^arein height and dimensions
frcm the earliest times to which we can trace back their existence ?
Yet although their foundations are tens of thousands of years old,
they were laid at an era when the Mediterranean was already in-
habited by the same species of marine shells as those with which
it is now peopled ; so that these volcanoes must be regarded as things
of yesterday in the geological calendar.

Notwithstanding the general persistency in character of mineral
waters and hot-springs ever since they w^ere first known to us, we
find on inquiry that some few of them, even in historical times,
have been subject to great changes. These have happened during
earthquakes which have been violent enough to disturb the sub-
terranean drainnge and alter the shape of the fissures up which
the waters ascend. Thus during the great earthquake at Lisbon
in 1755, the temperature of the spring called La fSource de la Heine
at Bagneres de Luchon, in the Pyrenees, was suddenly raised as
much as 75° F., or changed from a cold spring to one of 122° F.,
a heat which it has since retained. It is also recorded that the hot-
springs at Bagneres de Bigorre, in the same mountain-chain, be-
came suddenly cold during a great earthquake which, in 1660, threw
down several houses in that town.

It has been ascertained that the hot-springs of the Pyrenees, the
Alps, and many other regions are situated in lines along which the
rocks have been rent, and usually where they have been displaced

392 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

or " faulted." Similar dislocations in the solid crust of the earth
are generally supposed to have determined the spots where active
and extinct volcanoes have burst forth ; for several of these often
affect a linear arrangement, their position seeming to have been de-
termined by great lines of fissure. Another connecting link be-
tween the volcano and the hot-spring is recognizable in the great
abundance of hot-springs in regions where volcanic eruptions still
occur from time to time. It is also in the same districts that the
waters occasionally attain the boiling-temperature, while some of
the associated stufas emit steam considerably above the boiling-
point. But in proportion as we recede from the great centres of
igneous activity, we find the thermal waters decreasing in frequency
and in their average heat, while at the same time they are most con-
spicuous in those territories where,as in Central France or the Eifel in
Germany, there are cones and craters still so perfect in their form,
and streams of lava bearing such a relation to the depth and shape
of the existing valleys, as to indicate that the internal fires have
become dormant in comparatively recent t mes. If there be excep-
tions to this rule, it is where hot-springs are met with in parts of
the Alps and Pyrenees which have been violently convulsed by
modern earthquakes.

To pursue still further our comparison between the hot-spring
and the volcano, we may regard the water of the spring as represent-
ing those vast clouds of aqueous vapor which are copiously evolved
for days, sometimes for weeks, in succession from craters during
an eruption. But we shall perhaps be asked whether, when we
contrast the work done by the two agents in question, there is not
a marked failure of analogy in one respect — namely a want, in the
case of the hot-spring, of power to raise from great depths in the
earth voluminous masses of solid matter corresponding to the heaps
of scoriae and streams of lava which the volcano pours out on the
surface. To one who urges such an objection it may be said that
the quantity of solid as well as gaseous matter transferred by springs
from the interior of the earth to its surfciceis far more considerable
than is commonly imagined. The thermal waters of Bath are far
from being conspicuous among European hot-springs for the quan-
tity of mineral matter contained in them in proportion to the water
which acts as a solvent ; yet Professor Ramsay has calculated that
if the sulphates of lime and of soda, and the chlorides of sodium
and magnesium, and the other mineral ingredients which they con-
tain, were solidified, they would form in one year a square column

1864.] ADDRESS BY SIR CHARLES LYELL. 393

nine feet in diameter, and no less than 140 feet in height. All this
matter is now quietly conveyed by a stream of limpid water, in an
invisible form, to the Avon, and by the Avon to the sea ; but if,
instead of being thus removed, it were deposited around the orifice
of eruption, like the siliceous layers which encrust the circular basin
of an Icelandic geyser, we should soon see a considerable cone built
up, with a crater in the middle ; and if the action of the spring
were intermittent, so that ten or twenty years should elapse be-
tween the periods when solid matter was emitted, or (say) an in-
terval of three centuries, as in the case of Vesuvius between 1306
and 1631, the discharge would be on so grand a scale as to afford
no mean object of comparison with the intermittent outpourings of
a volcano.

Dr. Daubeny, after devoting a month to the analysis of the Bath
waters inl833, ascertained that the daily evolution of nitrogen gas
amounted to no less than 250 cubic feet in vol i me. This gas, he
remarks, is not only characteristic of hot-springs, but is largely
disengaged from volcanic craters during eruptions. In both cases
he suggests that the nitrogen may be derived from atmospheric
air, which is always dissolved in rain-water, and which, when this
water penetrates the earth's crust, must be carried down to great
depths, so as to reach the heated interior. When there, it may be
subjected to deoxidating processes, so that the nitrogen, being left
in a free state, may be driven upwards by the expansive force of
heat and steam, or by hydrostatic pressure. This theory has been
very generally adopted, as best accounting for the constant disen-
gagement of large bodies of nitrogen, even where the rocks through
which the spring rises are crystalline and unfossiliferous. It will,
however, of course be admitted, as Professor Bischoff has pointed
out, that in some places organic matter has supplied a large part of
the nitroiren evolved.

Carbonic-acid gas is another of the volatilized substances dis-
charged by the Bath waters. Dr. Gustav Bischoff, in the new
edition of his valuable work on chemical and physical geology,
when speaking of the exhalations of this gas, remarks that they
are of universal occurrence, and that they orginate at great depths,
becoming more abundant the deeper we penetrate. He also
observes that, when the silicates which enter so largely into the
composition of the oldest rocks are percolated by this gas, they
must be C(»ntinually decomposed, and the carbonates formed by
the new combinations thence arising must often augment the

394 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. fOct.

volume of the altered rocks. This increase of bulk, he says, must
sometimes give rise to mechanical force of expansion capable of
uplifting the incumbent crust of the earth ; and the same force
may act laterally so as to compress, dislocate, and tilt the strata
on each side of a mass in which the new chemical changes are
developed. The calculations made by this eminent German chem-
ist of the exact amount of distention which the origjin ot new
mineral products may cause, by adding to the volume of tlie rocks,
deserve the attention of geologists, as affording them aid in explain-
ing those reiterated oscillations of level — those ri-ings and sink-
ings of land — which have occurred on so grand a scale at succes-
sive periods of the past. There are probably many distinct causes
of such upward, downward, and lateral movements, and any new
suggestion on this head is most welcome ; but I believe the expan-
sion and contraction of solid rocks, when they are alternately
heated and cooled, and the fusion and subsequent consolidation of
mineral masses, will continue to rank, as heretofore, as the most
influential causes of such movements.

The temperature of the Bath waters varies in the different
springs from IIT'^ to 120° F. This, as before stated, is excep-
tionally high, when we duly allow for the great distance of Bath
from the nearest region of active or recently extinct volcanoes and
of violent earthquakes. The hot-springs of Aix-la-Chapell.^ have
a much higher temperature, viz. 135"^ F., but they are situated
within forty miles of those cones and lava-streams of the Eifel
which, though they may have spent their force ages before the
earliest records of history, belong, nevertheless, to the most modern
geological period. Bath is about 400 miles distant from the same
part of Germany, and 440 from Auvergne — another volcanic
region, the latest eruptions of wdiich were geologically coeval with
those of the Eifel. When these two regions in France and Ger-
many were the theatres of frequent convulsions, we may well sup-
pose that England was often more rudely shaken than now ; and
such shocks as that of October last, the sound and rocking motion
of w4iich caused so great a sensation as it traversed the southern
part of the island, and seems to have been particularly violent in
Herefordshire, may be only a languid reminder to us of a force
of which the energy has been gradually dying out.

But there are other characters in the structure of the earth's
crust more mysterious in their nature than the phenomena of
metalliferous veins, on which the study of hot-springs has thrown

1864.] ADDRESS BY SIR CHARLES LYELL. 895

light — I allude to the metamorphism of sedimentary rocl:s. Strata
of various ages, many of them once full of organic remains, have
been rendered partially or wholly crystalline. It is admitted on
all hands that heat has been instrumental in bringing about this
re-arrangement of particles, which, when the metamorphism has been
carried out to its fullest extent, obliterates all trace of the imbed-
ded fossils. But as mountain-masses many miles in length and
breadth, and several thousands of feet in height, have undergone
such alteration, it has always been diflficult to explain in what
manner an amount of heat capable of so entirely changing the
molecular condition of sedimentary masses could have come into
play without utterly annihilating every sign of stratification, as
well as of organic structure.

Various experiments have led to the conclusion that the min-
erals which enter most largely into the composition of the metanior-
phic rocks have not been formed by crystalli/.ing from a state of
fusion, or in the dry way, but that they have been derived from
liquid solutions, or in the wet way — a process requiring a far less
intense degree of heat. Thermal springs, chai-ged with carbonic
acid and with hydro-fluoric acid (which last is often present in
small quantities), are powerful causes of decomposition and chemi-
cal reaction in rocks through which they percolate. If, therefore,
large bodies of hot water permeate mountain-masses at great
depths, they may in the course of ages superinduce in tliem a crys-
talline structure ; and in some cases strata in a lower position and
of older date may be comparatively unaltered, retaining their fossil
remains undefaced, while newer rocks are rendered metamorphic.
This may happen where the waters, after passing upwards for
thousands of feet, meet w^ith some obstruction, as in the case of
the Wheal-ClifFord spring, causing the same to be laterally diverted
so as to percolate the surrounding rocks. The eflScacy of such
hydro-thermal action has been admirably illustrated of late years
by the experiments and observations of Senarniont, Daubree,
Delesse, Scheerer, Sorby, Sterry Hunt, and others.

The changes which Daubree has shown to have been produced
by the alkaline waters of Plombieres, in the Vosges, are more espe-
cially instructive. These thermal waters have a temperature of
160'^ F., and were conveyed by the Komans to baths through long
conduits or aqueducts. The foundations of some of their works
consisted of a bed of concrete made of lime, fragments of brick, and
sandstone. Through this and other masonry the hot waters have

396 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

been percolating for c nturies, and have given rise to various
zeolites — apophj'llite and cliabazite among others ; also to calca-
reous spar, arragonite, and fluor spar, together with siliceous min-
erals, such as opal, — all found in the interspaces of the bricks and
mortar, or constituting part of their rearranged materials. The
quantity of heat brought into action in this instance in the course
of 2000 years has, no doubt, been enormous, although the inten-
sity of it developed at any one moment has been always incon-
siderable.

The study, of late years, of the constituent parts of granite has
in like manner led to the conclusion that their consolidation has
taken place at temperatures far below those formerly supposed to
be indispensable. Gustav Rose has pointed out that the quartz
of granite has the specific gravity of 2*6, which characterizes silica
when it is precipitated from a liquid solvent, and not that inferior
density, namely 2*3, which belongs to it when it cools and solidifies
in the dry way from a state of fusion.

But some geologists, when made aware of the intervention on a
large scale, of water, in the formation of the component, minerals
of the granitic and volcanic rocks, appear of late years to have been
too much disposed to dispense with intense heat when accounting
for the formation of the crystalline and unstratified rocks. As
water in a state of solid combination enters largely into the alumi-
nous and some other minerals, and th'/refore plays no small part
in the composition of the earth's crust, it follows that, when rocks
are melted, water must be present, independently of the supplies
of rain-water and sea-water which find their way into the regions
of subterranean heat. But the existence of water under great
pressure afibrds no argument against our attributing an exces-
sively high temperature to the mass with which it is mixed up.
Still less does the point to which the melted matter must be cooled
down before it consolidates or crystallizes into lava or granite
afford any test of the degree of heat which the same matter must
have acquired when it was melted and made to form lakes and
seas in the interior of the earth's crust.

The evidence of a period of great cold in England and North
America, in the times referred to, is now so universally admitted
by geologists, that I shall take it for granted in this Address, and
briefly consider what may have been the j^robable causes of the re-
frigeration of central Europe at the era in question. One of these
causes, first suggested eleven years ago by a celebrated Swiss geo-

1864.] ADDRESS BY SIR CHARLES LYELL. 397

losist, has not, I think, received the attention ^Yhich it well de-
served. When I proposed, in 1833, the theory that alterations in
physical geography might have given rise to those revolutions in
climate which the earth's surface has experienced at successive
epochs, it was objected by many that the signs of upheaval and de-
pression were too local to account for such general changes of tem-
perature. This objection was thought to be of peculiar weight
when applied to the glacial period, because of the shortness of the
time, geologically speaking, which has since transpired. But the
more we examine the monuments of the ages which preceded the
historical, the more decided become the proofs of a general altera-
tion in the position, height, and depth of seas, continents, and
mountain-chains since the commencement of the glacial period.
The meteorologist also has been learning of late years that the quan-
tity of ice and sn#w in certain latitudes depends not merely on
the height of mountain-chains, but also in the distribution of the
surrounding sea and land even to considerable distances.

M. Escher von der Linth gave it as his opinion in 1852, that if it
were true, as Ritter had suggested, that the great African desert,
or Sahara, was submerged within the modern or post-tertiary period,
the same submergence might explain why the Alpine glaciers had
attained so recently those colossal dimensions which, reasoning on
geological data, Venetz and Charpentier had assigned to them.
Since Kscher first threw out this hint, the fact that the Sahara was
really covered by the sea at no distant period has been confirmed
by many new proofs. The distinguished Swiss geologist himself
has just returned from an exploring expedition through the east-
ern part of the Algerian desert, in which he was accompanied by
M. Desor, of Neuchatel, and Professor Martins, of Montpellier.
These three experienced observers satisfied themselves, during
the last winter, that the Sahara was under water dui-ing the
period of the living species of Testacea. We had already learnt in
1856, from a memoir by M. Charles Ijaurent, that sands identical
with those on the nearest shores of the Mediterranean, and contain-
ning, among other recent shells, the common cockle {^Carillum
edule), extend over a vast space from west to east in the desert,
being not only found on the surface, but also brought up from
depths of more than 20 feet by the Artesian auger, 'i'hese shells
have been met with at lieiii'hts of more than 900 feet above the sea-
level, and on ground sunk 300 feet below it; for there are in
Africa, as in Western Asia, depressions of land below the level o

398 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

the sea. The same cockle has been observed still living in several
salt-lakes in the Sahara : and superficial incrustations in many
places seem to point to the drying up by evaporation of several
inland seas in certain districts.

Mr. Tristram, in his travels in 1859, traced for many miles along
the southern borders of the French possessions in Africa lines of
inland sea-cliiFs, with caves at their bases, and old sea-beaches form-
ing successive terraces, ^'n which recent shells and the casts of them
were agglutinated together with sand and pebbles, the whole having
the form of a conglomerate The ancient sea appears once to have
stretched from the Gulf of Cabes, in Tunis, to the west coast of
Africa north of Senegambia, having a width of several hundred
(pei'haps where greatest, according to Mr. Tristram, 800) miles*
The high lands of Barbary, including Morocco, Algeria, and Tunis,
must have been separated at this period from tlie rest of Ai'rica by
a sea. All that we have learnt from zoologists and botanists in re-
gard to tlie present fauna and flora of Barbary favors this hypo-
thesis, and seems at the same time to point to a former connexion
of that country with Spain, Sicily, and South Italy.

When speculating on these changes, we may call to mind that
certain deposits, full of marine shells of living species, have long
been known as fringing the borders of the Red Sea, and rising sev-
eral hundred feet above its shores. Evidence has also been obtained
that Egypt, placed between the Bed Sea and the Sahara, partici-
pated in these great continental movements. This may be inferred
from the old river-terraces, lately de>cribed by Messrs. Aaams and
Murie, which skirt the modern alluvial plains of the Nile, and rise
above them to various heights, from 30 to 100 feet and upwards.
In whatever direction, therefore, we look, we see grounds for assum-
ing that a map of Africa in that glacial period would no more resem-
ble our present maps of that continent than Europe now resembles
North America. If, then, argues Escher, the Sahara was a sea ia
post-tertiary times, we may understand why the Alpine glaciers
formerly attained such gigantic dimensions, and why they have left
moraines of such magnitude on the plains of northern Italy and
the lower country of Switzerland. The Swiss peasants have a say.
ing, when they talk oP the melting of the snow, that the sun could
do nothing without the Fohn, a name which they give to the well-
known sirocco. This wind, after sweeping over a wide expanse of
parched and burning sand in Africa, blows occasionally for days
in succession across the Mediterranean, carrying with it the scorch-

1864.] ADDRESS BY SIR CHARLES LYELL. 399

ing heat of the Sahara to melt the snows of the Appennines and
Alps.

M. Denzler, in a memoir on this subject, observes that the Fohn
blew tempestuously at Algiers on the 17th July 1841, and then,
crossing the Mediterranean, reached Marseilles in six hours. In
five more hours it was at Geneva and the Valais, throwing down
a larsre extent of forest in the latter district, while in the cantons
of Zurich and the Grisons it suddenly turned the leaves of many
trees from green to yellow. In a few hours new mown grass was
dried and ready for the haystack; for although, passing over the
Alpine snows, the sirocco absorbs much moisture, it is still far be-
low the point of saturation when it reaches the sub- Alpine country
to the north of the great chain. MM. Escher and Denzler have
both of them observed on different occasions that a thickness of one
foot of snow has disappeared in four hours durinu the prevalence
of this wind. No wonder, therefore, that the Fohn is so much
dreaded for the sudden inundations which it sometimes causes.
The snow4ine of the Alps was seen by Mr. Irscher, the astrono-
mer, from his observatory at Neuchatel, by aid of the telescope, to
rise sensibly every day while this wind was blowing. Its influence
is by no means confined to the summer season, for in the winter of
1852 it visited Zurich at Christmas, and in a few days all the sur-
rounding country was stripped of its snow, even in the shadiest
places and on the crests of high ridges, I feel the better able to
appreciate the power of this wind from having myself witnessed in
Sicily, in 1828, its effect in dissolving, in the month of November,
the snows which then covered the summit and higher parts of
Mount Etna. I had been told that I should be unable to ascend
to the top of the highest cone till the following spring ; but in
thirty-six hours the hot breath of the sirocco stripped otf from the
mountain its whit3 mantle of snow and I ascended without diffi-
culty.

It is well known that the number of days during which particular
winds prevail, from year to year, varies considerably. Between
the years 1812 and 1820 the Fohn was less felt in Switzerland than
usual ; and what was the consequence ? All the glaciers, during
those eight or nine years, increased in height, and crept down below
their former limits in their respective valleys. Many similar ex-
amples might be cited of the sensitiveness of the ice to slight vari-
ations of temperature. Captain Godwin-Austen has lately given
us a description of the gigantic glaciers of the western Himalaya

400 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

in those valleys where the sources of the Indus rise, between the
latitudes 35° and 36^ N. The highest peaks of the Karakorum
rang-, attain in that region an elevation of 28,000 feet above the
sea. The ghiciers, says Captain Austen, have been advancing,
within the memory of the living inhabitants, so as greatly to en-
croach on the cultivated lands, and have so altered the climate of
adjoining valleys immediately below, that only one crop a year can
now be reaped from fields which formerly yielded two crops. If
such changes can be experienced in less than a century, without
any perceptible modification in the physical geography of that part
of Asia, what mighty effects may we not imagine the submergence
of the Sahara to have produced in adding to the size of the iVlpine
glaciers? If, between the years 1812 and 1820, a mere diminu-
tion of the number of days during which the sirocco blew could so
much promote the growth and onward movement of the ice, how
much greater a change would result from the total cessation of the
same wind ! But this would give no idea of what must have hap-
pened in the glacial period ; for we cannot suppose the action of the
south wind to have been suspended ; it was not in abeyance, but its
character was entirely different, and of an opposite nature, under
the altered geographical conditions above contemplated. First,
instead of passing over a parched and scorching desert, between the
twentieth and thirty-fifth parallels of latitude, it would plentifully
absorb moisture from a sea many hundreds of miles wide, Next^
in its course over the Mediterranean, it would take up still more
aqueous vapor ; and when, after complete saturation, it struck the
Alps, it would be driven up into the higher and more rarified
regions of the atmosphere. There the aerial current, as fast as it
was cooled, would discharge its aqueous burden in the form of
snow, so that the same wind which is now called " the devourer
of ice" would become its principal feeder.

If we thus embrace Escher's theory, as accounting in no small
degree for the vast size of the extinct ci'laciers of Switzerland and
Northern Italy, we are by no means debarred from accepting at
the same time L'harpentier's suggestion, that the Alps in the
glacial period were 2000 or 3000 feet higher than they are now.
Such a difference in altitude may have been an auxiliary cause of
the extreme cold, and seems the more probable now that we have
obtained unequivocal proofs of such great oscillations of level in
Wales within the period under consideration. We may also avail
ourselves of another source of refrigeration which may have coin-

1864.] ADDRESS BY SIR CHARLES LYELL. 401

cided ill time with the submergence of the Sahara, namely, the
diversion of the Gulf-stream from its present course. The shape
of Europe and North America, or the boundaries of sea and land,
departed so widely in the glacial period from those now established,
that we cannot suppose the Gulf-stream to have taken at that
period its present north-western course across the Atlantic. If it
took some other direction, the climate of the north of Scotland
would, according to the calculations of Mr. Hopkins, suffer a
diminution in its average annual temperature of 12° F., while that
of the Alps would lose 2° F, A combination of all the conditions
above enumerated would certainly be attended with so great a
revolution in climate as miiiht o;o far to account for the excessive
cold which was developed at so modern a period in the earth's
history. But even when we assume all three of them to have
been simultaneous in action, we have by no means exhausted all
the resources which a diiference in the geographical condition of
the globe might supply. Thus, for example, to name only one of
them, we might suppose that the height and quantity of land near
the north pole was greater at the era in question than it is now.

The vast mechanical force that ice exerted in the glacial period
has been thought by some to demonstrate a want of uniformity in
the amount of energy which the same natural cause may put forth
at two successive epochs. But we must be careful, when thus
reasoning, to bear in mind that the power of ice is here substituted
for that of running water. The one becomes a mighty agent in
transporting huge erratics, and in scoring, abrading, and polishing
rocks ; but meanwhile the other is in abeyance. When, for
example, the ancient llhone glacier conveyed its moraines from the
upper to the lower end of the Lake of Geneva, there was no great
river, as there now is, forming a delta many miles in extent, and
several hundred feet in depth, at the upper end of the lake.

The more we study and comprehend the geographical changes
of the glacial period, and the migrations of animals and plants to
which it gave rise, the higher our conceptions are raised of the
duration of that subdivision of time, which, though vast when
measured by the succession of events comprised in it, wms brief,
if estimated by the ordinary rules of geological classification. The
glacial period was, in fact, a mere episode in one of the great
epochs of the earth's history ; for the inhabitants of the lands
and seas, before and after the grand development of snow and ice,
were nearly the same. As yet we have no satisfactory proof that

402 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Oct.

man existed in Europe or elsewhere during the period of extreme
cold ; but our investigations on this head are still in their infancy.

In an early portion of the postglacial period it has been
ascertained that man flourished in Europe ; and in tracing the
signs of his existence, from the historical ages to those immediately
antecedent, and so backward into more ancient times, we gradually
aj)proach a dissimilar geographical state of things, when the
climate was colder, and when the configuration of the surface
departed considerably from that which now preyails.

I will now briefly allude, in conclusion, to two points on which
a gradual change of opinion has been taking place among geologists
of late years. First, as to whether there has been a continuous
succession of events in the organic and inorganic worlds, uninter-
rupted by violent and general catastrophes ; and secondly, whether
clear evidence can be obtained of a period antecedent to the crea-
tion of organic beings on the earth. I am old enough to remember
when geologists dogmatized on both these questions in a manner
very diiferent from that in which they would now venture to
indulge. I believe that by far the greater number now incline to
opposite views from those which were once most commonly enter-
tained. On the first point it is worthy of remark, that, although
a belief in sudden and general convulsions has been losing ground,
as also the doctrine of abrupt transitions from one set of species
of animals and plants to another of a very difierent type, yet the
whole series of the records which have been handed down to us
are now more than ever regarded as fragmentary. They ought to
be looked upon as more perfect, because numerous gaps have been
filled up ; and in the formations newly intercalated in the series we
have found many missing links and various intermediate gradations
between the nearest allied forms previously known in the animal
and vegetable worlds. Yet the whole body of monuments which
we are endeavoring to decipher appears niore defective than be-
fore. For my own part, I agree with Mr. Darwin in con^iidering
them as a mere fraction of those which have once existed, while
no approach to a perfect series was ever formed originally, it having
never been part of the plan of Nature to leave a complete record
of all her works and operations for the enlightenment of rational
beings who might study them in after-ages.

In reference to the other great question, or the earliest date of
vital phenomena on this planet, the late discoveries in Canada have
at least demonstrated that certain theories founded in Europe on

1864.] ADDRESS BY SIR CHARLES LYELL. 403

mere negative evidence were altogether delusive. In the course of
a geological survey, carried on under the able direction of Sir
William E. Logan, it has been shown that northward of the river
St. Lawrence there is a vast series of stratified and crystalline
rocks of gneiss, mica-schist, quartzite, and limestone, about
40,000 feet in thickness, which have been called Laurentian.

They are more ancient than the oldest fossiliferous strata of
Europe, or those to which the term primordial had been rashly
assigned. In the first place, the newest part of this great crys-
talline series is unconformable to the ancient fossiliferous or so-
called primordial rocks which overlie it ; so that it must have
undergone disturbing movements before the latter or primordial
set were formed. Then again, the older half of the Laurentian
series is unconformable to the newer portion of the same. It is
in this lowest and most ancient system of crystahine strata that a
limestone, about a thousand feet thick, has been observed, contain-
ing organic remains. These fossils have been examined by Dr.
Dawson, of Montreal, and he has detected in them, by aid of the
microscope, the distinct structure of a large species of Ehizopod.
Fine specimens of this fossil, called Eozoon Canadense, have been
brought to Bath by Sir William E. Logan, to be exhibited to the
members of the Association. We have every reason to suppose
that the rocks in which these animal remains are included are of
as old a date as any of the formations named azoic in Europe, if
not older, so that they preceded in date rocks once supposed to
have been formed before any organic beings had been created.

But I will not venture on speculations respecting " the signs of
a beginning," or " the prospects of an end," of our terrestrial
system — that wide ocean of scientific conjecture on which so
many theorists before my time have suffered shipwreck. Without
trespassing longer on your time, I will conclude by expressing to
you my thanks for the honor you have done me in asking me to
preside over this meeting. I have every reason to hope, from the
many members and distinguished strangers whom 1 already see
assembled here, that it will not be inferior in interest to any of
the gatherings which have preceded it.

bfi

o §
m %

W 2
O <"

o -^ i .
c ^,.^ ^

Q

S o

be

-^ M

O ^

CO

O ^

to

55

CO

O

V.
"to

8

<

m
PS

O

c
o

o

TO

o

"« - - 2

.9

COC35

,C0

C3

o

o

r-H
I CO

o

O

o

a

(M

CO

"* '

CO

c'

b£0

rt

<^ /.. o ci <^ - Cj
^ ^ i_j ^^ ^ ^ ^^

ci - ,
~ X.

o
.a

o

o

O)

to
o

!=1

aj

CO

tr! t~'^^

1^

; 00

ii? r

'X

tr.

^ ~ - - z >

r-H ~ i— '

i__i

^

■;w--H >-.H:t;

1— p— If^li^

— H

^'^''^-1,-S

o S *r 5

Ph

o c^jz:

O
-tJ

S -^ f^v.

©

O "- -fc^ c

a

S ii^-

o

*-l ^ > ^

<U C ? "

eS

.G - C ^

CQ

H -^IJ-SS

S o

-i^-5 -5

'22

o
o

o

;h

o

r*

•

;:q

C«

ci

.— •

r— «

<

o
I

a

^ *^ *^ 'ff* *^ ^ ^^*^ r? '^ 'r— r* 'rrt (T* r- r;*

A>* A^ A^ ^.^ "» *>* *^ ^— ^/J

•-- -M ^- (— (_r^ p— J—^ r-^ i-H

MM

c5 rt cS

M MM

■SinOl ^I 9U0Z0

ocococDoococooooooooDccoococDococoooocoocooco
^-^r^c<ic<^c4^Hr-^^^<^^c4c^o6coc4c^T-^c^(^ic^c^T-^^HrH(^i(^^r^oor-^^<^co

■soqoiti ni
Aioug JO i[4da(i

•soipui
uiuiuajo mdecE

O CI

■ GO "*
• O C5

CO

■ o

^ji ,— ( ,— I C C<l ^

• oc 1^ I— o tr CO

• O T— t r— 1 I— I CO O • I-H

■ oo

• oooooo

C3 cs C3
O « = =

CO -oo ao

I— I »H

•sinoiuippnoio
JO |uo|xo uuojv;

COCOOOCOOOCCOCOCOOOOOOCOOOOOCOiXiCOCDCOOCOCOCO
COC500L.OOOCOOOl005 00C:;OOC!-<OCOOCOClOl~t-COi— ico-^osco

■sa.Tiu ui
■:jnoii[f-j:u! :juoiu

-OAOUi lUjllOZI.lOH

cosia5CioCi^o-*ot^o-*ci.o>occ'0 0oDcccji>ocioocoo
cccoocjo>i-ii^co^i~coo(Mt— lL.■^l^(^Jc;l^ce•*coc^l-!r'-^'TlC5'*ocol

T*l

'TjH C; O C. O 1~ -t"*! C OC C O C-l t^ CO OC CO CO O LO 31 (M C' !M CO -t — T— ' CO ■*

i-< S-. CO cc. c i^ ^ >c c; OO c; o> "-o !M cij (X o o (M CO t^ cc o ^ i^ c-i i^ ~. o c^i

-^ I— ll— I I—I I— l(M I— (I— l!Mr— li— I 1— Ir— I i— iCQl— il— I C^

•ptilAVJO
uoipojip [t}.ieueo

t^3 S H S

•ejoqd
-souqy oq}^ jo
A4ipiuinfj ui30i\[

•jodi^A

JO U0T-;U3^L iii^^K

(l^COi— 'iMCO'*iQC»-OO0CO'*COOll:~CO(M'— lOCOCOCCOO-^COCOCO

J c; c CO -* CO 1— 1 - Of .'. t— ' irr oi ~ I— 1 Ci i^ ic ic GO o- ■■» cc CO i^ •* CO

1-0 01 01

i-i^cCQtcir-^ccoc^bcbccicicioiocdiaiaia. otaiooaicc^c^^

cr O-l -^ IM UO O l~ UO l~ CO I- !M LO t^ O O O GO CC CO CO CO >.o -* I- -* -^ >— I 53 CO

0-] c^i CO c-i uo i~ CO 1 - T-H oi LO ' ~ 1 - CO -* CO cc CO "* c/: CM oi I- -* o-i lo LO -* ci 2J

COL0^3''*-*LOTji-*lTP'*''rCOCO-^TC0-^LO^CO-*COLOLtC0COL-LOO0CO

1

M

Crj^^,_l,_| — -jiXt— ICM^^^OOCCClr-iT— IOC-*T— l-^C^i^^COlMCOL^COLOuOCO
ci CO ci r-- CO l-^ CO T-H C'i CO 0 C Ol lO LO 0-1 QC ^ CC GO GO C lO -J rH CO ;^ lO lO »-<

i.~ CO lo lo LO CO lO CO CO uo CO- lo ir; irz LO 0 to ICO ixi LO L^ LI CO CO L. LO CO CO LO lO

OrHOC<IC<IOC;01C0r-i01TC;GC(M01C0i— (l~0-1l~l~i— i^Ti— iCl-*Tt<C10
coco— ■'S-C0 0C'l~G00CCC-*01C0C0-*l~CfL-TtiC00CC0'*C0C00jI--GCO02

LOLOLOLO-^'^i-^'aiT'-^LO'TT'^LO'a'-rrLiT-^-^coco — ^cooo-rt<-i*i-*

1— iooqT-ioioi^i-ii-<iMcr.<Mi^ci^(MiMcoi-icn^c<jo^*ici-^-*(r:eoi-j

CX:cO'*cicOCCLOC<IO— L0L0'*OCC-*'C-l-*iOO'*OT-iClL0 05C0C0CJr-;
CO l^ CO LO CO CJC l~ .~ CO CD -^ LO LO CO LO LO l- l~ CO 1~ CO CO OC Ci, lO <CO 1-- I- CO CO

Reading of the Barom-
eter, corrected, and
reduced to 32'^ F.

5

X CO ,_, ,_i l^ CI en CO -< C; CO -* lO I- I- '^ C^ "# l^ 0 0^ LO -M CO lO lO r-l lO CO !M GO

-^ — -* Tp (M 3C ^ 01 CO c>. en LO CO LO CI LO 1—1 ^ O'l cvj i~ oc c^i Ti- i-i cjj r-; cri CO ;5' CO

0: wi C» I.^ 1~ CC 0 f— OS CO LO CO t~ CO LO -^ lO OC L^ CO I - L^ CI CO Lt) CO CO LO 00 CO Ci

^ci ' ' ' '0 C5

^C^J CO C-4

-f-
p

C

_^

-^

■r- t- CI ^ I-H t- 0 ^ CJ5 -:^ CO 1-H CO- 1- CO rH Ol CI 01 CO CO en CO CO I- 0 CO CO C3 0 't;
'-en'— IMOICOCIOILOIOIIO-*'!— l^^l-Oll^L— Ol-r-lTrL-COOii— ICOCOCIO

^ CO 00 L- l.~ CO CI 1— 1 CI CO lO CO CO CO lO •* "* L^ lO >* l~ l.~ 00 IC LO lO 00 LO CO LO CO

"ci " " * oci

=f-' CI 00 CI !M CO CJ LO 'tl -tl ^ CO l^ CI ^ 0 >+ ~' C5 0 t- I~ i-H 0 i-l •* 1* TrtI 1— 1 CO 0

a^ — L- LO '^i c; CO CI CO CO CO i- lo i~ r-^ 0 i~ CO CO 0 c 0 r- 00 (M I- CM c CO CO 0

^ en 00 I- I- CI 0 r- CI l- w CO I- CO CO lO LO 00 00 1- 00 ex:. 0 l^ L3 l~ 00 CO 0 0 r-(

^31 " c^ ci oci 0

^ (M CO (M CO (.\| CO

•i^uojAL JO I

Cbq

r-i(riec-*iocDi-ooa50^o-ico-*Locoi-GoooT-HC<joo;^iccg£-cooo

THE

CANADIAN NATURALIST.

SECOND SERIES.

OBSERVATIONS ON CANADIAN GEOGRAPHICAL

BOTANY.

By a. T. Drummond, B.A., LL.B.

The more observable features in the distribution of our native
plants can now, I think, be indicated with some degree of accuracy
by the aid of the catalogues, published and unpublished, of va-
rious collectors in different parts of the province. The range
of many species is of course not yet satisfactorily ascertained, and
doubtless in coming years there may be some plants at present
thought to be restricted to particular localities, which will be found
to have a somewhat wider distribution. I feel certain, too, that
a careful search along our boundary-lines will be rewarded by
the discovery of many species as yet unknown to Canadian col-
lectors, which will thus increase the floras peculiar to different
districts. Many details, therefore, require to be yet worked out,
before results entirely satisfactory can be arrived at.

Geographically, Canada extends over an area of about twenty-
eight degrees of longitude and ten and three quarters degrees of
latitude ; stretching from East Cape, Anticosti, to the River
Kaminastiquia, which flows into Lake Superior; and from Point
Pelee, which juts into Lake Erie, to latitude 52° 45', the northern
limit. This area, whilst extensive, has some peculiar physical
features, which have a most important bearing upon the distribu-
tion of the plants composing its flora. The southern and western
limits are bounded, for the greater part of the distance, by the river
St. Lawrence and a chain of extensive sheets of water, which
stretch through several degrees of latitude, locating our province
Vol. I. BB Ko. S.

406 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

in the same parallels with Maine, Yermont, New Hampshire, and
nearly the whole of New York and Massachusetts on the east, and
with Michigan on the west. Our north-eastern border, moreover,
adjoins Labrador, and extends far into the Hudson's Bay Terri-
tory-. We therefore meet in the western part of the province
many plants having decidedly a southern character, and some of a
peculiarly western type ; while on Anticosti and the neighboring
shores are found alpine species till recently unobserved south of
the Labrador coast.

While the remarkable natural extension of our boundaries has
the effect of including within our limits many interesting plants,
other causes have also exerted their influence. Apart from the
characters of soils, as their looseness and temperature, there is one
cause — the chain of great lakes — which must exert a very con-
siderable influence upon the vegetation of Canada. These bodies of
water, on account of their great extent and depth, have an equaliz-
ing effect upon the temperature of the air near their shores, the
water not being subject to those sudden extremes of heat and cold
which we observe in the atmosphere. The great amount of evapo-
ration, constantly taking place over the broad surface of each
lake, also tends to make the neighboring air more moist than
in inland localities. A similar effect being produced upon the
sea-coast, instances of alpine and sub-alpine plants occurring far
down on the coast-line are not rare.

In* taking a general view of the distribution of the various
species of plants which occur in Canada, — excluding mosses,lichens,
and lower forms, — I think that the following types will be readily
recognized :

I. Canadian Type. — Species generally distributed through

the whole or greater part of the province.

II. Erie Type. — Species chiefly restricted to the district bor-

dering Lake Erie.

Note. — In addition to published catalogues of plants, I have to acknow-
ledge having received much valuable information from lists made at the
following places : — Newfoundland, J. Richardson of Geol . Survey, coll. in
herb. Bot. Soc. Can. ; Gaspe, J. Bell, B.A. ; Quebec, J. Richardson, coll.
in herb. Bot. Soc. Can.; L'Orignal, J. Bell, B.A. ; Carleton Place, J.
BelljB. A. ; Ramsay, Rev. J. K. McMorine, M.A. ; Brockville, R. Jardine,
B.A. ; Belleville, J. Macoun. My own collections have been chiefly made
at Montreal, among the Thousand Islands, at Kingston, Stone Mills,
Cobourg, Collingwood, Niagara Falls, London, and Port Stanley .-A. T.D.

1864.] DRUMMOND ON CANADIAN BOTANY. 407

III. Superior Type. — Species only found about Lakes Huron
and Superior, and most of which have evidently migrated
from the country watered by the Saskatchewan.

IV. Maritime Type. — Species confined to the sea-shore.

y. Alpine Type. — Species chiefly known, at present, to
occur about our north-eastern borders.

I. Canadian Type.

The flora of Canada (as do the floras of all other countries)
includes a very large number of species which are widely spread
over the whole province. They are found thriving upon the
shores of Lakes Superior, Huron, and Erie, and range thence
to the mouth of the St. Lawrence, and many even beyond into
Newfoundland. A considerable number appear to have their
centre of range within the province or near its north-western
border. They are distributed over the more northern portions of
the United States, and, overspreading Canada, find their limit in
the Hudson's Bay Territory ; but the maxima of the individuals of
each species appear rather to be in Canada than in the wide dis-
tricts on either side. Other Canadian species, again, extend not
only throughout the northern United States, but even as far south
as the Gulf of Mexico. Very many, too, are common to Europe and
America, whilst a number are widely diff"Lised over the temperate
regions of both hemispheres. And did I include the lower
cryptogamic plants, numerous instances might be noted of species
which are almost, if not quite, cosmopolites.

As yet the north-eastern and north-western limits of some of our
most common plants have not been ascertained as definitely as
could be desired. Some species met with in almost every other
part of the province do not appear — ^judging by lists to which I
have had access — to range down the St. Lawrence banks beyond
Quebec ; and quite a number, as Tdla Americana, Hepatica acu-
tilohla, and Hepatica triloba, abundant in Central and Western
Canada, are entirely wanting in the Lake Superior lists and in
the lists from the maritime counties. More northern limits than
hitherto observed may yet be ascertained for many of them. Dis-
tributed, however, as they are, over the greater portion of the
province, they may be classed under the general Canadian flora.

It is not difl&cult to trace somewhat approximately the northern
limit of distribution of some of the more conspicuous plants.
Surveyors and others readily recognize our forest trees, and with

408 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Dec.

the identity of some of these trees there can be no possibility of
error. I shall only here instance the basswood ( T'dia Americana)^
and the red oak (^Qaerciis 7'ubra\ — trees not easily mistaken.
Entering Canada from Maine, the basswood is observed in the
counties of Arthabaska, Wolfe, and Nicolet, thence it ranges along
the St. Lawrence to the river Ottawa, and far up that stream,
through Argenteuil and Ottawa, to the Island of Alumette. Cross-
ing the country, it is met with in the townships of Richards,
Brunei, and Stephenson, and finally appears to take its leave of
Canada at Sturgeon Bay on Lake Huron. It re-appears on the
south shore of Lake Superior, and at Bainy Lake on the British
side, whence it extends to the Bed River, and northward to latitude
52^. A most remarkable locality is Lake St. John near its outlet
into the Saugenay, recorded by Professor Bell in the Geological
Survey Beport for 1857. The red oak, again, ranges from the
neighborhood of Quebec, where the variety Q. rubra var. borealis
is said by Cooper (Smithsonian Beports) to attain its north-eastern
limit, up to Montreal, and thence skirting the Ottawa, apparently
sparingly, it extends westward to Lake Huron ; on the north
shore of which, and on the Manitoulin Islands, where it is said to
attain considerable size, it is frequently observed. On the eastern
shores of Lake Superior, too, red oaks are met with ; but, accord-
ing to x^gassiz, Michipicoten Island forms in Canada the north-
western limit of distribution.

The following species may be instanced as some which have a
wide range over the province :

Anemone Pennsylvanica. Solidago bicolor.

Thalictrum cornuti. S. Canadensis.

Ranunculus repens. Antennaiia margaritacea.

Caltha paluslris. Vacciniura Pennsylvanicum.

Nuphar advena. Chiogenes hispidula.

Nasturtium palustre. Veronica Americana.

Drosera roUuidifolia. Lycopus Virginicus.

St«llaria longifolia. Menyanthes trifoliata.

Impatiens fulva. Ulmus Americana.

Rhus Toxicodendron. Corylus rostrata.

Acer saccharinum. Betula papyracea.

A. spicatum. Populus tremuloides.

Lathyrus palustris. Platanthera psycodes.

Prunus Virginiana. P. dilatata.

P. Pennsylvanica. Smilacina racemosa.

Geum strictum. Streptopus roseus.

Rubus strigosus. Scirpus Eriophorum.

1864.] DRU3I.M0ND ON CANADIAN BOTANY. 409

Rubus triflorus. Carex aurea.

Epilobium angustifolium. Avena striata.

Ribes lacustre. Equisetum sylvaticum.

Mitella nuda. E. arvense.

Sanicula Marylandica. Polypodium vnlgare.

Linnaea borealis. Struthiopteris Germanica.

Lonicera ciliata. Asplenium filix-foemina.

Aster puniceus. Lycopodium complanatam.

Eupatorium purpureura. L. dendroideum.

Among the larger orders, Rosaceae and Ericaceas afford, in pro-
portion to the species represented in Canada, the greatest number
of species of very extensive distribution. Coniferse and Betu-
laceae, among the smaller orders, have a large proportion of a wide
range. Among the Coniferae, in fact, only Abies Fraseri, Pinus
rigida, F. Banksiana, and F. mitis appear to be sparingly
diffused.

II. Erie Type.

The forests of that part of the deep peninsula of Upper Canada
"which borders Lake Erie, are characterised by an abundance of
beech (Fagus ferruginea), sugar-maple (^Acer sacchariiuim), oak
{Quercus rubra, Q. macrocarpa, and Q. alba), and walnut {Ju-
glans nigra). Clumps of white pine {Finns strobus) are sometimes
seen; but I have not yet observed the red pine (^Finus resinosa), so
common in some parts of Canada. The flats on either side of the
Thames, in the neighborhood of London, are remarkable for a
splendid growth of the buttonwood {Flatanus occidentalis), which
in this locality is rarely seen elsewhere. Nearer the mouth of
the river, where the country is very level, this tree attains an
enormous size. The chestnut (Castanea vesci), though not abun-
dant, is yet characteristic of these western forests. Neither the
chestnut nor buttonwood appear to extend farther north than the
counties of Middlesex and Halton. The tulip-tree {Liriodendron
tuUjnfera) rarely occuis in the central part of the district around
London and St. Thomas, but is a familiar tree at Chatham, and
is occasionally met with in the Niagara district as far west as
Hamilton.

The flora of the Lake Erie district resembles very much that
of the western part of the State of New York; and this resem-
blance will become closer the more the district is explored. Mag-
nolia acuminata and Asimina triloba, both of which have been
observed at Lewiston on the Niagara river, Gillenia stipulacea,

410 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

Siljyhium trifoliatum, and others of similar range in the Northern
States, and not yet familiar to us as Canadian plants, are to be
looked for here; and possibly some species of a more Southern
tyj^e may, like Viola villosa, Polygcda Nuttallii, and Ag-rimonia
parvijlora, also be discovered in this district.

The flora, peculiar as regards other parts of Canada to the
neighborhood of Lake Erie, embraces no plant not likewise
met with in one or other of the adjacent United States.
Many of the species composing it form only the outliers, as it
were, of a flora which has its centre in the central States of the
Union. Others, again, are rather western in their range. To
those of a somewhat southern type already mentioned, may be
added Polygala fastigiata, Phaseohis lielvolus, Cornus jiorida^
Lohella j)uherula, L. JVuttall/i, Scutellaria iritegri/olia, and
JJrtica pur]}urasceiis. Among western and south-western species,
or species not frequently observed in the Eastern States, are Jef-
fersonia dij)hf/lla, Baptisia leucantha, Artemisia biennis, Lithos-
pennurti canescens, Platanus occidentalism Juglans nigra, and
Quercus castanea. Platanus occidentidis is said to be also a
native of Lower Canada, and I have seen one or two trees of
Quercus castanea in the township of Pittsburg, near Kingston.
The Erie district, however, here forms the northern limit of these
species, though many of them extend north-westwardly to Wis-
consin, and even penetrate the section of country watered by the
Saskatchewan. This peculiar north-westward distribution of
many American plants is a remarkable feature in the vegetation
of both the northern United States and Canada. Humboldt, I
believe, ascribes the circumstance to the different directions of the
valleys in the Atlantic and Western States.

Among the species characterising the district along Lake Erie,

are:

Liriodendron tulipifera. Gerardia integrifolia.

Jeffersonia diphylla. Scutellaria integrifolia.

lodanthus hesperidioides. Onosmodium Carolinianum.

Viola villosa. Lithospermum canescens.

Hypericum kalmianum, Hydrophyllum appendiculatum.

Euonymus atropurpureus. Frasera Carolinensis.

E. Americanus. Asclepias variegata.

Polygala Nuttallii. Montelia tamariscina.

P. fastigiata. Sassafras officinale.

Lupinus perennis. Benzoin odoriferum,!

Campanula Americana. Euphorbia corollata.

1864.] DRUMMOND ON CANADIAN BOTANY. 411

Pbaseolus helvolus. L. Nuttallii.

Baptisia leucantha. Platanus occidentalis.

Gillenia trifoliata. Castanea vesca.

Agrimonia parviflora. Urtica purpurascens.

Lythrum alatum. Boehmeria lateriflora.

(Enothera chrysantha. Juglans nigra.

Thaspium barbinode. Quercus castanea.

Erigenia bulbosa. Hypoxis erecta.

Rudbeckia fulgida. Lilium superbum.

R. horta. L. Catesbaei.

Artemisia biennis. Prosartes lanuginosa.

Lobelia puberula. Andropogon argenteus.

L. spicata. Allosorus atropurpureus.

Two or three of the species above enumerated are stated by
Prof. Gray to be common in the northern United States, but I
am not aware that they have been observed in Canada in locaUties
beyond the Erie district.

III. Superior Type.

It is upon the shores of Lakes Huron and Superior, especially
of the latter, that the vegetation begins to partake somewhat of
the character of that west of the Red River. Such plants as
Linuin perenne, Lonicera involucrata, Crepis runcinata, and
Coriosjyenjium liyssopifolium do not fail to remind us of the
country watered by the Saskatchewan, and of the adjacent Amer-
ican territories. Not many of these far-western species have as
yet been met with ; nevertheless, the resemblance is sufficiently
marked to be noticeable. Future collectors will, there is little
doubt, not only increase the number of these species already
detected, but also add to the list of sub-alpine plants whose
occurrence has been noted on the north shore of Lake Superior.

Were these western plants absent, the flora of the east and north
shores of Lake Superior would much resemble that of the section
of country along the south shore of the St. Lawrence from about
Quebec downwards to the Gulf. The Cupuliferse find their limits
upon the eastern coasts of the lake, whilst Tilia Americana is
entirely absent. Fraxinus sambuci/olia is still met with, but
F. Americana does not penetrate much beyond the upper shores
of Lake Huron.

Among the western species at present known to difi'use them-
selves as far as our borders, are included the following plants:
Anemone narcissiflora. Crepis runcinata.

Ranunculus abortivus, Mulgedium pulcbellum.

var. micranthus. Tanacetum Huronense.

412 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

Caltha natans. Senecio canus,

Aquilegia vulgaris. Artemisia Ludoviciana.

Arabis petrsea. Nardosmia sagittata.

Turritis patula. Melampyrum pratense.

T. brachycarpa. Mertensia piiosa.

T. retrofracta. M. paniculata.

Drosera linearis. Polemonium caeruleum.

Linura perenne. Hamulus Lupulus.

Rosa stricta. Coriospermum hyssopifolium.

Rubus Nutkanus. Elaeagnus argentea.

Lonicera involucrata. Comandra livida.

Symphoricarpus occidentalis. Eehinodorus subulatus.

Matricaria inodora. Carex Vahlii.

Aster graminifolias Allosorus acrostichoides.

Cirsium Pitcheri. Aspidium fragrans ?

C. undulatum. A. Lonchitis.

I have not stations for Anemone narcissiflora, Turritis patula,
T. retrofracta, Llnum perenne^ and Polemoniiim caeruleum,
beyond the mere fact of their presence in Canada; but judging
by their range in British America, the Lake Superior or Lake
Huron region must be the place of their occurrence.

The shores of Lake Huron, it may be mentioned, are the only
recorded stations in Canada for 3Iatricaria inodora, 3Iulgedium
pulchellum, Cirsium undulatum, Crepis runcinata, Senecio canus,
and Asj)idium Lonchitis. Owen Sound, on the Georgian Bay, is
a station for the very rare Scolopendrium officinarum. Hesp>eris
matronalis, and Poterium sanguisorha, both garden-plants, are
said by Hooker to have been found on the shores of the same
lake. The very rare Juncus stygius has also been gathered at the
Bruce Mines.

In addition to the plants enumerated in the above list, there
are some which in Canada appear to be confined to this district,
but in their range beyond the province cannot be classed as
western plants. Such are Sisymhrium canescens, Coreopsis lanceo-
lata, and C verticellata (?), which extend into the southern
United States.

There are also a few species met with around the upper lakes,
which in the United States flora appear to be exclusively north-
western plants, but which re-appear near the north-eastern Cana-
dian boundary-line, and doubtless are spread over the intervening
space. Parnassia ]jalustris, a species of Upper Micliigan, the
Lake Superior region, and north-westward, likewise occurs in
Labr.>dor and Newfoundland ; and Artemisia borealis, another

1864.] DRUMMOND ON CANADIAN BOTANY. 413

north-western plant, appears also in Anticosti and Labrador.
Botrycliium Lunai'ia, a foreigner to the United States flora, and
Allium Schoenoprasum, have a similar range to the Atlantic coast,
the former occurring on Orleans Island, and the latter extending,
according to Prof. Bailey, to the Nepisiquit in New Brunswick.

Some of the plants which I have above enumerated are dis-
tributed through Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota, and others
even extend to Ore2:on and California. The following are, how-
ever, not included in Gray's Manual of Botany, as being withia
those States east of the Mississippi River :

Anemone nar'issiflora. Crepis runcinata.

Caltha natans. Matricaria inodora.

Aquilcgia vulgaris. Mulgedium pulchellum.

Arabis petraea. Melampyrum pratense.

Turritis patula. Mertensia pilosa.

T. retrofracta. Polemonium ceeruleum.

Linum perenne. Coriospermum hyssopifolium.

Rosa stricta. Elaeagnus argentea.

Lonicera involucrata. Echinodorus subulatus.

Senecio canus. Carex Vahlii.

Nardosmia sagittata. Allosorus acrostichoides.

Carex Vahlii and Allosorus acrosticJioidcs, it is to be observed,
have been found on Isle Royale ; which island forms a part of
the State of Minnesota, and is therefore within Gray's limits.
Melampyrum pratense and Echinodorus subulatus, though not in
the Manual, are, according to Dr. Parry (Owen's Geological Sur-
vey of Wisconsin and Minnesota), found at St. Croix in Wis-
consin.

It will, in this place, be proper to mention, before adverting to
the maritime type, that Upper Canada and Lower Canada appear
each to have a peculiar flora. The materials requisite to 4efine
with sufficient accuracy the distinctive features of each flora,
which are at command, are not, however, so ample as could be
desired. From the upper province I have several full and reliable
catalogues, though much may yet there be done ; but the eastern
townships and vicinity of the neighboring United States boundary-
line, have not been sufficiently explored to preclude the hope that
not a few species, at present thought not to range into Lower
Canada, will be detected there. Most of the plants indigenous to
the northern districts of Maine and Vermont, should occur there.

I may here, for the sake of illustrating the two floras mentioned,
and with a view of more fully indicating in this paper the general

414 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Dec.

features in the distribution of our Canadian plants, point out a
few of the species which seem to be restricted, or nearly so, to
each province.

There appears to be a very large number of Upper Canadian
species which have not been met with in Lower Canada. Many
of these, however, occur in Maine and Vermont, and will, I doubt
not, be observed by collectors in the eastern townships. Still,
there are a number in the upper province which, judging by the
range ascribed to them by Gray, are not to be looked for far
beyond the dividing-line between the provinces. Among these
are such plants as Hydrastis Canadensis^ Alsine Michauxii, Poly-
gala senega J Astragalus Canadensis, Myriophylhimlietero2:)liyllum,
Lonicera ohlougi/olia, Vihurnum puhescens, Liatris cylindracea,
and Aster ptarmicoides. Plnus rigida appears to be of very
restricted occurrence, — the only reliable locality of which I know
being the Thousand Islands ; and recorded stations for, among
others, Hellanthemuyn corymhosum, Rhus aromatica, Geum tri-
Jiorum, Valeriana sylvatica, PycnantJiemum lanceolatiim, and As-
plenium eheneum (for which fern I may here mention the neighbor-
hood of Kingston as a third Canadian locality), are as yet rare.

In Lower Canada there are a number of species which may be
regarded as confined to that province, others which range for a
considerable distance along the St. Lawrence towards Lake On-
tario, and not a few which appear on the shores of Lake Superior
though not found elsewhere in Upper Canada. Thus Draha verna
Stellaria crassifoUa, Astragalus alpinus, Oxytropis Lamherti
Cornus suecica, Rliodora Canadensis, and PlatantJiera jimhriata.
have no recorded Upper Canadian stations; and Corydalis glauca
Viola SeUdrkii, Claytonia Caroliniaiia, Betula alba ysly. p)oj)u-
lifolia, with others, have but a limited range in the triangular
section of country between the rivers Ottawa and St. Lawrence.
As to those eastern species which are common to Lower Canada
and the Lake Superior country, in addition to Allium Schoeno-
prasum and Botrycliium Lunaria already noted, it will not be
necessary here to refer to more examples than Anemone parvijlora,
Draha arahisans, Potentilla tridentata, P. fruticosa, Gentiana
sap>onaria var. linearis, and Plnus Banksiana.

I shall not at present farther illustrate these two floras, but hope
to recur to the subject on some future occasion, and to be able to
give fuller and more definite details.

1864.] DRUMMOND ON CANADIAN BOTANY. 415

TV. Maritime Type.

Dr. Gray, in tlie American Journal of Sciences, has enumerated
sixty species of maritime plants inhabiting the American coast
between Maine and Virginia. Our maritime district, in addition
to being situated far up on the Atlantic coast-line, is of very
limited latitudinal extent, and yet I have evidence of the occur-
rence there of twenty-eight shore species. This number includes
JSuhbatia gracilis, which is a Canadian plant according to Kalm,
and S. stellaris, the occurrence of which within our limits rests
upon the authority of Wood. The sea-lavender (^Statice Limoniuni),
judging by the range assigned it by Dr. Gray, is to be looked for
upon the gulf-coast. It is a native of Newfoundland. Aste7'
R'ldula^ a coast form, which, in the United States, ranges from
Delaware to Maine, is found in Anticosti and Newfoundland.
Though resembling the sea-shore species in its preference for the
coast, it does not appear to be a strictly maritime form. It is not
included in Dr. Gray's list.

The small catalogue here given embraces every species known
to me to occur on the gulf-coast between the Bay of Chaleurs
and Labrador.

Ranunculus Cymbalaria. Mertensia maritima.

Cakile Americana. Sabbatia gracilis.

Hudsonia tomentosa. S. stellaris.

Honkenya pe})loide3. Atriplex hastata.

Spergularia rubra, Salicornia berbacea.

var. marina. Chenopodina maritima.

Hibiscus moscbeutos. Salsola Kali.

Lathyrus marilimus. Acnida cannabina.

Ligusticum Scoticum. Euphorbia polygonifolia.

Archangelica peregrina. Triglochin palustre.

Solidago sempervirens. T. maritimum.

Plantago maritima, Juncus bulbosus.

var. jiincoides. Calamagrostis arenaria.

Armeria vulgaris. Spartina polystachya.

Glaux maritima. Brizopyrum spicatum.

In connection with this subject, it may not be inappropriate
here to notice the peculiar occurrence of maritime species in the
interior of Canada, and of New York and other States. They are
found as well upon the coasts of Lakes Superior and Huron, as
near the margins of Lakes Erie, Ontario, and Champlain. Mr. J.
E. Cabot, the author of the narrative of the expedition in Agassiz's
Lake Superior, thus adverts to the eastern side of the lake : " The

416 , THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Dec.

resemblance to the sea-shore often recurred to my mind. Accord-
ing to Dr. Leconte, several insects foand here are identical with
species belonging to the sea-shore, and others corresponding or
similar. The beach-pea {Lathyrus maritimus), and Polygonum
marLtimnm, both of them sea-shore plants, are abundant in this
neighborhood ; the former, indeed, throughout the north shore of
the lake." In addition to these two species, six truly sea-shore
species have been observed in the immediate vicinity of the same
lake.

The neighborhood of the large lakes is not, in every instance,
the place of growth of these maritime plants; for at the salt-springs
of Salinain New York State, according to Torrey, Gray, and other
authorities, there have been found Ranunculus Cymbalaria, Hibis-
cus moscheutos, Salicornia herhacea, Triglocliin maritimum, T.
palustre, and Scirj)us maritimus.

From various sources, I have ascertained that the following
species occur along the Great Lakes, or near salt-springs in New
York.

Ranunculus Cymbalaria. Euphorbia polygonifolia.

Hudsonia ericoides. Polygonum maritimum.

H. tomentosa. Rumex maritimus.

Cakile Americana. Triglocbin maritimum.

Hibiscus moscheutos. T. palustre.

Lathyrus maritimus. Scirpus maritimus.

Atriplex hastata. Calamagrostis arenaria.

Salicornia herbacea. Hordeum jubatum.

The occurrence of these maritime species in localities now so
far distant from their natural homes appears to point to a time
when a very considerable portion of the province was covered by
the ocean; when the ocean limits were much farther inland than
they are now, and sea-shore vegetation, as a consequence, occupied
a different location from that which it at present retains. The
most recent period during which such a change in the aspect of
our province took place, was at the time when the marine clays of
the Ottawa valley were deposited. There is evidence derived from
vegetable remains in these clays that some of our most common
plants had an existence then, and we have thus reason to suppose
that present species, including maritime plants, had been created
at that time. During this period, the maritime plants, compelled
by the gradual depression of the land and the consequent inroads
of the ocean over what is now eastern Canada, must have migrated

1SG4.] DRUMMOND ON CANADIAN BOTANY. 417

to localities previously far inland, and towards tlie lakes. The
lakes were then, doubtless, much larger than at present, and it
may be that at that time they were united into one vast inland
fresh-water sea, extending from near the then ocean-coast west-
ward. Means of diffusion was thus afforded, to these sea-shore
plants. The presence of extensive bodies of fresh-water would
have a moderating effect upon the atmosphere, which would,
with the exception of the absence of the saline element, be
much the same as that of the sea-coast. That the vicinity of
these lakes would form a not altogether unfavonible habitat
for a maritime vegetation is shown by the fact, that, as a general
rule, the maritime species scattered through Canada at the present
time, are only found in such localities. We may then readily
imagine that having become settled there, when, after the gradual
lapse ot" time, the waters of the lake retreated to their present
limits, these plants would follow, still continuing to retain their
positions near the shores, which would thus account for their wide
diffusion throughout the country at the present time. We may
then regard these peculiarly distributed plants as the relics of
a more extended maritime vegetation of the post-tertiary period.

This theory of the causes of the distribution of sea-shore
plants over Canada, which I have briefly endeavored to explain,
resting as it does almost entirely upon a consideration of the past
geological conditions of the country, and upon some assumptions
not yet fully sustained by facts, may be open to objections. It
may be a question whether the facilities for migration to the ancient
lakes and for distribution along their shores, were, at that time,
so ample as I have supposed. Still it is conceived that the
peculiar diffusion of these species must have originated in some
such way as that conjectured. I cannot think that it is due to
mere accident.

V. Alpine Type.

The species enumerated in the list given below to illustrate our
alpine and sub-alpine floras have been chiefly obtained from the
Mingan Islands, Anticosti, and Gaspd. The Mingan Islands and
Auticosti have recently afforded to collectors many very interesting
alpine forms, — some hitherto unknown south of Labrador, unless
found upon the high alpine tops of the White Mountains. Draha
incaria,Cochlearia tridacti/Utes, Dry as integrifolia^RabusarcticuSy
and some other boreal forms detected there, form valuable additions

418 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

to the Canadian flora. On the Gaspe cliiFs, however, the vegetation
partakes more of a sub-alpine character. Solidago thyrsoidea,
Dryas Drummondiij Vaccinium Vitls-Idoea, and Saxi/raga aizoon
are there, with Aspleniimi viride, a fern until lately unknown on
the Atlantic coast south of Greenland. The northern shore of
Lake Superior appears also to be sub-alpine.

The north-western parts of Newfoundland near the Straits of
Belisle have been recently visited by Mr. Richardson of the Geo-
logical Survey of Canada, and in a small collection of plants made
by him occur Lychnis alpina^ Dry as integri/oUa, Euhus arcticus,
Solidago virga-aurea var. alpina. Diapensia Lapponica^ Salix
reticulata^ and S. phylicifolia^ all alpine species. Ruhus Chamoemo-
rus, Vacccinium iiliginosum, V. Vitis-Idoea, Empetrum, nigrum
and two or three other sub-alpine forms, were also obtained by him
in the same localities. On the nei2;hborin2; coast of Labrador
the alpine plants collected by the Abbe Ferland were>S'i7e?ieacaMZ2S,
Ruhus arcticus ^Sedmn Rliodiola, Arctostaphylos aljnna, Diapensia
Lapponica, Pleurogyne rotata, and Salix alpestris. Anticosti and
the north-western part of the island of Newfoundland appear to
form the southern limit of alpine vegetation upon the Atlantic
coast. Their complete exposure to the effects of the polar current,
as well as the rather high latitude occupied by them, must aid in
giving their shores an alpine aspect.

In addition to the list of alpine plants, I enumerate a number of
species which, judging by their range in Canada, or their limits upon
high mountains in the United States, must be regarded as sub-
alpine. Vaccinum ccesjn'tosum, Loiseleuria pj'ocumbens, Castilleia
septentriojialis, and JPhleum cdpinum do not, according to Gray,
descend beyond the alpine districts on the mountains of New Eng-
land, but with us range into the sub-alpine districts around Lake
Superior, and the latter two have been likewise observed in Gasp^.
Woodsia alpina and Asplenium viride I also provisionally class as
sub-alpine, Cassiope hypnoides can hardly be even regarded
as sub-alpine, if Professor Bell's locality on the south side of La
Cloche Island in Lake Huron be correct.

1. Alpine species.

Thalictrum alpinum. Sedum Rhodiola.

Ranunculus affinis. Saxifraga stellaris.

Draba incana. S. nivalis.

Erysimum lanceolatum. Nabalus nanus.

Vesicaria arctica. Antennaria Carpathica.

1864.]

GRANT ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE OTTAWA.

419

Coclilearia tridactylites.
Thlaspi montanum.
Viola palustris.
Parnassia parviflora.
Dryas integrifolia.
D. octopetala.
Sibbaldia procumbens.
Rubus arcticus.
Epilobium alpiniim,
var. majus.

Senecio pseudo-arnica.
Erigeron acre.
Arctostaphylos alpina.
Andromeda tetragona.
Pleurogyne rotata.
Rumex doraesticus.
Betula nana.
Salix reticulata,

var. vestita.
S. repens.

S. Groenlandica.

2. Sub-Alpine species.

Alsine Groenlandica.
Hedysarum boreale.
Astragalus secundus.
Dryas Drummondii.
Rubus Charagemorus.
Solidago thyrsoiJea.
S. virga-aurea.
Arnica mollis.
Vaccinum uliginosum.
V. Vitis-Idsea.
V. caespitosum.

Castilleia septentrionalis.
Euphrasia oflScinalis.
Polygonum viviparum.
Empetrura nigrum.
Tofieldia palustris.
Scirpus cfespitosus.
Poa alpina.
Phleum alpinum.
Woodsia alpina.
Asplenium viride.
Lycopodium S elago.

Of the alpine species enumerated, only eight are natives of the
United States ; but in the sub-alpine list there are only six, — Astra-
galus secundus, Dryas Druminondil, Tofieldia palustris, Poa
alpina, Woodsia alpina, and Asj)lenimn viride, which are not
likewise indigenous to the Northern States. Tofieldia palustris
is omitted from Dr. Gray's Manual, apparently under the mistaken
impression that Isle Royale on which it has been observed
does not form a part of the Union. The island belongs to
Minnesota, and does therefore strictly come within the limits of
the work.

London, C. W., Oct., 1864.

THE GEOLOGY OF THE OTTAT\^A VALLEY.

By Jas. a. Grant, M.D., F.R.C.S.E., F.G.S.

The channel of the river Ottawa, in this immediate neighbor-
hood, is wholly excavated in the Trenton limestone, which, to a
considerable extent, can be seen on both sides ; it also constitutes
the projecting points of rock seen from the Suspension Bridge, as

420 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

well as the small island immediately beneath, — upon which
island it has been proposed to erect a monument to the Prince
of Wales.

The range of hills seen running along the north shore of the St.
Lawrence from its mouth to Quebec, and onward in a westerly
direction, along the north side of the Ottawa River, is looked upon
as being at one time the shore of an ancient ocean. A view from
the summit of one of these hills in a direction south, exhibits a
great tract of level country, low lying, and considered as the wide,
flat valley of an ancient ocean, whose waters, long since removed,
have left behind, in remembrance of their existence, the great beds of
Silurian rocks, abounding: in fossilized remains of the various
organisms which flourished during that interesting epoch. Of the
strata entering into the formations of this section, the lowest rock
is the Potsdam Sandstone, excepting the Metamorphic Kocks,
which, although stratified, may be distinguished by a more or less
granitic, and crystalline aspect, and are of older date. The greater
number of the boulders scattered so profusely over the entire face
of the country, are gneiss in one of two forms, — as either the mi-
caceous or ordinary gneiss, or hornblendic gneiss. The former
consists of quartz, feldspar, and mica ; the latter, of quartz, feld-
spar, and hornblende. Gneiss is generally known from granite
by its striped or banded character.

Potsdam Sandstone is a term given by the New York geolo-
gists to a formation which is well developed at Potsdam, in northern
New York, and is there considered as forming the base of the
palseozoic series of rocks. Sir William Logan considers this forma-
tion as a member of the Potsdam Group. It crosses from St.
Lawrence County, New York, into Canada; the greatest develop-
ment on this side being at the County of Beauharnois. It is said
to fill up the inequalities of the underlying Laurentian series.
This formation is met with to the eastward, between Lake Chau-
diere and a spur of Laurentian rocks, from three to five miles
removed from the right bank of the Lac des Chats, to Nepean, a
distance of fully thirty miles. In Nepean the rock dips north-
ward, and thus sinks beneath the calciferous formation. By means
of a dislocation, the south side of the band, after leaving the gneiss,
is brought against the Chazy and Trenton formations. The con-
tinuation of the dislocation on the south side of the Laurentian
spur, accounts for the absence of Potsdam sandstone in that par-
ticular position. In the " Geology of Canada " it is here stated as

1864.] GRANT ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE OTTAWA. 421

constituting the south side of a synclinal form, on the north side
of which it rises in Hull, from beneath the higher members of the
Lower Silurian series. In Hull it is observed about five miles
north of the Ottawa, and about two miles east of the Gatineau,
where it is also brought into view by a dislocation which branches
in Osgoode and Gloucester, from the one previously mentioned,
and, passing in a direction somewhat west of north, crosses the
Ottawa at the Little Chaudiere Falls, and shows a downward throw
on the east side. According to Professor Dana, during the first
half of the Lower Silurian era, the whole east and west were alike
in being covered with the sea, and that in the first or Potsdam
period, this continent was just beneath or at the surface. After-
wards, in the Trenton period, the depth became greater, and
afi'orded pure waters for the very abundant marine life.

Calciferous Sand-Rock succeeds Potsdam sandstone, and
the characteristic portion of this formation, in Canada, is a granu-
lar magnesian limestone or dolomite, of a dark bluish-gray color,
crystalline, strongly coherent, weathering yellowish brown, and
frequently containing small geodes, filled either with calcareous
spar, quartz crystals, sulphate of barytes, sulphate of ^strontia, or
sulphate of lime. Its fossils are very imperfect, and in most
cases only moulds of these are to be found. In some places the
upper part of this formation is of a bluish-gray calcareous argilite.
"When exposed to the air, it turns yellow or brown, and frequently
develops a bituminous odor. The calcareous beds in many districts
yield a poor description of lime, and hence the term bastard
limestones is applied to them by settlers and others. Calciferous
Sandrock forms part of the great series of strata called the Quebec
Group. It is seen along the south shore of the Ottawa in many
localities from Carillon to the Chats. At Aylmer it occurs on
both sides of the river, and from the Alumette Island extends
south to Prescott, at which point it crosses the St. Lawrence into
the United States. A little below Prescott, on the spot where the
battle of the Windmill was fought, gentle undulations are to be
observed in the strata of this formation, but more particularly on
descending the river from Haitian d to this point. According to
Sir W. Loii-an, the total thickness of this formation is about 300
feet.

Chazy Limestone overlies the Calciferous formation, and
derives its name from Chazy, in the State of New York, west of

Vol. I. CO No. 6.

422 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Dec

Lake Cliamplain, where it was first described by the New York
geologists. In Canada it is associated with sandstones and shale.
and is here described as Chazy formation. It is exposed in the
cutting of the Grenville canal, and there crosses the Ottawa to
Hawkesbury. In its geographical distribution, it forms a zone
around the geological depression between the Ottawa and the St.
Lawrence. It forms two patches on the calciferous outlier of the
Lac des Chats, also of the lowest outlier of the Alumette Islands.
The arenaceous part of the Chazy is seen at Aylmer, in Hull, and
in the eleventh range of Eardley, on the north side of the Ottawa.
It is also found in the Townships of Huntly and Ramsay. The
great mass of limestone which overlies the Chazy formation is
divided into three portion^ by the New York geologists. The
divisions are supposed to have been characterised by peculiar fossils.
However, in Canada, a separation of this kind cannot be definitely
carried out, owing to the circumstance that the Birdseye and
Black River formations become very indistinct ; they are, in con-
sequence, grouped together. Not only are the strata blended to-
gether, but also the fossils characteristic of the one are found in
the other ; thus the difficulty of division. According to Sir Wo
Logan, the Birdseye, Black River, and Trenton formations con-
stitute one of the most persistent and conspicuously marked series
of the strata of the Lower Silurian period of North America.

The limestone of the Trenton group is found extensively in
Canada East and West, and particularly between the Ottawa and
the St. Lawrence, but more especially around the capital of
Canada, — Ottawa. The limestones of this locality are affected by
two parallel dislocations between five hundred and six hundred
yards apart, west of the Rideau. "One of these dislocations comes
to the Ottawa a little below the exit of the canal, in a small up-
throw to the south ; and the other about six hundred yards above it,,
beyond the Barrack Hill, is a downthrow of seventy feet in the
same direction." Farther west this series of limestones come up
against the Gloucester and Hull fault, extending from the west
side of the junction gore of Gloucester across the Ottawa to the
front of the sixth lot of the fifth range of Hull. Owing to these
various faults it has been found difficult for the Geological Survey
to estimate the thickness of the series in this neighborhood. It is,
however, computed that the total volume of the limestones of this
locality will not fall short of six hundred feet.

Utica Slate (so termed from Utica in the State of New
York). — It comprises a series of dark-brown, bituminous shales,.

1864.] GRANT ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE OTTAWA. 423

interstratified here and there with a few beds of dark lime-
stone. It is found in considerable quantity near this city, and is
seen cropping out directly across the Eideau Bridge, near the
General Protestant Hospital. In the Townships of Collingwood
and ^Yhitby this shale is sufficiently bituminous to produce
mineral oil in considerable quantity.

The Drift or Boulder Formation, of which we have ample
evidence in this locality, comes under the Post-pliocene or Post-
tertiary period. The clay, sand, and gravel of the valleys of the
Ottawa and St. Lawrence, containing sea-shells or the skeletons
of marine fish, are also referred to it. Owing to the manner in
which drift is supposed to have been formed (that is, transported
by ancient glaciers), it is termed Glacial Drift. " The greatest
development and extension of these glaciers is said to have been
during the interval between the close of the Cainozoic period and
the commencement of the existing epoe-h, properly so called." Ifc
forms the surface of country over a great part of the triangular-
area included by the St. Lawrence and Ottawa rivers. Stratified-
clays and sand fill up depressions of great extent over this surface?
and erratic boulders of great size are to be observed, in localities
the most unexpected. A granitic boulder of considerable magni-
tude is to be seen just above, and to the right of the Suspension
Bridge, on the table of rock lying below ; and one on the island im-
mediately above the Chaudiere Falls, of much greater size. Dana
states that notliing but moving ice could have transported the
drift, with its immense boulders. In the glacial regions of the
Alps, ice is performing this work at present. In that locality
there are evidences of stones of great size, which have, in former
times, been borne, by a slow moving glacier from the vicinity of
Mont Blanc across the low lands of Switzerland to the slopes of
the Jura Mountains, and left there, a height of 2,203 feet above
the present level of Lake Geneva. The channel of the Ottawa
Paver is contracted at various parts by ridges of glacial drift, of
boulders running north and south. The nearest of these is to be
seen above the mouth of Green's Creek, between seven and eisht
miles below this city. In this locality a well-marked line of boul-
ders runs quite across the river, and forms a considerable obstruc-
tion to navigation during low water, such as we have had this
season particularly. Professor Dawson divides the eastern post-
glacial beds into two series, the lower a deep-sea deposit, named the
Leda Clay, from one of its characteristic shells ] and the upper,

424 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

for a similar reason, the Saxicava sand, formed in shallow waters.
On the south bank of the Ottawa River, from this city to Hawkes-
bury, the lower clay formation of Dr. Dawson is to be seen in
banks from twenty to forty feet high. ^' The overlying sand gene-
rally approaches the river and conceals the clay except along the
streams." Wherever these clay formations exist along the river
the shells Saxicava rugosa and Tellina Groenlandica are to be
found, and in a bed of clay at Green's Creek nodular masses exist
in considerable abundance. The most common fossil embedded in
these, is the Mallotus villosiis or capeling of the Lower St. Law-
rence. This capeling is also found in nodules, in clay, on the
Chaudiere Lake, 183 feet ; on the Madawaska at 206 feet ; and at
Fort Coulonge Lake, at 365 feet above the sea. This formation
contains also various other fossils. On the north side of the
Ottawa, from Hull to Isle Jesus, this clay formation covers a con-
siderable breadth between the Laurentian Hills and the river. It
can also be traced in considerable abundance along the banks of
the Gatineau and river Rouge. In the former locality it is well
known to the lumberers, who in wet weather describe it as the
sticking clay of the Gatineau. A well-deSned hill of clay exists
on the front and to the left of the General Protestant Hospital,
facing the Rideau River, and to the rear an extensive mound of
sand, both of which are drift formations. The boulder formation
or glacial drift, both in the British Isles and North America, is
referred by Lyell to the age of the newer pliocene, of which it
marks its close ; while the stratified deposits which overlie it, con-
sisting partly of boulder formation re-arranged by water, are
placed among post-tertiary strata. The records of the drift or
boulder period extend over North America, north of parallel 40°,
as well as over all the northern countries of Europe, and the
various boulders have been moved from the north towards the
south. Throughout the regions occupied by the drift, the rocks
in place are more or less polished, striated, or grooved. These
marks are observed on the consolidated formations that appear at
the surface, and constitute a very essential part of the records of
this period.

Rock Basins or Pot-holes. — These are everywhere common
along rapid brooks and rivers. They are most frequently seen on
elevated ground, and present all the appearances of those formed
at water-falls by the gyration of the pebbles. Professor Emmons
gives an example of one, as seen at Antwerp, St. Lawrence County,

1864.] GRANT ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE OTTAWA. 425

N. Y. He states that it is at least one hundred feet above the
Oswegatchie, three-fourths of a mile distant, with an intervening
hill higher by some fifty feet than this remarkable pot-hole, -which
is from twenty-four to thirty feet deep, and from twelve to fourteen
feet in diameter, bearing the usual marks on the interior of water-
worn surfices. Another example of this kind is described in-
Grafton, New Hampshire, on the crown of a high valley,between the
waters of the Connecticut and Merrimack rivers, at an elevation about
2000 feet above them, and a smaller one eight or ten feet higher.
The celebrated basin at Franconia Notch is one of these wells, forty
feet in diameter, and twenty-eight feet deep. It is filled to the depth
of eight or ten feet with pure water, which revolves with such force
that it is considered a dangerous place for even an expert swimmer.
These basins have also been noticed in the granites of high and
exposed regions of Devonshire, England, varying from one to
several feet in depth, and from a few inches to several feet in
diameter. At one time superstition ascribed the excavation of
these basins or pot-holes, in that locality, to the Druids; but
no person now doubts their true origin, as the results of
decomposition and attrition on the softer portions of the granite.
Pot-holes in process of formation are described in Chambers's Gazet-
teer, vol. i, p. 188, as seen in the course of the river Devon.
Throughout various parts of Canada these pot-holes have been
noticed, viz : At French River they occur at considerable distance
above the river level, and range from one to three and a half or
four feet in depth, and from twelve to eighteen inches in diameter.
At the High Falls, on the River du Moine, several pot-holes are
to be seen in the gneiss rocks. Very peculiar formations of tjbis
description are to be seen at the Roche Capetaine Rapids, on the
Ottawa River, at an elevation of fifty to sixty feet above the pres-
ent river level. Several small ones are met with at and above
the High Falls of Dartmouth River, which enters into the north-
west arm of Gaspe Bay ; also on York River, which enters the
south-west arm of Gaspe Bay; also seen in the black shale in
the bed of the Black River, lots 16th and 17th, fifth range of Acton,
in the Eastern Townships.* Those who take an interest in such
formations, need not proceed beyond the limits of Ottawa City in
order either to gratify curiosity or satiate a thirst for knowledge
in this respect. Numerous small formations are seen in the sur-
face-rock on the roadside towards the Little Chaudiere Falls :

* Report of the Geological Survt'y.

426 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Bec.

also on tlie Le Breton Flat, in which locality they possess no small
degree of interest, and have called forth considerable remark,
owing to several of them appearing as natural wells. Of these,
the one most recently discovered is in the foundation just excavated
by Mr. Richards, Chaudiere, near the residence of the Hon.
James Skead. It was exposed after the removal of a bed of
alluvium, about two feet in thickness, and was filled above for two
feet with drift material, containing numerous recent shells ; and
below, with sand, pebbles and boulders of various sizes. These
being all removed, the dimensions were shown to be in diameter
three feet, and in depth thirteen feet. At present this pot-hole
is filled with pure water, of excellent quality. Within the last
few weeks several hundreds have visited this interesting locality,
and a few have taken away a portion of the water, from a belief
that it possessed medicinal properties, but in my opinion its pro-
perties are equal to those of any other well in that locality, but
not superior. A pot-hole in the floom of Mr. Perley's mills, is
ten feet in diameter, and fifteen to twenty feet deep. — Extracted
from a lecture on the Geological Structure of the Ottawa, read
hefore the Ottaioi Natural History Society.

ON PEAT AND ITS USES.

By T. S. Hunt, A.M., F.R.S.

The peat dep3sits of Canada have been made the subject of re-
peated notice in successive Annual Reports of the Geological Sur-
vey, and are at length attracting the attention of practical men.
A few years since attempts were made by Mr. C. M. Tate to work
the peat of Chambly, which were partially successful ; and more
recently we learn that Mr. Hodges, having purchased a large area
©f peat-bog in Bulstrode, on or near the line of the Arthabaska
railway, has imported machinery of the most approved construction,
for the purpose of compressing the peat for fuel. We think there-
fore that the following pages extracted from ''Geology of Canada"
published in 1863, will not be without interest to our readers, as
d. -scribing both the principal applications of peat, and some of its
localities in Canada.

Great deposits of peat are met with in various parts of Eastern
Canada, which seems to present conditions of soil and climate
peculiarly favorable to its growth and accumulation. The peat-

18G4.] DR. T. STERRT HUNT ON PEAT. 427

bogs, SO far as known, are chiefly confined to the plains along the
St. Lawrence and its tributaries, and appear to have been formed
in shallow lakes, which have been gradually filled up by a vege-
table growth. The peat often rests upon a layer of shell-marl,
which at one time formed the bottom of the lake. The vescetation
consists, for the most part, of mosses belonging to the genus Sphag-
num. Besides these, however, the bogs often support a growth
of tamarack (^Larix Americana), and of various ericaceous plants,
belonging chiefly to the genera Cassandra, Andromeda, Kalmia,
and Ledum. The leaves, roots, and stems of these help, with the
moss, to make up the peat. The peat near the surface of the bog,
consists of the moss but little altered, and is very soft and porous j
but in the older and deeper portions of the deposit it is more
dense and darker in color ; the vegetable tissue having undergone
a partial decay, by which its fibrous structure, to a great or less
degree, disappears, and the peat becomes earthy in its texture.

These difi"erent forms of peat present very great variations in
their specific gravity. That from the surface of the Bog of Allen,
in Ireland, according to Sir Robert Kane, has a density of 0,335,
or only one third that of water ; while the blackish-brown earthy
peat, from a lower layer in the same bog, is from 0.639 to 0.672, or
double that of the surface. A peat which is dug near Tavistock
in Devonshire, has a density of 0.850. Similar difi"erences will
be found in the peat-bogs of Canada. A specimen of peat from
>Sherrington, described on page 642, is still more dense than any
of these, being so heavy as to sink in water ; while at the same
time it only contains 3.5 per cent, of ash. One of the great obstacles
to the use of peat is the large amount of water which it holds,
and the obstinacy with which it retains this water. The average
results of a great number of experiments made in the Irish bogs,
show that the general mass of the undrained peat, including both
the lighter and denser varieties, contains from 92 to 95 per cent
of water ; while the edges of the bog, and parts more or less
drained, in the state in which peat is generally cut, contain from
88 to 91 per cent. The turf, as used in that country, often holds
from 20 to 35 per cent of water; while that which has been
stacked from six to twelve months, still retains from 18 to 20 per
cent, and that which has been kept in a dry house for two years,
from 10 to 15 per cent of water. The above details, and many
of those which follow, are taken, in part, from Sir Robert Kane's
:work on " The Industrial Resources of Ireland," and a subsequent

428 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Dec.

report by liim on the working of peat ; and also in part from a
recent paper by Mr. C. Hodgson, read before the Institution of
Civil Engineers of Ireland.

From this, it will be seen that in cutting out and removing the
peat from the bog, it becomes necessary to transport about nine
tons of water for each ton of real fuel. So long as a turf-cutter
works along the edge of the bog, or of one of the main drains, he
can spread the material as he cuts it ; but when large quantities
are wanted, additional laborers are required to carry the peat, with
its great weight of contained water, to a proper place for spreading
and drying. From the slowness of this process of air- and sun-
drying, moreover, a given district can only produce a small amount
of dried peat annually. The consequence is, that, although peat
prepared in the ordinary way is a cheap domestic fuel, and is sold
at a moderate price, it is found that as soon as the consumption
increases in a district, the price increases, and that it is impossible
to augment the supply beyond a certain limit. The Irish Peat
Company, who a few years since constructed works near Athy, for
distilling peat at the rate of fifty tons daily, had counted upon
obtaining this supply at from 2s. 6d. to 3s. the ton ; but it was
found that before they had secured the quantity necessary for
carrying on their works successfully, the price of peat increased to
5s., and ultimately to 6s. 6d., and 7s., sterling the ton. This
increase, together, as we are told, with the impossibility of obtain-
ing, at any reasonable price, a much larger supply, were among
the causes of the failure of the enterprise.

It is obvious, then, that in order to extend the use of peat,
either as a combustible, or as a material for distillation, it becomes
necessary to introduce great improvements into its manufacture^
which will make it possible to free it as rapidly and as completely
as possible from the water which it contains. It is also desirable
to reduce its volume, for the convenience of transportation ; and
to give it a solidity and tenacity approaching to coal, which will
allow it to be used in ordinary grates and furnaces, and to bear a
strong blast. For this purpose, many plans have been proposed ^
and numerous patents obtained within the last twenty-five years.
One of the most satisfactory processes is said to be that now pur-
sued at Ekman's iron works in Sweden, which is similar to that
patented by Linning in 1837. According to his specifications,
the peat is first ground to a homogeneous mass in a pug-mill, simi-
lar to that used by brick-makers, but with longer and sharper

1864.] DR. T. STERRY HUNT ON PEAT. 429

knives, placed obliquely. The pulp thus obtained is moulded into
convenient shapes, and consolidated by a hydraulic or other press 5
after which the blocks are dried by artificial heat. The use of
hydraulic pressure was several years since tried on an extensive
scale, by Mr. C. M. Williams at Cappogue in Ireland. He, having
broken up the peat, placed it in layers between cloths, and subjected
it to a powerful hydraulic press. By this means, he succeeded
in reducing it to one half its original weight, and to one third its
volume. The remaining water was, however, difficult to be
expelled from the consolidated peat ; and the more fibrous varieties
expanded a good deal in drying. This experiment was lately
repeated, on a considerable scale, by the Irish Peat Company ;
and with similar results. They also built large drying-houses, in
which attempts were made to dry ordinary peat by artificial heat ;
but the quantity of fuel required to expel the great amount of
water from the peat, was found to be so considerable that the pro-
cess was not economical.

A different plan was some years since proposed for overcoming
certain of the difficulties of the problem ; which was, after drying
peat in the ordinary manner, to pulverize it by passing it through
rollers, then to drive off the remaining water by heat, and consoli-
date the dry powder by powerful pressure. This process is fol-
lowed at Rosenheim, in southern Bavaria, where the peat is made
into small blocks of eight or ten ounces, and weighing from seventy
to eighty pounds to a cubic foot. The latter weight corresponds
to a specific gravity of 1.25, which is nearly that of bituminous
coal. (Percy's Metallurgy, vol. i, p. 78.) Several patents, based
upon this plan of dry compression, have been within the last few
years obtained in England ; but practical difficulties were met with,
in the machinery for compression ; besides which, as Mr. Hodgson
has well remarked, the great problem of obtaining a cheap and
abundant supply of dried and powdered peat still remained. This
however, according to him, is in great measure resolved by a sim-
ple expedient. By passing a very light harrow over the surface of
the bog, a thin layer is broken up. After a few hours of exposure
to the air, for draining and partial drying, it is removed by scrap-
ing ; and in this way a powdered peat, far drier than the general
mass, may be obtained every day when it does not rain. The
material thus collected costs five pence the ton, and contains, on an
average, forty-five per cent of solid matter; while recently-cut
peat contains only ten per cent. It is heaped in embankments^.

430 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

wliere it is found not to absorb water, and is dried by being spread
out over iron plates warmed by tlie waste steam from the compress-
ing engine. In tliis way, according to Mr. Hodgson, the peat
standing in the bog in the morning may be harrowed and scraped,
brought in, dried, compressed, and converted into an excellent fuel
before night. He employs for its compression, an engine patented
by himself; which he describes as a horizontal reciprocating ram,
working in a cylinder five feet long, with a uniform bore. The
powdered peat falls into this as the ram draws back at each stroke,
and, soon filling the whole length, considerable friction takes place
against the sides of the tube. This becomes so great that as each
charge falls in, it is completely consolidated between the advancing
ram and the column of peat in the tube, before the frictional
resistance of the column is overcome, and the whole mass moves
on ; so that the blocks formed at the one end are successively dis-
charged at the other, at the rate of sixty a minute ; making in an
hour about fifteen hundred-weight of compressed peat, equal in
density to coal. This apparatus is now in operation at Derrylea,
near Monasterevan ; and it is said by the inventor to leave no
doubt of the practicability of producing dry compressed peat on a
large scale, and with profit.

Peat is not only an economical fuel for domestic use, but is in
many countries employed for generating steam, and for the manu-
facture of iron. For the latter purpose, it is used in Sweden,
France, and in many parts of Germany, where the supplies of
znineral coal are not abundant. It is particularly well fitted for
producing steam, and compressed peat has now for several years
been used in locomotive engines in Bavaria ; but we are told that
before this application was successful, many difficulties had to be
surmounted. Several years ago, according to Sir Kobert Kane, it
was in general use upon the steamers on the river Shannon in
Ireland.

In a paper communicated to the Society of Arts in London in
November, 1862, Dr. B. H. Paul — whose experiments on the dis-
tillation of peat are described further on — has given some interest-
ing conclusions as to the relative value of peat and coal as fuel.
According to him, while the calorific or heat-giving power of car-
bon is represented as 1000, that of the various mineral coals is
equal to from 903 to 906 ; while that of perfectly dried peat, as
deduced from its average composition, will be 660. But as ordi-
nary air-dried peat contains about one fourth its weight of water,

1864.] DR. T. STERRY HUNT ON PEAT. 431

its calorific power is reduced to 495, or about one-half that of the
■same weiiilit of coal. The averas-e weiijht of a cubic foot of solid
coal is about eighty pounds, while air-dried peat has a density cor-
responding to only sixty-four pounds. A cubic foot of broken coal,
however, contains about sixty pounds, while the same volume of
ordinary peat weighs only about thirty pounds ; " so that with but
lialf the calorific power, it takes twice the space ; and thus to pro-
duce a given eiFect with air-dried peat, it would require twice the
weight, and four times the bulk, of the coal necessary to produce
the same effect." This calculation as to bulk of course refers to
uncompressed peat ; if reduced to the density of coal, as claimed
by Mr. Hodgson's process, its volume is of course diminished one
half. From his own experience in Lewes, Dr. Paul found that
on the moors, where peat was to be had for two shillings the ton,
it could be economically used for generating steam, and for burn-
ing bricks ; while at Stornaway, near by, where the cost of the
.peat, delivered, was six or seven shillings, coal, which was eighteen
.shillings the ton, was found more advantageous. He concludes
that peat cannot be economically transported to any considerable
distance ; but that wherever a peat having a fuel-value one half
that of coal, can be delivered at the place of consumption at a cost
of four shillings sterling the ton, it may advantageously replace
coal, where this, under the same circumstances, costs more than
.ten shillings ; but if the price of coal is ten shillings or less, there
would be a disadvantage in the use of peat. During four years
Dr. Paul used it as the only fuel under stationary steam-boilers,
and found it to answer admirably ; and he states that Mr. James
Xapier of Glasgow, having tried it upon a steamer, is of opinion
that it might be used in place of coal. This, of course, applies to
fihort voyages, and to conditions where space is not a great con-
•sideration. It is a question for Lower Canada whether properly
dried peat can be furnished at a price per ton less than two fifths
that of coal ; in which case, it might perhaps be advantageously
employed in our inland navigation.

Large quantities of peat-charcoal are manufactured in France,
and in Germany. For this purpose, either ordinary stacks, or
cylindrical kilns built of brick, are employed. A current of steam
heated to 450^ or 460^ F. has likewise been employed for the
.purpose ; and the compressed peat has also been distilled in iron
retorts, like those used for making coal gas ; by which means vola-
tile oils and combustible 2;as are obtained besides the charcoal.

432 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC,.

Good air-dried peat, in stacks or in kilns, yields from thirty to
forty per cent of its bulk, and from twenty-five to thirty-five per
cent of its weight of charcoal ; much of course depending on the
amount of ash which the peat contains. Large quantities of peat
and of peat-charcoal are prepared for the market of Paris ; where
the latter fuel is largely used for domestic purposes. About fifty
miles from Paris, near Liancourt, on the Northern Railway, is a
large bog, from which, in 1855, 10,000 or 12,000 tons of peat
were obtained. The peat from the whole thickness of the bog^
about ten feet, was transferred to flat-boats, trampled, and turned
over with shovels, and finally moulded by pressure into small bricks,
which when dried are heavier than water. These were charred on
the spot, and yielded about forty per cent of charcoal, which gave
27*0 per cent, of ash ; the dried peat itself yielding 10*0 or 11-0
per cent. The wholesale price of this compressed peat in Paris
was, at that time, S3'75 the ton of 2200 pounds, while the char-
coal made from it was $18.00 the ton ; its retail price being about
$24.00. Its combustion is slower than wood-charcoal, which was
sold at about the same price; while both mineral coal and fire-
wood were retailed at from $7.50 to $9.50 the ton weight. These
figures will aid in obtaining a notion of the comparative value of
the various kinds of fuel.

The object proposed by the Irish Peat Company, as already-
mentioned, was the distillation of peat ; by which it is made to
yield a tar, from which are extracted illuminating and lubricating
oils, and paraffine ; besides ammonia, acetic acid, and pyroxylic
spirit, which are dissolved in the watery products of the distillation.
A large amount of combustible gas is also disengaged, which may
be employed as a source of heat in various operations, such as dis-
tilling, burning bricks, and lime. By distilling the dried peat in
retorts, a considerable amount of tar is obtained, besides a residue
of coke or charcoal, which, however, is not sufficient to heat the
retorts, so that there would be a further expenditure for fuel. It
was therefore desirable to devise some more simple and economical
way of conducting the distillation, and the works of the Company
at Athy were built in accordance with the system patented by Mr,
Rees Reece in 1849. This consists in burning the air-dried peat
by means of a blast, in cylindrical furnaces of brick, shaped some-
what like iron blast-furnaces, but closed at the top, and furnished
with pipes for carrying oif the volatile products to a proper con-
densing apparatus. The furnaces being filled with peat, and closed^.

1864.] DR. T. STERRY HUNT ON PEAT. 433

are lighted from below, and the blast applied. The heat from the
combustion of the peat in the lower part of the furnace serves to
distil the upper layers ; while the gases from the combustion,
together with the volatile products of the distillation, are carried
forward by the blast towards the condensers.

This process was to a certain, extent successful ; but it was
found that when the force of the blast was augmented, in order
to obtain a more rapid combustion of the peat, the amount of tar
was greatly diminished. Thus, according to Dr. Paul, it was
found, by experiments in Antrim, with a furnace three feet in
diameter and fifteen feet in height, that when one and a half tons
of peat were burned in twenty-four hours, 3-1 per cent of tar
were obtained; with two tons in the same time, 1*8 per cent;
with three tons, only 0*98 ; and when nine tons were burned in
twenty-four hours, only two pounds of tar were obtained to the
ton. According to the experiments of Sullivan, Irish peat, when
distilled in retorts, gave from 1'5 to 3-5 per cent, being an
average of 2*5 per cent of tar; which furnished from 38'0 to
72*0 per cent of oil, the mean being 52*0 per cent. Of this oil,
5*0 per cent distilled below 212*^ F. ; 20-0 per cent between
260° and 320° ; 35-0 per cent between 320° and 550° ; and the
residue at a still higher temperature. Hence, as an average, 100
tons of Irish peat would yield 682 gallons of tar, and 333 gallons
of refined oils. It was found that under favorable conditions,
the amount of tar obtained by Mr. Recce's process was very nearly
equal to that produced by distilling the same peat in closed
retorts.

Dr. Paul has lately undertaken a series of experiments on the
distillation of peat on a large scale, at Stornaway in the island of
Lewes ; the results of which he communicated to the British
Association for the Advancement of Science, at Cambridii'e, in
October, 1862. The mountain peat of that region is compact,
heavier than water, and is superior for this manufacture to ordi-
nary bog-peat. By distillation in a retort, it gave : tar 9-08,
coke 31-50, water 37-88, gas (loss) 21-54; =: 100-00. The tar
thus obtained was a soft solid at 60*^ F. ; it had a specific gravity
of -960, an acid reaction, and gave, by rectification, forty-two per
cent of a refined oil, boiling above 300° ; besides from thirty to
forty-six per cent of more volatile liquids. These, as well as the
ammonia, acetic atjid, and pyroxylic spirit were neglected by Dr.
Paul in his experiments. The refined oil contained about one

434 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC;..

tenth its weight of paraffine (equal to four per cent of the crude-
tar). About one half of the oil boiled at a temperature between
330° and 500° F. ; it burned without charring the wick, had but
little odor, was not explosive at ordinary temperatures, and com-
pared favorably with refined petroleum. The remainder, which
boiled between 500° and 600° F., had a specific gravity of -850,
and, when mingled with fat oils, was an excellent lubricator.

In his early attempts to work this peat on a large scale, by
distillation in brick furnaces or kilns, Dr. Paul substituted for the
blast the draught of a chimney ; but in this way he was unable
to obtain* more than three per cent of tar, instead of the nine per
cent which the same peat furnished when distilled in retorts. It-
was found, moreover, that, on an average, only about fifty tons a
week were distilled in each kiln ; while in order to give a profit-
able return it was necessary to work about seventy tons weekly,
and to obtain five per cent of tar. His apparatus consisted of^
cylindrical brick chambers, five feet in diameter and twelve feet-
high ; furnished at the bottom with a fire-grate having an area of
two feet, and at the top with a hopper and lid for feeding. Ten
of these kilns were built side by side, in a block; and from the-
top of each, a pipe of twelve inches in diameter led to a main of
three feefc, and thence, ' through a condensing apparatus, to a
chimney. In order to secure a regular current of air through the
apparatus, a draught was finally established by means of a thirty-
inch fan, of Schiele's patent, making 1600 revolutions a minute,
and driven by an eight-inch steam-engine ; which worked at the
same time some pumps, and a winding-drum by which the peat
was drawn up an incline to the kilns. This fan was capable of
passing 2000 cubic feet of gas per minute, and of maintaining a
steady powerful draught through seven inches of water, without
raising the combustion at the fire-grate of the kiln to a greater
extent than was desirable. By this means the vapor was rapidly
drawn from the kilns, and was passed several times through water,
and also through four chambers filled with bundles of heather.
This contrivance was found eff"ectual to separate the tarry matter
mechanically suspended and carried over by the current of gas.
This, when discharged from the fan, was highly inflammable, and
was led by an underground tunnel to a proper furnace ; where it
burned with a flame from six to ten feet high, six feet long and
six inches thick, and was available for generating steam, distilling
tar, evaporating liquids, or drying peat. It was found that the

1864] DR. T. STERRY HUNT ON PEAT. 435

whole of the charred peat was not required for the distillation ; so
that by means of an arched opening fitted with a door just above
the fire-grate, a portion of the charcoal could be removed from
time to time. By this means, the amount of peat which could be
worked was much increased, The removal of the charcoal in this
way was however attended with difficulty during the prevalence of
high winds.

With these improved arrangements, it was found that the
amount of peat distilled was always above seventy tons, and in
favorable weather upwards of one hundred tons weekly, for each
kiln ; while the proportion of tar was raised from 3*9 per cent, to
7'5, and was on average as much as 7-0 per cent. In this way
there were obtained in the year 1861-62, from one hundred tons
of peat —

749 gallons of oil (with paraffine), at 2s, £ 74 18 0

From which is to be deducted —

For 100 tons of peat, at 2s, £10 0 0

" cost of manufacture, 28 14 6

38 14 6

Leaving a balance of. £36 3 6

These are given by Dr. Paul as his working results within the
last year, and contrast most favorably with those obtained in Ire-
land, as stated by Mr. Sullivan in'his report to the directors of the
Irish Peat Company in 1855 ; according to which, one hundred
tons of peat gave —

150 gallons of oil at 2s., £15 0 0

300 pounds of paraffine, at Is., 15 0 0

52 gallons of wood-naphtha, 2 10 0

3 cwt. of sulphate of ammonia, 1 16 0

£34 6 0

From which is to be deducted —

For 100 tons of peat, at 43., £20 0 0

" cost of manufacture 14 3 4

£34 3 4

Leaving a balance of £0 2 8

It will be seen that the cost of the Irish bog-peat was, for

reasons already mentioned, 4s., instead of 2s., the ton; while its

yield was so much less than that of Lewes, that even at an expense

of manufacturing which was only half the latter, its distillation

appears to have been no longer profitable ; although the wood-

436 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

naphtha, pyroxylic spirit, and the sulphate of ammonia, products
neglected by Dr. Paul, were preserved. While some of the
advantages of the results obtained at Lewes are to be ascribed to
the method pursued, the superior quality of the peat is, according
to Dr. Paul, a more important element. The light refined oil
from the Lewes peat was sold in 1862 in Glasgow, under the
name of lignole ; and, according to the report of Dr. Anderson, it
compared favorably with the burning oils from coal, shale, and
petroleum ; being pale in color, and with much less unpleasant
odor than the coal oils. The statements of Armand that peat may
be made to yield as much as fifteen, or even eighteen per cent of
tar, do not appear to be confirmed by other investigators. Accord-
ing to Yohl, who in 1858 published an elaborate investigation into
the distillation of lignite, peat, and bituminous schists, the various
peats, when distilled in retorts, yield from six to nine per cent, of
tar ; and in the case of a light peat, 5-37 per cent. In rectifying
the tar, the distillation may be carried to dryness when it is
wished to obtain the greatest amount of liquid products, as in Dr.
Paul's operations. By arresting the process at the proper point,
a large proportion of the material remains in the retort, as a kind
of pitch; which may be used, like asphalt or solid bitumen, for
covering roofs and similar purposes. In this way, according to
Vohl, one hundred parts of tar yield forty-two parts of pitch. In
order to purify the distilled oil for burning in lamps, it is first
treated with a solution of soda, and afterwards with concentrated
sulphuric acid, as in the refining of petroleum. The alkaline solu-
tion dissolves a considerable amount of creosote and of carbolic
acid ; which may be afterwards separated by means of an acid, and
have a commercial value. The paraffine separates in a crystalline
form from the heavier and less volatile oils, when these are exposed
to cold. With the present demand for oils and paraffine, it is
more profitable to distil the tar to dryness, than to manufacture a
portion of it into pitch. The value of a ton of crude tar, capable
of yielding one hundred gallons of oil and paraffine, may, according
to Dr. Paul, be estimated at £5 sterling ; and he concludes that
peat approaching in richness to that of the Highlands of Scotland
may be distilled with great profit. It remains to be seen whether
some of the extensive peat-bogs of Canada may not produce a
material equally available. The importance of these deposits as a
source of fuel to the country should not, however, be lost sight of;
and it is to be hoped that before long successful attempts may be

1864.] DR. T. STERRY HUNT ON PEAT. 437

made to introduce compressed peat as a combustible, for the gene-
ration of steam and for domestic purposes.

The principal deposits of peat which are as yet known in Can-
ada, will now be noticed. It is to be remarked, that, with the
exception of a partial trial made of the peat near Chambly, none
of these deposits have ever yet been worked ; and that it is only in
a few localities that the thickness of the peat has been deteranned
by pits, or by borings. Beginning to the westward, a deposit of
peat occurs on the twelfth lot of the fourth and fifth ranges of
Sheffield; where it overlies a bed of marl already described, and
extends over three or four hundred acres. The average thickness
of the peat is about four feet, and it is said to be of superior
quality. In the level region between the St. Lawrence and
Ottawa rivers, described in " Geology of Canada," page 8,
several large peat-bogs occur ; but from their nature, the vic-
inity has been avoided by settlers, and they are therefore diffi-
cult of access. There is said to be a considerable area of peat
in the rear of the seigniories of Vaudreuil and Rigaud ; and
also in Caledonia, where its thickness does not appear to exceed
three or four feet. Peat occurs at the sources of the Pain River
in Roxburgh, Osnabruck, and Finch ; and also in Clarence, Cum-
berland, and Gloucester. In the third, fourth, and fifth ranges of
the latter township is a tract known as the Mer Bleue, which con-
sists of two long peat-bogs, separated by a narrow ridge of higher
land, and occupying each about 2500 acres. These deposits were
sounded in many places, with a rod, to a depth of twenty-one feet,
without finding bottom ; in other parts, the peat was from eight to
fifteen feet in thickness. This tract is situated only three miles from
the Ottawa, and is about 280 feet above th© level of the sea. Three
large areas of peat, of from 1000 to 3000 acres each, occur in
Nepean and Goulbourn ; one of them to the east, and two to the
west, of the village of Richmond. It is also found on the third
and eighth ranges of Beckwith, to the east of Mississippi Lake; and
an area of about 3000 acres of peat occurs in Westmeath, in the
rear of front A, and from the first to the fifth range behind it. In
the ninth and tenth ranges of Huntley, there are about 2500 acres
of peat ; which in some parts has a thickness of eight or ten feet,
while in other parts no bottom was found at a depth of fifteen feet.
It is probable that peat may be met with in many other localities
throughout this region.

On the north side of the Ottawa, three small areas of peat have
Vol. I. DD No. 6.

438 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Dec.

been observed in Grenville. One of these, on tlie fourth and
fifth lots, covers about thirty-six acres, and has a depth of ten
feet. It has been used in the neighborhood, and is pronounced
of excellent quality. Another deposit of about the same extent
occurs on the first lot of the same range, and is in some parts more
than fifteen feet in thickness. A third, of about thirty acres,
occurs on the fourth lot of the seventh ranore. On the fourth and
fifth lots of the first range of Harrington, is a bog of about forty
acres, the peat of which varies in depth from ten to twenty-five
feet. Another bog is described as occurring on the first and second
lots of the fifth range of the same township. It extends over about
sixty acres, and has a thickness, in some parts, of twenty-five feet.
All of these areas might be drained without much difiiculty. To
the eastward of this, a peat-bog is met with in the Rang Double
of Mille-Iles. It exhibits a breadth, on the road from St. Jan-
vier to St, Jerome, of about half a mile, and has an area of perhaps
five-eighths of a square mile. Its depth along the road was found
to be in several places from two to eighteen feet, the greater depth
being towards the south-east side, and its average may be taken
at eight feet. A smaller deposit of peat occurs half a mile nearer
to St. Janvier ; it has a breadth of about a quarter of a mile, but
its superficies and depth hive not been ascertained. Upon the
same great plain with these, a little to the north of the church of
Ste. Anne des Plaines, and on the north-east side of the road lead-
ing to New Glasgow, is a peat-bog having an area of about a square
mile. Its depth was not determined, but it is supposed to average
about five feet. The farmers are in the habit of burning the sur-
face of parts of this bog, and employing the ashes as a manure for
the underlying portions, until by repeated burnings they reach
the subjacent clay ; which, mingled with the last thin layer of
peat and a portion of the ash, constitutes a very fruitful soil.

Near the front of the seigniories of Assumption and St. Sulpice
there is a peat-bog three and a half miles in length with an average
breadth of half a mile, giving an area of about 1100 acres. Its
depth varies from two to fifteen feet ; and the result of ten trials
made in two lines across the bog gave an average of ten feet.
In the seigniories of Lavaltrie and Lanoraye, there are two exten-
sive peat bogs, running parallel with each other. Of these the
northern is the larger, and is known as the Grande Savanne. It
has a length about eight miles from north-east to south-west, and
a breadth of from half a mile to two miles and a half, covering a

1864.] DR. T. STERRY HUNT ON PEAT. 439

auperficies of from twelve to fifteen square miles. Two sections
were made across this bog ; one on the line of the railway between
Lanoraye and Industry, which traverses it about three miles from
its south-west extremity. It here reaches to within four miles of
the St. Lawrence, and has a breadth of two and a half miles. The
depth along this line was found to be from four to fourteen feet;
the average of twelve trials giving about eleven feet. The otlier
section, alouo; the Lavaltrie road, about four miles to the north-
east, gave a breadth of half a mile, and a depth of from seven to
fourteen feet ; averaging, as before, eleven feet. The smaller of
these bogs lies between that just described and the St. Lawrence
at a distance from the last of about two miles. On the line of the
railway it has a breadth of over half a mile, and an average
thickness of about five feet. It has a length of more than five
miles, extending four and a half miles to the south-west of the
railway, and a superficies of about three square miles.

In the fief St. Etienne, about a mile and three quarters south-
west of the Gres, on the St. Maurice River, the main road crosses
a peat-bog, which is there half a mile in breadth, with an average
depth of about six feet. Its extent to the north-east and south-west
has not been ascertained. Another was met within the seigniory
of Champlain, about three miles from the St. Lawrence, and on
the road from the church to the river Champlain. Its breadth on
the road is about three quarters of a mile, and its average depth
in this part five feet. Its length from north-east to south-west
appears to be about two miles ; giving to the bog an area of about
a mile and three quarters. In the fief D'Auteuil, on the road
between Cap Sante and the village of L'Enfant Jesus, there is a
peat-bog, with a breadth of about a quarter of a mile, which has not
been farther examined. Several other peat-bogs are known to
exist between this last locality and the vicinity of Quebec.

On the south side of the St. Lawrence, there is a large area
occupied by peat on the west side of the river Richelieu. It
covers portions of the seigniories De Lery and LacoUe, and of the
townships of Sherrington and Hemmingford, embracing perhaps
fifteen or twenty square miles. This area is drained in part by
the LacoUe River. It has not been carefully examined as yet ;
but it contains in some parts, particularly it is said in Sherrington,
a very great thickness of peat. Of two specimens from this town-
ship, one, which was dark-colored, fine-grained, compact, and
so heavy as to sink in water, gave only 3-53 per cent of ash ; while

440 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Dec.

the lighter peat from near the surface of the bog yielded 4-66 per
cent of ash. Both of these are very pure ; and the compact peat,
which is remarkable from its great density and its freedom from
earthy matters, is particularly worthy of attention.

A large peat-bog occurs in the seigniory of Longueuil, on the
road to Chambly ; and an attempt was made a few years since to
raise the peat and introduce it to the Montreal market. A peat-
bog of large size is found in the seigniory of Ste. Marie de Mon-
noir ; and another in the parish of St. Dominique, including part
of Ste. Rosalie and St. Pie. Its dimensions may be five or six
miles in one direction, by three or four in another. This extent
is covered by a layer of peat; which, fiom two or three feet at
the edges, attains a depth of six feet, and in some parts, it is said,
is eighteen feet in thickness. The bog has been partially drained,
and portions of the land reclaimed for agricultural purposes. The
drained land being first cleared of trees, is ploughed, and then, in
the dry season, set on fire. In this way, eight or ten inches of peat
are burned, leaving an ash which serves as a manure, and enables
the surface to yield one or two crops of barley or oats. After two
years, the soil becomes exhausted, and it requires to be again
burned over to render it productive. When by several repetitions
of the process, the peat has been reduced to a few inches, the
remaining portion is mingled, by ploughing, with the under-
lying clay, and a rich mellow soil is obtained, 'i he peat from this
bog yields, when heated in close vessels, about thirty-six per cent
of coke, and contains from six to seven per cent of ash.

In the seigniory of the Riviere Quelle, there is a peat-bog which
covers about 4000 acres ; and another one occurs in the seigniory of
Riviere du Loup, having a superficies of 6000 acres. Its breadth
on the Temiscouata road is a mile and a quarter, and its depth in
some parts has been ascertained to be eighteen feet. Peat is
found in abundance on the first and second concessions of the
seigniory of IleVerte; and from a point two miles below the
Rimouski, there is a belt of peat-bog extending nearly all the way
to the M^tis River, a length of over twenty miles. Its distance
from the St. Lawrence is from a quarter to half a mile, and its
breadth from a quarter of a mile to a mile. The depth of the
deposit, where observed, was from one to six feet. To the east of
the Rimouski River, there is a peat-bog, which has a length of
three or four miles, in the townships of Duquesne and Macpes ;
with a breadth of about three quarters of a mile, and a thickness

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 441

whicli was found to be from five to twelve feet : it is said to be ia
one place, thirty feet in depth. Another locality of peat is stated
to be in the townships of Matanne and Macnider, between the
rivers Blanche and Matanne. A peat-bog of about one hundred
acres occurs on the left bank of the Madawaska, just above the
twelfth-mile post on the road to the Little Falls.

The most extensive peat deposits in Canada are found on Anti-
costi. Along the low lands on the south coast of the island, from
Heath Point to within eight or nine miles of Southwest Point, a
continuous plain covered with peat extends for upwards of eighty
miles, with an average breadth of two miles ; thus giving a super-
ficies of more than one hundred and sixty square miles. The
thickness of the peat, as observed on the coast, was from three to
ten feet, and it appears to be of an excellent quality. The height
of this plain may be, on an average, fifteen feet above high-water
mark, and it could be easily drained and worked. Between South-
west Point and the west end of the island, there are many smaller
peat-bogs, varying in superficies from 100 to 1000 acres.

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

The monthly meeting of the Society was held on Monday
evening November 28, and, notwithstanding the unfavorable
aspect of the weather, the attendance was large.

Among the donations announced, we notice the following :

To THE Museum.

Foetal monkey from Australia, also an antique spoon, two rings,
and a fragment of (human) bone dug up in the fields near Cacouna,
from Dr. A. Hall ; eighty-two beautifully prepared specimens
of Canadian butterflies and moths, from Mr. P. Kutzing ; speci-
men of the spruce partridge {Tetrao Canadensis, Linn.), from
Mr. Jas. Ferrier, jun. ; an American woodcock (Phihhela
minor, Gray), from Mr. More; specimen of the painted bunting
[Plectr op kanes pictus), from the plains of the Saskatchewan, from
Mr. G. Barnston ; and a pair of fine black squirrels from Upper
Canada, from Mr. W. Hunter.

New Members.

Captain Rooke, S. F. G.,was elected a corresponding member,
and Messrs. H. Abbot, T. F. Hanlon, R. E., and W. S. McFar-
lane, ordinary members of the Society.

442 the canadian naturalist. [dec.

Proceedings.
The Report of the Scientific Curator was first read, as follows :
Report of the Scientific Curator.

Since the annual meeting, the Society's yearly report for the
session 1863-64 has been prepared and issued to the members.
Under the auspices of the council, a catalogue of the Canadian
vertebrata contained in the museum has been prepared and pub-
lished with the Report, in order that friends at a distance may
know what species are desiderata in our collection. Care has
been taken to make the list of donations to the museum and library
for the past year, full and complete. Efibrts have been made to
make the list of members accurate and trustworthy ; but it is feared
some errors may yet remain uncorrected. The co-operation of
members is desired in order that such mistakes may be avoided in
future.

At the date of my last report (May 18) about 1200 specimens
of minerals had been carefully labelled. Since then, the remaining
part of the Holmes collection, consisting of about 500 specimens
has also been carefully labelled. The mass of confusion in the
large case in the aquarium-room has been reduced to something
like order, and about 430 specimens of rocks and minerals have
been named and exhibited. Many packages, that have remained
unopened for years, have been unpacked, and some of the best
specimens selected, named, and exhibited. Although upwards of
2000 examples of minerals and rocks have been labelled, about as
many more remain without their names affixed. As soon as proper
cases can be obtained, it is proposed, first to name all those which
are unlabelled, as far as possible, and then to thoroughly re-arrange
and classify the whole collection. The rock-specimens we ultimately
hope to arrange after the classification adopted by Prof. Dana, in
the last edition of his Manual of Geology, and simple minerals
after the plan followed in the " Mineralogy " of the same author.
It is hoped that when the collection of rocks and minerals is thus
arranged, it will be of far more us^ to the student of geology or of
mineralogy than in its present scattered state. Our Post Tertiary,
Tertiary, Cretaceous, Oolitic, Liassic, and Carboniferous fossils
have been mounted on tablets, classified, and named. Mr. Bil-
lings has kindly promised to determine the Silurian and Devonian
species. The most important part of the summer's work has been
the arrangement of the insect-cabinet. Thanks to the liberality

1864.] NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 443

of Messrs. W. Saunders, W. S. M. D'Urban, John B. Goode, P.
Kutzing, C. Foley, R. J. Fowler, and James Ferrier, jun., the
Society's colleetion of insects, already somewhat large, has been
nearly doubled. Our scattered series have been incorporated into
one general collection ; they have been arranged provisionally, and
named as far as possible. Thirteen drawers (22 inches by 16f in
diameter) are devoted to Canadian insects, and thirteen to British
and exotic species. We have more specimens than one cabinet
will hold : it would be desirable, at some future time, to get
another similar one, to be devoted exclusively to the reception of
British and exotic forms. The old specimens have been washed
with a solution of corrosive sublimate in alco hoi, as a preservative,
and many have been replaced by fresh examples. The Annelida
from the Gulf of St. Lawrence have been mounted, named, and
classified. The Polyzoa (or Bryozoa), from the same district,
have been sent to Dr. Dawson for microscopical investigation.
They have just been returned, carefully named; and in a short
time it is hoped that they will be available for the use of stud( nts.
■ Several of the exotic birds have been named, but as yet a large
number of the species- are still undetermined. Through the kind-
ness of several personal friends in New Haven and New York, con-
siderable additions have been made to the collections of mollusca,
radiata, and fossils. These have had accordingly to be re-arranged
and classified. A series of the most critical species of marine
shells from the Gulf of St, Lawrence have been sent to Dr.
Stimpson, at Washington ; and when they are returned I propose
to bring before the Society a paper, in which an attempt will be
made to clear up the confused nomenclature of the Canadian
marine mollusca. Printed labels have been attached to all the
specimens of Canadian reptiles, and the snakes in particular have
been carefully studied. J. F. W.

To this succeeded a paper on the Night Heron [Nyctiardea
GarcJeni) by Mr. H. G. Vennor, which was read by the Recording
Secretary, in the absence of the author.

Mr. Braun's paper on the Atlantic Telegraph was also read
by the Recording Secretary. It gave a somewhat elaborate account
of the history of the whole scheme, with reasons for its failure ;
and concluded by a description of some mechanical appliances, the
main object of which appeared to be to keep the cable firmly on the
sea-bottom. The peculiar mechanism by which this was proposed
to be eflfected was described, and illustrated by diagrams; which

444 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Bec.

latter may be seen, by any persons interested in the subject, at
the Society's Museum.

Specimens of the new cable were kindly lent for the occasion by
Mr. H. Lyman ; and Dr. Smallwood brought a diagram, taken
from a series of soundings, in which the dififerences of level in the
sea-bottom between Yalentia and Newfoundland were clearly
shown.

An animated discussion took place after the reading of this
paper, in which Principal Dawson and others took part.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ON A GALL-PRODUCING HYMENOPTER, REARED FROM TRITICUM

REPENS, LINN.

By Wm. Couper, Quebec.

There is a large extent of cleared land in the neighborhood of
Quebec which does not appear to be exhaust^ for agricultural pur-
poses, and yet it is neglected. The consequence ofthis neglect is
that it becomes occupied by innumerable noxious weeds: one of these
is the common creeping wheat-grass, Triticum repens of Linnaeus.
This grass is attacked by a hymenopterous insect which, I sup-
pose, is the yellow-legged or New York barley-fly, Eurytoma
fulvipes of Fitch. The insect appears in June, when the female
deposits an egg in each joint of the grass, producing a gall as
represented in the following figure.

This grass is most troublesome to the Canadian farmer
owing to its creeping habit. " Its long underground stems pene-
trate the loose soil in every direction, and, when once they have
possession, are very difficult to eradicate, as, broken up by the
plough or spade, every fragment vegetates apart, thus renewing
and extending the crop. Few plants exhaust the ground so
rapidly of nutritive matter, and it can only be got rid of by
repeated fallowing or laying down to pasture." If our farmers
would appropriate such land to pasture it would help, in a great
measure, to remove its present worthless parasite. Although this
insect attacks the grass, it by no means lessens its growth; there-
fore, if we make no effort to check the increase of worthless plants,
depend upon it the insects which are attached to them will increase

COUPER ON A GALL-PRODUCING HYMENOPTER.

445

1864.]

as well, becoming, as in many other cases, a double evil, — for this
very Eurytoma may some year be produced in such abundance
that any of our useful cereals may be destroyed by it. It is
different from the barley-straw insect described by Harris in the
" New England Farmer," vol. ix, p. 2, as Eurytoma Jiordei. It
is larger, and only one insect is found in each gall. As soon as the

Gall of Triticum repens.
a, the hole made by the insect by which it escapes.

larva issues from the egg, it places its head downwards in the gall,
remaining in that position until it eats its way through. About
the end of September it ceases to feed, and prepares to meet a
Canadian winter (as far as I have investigated its history, it is
able to stand a very low temperature). By this time the gall is
hardened, and the larvae remain in a torpid state, becoming active
again in the following spring, changing to the perfect insect in

446 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

time to attack tlie young grass of the season. Of thirty-six galls
collected early last May, all produced the insect but three, which
were empty. I have not detected a parasite on the Eurytoma
during the advanced stage of the gall ; but about the first of August,
1863, when the galls were brought to my notice by Mr. Kirkwood
of the Crown Lands Department, I forwarded a few in the green
state to Baron Osten Sacken, thinking that they were produced by
a cecidomyia. He says, " It is not at all unlikely that Triticum
repens is infested by a cecidomyia, but in the specimens you sent
me I found nothing except a very minute larva of a hymenopte-
rous parasite." Since then I sent more advanced galls, together
with the insect, to Mr. Edward Norton, of New York, who is
considered good authority on American hymenoptera. He had
removed to New Orleans, where my letter found him, and he
answers, " that on account of his collection having been left in
New York, he was then unable to answer my questions " ; however,
he forwarded the galls and insects to Baron Osten Sacken for his
investigation. The baron writes to me as follows : "The insect is
a Eurijtoma, but whether it is E.fulvipes of Fitch, as you suggest,
I am unable to tell. This genus is very numerous and apparently
very difficult, as the species seem to vary in size, and most of
them have nearly the same coloring. I have reared numbers of
them from galls, without ever attempting to separate the species."
If it is E. falvijjes, then I may safely state that it does not
confine itself to a single species of plant, and any of the cereals
may be destroyed by it. To bring this insect before Canadian
entomologists is the object of this short notice ; and I only wish
that one of them will find sufficient leisure to investigate its com-
plete history. — Read before the Quebec Branch, Oct. Qth, 1864.

MEETING OF BRITISH ASSOCIATION.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE SALMONID^.

Dr. J. Davy read the following paper, entitled " Some Observa-
tions on the Salmonidae, chiefly relating to their G-enerative Func-
tions:" — It is now well known as an established fact that the young
of the salmon in its parr-stage, has, in the instance of the male, the
testes fully developed, so as to be capable of impregnating the ova of
the adult fish. Bemarkable and anomalous as this must be admitted
to be, it is the more so considering that in the female parr of the

1864.] DAVY ON THE SALMONID^. 447

same age, the ovaries are merely in tlieir rudimentary state,
and are indeed so small that they may readily escape obser-
vation, and give rise to the opinion that the parrs are exclusively
males. Such a notion, I am informed, is even entertained by the
fishermen of the river Tyne. That it is founded in error I need
hardly remark. When at Newcastle-on-Tyne, in September last,
I had an opportunity of examining, through the kindness of Dr.
Charlton, six specimens taken the preceding day. Four of them were
males, distended with milt, the milt nearly mature, and, notwith-
standing, the fish had not fallen off in condition, — a noteworthy
circumstance. Two had no vestiges of testes, nor could I discover
their ovaries, which may have been owing to solution, to which
the parts of the young fish are especially liable where adjoining to
the pyloric appendices. From such observations as I have made
when on anGjlins: excursions, I can state with confidence that the
proportion as to number of the two sexes is much the same. A
question naturally arises, is this peculiarity of the early develop-
ment of the male organs confined to the salmon {Salmo salar'^^ or
is it to be met with in its congeners of the same stage of growth ?
The common opinion is that the parr of the sea-trout {S. trutta)
has the same peculiarity ; but I am not aware that the conclusion is
founded on precise and reliable observation. The determination of
this point is a desideratum. This is not an easy matter to accom-
plish, owing to the near resemblanne of the parr of the two species.
To efi"ect this, a river should be selected which is known to be
frequented by the sea- or white-trout, of which there are many in
Ireland. The probability, I think, is, that a confirmation of the
opinion would then be obtained. I am led to think so from the
few observations which I have made. These I shall relate. They
were made, or part taken, in Leeven, a river that flows out of
Windermere, and is frequented by salmon and sea-trout ; the latter
being most plentiful. Two parrs taken on the 29th of September
were each about four inches long; the milt in each was large;
their fins were yellow. From their size and yellow fins they were
supposed to be the young of the sea-trout, or " morts," the local
designation. Six parrs, taken on the 21st of October, were about
six inches in length. Of these four were males ; their testes
voluminous, their fins light-yellowish. These were supposed to be
the young of the salmon. A parr taken on the 1st of January
was six and a quarter inches in length ; it weighed 740 grains ; the
testes weighed fifty-five grains; the contents were nearly liquid J

448 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

its fins were bright yellowish ; it, too, was inferred to be a salmon-
parr. I need hardly remark that these few observations justify-
no more than the probability that the male parr of the sea-trout,
like the male parr of the salmon, exercises generative funclions.
The size of the young fish and the color of the fins can scarcely
be relied on as characteristics of species. Be this as it may, it is
noteworthy in the history of the male parr, that it discharges its
milt before it descends to the sea as a smelt, which is the name the
young fish receives when the parr-markings are hid by a new
growth of silvery scales. In no instance that I have examined
smelts, in their advanced stage, when migrating seaward, have I
found their testes otherwise than shrunk. No suspicion is entertained
that I am aware of, that the trown-trout of our lakes and rivers
(S./ario) exhibits the peculiarity in question, — the early develop-
ment of its testes. The absence of it has, I believe, hitherto been
taken for granted, rather than proved. To endeavor to satisfy
myself about it, I have examined a certain number of young trout
when in that stage of growth, similar to the parr ; when about
eight months old it may be presumed, about four inches long, and
having transverse bar-markings on their skin like those of the parr
but fainter, and distinguishable only when wet and during the
life of the fish. In none of them have I found the testes more
than rudimentary, merely fibre-cords, corresponding in size to the
rudimentary state of the ovaries of the females of the same species.
I shall pass on now to another point which is not without interest,
the time, namely, when the salmon and sea-trout begin to breed.
It may be stated, I believe, as an established fact, that the salmon
breeds on its first return from the sea, when it is designated a
grilse, and commonly weighs from five to seven pounds. That it
breeds thus early is a conclusion founded on nature, or nearly
nature, ova havino; been found in the female on enterinij; the fresh

7 CD O

water, and the disappearance of these ova when the fish is taken
on returning to the sea. Is the breeding-time of the sea-trout ana-
logous ; is it, too, on its first migration from the sea sufiiciently
advanced to propagate its kind ? I believe not. From my own
observations, and from all the information I have been able to col-
lect, its ovaries on quitting the sea as a " finnick " (the designation
applied to it in the north at this period of its growth) are little
more than in a rudimentary state ; and, further, that they ad-
vance very little towards maturity during the sojourn of the fish
in river or lake. The following observations, taken from my note-

1864.] DAVY ON THE SALMONID^. 449

book, are given in evidence, justifying, as it seems to me, the con-
clusion : — On the 27th of August, fishing in the river that flows
out of Morsgael Lake, in the Lews, I took with the fly nineteen
sea-trouts, varying in weight from half a pound to two pounds i.nd
a half. They were all fresh run from the sea. Many had the sea-
louse on them. The larger fish were full of milt and roe,
both nearly mature. The smaller had the roe and milt very small,
and so not likely to breed that year. The males and females were
nearly of the same number. The following year, fishing in the
lake just mentioned, and in the same month, viz., August 31st,
I took with the fly forty-four sea-trout. Of these, twelve were
males, the rest females ; of the latter, twenty-two had roe nearly
full size. The other ten were much smaller fish ; each was
about a quarter of a pound, in excellent condition, and yet their
ovaries were so very small that they might have escaped detection
had they not been carefully sought for. Of the males, all but two
had the milt large ; these two were also fish of about a quarter of
a pound. Their testes had the appearance of fine threads. The
" finnick," such as I have seen it in the Lews of the Hebrides,
and in the fresh rivers, and lakes of Kerry, Donegal, and
Connamara, is the same, I believe, as the whiting of the Eden
and the Solway and the smaller sewen of the Welsh rivers. It is a
beautiful and bright fish, rarely exceeding half a pound in weight,
and is of great delicacy of flavor as an article of food. The color
of its muscles is light-pink, very much lighter than that of the
muscles of the salmon or of the full grown sea-trout, when in its best
condition. The light silvery lustre of its abdominal portion,
equally remarkable in the adults when fresh from the sea, fairly
entitles it to the name of white-trout, as it is called in Ireland,
to distinguish it from the brown-trout. There seems to be as
little reason to doubt that they spawn on their second advent
from the sea, as that they are not sufl&ciently advanced to perform
that office on their first arrival. Their spawning-time is believed
to be earlier than that of the salmon, about three weeks or a month,
and is mostly, at least in the Lews, late in September. There is
a third question which I beg to propose respecting these fish, — the
salmon, the sea-trout, the common trout, and, I may add, the charr.
Do they breed yearly or in alternate years? The generally
received opinion, I believe, is that their fertility is continuous from
year to year. From such observations as I have made, I am dis-
posed to doubt the correctness of this conclusion, and to infer that

450 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

their breeding takes place rather in alternate years, or at least not
in successive years. The facts on which this inference is founded,
are, that in the instance of each of the fishes above named, a num.
ber of them are met with which have their ovaries and testes so
small as to preclude the idea of their spawning during the season,
the ova in the one being merely granules, the testes in the other
little more than slender cords or threads. As regards the salmon
and the charr, it is admitted by experienced fishermen that what
they call " barren fish" are taken at the same times as those of
the sea-trout and of the common trout. Of the last it is re-
markable that in the Rathay, a tributary of Windermere, this
fish, even in the spawning-month, and throughout the year, is found
in good condition, its testes and ovaries little developed. I have
numerous notes to this effect. I shall give only one. " October
25th, of four trout from the river in flood, two were males, two
were females ; they were beautiful silvery fish ; their ovaries and
milts very small." The breeding-fish, it may be inferred, at the
breeding-season quit the main stream and ascend the smaller ones.
The peculiarity of the trout being always in season in this river
may be owing to this circumstance, and to another, that it flows
out of one lake into another, and is consequently throughout the
year nearly of the same temperature, and so favorable to the pro-
duction of such food as is required to keep the trout in the
condition mentioned. I shall give only one note from my note-
book relating to the sea- trout. "On the 11th of September, about
eighty sea-trout were taken in an estuary of the Lews, in one
haul of the net. The largest weighed about four pounds and a
half. About one-half of the whole number were called barren fish,
their milts and roes being so very small as to preclude the idea of
their breeding that season." Now, as it seems improbable that so
large a proportion should be really barren, the other conclusion that
they were in a fallow state for the season, seems, I cannot but think,
most reasonable. To have strict proof, in would be necessary that
a special enquiry should be instituted, and that fish should be
marked after the manner of those on which observations have been
made to determine the rate of growth of the young salmon. The
points of difference in nearly allied species, such as the salmonidae,
are an interesting subject for enquiry ; they are to be witnessed,
not only in certain qualities of organization, but also in ratio of
growth, and, as we have seen, of generative power, and likewise in
habits of feeding and the eff'ects of atmospheric influences. The

1864.] DAVY ON THE SALMONID^. 451

growth of the sea trout in the sea is slow in comparison with that
of the salmon ; it is not uncommon to find food in the stomach of
the former when in fresh-water, but it is rare that any food is found
in the stomach of the latter after leaving the sea. The sea-trout, as is
well known to the experienced angler, is more readily taken, using the
artificial fly,under circumstances of weather differing from those most
favorable to the capture of the salmon ; a dark windy day being
best for the latter, a warm cloudy day with gleams of sunshine for
the former. One quality they have in common with river and
lake trouts,— that their ova are capable of being hatched only in fresh
and well-aerated water, leading to the conclusion that the migratory
species must always have been migratory, unless indeed we sup-
pose that there was a time when the seas were less salt than at pres-
ent and the lakes and rivers less fresh, and that then the habits
of the salmonidge were formed, and they gradually became divided
into the migratory and non-migratory species.

Sir W. Jardine offered some observations on Dr. Davy's paper.
In reference to the male parr or young salmon being endowed with
the power of impregnating the ova of the adult fish, he said the
same power had not been found in any other of the salmon species.
He was not aware that experiments had ever been made with any
other variety, the fish not having been found in a state fit for the
purpose. With regard to the salmon breeding yearly, or in alter-
nate years, that was a very difficult point to prove ; but, as Dr. Davy
had observed, the number of barren fish occasionally taken, was
presumptive of their breeding in alternate years. If Dr. Davy
would go to the river Tweed in the end of November, and fish with
salmon roe (which was now forbidden), he might kill a basketful
of the Salmon eriox all in a fit condition for the table. Last year
he (Sir W. Jardine) went there to try experiments, believing that
the fence-time was far too protracted, and that the salmon kind
should not be taken so late in the year as November. They netted
the river, and in three draughts took out between seventy and
eighty salmon and bull-trout, not one of which was fit for the
table. Nothing was fit for the table except the small Salmo eriox.
As to the spawning-time, he had no doubt that the common trout
spawned earlier than the other varieties of the salmon. There was
a great many common trout of all sizes barren, and it was the com-
mon trout caught in January and February that were now coming,
in beautiful condition, into the London market. In the beginning
of the season they would probably have, out of fifty trout taken,

452 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

not three or four that were fit for the table ; but as the season ad-
vanced, the seasonable fish increased in number. Dr. Davy, refer-
ring to the experiments made by Sir W. Jardine, said there ought
to be no difficulty in carrying out these experiments, inasmuch as
the Act allowed the capture of salmon during the fence-term for
scientific purposes.

TRANSPORT OF SALMON OVA TO AUSTRALIA.

Mr. T. Johnson read the following paper : — At one of the sec-
tional meetings of the British Association last year, I had the
honor to read a paper giving some account of the attempt which
had been made to transport to Australia the ova of the most beau-
tiful specimens of the finny race, the salmon. Upon that occasion
the President of the Section hoped that at the next meeting of the
Association an account of the success of the undertaking to trans-
port the Salmo salar to Australia, would be given to the members
of the Association. Having kept the president's suggestion in
view, and the fourth attempt to transport the ova of the salmon to
Australia having this year terminated successfully, I have prepared
a short account of the plan adopted ; the arrival of the expedition
at Melbourne and Tasmania ; the progress of the most critical
part of the experiment, — the rearing of the fish ; the temperature,
of the rivers intended for the reception of the fish, and the further
prosecution of the plan of acclimatizing this noble specimen of
the species.

The plan of operations which has this time been crowned with
success was confined to an ice-house, holding over thirty tons of
Wenham Lake ice, which was built on board Messrs. Wigram's
ship Norfolk, sailing from London on January 21st, and Ply-
mouth on the 29th January, 1864. The ice-house was built of
two thicknesses of three-inch deals, forming an open space of from
seven to nine inches, which was fiUed-in with charcoal dust. The
lining was of lead from seven to nine pounds per square foot, the
watercourses and drain-pipes leading to the ship's timbers. In the
ice-house, amongst the ice, were deposited 181 boxes of common
deal, measuring twelve by nine inches by five inches deep, con-
taining upwards of 100,000 salmon-ova, taken from English and
Scotch rivers in the month of January, and 3000 trout-ova ; all
carefully packed amongst damp moss. One tier of boxes was
placed upon the gratings at the bottom of the house, covered with
ice, others about midway, and the remainder at the top of the ice-

1864.] JOHNSTON ON SALMON OVA. 453

house. The Norfolk, after a fine passage of seventy-five days
from Plymouth, arrived at 3Ielbourne on the fifteenth of April
last. Mr. Edward Wilson, president of the Acclimatization Society,
and other gentlemen were soon in attendance, and examined eleven
boxes containing the ova ; every box of this number exhibiting
its contents in a fine state of preservation. These boxes were
detained at Melbourne, to form the nucleus of the salmon-sup-
ply for Melbourne. The remaining 170 boxes were then re-
shipped, packed with the remainder of the ice, in large cases, on
board H. M. C. steamship Victoria, and sent off to Tasmania.
The Victoria arrived and anchored ofi" Battery Point on the 20th
of April, when the members of the Acclimatization Society boarded
her. The following gentlemen composed the Committee of Man-
agement, viz. : Mr. Gibbon (officer), Mr. M. Allport, Mr. Fiilconer
(Director of Public Works), the Hon. J. M. Wilson, Mr. Gould
(the government geologist), and several others. The following
plan was adopted as the means of transport to the breeding-boxes
on the river Plenty : A considerable number of attendants were
told off as carriers, the parties being again subdivided into two
relays, destined to relieve each other from time to time on the
way. The mode of carriage was that of the Chinese, and famil-
iarly known as such to resident visitors to the neighboring colony
of Victoria. Each case was provided with two handles of rope on
either side, and through each pair was passed a bamboo-stick of
some twelve feet in length, the extremities of which rested on the
shoulders of bearers. On arriving at the pond some little delay
was occasioned through a considerable accumulation of alluvial
deposits on the gravel-beds which had to be removed before the ova
could be deposited ; this however, was soon done, and the ova after-
wards speedily placed in the hatching-boxes. The analysis of the
contents of the boxes at Melbourne and at Tasmania shows that out
of the 103,000 ova transported, upwards of 31,000 were safely de-
posited in the prepared gravel-beds. We cannot but regret that out
of 103,000 we should have so few left. Remarkable as the case
appears, and considering the various and many precarious changes
Avhich the ova have been subjected to from the date of impregnation
until the arrival at Melbourne and at Tasmania, we can scarcely fail
to acknowledge that the experiment has been singularly successful.
As it is intended to continue the transporting of salmon-ova dur-
ing some years to come, and with the view of eliciting opinions or

Vol. I. BB No. 6.

454 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [Dec.

suggestions bearing upon the modes of transport, I may be allowed
to state a few of the diflficulties we have had to contend against.
And let it be borne in mind that there are many dangers on board
ship, such as we have not upon land. These difficulties may be
gathered from the following extract from the letter of Mr. Joul.
He says, " It is impossible to account for the difference, as it
may arise froQi so many causes. Some of the ova was not in the
best condition ; it may be the moss, or the water it was washed
with, or the water it was drenched with, or foul air in the ridge,
or some of the ova got frozen before the Norfolk left the docks
during the severe frost." To these probable causes I would add,
the fish may have been partly or wholly diseased, or the impurities
of the ice, or insect matter as it escaped through the melting of
the ice, but more particularly, I should say, the bilge-water in the
ship. In this opinion I am partly borne out by Dr. Officer, who,
in a letter to Mr. Joul, dated 22nd of April, 1864, says—" Mr.
Kamsbottom thinks that the boxes nearest the bottom were the
least healthy." These causes, we may infer, are very serious draw-
backs, and, in my opinion, the principal cause of destruction.
Previous to the ice-house being commenced with, I proposed a
plan of drainage to prevent the possibility of any bilge-water enter-
ing the ice-house, but could not have it carried out. Mr. Joul
saw the necessity for such an arrangement, but the owners of the
Norfolk refused permission, alleging that it would materially
interfere with the stowing of the cargo. Mr. Joul gave way,
although I could come to no such conclusion. The plan I
proposed would have provided a thorough system of drainage,
without being exposed to the evils attendant upon opening
a communication with the ship's timbers. This could have
been done by draining off the ice-water into two tanks, one on
each side of the ice-house; having attached to each an ordi-
nary pump, communicating with the upper deck. Had such an
arrangement been carried out, a two-fold object would have been
achieved, viz., there would have been no open channel, by which
the bilge-water could have entered the ice-house ; and the per-
son in charge would have been enabled to pump up the ice-water
and measure it off, showing correctly how much ice was being
melted per diem. I should here observe, that as the owners of
the Norfolk gave the space taken up by the ice-house gratis,
and that, as it was very difficult to get a suitable ship, Mr. Joul
had no other choice but to agree to the plan we worked out. The

1864.] JOHNS rox on salmon ova. 455

ova being safely deposited in the beds at Melbourne and Tasmania,
we came to the next Ciitical test — viz., the hatching-out, and
the rearing of the young fry. The advices we have from Mel-
bourne and Tasmania record the appearance of the ova when de-
posited, and when the fish were hatched, the last day of hatching,
and the number of young fry they have at each place up to the
20th June, 1864. It appears at the time the ova were deposited
in the hatching-boxes, the formation of the fish in many instances
was so far complete that their eyes were plainly visible. This
fact led Dr. Ofiicer and other gentlemen of the Acclimatising
Society to conclude that, before many days, numbers of the young
fry would emerge from the shell. Such, however, was not the case,
inasmuch as the first fish was not hatched until the 4th of May, and at
Melbourne on the 7th of May. By the 11th as many as forty trout
and nine salmon were hatched, the numbers increasing daily. Un-
fortunately during the hatching, the mortality of the ova and the
fry reached to something like 100 per diem, which decreased as the
season grew colder. The last fish, says Dr. Officer, hatched-out
on the 8th of June, fifty-four days after the airival at Tasmania, and
147 days after the date of impregnation. After this great success, a
want of caution, probably from an over-desire to do more than nature
will bear, seems to be one of the greatest disorders we have to contend
against. The advices down to the 20th June show the ratio of
mortality amongst the ova and the young fry to be so great, that the
total number of fish, both at Melbourne and Tasmania, does not
exceed 3,300. To what cause are we to attribute the fearful mor-
tality among the young fish ? Mr. Joul, writing upon the subject,
gays, " It is an established fact that salmon and trout ova can be
sent to the antipodes, and hatched there ; but as I am not satisfied
with only about 3,000 fry being hatched from about 30,000 living
healthy ova that were placed in the breeding-ponds in Tasmania,
and about 300 from 1,200 healthy ova in Melbourne, I wish to
call the attention of Mr. Buckland, Mr. Francis, Mr. Buist. and
other artificial breeders, to these numerous deaths of the ova,
after having advanced so fiir in hatching as to have the eyes well
developed, and when they ought to be considered safe, with the
view to elicit from these gentlemen an opinion of the probable
causes, and to suggest a remedy. My own experience is that out
of 100 healthy ova taken from the moss, which have not been
more than 100 days in ice, I can hatch eighty ; and there appears,
from what I know of the river-water and climate of Tasmania, no

456 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

reason why similar results should not be obtained there. I am
the more anxious to obtain the opinions of these gentlemen, because
I learn that for years to come further attempts are to be made
to carry ova in ice to that colony."

NEW METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD FROM ORES.

Mr. Briggs read a paper from Mr. F. C. Calvert, of Manches-
ter, on a New Method of Extracting Gold from Auriferous Ores.
At the present time when the auriferous ores of Great Britain are
attracting public attention, it may be advantageous to persons
interested in gold-mining, to be made acquainted with a new and
simple method of extracting gold from such ores, which presents
the advantages of not only dispensing with the costly use of mer-
cury, but of also extracting the silver and copper which the ore
may contain. Further, it may be stated that the process can beprr_
fitably adopted in cases where the amount of gold is small, and the
expense of mercury consequently too great. Without entering here
into all the details of the numerous (about one hundred) experiments
which I made some years since, before I finally arrived at the new
method of extracting gold, which I have now the honor of com-
municating, allow me to state a few facts which are necessary to
give a complete view of the subject. If 2.2 parts of pure and finely
divided gold, o'.>tained by the reduction of a salt of that metal, be
added to 100 parts of pure sand, and placed in a bottle with a satu-
rated solution of chlorine gas for 24 hours, only 0.5 of gold is dis-
solved. If the same experiment be repeated, but instead of chlorine
water, a mixture of chlorine water and hydrochloric acid be used,
0.6 of gold is dissolved. If, instead of employing hydrochloric
acid and chlorine gas, a mixture of sand, reduced gold, and perox-
ide of manganese, with hydrochloric acid, are placed in a bottle,
i.4 of gold is dissolved ; so that it would appear that, under the
influence of nascent chlorine, the gold is more readily dissolved
than when the same gas is mixed in solution with hydrochloric acid,
previously to being placed in contact with the auriferous sand. Still
these processes leave a great deal to be desired in a commercial
point of view, as more than a third of the gold remains undissolved.
The same results are obtained if the chlorine gas be generated by
another method, viz., by adding to the auriferous sand a mixture
of chloride of sodium, sulphuric acid, and peroxide of manganese.
Being convinced, therefore, that nascent chlorine gas was a fit and
proper agent for cheaply extracting gold from ores,and that it was pro-
bably only necessary to modify the method of operating, I allowed

864.] CALVERT ON THE EXTRACTION OF GOLD. 457

the mixture of hydrochloric acid and peroxide of manganese, or of
sulphuric acid, peroxide of manganese, and chloride of sodium, to
remain for twelve hours in contact with the auriferous sand ; and,
then, instead of washing-out the solution of gold, I added a small
quantity of water, which removed a part of the acting agent, and
this was made to percolate several times through the sand ; by
which method I succeeded in extracting from the sand, within a
fraction the whole of the gold. I then, repeated the last experi-
ments with natural auriferous quartz, and easily extracted the two
ounces of gold per ton which it contained. I therefore propose
the following plan for extracting the gold on a commercial scale : —
The finely-reduced auriferous quartz should be intimately mixed
with about one per cent of peroxide of manganese ; and if com-
mon salt be used this material should be added at the same time
as the manganese, in the proportion of three parts of salt to two
of manganese. The whole should be then introduced into closed
vats, having false bottoms, upon which is laid a quantity of small
branches covered with straw, so as to prevent the reduced quartz
from filling the holes in the false bottom. Muriatic acid should
then be added if manganese alone is used, and diluted sulphuric
acid if manganese and salt have been employed ; and, after having
left the whole in contact for twelve hours, water should be added so as
to fill-up the whole space between the false and true bottoms with
fluid. This fluid should then be pumped-up and allowed to per-
colate through the mass ; and after this has been done several times,
the fluid should be run off into separate vats for extracting the
gold and copper that it may contain. To effect this, old iron is placed
in it to precipitate the copper ; and after this has been removed, the
liquor is heated to drive away the excess of free chlorine, and a con-
centrated solution of sulphate of protoxide of iron, or green copperas,
must be added, which, acting on the gold-solution, will precipitate
the gold in a metallic form. By this method, both gold and copper
are obtained in a marketable condition. If silver is present in the
ore, a slight modification in the process will enable the operator to
>btain this metal also. It is simply necessary to generate the
chlorine of the vitriol, manganese, and chloride of sodium process,
taking care to use an excess of salt, that is, six parts instead of
three, as above directed. The purpose of this chloride of sodium
being to hold in solution any chloride of silver that may have been
formed by the action of chlorine on the silver-ore, and to extract
the metal, the following alteration in the mode of precipitation is

458

THE CANADIAN NATURALIST.

[Dec.

necessary. Blades of copper must be placed in tlie metallic solu-
tions, to throw down the silver in a metallic form, then blades of
iron to throw down the copper, the gold being then extracted as
previously directed. I think the advantages of this process are,
1st, cheapness ; 2nd, absence of injury to the health of the persons
employed ; 3rd, that not only is the metahic gold in the ore ex-
tracted (as is done by mercury), but it attacks and dissolves all
gold which may be present in a combined state, besides enabling
the miner also to extract what silver and copper the ore may con-
tain. I cannot, however, conclude without reminding you of what
is generally underrated ; that is, the heavy expenses which attend
the bringing of the ore to the surface of the ground, and crushing
and preparing it for being acted upon by mercury or by any other
agents.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ILLUSTRATION TO DR. DAWSON S ARTICLE ON THE GENUS

RUSOPHYCUS.

RUSICHNITES ACADICUS.

For description, see a7ite, page 367.

1864.] MISCELLANEOUS. 459

Calluna Vulgaris in Newfoundland. — Mr. Murray,
late of the Geological Survey of Canada, and now engaged in a
survey of Newfoundland, has brought to Montreal specimens
of this plant, which were collected by Judge Robinson on the
east coist of Newfoundland, near Ferryland (lat. 47°, long.
52° 50'), and which are stated to be from a small patch of the
plant not more than three yards square. The locality is in the
same part of the island to which the specimens collected by a
Mr. Cormack (or MacCormack), and formerly in the collection of the
Linnnean Society, are referred, (American Journal of Science, vol.
xxxxviii, p. 122,) namely the south-east peninsula; and two
additional localities in this paiiinsula are noticed in Cormack's
label, namely, the head of St. Mary's Bay and Trepassy Bay
or Harbor. It is supposed that the Cormack who collected
these specimens is the well-known explorer of the interior of New-
foundland; but we do not find any notice of the plant in his
published narrative, although it contains many botanical notes.

De la Pylaie was no doubt the first to collect the plant in New-
foundland, since, though it is not in his herbarium. Prof. Brunet
informs us that it is mentioned in his MS. notes.

We now have certain knowledge of localities of heather in
Massachusetts, in Cape Breton (see ante, page 378). and in New-
foundland, to which may be added Giesecke's testimony that it
occurs in Greenland.

The Gold of Nova Scotia of Pre-C^Rb oniferous Age.
— At Corbilt's Mills, about four miles north of Gay's Biver, Col-
chester County, Nova Scotia, auriferous clay-slates of the same
character as those of the other Gold districts of the Province, are
overlaid unconformably by nearly horizontal beds of grey and red
conglomerate, grit, and sandstone, of Lower Carboniferous, pro-
bably Lower-Coal-measures age. At the mills these last are only
a few feet in thickness. They, in turn, are overlaid by a mass of
drift, and by beds of stratified sand and clay of variable thickness.

The little brook supplying the water-power to the mills, has
cut through the Post-tertiary and Carboniferous beds, and in some
places has worn for itself a channel in the slates, so that in the
numerous excavations on its banks very good sections are exposed.

As to the Carboniferous age of the conglomerate and sandstones
there can be no doubt. They cannot be Silurian, for they overlie

460 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

uncomformablj rocks of this age. They are totally unlike any Devo-
nian rocks occurring in the Province, while they agree peifectly
with the Lower Carboniferous conglomerates and sandstones of
the Carboniferous basin on the margin of which they lie. They
contain a few ill-preserved fossil plants like those found in similar
Carboniferous beds. Between the Carboniferous and Drift, the
only formation occurring in Nova Scotia is the New-Red-Sandstone,
to the rocks of which the beds under consideration bear no resem-
blance. They cannot be of drift-age, for their fragments form
rounded boulders in that deposit. They show no sign of having
suffered from metamorphism. The lower part of the beds of con-
glomerate or grit at their junction with the slates, is richly auri-
ferous, the gold occurring principally in the form of flattened scales,
sometimes a quarter of an inch in diameter, disseminated through
the rock. I have seen many fragments of the conglomerate, not a
cubic inch in size, on the surface of which twenty or thirty scales
of gold could be counted with the naked eye. Levels are
driven into the banks of the brook, at the junction of the two for-
mations : a foot or more of the lower part of the conglomerated
bed is removed and washed in the common miner's cradle and pan,
yielding rich returns. It is from this source that the greater part
of the gold mined at the locality is obtained.

A machine is being erected on the spot to crush the conglome-
rate, in order that the go'd may be more thoroughly extracted.

Gold has been washed from the drift overlying the conglomerate.
The source whence the gold was derived, was, doubtless, quartz-
veins in the clay-slgites. Only one lead, about a quarter of an
inch in thickness, has been discovered beneath the conglomerate.
It is richly auriferous, and has a strike of about north and south,
and a dip to the eastward of 70°. Non-auriferous quartz-veins are
very numerous in the slate-hills of the vicinity. That this lead
is older than the Carboniferous strata is plain from its ending
abruptly at the junction with the slates.

From the above facts I think there can be no doubt that the
gold of Corbitt's Mills is of Pre-Carboniferous origin ; and since
the gold of that locality was derived from strata precisely similar
in character to those of the other gold-regions of Nova Scotia, and
which strata are but the re-appearance northward of the gold-bear-
ing rocks of the gold-fields of Renfrew and Oldham, and of the
metamorphic band of the Atlantic coast, I think that the Pre-
Carboniferous age of the gold of Nova Scotia is clearly indicated.

1864.] THE LATE PROFESSOR SILLIMAN. 461

It is a very generally accepted theory, propounded by Sir
Roderick Murchison, that, while gold is confined to Lower Silurian
strata, it did not make its appearance therein until just before the
time of the drift. As the gold of Nova Scotia was probably in-
troduced into, or assumed its present form in the quartz-leads, at
the time of the metamorphism of the Silurian rocks, which meta-
morphism was Pre-Carboniferous, I had doubted the correctness of
this theory. The occurrence of gold in the Carboniferous rocks
of Corbitt's Mills, shows that it is not to be applied to the Prov-
ince of Nova Scotia.

G. Fred. Hartt.

Halifax, Oct. 27, 1864.

OBITUARY.

PROFESSOR BENJAMIN SILLIMAN.

Our honored associate, Professor Benjamin Silliman, the founder
of this Journal (Silliman's Journal), whose name has appeared
upon the title-page of every number, from the first until the
present, is with us no more. He died at his residence in New
Haven, early Thursday morning, November 24, 1864, (the day set
apart for a national thanksgiving,) having reached the age of
eighty-five years.

It becomes our duty to place on record in these pages, as an
inscription to the monument which he has himself erected, an out-
line of his career and a tribute to his memory. Few men enter
life with such promise as he ; fewer still sustain themselves so
evenly, and die so widely lamented.

Instruction in natural science has been his great work; and in
it he was emphatically a man of the times. Beginning when
almost nothing was known in this country of the departments to
which he was especially devoted, he lived to see them carried for-
ward to a high degree of progress, and their importance everywhere
acknowlediicd. His life, which was one of few marked incidents,
was passed in his native State, in connection with Yale College,
the institution that early selected him as one of its faculty. Two
or three times he was invited to become the president of colleges
elsewhere, but New Haven continued his chosen home. Twice
he visited Europe, first in 1805-6, in order to qualify himself for

462 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

his work in life by attendance upon lectures in London and Edin-
burgh, and by observation of foreign institutions of learning ; and
again, near the close of his life, in 1851, when he was accompa-
nied by his son, and made a more extended tour of observation
and inquiry. Frequent journeys in his own country made him
acquainted personally with the institutions and the men of every
State, while his habits of prompt and friendly correspondence
perpetuated the intimacies which he formed at home and abroad.

Without attempting a formal biography (which the late day of
his decease renders impossible at this time), we propose to speak
briefly of Professor Silliman's career as an officer of Yale College,
and as a man of science, and then of his personal character and
influence in the community.

The Silliman family has resided in Fairfield, Conn., since the
early colonial days. Tradition says that Claudio Sillimandi, their
earliestknown ancestor, was driven, in 1517, from Lucca, Italy, to
Switzerland, by religious persecution. The descendants resided in
Berne, and afterwards in Geneva, whence they emigrated through
Holland to this country about the middle of the seventeenth cen-
tury. A worthy pastor of the name, living with his family near
Neufchatel, was visited by Professor Silliman in 1851.

Ebenezer Silliman, the grandfiither of Benjamin, graduated at
Yale College in 1727, and Gold Selleck, the father, in 1752. The
latter was a brigadier-general of militia in the Revolution, and
was entrusted for a time with the defence of the Long Island coast.
In 1775 he was married to Mary, the daughter of the Rev. Joseph
Fish of Stonington, and the widow of the Rev. John Noyes. The
two children of this marriage. Gold Selleck and Benjamin,
became members of the same class in college, and have maintained
through life an intimacy peculiarly fresh and cordial. The younger
brother, Benjamin, was born in North Stratford, Conn., (now the
town of Trumbull,) August 8, 1779. The elder, who was born
in 1777, is still living in Brooklyn, N. Y.

Throughout his active life, Professor Silliman has been identi-
fied with Yale College. He entered the institution in 1792, gra-
duated in 1796, became a tutor in 1799, was appointed professor
of chemistry and natural history in ISO-l ; and in 1853, having
been relieved, at his own request, from further service as an
instructor, he was designated, by the corporation, professor emeri-
tus. Thus, during a period of nearly three-quarters of a century,
his name has appeared as a student and a teacher successively on

1864.] THE LATE PROFESSOR SILLIMAN. 463

the catalogues of the college. He was a pupil of both Dr. Stiles
and Dr. Dwight, and the colleague of the latter during eighteen
years. With President Day and Professor Kingsley he was
associated for half a century or more in the government of the
institution.

In the capacity of a college-officer, he was pre-eminent as a
teacher. The professor's chair, in the laboratory or in the lecture-
room, was the place above all others in which his enthusiasm, his
sympathy with useful aspirations, his varied acquisitions, his
acquaintance with the world of nature and of art, and his graceful
utterance, exerted their highest and most-enduring influence.
The minds which he aroused to the study of nature have become
investigators and teachers in every portion of the country ; and all
his pupils, whether devoted to science or to letters, will bear testi-
mony to the interest which he awakened in these pursuits. They
will never forget the admirable tact with which the manipulations
of the laboratory were performed, or the brilliant experiments in
chemistry which the lecturer seemed to enjoy, as if, like the class,
he had never witnessed them before. The course in chemistry, in
early years, extended through one hundred and twenty lectures.
In later days it was not so long, but was followed by a course in
mineralogy and another in geology. Here, too. Professor Silliman
had the same magnetic influence on his students, sending them off
on long walks about New Haven and at home to search for speci-
mens, or to study the phenomena of geology. The third of these
annual courses, that on geology, he gave with peculiar zest and
eloquence. He delighted to depict the catastrophes of geological
history, and to clothe the world with the plants and the animals of
former days.

Professor Silliman was less concerned in the government of the
students than some of his associates ; but questions were continu-
ally arising in which his counsel was of weight. He was prompt
in rebuking every form of youthful delinquency, yet was never
harsh nor inconsiderate. No student ever left his presence
feeling wronged or indignant. He would much rather sacrifice a
rule than injure an offender. If he seemed sometimes to be
lenient, it was the leniency of a father, for his mind regarded the
improvement of his scholars rather than the enforcement of routine
and discipline. His paternal lectures to the Freshman class on
morals and manners were admirable in their influence ; and many
a graduate of the college will acknowledge that his habits for life

464 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

were affected by the judicious hints which he received from his
kind and sympathising teacher.

Mr. Silliman's labors began with instruction ; but they did not
end there. His active and versatile disposition led him to become
interested in and to help forward whatever would contribute to
the welfare of Yale Colleo-e. When he went abroad, in 1805, to
fit himself for the duties of his professorship, the purchase of
books for the library was one of the duties with which he was
especially charged. He was one of the library committee until
his retirement. In his own departments, not only the Chemical
Laboratory, but also the Cabinet of Minerals, owed its existence
to his energy. This collection is indeed so important, that some-
thing more than the mere mention of it seems due. About the
time when Mr. Silliman was appointed a professor, the entire
mineralogical and geological collection of Yale College was trans-
ported to Philadelphia in one small box, that the specimens might
be named by Dr. Adam Seybert, then fresh from Werner's School
at Freiberg, the only man in this country who could be regarded
as a mineralogist scientifically trained. From this small beginning
grew the present cabinet. In 1810, owing to personal regard for
Professor Silliman, Col. George Gibbs deposited with Yale College
his valuable collection of minerals; and after it had remained
open to the public fifteen years, various friends of the college,
chiefly through the instrumentality of Professor Silliman, sub-
scribed for its purchase the sum of $20,000. Other important
accessions were also secured through his influence, not only from
college graduates and other American gentlemen, but from various
foreign collectors.

The Clark telescope is another of the donations to Yale College
due to Professor Silliman. This excellent glass, the best in the
country at the time of its purchase, was the means of exciting
among the students of the college unusual attention to astronomi-
cal pursuits for many years after its reception. The liberal donor,
a farmer near New Haven, by this and other more important gifts,
placed himself foremost among all the benefactors of the college up to
that time, and Prof. Silliman was the medium through whom his
benefactions were bestowed. The Trumbull Gallery of Paintings,
a collection of priceless value, not only as works of art, but also
as illustrations of American history and biography, was secured to
the college through the same enlightened instrumentality. The
Medical Institution of Yale College and the Sheffield School of

1864.] ' THE LATE PROFESSOR SILLIMAN. 465

Science, important branches of the University, were both greatly
aided in their beginnings by the influential exertions put forth by
Professor Siiliman. He was one of the chief founders of the
Alumni Association of the college ; and at their anniversaries and
on other occasions, he was, as another has said, " the standing
'orator ' of the college ; the principal medium between those who
dwelt in the academic shade and the great public," Not unfre-
quently he was the college solicitor, asking funds for the expan-
sion of the institution, and never asking in vain.

Although his services as a college-officer were great, Professor
Silliman's strongest claim to the gratitude of men of science rests
upon the establishment, and the maintenance, often under very
discouragrino; circumstances, of the American Journal of Science.
The history of this undertaking has already been given, in his
own words, in the introduction to the fiftieth or index volume of
the first series of the Journal ; and it is for others, rather than
for us, to give an estimate of his editorial services. It is but just,
however, to call attention to a few circumstances, which all will
regard as creditable to its founder.

He had the sagacity to foresee, as long ago as 1818, the scope
which such a magazine should take. The prospectus which he then
wrote is applicable almost exactly to our pages to-day. Experience
has established the wisdom of the course which he marked out.

He maintained the Journal, from the beginning, at his own
pecuniary risk. Its publication has often been a serious financial
burden, and in its most prosperous days has not yielded a fair return
for editorial labor. But it has been continued, at this personal
inconvenience, for the sake of American science, that the labors
of our countrymen might be made known abroad, and the labors of
Europeans understood in this country.

The Journal has never been used for the benefit of any party
or in;lividual, but solely for the advancement and diifusion of
scientific truth. Its pages have been always open to free scientific
discussion, with truth as the single end in view.

The original investigations of Prof Siiliman are not numerous.
In the early part of his career he began with energy some impor-
tant experiments and researches. He undertook a geological
survey of Connecticut ; he published a paper in conjunction with
Prof. Kingsley on the famous Weston meteorite ; he applied the
newly-invented blowpipe of his friend, Dr. Hare, to the fusion of
a variety of bodies, which were before regarded as infusible; he

466 THE CANADIAN NATUEALIST. [Dec.

demonstrated in the galvanic battery the transfer of particles of
carbon from one charcoal-point to the other ; he made scientific
examinations of various localities interesting in their geological or
mineralogical aspects. But he was too much needed elsewhere to
be allowed to remain a close student in the laboratory, or to
engage with constancy as an explorer in the field of geological
research. He has probably been a more useful man in the wider
spheres of influence to which he was called, than he could have
been in a life devoted to scientific investigation.

During a considerable part of his life, he was one of the few
men in the country who could hold a popular audience with a
lecture on science. The public early knew of his capabilities; and
for many years he yielded to invitations from various parts of the
country to deliver lectures on Geology and on Chemistry. In 1833
he gave his first popular course on Geology at New Haven, which
was repeated in 1834 at Hartford and Lowell, and in 1835 at
Boston and Salem. At Boston, the audience desiring to attend
was so much larger than the largest hall would hold, that each
lecture was given twice, for the accommodation of the public.
From 1840 to 1843 inclusive, he gave four successive courses
of the Lowell Lectures in Boston. Besides various other en-
gagements in the Northern and Eastern States, he went in 1847
by invitation to New Orleans, and on his way appeared before
crowded audiences in other cities of the South ; and five years
after the resignation of his professorship in college, when he had
passed his 75th year, he made the long journey to St. Louis, in
obedience to a call for a course of lectures from the citizens of .
that place.

In lecturing, his language was simple; his flow of words easy,
generous and appropriate ; his style animated, abounding- in life-
like and well-adorned description, often eloquent, and sometimes
varied with anecdote running occasionally into wide digressions.
His manner was natural, and every feature spoke as well as his
mouth. His noble countenance and commanding figure (he was
Dearly six feet in height, with a well-built frame) often called
forth, as he entered the lecture-hall, the involuntary applause of
his audience.

In his popular courses he often lectured on the subject of
Geology and Genesis ; and as he was widely known not only as
a man of science, but also as a sincere believer in the sacred
Scriptures, he greatly aided in removing from the religious world

18G4.] THE LATE PROFESSOR SILLIMAN. 467

the apprehension that science and religion were hostile in their
teachin<i;s.

Mr. Silliman found great pleasure in helping forward other men
of science. He rejoiced heartily in their progress ; his house and
his laboratory were always open to receive them, and if a friendly
word or letter from him could advance their interests, hp was ever
ready to bestow it. He also felt a deep concern for the advance-
ment of scientific investigations in every part of the country ; and
whenever, in halls of legislation, or before the public, the name of
Benjamin Silliman would advance a useful project, it was not
withheld. In more than one instance, the foreigner or the exile
remembers his kindness with almost filial devotion.

Prof. Silliuian's scientific publications, apart from his contribu-
tions to this journal, were chiefly text-books. He edited Henry's
Chemistry and Bakewell's Geology, for the use of his pupils ; and
also published a work on Chemistry, in two volumes.

His long labors for science brought him honors from all parts
of the world. His name is on the roll of several of the principal
scientific Academies or Societies of Europe, and of those of his
own country. He was one of the original members of the
National Academy of Sciences, and a Regent of the Smithsonian
Institution.

Aside from Professor Silliman's influence as an officer of Yale
College, and as a well-known man of science, his personal hold
upon the community at large was remarkably strong. This was
due somewhat to the favor with which his popular lectures were
received, and to the wide circuit over which he had journeyed. It
was also owing in part to the pleasure and instruction which were
afforded by his books of travel. Twice, as we have stated, Pro-
fessor Silliman visited Europe, the interval between his journeys
being nearly fifty years. Both these visits led to the publication
of his observations in volumes which were widely read. The nar-
rative of his earlier journey especially was received by the public
with great delight. Few Americans then went abroad ; and hardly
any had published narratives of what they had seen. Mr. Silli-
man's volumes were fascinating to young and old, — and many were
the testimonials which he received of the interest thus awakened
in European institutions and manners. His Journal of a Tour
to Canada was another contribution to the literature of the day.

But the general influence of Mr. Silliman must be attributed to
his personal character, rather than to any of what may be termed

468 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

the accidental circumstances of his life. He was a man of vigorous
understanding and sound judgment, led on, but never carried
away, by an enthusiastic disposition, glowing and constant. With
this was associated sterling integrity, which never harbored a
selfish or dishonorable purpose, but rejoiced in doing and encour-
aging whatever was right. Every one could trust him. These
fundamental traits were adorned by the outward qualities of affa-
bility and courtesy, or rather were expressed in manners at once
so dignified and so kind that all with whom he came in contact
were charmed at once, and on closer intercourse were bound to him
as friends for life. Such friendships he never neglected or forgot.
Even the sons and the grandsons of his early associates inherited
a share in the regard which he had bestowed upon their parents.
Blending with and ennobling all these virtues, was the child-like
simplicity of his Christian faith.

A character like this shines the brighter the nearer it is seen.
In his own family circle, Mr. Silliman has moved for years as a
patriarch, surrounded by bis descendants to the third and fourth
generation. The very house which he occupied has become his-
toric, reflecting in its arrangements, its family portraits, its
interesting mementoes of absent friends, and its long shelves of
books, the controlling mind which has dwelt there.

In the neighborhood and town where he resided, Mr. Silliman
was peculiarly beloved and respected. " New Haven will not be
New Haven without him," said more than one of his associates,
as he heard of his death. His hand was always open to the needy ;
he was given to hospitality. He frequently took part in public
meetings, and was actively concerned in all questions of local
improvement. He rarely, if ever, failed to discharge his duties as
a citizen at the polls, and was always ready to express his opinions
on questions of public policy.

A whole-souled patriot, he viewed with the deepest interest the
complications brought into the affairs of the country by the system
of slavery. His general benevolence ever led him to sympathize
with the oppressed, and the wrongs of the African touched him

deeply.

As soon as the atrocities in Kansas revealed the determination
of the advocates of slavery to perpetuate and extend that institu-
tion, even if they dissevered or destroyed the nation, Mr. Silliman
came out with all his youthful ardor, and with the influence of
his years and reputation, as the opponent of the slave-power. He

1864.] THE LATE PROFESSOR SILLIMAN. 469

thus became the object of personal defamation, even in the Senate-
chamber at Washington ; but he still remained firm, for he recog-
nized in this war a slaveholder's rebellion. All the lofty sentiments
of patriotism which were awakened in childhood as he witnessed
the conmiencement of national life, were intensified by this
struggle to maintain the Union. He was sure that the nation
would be purified by the conflict, and liberty established through-
out all the land.

Mr. Silliman has always been remarkable for uniform good
health, and in his later years but slightly manifested the encroach-
ments of age. To the last, his form was as erect, his brow as
serene, and his features as full of life and cheerfulness, as in his
earlier days ; and his gait was only a little slower and more
cautious.

He continued as usual until the middle of November just past,
when he was for a few days quite unwell, probably as an imme-
» diate consequence of exposure to cold when attending an evening
meeting in behalf of the Sanitary Commission. He had gradually,
to appearance, regained nearly his former strength during the
followmg week, and on Wednesday was intending to join the
family Thanksgiving festival the next day at the house of his son-
in-law, Prof. Dana. On the morning of that day (November 24),
he awoke early, after a night of quiet rest, feeling stronger, as he
said, than he had done for some days. He spoke with his wife of
the many reasons there were for thankfulness, both public and
private ; dwelling at length upon the causes for national gratitude,
especially in the recent re-election to the Presidency of a man who
had proved himself &o true, so honest, so upright in conducting
the alfairs of the governmemt as Mr. Lincoln. As was his custom,
he ottered up, while still in his bed, a short prayer, and repeated a
familiar hymn of praise. In resuming his conversation, before
rising, he spoke of the possibility of his attending the public ser-
vices of the day, of the happiness of his home, of the love of his
children, and, in strong terms of endearment, of his wife. Just
as these his last words of love were uttered, there was a sudden
change of countenance, a slightly heavier breath, and he was
gone. At the advanced age of eighty-five, life to him was still
beautiful ; and not less so was its close. His sun set in the bless-
edness of the Christian's faith, to rise on a brighter morrow. —
From Am. Jour. Sci. [2], vol. xxxix, No. 115.

YoL. I. FB- No. 6.

470 THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. [DeC.

REVIEW.

The Boston Society of Natural History has issued the
following circular : —

" On account of the gradual diminution of the number of sub-
scribers, the increased cost of publication, and the limited income
of the Boston Society of Natural History, it has been necessary to
suspend the publication of its Journal and Proceedings.

" This suspension is a serious injury to the Society, as it cuts off
the means of making its labors public, and deprives it of the mate-
rial for exchange with other scientific bodies for the increase of the
Library. The Publishing Committee, with the consent of the
Council, have therefore deemed it advisable to invite its Patrons
and Members, and the friends of Science, to subscribe for these
works, so that their publication may at once be resumed.

"The Society has already published seven volumes in 8vo of the
Journal, illustrated with many plates; and nearly nine volumes
in 8vo of the Proceedings. The former will hereafter be issued
in 4to, under the style of Memoirs ; the latter will be published
as heretofore, in monthly sheets, but will not any longer be fur-
nished free of cost to members.

" Price. — The Memoirs will be furnished to members and patrons
at $3.50 per number ; to the public, at $4. A number, averaging
125 pages and four plates, will be published about once a year, four
numbers completing a volume.

" The Proceedings will be furnished to members and patrons at
$3 per volume ; to the public, at ^4. They will be issued in sheets
of 16 pages each, averaging 24 sheets to a volume, the volume being
completed in about two years. Payment — for Memoirs will be
due on the presentation of each number ; for the Pro ceedings, on
the issue of the first sheet.

" Boston, December 1, 1864."

Signed by the Publishing Committee.

We are indebted to the author for the first part of the Memoirs
above alluded to, being a " Revision of the Polyps of the Eastern
Coast of the United States," by A. E. Verrill, and consisting of 45
pages of quarto letter-press, and one lithographic plate illustrating
five species. The author, after noticing the imperfection of some and
the inaccessibility of much of the available material necessary to the
study of these animals, adds^ " It was for the purpose of supplying in

1864.] REVIEW. 471

some measure the deficiency in these respects, and to establish a basis
for future investigations, rather than to present anything new, that
the present work was undertaken ; but on account of the constant
accessions of new materials, it has now become necessary to present
quite a number of undescribed species, and it is very probable that
many more remain to be hereafter discovered." The fringed acti-
nia figured in this Journal, vol. iii, pages 401-2, as Actinia dian-
thus, is here named Metridium marginatum (of Milne-Edwards),
and, though closely allied to the M. dianthusof Europe, is said to be
a "perfectly distinct" species. Mr. Verrill says of it — "It is the
most abundant species along the whole coast of New England and
of the provinces of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia.* * * In the
Bay of Fundy it is particularly abundant, and grows to a very
large size. At Mount Desert, on the coast of Maine, I have seen,
during a very low tide, a rocky bottom completely covered for acres
with this species, from low-water mark to a depth of two fathoms or
more." We have found it equally abundant on the north shore of
the St. Lawrence a few miles below the Saguenay ; the specimens
in form and color agreeing exactly with Dr. Landsborough's figure
of A. dianthus^ save that the column was proportionally more
slender than shown by him. We may add that we have found the
Bell-anemone [Lucemaria auricula) plentiful at Metis on the
south shore, where it occurs in rocky pools, adhering to the fronds
of sea-weeds, and is easily found during low tide.

These Memoirs are from the Riverside Press, Cambridge, Mass.
and are in the usual excellent style of that establishment.

w.

Published, Montreal, January 11, 1865.

-c;

^

o ^

l-H '^

m

1^

O K^- '-O

c ^-^

o ^

- s s ^

o ^

CO

O ^

-< -a

<1 -2

5-

O

02
02

Pi
<!
W
o

><

M

S

0
o

.o

cs

s

CO

a;

88 -o .P

d ai c 00 ' ■ ^

i? -;:: n .-; — '= -T' ;=; >--S

u

Lh

3

3

to

O

o

o

« M

;^

QJ

= <u

o

-*^ «

Vj

C5 -.

o

• <-4

COS

p

y

CO

s=

IB !E

o

eS

<»

0) *^

be-"
C bi3

o

g

s

— "—1

-♦— -^

^

>%

.;= a

ar

■T-l

^ -M

— — --• X GO

tC' -* — — 'o£ "* — ^ ~ r' >^

5 J s i ':5 i s g - ^ S'

- C 'V ■£ --

«5

'CO

-= v^ ^

s

o

s

o

C -S ^

_ - o

5 o «
__ >

CS A

X

ts

S o-i go

;-^Sz:x:^-j:5 -^

3 cS

5 3

<;<5

o

o

C to
COtH

a
o

o

P5

OS

A* <\- A^ *^ A^

czrtctnc^cj 3cS

I— ( 1-^ aH >-^ r^ I— ( ^ I— (

tfP^

C3

o

■i 3

<5

o

cs c3

•sq^oi ni auozQ

ooo

o

vC--£:CCOCOCOOOOCOOOCOO'COOOOOCO:OOCDOOOCO

f-H:^^(^^^^^r^t--^t-lc^^1-^rHI-^<^^c<^(^^c<^<^^(^^(^^l— ic^ii— ic^irHrHr-iT--ii-icococ<ir-i

■saqoiii ni

AiOUg JO lUdOQ

: : :

'■

■ ■ ■ K • •
: . . a . :

. . . c

::::.:

ta-^

•soqou;
m uiB^ijo ludaQ

(M

^ O 1— 1 l^ CO
■ l~ !M ■*! O "*
• 0=0 O ■*! I— 1

CC-^Ol^iN-* 00 C-S^

•ri< ^^ — ^r-llOd • • •—' . — --■ •

o^cq^oo . -o • ^5^ . ;

.(O •

• o o o o o

•oooooo • -o -as . •

1— IrH

• -oo • •

JO |ue|xa uBeiv[

•sa]iui ui

9AOUI [B|UOZl.lOH

■XJOCOCOCOOOOCDCOCDOOOOOiXXXlOCOCDOOCDCDCOOOeOCOO

o6oo50i-Hdodc5CO'*ddo'odc5koeDi>^c<iood-^o6i--ioodi--ido6

ooccc-iT-i^^HLOOOio'-cc-i'^iooocrociCiOoooooas'— c<i'Mvo
Tj^ .-* o u'; o «;' o c<i o o CO !M lO o t^ o o ci L~ ^ o tr o C5 C3 ci :^i (M "^ c^< lO

IM O rH I— 1 1-< 35 O 1-- C<J -< -^ t^ ^^ l-^ C<l rh ■* 05 t-^ t~ T-H I- t~ O t— iC -O t-- l~ CC uO

icir-c5r-(coi^)u3'o:<ic^iiOTt<cooc35:c»ct--*>03jOCii— < — ooi— ii— lOi— cq

1—1 C^l.— i:^!-— I I— li— I rH T-Hi-Hi— I ■— I -^ r^ gq

■P"L\VJ0
uoijoajip i^aeueo

£3 a ..-,„?'»

^ > ^ ^ ■ ^o

^ a ^p^.^ « !^ « « ^.> > ^ : ^^ « ^ - ^« I ^ -

^^

^ ^ ^ ? s^ ^

^?=

•ejaqd
-souiiv 9lti JO

C5i-oocococoi— locqoc-^sir^oasoicooc^jooot-ioicot^coeqoo'i— o

occoC5oo:r:i^Ow--r-H0CGr. c;cc(Moc>— — --iciCicioo.— lOOLtir
ooc^o: Qcocciocaoccaoocjiciocjaia-. ocaiOiOocQcxccococooccoo

•aodi3A

JO U0TSU8X ll13dl\[

oiCDOiMT-iajt-i^i^oosoi-ir^Oiiseoiccocqi— loooojcqool— c5-*cooo

i^COiOOOCO-^Cq^iOl-l^t^Ol^^'-'l^OOrooO.^Ci—iOl^OC^KM'^'^CO

coco-*-^ic-*i'*c<ioqc^]cac<ioqiMcocoiMcq<Moicocccccoc^iocc<)(MC<iC'i'?i

5^- O

bCfl

CS

o

tOOO^O;OC<IQOOOi— lOiCr-iCOOOi— II— CCCCdOOl^— 'C-liCC^iCOCC^^Ttl

c<i,-(r-C5T— iooooiC2c6iccocq-*occooioic-*oi— 00 1— -^t—,— (OiOC-1'— I

i—cqoocoioooi— icqoo<M-*io-*(Mt— I— ooi— ico->*i<rqi— >-<(MOco»d—c^

odot— co-)'Ooai"-c>-'^c6i-Gcr]'0035Cicou'rtc-*oc-*ccc<jcccc'*--i

COtOlO-<jiTrOO^C^COCOCOCCCO-*^OCCOCCCCCOC>3'*COOOtOCCCC(MCOCO

cS

T— IOC005CqC1CO-*OrHCOCCC<IOrHC5COOCQOCT-HOOOI— eOOr-i I— rHOl
d-^t— I— CCOC5COCOCOCOI— Ot— OOCOCCOllMOiOC'-^i-HOOOli— lOCOJCSOO

its
S s

C oi

'^ '? o

c c 'd

.S c^

g 'I' ^

C3

o

<1>

''^ Oi 05 I— 00 O' O' -+I O iCi—l rp lO '^ C^l rri !— I lO T-H I- t— O in; O GO OC 'j; O UC t— ^H 00
4^t-0-*--C'!M'*COOl— C;COrtO'^'*CCXTti'OCOiOODOiOr-(-<:t<OC-'IuC^iO

— I— loooiciiracoco-^^ooi— ^oco■*^ClOt20lOl-^^oooocDl-cOl.'^aC'l-

I— I oooi <

o • • ■ •

C O C5

JCiOCCOCn^OOOiMOCaOll— ^ t— .rJH CO I— CO •* C<1 t- t— OC Ci tC CO O (M -e O
<=' CO O C3 C'l O r-H S O '-C I- iC* t- O IC O CM Ol CC O lO O O O O O 1- I- I- -M o

4:r4oooci-*cqcO'*i-*t-'X)-«ticocoiciocDcooci— «5iciccoio»oc<i-*i~L—

l_CO

OS

JP00t-00!M^<M^'*i--
Q'O'O'OOCOC^lCOOCiT-lO
^SslrHOOCilOCOCOTtiiOOO

o

;:co

as

oos
coc<i

•q^uojtjoX^a

1— l(MeO'^'^~'c-'C050i— iCqCO-^iOCOl— OOOJOi— iC<)C0-*i»sOl— OOOO-H
"^^ r-lr-li-li-lr-lr-lr-li-li-1r-(CvICqCqirqC^iM(M(MCq5^1COCO

^^

00

>2

-*^
52; ^

c ""

»— I

>

m

o

O v-00

i-H hS r-H

o
c

o
P5
o

— s

:5

05

'-0

CO sw

-- s

Q

Q

Q
O

o

<
93

CO

O

U

a

OQ

a

o

« ~ ^

C-1

•"#00
00 C5

1-5 o'

o '^
• CO -

o

8-3

CO a

s
o

3
O

CO

>," ■' O C-i '-'^ -rH
^,'(MCp .- >>-;

N — = SiF ** - ic.^- ^ •" ="

C !=

o

t^tD

a*

s

.IfSb

^-r J ^2-::

o - -

CO o „

2 £3

-'■ - : z ■ ~ - O O »^ "^ • —

o
o

£

o

a

•^5

= ■=- = c r. er- -y s?

.^w.^'-^^^p.-^;^ r;

S s i .5 c 2

_co
¥0

So

^3

■1 "—I 1 ^- -I

OS

o

.9 .5 .5 .S

O .;-

Kfi4» c^i;£;;^i4i5

•sq^oT ^I anozo

coooocoeocotoocDOCccocDOOcoocDcoocoecoocDOi^ooeo
rHi-ii--Icor-Ic^i?qc<icoc^ic^i-HrHC<icoo3(Ncoc<ic^eococ^icvicoco-*c<icoeo

•saqoni ni
JAious JO viid^a

■ o

■05

■ CO

fe

^

<

0

I— 1

K

CO

0

H

0

iTi

>i

0

■^

n

Pi

P3

<;

3

s>

CO

-Cs

o

•saqotir
iij «FBa JO q;daa

•sq^OT rxi spnoio
JO ;u8;xa uBaiv'

•gajini nt
SJnnq^^ iu;u9ui

aAOlU [BIUOZUOH

o
■ to

^1, z.c^ o

C soo

o
• o

■CO

(M CO
■ 00 CO
•1-H C^l

•do

= d c do

ocox'0«DOtcooo'yDco:oi»o«?co*j?OTOO
■<#oddoid-*t--^ocowc6dr.idi^si(Mdcco

OCO-^OCO'OOO
C: L.-J l~ C: X C: C: ~ O

1— lr-lr-l-#0-*«0t— t^'*'0500(MOC5Ir^C<l(Ml^'— lO'-^CCC^'— 'C^iaJCr>i35

<icirrc::coi^-*i35t-cci~wa5c;--oi-i:^iMOicr. -^i— -*.— iTf-j-.— 'C-ii-co
csc^icoi-Tcoooascicc'— '■*i-i~'— I.— icc-*'-'ri-t-cviiO"*'i--c;!M'— c^ii-Hi— I

I— ii—It— 1 C^l— '— (^-(Mt— I I— It-It— I 1— I

■P"rA\ JO
aorjoaaip [tjjouoo

00 02 yj a

^ V' •> > "> -y ^ ^ ^

^^

a; ? ^ ? !>

•a.iaqd

1— 1 35 ^ — < CO O C; t^ OC 31 CC i~ Ci O -*i C: CO M (M Ul C>1 "* O UO "— r- >-< -* "51-1

OC l~ l^ O O CO CC CC O CO >0 Ol C5 35 O w CO CI t~ l^ I— l(M CI tS t^ ^ CO r-l 2.- rr*
COCOGOOlCiOnoDOOOlOOCOOOCOCOCnoOCOOOQOOOClOlOOOOOOQOOOOlCiO

•JOflBA
JO noisnax uBajf

>OOOI~-CO-5t<t~i— liMfM-^-^-^OCOt-OCi-^-— lC5-*!MOC»OC-105i— IrHlO
Ol^r-l0500-*li— i3il~0(M(M0^^t— C0l~C035C£>-*ie<I0CC000OCC(MQ0lO
C^^^I^r-lrH(MCOC<l'*COC<l(MCOKIr-lT-ti-IC^lr-l(MC^IMr-li-li-ICO'-IC<l(MCvl

o

.£ 3

c

0»i:)COS<I'J3r-<OlM053S033iCOl.Ol^05i-t00505-*'*t~OOC<lt^OOCO^i-H
^^(MCOifflC^r-IOD'a^ClOaiCOi-Otri— lOOlMClCOCOO'^— 'COCOlC'+'t^-^C^l

cococococo->^-^*i-*iOiccococococor)cococo-#-*icocoMcocococo-^Tj<

lOOlMC:-*-— l-<*ll— tJ<.— It^t^-^Of-t-^OOi— It— 1— iC^rfCO-^^rtl-^td— l-<i<
%i^ '^ ( /•v^ ^•^ ^•j -»\ -M n/^ ^•'i l'•^ /•^s ^^ ^v^ r^ ^"^ /VT -^1 >/-s -vM r^ w^ ^"^ T^ ('■^ ^m (?o i— < i-^ nfl

l6"-0>— ICOOi-^ri *lOOOi-OaiC5COCCOC^TM>0-+iCO — iC1350^-CO

c<i(M<MMcoeococo^»ocoC'iiMNC^(MiMcoc^eocococ<i cococo

v_^ ^ ^ . ^- ■— oo

CO CO CO CO-* CO

cooi— ic^i-^co-^iM-^no-fciccoocccococ^TOrHe^ii— i-^icacoc-iT-io

•>*CCC>3532--CC'— I'OOCOCOC;— 'COCO^r^C— :i.t"-CCOCCi— ilO— "(M':^-*'
-*'C0iSC0>OiCi-';L0i0u:;Tf*i'*'>CCCC0C0>-0-r>'u'rrtiTt<C00CC0-*C0Tf-*-*

P ':;

-—

ci

L.

•

rt

.

124

/s^

T*

1— 1

;>

r)

CO

-^-

a*

o

tt-i

i.

O

c-o

W

o

1)

ID *" "<

tf

CS

/; 1— 00 tc CO 35 1-- CO CO o CO c<i o -—I — r-< -ti 3; 'O a: CO '^ r~ i~ oc •rr oc i.~ «r cc lO
2ittcO'.oco--coi.o-*cooo:£c^ccooa^u-5-t'3;'*'(Mc/:-*-*-!-cc — ccociM

— 00O00C0O00C005-*!— ICOlOa5C5lOrHC5l— C5CO-*'C<ll-(MOaCCCl~T*<-<*
o

= 05035 O 35 O 05

^C<ICOC^ COC^ CO (M

o

/<3500-H0C^r^^-fC0l-O--3r-i-fO'^'M-*i-+lar05t-Ol-aC-#--CO-*'I— -*l

-iO— iCO^i— l-!-rH'^-*C0350l— ICCl-'M'^O'— IC:l-3;-^*C^l*— --fOOO'-l
.^•-COCO'^C— iaOL-COCOOC<IO— CCl-Cri— l-C5l~COO-^C^llMC5aOlOCO-^

— ^"5 — ^ ^^ OC 35

^ 54 CO fic<jiM

COC^l

o
CO

C5

o

c o

03

005

co?i

o
CO

35
iM

o
CO

05

•qjuoi^ JO Kmq

i-KMCO-^iOOt-OCO: O^^iMCO-^uO'JSl-OOOlO-^ff'ICO-^'COl— C0S5O
T-<r-lT-(rH,-lr-lr-lr-irHrH(MCqC^C^JC^C-lC<IC^C<>C^eO

o

O
<

E-<

zn.

cq

<1

f^

00

o

o

1—1

>

pa tiq
m

o -^

O

3

fen

CO

o

s

o

CO

3

O
ft

Sj

h3

>A

u4

V.

<

ofG
8G4.

ft

1— 1

^^K

S

o

to -C5

«

o

-- s

U

rH 5

n

o

o

^

P3

iJ

-e?

O

ude^ 4
month

H

cc

•-^

W

fcn

OQ

>=-i

^

>=ii

>-^

►-5

a

o

»4

95

^ "

s

»— I CO

1-- 35

O C^l

CO ,

- >^05C0

^ - .o
t^^ c fee

-TO lO

05

o

1

.o

,.00 CO '

—- C^l CO !g S
■3 . o

OS

C35
00<M

"^ ?M =r •r ^ t- ._

C^^ t:: — '^

K -^ "^ -r:

■^ > r« r- ■

ffi)

CO

3 sfl

o

t-.

o

a,

to

1

a

eS

o

CI
eS

t^ .X?

_ a

^^

a

o

(93

'/3 ,= ,c *- jr< ~ e =^ -C3

/x ^ -3 T3 uo ^ -ti ^
C ? r-i i — *

tiS 5 = ^-1^--^

-3
S3

05
(M

g-r

-^
O

S
o

©

H

1-3

c3 >■

o

t- a

a a

o

a

a a a a a a ^ =^ ^ & ^ & ^

,^ .^ .„ — ^ -^ -^ c ^ o o o o o

o o

a a

o o

c a

02 CC

^ ^ a 3 & ^

o o--— c o
a a =* =* a a

•sq;oi ni auozQ

OCOOCOOOCOCOCOOCOOOO'X>OCOOOOCCOrHOOOCOOOOO

c<^l^^o6(^ieceoc^iccc^leocceoo^c6c<icQ(^iTOecc<icoeor^(^^c<ic<^c^ cocoes CO

•saqoaT
ui Moug JO qldad

•saqony
UI urejj JO q^cIaQ

•sqjoi ni spnoi.o
JO ;ne|xe uBai\[

■ o
. I—

r-v • "^^ ^ -^ ^ O

CS

• COCO

vo

a -orH ic aco

aio

• •«tll— I • s= • s

.(M a

O (M _- . . .

CO ■ i-H . a*^ rt
o -o -aoo

: c3 .

. ao

OCOOOCOOOOOO<X)COCOCDOOCOOCOOOOOOOi^OCOO<^^

CDC0OC<lt-OOC0OO00C3CD00OOC0OC0OO-^o'O00?0O00O50C0
r- 1 i-H 1— ( 1-H ,— I »H 1— I 1— I 1—1 ^^

"sa^nn ui
s.moqfgni jiiani
-9A0UI iT?;iiozuoH

■*C^l^a5->*l— ,— (T*!.— (l^,— (rHl~r-ICOaOt~t^'*'COt— 1— ICO-*— '•-I'— IC5t^'*'X>

^Tfi-^-tHC^it-t^ri-^^H-^-^'H'^i-lt-^t^-^-^i-^oii^cot-lco-Hajo^^t^-*

OOOCJ-— iCO-^'^J't^i^iOi— I.— iT^CsCJliC-^Ot—COiOi— l-^^COI:^L^■*C^^O^-
_'-^ I— l<M NCO I— 1 1— 1 1— I I— I ,— ir-<(M »-< C<>

•pniM JO

»

H H

5«>*;*^^;;*f

^ ^

H s e,a

a ^

•ajaqd
-sorajY 9q* JO
X^ipimnH UB8x^

2£l;:S2<^='i'^^^"*'33t^i~coi^05Cico-+n.';cot^co-Ha30t~ocroJ2jo

QOGOO5O5 000000aOCO0OGOQOaOCOCOCOCOCO00 00CO0CCCCi0CCI5 00 0CC5QO0O

•JOd^T^

JO notsuax OBajf

lO -* t^ lO 01 O CCi— < CO 31 Si CO lO 31 lO CO ■* 1— ' CO :0 CO CO — ^ O CJ2 l-~ (M 35 ■* CO l~
•^t>-lO35>OOC;rt<C:OC'la0-+l0CCO35-»<~Ot~C0OC0tCCO35353500C^1— <
Cvlr-iCvIt-li— (CqcOi— ti-li— (i— lOOOOOrHrHi— lOOOOOi— (rir-li— II— I-— (I— I

O
O fl3

be a

a o
o

P5

c3

O

i—ICO»OCOCOCOlOCOC000005C005-<*li— lt-CD-*OCDt— lM(MO-*Ot-OOOa5

o

1— i-^o-><t^iit)r^iooc— ICO"— locot-t-ot^cccii— iiot~ •.— i-«coiO'-^'MC0

rJ(CO-^CO(MC0COC^1-HC0'M— H i— I -^I^l^rH-H^ lTt<CCC0COCOCOC<lT-l

a

l~0(MI-0-*,-i35C^C>-*iOOCOOiOOCOt-i-iOO.-i03CDO=OCOCOr-HO

g

5ISii2''^^ — '^=OOCOCQCM350005COC0^0035COTt<^^CO— "M'-'OCC
COlMCCC^i-ICOCOrH ^rH li-ll T— 11— IT-I li— li(MCOCCC0COi-(

X

t~c<iiOGo-^c<i-*c;u';-+io^oooi— lOC^inooTticMOOcocoo-^o-^eq

C5 I^ )< C<i — J O CC Ol 35 01 CO C-i 35 C I~^ O-l « ri O CO CO CO ci O CO CJ O CO C^i CO o

■*co-*-*co-*cococic^?ic<i cqi— i(Mco(Mi<ir-ir-<i-4 it-ico-*i'*cocon'M

as

O cS

■*j SCO

o

§-3

a^ «

S QJ fc<

C3

o

-1-3

CO

c

rcCli0i0C0C0C0t--35On-*'n-^O'— lOi— i-*35^H-^— Hi035t00t~35'#0t^
O 1— I >- CO O VO 35 -rt< I- — I r - C^l CO -^ t~ CO 35 uf — rfH I— I — 1 r^ 35 CO 35 lO •>^ O ■>■! O CO

_X CO O CO O t- lO (M lO 1*1 O t-O CO O' CO O C5 00 :<1 CO L~ CO UO l^ -.O l~ CO -* ■* C^l CO I—

235035

a 5^^coc<^

050
(MCO

C5

= 3: 035
C0(MC0C<l

COM

<35
(M

OS
C4

aJC^Id-^i— ll~lOQO'M01035'*t35^tl-*lh-t il^'MC5Tt<t^i*l35 1~35t^05C35C^

OC0 1~Ol-'5-H3:-^-rt<COCOl-~C035COC<lC0 35-*^HC;-#OCO'#t^COt— 035 1~:a>
,ai005CO-<*ICO'*<35CO(M35:^135I^C0035l^01COVOI^COl^COCOCOCO'*i— IC-ICO

C^-^

COC5 O 35
(MC<JCOC<l

CO 35
IM 01

O 35
COOl

C 35
COrH

35
(M

CJ5

CO

be

cco-*05t^o-*oir*<c^^i~oic<io-H-*-#^i-Hr;-cD-3^t--c2r::^r^Q'~^PStr

5i — C0a)OOl-aCI-35C0'#Oi*<OOC3^-;O35.--O;3^;*C0l-2t--l-OTH
-OrH-*CD00t~i0CC'i*i01l—t-^Q0i— i35COeO-*it^-*CO00l^00CD-*-*Ol-*aO

:==^

35

35 O
(MCO

OS
CI

035 O 35
COMCOOl

0'35

CO — <

35

35
(OJ

•q^U0IV[ JO iBQ

r-l CI CO ■* O O t^ 00 35 O -H 01 CO •* >0 CD t-

■ X' 35 O 1— I CI CO -* >C CO t^ CO 35 O — i
F-(^ClClC10dCJClClClClCOCO

^

<4j

00

02

^

O

I— I

>

CQ
M
O

1-3

o

•c:

a.

6

»-( S o

o .-< ^

O "* V

Q
O
O

>^

c

ij

w

ij

^ ^

<

E-

s

»

03

0

rC

t-^

m

[d

fa

'<

J

0

CO

H

0

0

■*

o)

><

<

■^

M

Pi

■««,«

H

c

CO

^-;

W

?^

<

0

■^^

a
s

t) -

s

o o

^•2

"Tc^ cs c':',<M es a c 2

- <u «i =s 2 oS <^ s^

*--*!>> x+:-*l ^ >> 2 i; '^ s !"' •
'« -fe *:: ■:: ^^ *^ -r: 7: *- '^ p cs >.x2

•0 >>

rfj

OS OS

0

iMTS

"^

'^^l

£

s

2c

s

ci

c/!

0

«

0

bCt-

0

^

"o

s o^iii;

•-I * »^ — M (*, <*i -wT"^ --! 'S ^ P

<1/

2
o

cs

-d a 3 c

«! *- C.I'

■i> rn ■«

=s > 5 s

« > »•-

C3 •»-'

s-

o ?
o 9

xn '~
? O

CO

a
0

-— i-<

0

a 0

^«

«

■4-*

e:*-

*

0

+.. >.

ct

C3

a «

vale
dy d

T3

0

g; a

•^^

+^

-t^ r-

-M r-

^^t^ ^

iM (X

0

§0

s

jSW SJg >^ <i

o

OS

•stfjoi «! euozo

Avous JO ii;doa

m mTJJijo q;dea

a c c a_e s

a; M MMM «

COrHOCOr-IOtaOi-Hi-OCOOr-tOOOOOOOCOOr-tOrHOCOCOOCOO
OOi-^OOr-ioOOOi-HOOOOOOOOOOOOOOr-IOOrHOO

• o • • • • o • • §"co CM : : *^ : ; ; : *P : : : : :

• o • i • ^o ••" aoo ••••••• -o •• - -o

I— (

SlOOCOCOMCO^TOtOOOO'^C^OOOOOCOCDOOOOCOOCOiOO

o^ocooir-ieooor-Hcoc^cooiMr-io 00000 1'-OOOOCOOeOOO

•8a(IUI UI

■aAoni iB^uozuoH

-a

•paiAiJO

•ejaqd

-sonnv ^m JO
X^ipnanH uuaiv[

•joduA
JO uotsuox uvoi^

a>
Hi;

if) o

o •*-■

•■< o
OS f'

a

OS

0)

S a

o a

g 0- t.

a

eS

o

m
O

05
0

• q^uopi JO Xbq

OaOOt35t--C5rHOCO'"-0:r>l~'*10C<JCOO-#l35r-tlOl— l^OOOO-^OOOCOl— I

cooocMi— lOt-HooocooScoocooot-oMoooi-Hi-H-^e^cooo-^

r-l >— < -H 1— I T— I I— I CO i-H (M rH I— I I— I CT 1—t e<l t— t I— <

^ a^*, ^^«^^^^. ^^"».« ^t.t.^^^ r > ^ ^ ^ fe:

^ g I? ;> w 7\ ^ ^ <<

•*t~(3>(7i'-HSioocoooc<Jascoaioooco-*t~D3c<it>-C5iMOoocot— oiooo
oo^-^ooscoiO'-OTtiooi— i05i~-*-*aioo-^i— lO'^-^oi— ocoiM'S't-o

00 00 00 1» I- t- t- t~ t- t- 00 00 O O -0 I- O 0 CO l- t- t- t- t- I- t- t- t- t- I- t-

c<i'HcoaO'^ooo-^coTt<OTOoc<ioir5i-HO-^cocoi--tt-ir-icoi--'Oc5»i5i--o
CO to ci 00 O O CO O I- 1- 1-- CO I- I- I- I- I- L- 1~ t~ i-t> ■* 00 o o o «o CO o t'- i-

i-IOit-COWC<1C0050il~-'*l--l--Ot~aOOCOi-'u':iC<300rHi.'5 0(MI>'COQOtt)0

CMcoi-<o6.-^ocoi-Hc»aJi-ocoOT-i<coc3'-HOOtr2^PPr^P'^

i- c5 1- CO t- 1- 1' t- 1- 1~ t~ I- 1- 00 00 1- CO CO 00 00 CO o i~ 1-- 1- 1~ i~ t- CO I- 00

I— iM'>#C^lC>1i— iC<IOOC<J0 01lMiMC>10'*'COr-lr-l'*l-t-r-<(MO<3iC<IO'*r-4

cococo>oooiOio«ococococococococococoi— io-<*iTjtcoooooio»oco

i-tC<l'«*(t-rHa>C<l''*<-^rHt-(M'*i-HTtiC0CiOMCMCMC0OC0e<300l--i-l'^_'^C0
CMOOt-^COOt-'^oJOC^TiJ5>CCO-^cOCO>.'3'— <COOOiO"*'0'^05<71t— 53**^^

oo3t-t-woooooo5i3iaoi-cia5C5oo<r>050oot-cooooot-i^ooooi-<3Ja>
"■ico^i't<'*t-''t'i--tioocori<u3e-iioco:r5»-0:2!'-tr9gi2S?'?3?2"1I?5;*TS2

Is " ' 8"g^ '

Ot-COOIMt^t'

x;t^HoLocoSoi-aooic3o6ci^ooooc5oou5t--t--i--t— i--ioco®OioiO
o •

5S

•K ■

Si

|§5 8^

f^

00

o

I— (

>

Ul

cq
O

O

c
60

Q
Q

.^6 ^

<1 "^ . r

O rH s Q

Ph ^- o^ ►^

O t-

o

o

(1

6S

O

000

^^1

.0

d'.

CO 05

n '3

^(M

^IQ

^ cS '•^ CO >., es I-; ^ t«.2

„ '^ C5 O ^ '^ 1-i Tji ^-'-^
— ■ _ (M ^Tj — I— ^ ?2 ^

o

2 5

CO

Eh o

O "^

^ H

1^
-"J

VH

m

m

03
<

I— < ^- •'^ ^.^ .^ — ""^ ^^ ^.

CO ^

*- o

o
&.

o

s: Ci-:^-:^^

ci >~r

c

C3
O

s

o

^ -1—^ o

O

Cm

o

2
o

pa

o
o

s

o

a

o +^ 2 ' '

■*- S -3 rJ

w t« ^ tii

a ^ " ^ c^

2^

o *
o !>

o o

=* a

a.
o

a^

CS

c5 >>

^ rs

2'-
"3 "be

Ci Oi

O >

O

2^ O

0

<J!i

tT

CO

0

;-i

ja

0

-4i^

«

> *

OS

J2

a S

s

G S

c a

^ s

0

•i-i

0 •- <

K.

a

C3 «

oi

a d

cs CS

^ cs

^

Ch

MM

M

Ml— (

WPh

^M

•sq;oi ^I ouozQ

O50r-(oocooooocoocoecieciocococoocovoeocoococooeooo

OiHrHrHrHOi— lrHirir-IOrHi--(T-HOT-IOOOi-IOOi--lr-irHr-(i— li—li—lrMO

•seqoui nt
Avous JO q^dea

•saqonr
^I «F«a JO q^doa

•sqjoitiispiioi3
JO :^ua|xa uBaj\[

ft : ft^
cs : cs^
a . ao

ft
ft

cs

ftC^

cs

ao

lOO ft ft

.00 • a a

OCDOOOOCDCOCCOOCOOCOCOOOOOOOCCiOCOOOCDOOOO
TJ^■i#(»CDCOC»■*lOCOOO^rDc6I-ioOOOo6oo6c6Q6o^^OO

•seijui nr
sanoq^?;ni;n9ui
aAoui ^B^uozTJOfi

o

■pnjAVJo

I-H05 I-H

OCOi—lOO-^OJlMTtlCOO.— iCOOOCOCOOl^l^i— liMcriOO(Mr-IO

i^c<iC3(M(M»oc<ooi~a>-*(Mr-(i— ia50030o-*ooiOTt<o-*a5CO

ocoi

(Ml- 7

I— I (M T-H

COOCDOlOlCC5T-<COt^'*<t-OI>-IMOOOt»CDOO'*CDCOC<ICOOOCO
I— O CO O C^ CO O i-H Tf O (M CO I— ( t— CC CO 10 (M 05 (M l^ C5 CO T—l IM C^J (M I—
(Ml— (I— IrHi— I rHi— ( I— ij— I I— I IM l-H

W fe n

^ 02 M CO ^ J O^-g^ 02 "'' '' ^ ^ ^ '' ^

W ^

cc

fe fc- k !>

p- f r* (-

^^^

•e.iaqd
-sonnv 8RJ JO

l-l>-(35CO(MiOi.OOi-HOC<I(M(r>l^COO(Mr-((M>C(MOCOi— lO(3i<riCOi-lTj<r-(
OO<M(M(M':000OOOOTt<rHOi— ICOO(»000(3iCOt-<a2i— ICO<3i(Ml— I— T— I
CO CO l~ CO CO 1- I- CO C» CO 00 I- I- CO l~ l~ CO l- I- I- I- I- CO I- 00 CO l~ 00 CO (X) 00

O

4>

•jodx; Y
JO noisnox ubo^

cocO(3i(Mt~-».o-*co-^co»-ootoi-i'*<cocD<r>uooo'#':oco-HcoocococjCiO

OC<lC0O"!tiaiC0»0-*l~l-'*OOCJ(M(35THiMC0C<l-*iOl^»0l— (M':t<CO(M'— '
00 l~ rfl 10 l~ CO I- O 00 1-- l^ CO L- l~ CO I— lO 10 10 O O CO CO CO l^ CO CD XO 10 -^ O

^

i;j

r-

H

c

^

0

0

•4— •

<i>

be

2

0

(rf

2

0/

K

a

cs
o

0-*(3500CO(Mi-l(Mi.OrHOOOi(MT}<COt:~Oir-l(35t~OCOCOl^OrHt:~0>!:^r-lO

iocot^-*cocot~i— (i-Ha20(Mcoi~t~ooocs>0(35eO'#o-*c;(McocoiO(3ito

00 I- CO CO I- l^ l~ l~ CO t~ 00 I- 1-- L- l^ l^ l~ CO I- CO I- I- I- L- t- I— CO CO CO O CO

•*(M(MOTj<(MT-IO-*OO(3il~(MO'*'rHO-*TtlOOOO(MC0rHOi-(OiM

•* QO 00 OJ 00 (M 1— I iM iM O l^ 00 Tt< 03 I— I CO 00 CO 0 CO 10 O CO CO O (M i-H t
l~COlOOOCOCOCOCOCOCOlOCOCOCOCOCOl.tnOlOCOCOCOCOCDCOCO<

>comco

(MOCO(Ml-00(MrH(MCOi-lrH(M(M(M(MrHCOCO<350'#i-l-*(M(M<3SOO'*ai
Oi 00 L- CO CO 00 C3 L- CO CO <3i 00 (35 00 (35 00 l~ 00 00 t^ t- 00 l.~ 00 00 00 I— t- l^ CO 1--

4- '3

a a

O eS
s^ *

cs -f^H

2 oi^
^ ?^ o

o cc

cs
o

o

iR"#COl-OTj<t-.CSOCOt~COO(M-^OC:5QOt^O(35COC5COCnOOO'«*<rHCOTtlt~(35
2;COl^(Ml~i35(350COCOCO'*iJ5CO>0^l-i— IC^II— 1^(350301000'— lOOOOOit^r-t

— 10 10 CO o CO I- 1- 1~ ini -* CO o 10 CO i~ CO t- CO C5 (35 CO o CO i>» ■'Ti 00 c<i -^ ■'Ji CO 00

M<M

CO

o

o

2^(3500^-<T)^0^(^^0-*cr>•*a5(M(350^-l1-I^OOOOO-d<OI^^CO■«*^eO'*TJ^•^tl■^CO

2<^coc5 CO 1.000 •- ~ " — " ^^

.a 10 10 10 to o I- 1~ I
o

l_,(M

Ol^C5t~(MOCOt^1— (C5(M06l~Ttl-'9<t-((M<MlP(M(M'— lr-(
• 1.0 ■>* l-O CO lO CO t~ 00 l:~ l~ 05 C:5 t- lO O l- ■<*< •* e<l -^ Tti CO QO

o

•q;aoi;C jo Avq

KCOC<IO(35lOCri(M-'*C£li-lr-l'^COl-l(MT— ICy5-^rfOt*'**t~t— (35rHi-C^t— Cp(J>
2cOOOCOOOCOTt<i— (CO-^Or^OOQ_-#rHC5rHl^rt105(5pp3'^COrHI:7i:H(M:*p5£J

,3 lO lO CO kO I- CO i~ 00 »o 10 o t-
CI35

l_(M

■ i.oi~ooooi:— cooc:5(35t-coi~oioco«ooot^co

0(35
COIM

iHeioo-=no:ot-coaiOrH(Mco-*oot-Qoc:50'-((Mco-*iuocot-aoo50rH

r-!r-(r-ir^^-^r-^^-l^-!r^^-l(^^C^C^M(^^(^^IM01I^^I^^C0C^

INDEX.

PAGK

Acn Negundo 7

Actinia dianthus mentioned 471

Adiantum pedatum 270, 355

Agriculture, Application of Steam-power to 112

Allosorus Stelleri, A. gracilis 272, 356

Amherst College, Hitchcock's Reminiscences of 337

Angler-Naturalist, quoted from 144

Animals, Dr. Dawson on the Classification of 241

Anticosti and Mingan, Flora of. 3

Aralia quinquefolia 2

A s ple7iium (STpecies of, described) 274, 357

Athyrium Filix-fcemina 277, 357

Attacus polyphemusj Couper on 376

Azolla Caroliniana 297

Bailey on the Geology and Botany of New Brunswick 81

Balfour's Address to British Association 70

Bamboos, Indian 11

Barnard on Fish-Breeding 137

Boh meria mlicifolia 13

Boston Society of Natural History, Circular of 470

Botany.

Bailey on the Botany of New Brunswick 81

Drummond on Geographical Botany 405

Habitats of Heather ( Calluna vulgaris) 378, 459

Lawson's Botanical Notes 1

Lawson on Canadian Ferns 262

McCord on do. do 354

Micliaux and his Journey, by Prof. Brunet 325

Prof. Balfour's Address to British Association 70

Botrychium (species of, described) 292, 360

Bowerbank on Two New American Sponges 304

Bowles on Pieris rapce 258

Box-wood for the Engraver, from India 12

British Association.

Address by Sir Charles Lyell 389

Calvert on the Extraction of Gold 456

Davy on ihe Salraonidse 446

Geography and Ethnology 152

Johnston on the Transport of Salmon Ova 452

476 INDEX.

PAGK

British Association — continued.

Lecture by Dr. Livingstone 379

Prof. Balfour's Address 70

Prof. Jones on Foraminifera 79

Prof. Rolleston's Address 75

Brunet on Michaux's Journey in Canada 325

Buckland on Fish-Hatching 124

Buxbaumia aphylla in Nova Scotia 6

Butea frondosa , 10

Buxus sempervirens 12

Calciferous Sandrock in the Ottawa Valley 421

Calluna vulgaris 378, 459

Calvert on the extraction of Gold 456

Camptosorus rhizophyllus 279, 357

Canada, Contemplated Flora of, referred to 1

Cave in the Limestone near Montreal 14

Chazy Limestone in the Ottawa Valley 421

Chemistry of Manures, Messrs. Hofmann and Ward on the 97, 189

Classification of Animals 241

Cleghorn on Indian Box-wood 12

" " Nettle Fibre 13

Clerodendron Thomsonce 7

Compass plant, Dr. Lawson on 4

Coriaria Tutu 9

Co7-ylus, Canadian species of 2

Cotton in India, on the Improvement of. II

Couper on Attacus polyphemus 376

" on a Gall produced from Triticuin repens 444

Cryptogramma acrostichoides 273, 361

Currents, J. M. Jones on Oceanic 37

Cystopteris, (species of, described) 359, 386

Davy on the Salmonidge 446

Dawson, J. W., Address by 218

" on the Classification of Animals 241

" " Genus Rusophycus 363, 458

Dennsteedtia punctilobula 187, 359

Diatoms of the South Pacific 14

Diorites, Dr. Hunt on 182

Diplostachyum apodum, Canadian Habitats of, &c 2, 297

Dolerites, Dr. Hunt on 1 76

Drift-Formation in the Ottawa Valley 423

Drummond on Geographical Botany 405

Earthquake of April 1864 156

Entomological Society. Papers read before :

Bowles on Pieris rapoe. 258

INDEX. 477

PAGB

Entomological Society, Papers read before — continued.

Couper OQ Altacus polyphemus 376

" " a Gall of Triticum repens .... 444

Proceedi:igs of 374

Entomostraca, Prof. Jones on Fossil 236

Eozooii Canadense 160

Equisetum, Canadian species of 7, 298

Eruptive Rocks, Dr. Hunt on. 161

Ethnology and Geography (Address on) 152

Farming, High, how far justifiable 191

Ferns, Dr. Lawson on Canadian 4, 262

" Mr. McCord on " 354

Fish-Hatching ; by Frank Buckland , 124

" in Norway. 137

Flora of Canada, Contemplated Work on the 1

" of Anticosti and Mingan 3

Foraminifera, Prof. Jones on Fossil 79

" in Laurentian Rocks 159

Fossils, Dr. Hunt on the Silicification of 46

Geographical Distribution of Plants 405

Geography and Ethnology (Address on) 152

Geological Magazine 378

Geological Map of part of New Brunswick opposite 8 1

Geological Survey of Canada, Report of, noticed 65

Geology of New Brunswick, Prof. Bailey on 81

Geology of New York, Prof. Hall and Sir Wra. Logan on 368

Geology of the Ottawa Valley, Dr. Grant on 419

Ginseng, Canadian 2

Glacial Drift, H. Y. Hind on 300

Go'd, Calvert on the Extraction of 456

Gold in Nova Scotia, Hartt on 459

Grant, Dr. James, on the Geology of the Ottawa 419

Hail-Stnrra in Pontiac 307

Hall, James, on the Geology of New York 368

Hartt on Gold in Nova Scotia 459

Heather, Habitats of. ... = 378 459

Hind on Glacial Drift 300

Hitchcock's Reminiscences of Amherst College 337

Hofmann on the Chemistry of Manures 97 189

Hooker's Contemplated Flora of Canada 1

Hunt, T. Sterry, Contributions to Lithology 16 161

" on the Silicification of Fossils 46

" on Peat and its Uses 426

Isoetes lacustris 298

478 INDEX.

PAGE

Johnston on the Transport of Salmon Ova 452

Jones, J. Matthew, on Ocean Drifts and Currents 37

" T. Rupert, on Foraminifera 79

" " on Entomostraca 236

Kane, Sir Robert, on Peat (quoted) 427

King, William, Letter from, on Hail-storm 30 7

Labrador, H. Y, Hind on Glacial Drift in 300

Lakes, Vegetation of the Great 411

Lakh Dye of Commerce, Mr. McLeod on 10

Lastrcea (species of, described) 280, 357

Laurentian Rocks of Canada, Organisms in 159

Lawson, Botanical Notes by 1

" on Canadian Ferns 262

Leitch, Principal, Obituary Notice of 237

Lichens and Hepaticae, new Irish 8

Liebig, Justus, Homage to 217

Limestones in the Ottawa Valley 421

Lithology, Dr. Hunt's Contributions to 16, 161

Livingsione, Dr., Lecture by 379

Logan, Sir Wm,, on Organic Remains in the Laurentian Rocks 159

" on the Geology of New York 368

Lucernaria auricula in Canada 471

Lycopodium (species of, described) 294

Lyell, Sir Charles, Address by 389

Manures, Chemistry of 97, 189

" Early History of 97

" Nature and Operations of 116

" Trade in 105

Maple-Leaf Cutter 64

Maritime Vegetation 415

McCord on Canadian Ferns 354

McLeod on the Lakh-Dye 10

Metridium marginatum mentioned 471

Michaux's Journey through Canada 325

Natural History Society of Montreal.

Annual Conversazione of 50, 231

Annual Meeting of 218

Communication on the Maple-Leaf Cutter 64

Dr. Dawson's Address 51

Hon. Mr. Sheppard's Address > 53

Mr. Whiteaves's Reports 308, 442

New Members 235, 370, 372, 441

Officers of, for 1864-65 311

Proceedings of. 234, 370, 372, 441

Prof. Miles's Address 58

INDEX. 479

PAGB

Natural History Society op Montreal — continued.

Report of the Council 229

The Lectures 230

The Library 229, 235, 372

The Museum 229, 234, 313, 370, 372, 441

The President's Address 218

The Treasurer's Report 312

Natural History Society of New Brunswick — Papers read before :

Bailey's Notes on the Geology and Botany of New Brunswick. . 81

Jones on Ocean Drifts and Currents 37

Nepisiquit River, Geology and Botany of 81

Nettle-Fibres 13

" Norway, Sport in," quoted from 137

Nuts and Gooseberries, Canadian 2

Ocean Drifts and Currents, J. M. Jones on 37

Olea Zaitoon 13

Onoclea sensibilis 274, 356

Ophioglossum vulgatum ^ 293, 361

Ornix acerifoliella 64

Orthophyre, Dr. Hunt on 163

Osmunda (species of, described) 290, 360

Ottawa Valley, Grant on the Geology of the 419

Parochetus communis 6

Paul, Dr. B. N., on Peat (quoted) 430

Peat and its Uses, by Dr. T. S. Hunt 426

Pennell on the Salmon (quoted) 144

Phonolite, Dr. Hunt on 173

Physostigma venenosum 8

Pisciculture 124

Plants, Application of Manure to 97

Plants, Geographical Distribution of 405

Poa laxa found on the White Mountains 3

Poison-Bean of Calabar 8

Polar Plant, Dr. Lawson on 4

Pellcea atropurpurea 272, 361

Pieris rapce, Mr. Bowles on 258

Plananthus (species of, described) 293

Polypodium (species of, described) 268, 354

Polystichum (species of, described) 285, 359

Potsdam Sandstones, Grant on the 420

Pteris aquilina 2 70, 355

Reminiscences of Amherst College, by Dr. Hitchcock 337

Renan on Primitive Languages, reviewed 146

Rhamnus utilis 9

Ribes, Canadian Species of 2

480 INDEX.

PAGE

Rolleston's, Prof., Address to British Association 75

Rusophycus (species of, figured and described) 363, 458

Rusichnites Acadicus 458

Salmon, Natural History of the 144

Salmon Ova, Johnston on the Transport of 452

Salmonidse, Davj on the 446

Salvinia nalans ^ 298

Sandstones of the Ottawa Valley 420

Sargassum bacciferum^ found at Cape Sable 3

Schizcea pusilla 291

Scolopendrium vulgare 278, 361

Selaginella opus, Canadian Habitats of 3

Selaginella spinulosa 296

Sequoia Lawsoniana 7

Silicification of Fossils, Dr. Hunt on 46

Silliman, Professor B., Obituary Notice of 461

Silphiuin laciniatum (the Compass Plant) 5

Smallwood, Dr., Meteorological Tables of 239, 321, 404, 472

Sponges, Bowei'bank on Two New American 304

Spongilla Dawsoni 305

Stac/iygynandrum rupestre 297

Struthiopteris Germa/iica 2 73, 356

Superphosphate of Lime, Manufacture of 103

Syenite, Dr. Hunt on 164

Tethea hispida 304

Tobique River, Geology and Botany of 81

Trachytes, Dr. Hunt on 166

Triticum repens^ on a Gall reared from 444

Urtica gracilis and heterophylla 13

Uiica Slate in the Ottawa Valley 422

Vennor, H. G., on a Cave near Montreal 14

Verrill on the Polyps of the United States (review.) 470

Vitreous Slates in the Ottawa Valley 422

Ward on the Chemistry of Manures 97, 189

Water, Supply of, to Plants 120

Woodsia alpina 4

" (species of, described) 288, 360

Woodwardia Virginica 2 78, 361

Yucca jilamentosa 7

Zoology, Dr. Dawson on Species in 243

JOHN LOVELL, PRINTER.

._v?

/

'1.

^

y

■^--►2

>1

t)>

X

Lr-^

V

•^

/

V,

'♦_.

'jSt^*^

Mj<id

SmJt^

^ ^^F~r*~*^^»f

IS

%x

3

"v Ji, I* □■*

^

H'

\ h

r""^

^^

3^

%-Jd

V^k

:C'^i

s^

^TjQ

^*^1

v^

•i^v

^-v

'f \

^^.

:V,

A, ^

■•^'tS^j:; *«. ^ t